10 CS Series 1970-1976.pdf

The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology by L. Ron Hubbard FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY C/S SERIES Volume X 1970 _____________________________________________________________________ I will not always be here on guard. The stars twinkle in the Milky Way And the wind sighs for songs Across the empty fields of a planet A Galaxy away. You won’t always be here. But before you go, Whisper this to your sons And their sons — “The work was free. Keep it so. “ L. RON HUBBARD L. RON HUBBARD Founder of Dianetics and Scientology EDITORS’ NOTE “A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods.” —L. Ron Hubbard The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another. So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety, all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right-hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be referred to. The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or course, information is given on that event or course on the page in the chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol “**” preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by “*” means that it will soon be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P.O. Box 23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U.S.A. The number in the tape title is a code for the date; example: 5505C07—55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy; 07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539. At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in context, don’t just get data from the index. This index has been combined with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in Volume X, starting on page. CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES 1970-1976 CONTENTS 23 Aug. 71 1 Auditor’s Rights 12 June 70 2 Programming of Cases 10 13 June 70 3 Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and Their Priority 16 14 June 70 4 The Return Program 21 15 June 70 5 Repair Example 24 16 June 70 6 What the C/S Is Doing 28 19 June 70 7 C/S Q and A 32 19 June 70 8 Chart of Human Evaluation 35 21 June 70 9 Superficial Actions 37 24 June 70 10 Repairing a Repair 42 25 June 70 11 C/S Series 11 44 25 June 70 12 Glossary of C/S Terms 48 30 June 70R 13R VIII Actions 50 3 July 70 14 C/Sing 2-Way Comm 54 16 Aug. 70 15 Getting the F/N to Examiner (High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics) 56 21 Aug. 70 16 Session Grading—Well Done, Definition of 59 26 Aug. 70 17 Incomplete Cases 62 11 Sept. 70 18 Chronic Somatic, Dianetic Handling of 64 6 Oct. 70 19 Folder Error Summaries 65 8 Oct. 70 20 Persistent F/N 67 10 Nov. 70 21 C/S Responsibility for Training 69 28 Nov. 70 22 Psychosis 72 17 Dec. 71R 23RA Interiorization Summary 76 28 Feb. 71 24 Metering Reading Items 79 5 Mar. 71 25 The Fantastic New HGC Line 81 6 Mar. 71 26 New Uses for the Green Form 86 6 Mar. 71 27 Long C/Ses 87 7 Mar. 71 RA 28 RA Use of Dianetics 89 7 Mar. 71 28RA-1 Use of Quadruple Dianetics 91 8 Mar. 71 29 Case Actions, Off Line 94 19 Mar. 71 30 C/Sing Auditor-C/Ses 96 31 Mar. 71 31 Programming and Misprogramming 99 4 Apr. 71RA 32RA Use of Dianetics 100 4 Apr. 71-1R 32RA-1R Use of Quad Dianetics 102 5 Apr. 71RA 33RA Triple Reruns 1 i 5 Apr. 71 33RA-1 Triple and Quad Reruns 108 6 Apr. 71 34 Non-F/N Cases 112 16 Dec. 71 RA 35RA Interiorization Errors 115 21 Apr. 71 R Dianetics 118 21 Apr. 71-1R 36RB-1R Quadruple Dianetics—Dangers of 122 3 June 71 37R High and Low TA Breakthrough 127 15 June 71 37R Add. Hi-Lo TA Assessment Rules 131 16 June 71R 37RAdd.2R Low TA Assessing 132 26 June 71 37R Add. 3 C/S Series 37R Addition 3 133 26 May 71 38 TRs Course and Auditing—Mixing Major Actions 136 31 May 71R 39R Standard 121 / 2 Hour Intensive Programs 139 7 June 71 40 Low TAs 141 9 June 71 41 C/S Tips 142 9 June 71 42 C/S Rules 145 9 June 71 43 C/S Rules 147 10 June 71 44R C/S Rules—Programming From Prepared Lists 149 31 Oct. 71 44R Add. 44R—C/S Rules—The Sequence of Programs (BTB) 151 19 June 71 45 C/S Rules 152 19 June 71 46 Declares 153 20 June 71 47 The Supreme Test of a C/S 154 15 July 71 48R Drug Handling 156 15 July 71 R 49R Assists 159 15 July 71 50 C/S Case Gain 161 17 July 71 51 Out of Valence 162 19 July 71 52 Internes 163 24 Nov. 73RB 53RJ Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S 165 28 July 71 54 Dianetics, Beginning a Pc on 168 8 Aug. 71 55 The Ivory Tower 170 25 Aug. 71 56 How To Get Results in an HGC 172 1 Sept. 71 57 A C/S as a Training Officer—A Program for Flubless Auditing 176 36R 7 Sept. 71 58 Programming Cases Backwards 182 14 Sept. 71 59 Dianetic List Errors 184 15 Sept. 71 60 The Worst Tangle 185 22 Sept. 71 61 The Three Golden Rules of the C/S— Handling Auditors 186 28 Sept. 71 62 Know Before You Go 188 2 Oct. 71 63 C/Sing for New Auditors or Veterans 191 5 Oct. 71 64 F/Ning Auditors 193 6 Oct. 71 R 65R Auditing of Staff & Public (BTB) 194 3 Nov. 71 66 Auditor’s Worksheets 196 30 Nov. 71 R 67 The Code of a C/S (BTB) ii 8 Dec. 71 68 The C/S and Cramming Cycles (BTB) 199 12 Dec. 71R 69R Mandatory C/Sing Checklist (BTB) 200 3 Jan.72 69 Add. C/Sing Checklist 203 12 Dec. 71R 70R How To Write Up a Cramming Order (BTB) 204 19 Dec. 71 71 D of P Operates by OCAs 205 24 Feb. 72 71A Word Clearing OCAs 207 20 Dec. 71 72 Use of Correction Lists 209 23 Dec. 71 73 The No-Interference Area 211 16 Feb. 72 74 Talking the TA Down Modified 213 10 Apr. 72 75 PreOTs Don’t C/S 214 17 Apr. 72 76 C/Sing a PTS Rundown 216 19 Apr. 72 77 “Quickie” Defined 218 20 Apr. 72 78 Product Purpose and Why and WC Error Correction 220 24 Apr. 72 79 PTS Interviews 222 15 June 72 80 “Dog Pcs” 223 16 June 72R 81R Auditor’s Rights Modified 225 28 Dec. 72RA 81-1RA Auditor’s Rights Addition Revised (BTB) 227 10 Aug. 72 Dianetic HCO B—Interest 229 11 Aug. 72RA 83RA Correction Lists (BTB) 230 16 Aug. 72 84 Flubless C/Sing 233 16 Aug. 72-1 84-1 Flubless C/Sing in Missions (BTB) 235 13 Sept. 72 85 Catastrophes From and Repair of “No Interest” Items 236 82 20 Jan. 73R 86RD The Red Tag Line (BTB) 237 15 Oct. 73 87 Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists 240 22 Oct. 73R 88R Tech Degrades (BTB) 241 20 Nov. 73 89 F/N What You Ask or Program 243 6 Dec. 73 90 The Primary Failure 244 17 Feb. 74 91 Mutual Out Ruds 246 8 July 74R 92R Word Clearing Errors 247 31 Aug. 74 93 New Grade Chart 248 25 Sept. 74 94 Reduction of Refunds—C/Ses and Overload 252 26 Oct. 75 95 “Failed” Cases 254 24 Oct. 76 96 Delivery Repair Lists 256 26 Oct. 76 97 Auditing Reports, Falsifying of 261 28 Oct. 76 98 Auditing Folders, Omissions in Completeness 262 25 Apr. 71R The Dianetic Case Supervisor’s Index (BTB) 265 Subject Index 277 Alphabetical List of Titles iii LONG CONTENTS C/S Series 1 HCO B 23 Aug 1971 AUDITOR’S RIGHTS, 1 Auditor responsibility for C/Ses, Accepting the Pc (rights of refusal), Accepting a C/S, 2 C/Sing in the chair, 2 Stale-dated C/S, 2 Ending the session—unworkable C/S, 2 Auditing over out ruds, 2 Inability to fly ruds, 3 Sessions far apart—out ruds, 3 Unreading items—checking for reads, 3 List trouble—L4, 3 High TA at session start, 4 Hopeful C/Sing and auditing, 4 Things done twice, 5 Copying lists or worksheets, 5 Ruds going out—why and what to do, 5 Case not handled, 6 Set up for major actions (defines Repair, Rudiments, Set Up, Major Action, Grade, Program), 6 Program and Grade violations, 7 Ability attained—completion of action, 7 Unnecessary repair when Pc is running well, 8 False reports, 8 Auditor overts on Pcs, 8 Auditors don’t have cases, 8 What the Auditor did wrong, 9 C/S Series 2 HCO B 12 June 1970 PROGRAMMING OF CASES, 10 Program definition, 10 The master program, 10 Facts one has to accept to case supervise, 10 Three types of programs, 11 Basic Program, 11 Repair Program—Set-up Program, 11 Return Program, 11 Correct way to program, 12 Dispersal of actions, 12 Program necessity, 13 Steady on—the C/S holds a steady course, 14 C/S Series 3 HCO B 13 June 1970 SESSION PRIORITIES— R E P A I R P G M S A N D T H E I R P R I O R I T Y , 16 Program errors, 16 Self-auditing, 16 EP of repair, 17 Consistent complaint, 17 Effect Scale, 18 BPC, 18 Overwhelm, 18 Auditor fault, 18 Pc in an overwhelm, 18 Ingenuity of a C/S, iv C/S Series 4 HCO B 14 June 1970 THE RETURN PROGRAM, 21 When a Repair Pgm is changed into a Return Pgm, 21 Content of a Return Pgm, 22 Example of a Return Pgm, 22 C/S Series 5 HCO B 15 June 1970 REPAIR EXAMPLE, 24 Repair Program example, 24 Possible faults of a repair, 25 Note on VIII auditing, 25 Repair is a Tech Div action, 26 Repair of a Dianetic Pc, 26 C/S Q and A, 27 C/S Series 6 HCO B 16 June 1970 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING, 28 Force and words, 28 Low TAs, 28 High TA, 28 Mental masses, forces, etc. are what the C/S handles, 29 Pc search for significance, 29 The E-Meter and what it records, 29 Backwards C/Sing, 29 Reliable indicators for the C/S, 30 F/N abuse and “Quickies”, 30 Pc abilities, 31 What force is made up of, 31 C/S purpose, 31 C/S Series 7 HCO B 19 June 1970 C/S Q AND A, 32 Example of Q and A, 32 Three main ways a C/S can Q and A in C/Sing, 32 Pc C/S—C/S C/Sing what Pc says, 32 C/Sing on a Pc win, 33 C/Sing in agreement with Pc demands, 33 Caution—Pc data is used to parallel what the MIND does, 33 C/S Series 8 HCO B 19 June 1970 CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION, 35 Use of Chart of Human Evaluation in C/Sing, 35 Self-auditing—manifestation of overwhelm, 35 Mannerism changes in Pc, 36 Changing the Pc, 36 C/S is changing the Pc’s position upward on the Chart of Human Evaluation, 36 C/S Series 9 HCO B 21 June 1970 SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS, 37 Cultural inclination to “Quickie”, 3 7 Short programs are for the birds, 3 7 Success stories and results—the target, 38 Sick Pcs—actions that can be done, 39 Gradient scales, 39 Short-cutting processes, folly of, 40 Speed liability and honest results,0 v C/S Series 10 HCO B 24 June 1970 REPAIRING A REPAIR, 42 There is a basic goof in a repair session for it to have gone wrong, 42 Danger of C/S wander in repair of repair, 42 Correct C/S procedure in repair of repair, 42 Auditor flubs, 43 Repair Pcs—those who need lots of repair, 43 C/S Series 1 1 HCO B 25 June 1970 C/S SERIES 11, 44 C/S data—color of paper for pgms, 44 C/S instructions always written, 44 High Crime for C/S not to write C/S instructions, 44 Points on case supervision, 44 Double folder danger, 45 Analyzing folders, 45 Reviewing folders, 45 The main question of a C/S, 46 Pcs and their Ethics record, 46 Auditing and Ethics actions, 46 Auditor admin, 46 Out admin, 46 Gross Case Supervisor errors, 47 C/S Series 12 HCO B 25 June 1970 GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS, 48 Progress Program, 48 Advance Program, 48 Expanded Lower Grades, 48 Dianetic Clear, 48 Classification Chart, 49 Quickie Grades, 49 Dianetic Pcs, 49 Training, 49 C/S Series 13R HCO B 30 June 1970R VIII ACTIONS, 50 The idea that the old is cancelled by the new, 50 VIII auditing—its aim and validity, 51 Resistive cases, 51 When do you use a GF 40, 51 OT IV Rundown—purpose and validity, 52 Case Supervisor actions, 52 VIII actions all valid and what is still “in”, 53 C/S Series 14 HCO B 3 July 1970 C/Sing 2-WAY COMM, 54 Reasons for C/S errors when C/Sing 2WC, 54 Rules of C/Sing 2WC, 54 C/S Series 15 HCO B 16 Aug 1970 GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER, 56 Unflat engram chains and high TA, 56 Reasons for high TA after F/N VGIs, 56 Solutions to these reasons, 56 Chronic somatics, 57 Program for a chronic somatic Pc, vi High TA and illness, 58 Low TA at Exams, reasons for, 58 C/S Series 16 HCO B 21 Aug 1970 SESSION GRADING—WELL DONE, DEFINITION OF, 59 Definition of Well Done, 59 Definition of Very Well Done, 59 Definition of No Mention, 59 Definition of Flunk, 60 Flunks and when to retrain and on what, 60 Invalidation of Auditors, 60 Auditor handling by C/S, 61 C/S Series 17 HCO B 26 Aug 1970 INCOMPLETE CASES, 62 Definition of overshooting, 62 Definition of undershooting, 62 Quickie Grades and actions, 62 Complete cases, 63 Completion of an action—end it off, 63 Incomplete case and action—complete it, 63 C/S Series 18 HCO B 11 Sept 1970 CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF, 64 Where to find the full rundown on Dianetic handling of a Pc with a chronic somatic, 64 C/S Series 1 9 HCO B 6 Oct 1970 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES, 65 Who does an FES, 65 Who pays for an FES, 65 Necessity for an FES, 65 Necessity for FES no reason to halt delivery, 65 Blind repair, when one is done and dangers of, 66 C/S Series 20 HCO B 8 Oct 1970 PERSISTENT F/N, 67 The bug behind Quickie Grades, 67 What to do with a persistent F/N or big win, 67 Gradual widening of an F/N, 67 C/S Series 21 HCO B 10 Nov 1970 C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING, 69 C/S is responsible for ability of Auditors to audit, 69 The three training stages in making an Auditor, 69 What the C/S does to get flubless Auditors, 70 C/S Series 22 H C O B 2 8 N o v 1 9 7 0 P S Y C H O S I S , 72 Percentage of human race insane, 72 Types of psychosis, 73 Definition of insanity, 73 The nature of man, 73 Techniques to handle or benefit the insane, 74 Pattern of behavior of the insane, vii C/S Series 23R4 HCO B 17 Dec 1971R INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 76 Quads cancelled, 76 When is Int RD unnecessary, 76 When is Int RD overrun, 77 Repair of Int, 77 Two-way comm on Int, 77 C/Sing Int RD, 77 Interiorization is a remedy, 77 Disability of Auditor in running Int, 78 What the C/S does to win, 78 C/S Series 24 HCO B 28 Feb 1971 METERING READING ITEMS, 79 Gross auditing errors regarding metering, 79 Eyesight of Auditor, 80 Glasses worn by Auditor, 80 Wide vision of Auditor, 80 Confusions as to what is a reading item, 80 Suspect item or question that “did not read”, 80 Meaning of “non-reading item”, 80 C/S Series 25 HCO B 5 Mar 1971 THE FANTASTIC NEW HGC LINE, 81 The C/S form, 81 The new line and its results, 82 New sequence of HGC actions, 82 Above 600 hrs results in a second HGC, 84 The seniors in the HGC, 84 Cramming action and quality, 84 Dummy run the new HGC line, 85 Pc procurement, 85 C/S Series 26 HCO B 6 Mar 1971 NEW USES FOR THE GREEN FORM, 86 Method 5 assessment, 86 What to handle first, 86 Hidden Standard handling, 86 GF on a foreign language case, 86 C/S Series 27 HCO B 6 Mar 1971 LONG C/Ses, 87 Desirability of long C/Ses, 87 What to do if a long C/S is not completed, 87 Handling reduced by length of C/S, 87 Dianetic C/Ses, 87 Length of pgms, 87 Advance Pgms—where they start, 88 Thorough C/Ses, 88 C/S Series 28RA HCO B 7 Mar 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 89 How to C/S a case for Triple Dianetics, 89 Engram list—example, 89 Int-Ext RD, 90 Auditor flubs, 90 Results of Triple Dianetics, 90 Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows,0 viii C/S Series 28RA-1 HCO B 7 Mar 1971 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS, 91 How to C/S a case for Quad Dianetics, 91 Engram list—example, 91 Int-Ext RD, 92 Auditor checkout of Quad Dianetics, 92 Auditor flubs, 92 Promotion of Quad Dianetics, 93 Upper level Auditors, 93 Results of Quad Dianetics, 93 Dianetic remedies, 93 C/S Series 29 HCO B 8 Mar 1971 CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE, 94 Life knocking ruds out faster than they can be audited in, 94 Pc physically ill before next session and auditing of a major action being done on a sick Pc who should have another C/S entirely, 94 Self-auditing, 94 Coffee shop auditing, 94 Touch and Contact Assists interrupting a general course of auditing, often to no F/N, 94 Study rundowns, 95 Illegal patch-ups, 95 People talking about their cases, 95 Advanced Course material insecurity, 95 Illegal drug use, 95 C/S Series 30 HCO B 19 Mar 1971 C/Sing AUDITOR - C/Ses, 96 Duty of the Org C/S, 96 What the C/S looks for, 96 Four categories the bad exam report comes under, 96 Dog cases, definition of and how to handle, 97 Auditor errors, how to handle, 97 Program errors, how to handle, 97 C/S Errors, how to handle, 98 Cramming, use of, 98 C/S Series 31 HCO B 31 Mar 1971 PROGRAMMING AND MISPROGRAMMING, 99 The three areas of technical application, 99 The routine basis of getting auditing into an Org, 99 How to raise auditing quality, 99 How to raise C/S quality, 99 How to raise programming quality, 99 The six principal gross errors in programming, 99 C/S Series 32RA HCO B 4 Apr 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 100 Tripling earlier Dianetic items, 100 Full Flow Table, 100 Definitions of Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0, 100 Flow Zero command for the Introspection RD, 101 Narrative items and Full Flow Dianetics, 101 Multiple somatic items and Full Flow Dianetics, 101 Repair and Full Flow Dianetics, 101 Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 101 Offering Full Flow Dianetics, 101 OT warning, 1 ix C/S Series 32RA-1R HCO B 4 Apr 1971-1R USE OF QUAD DIANETICS, 102 Tripling earlier Dianetic items, 102 Quadrupling earlier Dianetic items, 102 Int RD, 102 Reason to handle missing flows, 102 Full Flow Table, 103 Definitions of Flows 1 , 2, 3 and 0, 103 Flow Zero command, 103 Narrative items and Full Flow Dianetics, 103 Multiple somatic items and Full Flow Dianetics, 103 Repair and Full Flow Dianetics, 103 Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 104 Offering Full Flow Dianetics, 104 OT warning, 104 C/S Series 33RA HCO B 5 Apr 1971RA TRIPLE RERUNS, 105 By-passed flows and mass, 105 The source of high TA, 105 Rehabbing past major actions, 105 Massy thetans, 105 Getting in all flows, 106 High TA and Triple Flows, 106 Pc not in trouble, 106 Pc in trouble, 106 Running Zero Flows, 107 Getting in Triple Flows—rehab or run, 107 C/S Series 33RA-1 HCO B 5 Apr 1971 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS, 108 By-passed flows and mass, 108 The source of high TA, 108 Rehabbing past major actions, 108 Massy thetans, 109 Getting in all flows, 109 High TA and Quad Flows, 109 Pc not in trouble, 110 Pc in trouble, 110 Running Zero Flows, 110 Getting in Zero Flows—rehab or run, 110 Results of All Flows Rundown, 110 C/S Series 34 HCO B 6 Apr 1971 NON-F/N CASES, 112 What an Exam non-F/N indicates, 112 The answer to cases that don’t F/N at Exams, 112 Twelve things that can foul up a case, 113 The stable datum on cases that run well, 114 C/S Series 35RA HCO B 16 Dec 1971RA INTERIORIZATION ERRORS, 115 An Int RD error is corrected as a first action, 115 The subject of Int must read before the Int RD is run, 115 High TA and Pc in trouble—what to look for, 116 Reasons for high TA, 116 Data on what Ext in session means, 116 Ext being an EP, 116 Doing a Dn C/S 1 on an unindoctrinated Pc before an Int RD, x C/S Series 36RB HCOB 21 Apr 1971RB DIANETICS, 118 TRs, 118 Rehabbing chains, 118 Flubbed chains—how to handle, 119 Use of L3RD, 119 Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 119 How to handle firefights, 120 Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Triples, Int-Ext RD, 120 C/S responsibility, 121 Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 121 Introducing Full Flow Dianetics, 121 C/S Series 36RB-1R HCO B 21 Apr 1971-1R QUADRUPLE DIANETICS—DANGERS OF, 122 Auditor errors in running Quad Dianetics, 122 Requirements to run Quad Dianetics, 122 TRs, 1 22 Rehabbing chains, 123 Flubbed chains—how to handle, 123 Use of L3RD, 123 Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 124 How to handle firefights, 124 Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Quads, Int-Ext RD, 125 C/S responsibility, 125 Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 125 Introducing Full Flow Dianetics, 125 C/S Series 37R HCO B 3 June 1971 HIGH AND LOW TA BREAKTHROUGH, 127 The truth about “overrun”, 127 What makes the TA high, 127 Composition of an overrun, 127 The common denominators of a bank, 128 The list questions for process 37R, 128 What read to take on 37R assessment, 128 Cause of low TA, 129 End phenomena of 37R, 129 Note about flows and ridges, 129 Auditor qualifications to audit 37R, 130 Procedure re high or low TAs regarding Int RD and 37R process, 130 C/S Series 37R Addition HCO B 15 June 1971 HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT RULES, 131 It’s vital to attain the correct EP of 37R, 131 Clearing flows before running 37R, 131 Repeated assessment, admin of, 131 Low TA needs thorough job on 37R, 131 Cramming on Auditors who can’t do 37R, 131 C/S Series 37R Addition 2R HCO B 16 June 1971 R LOW TA ASSESSING, 132 What to do when there is an apparent EP of 37R yet TA goes low after EP, 132 Asking for an additional flow on 37R, 132 Trouble with high or low TA subsequently, 132 C/S Series 37R Addition 3 HCO B 26 June 1971 C/S SERIES 37R ADDITION 3, xi What must be asked when one gets a BD F/N item, 133 What to do if Pc says it’s not his item, 133 What to do if TA goes high or low after 37R, 133 Run 37R with ruds in, 133 Clearing of flows, 133 Assess 37R slowly, 134 Additional flow to 37R, 134 How to arrange the assessment form of 37R, 134 Steps of 37R, 134 Don’ts of 37R, 134 37R special version—for Pcs who protest auditing, 135 C/S Series 38 HCO B 26 May 1971 TRS COURSE AND AUDITING— MIXING MAJOR ACTIONS, 136 Don’t audit a person on TR Course or while doing a TR cycle, 136 Informing D of P, etc. re person on TRs, 136 Do not begin new programs to end old, 136 Obtain an F/N before starting next C/S action, 136 Points that bog a case, 136 TRs are a program, 137 Interjected pgms, 137 Life interjecting into a pgm, 137 Cross programming, 137 Visual idea of a cycle of action, 138 C/S Series 39R HCO B 31 May 1971 STANDARD 121 / 2 HOUR INTENSIVE PROGRAMS, 139 Sell and deliver 121 / 2 hour intensives, 139 Sample Progress Program, 139 Advance Program, 139 C/S Series 40 HCO B 7 June 1971 LOW TAs, 141 Low TAs assess on 37R like high TAs, 141 The blow up F/N item, 141 What if the F/N dies and TA falls on a blow up item, 141 Blow up applies to 37R only, 141 C/S Series 41 HCO B 9 June 1971 C/S TIPS, 142 Out lists handled first before ruds, 142 No read Auditors—what to do, 142 Cramming on flubs, 142 R-Factors, correct use of, 142 Mixing starts of sessions, 143 Ways to start a session, 143 Do not use ARC Break procedures on getting high TA down, 143 Low TA quits by Auditors—how to handle, 143 Exam F/Ns after flubs—what to do, 143 C/S via—what it is and what to demand as a C/S, 143 Higher levels do not solve lower level failures, 144 C/S expertise and the successful C/S, 144 C/S Series 42 HCO B 9 June 1971 C/S RULES, 145 Complete cycles on the Pc, 145 Don’t re-repair, 145 Each step taken to its EP, 145 A sure way to solve a case, xii Folder Summary—who does it, 145 Double actions, danger of, 145 Set up Pc for next major action, 146 Blaming the Pc—how to handle, 146 C/S Series 43 HCO B 9 June 1971 C/S RULES, 147 Never make trouble for the Pc, 147 Pc running well and F/N VGIs—let him roll, 147 What to do with the Auditor who flubbed yet Pc is F/N VGIs, 147 What to do with a case who isn’t running well, 147 Overrepair example, 147 Invalidating the Auditor, 147 The stable data of tech, 148 C/S Series 44R HCO B 10 June 1971 C/S RULES—PROGRAMMING FROM PREPARED LISTS, 149 What the prepared lists are, 149 The order in which the reads are handled, 149 List errors can cause high TA, 150 Never take a TA down with ARC Break rud or L1C, 150 C/S Series 44R Addition BTB 31 Oct 1971 44R—C/S RULES—THE SEQUENCE OF PROGRAMS, 151 Sequence of Progress Programs, 151 Things that prevent or slow case gain, 151 Processes are not to be extracted from Expanded Grades and standard programs, 151 C/S Series 45 HCO B 19 June 1971 C/S RULES, 152 Why the C/S C/Ses for exact tech application and not exclusively for result, 152 The secret of how LRH as C/S makes star Auditors, 152 C/S Series 46 HCO B 19 June 1971 DECLARES, 153 Responsibility of the C/S to send the Pc or PreOT to Declare, 153 Declare completes a cycle of action, 153 Who to send to Declare, 153 Who not to send to Declare, 153 What to do with the Pc who hasn’t made it, 153 C/S Series 47 HCO B 20 June 1971 THE SUPREME TEST OF A C/S, 154 A C/S C/Ses, an Auditor audits, a rundown as itself not as a botch of several actions, with why, 154 Programming is an A to B action, 154 Auditing a process is an A to B action, 154 The supreme test of C/S and Auditor is begin at A and arrive at B, 155 C/S Series 48R HCOB 15 July 1971 DRUG HANDLING, xiii A person who has been on drugs is one of the types of resistive cases, 156 What is meant by drugs, 156 Alcohol is included as a drug, 156 Those on drugs—what to do, 157 Drug engrams, 157 Full auditing rundown on drugs, 157 Drugs are done first, 157 Steps of Drug RD where only Dianetic auditing is available, 158 C/S Series 49R H C O B 5 J u l y 1 9 7 1 R A S S I S T S , 159 The three types of assists, 159 Each assist must end with F/N, 159 Contact Assist, 159 Dianetic Assist, 159 Touch Assist, 160 Unconscious Pc—what to run, 160 Rules and points re assists, 160 C/S Series 50 HCO B 15 July 1971 C/S CASE GAIN, 161 How to handle C/Ses and Auditors who have the PTP of how to get case gain for their Pcs, 161 C/S Series 51 HCO B 17 July 1971 OUT OF VALENCE, 162 OCA graph drops explained, 162 How to handle the out of valence Pc, 162 C/S Series 52 HCO B 19 July 1971 INTERNES, 163 Interne defined, 163 What an interneship is, 163 How a course graduate becomes an Auditor, 163 The OK to Audit system, 163 How to remedy a fumbling Auditor, 164 C/S Series 53RJ HCO B 24 Nov 1973RB SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 165 When to do a C/S 53RJ, 165 Handling of reads, 166 C/S Series 54 HCO B 28 July 1971 DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON, 168 What to begin a Pc on Dianetics with, 168 Use of Pc Assessment Sheet, 168 How to handle Drugs, Accidents, Illness, Mental Treatment, Operations, Medicine, Deaths, Family Insanity, Perception, 168 How to program what’s found on Pc Assessment Sheet, 169 Repair any flub within 24 hrs, 169 When to use the Health Form, 169 C/S Series 55 HCO B 8 Aug 1971 THE IVORY TOWER,0 xiv The Ivory Tower rule, 170 Consequences of breaking the Ivory Tower rule, 170 Auditor opinion, value of, 171 Worksheets and Pc response, value of, 171 Executive opinion, value of, 171 Family opinion, value of, 171 C/S Series 56, Auditor Admin Series 2 HCO B 25 Aug 1971 HOW TO GET RESULTS IN AN HGC, 172 How to improve tech results, 172 Definition of Administration, 172 Auditor’s work requires respect and service, 172 Organize to improve results, 173 Org wins and stats, 174 Remedy of low org wins and stats, 174 C/S Series 57 HCO B 1 Sept 1971 A C/S AS A TRAINING OFFICER— A PROGRAM FOR FLUBLESS AUDITING, 176 Responsibility of the C/S to produce flubless Auditors, 176 What the C/S is trying to obtain, 176 The sequence of actions a C/S should take to attain flubless auditing, 177 C/S Series 58 HCO B 7 Sept 1971 PROGRAMMING CASES BACKWARDS, 182 The tools of auditing, 182 Examples of programming backwards, 182 Data needed by a C/S, 183 Knowledge needed by a C/S, 183 The tools of a C/S, 183 C/S Series 59 HCO B 14 Sept 1971 DIANETIC LIST ERRORS, 184 Dianetic lists acting as a list under the meaning of the Laws of Listing and Nulling, 184 Violent session ARC Breaks occur because of list errors, 184 The repair action to be done to correct list errors, 184 How to handle what reads in the repair action, 184 Some points a C/S must be alert to re listing, 184 C/S Series 60 HCO B 15 Sept 1971 THE WORST TANGLE, 185 Which is handled first in a repair of Int, lists and out ruds, 185 How Int, lists and ruds are handled when out, 185 C/S Series 61 HCO B 22 Sept 1971 THE THREE GOLDEN RULES OF THE C/S, 186 The handling of Auditors with these rules, 186 Finding the goof and sending the Auditor to Cramming, 186 Never inval the Auditor when no tech goof has occurred, 186 Recognize and acknowledge a technically perfect session, 186 Indicators regarding application of these rules, 186 C/S Series 62 HCO B 28 Sept 1971 KNOW BEFORE YOU GO, xv The C/S should know what’s wrong with a case, 188 Effect of hunches by the C/S, 188 How the C/S gets data so he knows, 188 Combined action—prepared lists to get data and handle, 189 Broad shooting gets the data, 189 Evaluation and C/S Q & A, 189 Little flags—what they are and what they signify, 189 Tagging cases and handling of, 189 The Pc’s folder is the primary record, 190 What to assume when case does not run well, 190 C/S Series 63 HCO B 2 Oct 1971 C/SING FOR NEW AUDITORS OR VETERANS, 191 Difference in C/Sing for new Auditors and veterans, 191 Example of C/Ses, 191 When the C/S knows his tech—what most of his troubles come from, 191 How to C/S for new Auditors, 192 C/S Series 64 HCO B 5 Oct 1971 F/Ning AUDITORS, 193 Non-F/Ning Auditors, 193 What the C/S does with non-F/Ning Auditors, 193 Cramming done to F/N VGIs, 193 Every Auditor leaving Cramming should go through the Examiner, 193 What to do with an Auditor not F/Ning on a cramming cycle, 193 C/S Series 65R BTB 6 Oct 1971R AUDITING OF STAFF & PUBLIC, 194 The publics of a C/S, 194 Staff C/S responsibility for the well-being of staff, 194 Overhauling of folders regularly by the C/S, 194 Who gets audited first on staff, 194 The C/S and Ethics reports, 194 C/S Series 66, Auditor Admin Series 15 HCO B 3 Nov 1971 AUDITOR’S WORKSHEETS, 196 C/S insists on good legible handwriting, 196 C/S misunderstoods from worksheets, 196 Solutions to illegible handwriting by Auditors, 196 C/S Series 67 BTB 30 Nov 1971R THE CODE OF A C/S, 197 The code of a C/S as regards his Auditors and their Pcs for whom he is C/Sing, 197 C/S Series 68, Cramming Series 9 BTB 8 Dec 1971 THE C/S AND CRAMMING CYCLES, 199 Cramming finds the real Why of an Auditor error, when an Auditor is sent to Cramming, 199 Report of the real Why to the C/S, 199 C/S Series 69R BTB 12 Dec 1971R MANDATORY C/SING CHECKLIST, 200 Actions done by a C/S whenever he C/Ses any folder, given step by step, 200 What to check when C/Sing, 200 Three golden rules of C/Sing, 2 xvi C/S Series 69 Addition HCO B 3 Jan 1972 C/SING CHECKLIST, 203 Handling bogged cases, 203 C/S Series 70R, Cramming Series 8R BTB 12 Dec 1971R HOW TO WRITE UP A CRAMMING ORDER, 204 The technology of how to write up a cramming order, 204 What to order to be crammed, 204 What to request Cramming to inspect and handle, 204 C/S Series 71 HCO B 19 Dec 1971 D OF P OPERATES BY OCAs, 205 What the D of P is regarding functions, duties and title, 205 What the D of P must know to do his job, 205 The D of P and IQ tests, OCA and Aptitude tests, 205 The left and right side of an OCA graph, 205 What to do when any side of an OCA graph is not in the desirable range, 205 Tone and appearance of Pc, value of—to the D of P, 205 The Registrar’s functions as to graphs where there is no D of P, 205 The D of P with a Pc backlog and ARC Broken field, 205 The business of the D of P, 206 The first thing the D of P has to know, 206 The second thing the D of P has to know, 206 Duties of a D of P are covered in C/S Series 25 along with others, 206 C/S Series 71A HCO B 24 Feb 1972 WORD CLEARING OCAs, 207 Illegal word clearing of tests, 207 Holding a constant, 207 Never answer questions or clear up words on a test, 207 Examiner meter check question, 207 Success meter check, 208 Examiner and Success must know about False TA HCO Bs, 208 Safeguarding the test line, 208 C/S Series 72 HCO B 20 Dec 1971 USE OF CORRECTION LISTS, 209 The workability of correction lists, 209 The only things which prevent a correction list from working, 209 Metering—where Auditor’s meter must be placed, 209 Metering faults of Auditors, 209 The cramming action when a correction list is said to be blank, 209 TRs—their effect on a correction list, 209 Types of correction lists and their use, 210 Correction lists are a primary tool of a C/S, 210 Trying to solve cases without using correction lists can’t be done, 210 Methods of use of correction lists, 210 Use Method 5 with inexpert Auditors, 210 Green Form always done Method 5, 210 L1C always done Method 3, 210 The tools of a C/S, 210 What the C/S is and does, 210 C/S Series 73 HCO B 23 Dec 1971 THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA, 211 The No-Interference Area, 211 Examples, xvii Exception—drugs, 211 Repairs of Grades not made or failed, 211 TRs done during or before solo auditing study, 211 TRs incomplete should be completed, 212 Losing game to throw a major rundown in between R6 and OT III, 212 Set-up before R6 includes Dianetics, 212 Auditing skill—improving it between R6 and OT III, 212 Sources of failure on Solo, 212 Summary—R6 to OT III a closed band, 212 C/S Series 74 HCO B 16 Feb 1972 TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED, 213 A skill to be preserved—a rare action, 213 High or low TA at session start, 213 High TA may be due to out Int RD, either not done or botched, 213 Call for a C/S if TA high or low at session start, 213 Doing C/S 53 as a standard action, 213 No need to talk the TA down, 213 C/S Series 75, Solo C/S Series 13 HCO B 10 Apr 1972 PREOTS DON’T C/S, 214 Solo PreOT who is required to do his own C/S violates “continued session rule”, 214 Solo C/S C/Ses, 214 Several solo sessions, 214 C/Sing line, 215 PreOT doing his own C/Ses—worst features, 215 C/S Series 76 HCO B 17 Apr 1972 C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN, 216 C/Sing a PTS Rundown—references, 216 Knowing why the PTS RD is done, 216 PTS must be handled properly on lines, 216 Data—PTS SP tech checksheet plus additions, 217 PTS situation—getting it handled, 217 End phenomena attained when person is well and stable, 217 C/S Series 77 HCO B 19 Apr 1972 “QUICKIE” DEFINED, 218 PTS Rundown—its checks on lines, 218 Completing actions, 218 PTS RD product = a Pc no longer PTS, 218 Definition of complete, 218 Clearing words of commands, 218 Pcs not understanding words of commands, 219 Remedies of the quickie impulse, 219 Quickie tendencies or false stats—remedy, 219 C/S Series 78 HCO B 20 Apr 1972 PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND WC ERROR CORRECTION, 220 Product purpose, Why and WC errors—correction, 220 Listing, 220 Listing errors and repair action—correct item must BD and F/N, 220 Item found out of session and reconstructing the list, 220 Self-auditing, commonest reason for, 220 Reaction due to wrong list item or a wrong list, 221 Out lists—suspect these when lowered tone, violence or blows occur, 221 Non-Auditors finding items on PTS people, xviii Communication of the term “PTS”, 221 Repairs—stemming from untrained people using meters— C/S handling these in regular session, 221 These worksheets become part of the Pc folder, 221 C/Ses to include those repairs before going on with the regular pgm, 221 C/S Series 79, Expanded Dianetics Series 5 HCO B 24 Apr 1972 PTS INTERVIEWS, 222 PTS Interviews—what they ask, 222 An ill person is PTS, 222 SP is PTS to SPs, persons, things, locations no matter how SP, 222 PTS makes trouble, 222 PTS condition is a problem, 222 When interviewed a wrong item may be found, 222 Worksheets must be kept, 222 The interview should end on an F/N, 222 Inteviewer must know TRs, meter work, 2WC and PTS tech, 222 C/S Series 80 HCO B 15 June 1972 “DOG PCs”, 223 Remedy for an Auditor with “dog Pcs”, 223 Remedy for a C/S who agrees that there are “dog Pcs”, 223 What “dog Pcs” are traced back to, 224 C/S Series 81R HCO B 16 June 1972R AUDITOR’S RIGHTS MODIFIED, 225 The major Why of falling hours, incomplete programs, and other confusions, 225 The abuse of the Auditor’s right to choose Pcs, 225 What refusing to audit is an admission of, 225 Auditor’s right to choose Pcs modified, 225 “Dog Pcs” are problems in repair, 225 D of P and Tech Services have a right to assign Pcs to Auditors, 226 Stats of C/Ses and Auditors, D of P and Dir of Tech Services, 226 “The road to truth is begun with honesty” LRH, 226 C/S Series 81-1RA BTB 28 Dec 1972RA AUDITOR’S RIGHTS ADDITION REVISED, 227 Auditor’s right to use exact correction list to repair a specific auditing action, 227 C/S OK not required to do a correction list on first red tag, 227 Second red tag needs C/S clearance, 227 Counting auditing hours lost on a salvage red tag session is cancelled, 227 Penalty for red tag not handled, 227 Daily study, 227 C/S Series 82, Expanded Dianetics Series 6 HCO B 10 Aug 1972 DIANETIC HCO B—INTEREST, 229 When “interest” is not checked, 229 The requirement on drug items, evil purposes, and intentions, 229 Quickie Drug Rundowns, 229 Repairing cases and “no interest” items, 229 C/S Series 83RA BTB 11 Aug 1972RA CORRECTION LISTS, 230 Auditor requirements to do correction lists, 230 When and how to use: L1 C, 230 Green Form, 230 False TA Checklist,0 xix C/S 53, 230 LIX Hi-Lo TA List, 230 Int Rundown Correction List, 230 L4BR, 231 L3 RD, 231 GF 40XRR, 231 PTS RD Correction List, 231 Word Clearing Correction List, 231 Study Correction List, 231 Drill for using correction lists, 231 Auditor cramming, 232 EP of a Repair Program, 232 C/S Series 84 HCO B 16 Aug 1972 FLUBLESS C/SING, 233 The C/S makes sure tech courses are taught well, 233 The C/S makes sure there is a Cramming Officer in Qual, 233 C/S standard handling of Auditors, 233 “A falsified auditing report puts the Auditor at once at retrain . . .” LRH, 233 “OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing” LRH, 233 Electronic attest, 234 C/S Series 84-1 BTB 16 Aug 1972-1 FLUBLESS C/SING IN MISSIONS, 235 A Mission Auditor needing retraining is sent to the local org for his retrain cycle, 235 C/S Series 85, Expanded Dianetics Series 7 HCO B 13 Sept 1972 CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF “NO INTEREST” ITEMS, 236 The common factor in several failed cases, 236 “The Pc will blow or go sour or not recover” LRH, 236 The solution to unrun “no interest” items, 236 “Don’t ask for interest on intentions, evil purposes and drug items” LRH, 236 Repair of stumbling cases that have had a “Drug Rundown” or Expanded Dianetics, 236 C/S Series 86RD BTB 20 Jan 1973RD THE RED TAG LINE, 237 When a folder is red tagged, 237 How the red tag is handled, 237 The C/S removes the red tag when the Pc is F/Nng, 238 Daily actions to keep the red tag lines in, 238 The Examiner verifies that all red tags have been handled within 24 hours, 238 The red tag line also applies to Solo Auditors, 238 Penalty for violation of the 24 hour rule, 239 C/S Series 87 HCO B 15 Oct 1973 NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS, 240 What a prepared list is, 240 The use of suppress and invalidate buttons and misunderstood word tech, 240 “. . . when the Auditor cannot get a prepared list to F/N, serious auditing errors are present which will defeat a C/S”—LRH, 240 C/S Series 88R BTB 22 Oct 1973R TECH DEGRADES, 241 The handling of a tech degrade situation, 241 Evidences of a tech degrade situation, xx Local LRH Comm is responsible for investigatory action, 241 Policy Letters used in handling a tech degrade situation, 241 C/S Series 89 HCO B 20 Nov 1973 F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM, 243 Auditor Q & A, 243 The Auditor must F/N the original action, 243 Results when Auditor doesn’t F/N the original action, 243 The remedy for Auditor Q & A, 243 The results of C/S Q & A, 243 The remedy for C/S Q & A, 243 C/S Series 90 HCO B 6 Dec 1973 THE PRIMARY FAILURE, 244 The most common reason for failed sessions, 244 Remedy for an Auditor who can’t get reads on lists, 244 Requirements for making a list read, 245 The primary cause of C/S failure, 245 C/S Series 91 HCO B 17 Feb 1974 MUTUAL OUT RUDS, 246 Definition of “mutual out ruds”, 246 C/S checks for mutual out ruds, 246 Handling of mutual out ruds, 246 C/S Series 92R HCO B 8 July 1974R WORD CLEARING ERRORS, 247 WC M1, 2, 4 and 5 (when done on a meter) require that words be F/Ned, 247 Word clearing errors are red tabbed, 247 All word clearing worksheets are placed in Pc folders, 247 Case troubles and word clearing errors, 247 Correction of word clearing errors, 247 Handling of high or low TA at start of WC session, 247 “Non-session” worksheets should go into Pc folders, 247 C/S Series 93 HCO B 31 Aug 1974 NEW GRADE CHART, 248 Changes in the Grade Chart, 248 Drug Rundown and Life Repair, 248 Expanded Dianetics, 248 Grade II, 248 Solo set-ups, 249 The full list of Grades showing where the various RDs fit, 249 The Grade Chart and programming, 249 C/S Series 94 HCO B 25 Sept 1974 REDUCTION OF REFUNDS—C/Ses AND OVERLOAD, 252 Overloaded C/Ses—cause of out tech and huge refund ratio, 252 Irreducible minimum C/S postings, 252 Additional types of C/Ses, 252 What is overload, 253 C/S Series 95 HCO B 26 Oct 1975 “FAILED” CASES, xxi There are no failed cases, only failed C/Ses and Auditors, 254 Faults in Auditors who can’t make lists read, 254 Practice makes a good Auditor, 254 The source of out tech is only laziness and dishonesty, 254 Cure for any no-case-gain or failed cases, 255 C/S Series 96 HCO B 24 Oct 1976 DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS, 256 There’s nothing wrong with your CF, your pc, your student, staff member or your own delivery that a prepared list won’t handle, 256 The “Prepared Lists” system, 256 The only reason ever found for prepared lists not working, 256 Qual “Okay to Audit” Checksheets, 256 A C/S must know what lists to use, 257 Prepared lists for preclears, 257 Prepared lists for students, 258 Prepared lists for staffs, 259 Word lists for prepared lists, 259 Translated lists for non-English speaking orgs, 260 C/S Series 97 HCO B 26 Oct 1976 AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF, 261 There are many ways of falsifying an auditing report, 261 The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy to spot in folders and records, 261 The penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report, 262 C/S Series 98 HCO B 28 Oct 1976 AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS, 263 Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a very serious matter, 264 The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders, 264 Loss of a pc’s folder and omissions from a pc’s folder shall be actionable by a Committee of Evidence, xxii HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1971 Remimeo All Auditors Acad Level IV Class VIIIs HGCs Class VIII Checksheet Class VI Checksheet Class III Checksheet C/S Course Checksheet HSST Internes (HCO B 24 May 1970 Revised) C/S Series 1 AUDITOR’S RIGHTS (Revised to update and delete the O/R list and add Auditing Over Out Ruds. All changes are in this type style. ) AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR C/Ses An auditor who receives a Case Supervisor direction (C/S) of what to audit on a pc is NOT discharged of his responsibility as an auditor. THE AUDITOR HAS A SERIES OF RESPONSIBILITIES THAT ARE PART OF EVERY C/S HE GETS TO AUDIT. ACCEPTING THE PC No auditor is required to accept a specific pc just because the pc is assigned to him. If an auditor does not believe he can help that particular pc or if he dislikes auditing that particular pc the auditor has a right to refuse to audit that pc. The auditor must state why. The Case Supervisor, Director of Processing or Director of Review, nor any of their seniors, may not discipline the auditor for refusing to audit a particular pc. An auditor who refuses to audit his quota of hours or sessions is of course subject to action. Thus refusing to audit a particular pc, so long as one is not refusing to audit other pcs, is not actionable. “I do not wish to audit this pc because______. I am willing to audit other pcs,” is the legal auditor statement in the matter. Some pcs get a bad name with some auditors, some don’t appreciate the auditing, some conflict with a particular auditor’s own personality. There are such instances. It does not mean certain pcs cannot be helped by others. It is also true that an auditor who dislikes a pc may not do a good job so the rule also has a practical side to it. One auditor disliked young men and did a bad job on them. Another disliked old ladies and chopped them up in session. One pc had messed up several Scientologists and couldn’t find anyone to audit him at all. We are not auditing people to make amends to the world. Thus an auditor has a right to reject or accept the pcs he is given. ACCEPTING A C/S When the auditor gets a C/S to do on a case and if he thinks it is not the correct thing to do he has the right to reject the C/S for that pc and require another one he can agree to. The auditor does not have the right to start doing a C/S and change it during the session except as noted below. The auditor may NOT C/S in the auditing chair while auditing the pc. If he has NO Case Supervisor at all the auditor still audits from a C/S. He writes the C/S before session and adheres to it in session. To do something else and not follow the C/S is called ‘‘C/Sing in the chair’’ and is very poor form as it leads to Q and A. STALE DATED C/S A C/S that is a week or two old or a Repair (Progress) Pgm that is a month or two old is dynamite. This is called a “Stale Dated Pgm’’ or a ‘‘Stale Dated C/S” meaning it is too old to be valid. It should have been done sooner. The pc of last week when the C/S was written may have been well and happily employed but a week later may have headaches and reprimand from the boss. It is dangerous to accept a Repair (Progress) Pgm if it is old. The auditor who sees his C/S is old and sees the pc has Bad Indicators is justified in demanding a fresh C/S giving his reasons why. A program written in January may be completely out of date in June. Who knows what may have happened in between. Use fresh C/Ses and fresh Pgms. Stale Dates only occur in poorly run backlogged Divisions anyway. The real remedy is reorganize and hire more and better auditors. ENDING THE SESSION When the C/S he has is proving unworkable during the session, the auditor has a right to end the session and send the folder to the C/S. Ending the session is totally up to the auditor. If the auditor just doesn’t complete an action that was producing TA and could be completed it is of course a flunk. Such a case is just not running a basic engram the one more time through that would bring the TA down and give a proper end phenomena. This and similar actions would be an auditor error. The judgement here is whether or not the auditor’s action is justified in ending the session. Even though he may have made an error, the auditor cannot be blamed for the ending off of the session as that is totally up to him. He can be given a flunk for the error AUDITING OVER OUT RUDS Auditing a pc on something else whose ruds are out is a MAJOR AUDITING ERROR. Even if the C/S omits ‘‘Fly a rud” or “Fly ruds” this does not justify the auditor auditing the pc over out ruds. The auditor can do one of two things: He can Fly all ruds or he can return the folder and request ruds be flown. The DIANETIC AUDITOR is not excused from auditing over out ruds and in an HGC must be specially cautioned not to do so but return the folder for a new C/S. Better still he should learn to Fly ruds. INABILITY TO FLY RUDS If an auditor cannot get a rud to F/N, cannot get any rud to F/N, he is justified in starting a Green Form. The auditor solution to no F/N on ruds is to do a GF whether the C/S said to or not. This is an expected action. It is understood the auditor would use Suppress and False in trying to Fly ruds. SESSIONS FAR APART When a pc has not had a session for some time, or when a pc gets sessions days apart, RUDS MUST BE FLOWN. Otherwise the pc will get audited over out ruds. This can develop mental mass. Optimum session scheduling is a series of sessions or a whole program done in a block of sessions close together. This prevents the world from throwing the pc’s ruds out between sessions. Giving sessions far apart barely keeps up with life. The auditing time is absorbed in patching life up. Rapid gain gets above life’s annoyances and keeps the pc there. UNREADING ITEMS When an item the auditor has been told to run doesn’t read on the meter, even when the auditor puts in Suppress and Invalidate on it, the auditor MUST NOT do anything with the item no matter what the C/S said. It is expected he will see if it reads and use Suppress and Invalidate on it. And if it still doesn’t read he will be expected NOT to run it. LISTS When an auditor whose C/S told him to list “Who or what______” or any list question finds that the list question does not read, the auditor MUST NOT list it. When doing a list ordered by the C/S it is assumed that the auditor will test it for read before listing and that he will NOT list an unreading question. (A read is an actual fall, not a tick or a stop.) LIST TROUBLE When an auditor has trouble doing a list and getting an item it is expected he will use a Prepared List like L4B to locate the trouble and handle it. As it is very hard on a pc to mess up a list it is expected the auditor will handle the situation then and there with no further C/S directions. HIGH TA When the auditor sees the TA is high at session start yet the C/S says to “Fly a rud” or run a chain, the AUDITOR MUST NOT TRY TO FLY A RUD and he must not start on a chain. Trying to bring a TA down with ARC Brks or ruds is very hard on a pc as ARC Breaks aren’t the reason TAs go up. Seeing a high TA at start the Dianetic auditor or Scn auditor up to Class II does not start the session but sends the folder back to the C/S and for a higher class auditor to do. Seeing a high TA at start the Scientology auditor (Class III or above) (a) checks for exteriorization in a recent session and if so the session is ended and the C/S is asked for an “Interiorization Rundown”; (b) if the pc has had an Interiorization Rundown the auditor asks the C/S for permission to do a “C/S Series 53’’ or a Hi-Lo TA assessment or whatever the C/S indicates. The Int RD may have been (usually is) overrun and needs rehab or correction and it is usual to check it—it is included in a “C/S 53’’ and a Hi-Lo TA. These actions are expected of the auditor even when not stated in the C/S. GOING ON HOPING When a case is running badly session to session the LAST thing you do is go on hoping, either in auditing or C/Sing. “Let’s try _____”, ‘‘Then this”, “Then this”, is not going to solve the case. YOU GET DATA. You can get data by a White Form (Pc Assessment Form). You can get data from a GF fully assessed (Method 5). You can get data by 2-way comm on various subjects. You can have the D of P interview and get answers. You can even ask his mother. You look for case errors. You study the folder back to where the pc ran well and then come forward and you’ll find the error every time. DO NOT JUST GO ON SESSION AFTER FAILED SESSION HOPING. That’s pure idiocy. You get data! from prepared lists, from life, from the pc, from the folder. FIND THE BUG! Ah, good Lord, he is a Pinkerton Agent sworn to secrecy! He does yoga exercises after every session. He was tried for murder when he was 16 and nobody has run the engram of it. Various auditors ran the same engram chain four times An auditor ran Int RD twice. After Power she had her baby and nobody ran the delivery. He doesn’t like to talk but is a “Grade Zero”! A dozen dozen reasons can exist An auditor does NOT let a C/S C/S hopefully. He refuses the C/Ses until a Folder Error Summary is done and the bug found. THINGS DONE TWICE By carelessness the same rundowns can be called for twice and done twice or even more. A Folder Summary inside the front cover must exist and must be kept up. Over it there must be a program on which the case is being audited. But just because it’s covered, never neglect entering a session and what was run on the Folder Summary (FS). If Hold it Still is ordered, see if it was run before. Don’t let major Rundowns be done twice. DIANETIC ITEMS must NEVER be run twice. Dianetic lists must not be scattered through a folder. Bring them together and keep them together and being brought forward. COPY Don’t copy Dianetic lists or worksheets from notes or items from lists. Keep all admin neat and in the original form. Copying makes errors possible. RUDS GOING OUT When the ruds go out during the session the auditor recognizes the following: Pc Critical = W/H from auditor Pc Antagonistic = BPC in session No TA = Problem Tired = Failed Purpose or no sleep Sad = ARC Break Soaring TA = Overrun or Protest Dope Off = By-passed F/N or not enough sleep No Interest = Out Ruds or no interest in the first place. An auditor who isn’t sure what it is but runs into trouble with the pc (except on lists which he handles at once always) is smart to end off the session quickly, write down the full observation and get it to the C/S. The auditor who is an old hand and knows what he is looking at as per above scale (and the C/S the C/S would give) handles it promptly. Pc Critical = W/H = pull the W/H. Pc Antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (such as L1 C) and handle. No TA (or case gain) = Problem = locate the problem. Tired = no sleep or Failed Purpose = check which it is and handle. Sad = ARC Brk = locate and handle, Itsa earlier Itsa. Soaring TA = O/R or Protest = find which and handle. Such an O/R is usually by rehab. Dope Off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on sleep, or rehab F/N. No Interest = no interest in first place or Out Ruds = check for interest or put in ruds. List goes wrong = BPC = handle or do L4B or any L4 at once. Ruds won’t fly = some other error = assess GF and handle. The auditor has no business trying to do the C/S given when it collides with and isn’t designed to handle any of the above. If the previous session disclosed such an error and this session C/S was designed to handle and doesn’t, the auditor should end off and the next C/S should be “2-way comm for data”. CASE NOT HANDLED When the auditor or the Examiner collides with a pc who is asserting his case has not been handled, there should not be a new set of actions based on little data but the auditor should end off and the C/S should order a “way comm on what hasn’t been handled”. The auditor should not at once take this up as part of any other C/S. In other words an auditor doesn’t change the C/S to a 2-way comm on something not called for by C/S. MAJOR ACTIONS An auditor should never begin a major action on a case that is not “set up” for it. As this can occur during a session it is vital to understand the rule and follow it. Otherwise a case can be bogged right down and will be hard to salvage as now a new action to repair has been added to an unrepaired action. Now, if the auditor starts a major action on a case not “set up” we get 2 things to repair where we only had I as the major action won’t work either. Repair = patching up past auditing or recent life errors. This is done by prepared lists or completing the chain or correcting lists or even 2-way comm or prepchecks on auditors, sessions, etc. Rudiments = setting the case up for the session action. This includes ARC Brks, PTPs, W/Hs, GF or O/R listing or any prepared list (such as L1C, etc). Set up = getting an F/N showing and VGIs before starting any major action. It means just that—an F/N and VGIs before starting any major action. Such may require a repair action and rudiments as well. Major Action = any—but any—action designed to change a case or general considerations or handle continual illness or improve ability. This means a Process or even a series of processes like 3 flows. It doesn’t mean a grade. It is any process the case hasn’t had. Grade = a series of processes culminating in an exact ability attained, examined and attested to by the pc. Program = any series of actions designed by a C/S to bring about definite results in a pc. A program usually includes several sessions. The vast bulk of auditing errors come about because C/Ses and auditors seek to use a Major Action to repair a case. It is a responsibility of an auditor to reject a C/S which seeks to use one or more major actions to repair a case that isn’t running well. The auditor must understand this completely. He can be made to accept a wrong C/S for the pc and even more importantly can in his own session make the error and mess up the case. Example: Pc has not been running well (no real TA or had a grumpy Exam report). Auditor sees C/S has ordered a major action, not a repair by prepared lists, ruds, etc. The auditor must reject the C/S as he will be made to fail in session by it. Example: Auditor gets a C/S, “(1) Fly a rud; (2) Assess LX3; (3) Run 3-way recall, 3-way secondaries, 3-way engrams on all / / X items”. The auditor can’t get a rud to fly. Does the LX3. In other words he flunks by failing to SET UP the case. It could also go this way. Auditor can’t get a rud to fly, does a GF, gets no F/N. He MUST NOT begin a major action but MUST end off right there. It is fatal to begin any new process on the case designed to change the case if the case is not F/N VGIs. The pc who starts processing for the first time and is surely not F/N VGIs must be set up by repair actions! Simple rudiments, life ruds, O/R list on life, even assessing prepared lists on life, these are repair actions. The pc will sooner or later begin to fly. Now at session start you put in a rud, get F/N VGIs and CAN start major actions. So the auditor has a responsibility not to be led up a garden path by a C/S which orders a major action on a pc who isn’t repaired or by not being able in session to get an F/N VGIs by repair. The only exceptions are a touch assist or life ruds or the Dianetic assist all on a temporarily sick pc. But that’s repair isn’t it? PROGRAM VIOLATIONS When an auditor receives a C/S and sees that it violates the pc’s program he should reject it. The pc, let us say, is supposed to finish his Dianetic Triples but is suddenly being given a Group Engram Intensive. That violates the program and also the grade. If the pc is running badly, a repair should be ordered. If not, the program should be completed. Example: An effort is being made to get the pc to go backtrack. This is a program containing several major actions which probably consists of several sessions. Before this program is complete and before the pc has gone backtrack, the C/S orders “(1) Fly a rud, (2) 3 S & Ds”. The auditor should recognize in 3 S & Ds a major action being run into the middle of a program and reject it. The correct action is of course the next backtrack process. GRADE VIOLATIONS A pc who is on a grade and hasn’t attained it yet must not be given major actions not part of that grade. Example: Pc is on Grade I. C/S orders a list having to do with drinking. It is not a process on that grade. It could be done after Grade I is attained and before Grade II is begun. The C/S is incorrect and should not be accepted. ABILITY ATTAINED Now and then before the full major action is complete or before all the grade processes are run, the pc will attain the ability of the grade or the end phenomena of the action. This is particularly true of valence shifters or Interiorization Rundowns and can happen in grades. The auditor should recognize it and, with the F/N VGIs always present at such moments, end off. I know of one case who had a huge cog about Interiorization on Flow I Engrams and was pushed by both C/S and auditor to do Flows 2 and 3 who bogged so badly that it took a long while—weeks—to straighten the case out. The ability itself gets invalidated by pushing on. On the other hand this should never be taken as an excuse. “I think he cogged to himself so we ended off.” It must be a real “What do you know!” sort of out-loud cog with a big F/N and VVGIs and directly on the subject to end off a major action or a program or a grade before its actions are all audited. REVIEWING REVIEWS An auditor who gets a C/S or an order to repair a case that is running well should reject doing the action. I have seen a case ordered to repair who had Ext Full Perception Doing Great. The repair bogged the case. The case then got running well again but a second C/S ordered a new repair which of course bogged it. Then major actions were done. The case was again repaired and rehabbed and became ok. Three times the auditor should have said NO. FALSE REPORTS The vilest trick that can be played on a pc is for an auditor to falsify an auditing report. It may be thought to be “good Public Relations” (good PR) for the auditor with the C/S. Actually it buries an error and puts the pc at risk. INTEGRITY is a hallmark of Dianetics and Scientology. Just because psychiatrists were dishonest is no reason for auditors to be. The results are there to be gotten. False reports like false attests recoil and badly on both the auditor and pc. OVERTS ON PCS When an auditor finds himself being nattery or critical of his pcs he should get his withholds on pcs pulled and overts on them off. An auditor who goes sad is auditing pcs over his own ARC Break. An auditor worried about his pc is working over a Problem. Getting one’s ruds in on pcs or C/Ses or the org can bring new zest to life. AUDITORS DON’T HAVE CASES In the chair no auditor has a case. If breath shows on a mirror held to his face he can audit. Faint afterwards if you must but see that the pc gets to the Examiner with his F/N. Then get yourself handled. “WHAT HE DID WRONG” An auditor has a right to know what he did wrong in the session that went wrong. Most often a sour session occurs only when the rules and data in this HCO B have been violated. But an auditor’s TRs can go out or his listing and nulling is in error. After a session that went wrong somebody else (not the auditor) should ask the pc what the auditor did. This sometimes spots a false auditing report. But it also sometimes is a false report by the pc. In any event, the auditor has a right to know. Then he can either correct his auditing or his know-how or he can advise the C/S the pc’s report is untrue and better repair can be done on the pc. Savage action against an auditor is almost never called for. He was trying to help. Some people are hard to help. Not only does an auditor have the right to be told what was wrong but he must be given the exact HCO B, date and title, that he violated. Never take a verbal or written correction that is not in an HCO B or tape. Don’t be party to a ‘‘hidden data line’’ that doesn’t exist “You ruined the pc!” is not a valid statement. ‘‘You violated HCO B page____” is the charge. No auditor may be disciplined for asking, ‘‘May I please have the tape or HCO B that was violated so I can read it or go to Cramming. “ If it isn’t on a tape, a book or an HCO B I T IS NOT TRUE and no auditor has to accept any criticism that is not based on the actual source data. “If it isn’t written it isn’t true’’ is the best defense and the best way to improve your tech. These are the rights of the auditor with relation to a C/S. They are all technical rights based on sound principles. An auditor should know them and use them. If an auditor stands on these rights and gets beaten down he should put all the facts before his nearest OTL or SO ship as something would be very wrong somewhere. Auditing is a happy business—when it is done right. LRH:nt jh Copyright ©1970, 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder [OTL means Operation-Transport Liaison which was a Sea Organization office that managed orgs or an area and was a forerunner of the Flag Operations Liaison Office (FOLO).] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 2 (C/S Series 1 is “Auditor’s Rights”, HCO B 24 May 1970, not so marked.) PROGRAMMING OF CASES Every action taken on a Case by a CASE SUPERVISOR (or an auditor doing his own C/S actions) should be part of a definite outlined PROGRAM for that case. PROGRAM Definition—A program is defined as the sequence of actions session by session to be undertaken on a case by the C/S in his directions to the auditor or auditors auditing the case. The master program for every case is given on the Classification and Gradation Chart issued from time to time. The earliest of these Charts was 1965 followed by 1st December 1966 followed by 1st January 1968 followed by 1st December 1969. The reissues of the Chart are done to improve the communication of the data on the Chart. The program factor has not much changed since its earliest issue. Tapes about this Chart were made for the SHSBC at its first issue and of course remain valid. The processes called for on the Chart are all part of the SHSBC or for upper levels part of the SH and AO Confidential materials. From time to time they are reissued but they remain standard and have been so since the first issue of the Chart. The Chart and its materials have now and again been neglected or disregarded and THE NEGLECT HAS RESULTED IN FIELD FLAPS AND DOWN STATS. Omitting this gradient of processes not only stalls cases but results in a case manifesting out-grade phenomena. A pc must attain the full ability noted on the Chart before going up to the next level of the Chart. Telling the pc he has made it is of course evaluation. The outnesses which have occurred surrounding this Chart are hard to believe. They consist of total abandonment of the Chart, degrading and losing all its lower grade processes, feeding a pc at Dianetic level data at Class VI and telling him, who has not made Dianetics yet, he is now Clear, cutting down all processes from the Chart bottom up to IV to be able to do them in 2l/2 minutes, neglecting all levels up to OT V and then trying to put in a few lower grades and sending on to OT VI, having the pc after one trivial session attest all abilities at once and many other errors. This is crazy driving. If a bus were driven along a road this way it would soon be wrecked and back where it started but in an ash heap. Genius in C/Sing is normally required only when some former driver wrecked the thing instead of driving it right in the first place. To Case Supervise one has to accept the following facts: 1. Dianetics and Scientology work. 2. The subjects are serious subjects not experimental toys. 3. The basics and fundamentals are stated early in the period of development and have not changed. 0 4. The “newest and latest” is usually a recovery of basics and better statements of them. 5. The purpose of the subject has not altered and continues to be the attainment of ability and freedom for the individual. 6. That things which were true early in the subjects are still true. 7. That the mind responds on a gradient of improvement not suddenly like a bomb explosion. 8. That the Classification and Gradation Chart and all its processes and steps IS the basic program of any case. 9. That all other programs are efforts to get the pc or pre-OT back on the basic program. 10. That there is no hidden data line and that the materials and procedures are refined mainly to facilitate use and communication of them. 11. That auditing is for the pc, not the org or the auditor. 12. That major processes are done to improve the case. 13. That repair is undertaken to eradicate errors made in auditing or the environment which impede the use of major processes. 14. That a case has to be programmed by the C/S to get it advancing as it should have been in the first place on the Classification and Gradation Chart. 15. That a C/S is not being called upon to develop a new Chart for the case but only to get the case back on the basic Chart and get it done. 3 PROGRAMS There are then 3 types of Programs: 1. THE program laid out in the Classification and Gradation Chart. (Called The Basic Program.) 2. Repair Programs to eradicate case mishandling by current life or auditing errors. (Called a Set-Up Program.) 3. Major actions to be undertaken to get the case back on the Class Chart from wherever he has erroneously gotten to on it. (Called a Return Program.) It has been a very common C/S action to disperse away from a program laid out. This has been happening ever since the first issue of the Class Chart and has been a principal source of trouble for C/Ses. This happens in several ways: 1. Not knowing the importance of the Class Chart. 2. Not knowing basics. 3. Falling for SP propaganda that “we don’t use that now”, “the material is old”, “it’s only background data”, etc, that deteriorates what one does know and could use. 4. Failure of auditors to give good sessions and do the Usual required in a session. 5. Abandonment of the C/S’s own Repair or Return Program—usually because of false auditor reports or operating on insufficient data from the pc. The correct way to go about all this is to: A. Repair the case thoroughly with minor actions like GFs, prepared lists, ruds, two-way comm. B. Acquire adequate data on the pc. C. Complete any C/S Return Program begun. D. Get the pc back on the Class Chart without any processes of the grade skipped. E. Run the case on the Class Chart. F. Repair any departures or errors made in life or auditing. G. Get the pc back on the Class Chart. DISPERSAL Not following any program is a complete exercise in non-sequitur (means one step does not follow the last but is different and unrelated). In giving a pc process after process that are not related to each other and follow no Repair Program or Return Program is non-sequitur in the extreme. If processes were remarks one would get a sequence of processes given the pc sounding like this. “The submarine just went by so we will order a hundred tons of bread. There wasn’t any beer so birds are seldom seen. The dance was very fast so we fixed the carburetor. He has very long hair so we decorated his father’s tomb.” “Give pc Scn Triples then do his Dianetics then fix up his hidden standard,” would be a series of crazy non-sequitur C/Ses. Nothing is connected to or proceeds from anything. That would be a dispersed program for sure. It actually happens horribly enough. Study a Class Chart and then look through some old folders. At once, the sequence of processes ordered sounds like “The submarine just went by so order a hundred tons of bread.” Such C/Sing has no cause and effect in it. A person totally ignorant of basic cause and effect gets “Pc nattery. Run Dianetics.” “Pc’s case not advancing. Do Grade 0.” The cause of the pc condition is not understood. A nattery pc has withholds. A case not advancing has problems. That’s real actual basic tech (see Auditor’s Rights HCO B for the table). This data is over 15 years old at this writing, is part of proper Academy courses and the SHSBC and is even in Class VIII materials. The reasons for the pc’s behavior or trouble are not mysterious reasons never revealed. They are all very well given in course materials. Here is an actual case, a folder I examined of a pc who is now in trouble and needing a Repair and Return Program. Pc was an accident prone (person who is apparently dedicated to having accidents). Very low aptitude score (about 30). Had been skipped over almost the entire Class Chart and given Power. To handle accident proneness was given CCHs. This cured it. Had Exteriorized so was given Interiorization Rundown without a 2-way comm session. Pc subsequently developed bad somatics. (Dianetics was never flattened or completed.) A quarter of an inch of Examiner’s reports wherein the pc was asking for help or medicine to get rid of somatics was then put one by one into the folder. Despite this the “C/S” saw “Va” on the pc’s folder and ordered R6EW. More Examiner’s calls collected. The pc ran one item, making one mark on a worksheet and attested R6EW. More Examiner’s reports collected, pc reporting self ill. “C/S” seeing R6EW attested ordered pc to Clearing Course. Pc did one brief session attested Clear. More Examiner’s reports into folder, pc in pain and now in Ethics trouble. “C/S” ordered pc to OT I. Pc spent 35 minutes on OT 1 in terror of it, hastily attested, had 5 accidents in 3 days. Folder sent to me as a “baffling case”. So the correct actions now have to be taken. 1. Repair pc with every list known to Man or Beast to get off BPC collected in these overwhelming levels. 2. Repair pc in errors in current life. 3. Return Program the pc by running simple things, 2-way comm, to give pc some wins in actual case gain by maybe handling by 2-way comm minor this life or childhood upsets with family, maybe putting in ruds on some early subject that turns up. 4. Put pc back on the Class Chart TO COMPLETE THE INCOMPLETE GRADE (Dianetics) to its full end phenomena as per Class Chart. 5. Bring the pc on up the Class Chart using all processes for each grade and honestly attesting each grade in turn. It’s all a shame because the pc had a lose on status. She wanted to be Clear and OT, was actually on it and never walked up the stairs to get to it. PROGRAM NECESSITY One can see from all this the NECESSITY of working by program on a case. Even when one starts an honest program for the case one can get thrown off of it and begin to do something else. If the pc goes exterior, of course, one has to handle by Interiorization Rundown before the case can be audited at all. But that’s no reason to then skip all the grades! A pc can go exterior at any point. Thus it must be handled when it occurs. But that does not mean anything happened to one’s program or the Class Chart. Exterior or Interior, a pc unflat on Dianetics (not attained the ability marked on the Class Chart) is unflat on Dianetics! And a pc who is unflat on Dianetics will have out lower grades. Jumping processes on the Class Chart set the pc up to fall on his head later. An “OT VI with problems” is really just an unflat Grade I. And until Grade I is flattened to permanent Ability Attained on the Class Chart, he remains an unflat Grade I. A C/S who gets wound up in this sort of skipped everything and made nothing, of course has an awful mess on his hands. He can feel as lost as Hansel or Gretel. But waiting to get covered up by leaves is for the birds. If one finds the pc off the road, the thing to do is return the pc to the road at the point he didn’t walk it AND THERE ARE NO SHORTCUTS FOR THE MIND. The utter despair and insane barbarism psychiatry descended into was patient lost, psychiatrist lost, patient crazy, psychiatrist into insane sadism. So maybe the first lesson a C/S really has to learn is: THERE IS A KNOWN ROAD OUT. There is no shortcut, it has to be walked every inch of it. And therefore the greatest enemy of the C/S is the SP who says “that’s all old” “we don’t use that now” “that’s just background data” and thereby obscures the actual road. And another enemy is the pc who screamingly demands to be put up to Clear at once so he won’t have this awful headache! STEADY ON Thus the measures a C/S takes to hold a steady course will profit him greatly in the end with good solid gains for the pc. As the pc should no longer be a total humanoid by Class IV the lower grade gains are the most important of all. A C/S who puts a Class Chart into every folder he handles is doing a wise thing. Even if it’s big, clumsy, hard to handle, it is at least thorough. If on it he marks in red things the pc has gotten to falsely and if in green things the pc made from the bottom walking an honest road, he knows where he is at! Seeing the whole training cycle half of the Chart continue blank means that much more ignorance and trouble for the pc in making his gains stably. If the C/S put his Repair Program on a Red sheet in the folder and dated it out session by session to be audited until it was DONE and all flubs made in doing it also marked in and repaired, the C/S wouldn’t lose his place in the book. For a red sheet stands out in amongst other folder papers. A red sheet with a “folder error summary” on one side of it and the C/S’s Repair Pgm on the other keeps the pc’s progress located. When that Red sheet is done it should be signed by the C/S as DONE which retires all errors to that point. A bright blue sheet giving the C/S RETURN PGM properly dated also gives one a chance to not get steered off. A new Red Repair Pgm sheet fixing up errors occurring in doing the Blue sheet can be pushed into the folder but the Blue sheet can be resumed again. The Blue sheet completed should find the pc back on the Class Chart. A list of processes run tallied up by the auditor each session keeps the C/S from repeating a process and gives him the Dn items used singly to be done triple. While all this Admin may seem time consuming, lack of it mounts up into valuable AUDITOR TIME being thrown away. -----------C/Sing is a road. It has milestones. When the pc didn’t pass one honestly he got lost. There’s no reason for pc, auditor and C/S to all get lost. The C/S has an exact road to hold to, return to and repairs to get done so the pc can get moving on the Return Pgm and the Class Chart which IS the road. It took too many trillions to find this road for it to be neglected. For if the C/S neglects it people won’t arrive anywhere but get lost as well. The right idea is the road. LRH:kjm.rd Copyright ©1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 3 SESSION PRIORITIES REPAIR PGMS AND THEIR PRIORITY When a pc has had an incorrectly run session, one that did not wind up with F/N Cog VGIs, it is often harmful to delay the repair session. Most cases of pcs becoming ill or having accidents stem from A. Major Errors in Programming the case. B. Delay in Repairing a goofed session. There have been several examples recently of pcs ending session with an unflat process after which the repair session was delayed for several days or even weeks and the pc came down with a cold or had some minor accident or got in Ethics trouble. Thus Repair has priority. PROGRAM ERRORS Under A. a major error in programming lays the case open to having goofed sessions and exposes the auditor to some risk of making errors. The reason for this is that the pc gets overwhelmed or bogged simply by not coming up through all the processes of each level on the Class Chart. Let us say the pc is trying to make it on R6EW Solo Study but keeps having Problems with it and can’t get on with it. The uninformed C/S orders a Student Rescue Intensive. This is all right as far as it goes. But a more searching look into the records is likely to find that this pc had exactly 10 minutes on the whole of Grade I! The Out-Program is far more likely to play havoc with this pc than just problems. He is possibly in doubt as to case gains and his reality is poor and yet he is being exposed to the highly restimulative materials of an upper level to which he has never climbed. A direct effort now to put in problems Grade I also puts an auditor at risk. Instead of merely being able to run problems as he would have been able to earlier, the pc is in some sort of overwhelm and is nervous or scared or believes he is at fault some way. He will look everywhere but in the right direction. The answer to an incorrectly programmed case is, of course, a repair program and the sooner the better. Such repair programs must be very light. Prepared lists to find charge, 2 way comm on various subjects, take a walk. And such a repair program MUST NOT (a) Let the pc dive into rough heavy charge, or (b) Be overdone to total boredom. SELF AUDITING Some pcs “self audit”, which is different than Solo auditing since it has no meter or session and is just wandering about the bank (some overwhelmed pcs self audit in Solo wandering all over the place). This is a symptom of session or study or life overwhelm. It requires a Repair Program. EP OF REPAIR The End Phenomena of a Repair Program is the pc feeling great and feeling he can get Case Gain. A good, clever Repair Program produces what badly programmed cases would consider total recovery. It is a good idea to have the pc attest to “I have had definite gains from the recent sessions and feel great.” Or with a hearty “Yes” to “Does Scientology really work for you.” Oh, you say, how could that much gain come from just repair? Well, Repair is almost always being done on a pc who was overwhelmed by life or auditing in the first place. Life we know has a way of overwhelming people. When a person is overwhelmed by life, an auditing error is more likely to occur. When Incorrect Programming occurs, then any auditing on it can add up to more overwhelm which adds up to more errors. CONSISTENT COMPLAINT The pc whose Examiner forms routinely have a sour note in them should not be continued on the Class Chart or any Return Program. He is a Repair pc and nothing else. If you get the idea that any lower level can produce large changes in a person you will see that lower level processes are being mis-programmed if they are producing only the gains of Repair actions. The sign of mis-programming is most often seen in Examiner reports where the pc’s comments or demands are “for more auditing” or “Got to have a session” or “wasn’t really handled” or sour comments or cracks. When you examine some folders you will see some pc has more than his share of this. That’s a sign to LIGHTLY DO IT. The wrong way to go is plunge! I have seen a C/S order 2 major actions in one session after a bad session on a pc in a DESPERATE effort to reach the case! The exact reverse is required. Repair the case by: I. Patch the session goof. II. Use prepared lists for locating session charge in past sessions. III. Use prepared lists and two way comm on items found. IV. Get ruds in on periods of the pc’s life. V. Get ruds in on parts of the pc’s body that are ailing. This is not a model Repair Program but only a sample of one. It isn’t a model because the pcs have different things wrong with them. But you could blindly do all of the above and still wind up with case gain and a win for a staggering pc. Then you would do a Return Pgm to get the pc back on the Class Chart. But not until then. I have seen a pc stagger along for years getting auditing (of a sort) while still retaining a set characteristic or somatic who when handled with very mild processes had a case gain and then returned to the Class Chart HAVE A COMPLETE CHANGE OF THE CHARACTERISTIC. EFFECT SCALE A C/S can get into the lower end of the effect scale and feel that desperate that he begins to throw away every major process he can order on the pc, even 2 or 3 per session! But the direction of win was LIGHTER not heavier action. Sort of like “this sparrow keeps getting bowled out with rocks. Let’s try real artillery on him!” If one is trying to make a better sparrow he should lay off the rocks and lighten it up, not step up the barrage! Some cotton tufts might do wonders! Might even make the sparrow reach! The basic trouble with ALL past efforts at “psychotherapy” and “religious uplift” and “self betterment” and healing was: The more desperate the situation the more desperate was the remedy used. The right answer is: THE WORSE THE CONDITION THE LIGHTER THE REMEDY REQUIRED. Dealing with psychotics in an institution you would find that “Hello” pleasantly said would do more for cases than all the drug firms and electric shock machines and brain icepicks have ever done in all their existence. Well if it applies to psychotics, it applies surely to people that aren’t. Simple interest and listening can crack an awful lot of overwhelmed cases that would only bog further if not first repaired. BPC The exact BPC of the last session handled is always the first action in Repair Programming. This is the exact BPC. An unfinished Dianetic Chain is BPC. So get it handled. The wrong list item is heavy BPC so get it handled. And get this BPC off now! Now! Don’t wait 2 days or a week. Repair it on priority. OVERWHELM Don’t always blame the auditor. He may goof and he shouldn’t. But if his procedure and TRs were reasonably correct, how come the pc got a tangled session. If the auditor has a usually good record and you get a goofed session, then realize the pc is a bit troublesome and was not running standardly. Of course this doesn’t excuse student goofs or plain lousy auditing. But when the auditor does all right, then the case must be in an overwhelm of some sort. So we have 2 variables here for C/S decision. x1-Auditor fault? or x2-Pc in an overwhelm? There is a decision here to be made by the C/S. It’s resolved by folder inspection and knowledge of the auditor. All right—Auditor usually okay. That eliminates x1. So we have a pc in overwhelm? Look over past record of pc. Runs okay. That cancels x2. So we repair that one session and its goof and continue with the Return Pgm or the Class Pgm whichever the pc was on. What if x1 showed lots of bad sessions by the auditor and x2 showed pc usually okay. Investigate auditor’s auditing and send to Cramming for TRs, etc. What if x 1 Auditor okay and x2 pc has lots of trouble? NOW we get to an overwhelmed pc. You see how it’s sorted out by the C/S? From inspecting two things only the C/S can decide what’s to be done now. If the decision isn’t clear-cut get the auditor looked into and the pc asked about the auditor’s actions and his own case. If his “case has lots of trouble” skip worrying the auditor further unless that discloses other errors on other cases. Okay. So the pc is running badly. So he’s in an overwhelm. Inspection will reveal one or more of three things. 1. Case didn’t come up the Class Chart right. 2. Case being run in a temporary Life overwhelm. 3. Former errors not repaired. 1 and 3 may both exist. The correct C/S action is a Repair Program in any case. If 3 is true you engage in that first. If 2 is true you use Repair actions on life as the second part of your Repair Program. If 1 is true you will also have a Repair Program to lay out first in any event and just include it in. Write it all up on a red sheet and follow the sheet session by session as you C/S. You will now have handled the overwhelm if your Repair Pgm is good and fully done and not brushed off at the first sign of VGIs in the pc at Examiner. If 1 is true you now do a Return Pgm. This of course is what processes you’re going to get run to fill in the processes that haven’t been run to get the Class Chart all done and the pc back up to where he was. He has run some after all. INGENUITY The genius and bright ideas of a C/S are not exerted with major processes ever. Only the Interiorization Rundown after the pc exteriorized or when it is discovered he has and possibly a Student Rescue or a sickness assist are the exceptions to this. One doesn’t Repair with major processes! That’s like “The engine wouldn’t run so he hit it with a sledge hammer.” Ingenuity is required of a C/S only in the area of repair. Locating BPC is rather standard in repair action. But fishing up the case by 2 way comm and little prepchecks and getting in ruds on things or times require a certain flair in a C/S. I recall one pc who was staggering on engrams, couldn’t talk to people and was a general mess. The wrong action would be to run a major grade like Comm on the pc. The pc had to be handled with 2 way comm of some sort. Yet she couldn’t talk auditing or anything else fluently enough about anything to clear anything up. I asked her what would it be awful to say and she went scarlet, hemmed and hawed and blurted out “Swearing!” So we 2 way commed about it! What a torrent! Recovered completely. Recovered so well she thought that was all there was to auditing and was immensely gratified! Another pc had lost his job and couldn’t face any part of it. I 2 way commed what his job had consisted of. He promptly went out and got another. Sometimes it takes a lot of sessions and a lot of reading worksheets to find subjects. BUT IF YOU CAN PERSUADE AUDITORS TO MARK EVERY FALL AND BD IN 2 WAY COMM SESSIONS you will find exactly where the pc is hung up and ordering 2 way comm on that and related things does wonders. But all repair isn’t two way comm. Touching things is a very good way to handle repairs. Cars, typewriters, airplanes, or book pictures thereof or anything or any picture of anything also works. The “touch assist” is a little fragment of a whole array of “touch”. Cases sometimes flinch at remembering anything at all. The answer is touch things and “Reach and withdraw” is part of this and is used in repair. TRs (all of them 0 to IX) are so good in repair action that they actually cure 50% or more drug addicts when run for weeks in groups such as on the HAS Course. It is even reported that when run on people still on drugs over periods of weeks they come off the drugs of their own volition. TRs are a fine unlimited repair action. Prepared lists run on all sorts of things can repair a whole life. “Look at me. Who am I?” is used in a Repair Session when a pc goes too wild to audit. (An exception is list errors when the only remedy is a fast L4A.) Mimicry is actually too high for Repair. Repair is its own subject. The only demand in Programming it is to give priority to recent auditing errors or recent life catastrophes. Many cases obviously have to begin processing with a Repair. Life overwhelm is the reason. And an S & D can be far too steep. Next to skimping lower grades, Repair is too little used. And it is needed. And the urgency is to not let things go too long unrepaired. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 4 THE RETURN PROGRAM When a case has been repaired, there is always a Return Program made up by the C/S. It is handwritten on a blue sheet of paper that is easily spotted in a folder. When the Repair Pgm has been concluded, the case is considered to be “set up” for a Return Pgm. The exact point where a Repair Program is changed into a Return Program is when the case has had some wins and is in far better shape than he was when he first began to be audited (which means his first ever auditing). The point is also identifiable as the point where the person feels more outflowing and less overwhelmed if at all. This is obviously a point of case change. The common and incorrect practice of looking for case change as the only benefit from processing should be relegated to Repair End Phenomena. Processing is actually measured by the gradual increase in ability. Step by step these increases in ability walk up the Class Chart and ability is the measure of progress. The C/S who is looking for THE solution to a case, the one shattering bang of total effect on the pc, has set himself for continuous losses in C/Sing. For there is no one action that totally changes a case from bottom to top in one fell swoop. The C/S who thinks there is continually fiddles hopefully. A case has MANY things to be handled, not one. There is no one single wrongness or out-point in a case. A case is a collection of out-points. He hurts, he can’t talk, he has problems, he is ARC Broken, he has service facs, he is stuck in incidents, etc, to just mention a few such out-points. A radio receiver that has been many times broken and is a heap of twisted parts, is not going to get repaired, much less improved by a radio repairman finding one huge error in it and correcting that. He’ll have to correct a lot of minor errors in it before any major error even shows up. The “One-shot clear” idea of the uninformed of 1950 is impossible. When a person goes onto the Clearing Course after missing the lower grades he just doesn’t make it at all. He often can’t even get reads. It takes many miles of road, past many “case changes” to get up the gradient scale to top ability. A Repair Program takes the case from where it has falsely gotten to on the Class Chart and gets off the overwhelm with light processes. The Return Program begins when the case is no longer so overwhelmed and is getting wins from the Repair Program. THE RETURN PROGRAM CONSISTS SIMPLY OF WRITING DOWN IN SEQUENCE EVERY NEEDFUL STEP AND PROCESS MISSED ON THE CLASS CHART BY THE CASE WHICH ARE NOW TO BE DONE. Example: A case has falsely gotten to R6EW Solo and isn’t making it well. The C/S writes up a light process but extensive Repair Program (first on auditing, then on life). The case achieves the EP of repair in case changes and less overwhelm. The C/S now examines the 2-way comm sessions and Examiner’s reports to establish what levels are out. No change = Level 1. Lots of ARC Brks = Level 2. The C/S lists all the Level 1 and Level 2 processes the pc did not get done and this is the Return Program. When these are done and the pc has made it, the C/S has the pc honestly back at R6EW on the Class Chart and continues to follow the Class Chart. Needful repairs also sometimes have to be done in getting the Return Pgm done. In each case a new Repair Program is done. The old Return Program looked over but probably just continued. Example of a case at OT 1 now completely repaired: Case has somatics = Dn Level Unflat Makes others guilty = Level IV Unflat Dramatizes = R6EW Unflat. The Return Program consists of completing Dn, rehabbing comm, all Level IV processes, Redo R6EW, rehab Clear, return to OT I. That completes the Return Program. In other words, when the case, found in trouble at a level, is fully repaired and winning, the C/S studies the current data on the case to establish the major levels that are out (each Level has an error and an ability) and then gets these into a Program which then session by session is followed. The program which can be completed in one session will never be written as there is no such program. A program is the consecutive layout of what has to be done in the next many sessions. The basic program is the Class and Grade Chart. The Return Program is the return to the false point reached by getting honestly done all the points missed on the road. The pc who can’t attest a grade ability at any point has to have: 1. A Repair Pgm. 2. A Return Pgm. It is a truism that the grade he can’t seem to make is not the grade. An earlier grade is out if the processes of any one grade, properly run, do not achieve that grade. The earliest error is of course a failure to achieve the lowest grade there is. What is out here is that the case needed to be started on a Repair Pgm for life. Now, that skipped, one has to do a Repair on both auditing and life. The Return Pgm is easy in this instance as it just puts the pc back on what he was on, the first level. But this is the only instance where a pc is restored by the C/S to the level he was on without an extensive Return Program. So a Return Pgm always follows the Repair Pgm. And a Return Program consists of putting the pc over road sections he missed on the road up. A Return Pgm is concluded and retired when the pc is back on the grade he falsely had reached before the Repair and Return were done, and is now making that grade. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 5 REPAIR EXAMPLE Pc X was rushed through lower grades in 20 minutes, given Power to no result, was fed cognitions on upper level material and when run on Dianetics was found “stuck in present time”. After two bogged sessions this pc, who had come from a far place, came to Flag where I took over (not very pleased). The actual rundown outlined as a Repair Program (see C/S Series 3) was as follows on 2 81/2” x 13” red cards to be kept in pc’s folder. PC X REPAIR PGM I LAST ERROR REPAIRED 27.5.70 II. BOGGED SESSION 6/6/70 Repaired 11/6/70 (too long a wait but done). III. Two Way Comm on what did you experience in Power Processing Successful 1/6/70 (Revealed all Lower Grades out, Clear Cog fed him, unable to really run Dn.) IV. L4A assessed on each list run on him, one list at a time as he recalls it. V. Auditor Auditing Prepcheck. VI. Gains Prepcheck. VII. An assessed GF done to get each charge found off. VIII. 2 Way Comm How Do You Feel About Auditing Now? Completes auditing cycle. Repair. IX. 2 way comm on life before Scn. (Note all Falls and BDs.) To C/S. X. C/S to pick up items out of IX and Prepcheck each one that still reads when called off (one to be called then run, no assessment). XI. Two way comm on rough areas When have you had a rough time? Note all Falls and BDs. To C/S. XII. C/S to list all F or BD items. Prepcheck each one. XIII. 2 way comm What possessions have you had? To C/S. XIV. C/S to list all F—BD Items and Prepcheck. XV. L1B in auditing and 2 way comm on gains. XVI. C/S Note what period of his life pc hung up in. Auditor to put in ruds on it. XVII. Find out what body part or area hurts. Put in Ruds on it. (Pgm can be extended to be sure pc has had wins and is in better condition than was in before auditing and no longer overwhelmed or can be cut if this occurs before then.) (Return Pgm begins with TRs 0-9, on up the Class Chart as needed to get his abilities and ends off with a full repair of Power, rehabbing Pr Pr 4 and 5 and running 6 to EP and checking lists. He will then be back on Class Chart properly. ) ------------- This is not a Repair Pgm to be copied particularly. It is given as an extent of Repair which would then be done session by session and ticked off by the C/S as he ordered each new step. The No. IV L4A prepared list would be wholly assessed for each specific list. The V and VI are a whole list of things not given here, common to such a step, but containing no dynamite-type things like “SPs” or “Overwhelm” or other things like the names of major processes. Note that everything from I to VIII are strictly auditing repairs. IX to XVII handle life areas. This case should have been started in auditing with a Life Repair Pgm such as given from IX to XVII. Had he been on drugs as a habit (or just shaky about life) TRs O to 9 could have begun his auditing followed by Life Repair IX to XVII. NEW DEVELOPMENT These actions of Repair before level auditing are a new development as such but 2 way comm and these actions are all from the early ‘60s SHSBC. POSSIBLE FAULTS Evaluation, Q and A and an inability to listen resulting in the auditor chopping comm would be the chief reasons any errors would creep into the sessions given in the Repair Program. As these might not show up in the auditing reports, if the Repair Pgm sessions did not result in gain the C/S would have the auditor’s auditing checked for these points of Evaluation, Q and A and comm chop. The sessions are actually very easy to run and could be done by an Academy Class III or better by a Class VI. NOTE ON VIII AUDITING VIII Auditing presumed, when developed, that lower grades were still being delivered. VIII Auditing and Training are fully valid. They are, as the Class infers, a high level of auditing and remain so. The sequence of recent development has been: VIII Auditing to Standard Dianetic HDC-HDG auditing to Standard Dianetics C/Sing for all levels C/Sing below levels C/Sing to handle the neglect of lower grades and SHSBC data which are being gotten back in rapidly. The C/S is therefore confronted with cases without lower grades and the earliest and reissued Class Chart neglected. The mania for Quickie Lower Grades and the acts by a few who fed upper “cognitions” and other evaluation to pcs wrecked for a while a part of the bridge and made it impassable. Much of the current C/S work should take this into consideration. The Repair Pgm given above is not as long as it could be and certainly would be no shorter. The IX to XVII are a brief layout of how new cases could be handled BEFORE any actual level auditing as a guarantee of real gains. This is a whole zone of action (pre-Level, pre-Dianetics) becoming increasingly necessary by the decline of the culture as visible in pcs now beginning processing as different from those even up to 1962. These IX to XVII steps would also work on institutional cases but one should take it even easier. I repeat, this Repair Pgm I to XVII is an EXAMPLE and its numbers are not useful as different Repair Pgms would be designed by the C/S for the pc. Many other things could be done, none of them heavy or desperate. The C/S should caution any Registrar NOT to sell with the name “Repair Pgm”. This is entirely technical and not PR or Sales. It is just Auditing as far as the Registrar is concerned. Had Pc X been processed on all earlier grades in a scramble before 1962, one would list and then rehab every process run as part of the Return Pgm. Such a step would be done as the last step however of the Return Program as a prelude to straightening out the highest grade falsely attained before Repair. The rehab would not be a substitute for running all the processes of the levels not previously run. Rehab is no part of Repair. TECH ACTION We have fallen into a belief that any repair is done in Review. Review is now the place the pc goes when the C/S gives up. Repair is a Tech Div Action and counts as hours of auditing delivered. Auditing is auditing. Obviously 2 25 hour intensives could be consumed in a Life Repair before a new pc ever came near even an assessment of the minus scale of the first Class Chart much less a level! In Academies, students may get anxious to “get their grades practiced” and so may skip repair actions needful. Thus upper level students should audit lower level students. DIANETICS Pcs audited only on Dianetics in franchises and centers will make some astonishing physical and even mental improvements. The larger percentage will do so. However, a C/S will find some have had physical gains “without finding out about it”. The reality factor has not increased to any degree. Such pcs of course get a long Repair Program and are then given a Return Program to Dianetics, their highest level. The sample Repair Pgm above fits such pcs as well as one that attained higher levels before it was found that lower grades were out. There are no variables in what the pgms are: 1. 2. 3. Pc bogs or not gaining. Repair Pgm outlined and concluded. Return Pgm outlined and concluded. What the C/S puts in the Repair Pgm and what he puts in the Return Pgm can be very variable indeed. C/S Q AND A The only fault I’ve seen in a C/S trying to outline 2 way comm could be called a “C/S Q and A”. The pc has a big win about “Frogs”. A huge cog F/N VGIs changes his life. The Q and A C/S is to order “Frogs two way commed”. The system one uses is not to use pc wins as items to further handle. That stifles (overruns) the win. It’s an ability gained. One should be able to write off win items as gains and let the pc have them. And use items pc mentions that read (shows he has Reality on them) to push up to new wins. The C/S in looking into 2 way comm for things to handle finds his prizes in subjects that read but haven’t F/Ned. The cycle is find an item that reads, push it to F/N cog GIs. Leave that. Find another that reads. Push it to F/N cog VGIs. Leave that. Find another. . . .. etc. 2 way comm with the auditor marking F, LF, LLF, BDs, etc gives the C/S worksheets to pick new items out of. The C/S looks to see if any of these were the subject of any F/N. If so he crosses them off. He orders prepchecks or two way comm on the items that read and haven’t F/Ned. That’s the way the C/S gets his Instructions to Auditor for the exact actions of the Repair Pgm steps he has already outlined. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.kjm.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1970 Remimeo (Reissued & corrected 3 Oct. 71. Only change— [page 79] word “arrived” corrected to “aimed”. Correction in this type style.) C/S Series 6 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING In Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health considerable stress is placed on the words and phrases in engrams. This is still functional. However as I did further research I found that (a) many pcs were unable to get the words in the engram and (b) the apparent force of the words was derived wholly from the pain, emotion, effort contained in the engram. In Standard Dianetics the words in an engram play no major role in the auditing. The use of the words to de-aberrate and concentration on phrases in engrams is valid but junior in force to the pain, misemotion, etc in the engram. Thus if you run out the force the words drop into insignificance. This is often how the pc gets cognitions: the words and meaning concealed in the engram are changing value and devaluating. The pc can then think clearly again on a subject previously pinned down by the force. Get the force out and the words take care of themselves and need no special handling. The meaning of things plays a secondary role in processing to forces. Thetans find counter-forces objectionable. Almost all chronic (continual) somatics have their root in force of one kind or another. In that the handling of things with bodies involves force to greater or lesser degree, incapability and derangement of mental values is proportional to the thetan’s objection to force. This objection descends down to a wish to stop things. It goes below that into overwhelmedness in which propitiation and obsessive agreement manifest themselves. LOW TAs The low TA is a symptom of an overwhelmed being. When a pc’s TA goes low he is being overwhelmed by too heavy a process, too steep a gradient in applying processes or by rough TRs or invalidative auditing or auditing errors. A low TA means that the thetan has gone past a desire to stop things and is likely to behave in life as though unable to resist real or imaginary forces. HIGH TA Chronically high TAs mean the person can still stop things and is trying to do so. However, all one has to do is restimulate and leave unflat an engram chain to have a high TA. High TA is reflecting the force contained in the chain. An “over-run” means doing something too long that has engrams connected with it which means an engram chain with too many engrams on it being restimulated by life or auditing. Hence Over-run. If this overrun persisted unhandled eventually the pc would be overwhelmed and one, in theory, would have a low TA. MENTAL MASSES Mental masses, forces, energy are the items being handled by the C/S on any pc. If the C/S loses sight of this he can wander off the road and go into the thickets of significance. Engrams, secondaries, locks all add up to mental masses, forces, energies, time, which express themselves in countless different ways such as pain, misemotion, feelings, old perceptions and a billion billion thought combinations buried in the masses as significances. A thetan can postulate or say or reason anything. Thus there is an infinity of significances. A thetan is natively capable of logical thought. This becomes muddied by outpoints held in by mental forces such as pictures of heavy experiences. As the masses and forces accumulated and copied from living build up, the logic potential becomes reduced and illogical results occur. PC SEARCH The pc is continually searching for the significance of a mass or force—what is it, why is it. The C/S is easily led astray by this. All forces in the bank contain significances. All forces can be unburdened and lightened up by the various procedures of auditing. The search of the pc is for significance. The action of the C/S is reduction of forces. THE E-METER The E-Meter records what force is being discharged in every slash, fall and blowdown. The amount of TA per session is the C/S’s index of gain. Note that a discharged process no longer gives TA and gives case gain. The amount of significance recovered or realized by the pc only shows up as cognitions. As the TA works off the case, then one has two indicators: 1. There is needle and TA action. 2. The pc cognites. One shows that force is coming off. Two shows that thought is releasing from force. BACKWARDS C/Sing If a C/S processes toward significance only he will get cases that do not progress. The needle action detects not so much significance as where the force is. Diving toward significance the C/S winds up shortening grades, looking for “magic one-shot buttons” and overwhelming cases by shooting them on up the grades while levels remain loaded with force. RELIABLE INDICATORS When a pc gets no more TA action on Level I he will have made Level I and will know it. He will therefore attest to “No problems”. The reliable indicators are TA action and cognitions while a level is still charged. Diminished TA action and cognitions mean the purpose of the level has been reached. A feeling of freedom and expansion on a subject is expressed in a normal TA and a loose needle. The pc will now attest to an ability regained. F/N ABUSE To process only to F/N and even chop off the cognitions on a process abuses the indicator of the F/N. You can find many pcs who bitterly resent F/N indications. They have been: A. Not run on all the processes of a level; B. Still have force on the subject; C. Were chopped off before they could cognite. The ARC Break in this is UNFINISHED CYCLE OF ACTION. The proper End Phenomena for a process is F/N Cognition VGIs. Now look at that carefully. That is the proper end phenomena of a PROCESS. It is not the end phenomena of a LEVEL or even of a TYPE of process. Let us say there are 15 possible Scientology processes for orienting a pc in his present location. To run one of these 15 and say, “F/N that’s it. You’re complete,” is a Quickie impatient action that rebounds on the pc eventually. If there are 15, run 15 ! Possibly the pc on no. 12 will cognite he’s really right where he is. Only then could you cease to work at it. An F/N Cog VGIs tells you a process is finished, not a whole class of actions! Thus 2l/2 minutes from 0 to IV is not only impossible, it is murderous. It will result in an overwhelm, a low TA or a high TA eventually. Level I says, amongst other things, “Problems Processes”. There are certainly half a dozen. Each would be run to F/N Cog VGIs. When these and the other processes of the Level are run, the pc will come to have no further reaction to problems and will be able to handle them. A cognition in lower levels is not necessarily an ability regained. Thirty or forty cognitions on one lower level might add up to (and probably would) the realization that one is free of the whole subject of the level.0 It is safe to run more processes. It is unsafe to run too few. PC ABILITIES It is not enough for the pc to have only negative gains of deleting force. Sooner or later he will have to begin to confront force. This comes along naturally and is sometimes aided by processes directly aimed at further confront. “What problem could you have?” sooner or later is needed in one form or another. What force can the pc now handle? All auditing in a body—and any living in a body—makes a being vulnerable. Bodies break, suffer, intensify pain. Sooner or later a pc will go Exterior. The Interiorization Rundown must be ordered as the next action or you will have a pc with a high TA. 2-way comm Ext-Int must be given in a following session (not the same one) so the full cognitions will occur. After this the pc is less subject to the body and his ability to confront force will improve. Do not be too worried or surprised if after this the pc has some minor accident with the body. Exterior he forgets its frailty. However, such things are minor. He is “learning how to walk” a new way and will run into chairs! He gets this figured out after a while. Pcs sometimes improve their ability to handle force while interior so as to have mysterious headaches or new body pressures. Inevitably they have been exterior and need Interiorization run. They were just using too much force while still inside ! Thus force is the thing, significance very secondary. Force of course is made up of time, matter, energy, flows, particles, masses, solids, liquids, gasses, space and locations. All this gets inherently handled in processes published long since. The pc tends to dive for the thought imbedded in the force. He will tell you he’s being processed to find out who his parents were or why he is sterile or who did him in, etc, etc. The C/S who chases after this is a deerhound illegally chasing mice! C/S PURPOSE The C/S is there to make certain that the pc makes gains and attains the actual abilities of the level. The C/S is for the pc. C/S auditor control exists only to keep the auditing standard, the TRs good, the processes ordered done and to End Phenomena each one. No other reasons for C/Sing exist. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1970, 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 7 C/S Q AND A Just as an auditor can Q and A so can a C/S. As you know Q and A is the incorrect 2-way comm action of wandering off the question by feeding the pc what the pc said as a Question, the Answer is taken as the next auditor’s Question. Many various outlines of what Q and A is already exist and this is just to refresh the subject. Example: Student Auditor is ordered “2-way comm on cities,” by the C/S which is okay. But it can be Q and Aed like this: Student: “Tell me what you think about cities.” Pc: “They’re cold.” Student: “What about cold?” Pc: “I don’t like it.” Student: “What else don’t you like?” Pc: “Well ...... old men.” Student: “What about old men?” Pc: “They’re obnoxious.” Student: “What else is obnoxious?” Pc: “.....” Well you remember all about that. It’s maddening and shows no auditor control and certainly doesn’t handle the original C/S subject of “cities”. There are three main ways in which a C/S can Q and A in C/Sing. PC C/S Pc goes to Examiner on own volition and says, “I am ill. I need my ruds flown.” A C/S Q and A would be “Fly ruds.” Pc on his own goes to Examiner and says, “I am upset about my job.” C/S writes “L1B on job.” You get the idea. The first one is therefore Q and Aing with Exam statement of pc. This is varied by taking a pc’s note or letter or report and accepting what the pc says is wrong. Like “I’m PTS to my husband.” And then C/Sing “2-way comm on husband.” Naturally the ancient law applies here. If the pc knew what it was it would not be wrong and would as-is. Pc coming up to Exam saying, “It’s my husband!” with F/N Cog VGIs would be what would happen if it was the husband. And that would be great but of no real value to C/S except pc has had a win and not to now use “husband”. Give you an actual example: Pc in Solo ruds found she hated George. It F/Ned. Next audited session pc was saying she hated George. Wrote a note about George. C/S did not notice the outness. Ordered LIB on George and in a 2-way comm got little or no TA, continued to be ill. The fact is it wasn’t George at all and not even a terminal. Pc had gone up one grade too many, hit an overwhelm, the earlier 6 grades were out! Correct action was to have done a general repair the moment a pc suddenly and mysteriously caved in and got ill on a new level! The pc never should have been going on up grades for the last 6 grades! The tendency to toss it all off with a Q and A not only didn’t handle but obscured the real situation. C/Sing A WIN The second Q and A is to C/S a pc win. Pc in 2-way comm mentions cats and more cats and cats and finally at the end of session has a big F/N Cog VGIs on cats. The C/S sees all this “cat” mention and orders “Prepcheck cats.” That is a very cruel sort of Q and A. Another version of it of course is to see a pc reach a full End Phenomena on a series of processes like an unmistakable pc-volunteered valence shift and keep on going into an inval. Correction is to rehab of course. Yet another version is to pull a w/h and then keep pulling it so the pc doesn’t think it’s gone. Correction is to rehab of course. The TA often goes high or low on these Q and A actions and Inval-Eval actions are ordered and the release point rehabbed. NEXT GRADE PLEASE! The third Q and A a C/S can pull is to agree to the pc’s demands for the next grade despite all contrary indicators. “I’m ready for Clear now!” says the pc full of somatics whose R6EW wasn’t really done and who can’t talk. The Registrar, execs and others push on this also. The D of P and C/S have total authority on this. They should be diplomatic. “He can have the grade of course but I will have to prepare him for it,” is the best answer. “Please make arrangements for Clear preparation—25 hours.” If the C/S doesn’t hold the fort on this the pc put into the next grade who isn’t ready will fall on his head. If this pressure from the pc (in any version) continues, have him sign a waiver “I will not hold the org or any principals responsible and waive any refund if I am put on next grade.” That either gets home or he says okay and signs. So put him on the grade and hope he doesn’t fall on his head—and if he does, now demand he get the hours needed to get fixed up so he can really make it. A D of P or C/S often have other pressures exerted on them that are not technical in nature such as economics, ambition, status symbols (of having a high grade regardless of a headache) and have to cope with these diplomatically. But any but tech considerations are dangerous to entertain. SUMMATION Of these 3, 2 are concerned with letting someone else C/S. Like an engineer letting someone else plan the railroad. And the third is also slightly in that nature, consisting of not noticing the pc’s wins and using them with which to C/S. CAUTION This doesn’t mean the pc is always wrong. He is generally right when he says he’s overwhelmed or upset. He’s almost always wrong when he says what overwhelmed him or what BPC was out WHEN SIMPLY SAYING IT DOES NOT CORRECT THE CASE OR PRODUCE F/N VGIs. You always use the pc’s data one way or another in that you are paralleling what the MIND does. That’s reads. Not what the pc says. Remember that what’s really wrong lies in the field of mass, energy, space, time, form and location. As these are eased up (by Standard Dianetics and 18 years of Scientology actions and processes) thoughts come to view. So if you Q and A with thoughts already in full view, you never really ease up the bank. That’s why Q and A with significance is not done. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 8 CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION Science of Survival’s Chart of Human Evaluation is a study for C/Ses and is of great use. When you find the pc on one of its columns you can see if the pc stays there or falls back there. Standard Dianetics opened this chart to full use for C/Ses. 18 years of Scientology processes and know-how are to a large degree evolved from this chart. IF A PC IS STAYING AT A LEVEL OF THE CHART OR FALLS ON IT you know he is running above his level. Processing Changes Conditions. If it doesn’t improve them (or the pc’s behavior) then the pc’s Reality is not being reached. It can be plus or minus, above or below. It is seldom that the pc’s reality is higher than the processes used and really only occurs when a grade honestly run is rerun. Then you get pc protest as he’s made that. Pcs who get sick suddenly are being run far too high on the Class Chart. Pcs who don’t change are also being run too high. Behavior, mannerisms are the index. DO THESE CHANGE? If they do the pc is improving. If they drop lower on the Human Evaluation Chart the pc is in overwhelm. PICKING THOUGHTS OUT OF FORCES IN THE BANK BRINGS A NO CHANGE. In other words you can park a pc by continuing nothing but think processes which address only significance. SELF AUDITING Self auditing is the manifestation of being overwhelmed by masses etc and pulling only think out of the bank. Pulling out think then pulls in more force which gives more self audit. Not all self audit is bad. The pc eventually realizes it’s forces! After a few tens of thousands of hours! If he knows all the answers. A good push against a wall is worth a hundred hours of self auditing. And it’s force. HUMAN EVALUATION This famous chart (in use by the way by an airline and several other areas, and which had to be printed as desk blotters for personnel people at one time) could easily be expanded in numbers of vertical columns to include all behavior. The C/S is at a disadvantage as he doesn’t see pcs. But he can have a mannerism item filled in on a Summary Report. “Mannerisms______” “Mannerism changes _____” This serves. It also serves to look at the psychosomatic column of the chart and a pc’s Health Form. CHANGING THE PC The pc will change in ideas when he changes his relationship to forces. Tons of processes do this. Objective Processes have to be run in on a pc now and then. Somatics passing through in a session are a definite clue to force change. The nosomatic pc is either high as an angel or being run too high. You don’t have to run directly at force for forces to change in the pc. One 2 way comm I did with a pc released his hold on a huge bundle of forces! The body responds badly to forces. The conflict between protecting or using a body and being as a thetan able to withstand large forces gets so mixed up in a pc he can wind up as a force-shy thetan ! STANDARD PROCESSES Standard processes such as those in use for 18 years handle this when fitted into their levels. What the C/S has to realize is that he is (a) producing an optimum rate of change in the pc if he is C/Sing well and (b) changing the pc’s position upward on the Chart of Human Evaluation. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 9 SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS One of the reasons Scientology tended toward disuse in the late 1960’s was not its workability. It was a growing cultural disinclination to do things thoroughly. “Fast, quick results” was interpreted as seconds or minutes. In old psychotherapy as practiced in the 19th Century it required ONE YEAR of weekly consultation to see if anything could be done about a case and FOUR MORE YEARS to produce a meager superficial result. Compared to that two or three hundred hours of processing was nothing. As we began to dominate this field in terms of persons handled and results obtained, psychiatry invented “instant psychiatry” by which no result was gotten in no time. SPEED became the primary consideration of the culture. Jet planes, fast cars “saved time”. But an old Chinese, when told by a driver that he had saved 4 minutes in speeding back from town asked, “What are you going to do with the 4 minutes?” Time itself is a basis of aberration. Dropping time out is the consideration of factory managers of production lines as “the faster something can be made the more you have of it”. But look at this again. Something can be done so fast it isn’t done at all! The difference between a very fine camera and a cheap one is speed of manufacture. Cheap cameras don’t get their parts carefully machined or matched—they don’t fit together—they break, cease to work. A fine gun can be told by the lack of tool marks on the hidden places. A cheap gun’s inner bolt is a mess of scars. It isn’t smooth in operation. It didn’t take much time to make but it also jams and freezes up when you try to use it. Maybe you’ve heard of “hotter than a 2 dollar pistol”. A 2 dollar pistol is “hot” because it’s so quickie made it usually blows up and blows off a hand. There is a point where SPEED is simply a cover for a cheap worthless product. Let us take a filthy room. A lazy housekeeper comes in and sweeps a few bits of dust under the carpet, leaves soot all over the windows and garbage on the mantle and says it’s clean. Somebody else not afraid of work spends an hour at it and leaves a really clean room. SHORT PGMS A short pc program is economically and efficiently for the birds. In the first place a C/S has to know the extent of his tech well to be able to think up light processes in quantity. If one heard a C/S say, “But I don’t have time to spend an hour doing a long program for the pc,” one is listening to something peculiar. If one spent an hour or two doing up a real long 20 action program to repair the pc, then for the next 20 C/Ses it takes only a few minutes to look over the session and order the next action on the list. If one had no program one would have to study the folder each time. One actually saves C/S time by doing long programs both to repair and to get the pc back on the Class Chart where he’d gotten to. Further, auditing is sold by the hour and it WASTES money and income and pcs to short program them. “Yes but we sell result! If we can get 200 pcs done in 100 auditing minutes we would make £18,233 clear profit .. “ Well the cruel answer to that was when orgs began to do that on lower grades they didn’t attain the result on the pc and stats went DOWN! Power was once priced against the fact of 50 to 100 hours of auditing. It retained the price and by cutting out all End Phenomena or real gain it was at last being given in 20 minutes. And after just so many years of this economic dishonesty, SHs crashed! They had sold out the real value of the product for a quick buck. The “field” became “ARC Broken” and few takers came to an SH. It is a very long hard road back. And it is a very costly one. “Quickie Grades”, instead of making fortunes for one and all, crashed the whole Scientology network. BECAUSE QUICKIE RESULTS ARE LAZY AND DISHONEST. Let’s just face up to the facts of life! Selling out the integrity of the subject for a buck wrecks the subject. SUCCESS The real stat of an org is Success Stories. Honest grades and time spent in C/Sing and in auditing to obtain them add up to success for the individual, the org, its field, the country and the planet. The time it takes to process somebody is how long it takes to get each single result available. It is not how slowly or quickly it is done. A book is not a good book if it takes 7 years to write. And a bad book isn’t always written in 2 weeks. It takes as long to write a good book as you get a good book. The result is the result and TIME IS JUST AN ENTERED ARBITRARY. A person who overwhelms at Grade IV is an easily overwhelmed person. It might take 50 hours just to repair the case and the person’s life. That might be 20 or 30 steps on the program. If the C/S can’t dream up 8 or 9 ways to repair past auditing and 15 or 20 ways to repair a life, then it’s time to go back and read The Original Thesis, Evolution of a Science, DMSMH, 8-80, 8-8008 and listen to a hundred or so SHSBC tapes. “Yes, but I have no time to well.” .” Well, that’s also saying “It can’t be done But there is time. If anyone looked over his area he would be able to throw out the time-wasting actions if it comes to that. “Look. I’m the C/S, the D of P and have to audit 3.......” That’s a statement that the job has already been done so badly that no persons show up to take over the extra hats! And the no-result programs cripple the economics and that becomes no help. I have seen Mary Sue take over an HGC that had tons of unsolved cases and too few auditors and have watched her solve one case at a time and within 2 weeks have 35 auditors and no backlogs and in six weeks no unsolved cases! She was using the “old”, “historical”, “background”, “we don’t use them anymore” processes! So it not only can be done, it is the thing to do. That org’s stats soared. It became solvent. It ran at a high run and was a happy org. SICK PCs When there are sick people on a list one doesn’t just “give a Dianetic Assist” and send to a doctor and write them off. If one knows his tech, there was a reason the person got sick. One also knows a sick person goes into overwhelm easily. One can do a touch assist, a contact assist, two-way comm, ruds on the accident, ruds before the accident, Dianetic Assist, medical treatment, life ruds, HCO B 24 July ‘69, two-way comm on suppression, 3 S & Ds, assessment for area of illness, prepcheck on area, ruds on area, hello and okay with the affected area, reach and withdraw from area, two-way comm, recall on persons similarly ill, location of the postulate that caused it with itsa earlier itsa, prepcheck on the body or its part, more HCO B 24 July ‘69, more ruds, assessment of failed purposes, two-way comm on the sickness. That’s not a program. It’s just a helter-skelter list of a lot of things to do. It would not greatly matter what order they were done in but lighter actions should be the earlier. And in a program auditing repair comes before life repair. EXPECTANCY Now if a C/S or an auditor has a magical complex, he expects ONE process to run a person from wog to OT VI and in ONE minute. The missing knowledge is “gradient scales”. Stairs and ladders have steps and rungs. It takes TIME to climb a tower. The magical complex thinks of processes as incantations or charms. A person C/Sing would always be trying to find THE process the pc should be run on. The think is that THE process, once discovered, would take no time at all and the pc would magically become well! Pardon me, but that’s pure goofiness. And it would set the C/S up for constant FAILURE. One sees such a person scrambling through processes, trying to guess “which one which one which one. Oh there’s one! Now we run it for 3 minutes on the pc. Oh dear. It didn’t work. He isn’t well. Let’s see what’s here still. Scramble scramble. Oh, here’s one. This green paper is probably the right color. Auditor! Run this on the pc. Oh dear, it didn’t work. He isn’t well yet. So! We will take these 5 major processes and run them all in one session and add six grades. Do that! Do it! It’s a desperate situation. Oh dear, the pc blew. Well I guess the subject doesn’t work or I’m a failure ...” That is NOT how one should C/S. If a workman was supposed to cure an ox hide and was told salt would do it and he had a magical complex, what would he do. Well, he might take a small salt shaker and sprinkle the corner of the hide (thinking the right thought) and find that the hide rotted in a few days. He could then conclude salt didn’t cure ox hides. If someone kept hammering at him to cure ox hides with salt and he kept sprinkling the corner (knowing it wouldn’t work) he’d get a very odd idea about his orders! But who would suspect that this workman thought it was magic! An honest rubbing of salt all over and into the ox hide is the meaning of “salt will cure ox hides”! But that would take work. It would take TIME! It would have to be honestly and thoroughly done. But one would have cured ox hides and gotten shoes and a profit and pay and everything for one had a product. Magical thought in auditing isn’t likely to give anyone a product of really able people! SHORT-CUTTING PROCESSES Processes can be short-cut as well as programs. Take an early (means basic, useful, usable) version of Rising Scale. There are 18 pairs. Each pair should be run to F/N, Cog, VGIs. An auditor told to run Rising Scale can run along the 18 pairs until one F/Ns. And leave it. The process has been short-cut. And with that shortcut went its ability to restore fertility! So one hears Rising Scale will sometimes restore fertility or change eyesight. Orders it done. It is done to 1 F/N. No real result occurs. Or take Dianetics. Dianetics can be chopped “to save TIME”. First feeble flutter of an F/N, no Cog, no VGIs, auditor barking “Did it erase? Did it erase?” Final result, no real gain. There goes the subject. Half an hour to run the chain, no extra 30 seconds for the real F/N, the Cog, the VGIs. SO ONE WASTES A RESULT FOR THE SAKE OF SAVED TIME. THE AGE It is a symptom of the age that there is no time. But in the Data Series PLs one finds that “omitted time” is a basic insanity. That a body lives only about 70 years puts an awful limit on Man. Man’s Empires endure at most only about 300 years if that. 70 years is not enough time to make a real career and 300 years is not enough time to even groove in a civil service. Man pays for it with poor lives and rotten governments. But it doesn’t take 70 years or 300 years to process a pc. A year maybe up to homo novis. A few years to OT. Even traveling it casually slow. 25 hours to repair someone’s life and 50 to 100 hours to get him up to no somatics with Dianetics is pretty satisfactorily fast. What’s this take? A week to repair. 2 to 4 weeks for full Dianetics. At 25 hours a week. That’s very little. And it’s enough to tell him to get trained so he can have all he wants. SPEED LIABILITY When speed is the consideration, not results, you get a very cheap camera or car. And you can expect it to fall apart very soon. You also get a cheap reputation. We are in the Leica and Cadillac and Rolls Royce product class without trying.0 Why settle for “Quickie Grades”? You get no students that way and that’s the heavy org income. You get no expanding field. And you won’t ever get a cleared planet. We’ve learned all this the hard way. So let’s not let it go unheeded. The place to handle the situation is with C/Sing. And to gain the co-operation of C/Ses to make results real results by insisting that speed is the fast road to poverty in the long run. If the C/S burden is too heavy, start pushing training. Then you’ll get help. Honest C/Sing gives an honest result. It takes as long to correct a case as it takes. It takes as long to make a person well as it takes. It takes as long to get a real lasting grade result as it takes. And that’s a lot longer than the time spent on it in the late 60’s. ALL pcs “have to be OT tomorrow”. Why let them C/S their case by demanding it only take 2 minutes? Self C/Sing is no more effective than self auditing. Registrars as well as pcs try to grab the C/S hat. “I will sell you a marital intensive because you have such a bad cold.” And Execs, “Run this staff member on money.......” Well, a C/S’s hat is the C/S’s. And he should wear it for honest results. And damn others trying to C/S and wreck his job. THERE ARE NO CONSIDERATIONS WHICH FORGIVE ANY RESULT THAT IS NOT THOROUGH AND HONEST FOR EVERY PROGRAM OR GRADE. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED LRH TAPE LECTURE 21 June 1970 7006C21 SPEC LECT Expanded Grades and Training HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 10 REPAIRING A REPAIR When a pc is on a Repair cycle it is quite horrible to have a bad (goofed) session occur. Why? Well the pc is on a Repair cycle because he is overwhelmable. A goofed session is more overwhelm. AND it was goofed on a process type which was already what you would use for Repair. So NOW what do you do? The answer of course is to sort out the real error. If you can’t find it readily in the worksheet have the Examiner ask the pc what the auditor did. Then having found the actual goof, you have it repaired by rehab of the BP F/N or an L1B using “Method 3” in assessing the prepared list. The goofs are fortunately few in type. There HAS to have been a basic goof for a Repair session to have gone wrong. So when one goes wrong, you really search the worksheet until you find it and if it isn’t visible get the pc asked. These goofs are pretty elementary. The auditor possibly doesn’t know that a TA can go DOWN by overwhelming by overrun or way up by overrun. So a usual goof in Repair is overrun of an F/N or an item that F/Ned or a list that F/Ned. Example: In a Repair Pgm a GF is called for. Auditor clears a couple items, suddenly hits a hot one, pc gets F/N, Cog, VGIs. Auditor (told to get all the charge off the GF overlooks senior data—let pc have a win, GFs often raise hob with the TA if run further than THE item) goes on down the GF list past the F/N VGIs hunting for new charge. Pc’s TA goes to 1.6 ! Pc cogs he has a stuck picture. TA 1.6. “End of sess.” Now what do we do. Well, a new factor now enters in. C/S WANDER The pc was on a precise Repair Pgm, is only at VI out of XVIII steps. But the pc is rough. Rough running. Diverges, critical, boggy. And now he is stuck into a goofed session and we have to repair a repair! A C/S at this point can wander. He can Q and A. The WHOLE REPAIR PGM CAN GET DEPARTED FROM AND THE PC REALLY BOGGED. When faced with Repairing a Repair Pgm session watch it! Don’t wander! The C/S procedure is this: 1. Find in the W/S or from the pc the exact goof. 2. Repair that goof by rehab, indicating BPC or two way comm, depending on the error. 3. DO NOT ORDER A NEW DIFFERENT NON-PGM ACTION. 4. Continue the PGM. It is here a C/S can go adrift. New actions crossing the original program can soon have C/S, pc and Auditor chasing over hill and dale. It is a fatal pursuit. About the only time you change a Repair Pgm once outlined is to extend it or lighten it. But in that case do a whole new Pgm. You will find 2 way comm is lighter than a Prepcheck. Let us say pc was doing great on 2 way comm. Gets into a Prepcheck session and goes out the bottom. In such a case the Prepcheck is repaired of any goof noted in it and 2 way comm that session—and it comes out all right. If no goof can be located, 2 way comm it and it will be okay. An Auditor can throw a list not ordered into a Repair Pgm by finding the TA high at session start and doing an O/R list and goofing the list. It would already be dicey to list a pc who is on a Repair Pgm. To then goof ordinary laws of listing and nulling can get grim. The first C/S action to repair the repair is of course to get the list corrected with an L4A. You can often spot the listing goof as a C/S. It’s usually an O/R of an O/R list or an incomplete list or an “unnecessary list”. It’s poison to list a pc on a Repair Pgm, however. 2 way comm it. If a check for Exteriorization reveals it, you have no choice but to do an Interiorization Rundown. That’s a common reason. But if the pc is already flinching at engrams, limit the Interiorization to 3 way Recall and note it clearly that he’s only 3 way Recall of Int. AUDITOR FLUBS Student or new Auditors produce the most flubs. It is therefore good to keep them off repair actions or Repair Pgms. The commonest flubs are failing to trim the meter and ignoring the F/N at “3.1”, yet sitting right there running the pc up to 4.0 without ever asking, “Have we by-passed a release point?” Poor TRs, not having 2 way comm down, neglecting pc origin or chopping comm are probably next in order of frequency. REPAIR PCs Remember that pcs who need lots of repair are DELICATE cases. Feather touch is the watchword. They are not all that easy to audit. They can cause Auditors and C/Ses to disperse. Such pcs are afraid of force and easily get engulfed if pushed hard into the bank. So lightly, lightly. And exact repair of any flub. And get back to the program! Mid program is no time to become inventive. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: sb .rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S SERIES 11 The following HCO Bs have been combined in this issue: HCO B 31 HCO B 1 HCO B 11 HCO B 17 HCO B 17 HCO B 22 HCO B 8 HCO B 15 HCO B 29 Aug ‘68 Sept ‘68 Sept ‘68 Sept ‘68 Sept ‘68 Sept ‘68 Oct ‘68 Mar ‘70 Mar ‘70 “Written C/S Instructions” “Points on Case Supervision” “Case Supervisor Data” “Gross Case Supervision Errors” “Out Admin—Liability” “Auditors must always ....” “Case Supervisor—Folder Handling” “Double Folder Danger” “Auditing and Ethics” and reference to LRH ED 101 Int “Popular Names of Developments”. C/S DATA Case Supervision instructions are always written. A Case Supervisor always writes his C/S instructions on a separate sheet of paper for the pc folder. Repair Programs (now called Progress Programs) are on red sheets. Return Programs (now called Advance Programs) are on bright blue sheets. All C/Ses are written in duplicate (a carbon copy is made). The C/S keeps the carbon copy for reference in case the original ever gets lost. HIGH CRIME It is a High Crime for a Case Supervisor not to WRITE in a preclear’s folder what the case supervised instructions are and a High Crime for an auditor to accept verbal C/S instructions. To commit this crime causes: 1. Extreme difficulty when doing a folder error summary as there is no background of what was ordered and why. 2. Gives the auditor leave to do anything he likes as not in writing. 3. Is open to misduplication and can cause squirrel processes to be run and so mess up a preclear with Non-standard Tech. Any C/Supervisor found guilty of this from this date is to be removed as this could only be considered a deliberate attempt to mess up preclears. POINTS ON CASE SUPERVISION 1. Check your orders to find out if auditor did them. 2. Check to see if commands correct and if pc’s reaction was expected reaction for those commands. 3. Check any list and find out if there was mislisting. 4. Advise against a background of Standard Tech. 5. Order any errors corrected or get the case on further up the grades. 6. Beware of over-correction. 7. Beware of false, pessimistic or over-enthusiastic auditor reports. They are detected by whether the case responded to usual actions as they all do. 8. Beware of talking to the auditor or the pc. 9. Have implicit confidence in Standard Tech. If it is reported not working the auditor’s report is false or the application terrible but not reported. 10. Above all else hold a standard and NEVER listen to or use unusual solutions. DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER When a preOT has a Solo and an Auditing folder, both, there is a great danger if the Case Supervisor does not look at BOTH before C/Sing. There has been an instance of a preOT running strange C/Ses on himself. Another ran C/Ses out of other folders on himself. In both cases the consequences were hard to repair when finally found. In another case in the Solo folder the preOT had gone exterior with full perception. But the Non-Solo Auditing folder was being C/Sed. The TA shot up for 2 months without any C/S except myself calling for all folders. PreOTs unfortunately run on a Solo folder and an audited folder. Unless both are to hand when C/Sing wild errors can be made by the C/S. There is also the case of a person having two audited folders, being C/Sed at the same time. This is an Admin error. The firm rule is C/S ONLY WITH ALL FOLDERS TO HAND. The embarrassing situation where one can’t get a folder from another org or field auditor or where the old folder is lost has to be made up for somehow. It mustn’t halt auditing totally. CASE SUPERVISOR—FOLDER HANDLING Analyzing Folders Go back in the folder to the session where the preclear was running well and come forward from it doing a folder error summary. Reviewing Folders In reviewing a folder, the first thing to do is to look at the C/S to see if it was done. Use the Summary Sheet to get the Auditor’s attitude and pc mannerism changes. Use the Auditor’s Report Form to get the time of processes. Read and take all your data from Worksheets and compare it to and see that C/S was complied with and ensure Standard Tech was applied. If you can’t read the reports, send it back to have the Auditor over-print illegible words. Never try to case supervise (C/S) an illegible worksheet as you’ll only run into headaches. The After Session Examiner’s Report gives you the first clue of how suspicious you should be in examining the folder and whether or not auditing reports contain falsities. Standard Tech You’re never led by anything into departing from Standard Tech. The only reason it doesn’t work is that it hasn’t been applied. The main question of a Case Supervisor is: WAS IT APPLIED? If you follow this exactly, you’ll never miss. CASE SUPERVISOR DATA A Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been C/Sed. If they fall on their head, get into low conditions, the folder should be reviewed. Most probably the auditor did not do what was ordered and, if folder looks okay, chances are the auditing report is false as something is wrong or pc would not be in trouble. AUDITING AND ETHICS Cases undergoing Ethics actions, Comm Evs, amends projects or low conditions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and complete. It only louses up their cases to audit them when under such stress. ADMIN Auditors must always put the pc’s grade or OT level very prominently on the Auditing Report. A Case Supervisor cannot properly C/S a case without having this data. To not do this is out admin. OUT ADMIN—LIABILITY Much has been said about the importance of admin in auditing but auditors just aren’t getting it—so ........ it now becomes a LIABILITY to have out admin in pcs’ folders. Folders are to be submitted with the latest session on top. Auditor’s report form is stapled to Worksheets which are dated, numbered and in order, latest on top. Summary Report is then attached to the auditing report and W/Ss with a paper clip. This of course is as well as the usual admin such as legible writing, re-writing illegible words, marking reads and F/Ns, and all End Phenomena, etc. The C/S instructions for that session go under that session, so you get C/S 4/6/68, Auditing Session 4/6/68, C/S 5/6/68, Auditing Session 5/6/68, C/S 7/6/68, etc, etc. As the whole purpose of Class VIII is to minimize the time in auditing, by doing perfect Standard Tech, this cannot be done if it takes 15 minutes to put the folder in order, so it can then be case supervised, so it can then be audited. GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERRORS 1. FAILING TO USE PROGRESS AND ADVANCE PROGRAMS WHEN NEEDED. 2. Ordering unnecessary repairs. 3. Trying to use repair processes to get case gain instead of getting the pc onto the next grade. 4. Not writing down C/S instructions, but giving them to an auditor verbally. 5. Talking to the auditor re the case. 6. Talking to pc re his case. 7. Failing to send pc to examiner if you’re unsure why his folder has been sent up for C/S. 8. Being reasonable. 9. Not having enough Ethics presence to get his orders followed. 10. Issuing involved repair orders. 11. BIGGEST GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERROR for C/S is not to read through the pc folder. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 12 GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS RECOVERY PROGRAM: LRH EDs The pack of 100 Int 10 May ‘70 102 Int 20 May ‘70 103 Int 21 May ‘70 104 Int 2 Jun ‘70 106 Int 3 Jun ‘70 107 Int 3 Jun ‘70 10 SH 6 Jun ‘70 108 Int 11 Jun ‘70 101 Int 21 Jun ‘70 Lower Grades Upgraded The Ideal Org Fast Flow Grades Cancelled Auditing Sales and Delivery Pgm No. 1 What Was Wrong Orders to Divisions for Immediate Compliance SH Pcs Auditing Mystery Solved Popular Names of Developments comprising the program to recover full use and results of EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. PROGRESS PROGRAM: What is called a “Repair Program” on the first issue of the C/S Series HCOB just being issued is re-named a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It has been found that case gain which has not been earlier achieved can be consolidated by a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It takes 25 hours, can be done by a Class I or above as long as it is C/Sed by an VIII who has starrated on the new C/S Series. This is quite a technical development in itself. It is the answer to a pc who had “Quickie Grades” and didn’t actually reach full abilities in earlier Scientology auditing. It is followed by an Advance Program which follows below. ADVANCE PROGRAM: This is what was called a “Return Program” in the C/S Series. The name is being changed from “Return” to “Advance” as more appropriate. It gets the pc really up to where he should be. It may take 50 hours or more. EXPANDED LOWER GRADES: Pcs won’t like being told they “have to have their lower grades rerun”. Actually that’s not a factual statement anyway. The lower grades harmonic into the OT Levels. They can be run again with full 1950-1960 to 1970 processes as given on the SH Courses all through the 1960s. These are now regrouped and sorted out and are called EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. Only this route will now be sold. There are no Dianetic or Scientology single—triple or “Quickie Lower Grades” any more. DIANETIC CLEAR: There is such a state. It is not however attained by feeding people Scientology cognitions as was done in L.A. Only about 25% go actually Clear on Dianetics. A Dianetic Clear or any other Dianetic pc now goes on up through the grades of Scientology and onto the proper Clearing Course. The Dianetic Clear of Book I was clear of somatics. The Book I definition is correct. This is the End Phenomena of Dianetics as per the Class Chart and Book 1. 25%, no more, make Dianetic Clear accidentally. They still need Expanded Lower Grades to make Scientology Clear. Becoming a Dianetic Clear does not stop them from getting Power Processing. Modern Power is to its total End Phenomena. CLASSIFICATION CHART: This chart “Classification and Gradation Chart” has been reissued many times. All issues are more or less valid. To save print, the processes run column appears in “Processes Taught” on the Auditor side of the Chart. A11 these processes and more are used in Expanded Lower Grades. The chart is Valid. QUICKIE GRADES: Persons were too demanding to be done quickly. On many cases these grades as given were valid but a large number of cases needed Expanded Lower Grades. 20 minutes from Grade 0 to IV and 5 minutes Power was far more than many could stand up to. These need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM. This is true of persons at Va or R6EW or on CC or OT Levels. A11 these who haven’t fully made it need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM “to pick up all the latent gain they missed”. DIANETIC PCS: Dianetic pcs should be audited on Dianetics until no somatics, then go up through Expanded Lower Grades to Power, R6EW, Clearing Course and OT Levels. TRAINING: Any pc who has trouble needs training and the amount of time required in Expanded Lower Grades and so on makes it cheaper to be trained. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: sb .rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1970R (Revised 6 March 73. Changes on following three pages in this type style.) Remimeo C/S Series 13R VIII ACTIONS (GF 40, IV Rundown, VIII Case Supervision.) Inevitably, when any new approach or process is released, some will instantly assume that all “older” (actually more basic) data has been cancelled. There is no statement to that effect. It is not guessed that this will be assumed and so we could lose an entire subject. We did in fact lose Dianetics for a decade and all but lost Scientology in the following ten years. A subject can be reorganized and made more workable. That was done in 1969 for Dianetics. BUT IT HAD NEVER BEEN UNWORKABLE! The 1969 Dianetics Reorganization refined the 1962-63 discoveries of R-3-R. A better communication was made to the user and the preclear. Amazingly, the reissue of Dianetics as Standard Dianetics caused about a dozen people (even in high places unfortunately) to at once assume that Dianetics wiped out any need for Power, Scientology Clearing or anything else! Even an unauthorized Policy Letter (not signed by me) and an HCO B (also not signed by me) gave this impression. They were of course cancelled the instant they were discovered to have been sent out. This idea that the “old” is always cancelled by anything “new” has its root in the idea that a later order cancels earlier orders, which is true. But orders are one thing and Tech basics another. What if, in the science of physics, a book by Professor Glumph came out, omitting the three laws of motion and gravity. It is assumed then that Newton’s laws are no longer valid. Because they are old. (Newton lived between 1642 and 1727.) So some young student engineer is baffled because bridges have weight and can’t work out gravity or motion! And he and his fellows begin to build without knowing these laws and there goes the whole of engineering and the culture itself! This is no fantasy. As a college student in upper math I was utterly baffled by “calculus”. I couldn’t find out what it was for. Then I discovered it had been developed by Sir Isaac Newton, examined the basics and got the idea. My college text omitted all the basic explanations and even the authorship of the subject! Calculus today is really not enough used because it isn’t understood. Anyway, here’s the main surprise: Until 1970 the whole of Scientology was never in use in processing! Students had ridden along with the research line up into the OT sections, discarding the ladder behind them. For nearly 3 years an increasing proportion of preclears were not actually making it. The gradient to get them onto the bridge had been neglected as “old” when in fact they were not “old” but BASIC. The amazement of auditors (and their delight) when the HCO B on Auditor’s Rights (C/S Series 1) was released indicated that they had become “process oriented” with all the WHY gone.0 VIII AUDITING The 1968 VIII Standardization aimed actually at good TRs, auditing presence, and basics in auditor performance. VIII auditing was developed to handle the OT band. It is entirely valid. Its only omission was detailed actions now developed as to how to handle a pc or Pre OT who had been pulled up the line and had fallen on his head. Out Grades was spotted and discussed in detail in VIII auditing. Giving lower grades fast was the only error. It was not realized in 1968 that End Phenomena of lower grades was not being required. The re-release of the entire band of Academy and Saint Hill materials in 1970 is a re-emphasis on the validity and necessity of using it ALL on pcs! And in understanding the mind and life! And all this is quite welcome and very successful. Not noticed is that this whole band was never before presented for full use on all pcs. As I say, 19501969 auditors had been riding with the “newest and latest” because it was “popular”. Only a few wise old-timers continued to use the most basic actions. But just as VIII auditing was an unauthorized signal to suppress all that had been known before, so now, with the full release for use of Expanded Lower Grades, a few began to say that VIII auditing was now “old”! One assumes then that some like to be able to say that something is now “old”. Has a superior sort of ring to it, I guess. Anyway we’d better disregard this tendency to retire basics. It is more amusing than otherwise. So let’s get on with the job. RESISTIVE CASES The RESISTIVE CASE rundown is an VIII development TO HANDLE THOSE WHO CANNOT MAKE THE GRADES. It was put into the Green Form as GF 40 so as to preserve it. To it could now be added “Overwhelmed”. This would indicate need of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance) Programs. But many other indicators exist already. So when do you use a GF 40? Let us say the pc has been run on Grade Zero. And at the Examiner cannot or does not attest. One would first look for simple auditing errors in recent sessions. These would get reviewed and corrected. One would then look for lower actions than Grade Zero that had been missed. If it still seemed hard to figure out, one would use a GF 40, Resistive Cases. In essence, if one adds “Overwhelm” to the GF 40 list you have on it all the reasons a pc won’t advance IF he has been run on all processes up to that point. Overwhelm would indicate need of a Repair and Return. Grade I, Problems, is the usual ordinary reason for no case advance. Problems shows up as an out-rud in GF 40 and is simply put in as a rud not as a grade. But if a Grade II or above has a Problem??? That means Grade I is out. GF 40 remains even more plainly as a “When all else fails”. It is used that way. When a pc doesn’t attest, and all has been done for him otherwise, you use a GF 40. This was its proper use in the first place. All such materials except Rapid or Quickie Grades are valid. And (joke) these remarks on GF 40 Resistive Cases do not wipe out “Repair and Return Programs”. IV RUNDOWN The so-called IV Rundown as taught on the VIII Course is of course quite valid. Originally developed to catch cases that had somehow gotten up to OT III and were falling on their heads, it is a collection of actions. It salvaged many cases. The missing datum was that in recent times these cases were falsely reported to have had their lower grades. THEY, the cases themselves, said they had “had lower grades”. This made a mystery. The fact is, with multiple declare (declaring 0 to IV to the Examiner all at one time mostly without any mention of End Phenomena of the grade) these cases were OUT GRADE in the extreme. The IV Rundown was an effort to catch it all up to make a real OT. “Out Grades” didn’t read as it didn’t mean anything to the pc and besides “they’d all been rehabbed a dozen times anyway”. But nobody mentioned never having attained any End Phenomena and the Class Chart was never really gotten IN IN IN in the first place. You will find many pcs have had various parts of the “IV Rundown” run earlier. For a while it was the fashion to use the IV Rundown or a part of it on any balky case at any level. At OT IV (which was an audited step and none of it really confidential) the C/S simply ordered run whatever was left of it not already run. Somewhere on the case all of the IV Rundown still should be run. But of course that would now be on a Return (Advance) Program and well up the line. If Repair-Return doesn’t get a grade made this is the time to do a IV Rundown. On (3) Valence Shifter—LX1, LX2, LX3 lists can be done in triple, recall, secondary, engram. Earlier Practices, Former Therapy can also be triple, recall, secondary, engram. This is on Page 28 (not 23) of the original VIII Case Supervisor Manual and part of it is also now GF 40. If a case really needs this he won’t be making a lower grade really so the GF 40 or its slightly wider OT IV Rundown can be used. To both, “Overwhelmed by auditing” should be added in any future issue to indicate a needed repair action. CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS HCO B 10 Dec 1968, “Case Supervisor Actions” Confidential, VIIIs only, is still valid. It remains Confidential as it mentions some OT phenomena that would spin a Grade Va. However, some VIII C/S is going to be told that “Expanded Lower Grades changes all that”. It doesn’t. Listen: In the next to last paragraph of the cover page of this manual (HCO B 10 Dec 68) it says: “Standard Grades are not part of this set-up AS IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE AUDITOR KNOWS THESE. Directions to do Standard Grades are written on a blank sheet.” (I have added the block letters for emphasis here.) At the time this was written I had not discovered that Lower Grades were gone out of use and I let be published Triple Grades which seemed to condense all lower grades. The Major Process or Major Grade Process is definitely not enough to make a pc make a lower grade. I am sorry I gave any support at all to such an idea by not examining the whole scene when it began to show up. / did find it and did correct it however when auditing statistics over the world showed the fault. (28 hours was the total weekly delivery of orgs!) If you add the dozens and dozens of Lower Grade Processes as given in Expanded Lower Grades to the VIII C/S HCO B of 10 Dec 68 and included this C/S Series and its new development of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance) programs you would have the whole package of C/Sing. So the VIII actions are all valid. Auditor classes below VIII have this C/S Series. The AO C/S Course adds in the VIII actions as well. Any C/S who does not know well The Original Thesis, Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science, Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, Scientology 8-80 and Scientology 8-8008 will go badly astray. It is vital to know these books and others in this area, to know what one is trying to handle. Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid and vital to Lower Grade auditing and C/Sing. ------------I trust this gives the C/S some idea of what is still “in”. It all is. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: dz.nt.rd Copyright © 1970, 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 14 C/Sing 2 WAY COMM The C/S is liable to make most of his C/S errors in C/Sing 2 Way Comm. The reasons for this are 1. 2 way comm IS auditing. 2. The errors that can be made in any auditing can be made in 2 way comm; 3. Untrained or poorly trained auditors do not always respect 2 way comm as auditing. 4. Errors in 2 way comm become masked since the procedure is loose. 5. Earlier C/Ses on the case may have missed the easily missed 2 way comm errors. RULES OF C/Sing 2 WAY COMM A. The C/S must recognize that 2 way comm is auditing. Therefore it follows all the rules of auditing. B. Any error that occurs in other auditing can occur in 2 way comm auditing. Errors in a 2 way comm session must be carefully looked for as they easily can be masked in the worksheet. C. Auditors must be persuaded by the C/S to make notation of auditing essentials in 2 way comm as of senior importance to pc’s text (which is also made note of in the W/S). D. The questions asked in 2 way comm can be very incorrect just as rote processes can be. E. An auditor must be trained as a 2 way comm auditor (Class II). Otherwise he will Evaluate, Q and A and commit other faults. F. If an ARC Break occurs early in a 2 way comm session and is not handled as such the rest of the session is audited over an ARC Break and can put a pc into a sad effect. G. A pc with a PT problem not being handled in the 2 way comm will get no gain. H. A pc with a W/H in a 2 way comm session will become critical, nattery and/or get a dirty needle. I. Two way comm processes must be flattened to F/N. If an F/N doesn’t occur then the subject didn’t read in the first place or the auditor Qed and Aed or evaluated or changed the subject or the TRs were out or the pc’s ruds were out. J. A two way comm subject chosen must be tested for read in that session before being used for 2 way comm. K. Improper 2 way comm questions can plunge the pc into an out rud situation not then handled. “Is anything upsetting you?” or any mention of upsets by the auditor is the same as asking for an ARC Break. “Has anything been troubling— worrying you lately?” is the same as asking for a PTP. “Who aren’t you talking to?” is asking for W/Hs. L. The subject of major processes should be kept out of 2 way comm C/Ses, auditors’ questions and 2 way comm assessment lists (ARC Brks, Problems, overts, changes or any major auditing subject, as they are too heavy, being the buttons of the bank). M. The C/S should only let Class II or above auditors do 2 way comm sessions. N. A rud going out in a two way comm session must be put in by the auditor. O. A 2 way comm session should end in an F/N. P. Auditors whose 2 way comm sessions do not end in F/N must be taught to check the subject for read before using, not to Q and A, not to Evaluate and given a refresher on 2 way comm tapes and HCO Bs. Q. In a 2 way comm session that flubs the C/S must be careful to isolate the errors just as in any other auditing session that flubs and put them right. R. A 2 way comm subject that reads on test and doesn’t F/N on 2 way comm must be checked for O/R (if TA went up) and rehabbed by the 1965 Rehab method, or Prepchecked or just continued. ------------- The whole point to all of this is that a 2 way comm session IS auditing. It is delivered by the auditor, C/Sed and remedied like any other session. Also it is usually being run on a delicate pc who is more affected by errors than pcs being given other processes. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: sb.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is amended by BTB 10 July 1970, 2-Way Comm-A Class III Action, which is based on LRH C/Ses. It says, “Rules E and M are changed from ‘Class II’ to ‘Class III’.”] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1970 (Corrected and re-issued 3 Nov 1970) Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class III Class VI C/S Checksheet C/S Series 15 GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER (High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics) If after an F/N session end the pc’s TA goes up, as at the Examiner’s in an org, the pc is afflicted with unflat Engram Chains. All High TAs depend on unflat or restimulated engram chains. TAs go high on Overrun because the overrun restimulates engram chains not yet run. Engram (or secondary or lock) chains can be keyed out. This does not mean they stay out. In a few minutes or hours or days or years they can key back in. A pc will also de-stimulate in from 3 to 10 days usually. This means he “settles out”. Thus a pc can be overrun into new engram chains (by life or an auditor), TA goes up, 3 to 10 days later the TA comes down. When a pc is audited to F/N VGIs and then a few minutes later has a high TA the usual reasons are 1. Has had his comm chopped or full Dianetic or Scientology End Phenomena not reached or 2. Has been run on an unreading item or subject or 3. Is overwhelmed or 4. Has a lot of engrams keying in or 5. Has been run in the past without full erasure of engrams or attaining End Phenomena. 6. Lists badly done or other misauditing cause a pc to feel bad and key in chains also. 7. A pc can be audited when too tired or too late at night. The solution to any of these is easy—on (l) always see that the pc attains full EP, particularly on engram chains. On (2) make auditors check for read even in two-way comm subjects, list questions or Dianetic items before running them. On (3) see also (2) and get the pc a proper Progress (Repair) Program. On (4) Repair or isolate pc so his PT isn’t so ferocious looking (meaning Repair [Progress] Pgm him well or let him change his environment and then audit him) or (5) look into his folder to see who audited him on so many chains when, with no real erasure or EP. (6) You use Repair lists (like L4A, LIB, etc) and other usual action. On (7) you make the pc get some rest and if he can’t, make him go for a walk away until he is tired and then walk back and get some sleep. All these really add up to keyed in or unflat engram chains. Whether the pc can handle them depends on Repair and the usual. Of all these the past auditing without attaining EP on engram chains (whether done in Dianetics or Scientology) is a usual reason for a much audited pc to have a high TA. The answers to any high TA that won’t come down and to any pc who continually arrives at Examiner after an F/N VGI session end with his TA UP are A. Faulty auditing not letting pc go to Full Dn EP when running engrams. B. A false auditing report (PR type report meaning promoting instead of auditing). C. Too many engram chains in past restim by life or auditing. Any correct Standard Dianetic Auditing will eventually handle. But it is usual to do a PICTURE REMEDY (see HCO B 5 June 1969). A pc who has a chronic somatic would get programmed like this: I II III IV V VI Repair (Progress) Pgm until pc feeling better. Picture Remedy with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. Health Form—with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. Somatics of the area with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. Run the engram chain of the incident (operation, accident, etc) he believes caused it. R3R triple. HF to F/N on the HF itself and attest full Dianetic result as per Class Chart. That’s maybe 50 hours, all done in Dianetic triples, of course, in steps II to VI. IF the Dianetic Auditing is standard and to Dianetic EP (F/N Cog VGIs) you will see this pattern at the Examiner or a few minutes after session. First few sessions TA 4.0 or more at Exam. Doubtful GIs. Next few TA 3.75 and blowing down to 3.25 at Exam. GIs. Next few TA 3.75 BD to F/N at Exam. GIs to VGIs. Next two or three TA 3.5 BD to F/N at Exams VGIs. Finally TA 2.5 F/N VGIs at the Examiner. Another pass at the HF finds it F/N and pc can and will attest Dianetics. That’s what you would expect to see if the Auditing was standard, if the case was straightened out of past flubs in the Repair step. Errors such as running unreading items or firefights caused by out TRs or false auditing reports or Dn EP not reached at session end or pc needing ruds put in at session starts would prevent this pattern from happening at the Examiner’s. So if the pattern doesn’t happen you know the auditing is goofy or something is out which had better be found. One pc for instance had a huge w/h of having a disease and was audited over it for 2 years = auditing over a w/h and PTP = no case gain. Silly pc. But also a very dull C/S not to alert to some outness there and find it. Another pc had a high TA and the fault was just that she never got any auditing at all! So they kept operating on her! Somebody didn’t know Dianetics and auditing was for USE. HIGH TA AND ILLNESS Pcs with high TAs feel ill and get ill. No use to elaborate on that. It’s just a fact and is THE fact about pcs who get ill. So maybe you see why this HCOB is important! LOW TA AT EXAM Pcs with low TAs are more or less in apathy. If it F/N VGIs at session end and is low at Exam (like l.9) (OR if it went low in session and didn’t F/N), then the pc is (a) overwhelmed and needs auditing and life repair (b) can have been run on a flat or unreading item that invalidated his former win. Example: Pc listed on an unreading list few sessions later worrying about it and coming to Exam with low TA. Repair is the answer. Low TA pcs need a Life Repair also. Note: The new Hubbard Consultant Assessment List is now under test at this writing and may become essential as a pre-repair function and if so would be before repair in the chronic somatic list of actions as a pgm. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: sb.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo C/S Checksheets Checksheets Dn Checksheet C/S Series 16 SESSION GRADING WELL DONE, DEFINITION OF A “well done” to an auditor requires a precise meaning. It is not given by the C/S because an auditor is a friend or because he would be offended if he didn’t get one. “WELL DONE” GIVEN BY THE C/S FOR A SESSION MEANS THE PC HAD F/N VGIs AT THE EXAMINER IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SESSION. This then presupposes that session lines include an Examiner even if it’s a receptionist and it includes the use and understanding of Exam Reports. (See HCO PL 26 Jan ‘70, Issue III, or any rewrite and Exam tech.) It presupposes the Examiner has a meter to hand and that the pc makes a statement. Thus, if there are no Exam Reports there can’t be a well done given, eh? True enough. A C/S who C/Ses without Exam Reports done by a different person than the auditor is asking to fly blind and to get auditor “PR” (public relations or brag) and false auditing reports. No F/N at Exam no well done. This is harsh as early on pcs often get no F/N at Examiner. BUT IN EVERY CASE THERE ARE CURRENT EARLIER TECH ERRORS ON THE CASE when the F/N doesn’t get from the session to the Examiner. It is also harsh because the failure to get the F/N to the Examiner could be a C/S error! But (see HCO B 24 May ‘70, “Auditor’s Rights”, C/S Series 1), the auditor should not have accepted the C/S. The C/S could be too heavy, or the case needed a repair first or the process ordered is not part of a proper program. HOURS SUCCESSFULLY AUDITED INCLUDES ONLY “WELL DONE” OR “VERY WELL DONE” SESSIONS. VERY WELL DONES An auditor gets a “VERY WELL DONE” when the session by worksheet inspection, Exam Report inspection is: 1. F/N VGIs at Examiner. 2. The auditing is totally flubless and by the book. 3. The whole C/S ordered was done without departure and to the expected result. NO MENTION A no mention of well done or very well done or anything simply means: 1. F/N did not get to Examiner. 2. No major auditing errors exist in the session. FLUNKS A FLUNK is given when: 1. The F/N did not get to Examiner and didn’t occur at session end. 2. Major errors or flubs occurred like no EP, multiple somatic, unflown ruds, etc. 3. The C/S was not followed or completed. 4. Auditor’s Rights listed errors occurred. 5. No F/N and BIs at Examiner. The exact error must be noted on the worksheet and in the next C/S along with the Flunk. FLUNK AND RETRAIN When an auditor does not improve but continues to get NO MENTIONS and FLUNKS, he requires retraining. Such retraining must include: 1. Cleaning up all Misunderstoods of tech. 2. Cleaning up willingness to audit. 3. Cleaning up overts on people and pcs. 4. Examination by inspection of TRs. 5. Starrating material missed or not grasped as per session troubles. INVALIDATION Invalidative remarks should not be made by a C/S. Experience has shown they do no good and also do harm. But there are 2 methods of invalidating an auditor’s auditing: 1. Let him go on flubbing and getting no results. 2. Direct invalidation of his intentions or future or potential. In 1, nearly all auditors who stop auditing never really knew how to audit in the first place or have gross misunderstoods or have accumulated intentional or unintentional overts on pcs or have been too harshly invalidated. When they don’t really grasp the ease and simplicity of auditing they get into other troubles. A really well trained, smooth auditor never gets any real charge on his case on the subject of auditing. When you let an auditor flub, the whole subject gets invalidated and he loses his value because he goes into doubt. This can be said with complete confidence today as the whole of Dianetics and Scientology is there and it works very very well indeed IF IT IS USED AND IF THE C/SING AND AUDITING IS CORRECT AND FLUBLESS.0 AUDITOR HANDLING The C/S is really not just the Case Supervisor, he is also the auditors’ handler. Like a boxer’s trainer or a star’s director, the C/S handles his guys. They are all a bit different, auditors. There are prima donnas and meek mousey ones and steady-on ones and all kinds. They get the credit for the sessions from the pcs most often. They really don’t like not to be C/Sed. And they VALUE the well dones and the very well dones and they flinch at the flunks. And the honest ones know all about it before they turn it in. And some don’t mention the flub but think you’re a fool if you miss it. So it’s important to have a constant in assigning what the auditor is given for the session. WELL DONE AUDITING HOURS are all that’s valid for a stat. So a C/S must be very exact and correct in his determination of well done, very well done, no mention and (forlornly) a flunk. This should remove argument from the matter and bring certainty. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo C/S Book Class VIII Checksheet Class VIII C/S Series 17 INCOMPLETE CASES OVERSHOOTING and UNDERSHOOTING are two very defeating errors in C/Sing. OVERSHOOTING would be defined as going beyond a completion or completing a completion. In such a circumstance the pc for instance reaches an F/N VGI point in Review and then the C/S decides to handle the case in Review. Example: 2 or 3 sessions have been goofed. Review patches them all up to F/N VGIs all okay. Then a C/S C/Ses to Review the case to repair the errors. The case feels invalidated, caves in, needs further repair. I have seen more than one folder where this cycle has been done three times! In one of these an action had to be taken to patch up a goof so the pc could go back onto a grade. The goof was patched up to F/N VGIs. The correct action would have been to put the pc back on the incomplete grade. But no, a new Review cycle was laid out, audited, pc caved in. A new cycle to repair this was entered in upon. It was successful. The pc got F/N VGIs at Exam. The C/S ordered a new Review of the case, the case caved in, was then patched up and finally got an F/N VGIs. And was ordered to be reviewed .......... Studying what was wrong with the cases I found the above. I ordered an assessment of a list, got “unnecessary actions” and g o t the cases back onto the incomplete cycle of the grade and they did fine. This can be done with a grade. It was the fault of early Power. UNDERSHOOTING would be to leave a cycle incomplete and go off to something else. Example: Case sent to Review or given a Review session to repair goofs. One goof is handled but there are three to handle. Case returned to the grade before being set up. This can be so bad that the case never made any grade at all. The modern Repair (Progress) Pgm as outlined in this C/S series takes care of this. QUICKIE GRADES AND ACTIONS Quickie grades left us with a totality of incomplete cases. You look over a folder and you see the pc at “OT IV”. The folder is thick. He has had lots of auditing. He has aches and pains, problems, makes people wrong. Probably he could be audited for another thousand hours without ever coming right! Unless there was an orderly program to complete his case level by level on the Class and Grade Chart. It would take a Repair (Progress) Pgm and then an Advance Pgm that included each grade to completion. He would have to have his ruds put in, any flubs at once handled session to session, just to complete Dianetics. Finally, his chronic somatics gone, he would F/N on the Health Form and that would complete his Dianetics with his attestation. And so on right on up the Grades, each one done fully to the voluntary declare for that grade as per the Grade and Class Chart. In doing Dianetics, Grades, etc you still have to get in ruds and handle the case so it is set up for each major action and repair the flubs at once when they occur. While completing an action you have to keep the case running, not audit over ARC Brks, PTPs, W/Hs and flubs. The best answer is NO FLUBS. But when they occur they must be repaired in 24 hours. When repaired (and not re-repaired and re-re-repaired with overshoots) you get the case back on the same cycle that was incomplete. COMPLETE CASES A case is not complete unless the lowest incomplete Grade Chart action is complete and then each completed in turn on up. As you look over current folders who have had years of auditing, some of them you generally don’t find a n y completed actions and you do find overshoots on Reviews. It is not the least bit hard to handle these cases. This C/S series shows you how. Auditing and Life Repairs (Progress), Advance Pgm completing fully each incomplete grade. The C/S is blessed who follows these two rules: RECOGNIZE A COMPLETION OF AN ACTION AND END IT OFF. RECOGNIZE AN INCOMPLETE ACTION AND COMPLETE IT. Don’t overshoot, don’t undershoot. Follow the rules. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1970 Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class III Class VI Class VIII C/S Checksheet C/S Series 18 CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF The full Dianetic handling of the pc who has a chronic somatic is given in the HCO B C/S Series No. 15, of 16 August 1970, “Getting the F/N to Examiner”. This HCO B calls the fact to attention. It could get overlooked or be hard to find again as the title of HCO B 16 August does not indicate it directly. LRH: sb.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo C/S Hats C/S checksheet C/S Series 19 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES A folder error summary, (FES) is usually done by a student especially an interne well taught, learning his practical tech or by an auditor especially hired to do FESs. It requires many hours to put a folder in sequence and then to list all errors in it. It should NEVER be done by a working C/S who is responsible for an org’s delivery flow. COST It is costly to do an FES and where possible the cost, duly consulting the pc, should be borne by the pc as a special service. It can be directly paid for or simply deducted from auditing hours purchased. NECESSITY A good C/S looking over a folder usually goes back to the last time the pc was doing really well and notes actions necessary from that point. Programs of a lengthily audited case (fat folder) usually cover LIB, L3A, L4A lists and usually take up 2-way comm on earliest sessions and earliest auditing ever given (for auditors). Thus an FES is not vital in all cases. I like to have an FES done so I can compare areas covered by the pc in 2-way comm and be sure they come up in subsequent repair sessions. Also where I can see a lot of bad lists existed, I want to be able to assure they get handled. Thus an FES is useful. On Flag, an FES is carefully done so as to detect areas of out tech in the world. This is called “the Flub Catch System”. Auditors and C/Ses so detected are sent to cramming in their areas to smooth out their tech knowledge or TRs, all to improve delivery of tech. Flub Catch makes an FES vital on Flag. Higher orgs have a similar interest in an FES. HALTING DELIVERY To halt delivery because of a missing folder or to do a long time-consuming FES is of course contrary to the need to deliver auditing and can result in a no-auditing situation worse than a Blind Repair. BLIND REPAIR When no FES is done, one is doing a Blind Repair. The Progress Pgm and Advance Pgm may have holes in them. However there are only five areas of danger: 1. Flubbed lists. 2. A bad series of evaluative sessions should be detected and directly handled. 3. Flubbed Power. 4. Extended or flubbed Interiorization. 5. Missed grades. If a C/S doesn’t know about these it may be that the case will not properly repair and he also does not know what Advance Program to do. But as these are specific areas they can be done on a Blind Repair by making them into a list and getting them meter checked. Example: Pc has lost his folder. Has been audited for several years on and off. One can clear the idea of lists “Someone written down items you say to a question” and see if it gets a read and if so do L4A Method Three “On Lists”. One can ask if any auditor ever told the pc what to think and if that reads 2-way comm or prepcheck those sessions by that auditor. Power can be checked by rehab unless the person has gone Clear on the Clearing Course since at which time Power will not need repair. The commands of Interiorization Rundown can be checked with 2-way comm or rehabbed. What won’t rehab you run. Missed Grades can be checked, rehabbed or run including any Expanded Grades. The pc usually recognizes the process if it has been run. Thus one can wander through a Blind Repair without fouling up the case and add to it the inevitable actions common to all Progress Pgms. SUMMARY An FES has value. It is valuable to the pc to get one done. It is a long and extensive action. It can be sold directly or removed from hours bought. It is of vast interest in training auditors and should be done by already trained internes or specially hired auditors. It is NOT done by a C/S and it is NOT used to halt all delivery of auditing and jam up the C/S lines. A lost or delayed folder is not a barrier to a very well trained C/S who has starrated a C/S Course. An FES is very useful and tends to eradicate any mystery for a C/S. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: sb.td Copyright ©1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo C/Ses All Auditors Level 0 HGC Checksheet C/S Series 20 PERSISTENT F/N A FLOATING NEEDLE can persist. This fact tells you at once why you cannot do three major actions in a row in the same ten minutes. This was the bug behind “Quickie Grades” (0 to IV in one session. This also occurred in Power when it was run all in one day). The auditor would attain a bona fide full dial F/N. The pc was still cogniting, still in a big win. The auditor would “clear the next process command”, he would see an F/N. He would “clear the next process command”, and see an F/N. BUT IT WAS THE SAME F/N! Result was that processes 2 and 3 WERE NEVER RUN ON THE CASE. This is really what is meant by “Quickie Grades”. In 1958 we got real Releases. You could not kill the F/N for days, weeks. Several processes had this effect. Today’s real Clear also goes this way. You couldn’t kill the F/N with an axe. By running a lot of Level Zero processes, for instance, you can get a real swinging unkillable F/N. It not only gets to the Examiner, it comes in at the start of the next day’s session! Now if in one session you ran all of Level Zero and went on up to Level One, you would just be auditing a persistent F/N. The pc would get no benefit at all from Level One. He’s still going “Wow” on Level Zero. If you ran Level Zero with one process that got a big wide floating F/N and then “ran” Level I, II, III and IV, you would have just a Level Zero Release. The pc’s bank was nowhere to be found. So next week he has problems (Level I) or a Service Fac (Level IV) and he is only a Grade Zero yet it says right there in Certs and Awards log he’s a Grade IV. So now we have a “Grade IV” who has Level I, II, III and IV troubles! A session that tries to go beyond a big dial-wide drifting floating F/N only distracts the pc from his win. BIG WIN. Any big win (F/N dial-wide, Cog, VGIs) gives you this kind of persistent F/N. You at least have to let it go until tomorrow and let the pc have his win. That is what is meant by letting the pc have his win. When you get one of these dial-wide F/Ns, Cog, VGIs WOW you may as well pack it up for the day. GRADUAL WIDENING In running a Dianetic chain to basic in triple you will sometimes see in one session a half dial on Flow 1, 3/4 of a dial on Flow 2, a full dial on Flow 3. Or you may have 4 subjects to two-way comm or prepcheck in one session. First action 1/3 dial F/N. Then no F/N, TA up. Second action l/2 dial F/N. Then no F/N. Third action 3/4 dial F/N. Fourth action full dial-wide floating swinging idling F/N. You will also notice in the same session-long time for 1st action, shorter, shorter, shorter for the next three actions. Now you have an F/N that anything you try to clear and run will just F/N WITHOUT AFFECTING THE CASE AT ALL. If you audit past that you are wasting your time and processes. You have hit an “unkillable F/N”, properly called a persistent F/N. It’s persistent at least for that day. Do any more and it’s wasted. If an auditor has never seen this he had better get his TR0 bullbait flat for 2 hours at one unflunked go and his other TRs in and drill out his flubs. For that’s what’s supposed to happen. F/Ns on pcs audited up to (for that session) a persistent F/N always get to the Examiner. If you only have a “small F/N” it won’t get to the Examiner. However, on some pcs maybe that’s good enough. May take him several sessions, each one getting a final session F/N a bit wider. Then he gets an F/N that gets to the Examiner. After that, well audited on a continuing basis, the F/N lasts longer and longer. One day the pc comes into session with a dial-wide floating swinging F/N and anything you say or do does nothing whatever to disturb that F/N. It’s a real Release man. It may last weeks, months, years. Tell him to come back when he feels he needs some auditing and chalk up the remaining hours (if sold by the hour) as undelivered. Or if sold by result, chalk up the result. If the F/N is truly persistent he will have no objections. If it isn’t, he will object. So have him come back tomorrow and carry on whatever you were doing. SUMMARY The technical bug back of Quickie Grades or Quickie Power was the Persistent F/N. This is not to be confused with a Stage 4 (sweep, stick, sweep, stick) or an ARC Broke needle (pc Bad Indicators while F/Ning). This is not to be used to refuse all further auditing to a pc. It is to be used to determine when to end a series of major actions in a session. LRH: rr.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1970 Remimeo All Class VIIIs C/S Checksheet ADD TO CKSHTS IMPORTANT URGENT C/S Series 21 C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING The C/S is fully and entirely responsible for the ability of his auditors to audit. This has been true for 20 years but it gets neglected. This neglect gives us (a) Flubby Auditing (b) Fad tech. If auditing is flubby it is the C/S who is responsible. In the first place he permitted bad course training without screaming. In the second place he does not persuade or force auditors to correct their tech in cramming after flubs. Since flubby auditing is the primary reason for no results, an area where tech is bad tends to ride fads or grab “the newest and latest” and hope it will crack cases whereas doing the usual without flubs is what cracks the cases. If I find an auditor whose sessions I am C/Sing has failed to flatten a chain, I assume not that the pc is difficult but that the auditor does not know about (1) Only running items that read, (2) Multiple somatics, (3) Narrative chains and that his TRs are bad. I spot what it is from the session worksheet and say what it is and order the auditor to cramming (or to be crammed if there is no cramming) on the materials and on TRs always. I cannot C/S with flubby auditors. The pile of C/S folders grows. Any review has to be reviewed and my C/Ses just aren’t getting done. If auditors I am C/Sing for are green I can count on a 4+ times increase in my C/Sing time. If my auditors are flubby C/Sing that should require 11/2 hours takes 61/2 hours. This is by actual timing. I have no objection to working with green or newly trained auditors. BUT IF I DO I RETRAIN THEM. The C/S who accepts an auditor from any course as a trained auditor is an optimist. There are three training stages. A. Course Study, theory and practical. B. Student Auditing. C. Professional Auditing. The C/S has to do with C. When A and B are very poor the job at C is much harder so the C/S should call it forcefully to attention of Course Supervisors. And then get a fast retrain going under himself. Retraining is an inevitable part of a C/S’s job. No matter how good the course may have been the actual practice of auditing gives the new auditor different importance values. Also his hat has changed from a student hat to a real auditor’s hat. As a C/S works with an auditor he trains him. He also may order the new auditor audited. Essentially the C/S has to shift the new auditor’s hat from a “what’s it say?” to a “Now I do.” With a whole green crew of auditors I give as a C/S a daily auditors’ conference. I make sure my Tech Services is on the ball so auditors get in 5 or 6 hours in 5 or 6 hours, not in 10 or 12 hours while they wait for pcs or go find them. That gives them auditor admin and study time. Then I can have a conference. This conference does not violate any ivory tower as I don’t C/S on their data of pcs. I find their questions and get them answered and I give them the reasons behind certain C/Ses. Then daily daily daily I meet any flub with an order to cramming on the material flubbed and on TRs. And I keep their overts pulled. A green auditor with me as a C/S has a very arduous time of it. There is no invalidation. Quite the contrary. The message is YOU CAN AUDIT. YOU CAN GET RESULTS. GET WISED UP AND GET ON WITH IT. One flub, one retrain in cramming. A lot of auditors are around who learned to audit with me as a C/S after their training. In the majority of cases they became fantastic auditors. In some few cases they went elsewhere before they could be fully trained. The magic of it all is simply: 1 flub, 1 retrain in cramming on that point. Mostly I didn’t even pull them off the pc. The fuzzy muzzy state of most graduated students needs handling. It is handled by the C/S. The object of a C/S is to handle and improve cases. He can’t do that with flubby auditors. So he has to make auditors out of students. If he does he can then achieve his object. If the C/S wears this part of his hat he really wins. He seldom has to unravel anything tough. He just C/Ses and the auditors audit EVENTUALLY. But every new auditor he gets is certain to lengthen the C/S’s working day and lessen his results unless the C/S realizes that there is ON THE JOB TRAINING and gets it done. Training includes the auditor’s staff hat and his knowledge of Tech and Qual Divisions. This would be true even in a Franchise or the field. They might not have the divisions but they have all the functions! Recently a C/S had to get about 60 people audited fast. She had seven auditors assigned. She did not assure that these auditors were knowledgeable on the courses they had had and she did not wear the training hat of a C/S. She wound up with herself and one auditor doing the whole 60. The excuse was, the other auditors “couldn’t audit”. It would have been far faster in terms of audited pc-hours to have rapidly crashprogrammed the seven auditors through a refresher, cleaned up their misunderstoods and overts in a co-audit and then, using them, to shove them into cramming on the materials of any flub and TRs for each goof. She would have made seven auditors into stars and she would have gotten the 60 pcs fully audited completely and rapidly with minimal flubs. She would have had 60 Dianetic and Expanded Grade completions, 60 terrific beings AND IN LESS TIME. Morale goes to pot only when auditors do not get results.0 Her basic error was assuming auditors should be able to audit. This isn’t true of any auditor who has not served an apprenticeship under a competent C/S. An auditor who has been auditing 10 years, when he starts to audit for me the first time, I put on my C/S training hat and no matter how good or how poor he was when he began I make him a better auditor. A C/S who doesn’t do this is letting the team down and badly. A C/S who doesn’t do this will spend hours daily trying to puzzle out the solution to messes made. A C/S who doesn’t do this fills up a field with flubbed cases regardless of his own skill in C/Sing. He is liable to sink into doubt, then treason and blow. The C/S who wears his training hat and does do this leads a smooth life, is respected by his auditors and is valuable beyond gold. To do this a C/S must himself be able to audit and to know his materials well enough to state which ones have to be crammed and never introduce strange ideas. Such a C/S will never have a revolt and will never have to dream something up or ride new fads because he is getting excellent results straight along for a happy org and public. I trust a C/S to do this. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1970 Remimeo Class VIIIs Class VIII Chksheet C/S Series 22 PSYCHOSIS Through a slight change of procedure on certain preclears I have been able to view the underlying motives and mechanisms of psychosis. Very possibly this is the first time the mechanisms which bring about insanity have been fully viewed. I must say that it requires a bit of confronting. The alleviation of the condition of insanity has also been accomplished now and the footnote in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health concerning future research into this field can be considered fulfilled. The things a C/S should know about insanity are as follows: HIGHER PERCENT About 15% to 20% of the human race apparently is insane or certainly a much higher percent than was estimated. The truly insane do not necessarily act insane visibly. They are not the psychiatric obvious cases who go rigid for years or scream for days. This is observed only in the last stages or during temporary stress. Under apparent social behavior the continual crimes knowingly committed by the insane are much more vicious than ever has been catalogued in psychiatric texts. The actions of the insane are not “unconscious”. They are completely aware of what they are doing. All insane actions are entirely justified and seem wholly rational to them. As they have no reality on the harmful and irrational nature of their conduct it does not often register on an E-Meter. The product of their post duties is destructive but is excused as ignorance or errors. As cases in normal processing they roller coaster continually. They nearly always have a fixed emotional tone. It does not vary in nearly all insane people. In a very few it is cyclic, high then low. All characteristics classified as those of the “suppressive person” are in fact those of an insane person. The easiest ways for a C/S to detect the insane are: 1. Pretending to do a post or duties, the real consistent result is destructive to the group in terms of breakage, lost items, injured business, etc. 2. The case is no case gain or roller coaster and is covered under “PTS symptoms”. 3. They are usually chronically physically ill. 4. They have a deep but carefully masked hatred of anyone who seeks to help them. 5. The result of their “help” is actually injurious. 6. They often seek transfers or wish to leave. 7. They are involved in warfare with conflicts around them which are invisible to others. One wonders how they can be so involved or get so involved in so much hostility. TYPES The German psychiatric 1500 or so “different types of insanity” are just different symptoms of the same cause. There is only one insanity and from it springs different manifestations. Psychiatry erred in calling these different types and trying to invent different treatments. DEFINITION Insanity can now be precisely defined. The definition is: INSANITY IS THE OVERT OR COVERT BUT ALWAYS COMPLEX AND CONTINUOUS DETERMINATION TO HARM OR DESTROY. Possibly the only frightening thing about it is the cleverness with which it can be hidden. Whereas a sane person can become angry or upset and a bit destructive for short periods, he or she recovers. The insane mask it, are misemotional continuously and do not recover. (Except by modern processing.) THE NATURE OF MAN Man is basically good. This is obvious. For when he begins to do evil he seeks to destroy his memory in order to change and seeks to destroy his body. He seeks to check his evil impulses by inhibiting his own skill and strength. He can act in a very evil fashion but his basic nature then makes it mandatory that he lessens himself in many ways. The towering “strength” of a madman is a rarity and is compensated by efforts at self-destruction. Man’s mortality, his “one life” fixation, all stem from his efforts to check himself, obliterate his memory in a fruitless effort to change his conduct and his self-destructive habits and impulses and losses of skills and abilities. As this rationale proves out completely in processing and fits all cases observed, we have for the first time proof of his actual nature. As only around 20% are insane, and as those who previously worked in the mental field were themselves mainly insane, Man as a whole has been assigned an evil repute. Govemments, where such personalities exist, listen to the opinion of the insane and apply the characteristic of 20% to the entire hundred percent. This gives an 80% wrong diagnosis. Which is why mental science itself was destructive when used by states. TECHNIQUES The only technique available at this writing which will benefit the insane is contained in all the overt-motivator sequences and Grade II technology. At Flag at this writing new improvement on this exists but it is so powerful that slight errors in use can cause a psychotic break in the insane. It therefore will only be exported for use by specially trained persons and this programming will require quite a while. MEANWHILE it helps the C/S to know and use these firm rules: ALWAYS RUN DIANETIC TRIPLES. Never run Singles. The overt side (Flow 2) is vital. If you only run Flow 1 Motivators, the pc will not recover fully. Further running Flow 1 (Motivator only) any psychotic being processed will not recover but may even trigger into a psychotic break. If one never ran anything but motivators, psychotic manifestations would not erase. DEPEND ON EXPANDED GRADE II TECHNOLOGY TO EASE OFF OR HANDLE THE INSANE. Don’t keep asking what’s been done to him as he’ll trigger. A new discovery on this is that when you run out the motivator the person gets a higher reality on his overts. If you ran out all his motivators he would have no reason for his overts. If these are not then run out he might cave himself in. PATTERN OF BEHAVIOR The APPARENT pattern of insane behavior is to come in (ask for processing, go on staff, etc) with the advertised intention of being helped or helping, then mess up either as a pc or on post, then state how bad it all is and leave. It looks obvious enough. He came, found it bad, left. That is only the APPARENT behavior. APPARENT REASONS. Based on numerous cases, this is the real cycle. Hearing of something good that might help these hateful awful rotten nasty people, the psycho comes in, wrecks this, upsets that, caves in this one, chops up that one and WHEN SOMEBODY SAYS “NO!” the psychotic either (a) Caves himself in physically or (b) Runs away. The psychotic is motivated by intent to harm. If he realizes he is harming things he shouldn’t, he caves himself in. If he is afraid he will be found out, he runs. In the psychotic the impulse is quite conscious. CONCLUSION None of this is very nice. It is hard to confront. Even I find it so. Freud thought all men had a hidden monster in them for he dealt mainly with the psychotic and their behavior was what he saw. All men are not like this. The percentage that are is greater than I supposed but is a long way from all men. Sometimes one only becomes aware of these when things are getting worked on and improved. They stay on as long as it can be made bad or there is hope it can be destroyed. Then when attention is given to improvement they blow. Artists, writers often have these types hanging around them as there is someone or something there to be destroyed. When success or failure to destroy or possible detection appears on the scene they blow, often as destructively as possible. Orgs are subjected to a lot of this. A psychotic sometimes succeeds in blowing off good staff. And then sooner or later realizes how evil he is acting and sickens or leaves. The society is not geared to any of this at all. The insane walk around wrecking the place and decent people think it’s “human nature” or “inevitable” or a “bad childhood”. As of this writing the insane can be handled. The proof of any pudding is the processing. And this is successful. It is also rather swift. But, as I say, it is so swift the special technique has to be done by the specially trained flubless auditor. For a long while I’ve realized that we would have to be able to handle insane people as the psychiatrist is fading. I have had opportunity to work on the problem. And have it handled. Until it is fully released, the C/S will benefit greatly from knowing the above as these come on his lines far more often than he has suspected. The insane can be helped. They are not hopeless. I trust this data will be of use. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: rr.rd Copyright © 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Referred to by HCO B 10 May 1972, Robotism, Volume VIII, page 127.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 DECEMBER 1971R Remimeo Int RD Checksheet (HCO B 2 December 1970 Revised) (Revised 30 March 1974) C/S Series 23RA INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY (Revised and updated to include 1971 Int HCO Bs) All changes are in this type style. INTERIORIZATION CAN BE BADLY MISRUN. The following HCO Bs cover Interiorization Rundowns. HCO B 5 Mar 1971 HCO B 11 Apr 1970 HCO B 6 May 1970 HCO B 30 May 1970 HCO B 20 Aug 1970 HCO B 24 Sept 1971 HCO B 29 Oct 1971 HCO B 16 Dec 1971 HCO B 17 Dec 1971R “Exteriorization and High TA” “Auditing Past Exterior” “Blows—Auditing Past Exterior” “Interiorization Intensive—2-Way Comm” “Exteriorization Rundown Musts” “Urgent—Interiorization Rundown” “Int Rundown Correction List Revised” C/S Series 35R (Revised) “Interiorization Errors” C/S Series 23RA (this HCO B) The examination of Interiorization Rundowns done in the field discloses that some auditors engaged in running it have not been fully checked out on it. HCO PL 26 Aug 1965 gives the correct way to do a starrate checkout. Clay demos must also be correctly done. These are covered in HCO B 11 Oct 1967 and HCO B 30 Oct 1970. These HCO Bs on Int Rundown, Starrates and Clay Demos plus HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, 2-WC as below, make the necessary pack for checking out an auditor before letting him near an Int Rundown. And all Interiorization materials as above MUST BE CHECKED OUT STARRATE AND IN CLAY before a C/S permits one of his auditors to run it on a pc. QUADS CANCELLED “The disadvantages of Quad Dianetics outweigh any advantages in actual practice. “Flow Zero is therefore cancelled as part of Dianetics and Lower Grades. “(LRH HCO B 15 July 71, “Quads Cancelled”.) UNNECESSARY “The words ‘went in’ and ‘go in’ MUST be said to the pc and cleared on the meter. If there is needle action, one runs an Int RD as per the Int Rundown Pack. “If there aren’t any reads one does NOT do an Int Rundown on the pc as it is unnecessary and classifies as ‘running an unreading item’. “When this test is omitted you get an unnecessary Int RD being done on a pc. “This will eventually have to be repaired. “FLUBBED R3R “When the auditor does not do flubless auditing errors occur in the auditing itself. These will hang up an Int RD. “OVERRUN “ I t usually happens that an Int RD is overrun. It goes flat on Secondary F2, let us say. The auditor keeps on going past the win. “This will hang up the Rundown. “One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc goes exterior during it. Yet the auditor keeps on. “Another way is pc has a big Cog, big win. Auditor keeps going on with the RD.” —LRH (HCO B 24 Sept 71, ‘‘Urgent—Interiorization Rundown’’) REPAIR OF INT “If even years after an Int RD the pc has a high TA or a low TA, then Int trouble is at once suspected and the original Int RD and any repair of it is suspected and must be handled. “—LRH (From the LRH original HCO B C/S Series 35R, Revised 16 Dec 71, ‘‘Interiorization Errors”) (Handle it by HCO B 29 Oct 71, “Int Rundown Correction List Revised”.) TWO-WAY COMM There is a two-way comm step that follows a day or so after an Interiorization Rundown . An auditor doing this step, preferably the same auditor, MUST BE CHECKED OUT ON TWO-WAY COMM. No C/S should permit any auditor to do any 2-way comm until the auditor has been checked out on HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, “Two-Way Comm Checksheet”. One can obtain these tapes easily from Pubs (as the Sea Org has recently forced in this line and quality and delivery). Pending such tapes one can certainly get the rest of the materials on the checksheet done by the auditor and let him do 2-way comm while being very watchful as a C/S. C/SING INT The correcting of an Interiorization Rundown is far harder than making sure that auditors can do the usual in the first place. Nearly all a C/S’s hard work comes from auditors not well trained on courses (indifferent courses) and failing to check auditors out well on the materials before permitting them to deliver a new rundown. The correction of Int is hard since until it is complete, other auditing is inadvisable. One, however, gets the Int Rundown done. “INT IS A REMEDY “The Int RD is not understood as a REMEDY. It is not something you do on all pcs. “Pc goes Exterior in auditing. “Later his TA goes high. “Then you do an Int RD. “You test Int for read as above. If it BDs you do an Int RD. “You just don’t do one because a pc goes exterior. “One reason unnecessary Int RDs get done is that the Registrar sells one. That makes the Reg a C/S. So the C/S and auditor run it. “Maybe it wasn’t needed. “So if it wasn’t needed it will eventually have to be repaired.”—LRH (HCO B 2 Sept 71, “Urgent—Interiorization Rundown”) (Repair with an Int RD Correction List Revised, HCO B 29 Oct 1971.) The Interiorization Rundown is a REMEDY designed to permit the pc to be further audited after he has gone exterior. The Int Rundown is NOT meant to be sold or passed off as a method of exteriorizing a pc. This is very important. It is general auditing on usual Dianetics and Scientology actions that brings about Exteriorization. When the pc goes or is found to be exterior one then orders the Interiorization Rundown. Otherwise the TA will misbehave. The rundown is a REMEDY USED AFTER EXTERIORIZATION HAS OCCURRED BY REASON OF GENERAL AUDITING. Anxiety to get exterior will prompt a pc to buy and a Registrar to sell an Interiorization Rundown. It is in effect just more auditing as far as the Registrar is concerned. When a pc has gone exterior the Registrar can insist on his buying enough hours for the remedy. The Int Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible to audit the pc further. DISABILITY If an auditor can’t smoothly audit a rundown as simple as an Int Rundown, then he is exposed as being unable to run Standard Dianetics and should be cleared of his misunderstoods and overts and retrained. The only real trouble one gets into on an Int Rundown stems from the inability of the auditor to run a smooth, good TRed R3R session. Pcs are not hard to run on it. C/S WINS A C/S cannot win at all if he is continually having to make up for flubby auditing by the auditor. Therefore the C/S must be very sure his auditors are fully checked out on things they are to run before running them. If there is no Qual Staff Training Officer or no Cramming, a C/S can fully afford to do the training and cramming himself. Otherwise he will lose far more than that time in C/Sing for auditors not checked out. By the skill of his auditors you know the C/S. Not by his unusual solutions after flubs. The Int Rundown is too easy to do to have any trouble—the trouble comes when the auditors are not checked out beforehand, starrate and in clay on new things the are to run. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:MH:ntm.rd Copyright © 1970, 1971 ,1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (Updated with recent LRH data by order of L. Ron Hubbard by Training & Services [HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, Two-Way Comm Checksheet, Bureau) mentioned above was revised on 25 November 1974 as a BPL.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 FEBRUARY 1971 Remimeo HGC Auditor Checksheet Academy Level 0 Checksheet Dn Cse Checksheet C/S Series 24 IMPORTANT METERING READING ITEMS (NOTE: Observation I have recently done while handling a C/S line has resulted in a necessary clarification of the subject of “a reading item or question” which improves older definitions and saves some cases.) It can occasionally happen that an auditor misses a read on an item or question and does not run it as it “has not read”. This can hang up a pc badly if the item was in fact a reading item or question. It does not get handled and exists in records as “No read” when in fact it DID read. THEREFORE ALL DIANETIC AUDITORS WHOSE ITEMS OCCASIONALLY “DON’T READ” AND ALL SCIENTOLOGY AUDITORS WHO GET LIST QUESTIONS THAT DON’T READ MUST BE CHECKED OUT ON THIS HCO B IN QUAL OR BY THE C/S OR SUPERVISOR. These errors come under the heading of Gross Auditing Errors as they affect metering. 1. An Item or Question is said to “Read” when the needle falls. Not when it stops or slows on a rise. A tick is always noted and in some cases becomes a wide read. 2. The read is taken when the pc first says it or when the question is cleared. THIS is the valid time of read. It is duly marked (plus any blow down). THIS reading defines what is a reading item or question. CALLING IT BACK TO SEE IF IT READ IS NOT A VALID TEST as the surface charge may be gone but the item or question will still run or list. 3. Regardless of any earlier statements or material on READING ITEMS, an item does not have to read when the auditor calls it to be a valid item for running engrams or listing. The test is did it read when the pc first said it on originating it or in Clearing it? 4. That an item or question is marked as having read is sufficient reason to run it or use it or list it. Pc Interest, in Dianetics, is also necessary to run it, but that it did not read again is no reason to not use it. 5. When listing items the auditor must have an eye on the meter NOT necessarily the pc and must note on the list he is making the extent of read and any BD and how much. THIS is enough to make it a “reading item” or “reading question”. 6. In Clearing a listing Question the auditor watches the meter, NOT necessarily the pc and notes any read while clearing the question. 7. An additional calling of the item or question to see if it read is unnecessary and not a valid action if the item or question read on origination or Clearing. 8. That an item is marked as having read on an earlier Dianetic list is enough (also checking interest) to run it with no further read test. 9. To miss seeing a read on an origin or clearing is a Gross Auditing Error. 10. Failing to mark on the list or worksheet the read and any BD seen during pc origination or clearing the question is a Gross Auditing Error. EYESIGHT Auditors who miss reads or have poor eyesight should be tested and should wear the proper glasses while auditing. GLASSES The rims of some glasses could obstruct seeing the meter while the auditor is looking at the worksheet or pc. If this is the case the glasses should be changed to another type with broader vision. WIDE VISION A good auditor is expected to see his meter, pc and worksheet all at one time. No matter what he is doing he should always notice any meter movement if the meter needle moves. If he cannot do this he should use an Azimuth Meter and not put paper over its glass but should do his worksheet looking through the glass at his pen and the paper— the original design purpose of the Azimuth Meter. Then even while writing he sees the meter needle move as it is in his line of vision. CONFUSIONS Any and all confusions as to what is a “reading item” or “reading question” should be fully cleaned up on any auditor as such omissions or confusions can be responsible for case hang-ups and needless repairs. NO READ Any comment that an item or question “did not read” should be at once suspected by a C/S and checked with this HCO B on the auditor. Actually non-Reads, a non-reading item or question means one that did not read when originated or cleared and also did not read when called. One can still call an item or question to get a read. That it now reads is fine. But if it has never read at all, the item will not run and such a list will produce no item on it. It is not forbidden to call an item or question to test it for read. But it is a useless action if the item or question read on origination by the pc or clearing it with him. IMPORTANT The data in this HCO B, if not known, can cost case failures. Thus it must be checked out on auditors. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MARCH 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 25 THE FANTASTIC NEW HGC LINE (A marvelous new C/S Auditor line has just been piloted in for HGCs.) In the new C/S line the Auditor, in his Admin time at the end of the day, or when he has no preclears, does Folder Error Summaries or Progress and Advance Programs for his pcs and does the C/S form for the Tech C/S as well as adds the day’s process and the length of the session and amount of Admin time on that folder to the inside front cover of the folder, with the process run and result. If his programs and C/Ses are acceptable to the Tech C/S, the Auditor gets full Well Done Auditing Hour credit on his stat. The Auditor logs his sessions for the day in the general HGC Auditor’s log and his Admin time is also logged. This Admin time is subtracted from the bought hours of the pc where auditing is sold by the hour. Where Auditors are so engaged and the new folder routing line is in use, this C/S form is used: Full blank page. Pc’s Name (Red) Date Auditor’s Name (Red) Class of Auditor required next sess. (Session Grade) left blank Auditor’s comment (Red) or think about the case if he wishes. The next C/S 1. Blue 2. Blue 3. Blue 4. Blue Auditor Signature (Red) The Auditor does not grade his own session. He leaves this blank. The correctly Admined folder is then given to Tech Services which routes it (usually with the Auditor’s other folders for the day) to the C/S. The C/S looks it over (it is HIS final responsibility for the case being run right). The C/S looks to see if the Examiner form taken by the Examiner at session end F/Ned. If it did not he leaves the grade line blank as it is a No Grade session (see F/N and well done hours) as the Auditor gets no hour credit for the session. If the C/S and other Admin is ok he writes OK with his initial in the session grade space. If none of it is okay he leaves it blank and does the C/S form or programs completely new. In this last case he enters a subtract figure in his log for the auditing time for the week against that Auditor’s name. If the Exam form F/Ned, but the Admin is not okay and the session actions were not okay the C/S writes “Well Done by Exam” on his own new C/S in its proper place and ignores the form and subtracts the Admin time in his book to subtract the Admin from the Auditor’s week’s stat. If the session was not okay with no F/N at Exams yet the Admin and next C/S are ok, the Auditor loses the session time in the C/S but gets the Admin time credited to his week’s stat. The C/S subtracts the session time in his book, not the Admin time. Of course, as we hope is usually the case, if the Auditor did the C/S, did a correct session, got an F/N at Exam and did the Admin and next C/S is correct, then the C/S marks “Very well done” in the blank space for session grade with his initial. After inspection, this would be the sole action of the C/S regarding that folder. By the C/S writing in the session grade (Very well done, well done, okay, flunk, to cramming) the Auditor is receiving acknowledgement for his work and is not just acking himself. THE NEW LINE The Ideal Folder-C/S line can shift the number of well done hours from a ceiling of 250-300 to 600-800 with one C/S. No matter how many Auditors an org has, older lines put a 250-300 top ceiling on the org’s well done hours. When hours could go above 600 due to the available Auditors (20 or 30), a new parallel line has to be manned by a new C/S, new D of P and another Examiner and more Tech Services personnel. Despite how hard the C/S and anyone else in tech works, a line not so run will ceiling at about 250 hours, no matter how many Auditors are hired. A C/S using the old lines can C/S for about 5 working Auditors only with the line running any old way. And even so will work himself half to death. In trying to get pcs handled, Auditors will be added. The C/S will not be able to handle his job. The line, being faulty, gets pegged at about 250 hours no matter how hard the C/S and Admin people work. With the same C/S and Tech Services people, and a correct new line, 24 to 30 Auditors will be kept busy at their 5 hours a day (given auditing rooms) and the stat will be able to rise to 600 to 800. NEW SEQUENCE 1. Auditor picks up his pc folders and his pc schedule list at Tech Services at the start of his day from the LEAVING rack. 2. Tech Services (having a duplicate list) begins sending pcs to him (using Tech Pages). 3. The Auditor gives the session. 4. The Auditor leaves the folder in the Auditing room at session end and takes the pc to the Examiner. 5. The Examiner simply does the Exam form on a meter with no folder. He sends the Exam form (hand route) to Tech Services. 6. The Auditor returns at once to his auditing room and a Tech Page has a pc there waiting for him. 7. Having done all his pcs for the day, the Auditor carries his folders to the Auditor Admin Room. 8. Tech Services has placed the Exam forms in the Auditor Admin Room and sees they get into the Auditor’s basket and the folder. 9. The Auditor does the complete Admin of the session. 10. The Auditor does any program needed for future sessions. 11. The Auditor C/Ses the folder for the next session. 12. The Auditor marks in a box (2 columns) on a sheet stapled to the inside front cover the process, the Exam result, the session time and the Admin time he has just put in. 13. The Auditor hands his completed folders in to Tech Services. 14. Tech Services gets the folders to the C/S using a Folder Page who comes on late and works the C/S’s hours. 15. Fed the folders rapidly by the Folder Page who is standing in the C/S area, the C/S does his C/S work. If the Folder Page is fast, removing folders and putting the new one in, chasing up data and other bits for the C/S, the time of C/Sing even when done very carefully will be found to average 3 to 5 minutes a folder even when some require full programming (but not FESing). This makes a ceiling of about 100 folders (sessions) a day for the C/S, an output of 30 Auditors. Needless to say the C/S and the Auditors have to know their business and Qual Cramming is used extensively both for new material and for flubs both in auditing and C/Sing by Auditors. 16. The Folder Page gets the folders over to the D of P office preserving the piles per Auditor as much as possible. The C/S posts the data he wants Auditors to know or do on the AUDITORS’ BOARD of the Auditors’ Admin Room. He turns in his Cramming Orders into the D of P basket. This finishes his actions. Where there is a senior Review C/S there is a hot spur line from the C/S to the senior C/S and back to the C/S. This is not necessarily an instant line. It can be a 12 hour lag line. In orgs where a C/O or Exec Dir or Product Officer or Org Officer is also a very skilled C/S this hot line would probably be in. New tech in use, fantastic completions and utter dog cases nobody can make anything out of go on this senior C/S hot spur line. There are very few of these, only two or three a day in a very busy org. The senior C/S “does” these and sends them back to the C/S. They are then sent on as usual to the D of P. 17. The Director of Processing comes on duty very early. The C/Sed folders will all be there. The D of P has assignment master sheets that are kept up by the D of P. The D of P does the day’s schedules, a list for each Auditor. The lists preferably have a few too many pcs on them. The D of P can tell what Class of Auditor is required for the next session because the Auditor has marked it in in the upper right-hand corner of the C/S for the next session. When the D of P has the lists done the folders are placed in the “leaving” rack of Tech Services and Tech Services, now up and about, is given the lists and gets to work on the scheduling board, moving the names about to agree with the lists. Tech Services does any room shifts or handlings at this time. 18. The D of P now goes to the Auditor Admin Room and begins to muster Auditors from her muster list as they come in and gets them over to Tech Services. 19. A Cramming personnel will be in there trying to get any crammings scheduled. 20. Tech Services hands out folders (which are in neat piles for each Auditor) and schedules to the Auditors as they turn up and handles any arguments or shifts in sequence. 21. Tech Pages are on phones or running to round up pcs and get them going to sessions, which work continues all day. 22. The D of P interviews any hung-up or curious pcs or as requested by the C/S or gets new Auditors or keeps up Admin. This goes on until the C/S comes in when the DofP is off. 23. The Auditor picking up his folders begins the cycle all over again at ( 1 ) above. ABOVE 600 When the well done hours go above 600 a week, A WHOLE NEW HGC is put in duplicating the first, with its own C/S, D of P, T/S, auditing rooms and Auditor Admin Room. It would be HGC Section Two or HGC2 with the original being HGC1 . A special second Cramming would have to be provided in Qual for it. At first they would share new hours and build up independently. More HGCs are added to the Department at each multiple 600 wd hours. SENIORS The two chief seniors in the area are the C/S (for tech) and the D of P (for Auditors and bodies). It is the D of P who must see that Auditors exist and are on post. It is Tech Services who sees pcs are rounded up and audited. The D of T/S is actually in charge of pcs and all folder files and all board keep-up work. The D of P should have some tech training. The D of T/S need not have any. The C/S of course is the Tech Expert and should be an HSST. If there are no Auditors it is the D of P’s neck. If there are no C/Ses it is the C/S’s neck. If there are no folders it is the D of T/S’s neck. And if there are no auditing rooms it is the D of T/S’s neck. If signed-up scheduled pcs don’t get to session it is the D of T/S’s neck. If there are no NEW pcs it is the D of P’s neck who should begin to shoot Dissem Secs and Registrars and procure new pcs on a by-pass for the org. From this a table of seniors and duties can be made. CRAMMING You will notice no pcs are sent to Review on this new line. Review actions are done in Tech as a patch-up in Tech. The Qual Sec is responsible for overall tech quality BUT DOES IT BY CRAMMING C/Ses or Auditors. Thus Cramming is a busy street. Cramming must be good, check-outs excellent. If an Auditor doesn’t grasp a C/S he has received he gets help from Cramming. Auditors new to the HGC are given a fast hard grooving in in Cramming or a Qual Interne Course. (New Auditors never audit until grooved in.) Tech will be as good as the Cramming Officer can cram. This line is grooved in by the HAS and kept in by Qual. Or if there is no Qual, it is kept in by the HAS who will find no Qual very embarrassing. DUMMY RUN The line should be dummy run by folders, “pcs” and Auditors until they understand it. People are often totally unaware of lines and get very sloppy. Thus this line has to be drilled hard on old and new tech personnel. All must know this exact line. It is a good line. Fully in, it raises the well done hours stat from 250 per week maximum at total overload to an easy 600 to 800. Auditors must audit five hours a day, 25 minimum per week of well done hours for any bonus to be paid at all. In the SO they get no pay at all much less bonuses if short on their 25. Tech Services and an unenergetic D of P or a bad Dissem Sec and Registrar set-up can cause a no pc situation. And often do unless pushed. But counting FESes and Admin in on an Auditor’s wd time helps slack periods to even out. And one Auditor can FES and program folders for others or from files if he is left adrift and short-timed by the D of P or D of T/S or until the Tech Division forces the Dissem Div and Distribution Div to really get on the ball and wear their hats on pc flow. PROCUREMENT The D of P has always had new pc procurement responsibility when all else failed or even when it didn’t. Old folders, for example, are a marvelous source of new auditing repairs and intensives. An FES done on an old folder and a letter to “come in and get audited before you fall apart” is excellent pc procurement, usually neglected by Registrars. Any procurement by a D of P is legitimate. Auditors who have no pcs can write procurement letters and have for 20 years. SUMMARY This is a beautiful line. It has been piloted hard. It will serve as well as it is checked out, drilled in and used. This line is the key to affluence from pcs alone. (But if the org isn’t training Auditors heavily, you’ll soon have no Auditors to be on it and the org will not gain its high income low cost cushion from training.) This line is the answer to really getting auditing done in an area. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MARCH 1971 Issue I Remimeo C/S Series 26 NEW USES FOR THE GREEN FORM The Green Form comes into its own with a new method of use. A lot of cases have been cracked lately using the GF in a new way. Designed as the Qual tool in 1965 it came into disrepute by getting assessed item by item to an F/N. This made it F/N on a rud. Thus the whole battery of tricks in the GF never get used on a pc. There is another assessment Method. Method 5. It is “once through marking the length and BD of all reads”. One can then C/S “Assess GF once through”. Actually one usually says, “GF + 40 Method 5”. This means the auditor (usually on a case that is messy or just as a routine part of a Progress Program) just rat-a-tat-tat assesses the lot, marks the reads’ length and BDs. The C/S action that follows—the “Handle” consists of putting a red half swirl around each that read and then doing the C/S for it. List outness is always handled first. Then ruds like ARC Brks, W/Hs and PTPs. Then more or less by the longest reads. It makes a long, long C/S in cases that are boggy. One uses engram running on it whenever he gets a chance as in “drugs”. Hidden standards are listed on a “Who/what would have______(the symptom)?” and “O/W on the item found”. A lot of old processes get a chance on these GF reads. It isn’t all “2-way comm on_______”. Foreign Language cases who do not have English as a native tongue and people who don’t understand a lot have to have the GF items cleared. One takes the reads while clearing the Question, of course. Designed as a Case Cracker, this new use of the Green Form restores it to a mighty weapon. Since I redeveloped ways to assess and began to really use this Green Form, I’ve seen several very rough ridgy cases fall apart. So it is a very cheerful re-discovery. And it is highly urged. LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MARCH 1971 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 27 LONG C/Ses A long C/S is far more desirable than a short C/S in all but the most sickly and feeble cases. In doing a long C/S, the auditor can also end it off where an F/N goes 3i4 to a dial wide and looks like it will persist. The pc has a win. A long C/S also permits an auditor to adjust his own length of session. If the C/S isn’t complete on that day, one simply adds (1) “Fly a rud” and (2) “Continue C/S of (yesterday).” By having a whole Progress Program (repair) laid out on a red sheet and clipped with its green Advance Pgm (grade chart) inside the front cover, over the session summary, the guidance for the case is right there. This gets checked off as done. The C/S could consist of half the program or even (in shorter programs) all of it. Handling One speeds a line by taking repeated handlings out of it. Less sessions mean less handling. Thus the session is more economical if long. Getting the pc and folder rounded up 5 times when it means the same number of hours to do it 2 times saves wear and tear. This is the benefit of very long C/Ses. Dianetic C/Ses Dianetic sessions often go 5 or even 8 hours. One tries to do all the flows of an item in one session. Length of Pgms When auditing the public, not staff, you long program. In a Progress (repair) Program you try to throw the whole bag of tricks at them. These are not only repairs, when you do a Progress Program. You throw in a lot of other bits like 2-way comms on BD items. You now have a Hi-Lo TA List to assess and an Expanded Green Form. Advance Programs All Advance (gradesheet) Programs start lower than the pc was if the pc got in trouble where he was. Often a grade is obviously out below where he is graded. Let us say he is a bogged “Grade IV”. Well, he couldn’t be a Grade IV. So the Advance Program (green paper) that you do picks him up at Grade 0 or even Dianetics. A bogged “OT I” the other day began to win when (a) given a long long Progress Program, and (b) shoved back to Grade III on the Advance Program and brought on up all the way including OT I before going on to OT II! Thorough C/Ses Thus you can have long C/Ses only when you have long programs already done and pinned to the inside of the front cover, a pink one for Progress (non grade) and a green one for Advance (back up the grades). Don’t try to save auditing time. Save instead repeated handlings. This does not go into “over-repair”. A Progress Pgm contains all sorts of bits like 2-wc on “What do you feel you owe your family” (as the pc is always getting off about his family in Ruds). The advance of a case is the amount of charge you get off it. Long C/Ses ease your Admin lines greatly. They also give less chance of having ruds go out between sessions. Short sessioning has its uses—small children, sick people, psychos. But long sessions save time in the long run and get the job done. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1971RA Remimeo HGC Auditors Dn & Scn Checksheets C/Ses Revised 6 April 1974 C/S Series 28RA USE OF DIANETICS Revised per HCO B 15 July 71, Issue I, “Quads Cancelled” (Revisions in this type style) Where a case has only been run on single flow Dianetics (Flow 1 ) one goes back to the first Dianetic item ever run of which record can be found and does F1, F2, F3 in that order. To C/S a case for Triple Dianetics it is best to first lay out a Scientology repair, making sure the case is flying, then list out the items already run on Single and Triple. Then get them run so that all three flows are complete on each item in sequence from first to last. This includes any LX items, former practice, drugs or any other engram running. These, like Dianetic items, are listed in their correct sequence of former running. Then the missing flows are run. A rehab step of the flows already run is not necessary. This rehab of a flow already run to EP is usually used only when there is question about its having gone to F/N Cog VGIs. In C/Sing for Triples one COMPLETES any flow of an item found that did not F/N. This is indicated on the Item list. DOING THE LIST The Item list is done by the auditor in his admin time for well done time credits. All former Dianetic items ever run are listed and what flows have been run on them and to what end phenomena. Example: 3 Sept 69 4 Sept 69 6 Sept 69 6 Nov 69 7 Nov 69 Engram List Sadness (exact wording that was used) A Bored Feeling An Apathetic Outlook LX Agonized Former Therapy 9 Nov 69 10 Nov 69 5 July 70 Earlier Practices A Horrible Sadness Int RD 6 July 71 An Awful Pressure Such a list is then handled from the earliest forward by: (a) (b) Completing the bogged flow and Completing the missing flow. 89 F1 F1 Bogged F1 Bogged F1 F2 F3 F1 F2 F3 F2 Bogged F1 Bogged F1 Bogged F1 F2 F3 F3 Bogged Bogged INT-EXT RD This is handled in its proper sequence on the list if the TA is not high or very low. If the TA on the pc is currently high, Int is handled before any other action is done and all three flows are run on it. A drug chain also makes a high TA if in existence or unflat. FLUBS If any auditor has a poor record of getting Dianetic Results, of bogged flows, etc, he needs an HDC Retread. His drills and TRs are out or he is committing Gross Auditing Errors. Dianetics gives remarkable results only when flawlessly done. The commands must be precisely given and all commands 1-9 A-D are used. It is NEVER shorted “because the pc did it”. C/Sing It should be realized Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing. This remains the same in Triple Dianetics. RESULTS Triple Dianetics, including the rerun actions, produces some very startling new Well done Dianetics always has produced fine results. Triple Dianetics almost doubles the gain. REMEDIES Any and all Dianetic Remedies and general technology remain in full use. They are not changed at all. Only Triple Flows are added in each case. Good Luck. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.ntm.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1971 REISSUED 13 JANUARY 1975 Remimeo HGC Auditors Dn & Scn Checksheets C/Ses C/S Series 28RA-1 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS With the introduction of QUADRUPLE DIANETICS the problems of how to C/S it arise. This rule is followed: IN ALL BUT HCO B 24 July 69 DIANETIC ASSISTS WHERE IT CAN BE USED AT ONCE, THE FOURTH FLOW—O—MUST BE RUN ON ALL ITEMS FORWARD FROM THE FIRST DIANETIC ITEM EVER RUN ON THE CASE IF THE PC IS QUAD AND THE FLOW O READS. Where a case has already had Flows 2 and 3 run on Singles, one goes back and runs Flow 0 on those items if it reads. Where a case has only been run on Single Flow Dianetics (Flow 1) one goes back to the first Dianetic Item ever run of which record can be found and does F 2, F 3, F 0 in that order checking the command for read before running it, and then verifying the F 1. To C/S a case for Quad Dianetics it is best to first lay out a Scientology repair, making sure the case is flying, then list out the items already run on Single and Triple. Then get them run so that all four flows are complete on each item in sequence from first to last. This includes any LX items, former practice, drugs or any other engram running. These, like Dianetic items, are listed in their correct sequence of former running. Then the missing flows are run if they read. A rehab step of the flows already run is not necessary. This rehab of a flow already run to EP is usually used only when there is question about its having gone to F/N Cog VGIs. In C/Sing for Quadruple one COMPLETES any flow of an item found that did not F/N. This is indicated on the item list. DOING THE LIST The item list is done by the Auditor in his admin time for well done time credits. All former Dianetic items ever run are listed and what flows have been run on them and to what end phenomena. Example: Engram List 3 Sept 69 4 Sept 69 6 Sept 69 6 Nov 69 7 Nov 69 Sadness (exact wording that was used) A Bored Feeling An Apathetic Outlook LX Agonized Former Therapy 9 Nov Earlier Practices 69 91 F1 F 1 Bogged F 1 Bogged F1F2F3 F1F2F3 F 2 Bogged F Bogged 10 Nov 5 July 69 70 A Horrible Sadness Int RD 6 July 71 An Awful Pressure F 1 Bogged F1F2F3 F 3 Bogged F 1 Bogged Such a list is then handled from the earliest forward by: (a) Completing the bogged flow and (b) Completing the missing flow, if it reads. INT-EXT RD This is handled in its proper sequence on the list if the TA is not high or very low. If the TA on the pc is currently high, Int is handled before any other action is done and all four flows are run on it with the understanding that a pc run Triple on Int must have the Flow 0 checked for read before running it. A drug chain also makes a high TA if in existence or unflat. AUDITOR CHECKOUT BEFORE RUNNING ANY DIANETICS QUADRUPLE EVER Y AUDITOR HDC, VI, VII, VIII AND C/Ses MUST BE CHECKED OUT THOROUGHLY ON THE QUAD DIANETICS CHECKLIST: BTB 6 May 69R HCO B 4 Jan 71 HCO B 23 Jan 71 BTB 1 Dec 70R ‘ BTB 20 May 70 ‘ HCO B 7 Mar 71 Reissued 13.1.75 HCO B 4 Apr 71 Reissued 13.1. 75 HCO B 5 Apr 71 Reissued 13.1. 75 HCO B 21 Apr 71 Reissued 13.1. 75 “Routine 3 R Revised” issue ll “Exteriorization and High TA” “Exteriorization” “Dianetics Triple Flow Action” TR 103, 104 Rundown” “Use of Quadruple Dianetics” C/S Series 28RA-1 “Use of Quad Dianetics” C/S Series 32RA- 1 “Triple and Quad ReRuns” C/S Series 33RA- 1 “Quadruple Dianetics—Dangers Of” C/S Series 36RB- 1 Any other HCO B of subsequent issue on this subject. THERE IS A PACK ON THIS SUBJECT AVAILABLE FROM FLAG. FLUBS If any Auditor has a poor record of getting Dianetics Results, of bogged flows, etc, he needs an HDC Retread. His drills and TRs are out or he is committing Gross Auditing Errors. Dianetics gives remarkable results only when flawlessly done. The commands must be precisely given and all commands 1-9 A-D are used. It is NEVER shorted “because the pc did it”. THUS ANY HDC TO AUDIT QUAD DIANETICS MUST: (A) HAVE A RECORD OF GOOD FLUBLESS DIANETIC AUDITING or (B) MUST HAVE A RETREAD UNDER A COMPETENT SUPERVISOR and (C) MUST BE STARRATED (for true, not just checked) ON THE ABOVE CHECKSHEET OR THE FULL QUAD PACK. C/Sing Quad Dianetics, with the above, otherwise C/Ses the same as general DIANETICS. It should be realized Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing. This remains the same in Quad Dianetics. PROMOTION Quad Dianetics should be promoted only when you have Dianetic Auditors, the Auditors checked out and okayed to audit as above and when you CAN DELIVER. IVs or VIs should be available to do the Progress Pgms and steps. UPPER LEVELS When the IVs VIs VIIs VIIIs or IXs are checked out as above, they should use Quad Dianetics to handle any and all Engram steps called for in general auditing. That they are upper level Auditors does not make it less necessary to do the above. RESULTS Quad Dianetics, including the rerun actions, produces some very startling new gains. Well done Dianetics always has produced fine results. Quad Dianetics almost doubles the gain. REMEDIES Any and all Dianetic Remedies and general technology remain in full use. They are not changed at all. Only the zero flow is added in each case. Good Luck. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ntjh Copyright ©1971, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MARCH 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 29 CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE A C/S can be plagued by off line case actions of which he is not informed. The existence of these can wreck his carefully laid out programs and make a case appear incomprehensible. Thus it is up to a C/S to suspect and find these where a case isn’t responding normally in auditing. 1. LIFE KNOCKING RUDS OUT FASTER THAN THEY CAN BE AUDITED IN. Schedule sessions closer together and give very long sessions so life hasn’t a chance to interfere. Can go as far as requiring person via the D of P to stay in a hotel away from the area of enturbulation or not associate until case is audited up high enough. Shows up most drastically in Interiorization Intensives where no ruds can be run unless the RD is complete. Thus Int has to be done in one session, with the 2 wc IntExt the next day. 2. PC PHYSICALLY ILL BEFORE NEXT SESSION AND AUDITING OF A MAJOR ACTION BEING DONE ON A SICK PC WHO SHOULD HAVE ANOTHER C/S ENTIRELY. Happens when delayed or late new Exam reports don’t get into folder before C/Sing it. Ginger up Exam routing. Happens when auditors are not alert to the pc’s illness and audit anyway. Make auditors not audit and report at once sick pcs. Pcs hiding general illness may show up as no case gain. Answer is to get a full medical exam. 3. SELF-AUDITING. Detected by no lasting gain. Hi-Lo TA Assessment will show it up. Two way Comm on when they began to self audit (usually auditor scarcity or some introverting shock). 4. COFFEE SHOP AUDITING. Meterless fool around, often by students, stirring up cases. Forbid it in an area. 5. TOUCH AND CONTACT ASSISTS INTERRUPTING A GENERAL COURSE OF AUDITING, OFTEN TO NO F/N. Make all such assists be done on a worksheet and make it mandatory to take the pc to an examiner afterwards. W/S and Exam Rpt then appear in folder. The C/S can then get in the other actions (Ruds, S & D, HCO B 24 July 69) on the injured pc. 6. STUDY RUNDOWNS. An illegal and offbeat line can occur when auditing out misunderstoods in study or “Management Word Rundown” or such occurs in the middle of a general auditing program. Require that C/S okay is required. Get such done at the START of courses and BEFORE a major auditing cycle is begun. Enforce this hard as the other answer that will be taken will be to do it at the end of the cycle and wreck major auditing program results. 7. ILLEGAL PATCH-UPS. Sometimes all through an intensive there is another auditor unknown to the C/S who 2 wcs the pc or audits the pc who is complaining to him or her. Shows up in the Hi-Lo TA Assessment. Forbid it. 8. PEOPLE TALKING ABOUT THEIR CASES. Past life reality is often badly hurt by people who talk about being Napoleon, Caesar and God. This makes “past lives” an unreal subject by bad comparison. Restimulative material is sometimes used to “push someone’s buttons”. Bullbait that uses actual processes or implants should be stamped out hard. 9. ADVANCED COURSE MATERIAL INSECURITY. I have seen several cases wrecked by careless storage of Ad Course materials where lower levels could get at them. One notable case was a suppressive who got hold of Ad Course materials and chanted them at his wife to drive her insane. She recovered eventually. He didn’t. When a C/S gets a whiff of upper level materials on a lower level pc worksheet he should make an ethics matter of it and get it traced. 10. ILLEGAL DRUG USE. A pc who suddenly relapses onto drugs or who has a long drug history can cause a case to look very very odd. The TA flies up. The case, running okay, suddenly ceases to run. Addicts can come off it if given TRs 0 to 9 and an HAS Course (modern). Drug chains are rehabbed and run out by Dianetics. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.rd copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MARCH 1971 Remimeo C/S Checksheet All Auditors’ Hats C/S Series 30 C/Sing AUDITOR-C/Ses When auditors do their own C/Sing, the Org C/S has the additional duty of making certain their C/Ses are correct as well as their sessions. Therefore the Org C/S (which post is now even more vital) has the duty of 1. Seeing that all auditor flubs are handled in a cramming action on the flubbed action. 2. Seeing that all auditor-as-a-C/S errors are handled in a cramming action on the C/S Series. Normally a C/S handles his post on the Fantastic New HGC Line, HCO B 5 Mar 71, C/S Series 25, on a fast flow basis. But he is looking for (a) “Dog cases”—pcs not running well (b) Auditor errors (c) Auditor Program errors (d) Auditor C/S errors. Those that are F/Ning VGIs at Examiner he lets go through fast verifying the exam report and the next C/S. The moment he sees a contrary exam report (F/N with natter or BIs, high TA or low TA with any statement or no statement) he has to decide (a) Dog Case? (b) Auditor Error? (c) Program Error? (d) Auditor C/S Error? In any of the above the Org C/S takes over and handles what he finds. He must also require a cramming action on any (b) auditor error (c) program error or (d) auditor C/S error. The Org C/S then does it right himself. In any event it is the Org C/S who is fully responsible for all the cases. That the Org C/S finds a program or C/S wrong does not then cause the auditoras-a-C/S to cease to C/S. Quite the contrary. Even if every program or C/S he writes is wrong and has to be rewritten he still takes all the actions of the auditor-as-a-C/S. DOG CASES Category (a) is the case who just isn’t running well. The wrong answer to a dog case is to go on auditing and wasting hours hopefully. The RIGHT answer is to STUDY the case carefully. The Folder Error Summary, the Folder session summary, the sessions, all have to be studied. The standard C/S action of going back to when the pc was running well and coming forward for the error is very much in use. Such a case is the result of a FLUB always. Example: High TA case on Power run on and on with TA in the sky. A careful FES and study of folders revealed that 2 years before, Power had been completed! Every current action was a brutal overrun! Yet the same C/S and ten separate auditors failed to see it! Indicating it and 2wc on the earlier Power handled the O/R. Example: Case RD not running well at all, TA going high. A careful study of the folder session summary at length discovered that the pc had not F/Ned on 2 way comm Int-Ext. 2wc on this point discovered a total mess of command clearing on the Int RD. This opened the door. Pc thereafter ran beautifully. Example: Pc a total nattery mess every session. Careful study found a tiny remark on the white form about going to a psychiatrist. 2wc on it and the antagonism toward auditing and the withhold of having once gone crazy vanished. Case ran well. Careful study is the clue. The Auditor as a C/S may not put in the time needed to really sort the case out. A current FES of recent auditing can also be ordered. This often reveals a lot of oddball goofs which when handled make the case run well. The Org C/S is supposed to be the old master on solving these dog cases by careful study. Heavy laurels to the auditor-as-a-C/S who spots the knot that is tangling the case up. AUDITOR ERRORS The errors of auditors can be so various one only looks to see if the actions of the auditor are standard when the Org C/S has to intervene. Then the outnesses show up. Example: Pc’s TA shooting up at session end. Examine the previous C/S. Calls for L1B. Examine session. Auditor is found to be ITSAING ARC Breaks, no ARCU CDEI, no earlier similar. Action ordered, pick up the BD ARC Brk and do ARCU CDEI and carry it E/S to F/N. Action ordered. Auditor to Cramming to do Pattern of Bank, why earlier? and how to fly ruds. Always find and handle auditor goofs by Cramming. You’ll never have an HGC unless you do. PROGRAM ERRORS When an auditor-as-a-C/S program is poor, the Org C/S redoes it, sends the Auditor to Cramming on the relevant parts of the C/S Series or tech materials. C/S ERRORS When an auditor-as-a-C/S is found to have written a bad C/S that got by but didn’t work or when the next C/S is wrong, the Org C/S sends the auditor-as-a-C/S to Cramming to do the relevant part of the C/S Series or the tech that applies. CRAMMING An org that has no sharp, hot Cramming Section in the Qual Div—well God help it. That org’s tech will always be shaky if not outright criminal. Students need a Cramming or they never really learn not to goof. Where there’s no insistence they do not learn. HGC Auditors need a Cramming. They go stale. New HCO Bs aren’t understood unless energetically checked out. The C/S in the Tech Div is at total risk where he is not backed up by Cramming. The new HCO B 5 Mar 71, C/S Series 25, the new line, demands a Cramming as no auditor is likely to learn to C/S. You can’t risk fast flow with no Cramming to fall back on. And an org’s tech will never improve unless it has a Cramming for HGC auditors and course students. Qual has to have a library of HCO Bs and course packs and books to really stay on the ball. Then its Cramming is hot, on the point, specializing mainly in finding what the auditor has neglected or misunderstood and getting it done. Cramming and use of it is the key to a fully satisfied field and an expanding org. The big plus points of the new HGC line are huge increases in delivery volume, very cocky never-blow auditors who get wins, an enthusiastic field, and last but not least, newly trained and competent C/Ses who guard tech by knowing a correct C/S! The new line increases speed. At the same time it requires greater technical safeguards. The new HGC line won’t work unless you have a competent Qual Cramming and an Org C/S who knows his business and detects and pitchforks all flubs in auditing and C/Sing into the fast hands of a hot no-nonsense Cramming Officer. The new line of HCO B 5 Mar 71 is a great success. It greatly increases delivery quality as well as volume if this HCO B is stressed in putting the new line into action. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 31 PROGRAMMING AND MISPROGRAMMING There are three important areas of technical application: 1. Auditing Cases. 2. Case Supervising Cases. 3. Programming Cases. Auditing generally should be gotten into an org on the routine basis of: 1. Get Auditing Volume UP. 2. Get Auditing Quality UP. 3. Get C/Sing Volume UP. 4. Get C/Sing Quality UP. 5. Get Programming Volume UP. 6. Get Programming Quality UP. To do it in any other sequence is to organize before producing or to inhibit production. Auditing quality is raised by getting in Cramming and getting Cramming done. C/S quality is raised by C/S study of cases and the Qual Sec Cramming the C/S. Programming quality is raised by getting FESes done so that the action does not block production and Cramming or Programming and then studying the case to make the Programming more real and effective. MISPROGRAMMING 1. Programming a case without data is risky. Dropping out the FES step, not getting White Forms done, etc, short-cutting on data in general can cost tremendous amounts of lost auditing. 2. Doing a vague general hopeful program of Repair (Progress) trusting something will come up is ineffective. With data on the person’s life even on a pc never before audited, one can hit the key points even if only with 2-way comm on them. Cases that have been audited and are boggy are so for a reason. Programming without finding that reason can be very ineffective and result in few wins. 3. Running a new major program into an incomplete major program can be as deadly as failing to flatten a process before starting another process only more so. 4. Failing to end off a program when its End Phenomena is achieved is another gross error. 5. Being too ignorant of the basic bank and the tech theory (as different than processes) is another barrier to programming. 6. Not Programming at all. The above six are the principal gross errors in programming. LRH: mes.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1971 RA REVISED 24 MARCH 1974 Remimeo C/S Series 32RA USE OF DIANETICS (Revised per HCO B 15 July 1971, Issue I, “Quads Cancelled”—Revisions in this type style.) It is mandatory important urgent that one does not audit three flow items until one has brought all earlier Dianetic Items into three flows. TRIPLE On a case where only Flow One (Single) has been run, you don’t suddenly run a Triple (F1, F2, F3) such as on the LX Class VIII lists until one has run the earliest Dn item ever run (or that can be found) on Dn Triple and then on forward on Triple up to the LX. REASON Auditing additional flows while earlier items remain Single restimulates the missing flows and stacks them up as mass. They can make a pc uncomfortable until run. All the missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass. This mass restimulates like something too late on the chain when a flow not run on earlier items is run on later items. Auditing itself is a sort of time track. The earliest session blows the later sessions. FULL FLOW TABLE Before running Triple Dianetics one makes a table of earlier items run. Like this: Full Flow Table Date Item 2/3/62 3/3/67 30/4/67 29/9/68 4/10/69 5/9/70 9/10/70 10/10/71 Guf Shoulder Gow in Foot Chow in Chump LX Anger LX Peeved Feeling Numb EXT RD Feeling of Goof Dn Assist on Head Flow Previously Run F1 F1 F1 F 1, 2, 3 F 1, 2, 3 F 1, 2, 3 F 1, 2, 3 F 1, 2, 3 F1 Must Run F 2, 3 F 2, 3 F 2, 3 F 2, 3 FLOWS F 1 is FLOW ONE, something happening to self. F 2 is FLOW TWO, doing something to another. F 3 is FLOW THREE, others doing things to others. F 0 as run in the Introspection RD is FLOW ZERO, self doing something to self. 00 R3R COMMANDS Standard R3R Commands are used on Triple Dianetics. They are the subject of another HCO B. The Zero Command for the Introspection RD, however, is very easy being “Locate an incident of (loss or emotion) (pain and unconsciousness) when you caused yourself to have a(an) (item)” with the other commands of R3R as usual. NARRATIVE The question will come up, do we Triple Narrative items or Multiple somatic items. The test is, did the flows already run F/N when they were originally run. If they did, include them. If they didn’t run exclude them. This does not mean you omit everything that didn’t run. REPAIR While auditing this FULL FLOW DIANETICS you will find various chains that did not F/N when originally run. These are included and should be concluded to F/N. This means one has to find out if they by-passed the F/N, went too early, jumped the chain, etc. Usually an L3RD assessed on that faulty action will give the answer. It is easy to make these old flubbed chains F/N unless you work at it too hard. Usually the reason they didn’t is visible on the old worksheet. The auditor forgot to ask for Earlier Beginning or by-passed the F/N or jumped the chain or tried to run it twice forgetting he’d run it before. Corny errors. RESULT The result of doing a FULL FLOW DIANETIC ACTION on a case is quite spectacular. The shadowy remains of somatics blow, mass blows and the pc comes up shining. OFFERING FFD Offering the public Full Flow Dianetics must include the cost of C/S work since it is sometimes lengthy. It is best to sell the action at a flat price that’s more than adequate to cover the auditing as well as the hours of FESing and FF table making as the time can be quite long. The auditing can be remarkably brief. The greatest amount of time is usually spent on the C/Sing and table making. A C/S must liaise with the Dissem Sec and Treasury Sec on selling it or he’ll find the org is losing money doing the C/Sing and tables. A nice big fat flat price, not by hours, is best. OT WARNING When doing Triple Dianetics on Clears and OTs (and a very few others) it may be found that many chains are now missing or are just copies of the original. Don’t be disturbed. Pc says they’re gone now they’re gone. Just F/N the fact and carry on with the next flow or item. LRH:ams.rd Copyright ©1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder [Added to by HCO B 4 April 1971-1R, Addition of 13 January 1975, Revised 22 February 1975, C/S Series 32RA-1 R, Use of Quad Dianetics, which is on page 377.] 1 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1971-1R ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975 REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1975 Remimeo (Cancels HCO B 4 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, same title. Does NOT cancel HCO B 4 Apr 71RA, Rev. 24 Mar 74, C/S Series 32RA, which is still valid.) (Changes in this type style) C/S Series 32RA-1R USE OF QUAD DIANETICS With the introduction of Quadruple Dianetics it is mandatory important urgent that one does not audit four flow items until one has brought all earlier Dianetic items into four flows. TRIPLE This also applies to Triple Dianetics. On a case where only Flow One (Single) has been run, you don’t suddenly run a Triple (F1, F2, F3) such as on the LX Class VIII Lists until one has run the earliest Dn item ever run (or that can be found) on Dn Triple and then on forward on Triple up to the LX. QUAD However, one would now not bother to run only Triples forward. He would locate the earliest Single or Triple (if no Single Flow) item and run it Quadruple by now running the missing flows. In the case of a pc run Triple, Flow 0 is checked for read before running it. INT RD In doing an INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN one mustn’t suddenly introduce the 4th flow (F Zero). If the case has only had Triples in Dianetics one mustn’t suddenly introduce a Flow Zero on INT. The case should be done on Triple Flow INT. THEN all earlier Dn items in sequence run are: (a) Listed from W/S or Folder Summaries. (b) Brought up to current by running in all the missing flows of Quad. (c) The INT RD fourth flow is audited in when one gets to it IF IT READS. REASON Auditing additional flows while earlier items remain Single or Triple restimulates the missing flows and stacks them up as mass. They can make a pc uncomfortable until run. All the missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass. 1 This mass restimulates like something too late on the chain when a flow not run on earlier items is run on later items. Auditing itself is a sort of time track. The earliest session blows the later sessions. FULL FLOW TABLE Before running Quad Dianetics one makes a table of earlier items run. Like this: FULL FLOW TABLE Date 2.3.62 3.3.67 30.4.67 29.9.68 4.10.69 5. 9.70 9.10.70 10.10.71 Item Guf Shoulder Gow in Foot Chow in Chump LX Anger LX Peeved Feeling Numb Int RD Feeling of Goof Dn Assist on Head Flow Previously Run Must Run F1 F1 F1 F1, 2, 3 F1, 2, 3 F1, 2, 3 F1, 2, 3 F1, 2, 3 F1 F2, 3, 0 F2, 3, 0 F2, 3, 0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F2, 3, 0 FLOWS F1 is FLOW ONE, something happening to self. F2 is FLOW TWO, doing something to another. F3 is FLOW THREE, others doing things to others. F0 is FLOW ZERO, self doing something to self. R3R COMMANDS Standard R3R Commands are used on Quad Dianetics. They are the subject of another HCO B. The Zero Command however is very easy being “Locate an incident of (loss or emotion) (pain and unconsciousness) when you caused yourself to have a(an) (item)” with the other commands of R3R as usual. NARRATIVE The question will come up, do we Triple or Quad Narrative items or Multiple somatic items. The test is, did the flows already run F/N when they were originally run. If they did, include them. If they didn’t run exclude them. This does not mean you omit everything that didn’t run. 1 REPAIR While auditing this FULL FLOW DIANETICS you will find various chains that did not F/N when originally run. These are included and should be concluded to F/N. This means one has to find out if they by-passed the F/N, went too early, jumped the chain, etc. Usually an L3RD assessed on that faulty action will give the answer. It is easy to make these old flubbed chains F/N unless you work at it too hard. Usually the reason they didn’t is visible on the old worksheet. The auditor forgot to ask for Earlier Beginning or by-passed the F/N or jumped the chain or tried to run it twice forgetting he’d run it before. Corny errors. RESULT The result of doing a FULL FLOW DIANETIC ACTION on a case is quite spectacular. The shadowy remains of somatics blow, mass blows and the pc comes up shining. OFFERING FFD Offering the public Full Flow Dianetics must include the cost of FESing, FF table making, and C/S work since it is sometimes lengthy. The auditing can be remarkably brief. The greatest amount of time is usually spent on the C/Sing and the table making. FFD is offered to the public in intensives as per HCO B 31 May 1971R, C/S Series 39R, “Standard 12 1/2 Hour Intensive Programs”. Admin time spent on C/Sing, FESing and FF table making should be deducted from the Intensive Hours purchased by the pc. This must be made known to the public when purchasing the service. When offering FFD it should be called Quadruple Dianetics—4 times more powerful than previous auditing. A C/S must liaise with the Dissem Sec and Treasury Sec on selling it or he’ll find the org is losing money doing the C/Sing and tables. OT WARNING When doing Quadruple Dianetics on Clears and OTs (and a very few others) it may be found that many chains are now missing or are just copies of the original. Don’t be disturbed. Pc says they’re gone now they’re gone. Just F/N the fact and carry on with the next flow or item. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt .rd Copyright © 1971, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1971RA REVISED 8 APRIL 1974 Remimeo All Auditors C/Ses Class VIII C/S Series 33RA TRIPLE RERUNS (Revised per HCO B 15 July 71 Issue I “Quads Cancelled”—Revisions in this type style.) LAW: WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE THREE FLOWS OF AN ITEM OR GRADE ARE LEFT UNRUN, WHEN USED IN LATER PROCESSES THE EARLIER UNRUN ONES RESTIMULATE AND MAKE MASS. This tells you that high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can come from by-passed flows. BY-PASSED FLOWS Example: Dianetic singles have been run on 7 items. Now the auditor begins to run new items Triple without running Triple on the already run items. The result will be 7 unrun Flow 2s and 7 unrun Flow 3s. These will restimulate and form mass and by-passed charge. Example: Now let us say that Dianetics was all run Single and Grades were run Triple. This will restimulate the Dn chains F2 and F3. ANY LATER GRADE RUN WITH MORE FLOWS THAN USED IN EARLIER ACTIONS CAN THROW THE EARLIER UNFLAT FLOWS INTO RESTIM, PILE UP MASS GIVING HIGH TA AND BPC GIVING ARC BREAKS. REPAIR The more the condition is repaired by L1C, L4BR, etc, etc the worse the Mass gets. SOURCE OF HIGH TA Thus High TAs have three principal sources: (1) Overruns (2) Auditing Past Exterior (3) Earlier Unrun flows restimulated by those flows used in later actions. There are other minor ones such as Drug Background, illness, etc as per Hi-Lo TA Assessment. REHABS One must NOT recklessly or continuously rehab a past major action. This causes overrun. The thetan is placed at the end of the incidents not yet in restimulation or run and the bank gets more solid. MASSY THETANS The whole trick of this universe is contained in thetans copying or picturing incidents and then getting stuck in the later portion of them. 1 “Incidents” is the keynote. A Thetan is incident hungry. This is what traps him. For some reason he has to be at the earliest end of incidents to erase them. The later he is in incidents and the later he is on the track the more solid he is. This also applies to the “auditing time track”. By omitting things like flows on the auditing time track, the thetan thus becomes massy. The whole theory of the Exteriorization Remedy is based on having gone out (later) after he went in (earlier). So Exteriorizing can stick him. (People buy the Ext RD to Exteriorize but the remedy is only done to permit further auditing. They Ext of course when the bank is handled.) When flows of items are by-passed and then later restimulated by auditing them, mass occurs. GETTING IN ALL FLOWS When doing additional flows on earlier items or processes one must also check or rehab those flows marked as run to F/N in worksheets. This again will leave unflat flows and BPC unless it is done. And if it is overdone it will raise the TA by overrun. So if one had a case that had Single Dianetics and was later run on Triple for new items (but the Singles not done into Triple) one would have to RUN FIRST the missing unrun flow or flows and then check the first Single F1 for flatness, then check other previously run flows. The rule is run the previously unrun one or ones first to get charge off, then verify or run the ones listed as run already. Then one would do the same for the next item. Run the previously unrun flow or flows and then verify or run those listed as already run to be sure they F/N. All items, in chronological sequence, and all processes, would have to be run Triple. IT WOULD BE A WASTE OF TIME NOW TO RUN IN ONLY SINGLES. So all C/Ses and Auditing actions are “Rehab or Run F1, F2, F3” when getting in all flows on things run to date. HIGH TA When you are sure an EXT RD has been done correctly and its 2wc went F/N and the TA later goes high, you check the EXT RD. That is the most usual reason. This simple action is amazingly subject to flubs. If the TA goes high later you can do a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle. If the TA is still high or low, you had better check the state of flows. Were more flows run on later actions than were run on earlier actions? If so, your pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill. The right action is to get in all flows from the beginning. Bring all his auditing up to Triple. (If his folder is not available, he has kind of had it. I know of no way, at this writing, to recover lost Dn items but will have to work something out.) NOT IN TROUBLE If the pc is not in trouble, his best bet is to get on up the grades to Expanded OT III. 1 IN TROUBLE If he is massy and is having trouble the best bet is to: (1) Be totally sure of his Int RD (2) Check O/Rs particularly of a major grade twice or by-passed F/Ns, locate and indicate them (3) FES, list the items and grades and do a Full Flow action from the beginning of his auditing, raising them all to Triple. RUNNING ZERO FLOWS (As run in the Introspection RD) The Zero Flow in Dianetics is a bit strange. It can be done by full R3R BUT it often depends on the decision the pc made and may F/N very suddenly. It is easily overrun and can be very fast. A pc can be gotten into trouble on Zero Flows if the auditor is slow and is not alert to his meter and misses the F/N and gives R3R commands after the flow has blown. REHAB OR RUN The auditor getting in Triple Flows can also ARC Brk the pc by failing to verify if the previously run flows are flat. All the auditor wants is to see them F/N on the command. If they don’t he runs them. Sometimes when he has “run them” again he finds they are being overrun or run twice and has to rehab them by finding this out. The pc sometimes doesn’t know until he actually starts to run them. Then he finds they are already run. The clue to this is a climbing TA. If the TA goes up, get off that flow and rehab it. Example: Pc at first thinks “Pain in shoulder” F2 was never run. Starts to run it. TA goes up. Auditor must pull him off of it by finding out if it is being run twice and rehab it to F/N. The moral in all these reruns is don’t firefight, keep an L1C List and an L3RD List handy and use them. RESULTS The results of straightening up the Int-Ext RD, rehabbing O/Rs and putting in ALL FLOWS on a pc are fantastic. Getting an All Flows Rundown done correctly gives one all the latent gain the pc has been begging for. So send to Cramming all C/Ses and auditors who flub. Program it right. C/S it right. Audit it right. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.ntm jh.rd Copyright ©1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is added to by HCO B 5 April 1971, Reissued 13 January 1975, C/S Series 33RA-1, Triple and Quad Reruns, page 380. ] 1 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo All Auditors C/Ses Class VIII HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1971 REISSUED 13 JANUARY 1975 C/S Series 33RA-1 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS LAW: WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE FOUR FLOWS OF AN ITEM OR GRADE ARE LEFT UNRUN, WHEN USED IN LATER PROCESSES THE EARLIER UNRUN ONES RESTIMULATE AND MAKE MASS. This tells you that high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can come from bypassed flows. BY-PASSED FLOWS Example: Dianetic Singles have been run on 7 items. Now the Auditor begins to run new items Triple without running Triple on the already run items. The result will be 7 unrun Flow 2s and 7 unrun Flow 3s. These will restimulate and form mass and bypassed charge. Example: Now let us say all 7 previous items have been run Triple. And the Auditor now runs a new item Quadruple. This leaves 7 unrun Zero chains. These can restimulate and form mass and by-passed charge. Example: Now let us say that Dianetics was all run Single and Grades were run Triple. This will restimulate the Dn chains F2 and F3. Example: Let us say that Dianetics and Scientology Grades were all run Triple. An Interiorization Rundown is now run Quad. This will throw all Dianetic and Scientology unrun Flow Zeros into restimulation and give by-passed charge. ANY LATER GRADE RUN WITH MORE FLOWS THAN USED IN EARLIER ACTIONS CAN THROW THE EARLIER UNFLAT FLOWS INTO RESTIM, PILE UP MASS GIVING HIGH TA AND BPC GIVING ARC BREAKS. REPAIR The more the condition is repaired by L1C, L4BR, etc, etc, the worse the Mass gets. SOURCE OF HIGH TA Thus High TAs have three principal sources: 1. Overruns 2. Auditing Past Exterior 3. Earlier Unrun Flows restimulated by those flows used in later actions. 1 There are other minor ones such as Drug Background, illness, etc, as per Hi-Lo TA Assessment. REHABS One must NOT recklessly or continuously rehab a past major action. This causes overrun. The thetan is placed at the end of the incidents not yet in restimulation or run and the bank gets more solid. MASSY THETANS The whole trick of this universe is contained in thetans copying or picturing incidents and then getting stuck in the later portion of them. “Incidents” is the keynote. A thetan is incident hungry. This is what traps him. For some reason he has to be at the earliest end of incidents to erase them. The later he is in incidents and the later he is on the track the more solid he is. This also applies to the “auditing time track”. By omitting things like flows on the auditing time track, the thetan thus becomes massy. The whole theory of the Interiorization Remedy is based on having gone out (later) after he went in (earlier). So Exteriorizing can stick him. (People buy the Int RD to Exteriorize but the remedy is only done to permit further auditing. They Ext of course when the bank is handled.) When flows of items are by-passed and then later restimulated by auditing them, mass occurs. GETTING IN ALL FLOWS When doing additional flows on earlier items or processes one must also check or rehab those flows marked as run to F/N in worksheets. This again will leave unflat flows and BPC unless it is done. And if it is overdone it will raise the TA by overrun. So if one had a case that had Single Dianetics and was later run on Triple for new items (but the Singles not done into Triple) one would have to RUN FIRST the missing unrun flow or flows if they read and then check the first Single Fl for flatness, then check other previously run flows. The rule is run the previously unrun one or ones first if they read to get charge off, then verify or run the ones listed as run already. Then one would do the same for the next item. Run the previously unrun flow or flows if they read and then verify or run those listed as already run to be sure they F/N. All items, in chronological sequence, and all processes, would have to be run Quad. IT WOULD BE A WASTE OF TIME NOW TO RUN IN ONLY TRIPLES. 1 Whether you have the Quad commands or not they are easy to figure out as you are only missing the Zero Flow, self to self. So all C/Ses and auditing actions are “Rehab or Run Fl, F2, F3, F0 if they read” when getting in all flows on things run to date. HIGH TA When you are sure an Int RD has been done correctly and its 2wc went F/N and the TA later goes high, you check the Int RD. That is the most usual reason. This simple action is amazingly subject to flubs. If the TA goes high later you can do a C/S Series 53 or a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle. If the TA is still high or low, you had better check the state of flows. Were more flows run on later actions than were run on earlier actions? If so, your pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill. The right action is to get in all flows from the beginning. And do it Quad. Bring all his auditing up to Quad. (If his folder is not available, he has kind of had it. I know of no way, at this writing, to recover lost Dn items but will have to work something out.) NOT IN TROUBLE If the pc is not in trouble, his best bet is to get on up the grades to Expanded OT III. IN TROUBLE If he is massy and is having trouble the best bet is to: 1. Be totally sure of his Int RD. 2. Check O/Rs particularly of a major grade twice or by-passed F/Ns, locate and indicate them. 3. FES, list the items and grades and do a Full Flow action from the beginning of his auditing, raising them all to Quadruple. RUNNING ZERO FLOWS The Zero Flow in Dianetics is a bit strange. It can be done by full R3R BUT it often depends on the decision the pc made and may F/N very suddenly. It is easily overrun and can be very fast. A pc can be gotten into trouble on Zero Flows if the Auditor is slow and is not alert to his meter and misses the F/N and gives R3R commands after the flow has blown. REHAB OR RUN 0 The Auditor getting in Zero Flows can also ARC Brk the pc by failing to verify if the previously run flows are flat. All the Auditor wants is to see them F/N on the command. If they don’t he runs them. Sometimes when he has “run them” again he finds they are being overrun or run twice and has to rehab them by finding this out. The pc sometimes doesn’t know until he actually starts to run them. Then he finds they are already run. The clue to this is a climbing TA. If the TA goes up, get off that flow and rehab it. Example: Pc at first thinks “Pain in shoulder” F2 was never run. Starts to run it. TA goes up. Auditor must pull him off of it by finding out if it is being run twice and rehab it to F/N. The moral in all these reruns is don’t firefight, keep an L1C List and an L3RD List handy and use them. RESULTS The results of straightening up the Int-Ext RD, rehabbing O/Rs and putting in ALL FLOWS on a pc are fantastic. Getting an All Flows Rundown done correctly gives one all the latent gain the pc has been begging for. So send to Cramming all C/Ses and Auditors who flub. Program it right. C/S it right. Audit it right. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt jh Copyright © 1971, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1971 Remimeo Class VIII All C/Ses All Auditors C/S Series 34 NON F/N CASES When cases do not bring an F/N VGIs to the Examiner, it is the signal to study the whole case anew and find the bug or bugs that keep it from running and get them handled. Recently I took over a whole series of these non F/N VGI at Examiner cases and very very carefully studied each one. IN EVERY EXAMINER NON F/N CASE I FOUND FLAGRANT OUT TECH IN (A) THE PROGRAMMING (B) THE C/SING AND (C) THE AUDITING. All three outnesses existed. These cases were taken as all the Non F/N Exam reports on a line containing hundreds of folders and over 600 w.d. hours a week. So you can see that these errors had been missed by expert C/Ses and Auditors. The errors were missed because HOPE was being used instead of study. There was a hope that just routine C/Ses and auditing would work it out eventually. The fact of non F/N at Examiner was not given sufficient importance. The fact is that many who F/Ned at the Examiner had small flaws in them yet still got by. The Exam Non F/N indicates FLAGRANT OUT TECH in the Programming and the C/Sing and the auditing. That’s what it takes. After a bug is found and corrected the case still may not F/N at the Examiner for a while. But after that while is passed the failure to give the Examiner an F/N means another bug and more study. One case I found had had a major grade done twice two years apart. This was pointed out and rehabbed. But after 2 or 3 sessions the TA remained high. A restudy now found Recall Flow 2 of the Exteriorization Rundown had been run months ago to FIN and then continued for dozens of commands with the TA rising to 4.5. This was then repaired. The case then began to F/N at the Examiner. It now runs like an ordinary case. There is always a bug, not necessarily current, often very old, in these Exam Non F/N Cases. There are sometimes two or three bugs. The answer is NOT go on C/Sing and hope. The answer IS, study and find the bug. Cases run on triples after a long list of singles is a type of bug. Cases exteriorizing and then getting no Ext RD is another bug. Cases given false reads or already run w/hs, cases who don’t tell their cogs, cases who were on drugs but drugs were never run, cases that Rockslammed but no crime found, any of the GF 40 or GF reading items, cases with lists out, cases that are always sad or tired .. well these types of cases are the usual bugged cases. But even they sometimes F/N if only to roller coaster. The general rule of going back to where the case was running well and coming forward still holds. But an audit past Exteriorization can be before that and only eventually catch up. General repair is harmful when a big bug exists. Every case I examined had a big bug. Flagrant god-awful overruns, messed up Exteriorization Rundown, three major programs begun, each incomplete, engram after engram botched and run to high TA then walked off from. The errors were real! They had been sitting there for some time unnoticed. Session after session mounting up into piles of wasted auditing. Sick pcs are another indicator. Pc F/Ns at Exam, then reports sick. Look behind it you find some wild program, C/S and auditing error. So the answer is to STUDY THE CASE. Get a total FES done if one has never been done. Get a current FES done or do it yourself. Then examine the programs and the FESes and Folder Summaries and suddenly you’ll find it. Fortunately there aren’t many things that can really foul a case up. 1. Overruns concealed within work sheets. Major grades twice. 2. Auditing past Exterior or flubbed Ext RDs. 3. Earlier unrun flows restimulated by later runs on those flows. 4. GF + 40 Items. 5. Never handled out lists. 6. Undetected drugs or drugs never handled by Dianetics. 7. False reads called (as in w/hs that “won’t blow”). 8. Hidden standards. 9. Long Duration ARC Brks. 10. Impractical or inapplicable programs. 11. Major actions started never completed. 12. Overrepair. There can be combinations of these. So there aren’t many. It’s really knowing what is right so well that the wrong shows up like skywriting. Sometimes the errors are silly. A bogged Dianetic case had gotten tons of VI repair. The C/S, an VIII, had never realized Dianetic C/Sing is its own brand of C/Sing. He didn’t shift gears to Dianetic C/Sing when C/Sing Dianetics sessions. The auditor way back had not known that when the pc originates “It’s erased” and the TA remains high, his correct action is one more A B C D. This C/S had then tried Class VI remedies instead of telling the auditor “Flatten or rehab the last chain”. When the chains left unflat were rehabbed all was suddenly well. Another case was interrupted for a year on a major action and when returned to auditing was begun on a long, long repair program. Inches of folder later the interrupted program was found and resumed and the case did great. All that “hopeful” repair was lost work. Ten minutes of case study would have saved twenty hours of useless repair. The stable datum is CASES MODERATELY WELL PROGRAMMED, C/SED AND AUDITED RUN WELL. So cases that don’t run well (unchanging Exam natter comment, Non F/N) have a BIG error in Programming, C/Sing and Auditing. Look well and you will find it. And if that isn’t it, there was another to be found as well. If you can’t find the folder or data in it you should take every imaginable measure to acquire more data. D of P Interviews, 2wc sessions, telexes to his last org and telegrams to his auditors. But get data from somewhere somehow. Soon, when hours pick up and skill, all auditing will be sold by package not by hours. So learn economy of hours! An auditor or C/S who really knows his theory and has a good grasp of practical application knows the right way. From that he can easily see how things are wrong. An ounce of case study is worth ten pounds of wasted sessions. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 DECEMBER 1971 RA REVISED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974 Remimeo Int RD Checksheet C/S Series 35RA All changes are in this type style. INTERIORIZATION ERRORS (References: HCO B 11 Apr 71 RA “L3RD” HCO B 27 Mar 71 “Dianetic Erasure”) Almost all the errors in an Interiorization Rundown are Dianetic errors. Most are very ordinary, even corny. IT IS VITAL TO CORRECT AN INT RD ERROR AS A FIRST ACTION. There is one Int RD error that is not a purely Dianetic error and that is the error doing anything else at all before an Int RD is done properly or an Int RD error is fully corrected. The Int RD error may be simply that “Went In” and “Go In” did not read on the meter yet Int was run. This classifies as “running an unreading item”. Or the Int RD could have been overrun. It goes flat on Secondary F2, let us say. The Auditor keeps on going past the win. This will hang up the Rundown. One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc goes exterior during it. Yet the Auditor keeps on. Another way is pc has a big cog, big win. Auditor keeps going on with the RD. When a pc is exteriorized by auditing and is then audited further without being given an Interiorization Rundown, his TA will go high or low and he may be very upset. Heavy masses may come in and he may also get ill. Int RD errors also may go back to earlier Dianetic errors. A number of unflat incidents invite the overrun of these if they also occur on a Dianetic chain. To clean up a balled-up Int RD chain or incident one may have to find and clean up the Dianetic error it is sitting on during the clean-up of the Int RD error. Int RD errors, goofs, etc, are handled by using an Int RD Correction List Revised, HCO B 29 Oct 71R. Auditors who can’t run ordinary R3R with great success should not be let near an Interiorization RD as their lack of smoothness in handling Dianetics will wreck the Int RD. CLASS IV, HDC AUDITORS An excellent Class IV HDC Auditor can easily repair a messed-up Interiorization Rundown after a folder study and by use of an Int RD Correction List Revised, HCO B 29 Oct 71R. A Class IV HDC Auditor with an excellent Dianetic Record of wins can be given an Int RD to do or to correct IF HE IS STARRATED ON THE INT PACK AND THE TWO-WAY COMM PACK. REPAIR Wherever you see a TA high and a pc in trouble your first suspicions should be: 1. Audited past Ext in Auditing without an Int RD being done. 2. Int RD botched by being unnecessary (“went in” didn’t read) or overrun or Auditor goofs in the session. 3. A previously messed-up Dianetic action has gotten fouled up with the Int RD. 4. The Int Command was improperly cleared (such as “means go in and out again” “means trapped” “meant leaving” etc). 5. Firefights and worries over the high or low TA have ensued after an Int ball-up has occurred. 6. Some major action like grades or items of Power have been run twice. 7. A C/S has hopefully kept on getting the pc audited without detecting the real reason as a flubbed Int RD. PERCENTAGES The percent of misrun Int RDs is high, many being unnecessary or overrun. The liability of leaving them unrepaired is high. Reasons for high TA are averaging out close to 100% as an unrun or a flubbed and unrepaired Int RD. EXT IN SESSION When a pc Exteriorizes in session it is the End Phenomena for that process or action. One gently ends off in any case. Then if after the fact of going exterior in auditing, a pc’s TA goes high, then you do the Int RD. You test Int for a read (test “went in” and “go in” per HCO B 24 Sept 71, “Interiorization Rundown”) and if it reads you do an Int RD. You just don’t do one because a pc goes exterior. Maybe it wasn’t needed. So if it wasn’t needed it will eventually have to be repaired. If even years after an Int RD the pc has a high TA or a low TA then Int trouble is at once suspected and the original Int RD and any repair of it is suspect and must be handled. The Int RD Correction List Revised, HCO B 29 Oct 71R, has been designed to straighten out Int RDs. L3RD handles the Dianetic errors. Where Int RD Correction Lists have been done and the pc still has headaches, the C/S handles with AESPs (listed separately) that would make him interiorize. There is no real trick to either running a correct Int RD or repairing a flubbed one. The whole clue is whether or not the Auditor can audit plain ordinary garden variety R3R. So when ANY Auditor audits a pc past Exterior and the pc’s TA goes high he should be checked out fully on the Int RD Checksheet so he won’t continue to commit the error. And when ANYONE is going to run an Int RD he must: A. Be an expert Dianetic Auditor and Class IV. B. Be Starrated on all the Int RD Pack. And when any C/S is confronted with high TAs or low TAs and doesn’t handle at once by getting an Int RD properly run or properly repaired he must be rechecked on the Dianetics Pack and the Int RD Pack. DN C/S 1 A very careful Dianetic C/S 1 must be done on a previously unindoctrinated pc before he is run on an Int RD. Otherwise it’s all too new. A C/S 1 isn’t auditing. The pc who can’t do what the Auditor says or can’t correct an erroneous action is lost. A fully safe pc would be one who when he goes Ext in Auditing is made to do an HDC at once before he even gets any ruds put in and not audited again until he is an HDC. He’d be a pc who was relatively safe. A pc who does what an inexpert Auditor says without question can really get fouled up ! Uneducated pcs require really flawless topnotch Auditors. The Auditor who can audit an uneducated pc is a jewel. He really has to know his business. Because the pc does whatever he says. And if he says wrongly, then there goes the session. Ever notice pc corrections in a worksheet? “I think you by-passed an F/N.” “This feels overrun.” “I had Grade I last year.” Such Auditors are not fully enough trained to handle wholly green pcs! SIMPLICITY Honest fellows, it’s as easy to run an Int RD as it is to run “an ear pain”. It isn’t even mysterious or tough. IT IS ONLY VERY IMPORTANT TO DETECT WHEN IT NEEDS TO BE DONE OR REPAIRED. There are no mysteries. Some Auditors have got me feeling like I’m trying to teach them to chew soft bread! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1971 RB REVISED 8 APRIL 1974 Remimeo All Auditors Class VIII Dn Checksheet Int-Ext Chksht REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974 C/S Series 36RB (Revised per HCO B 15 July 71, Issue I “Quads Cancelled”) (Revisions in this type style.) This HCO B has been reissued as C/S Series 36RB. HCO B 21 April 1971RA C/S Series 36RA, ‘‘Dianetics—Getting in All Flows’’, is cancelled. DIANETICS (Applies also to Int-Ext Rundown.) (Ref HCO B 4 Apr 71 RA, C/S Series 32RA, and HCO B 5 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 33RA.) TRs TR Zero exists so an auditor is not ducking the session but can sit there relaxed, doing his job. TR One must be done so the pc can hear and understand the auditor (without blowing the pc’s head off either). TR Two must be done so that the pc gets acknowledged. This can be so corrupted that the auditor doesn’t ack at all but gives the pc meter reads! Instead of acks! Or keeps saying, “I didn’t understand you,” etc. TR Three basically existed so that the auditor would continue to give the pc commands and not squirrel off or pack up with total silence. TR Four exists so that the pc’s origins are accepted and not Qed and Aed with or invalidated. And, surprise, surprise, TRs are for use in the session itself, not just a drill. They are how one runs a session. Metering can miss every F/N or give “F/Ns” with high or low TA. And one never feeds meter data to the pc: “That read,” “That didn’t read,” “That blew down,” just must not exist in session patter. “Thank you. That F/Ned,” is as far as an auditor goes. And that’s the end of the cycle and says so. Floating needles can be overlooked by an auditor. In Dianetics this fault is fatal. Auditor’s Code must be in on all points and particularly Invalidation. Pc says, “That’s so and so.” An auditor who says, “I’m sorry. You are wrong,” or any other invalidation is going to wreck a pc’s case. A full knowledge of the Auditor’s Code and actually applying it saves endless troubles. It is an auditing TOOL, not just a nice idea. REHABBING CHAINS One rehabs a Dianetic Chain that, according to a previous worksheet, erased by saying, “According to session records (flow direction) (item) erased.” That’s all. One does not say, “Did the chain giving others a headache erase?” One does not run it again to find out. One does not run a single command “to see if it F/Ns again”. One can say, “Do you agree that the chain giving another a headache erased?” But the more you ask t h e p c t o look for an erased chain the more messed up things will get. It isn’t there. But the auditor by his action can imply it should be there or might be there. A totally wrong approach would be “Look around your bank and see if what isn’t there any more isn’t there.” Dianetics is NOT Scientology. A Dianetic Chain is not a release. If you try to use Scientology rehab tech on a Dianetic Chain, you have had it. It isn’t a “release” (which is a key-out). A Dianetic Chain is an erasure. You can’t rehab erasures with “How many times?”, etc. The test of this is the doing. If you try to use Scn rehab on Dianetic Chains, the PC MIGHT TRY TO FIND SOMETHING. This causes him to key in other unrun or similar items. It is a dangerous action at best to try to handle old erased chains. The best you can do is to tell the pc what the old W/S said. If no W/S exists leave the already erased flows alone! FLUBBED CHAINS Many times, a Folder Error Summary will give a flubbed chain and then fail to note it was repaired in the next session! A C/S and auditor would have been pretty irresponsible to just go on auditing past flubbed chains. The only safe way to handle some previous flubbed chain is to: (a) (b) Verify in the folder if it was repaired. If still unrepaired assess the L3RD on it and handle according to the L3RD. L3RD Using the new L3RD (HCO B 11 Apr 71 RA) is a Dianetic action. A Scientology auditor erroneously can try to use it as a two-way comm type of list. If a chain needed one more ABCD, then two-way comm on it with no ABCD is not going to complete it. L3RD has its own directions. Questions not marked with directions are used to indicate the fact. This can amount to two-way comm as the pc chews it over. But L3RD where marked is handled by Dianetics actions. Look over the list and its directions for each question and you will see that some are given directions that are NOT 2wc. Example: “Earlier beginning” reads. You can’t just say, “The incident had an earlier beginning,” and you can’t say, “Tell me about the earlier beginning.” The pc will go up the wall. There’ll be no F/N. You have to use R3R and get him to the earlier beginning and then run it and if it still doesn’t erase, get him to an Earlier Similar and erase that. L3RD is a Dianetics List. It is not a Scientology List that is cleared each question to F/N by 2-way comm. OVERRUN Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA. If as you seek to get in Full Flow Dianetics the pc’s TA begins to average higher, overrun is occurring. Example: While doing FFD pc’s TA has been riding at 2.2 and F/Ns. After a new FFD action it begins to ride at 2.5 and F/Ns. Something is being overrun. Find it and indicate it. And cease to stir the bank up so much! The fault is going over items already run. In doing a Full Flow Table you often find that the same or similar have been run in the past. Sometimes you find that a previous attempt to run the item a second or third time has resulted in an ARC Break, the reason for which was never detected. The right action is to note the session date it was first run and just tell the pc, “Feeling Surprised was run three times. On (first date it was erased) it was erased. When later run it was an overrun.” This tends to blow the later charge laid in by trying to run the same item again. It sounds so strange that erased chains can be overrun. But it is true. What happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there. FIREFIGHTS The action of a quarrel between an auditor and a pc is called a firefight. Restimulating earlier unrun engrams or overrunning chains upsets a pc. The best action, as soon as a pc is disturbed, is to do an L3RD fast and handle what reads the way it should be handled according to the L3RD. The wrong way is to argue or try to go on. The pc does NOT know what it is. He just feels awful. He tries to guess. He will ARC Brk or get sad if the auditor continues. The correct action is an L3RD. L1C is not of great use in a Dianetic ARC Brk. L3RD is. If the pc remains ARC Broken, try L3RD again, particularly the whole L3RD. A Scientology session would be handled with some other list (L1C, L4BR, etc). A Dianetic session, including and especially FFD, is handled with L3RD. You NEVER prepcheck while doing Dianetics. This mushes up the engrams. INTERIORIZATION ALL these cautions apply as well to an Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown when restim occurs one uses an L3RD quickly. Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology, action. SAFE ACTIONS A fully genned-in auditor, well crammed, well drilled, well skilled, can be trusted with Dianetics, Dianetic Triples and an Int-Ext RD. Auditors not so handled can get pcs into serious trouble with these things. A safe course is to use Triples on new, never audited before pcs. Those begun on Triples, use then only Triple flows. Another safe way is to use FFD only on OT IIIs or OT IVs and done only by fully qualified FFD auditors who are also OT III. The safest course is to require special drilling and cramming on auditors who are already known for their results by actual success story stats and call FFD and Int-Ext RD a skilled specialty. C/S RESPONSIBILITY Any trouble a C/S is running into comes from the factors of TRs, metering, Code and incomplete or false auditors’ reports. If when I am C/Sing I ever find an auditor has omitted key session actions or has falsified a report, I order that auditor not to Cramming but a full retrain HDC right on up. A C/S does not see these points. He can get the pc asked what the auditor is doing or did. He can get sessions monitored. This helps him fill this gap in his data. 0 It’s what isn’t in the auditor’s report that is often the trouble. Auditors omit what they said, omit the firefight, omit session alter-is in their worksheets. All this sticks the C/S’s neck out for the axe of failure. So particularly in FFD, Int-Ext and other such actions, a C/S has to act to obtain confidence in the auditor’s TRs, metering, Code use and accurate worksheets. RISK In FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, experience has proven that if the auditor is not top grade, if the C/S is not alert, we put a pc at risk. The USUAL is what keeps the pc safe. A thorough study of his case, looking for obvious bugs (such as Int-Ext RD done twice, the case a druggie but drug engrams never run, Int done but its 2wc flubbed, to name a few serious ones), sending auditors to Cramming for the slightest flub, insisting on standard TRs USED IN SESSION, good metering, use of the Code, accurate and complete worksheets, use of standard tech, all guarantee the safety and progress of the pc. INTRODUCING FFD FFD (like the Int-Ext RD) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing or the case goes wrong. When these actions were introduced they showed up any flaws in case studying, TRs, metering, Code and worksheets. There are two ways to handle. (a) Cancel FFD and Int-Ext as actions. Obviously that is going backwards and is impossible. (b) Begin and continue a serious, effective campaign in the org to (1) Train auditors better, (2) Cram expertly on every flub, (3) Raise quality of TRs and metering. As you can see, my approach is to improve quality of training, cramming and delivery. Please help me out in getting this in. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt .ts.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is added to by HCO B 21 April 1971-1R, Addition of 13 January 1975, Revised 22 February 1975, C/S Series 36RB-1R, Quadruple Dianetics-Dangers of, page 383.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1971-1R Remimeo All Auditors Class VIII Dn Chksht Int-Ext Chksht ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975 REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1975 (Cancels HCO B 21 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, same title. Does not cancel HCO B 21 Apr 71RB, Reissued 21 Sept 74, C/S Series 36RB, which is still valid. ) C/S Series 36RB-1R QUADRUPLE DIANETICS DANGERS OF (Applies also to Int-Ext Rundown) (Ref HCO B 4 Apr 71-1R, Addition of 13 Jan 75, Revised 22 Feb 75, C/S Series 32RA-1R, and HCO B 5 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, C/S Series 33RA-1) In observing Quad Dianetics in the hands of Scientology Auditors not specially briefed or who had additives and figure-figure on how to move a case already run on Singles and Triples into Full Flow, INVARIABLY THEY OVERRAN. This makes getting Quad Dianetics in on a case dangerous unless the Auditor has the hang of it. The flagrant (and I do mean flagrant) errors found consisted of (a) not being able to run precise Standard Dianetics in the first place; (b) re-running already erased chains “to find if they were flat”; (c) Out TRs to a wild extent; (d) refusing utterly to accept pc’s data; (e) faulty metering; (f) complete ignorance of the Auditor’s Code, notably committing the crime of Invalidating the pc; (g) running unreading Flows when catching a pc up to Quad. REQUIREMENTS Anyone essaying to run Quad Dianetics MUST BE CRAMMED on his R3R, the use of L3RD, all data on Quad Dianetics (as per references above and including HCO B 27 Mar 71, “Dianetic Erasure”), his basic TRs, his metering and the Auditor’s Code, and this HCO B. TRs TR Zero exists so an Auditor is not ducking the session but can sit there relaxed, doing his job. TR One must be done so the pc can hear and understand the Auditor (without blowing the pc’s head off either). TR Two must be done so that the pc gets acknowledged. This can be so corrupted that the Auditor doesn’t ack at all but gives the pc meter reads! Instead of acks! Or keeps saying, “I didn’t understand you,” etc. TR Three basically existed so that the Auditor would continue to give the pc commands and not squirrel off or pack up with total silence. TR Four exists so that the pc’s origins are accepted and not Qed and Aed with or invalidated. And, surprise, surprise, TRs are for use in the session itself, not just a drill. They are how one runs a session. Metering can miss every F/N or give “F/Ns” with high or low TA. And one never feeds meter data to the pc: “That read,” “That didn’t read,” “That blew down,” just must not exist in session patter. “Thank you. That F/Ned,” is as far as an Auditor goes. And that’s the end of the cycle and says so. Floating needles can be overlooked by an Auditor. In Quad Dianetics this fault is fatal. Auditor’s Code must be in on all points and particularly Invalidation. Pc says, “That’s so and so.” An Auditor who says, “I’m sorry. You are wrong,” or any other invalidation is going to wreck a pc’s case. A full knowledge of the Auditor’s Code and actually applying it saves endless troubles. It is an auditing TOOL, not just a nice idea. REHABBING CHAINS One rehabs a Dianetic Chain that, according to a previous worksheet, erased by saying, “According to session records (flow direction) (item) erased.” That’s all. One does not say, “Did the chain giving others a headache erase?” One does not run it again to find out. One does not run a single command “to see if it F/Ns again”. One can say, “Do you agree that the chain giving another a headache erased?” But the more you ask a pc to look for an erased chain the more messed up things will get. It isn’t there. But the Auditor by his action can imply it should be there or might be there. A totally wrong approach would be, “Look around your bank and see if what isn’t there anymore isn’t there.” Dianetics is NOT Scientology. A Dianetic Chain is not a release. If you try to use Scientology rehab tech on a Dianetic Chain, you have had it. It isn’t a “release” (which is a key-out). A Dianetic Chain is an erasure. You can’t rehab erasures with “How many times?”, etc. The test of this is the doing. If you try to use Scn rehab on Dianetic Chains, the PC MIGHT TRY TO FIND SOMETHING. This causes him to key in other unrun or similar items. It is a dangerous action at best to try to handle old erased chains. The best you can do is to tell the pc what the old W/S said. If no W/S exists leave the already erased flows alone! FLUBBED CHAINS Many times, a Folder Error Summary will give a flubbed chain and then fail to note it was repaired in the next session! A C/S and Auditor would have been pretty irresponsible to just go on auditing past flubbed chains. The only safe way to handle some previous flubbed chain is to: (a) Verify in the folder if it was repaired. (b) If still unrepaired assess L3RD on it and handle according to the L3RD. L3 RD Using the new L3RD (HCO B 11 Apr 71 RA) is a Dianetic action. A Scientology Auditor erroneously can try to use it as a 2-way comm type of list. If a chain needed one more ABCD, then 2-way comm on it with no ABCD is not going to complete it. L3RD has its own directions. Questions not marked with directions are used to indicate the fact. This can amount to 2-way comm as the pc chews it over. But L3RD where marked is handled by Dianetics actions. Look over the list and its directions for each question and you will see that some are given directions that are NOT 2wc. Example: “Earlier beginning” reads. You can’t just say, “The incident had an earlier beginning,” and you can’t say, “Tell me about the earlier beginning.” The pc will go up the wall. There’ll be no F/N. You have to use R3R and get him to the earlier beginning and then run it and if it still doesn’t erase, get him to an Earlier Similar and erase that. L3RD is a Dianetics List. It is not a Scientology List that is cleared each question to F/N by 2-way comm. OVERRUN Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA. If as you seek to get in Full Flow Dianetics the pc’s TA begins to average higher, overrun is occurring. Example: While doing FFD pc’s TA has been riding at 2.2 and F/Ns. After a new FFD action it begins to ride at 2.5 and F/Ns. Something is being overrun. Find it and indicate it. And cease to stir the bank up so much! The fault is going over items already run. Already flat zero flows are not uncommon. The zero flattened on the original Triple. Thus getting in that zero flow again is an overrun. In doing a Full Flow Table you often find that the same or similar have been run in the past. Sometimes you find that a previous attempt to run the item a second or third time has resulted in an ARC Break, the reason for which was never detected. The right action is to note the session date it was first run and just tell the pc, “Feeling Surprised was run three times. On (first date it was erased) it was erased. When later run it was an overrun.” This tends to blow the later charge laid in by trying to run the same item again. It sounds so strange that erased chains can be overrun. But it is true. What happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there. FIREFIGHTS The action of a quarrel between an Auditor and a pc is called a firefight. Restimulating earlier unrun engrams or overrunning chains upsets a pc. The best action, as soon as a pc is disturbed, is to do an L3RD fast and handle what reads the way it should be handled according to the L3RD. The wrong way is to argue or try to go on. The pc does NOT know what it is. He just feels awful. He tries to guess. He will ARC Brk or get sad if the Auditor continues. The correct action is an L3RD. L1C is not of great use in a Dianetic ARC Brk. L3RD is. If the pc remains ARC Broken, try L3RD again Method 5. A Scientology session would be handled with some other list (L1C, L4B, etc). A Dianetic session, including and especially FFD, is handled with L3RD. You NEVER prepcheck while doing Dianetics. This mushes up the engrams. INTERIORIZATION ALL these cautions apply as well to an Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown, when restim occurs one uses an L3RD quickly. Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology action. SAFE ACTIONS A fully genned in Auditor, well crammed, well drilled, well skilled, can be trusted with Dianetics, Dianetic Quads and an Int-Ext RD. Auditors not so handled can get pcs into serious trouble with these things. A safe course is to use Quad only on new never audited before pcs. Those begun on Triples, use then only Triple flows. Another safe way is to use FFD only on OT IIIs or OT IVs and done only by fully qualified FFD Auditors who are also OT III. The safest course is to require special drilling and cramming on Auditors who are already known for their results by actual success story stats and call FFD and Int-Ext RD a skilled specialty. C/S RESPONSIBILITY Any trouble a C/S is running into comes from the factors of TRs, metering, Code and incomplete or false Auditor’s reports. If when I am C/Sing I ever find an Auditor has omitted key session actions or has falsified a report, I order that Auditor not to Cramming but a full retrain HDC right on up. A C/S does not see these points. He can get the pc asked what the Auditor is doing or did. He can get sessions monitored. This helps him fill this gap in his data. It’s what isn’t in the Auditor’s report that is often the trouble. Auditors omit what they said, omit the firefight, omit session alter-is in their worksheets. All this sticks the C/S’s neck out for the axe of failure. So particularly in FFD, Int-Ext and other such actions, a C/S has to act to obtain confidence in the Auditor’s TRs, Metering, Code Use and accurate Worksheets. RISK In FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, experience has proven that if the Auditor is not top grade, if the C/S is not alert, we put a pc at risk. The USUAL is what keeps the pc safe. A thorough study of his case, looking for obvious bugs (such as Int-Ext RD done twice, the case a druggie but Drug engrams never run, Int done but its 2wc flubbed, FFD grossly overrun, to name a few serious ones), sending Auditors to Cramming for the slightest flub, insisting on standard TRs USED IN SESSION, good metering, use of the Code, accurate and complete worksheets, use of standard tech, all guarantee the safety and progress of the pc. INTRODUCING FFD FFD (like the Int-Ext RD) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing or the case goes wrong. When these actions were introduced they showed up any flaws in case studying, TRs, Metering, Code and Worksheets. There are two ways to handle. (a) Cancel FFD and Int-Ext as actions. Obviously that is going backwards and is impossible. (b) Begin and continue a serious, effective campaign in the org to (1) Train Auditors better, (2) Cram expertly on every flub, (3) Raise quality of TRs and metering. As you can see, my approach is to improve quality of training, cramming and delivery. Please help me out in getting this in. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JUNE 1971 Remimeo VIII Checksheet All VIIIs Class IX Dept 10s All C/Ses C/S Series 37R REVISED (C/S Series 37, HCOB 19 May 71 and C/S Series 37 Addition, HCOB 21 May 71, have been cancelled and are not for use. They are replaced by this HCOB, C/S Series 37R.) MUST BE CHECKED OUT *RATE AND IN CLAY BEFORE USE! HIGH AND LOW TA BREAKTHROUGH High and Low TAs have been a longtime puzzle and stumbling block to Auditors. The usual definition of OVERRUN is “gone on too long” or “happened too often”. This causes high TAs to occur. In examining a few failures on using “overrun”, I have found that underlying this there is a more basic principle. When a thetan believes something is “overrun” or “has gone on too long” or “was done too often” he is expressing only a symptom of another mechanism. The truth is A THETAN CAN DO ANYTHING FOREVER. To Audit “overruns” is auditing toward an untruth. Thus if carried on as a process it is really an out of ARC Process. That which makes a thetan believe something can be overrun is the EFFORT TO STOP or THE EFFORT TO STOP HIM. The effort to stop something, when generalized, becomes a “stop everything” and IS the entrance point of insanity. This has been known since 1967. But I did not earlier connect it with the OVERRUN phenomenon. When a thetan has a long chain of efforts to stop or a chain of efforts to stop him (mixed up with protest, of course, and shame, blame and regret and other human emotion and reaction) he accumulates ridges. These make mass. This mass makes the high TA. In truth it is not possible to kill a thetan, so therefore any effort to stop a thetan would only have partial success. So the chain is also full of INCOMPLETES. An incomplete cycle of action causes ARC Breaks. Thus an OVERRUN is full of MASS and ARC Breaks! As you possibly recall from the material of about 1955 the one process you must not run on a pc is “Look out of here and find something you can go out of ARC with.” This sends him into a dwindling spiral. The common denominators of a bank are OUT OF ARC and STOP! Thus if too long a list of “What has been Overrun” is required to obtain the first BD F/N item the listing action may very well restimulate much more bank than can easily be handled on some pcs. As these are also the pcs with very high TA, if one lists for overrun and runs much too long a list to get his first BD F/N item, the pc can be heavily restimulated. Listing errors or upsets can make this, then, too uncomfortable a proceeding for a pc and should NOT now be done. And if it doesn’t work on some pcs in the hands of some auditors, it must therefore be cancelled. Any recommendation on VIII Course to do it is cancelled. The theory is correct as given on the VIII Course. There, a f e w items were intended. But now some very long lists have come up on some pcs which made the pc uncomfortable and were hard for the auditor to handle. Thus the BD F/N item overrun list must not be done. CONTINUE is then the Reverse Action to overrun. Continue equals Survival. The REVERSE to overrun therefore can be run as a process, to wit, “What would you be permitted to continue?” or “What could be Continued?” This however would not be very successful. Thus the listing action is recommended as the process to use. LISTS SEVEN Lists can be done on Overrun itself by using the in-ARC Approach. Assess A. Self to another B. Another to self C. Others to others D. Others to self E. Self to self F. Another to others G. Others to another Ordinarily the biggest read or any read has located a flow that will run and will be most real to the pc. But this is not true in handling overruns. The most stopped or rising read is where he’s really hung. To get a TA down list the most stopped read or the rise of the read or the item that raised the TA when called. This is ONLY true of Overruns. The list questions for the above are: If A stopped: “What could you continue to do to another?” If B stopped: “What could another continue to do to you?” If C stopped: “What could others continue to do to others?” If D stopped: “What could others continue to do to you?” If E stopped: “What could you continue to do to yourself?” If F stopped, list “What could another continue to do to others?” If G stopped, list “What could others continue to do to another?” The “Most stopped read” would be one that really froze the needle or caused it to rise or caused the TA to RISE such as 3.5 to 3.6. The lists would be listed to a BD F/N item, Cog, VGIs. Actually the list could be listed forever. But the pc will get an item he likes and that F/Ns. He is then given his item. One does NOT null such lists unless one has really goofed. ALL the lists A, B, C, D, E, F and G can be listed. To get a TA DOWN you list the flow that sends the TA UP. Then reassess for the next that sends the TA up, etc. LOW TA The same exact thing causes LOW TAs. The flow could be said to have overwhelmed the pc. Exactly how you read the list for Low TA will be given in another HCOB after further tests are made. In theory it would go lower on assessment. Please note that OUT TRs on the part of auditors is the most frequent cause of low TAs. TR 1 that drives the pc out through the back of his head can cause a low (below 2.0) TA on a lot of pcs. END PHENOMENA The End Phenomena, the “EP” of a TA HANDLING RUNDOWN would be all lists assessed or listed to F/N and the pc’s needle doing a persistent continual F/N for days. This means an F/N, wide, that nothing can kill. DEPT 10 The Department of Special Cases should have auditors who can do this rundown by the book and with perfect results. It is really a Dept 10 technique. FLOWS NOTE There are about seven flow directions that can be used or listed. (1) Self to another, (2) Another to self, (3) Others to others, (4) Self to others, (5) Others to self, (6) Another to others, (7) Others to another. “Flow” is an electronic flow in a direction. In Phoenix, Arizona, in 1952 an “Oscilloscope” (has a face like a radar, shows wave patterns and directions) was once hooked up to an E-Meter movement and showed that a mental flow will flow just so long in one direction. By reversing the repetitive commands when the left-right directional flow slowed, the flow turned around and flowed right-left then slowed, etc. So actual electrical flow occurs in response to the directional command (like “self to another”). Also it jams up when run too long on an average human because his mind has “overruns” in it already. “Ridges” and masses come about from a conflict of flows opposing or being pulled back as in withholds. High TAs are caused by two or more flows opposing thus making a mass or ridge. Low TAs are caused by overwhelm by flows. The thetan thinks of them as overruns and so quits on a subject or wishes he could. This is why the TA behaves as it does on life and certain subjects. There is no real reason why a flow can’t go on forever in one direction unless a thetan tries to stop it. Then it ridges and makes mass which then reads on a TA. AUDITOR QUALIFICATIONS An Auditor must be a master at Listing and Nulling in order to touch such Actions as these lists. To foul up on listing on an already fouled-up pc is quite out-tech ! An auditor’s TRs should have been passed the Hard Way. His metering must be excellent and flawless. His command and use of the Auditor’s Code must be complete. He should himself have had case gain. He must have a full checkout on this HCO B and be able to do it in clay. And as I say, he must know the subject of Listing and Nulling so well, he can always list smoothly to a BD F/N item with never a quiver. INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN This HCO B does not change the Interiorization Rundown in theory or in practice. It does however give this procedure. 1. On a high or low TA pc check for Exteriorization in auditing. 2. If pc has gone Ext in Auditing make sure he has not had an Ext-Int RD earlier before giving him another. 3. If an earlier Int RD exists repair, complete or rehab it. Often an Int RD is itself overrun. An L3B on it will show what is wrong with the earlier one. Some poor High TA pcs have had 2 or 3 Ext-Int RDs! All run past the EP. Some Ext-Int RDs went totally flat on the secondaries! Or on the recalls. All else was overrun. 4. If no earlier Ext-Int RD was done, then do one. 5. If the check of the Ext-Int RD situation shows it not to be the reason, or was the reason but the TA goes high or low days later, then DO THIS TA HANDLING RD. As pc high and low TAs have been blocking auditing for a lot of auditors this discovery and its remedy is Delightful news! LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 37R Addition HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT RULES In assessing and listing the Continue process it is VITAL to continue to assess the seven flows and list until the entire list widely F/Ns. There can be more than seven lists taken from the seven flows. One finds a rise or blow up item, does a list on it, then reassesses ALL seven flows, finds the next most rising item, lists then and assesses ALL seven flows and finds the next most stopped or rising item and lists that. One just keeps this up. Eventually on assessing the seven flows you can only get a stopped needle. Then a slowed or killed F/N. One uses these for lists. Sometimes toward the last they blow on indication and cog. The end of it all is the auditor assessing the seven flows without being able to disturb a wide wide persistent F/N. THAT is the EP of the 37R process. There is no other EP. If not done to that EP the 37R process is incomplete. CLEARING FLOWS The idea of flows should be cleared with the pc before assessment is done. One can do this by getting the pc to draw them. Don’t confuse the pc with this clearing and make sure he is not confused before assessing the seven flows. REPEATED ASSMT One can take a sheet of paper lengthwise and write the seven flows along the left edge with lines to the right. By putting in dividing vertical lines one then has 10 or 12 assessments laid out ready to do. LOW TA Unless one does a THOROUGH JOB to the 37R End Phenomena on a low TA case the TA will continue to go low in future sessions. A low TA takes more times through the assessments and listing than a high TA. CRAMMING Auditors who can’t do this well must be fully crammed on reading a needle and TA on stops, rises and blow ups. The result, if properly done, is invariably good. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1971 R Issue IV Remimeo (Corrected and Reissued) C/S Series 37R Addition 2R LOW TA ASSESSING If after an apparent EP of a wide F/N on the last assessment, the pc then has a low TA at the Examiner or subsequently has a low TA, one must NOT start a new program as the existing one (37R) is incomplete. The correct C/S for an apparent 37R EP which then went sour would be 1. L4B Method 3 and handle. 2. Ask if there is another flow not yet touched. Note its read as it is described and list it. 3. Reassess the existing and the additional flows for any slightest slow or choke and list it. ------------ Should there still be trouble with low or high TA subsequently, it lies in the area of overts and withholds which blow loose on the Continue process. This is true because overts and withholds add up to stopping something which is discontinuance. The next process (when all possible thoroughness has been taken with 37R yet trouble of high or low TA persists) has not yet been released. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971, 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 JUNE 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 37R Addition 3 37R is a very beefy process. It has been combined into L9S, HCO B 17 June 71, and is best done as part of this full rundown. 37R works on anyone, regardless of TA or state of case. Neither it nor L9S are used only on bad off cases. They work on both the worst and the best. In doing 37R the items are sometimes very heavy and it takes the pc a bit to accept them. Therefore when one gets a BD F/N item, one asks “Is_____your item?” If he says yes, indicate it to him by saying “_____is your item.” The meter should give a fall and the F/N will widen. If the pc says it is NOT his item, ask the question again and continue to list. The pc will put the item back on the list usually for it was his item. But he has to list further to realize it. He can also fail to put it back on the list and if so and he is getting restless in listing, give him the BD F/N item again and he’ll buy it. A very big item that alters the pc’s whole concept of things with big cogs and 2 wc is a good place to stop a session. 37R doesn’t all have to be done in one session. When you begin a new list before the last item is discharged the pc can get a bit overwhelmed. This is a “nice” point, not a vital one. Also the big item will often cause the next assessment to be a bit hard as the pc’s attention remains tied up in it for a while. If after 37R the pc’s TA later goes up or down again out of normal 2.0 to 3.0 range the action to do is an L4B in general on 37R. It usually picks up the cognitions and confirms rather than corrects. L4B reads on wrong item. Auditor says which one. Pc gives it. Quite usually it’s a right item pc hasn’t cogged on. After the L4B, one can again run 37R. However, a better action is to Fly all ruds Continue with L9S. RUDS When Ruds are out during 37R a pc can feel strange. Of course with a high or low TA you can’t get the ruds in. So you can do a list of 37R and as this will F/N the meter, you can get in all ruds. FLOWS The pc may have NO idea of flows. So before assessing the first time one must clear “flows”. The pc must understand that these words self to another mean a flow from himself to any another, etc. If while clearing the word “flow” and “flows” you watch your meter also you will get your first blow up of the TA. ASSESS SLOWLY By reading a flow and waiting a moment, you give the TA time to rise. You can assess too rapidly and find that the TA has gone up, but which of the last items did it go up on? By proceeding a little more slowly you will be sure. ADDITIONAL FLOW There is another flow. H. ANOTHER TO ANOTHER. This should be added to your assessment sheet. ASSESSMENT FORM An assessment form can be printed. The flows A to H (adding the new one above) are put in on the left-hand edge of the paper held the long way. They can be repeated A-H and A-H. Lines and boxes lead out for repeated assessments. This makes it easier for the auditor. STEPS 37R 1. Clear the word “flow”. 2. Clear the idea of flow (watch meter) for each flow A to H so you have no misunderstoods. 3. Assess the listing sheet. Take the biggest Blow Up or speeded rise (if no big Blow Up). 4. Mark it on the assmt form and W/S. 5. Fit it into the Q on a separate listing sheet, What could _____continue to do to_____ ? 6. Ask the Question of the pc. 7. Get the pc to give you items. 8. Write the items down while watching the meter. Mark needle reads or BDs. Put down TA reads regularly on the list. 9. Get the first item that Blows down (or up) and F/Ns. 10. Ask pc if_____is his item. 11. If pc says Yes, say, “_____is your item.” Circle it on listing sheet and mark the F/N and “Ind” for Indicated to pc. If pc says No, continue to list. Pc will put item back on the list, at which time do 10 and 11 above. Pc will accept it. If he goes on and begins to protest, give him the first BD F/N item and do 11 and 12. He will accept it. 12. Mark item and TA and any 2 wc on the item or cogs on the W/S. DON’TS Don’t do this process without (a) Checking out on C/S Series 37R, with Additions 1, 2 and this one, 3. (b) Do I hrs confront and I hour reach and withdraw on your meter. (c) Dummy running the 12 steps above with no pc but all the paper and tools until it is a faultless action. (d) Don’t call pc’s attention to the meter with comments or stares or looks of horror or edginess or fumbles. (e) Have smooth, perfect TRs. (f) Follow the Auditor’s Code. USING L9S If used in conjunction with L9S then L9S should also be drilled on dating and locating and dummy run. SESSION FORM These processes and rundowns are done in a streamlined session form. SPECIAL 37R The various flows of Auditor to pc can be run and indeed an assessment of many subjects or dynamics can be assessed by rise and then flow patterned as in Auditor-pc below. This Special 37R is mentioned here but will be laid out in full for other subjects in another issue. Pcs who have protest on auditing can be done in this way. The flows are Auditor to pc ________ Pc to Auditor ________ Auditors to pc ________ Pc to Auditors ________ Pc to Self ________ Auditor to Self ________ Aside from list change—Auditor-pc is done like general 37R. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [HCO B 17 June 1971, L9S, referred to on first page of this issue, is a Flag Only issue and is not in these volumes. ] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 MAY 1971 Remimeo Basic Cse Super Hat D of P Hat C/S Hats Tech Sec C/S Series 38 TRS COURSE AND AUDITING MIXING MAJOR ACTIONS With the use of TRs The Hard Way on basic courses, auditors and students, a rule must be laid down: A PERSON ON A TR COURSE OR IN PROGRESS ON A TR CYCLE MAY NOT ALSO BE AUDITED. And a second rule: HGC ADMIN AND THE D OF P MUST BE INFORMED OF ENROLLMENTS ON TR COURSES OR TRS IN CRAMMING AND MUST SO MARK A PC’S FOLDER WITH DATE. And a third rule: IN AN ADVANCED ORG THE ADV CSE ADMIN MUST ALSO BE INFORMED OF STUDENTS ENROLLING ON A TR COURSE. And a fourth rule: A SIGN MUST BE PLACED IN QUAL AND IN A TR CLASSROOM “WHILE WORKING ON TRS AND UNTIL THEY ARE PASSED, DO NOT ACCEPT AUDITING.” IN AN AO OR SH THIS READS “WHILE WORKING ON TRS AND UNTIL THEY ARE PASSED, DO NOT ACCEPT AUDITING OR DO SOLO.” The reason for these rules lies in the major C/S rules: DO NOT BEGIN NEW PROGRAMS TO END OLD. DO NOT START A NEW ACTION BEFORE COMPLETING THE EXISTING ONE. And the auditor rule: OBTAIN AN F/N BEFORE STARTING THE NEXT C/S ACTION. IF UNABLE TO DO SO, NEVER BEGIN THE NEXT C/S ACTION BUT END SESSION AND RETURN THE FOLDER TO THE C/S. The surest way in the world to bog a case is to: 1. Begin a new process without obtaining an F/N on the one just run. 2. Begin a major action without completing the old one. 3. Begin a major action without setting up a case with ruds and F/Ns. 4. Begin a new program without completing the old one. 5. Start several programs without finishing any. 6. Enter a new major action into a case already in progress on another incomplete major action. I have seen a case on as many as five major actions with none complete. And when I see this the first thing I take up is the first unflat incomplete program and get it finished, then the next, then the next. The case comes out all smooth. Example: Case is on but not complete on Dianetic auditing. Switched to grades. Incomplete on grades, gets a Prog Pgm. Incomplete on a Prog Pgm, shifted to Power. The only apparent exception is a repair. A case can be repaired if bogged PROVIDING THE ORIGINAL ACTION IS REHABBED IF O/R OR COMPLETED TO EP. A Progress Pgm may reach EP before the written up program is completed. Thus a Process Completion is defined as the END PHENOMENA of the process. A Program is complete when the END PHENOMENA of the Program is attained. TRs Any course or program containing TRs 0-4, 6-9 or Admin TRs is a major program in itself. It produces case gain—if run right—and has an End Phenomenon. Further, by actual experience when a person is on a real (not a patty-cake and weak) TR Course and is also being audited at the same time, the C/S and Auditor if they don’t know the person is also on TRs can be utterly baffled and worried as the case does not run right. “What did I do?” “What C/S was wrong?” “Look, his TA is high.” “Now it’s low.” “Last session he____.” And the C/S and auditor engage in efforts to handle the odd case behavior. But the person, unknown to them, was also on a real TR Course and his case was changing! INTERJECTED PGMS You can also run into this same oddity with a mystic who does “bathe the body in light” every night or a wife whose husband audits her between HGC sessions or a selfauditor. The principle is the same. The C/S and auditor are going down Wellbeing Street and hidden trucks keep dashing out of alleys and running into the pc. LIFE The reason auditing should be done in intensive packages, not l hour a week or a session a month lies in the fact that LIFE can run a new action in on a pc. It’s a great way to waste auditing to let a pc have a session once a week. You can’t even keep his ruds in if he lives in any confusions. So nothing is done for the case, all the auditing goes to handle the life interjections! CROSS PROGRAMMING A case runs on cycles of actions. This is true in the auditing comm cycle. It is true in a process cycle. It is true in a program cycle. New things being crossed into old incomplete things make a sort of ARC Break situation like a cut comm cycle. One could do everything with a process or a program OR A COURSE that you find on an L1C. It would not be very wise. No case gain can be created by lack of a comm cycle in an auditor, lack of an action cycle in processes or messing up a program cycle. If you don’t believe it, run an L1C on a pc with “Processes” and “Programs” and “Courses” as a prefix. You’d be amazed. Further the fellow who doesn’t reach the EP of a Course is likely never to use that material or be faulty with the subject. Usual study courses like admin or tech give case gain. One can carry on with auditing parallel to them. But still expect a case to change a bit by study and baffle a C/S once in a while. But a real TR Course produces changes up and down and up that are not possible to also audit around. So they don’t mix. VISUAL IDEA To get a visual idea of this: Optimum: TR Course Pgm 1: Pgm 2: Start Change End I------------------------------I--------------------------I Start Change End I------------------------------I--------------------------I Start Change End I------------------------------I--------------------------I LRH:nt.sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MAY 1971R REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 39R STANDARD 121 / 2 HOUR INTENSIVE PROGRAMS The sale of 121 / 2 hour Intensives modifies earlier versions of Advance Programs (Grade Chart) since a C/S now needs everything he can get a pc audited on. It is not now a question of selling the public anything with a name. You just sell 121 / 2 hour Intensives. The C/S decides what to run and runs all he can as lengthily as he can. Refunds come from not enough auditing. Gains come from auditing in large blocks of hours such as 1 to 6 121 / 2 hr Intensives, always delivered at 121 / 2 hrs per week or weekend. SAMPLE PROGRESS PROGRAM Repair Program. (Can include GF.) Life Repair C/S Series 53 (Int Repair or Int RD wherever indicated and if reading.) GF 40X Revised Method 3 Dianetic C/S I Engram Handling of, R3R Triple GF 40X Revised. ADVANCE PROGRAM C/S 54 (omit running things already run in GF 40X) Dianetics R3R Triple to Completion (Any Ruds or repair needed during Dianetic actions. ) ARC St Wire Triple Grade Zero Expanded Triple (or Ex Single if you don’t have the Triple processes in) Grade I Expanded Triple (or Ex Single if you don’t have the Triple processes in) Grade II Expanded Triple (or Ex Single if you don’t have the Triple processes in) Grade III Expanded Triple (or Ex Single if you don’t have the Triple processes in) Grade IV Expanded Triple (or Ex Single if you don’t have the Triple processes in) (Any repairs above at any place during above, using GF, etc.) Power Set-up: Life Ruds and G Form Power Triple Va R6EW Clearing Course OT I OT II OT III to attest OT VII OT III Expanded to attest L-10 (when released) OT IV OT V OT VI Rehab OT VII Any higher OT grade. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JUNE 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 40 LOW TAs As per C/S Series 37R, further work was done on low TAs. LOW TAs ALSO ASSESS ON RISE JUST LIKE HIGH TAs. There is no difference of procedure except that a low TA can blow UP to 2.0 + and F/N. Thus one can’t say using 37R on a low TA case, “List to a BD F/N item” as it may be a Blow UP F/N item. The TA may be at 1.8 in listing and when the F/N item goes on the list, the TA will blow UP to 2.0 or 2.1 and F/N. Further if the F/N promptly dies, and the TA falls, one lists further until one blows up, the F/N continues and the pc is pleased with it. Assessment on a low TA is done on RISE for the item listed or a Blow UP, just as in the case of high TAs. When you list a low TA’s falling flow (in assessing the seven flows) and use it for the Continue list the pc can get very unhappy and will get even more overwhelmed. Thus low TA or high TA, list the 7 flows for rise or blow UP and list the one that rose most. This is true of the first and every other flows assessment. Realize this blow UP rule only applies to 37R and the Continue list and is not used in any other listing. 37R works on low TAs like a bomb! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1971 Issue I Remimeo C/S Series 41 C/S TIPS LISTS Always C/S to correct lists first when lists are out or suspected to be out. Don’t do ARC Brks first in a case of out lists as an out list can make an ARC Break that can’t be handled by ARC Brk but only an L4B. On a GF when lists show up or overlists you should handle that (first action in handling the GF) but also you must order an “L4B Method 5 and Handle.” Method 5 is the once through for assessment. NO READ AUDITORS When auditors can get no reads on things you get their a) TRs checked to see if they can even be heard. b) Their metering checked for meter position on auditing table, can they see meter, pc and write without shifting eyes? And can they see pc’s hands on the cans? And was the meter turned on and charged and can an auditor work the Tone Arm smoothly with his thumb? c) Does the auditor discount reads gotten on clearing commands? (They are the reads.) d) Can the auditor read out a list and see the meter reads as a coordinated action? CRAMMING Send auditors to cramming on all flubs, insist they GO to cramming, insist cramming calls them in and crams them and insist on a carbon copy of the fact that cramming has been done. All the hard work of C/Sing comes in when auditors are flubby. It takes weeks to make an auditor after he has had a course and it’s only done by Cram-Cram—Cram. R FACTORS Never order an R Factor that takes pc into future or past as he then won’t be in session. Example: C/Ses “R Factor we are setting you up for Dianetics.” Promptly the pc is up ahead not in this session. MIXING STARTS There are many ways to start a session. Don’t mix them. It’s “2 wc what do you have your attention on?” “Fly a rud if no F/N.” “Fly all ruds.” “2 wc the TA down.” “Fly a rud or GF + 40 Method 5 and handle.” It’s not a mixture of frantic efforts to get a TA down. If the auditor can’t on what the C/S says THE AUDITOR ENDS OFF. Interiorization is undone or out, there may be list errors, there may be overruns, but for sure it’s a case for FOLDER STUDY, not for an auditor C/Sing in the chair. HIGH TA & ARC BRKS Train your auditors NEVER TRY TO GET A TA DOWN FROM 3.5 OR ABOVE ON ARC BREAKS. LOW TA QUITS Some auditors see a TA sink below 2.0 and then won’t continue the 2 wc or process to get the TA back up. “The TA sank so I quit” is a common auditor note. Compare this: “The TA rose above 3.0 so I quit.” See? Doesn’t make sense. If a TA sinks below 2.0—and the auditor’s TRs are good—the same action will usually bring it up to 2.0 and F/N. Come down hard on auditors who do this. Get their TRs checked, make them continue. EXAM F/Ns AFTER FLUBS Pcs whose TAs are high in session or low in session and get F/N at the Exams put the finger on the auditor. They are protesting or being overwhelmed. Always C/S “Examiner! Ask pc what auditor did in session.” Then you know it’s the auditor or the case. The pc will say the auditor was okay. So it’s case. But usually when cases are puzzles there’s weird things going on with TRs. Also the auditor may be noisy or laugh hard or is boisterous and being “interesting”. C/S VIA The C/S is handling cases on the via of an auditor. If the auditor is perfect the C/S can handle the work out of the case. If the auditor is not perfect in TRs, metering, Code, reports and doing the C/S then the C/S is solving a factor unknown to him, not the pc’s case. So, be a perfect C/S. Demand perfect auditing. Cases fly. HIGHER LEVELS A C/S who assesses a pc to higher levels to solve lower ones is really asking for a wreck. It’s always the earlier actions that are out. Trying to cheat a case up to Grade 2 when he won’t run on Grade I is like trying to run the whole grade chart to cure a cold. A pc can always be solved in or below where he is. “Oh, we’ll put him up a grade and cure his high TA” is like “He can’t pass kindergarten so we’ll enroll him in college.” C/S EXPERTISE A C/S has to know his auditing materials, HCO Bs and texts MUCH better than an auditor. If a C/S is not being successful, get a retread on VI and VIII materials. A C/S also must be confident HE could crack the case as an auditor. When a C/S is shaky on his materials then the world of auditing looks very unstable. The tech is very exact, very effective. If any errors existed in it they’ve been corrected. So the variables are the knowledge of the C/S, his discipline and demands of auditors and the actions of the auditor. If THESE are stable then the cases that come along are easy as can be. The successful C/S knows his materials. If he wants to be even more successful he keeps his study up. Then he is steady and calm for he is totally certain. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1971 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 42 C/S RULES COMPLETE CYCLES Don’t leave cycles incomplete on a case. If a C/S starts a 37R and the auditor goofs, correct the auditor and then get the 37R completed. Don’t disperse and do something new. If you have a program going and it’s goofed, repair the auditor and the goofed pc and continue the program you began on the case. Repair (Progress) Programs are ended when the pc is flying nicely. When a repair hits that, don’t re-repair. On Advance Programs, take each step to its EP. Don’t suddenly start something new. A sure way to solve a case is go back and find the earliest incomplete program, complete it and so on up to PT. Keep your “finger in the book” on a case. Don’t lose your place. That’s done by having the current pgm on the inside front cover, paper clipped on, and checked off with each step done. When it’s done, put a new pgm on top of it. Insist that auditors keep up the inside front cover folder summary each session with their auditing time and admin time in the box. This FS is a 2 column set of boxes, date, what’s run, F/N or bogged and time. By seeing Admin is in you can keep your place in the book or study back rapidly to find what’s been done. DOUBLE ACTIONS The deadliest faults on cases are running the same action or grade twice. This drives TAs up through the roof. Example: Power done in ‘65. Done again in ‘69! Example: Grade IV done in ‘69, done in ‘70. You find the case isn’t doing well or find the error. In doubles, rehab by date of the first time it was done. I’ve seen Interiorization done three times on one pc, Power twice and the same Dianetic Chains run over and over. And people wondered “Why is the TA high” ! So when you order a major action always check to see if it’s ever been done before! Save you grief. And if a major action won’t run, suspect it may have been done before. SET-UPS Always set up a case fully for the next major action. Don’t overrepair. But be sure the case is not sick, has had good exam forms and does well. Then C/S the next major action. BLAMING THE PC Never blame the pc. Many it is true are dog cases. But even dog cases can be handled. When you find auditors (or feel yourself) blaming the pc, get the overts and withholds run out. Once I got the most splendid sessions out of an HGC. I had the auditor’s overts and withholds checked on each auditor before he went into session. It was just research, but my it worked! Those were the smoothest sessions! Pcs began to fly! Too many times one blames the pc only to find later that the auditor’s TRs were ghastly and that a major action had been run twice. Such discoveries make a C/S out of a C/S. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1971 Issue III Remimeo C/S Series 43 C/S RULES TROUBLE FOR THE PC Never make trouble for the pc. When a pc is running well let it roll. The C/S can spot a possible error but the pc is Wide F/N VGIs at the Exam, let it go. Chew the auditor, send to Cramming. But don’t throw the well running pc into extensive repair—don’t break into a winning program harshly. It gives the pc a loss. The pc who isn’t running well is the one you repair. Don’t keep a pc going on and on, running badly with no case study. Study the case folder, find the right why by going back to where the pc was running consistently well and then come forward for the error. It will be in the exact next session. If the pc wasn’t ever audited before, you go into his life of course, with a GF + 40 Method 5 and handle and other Life repairs. OVERREPAIR Any Repair or Progress action has reached its End Phenomena when the pc is running well again. This is peculiar to the Repair or Progress program. Wrong Example: Pc was on Grade III, fell on his head. C/S studied case, found out lists, wrote an extensive Repair Pgm and C/S. Half way through repair the pc again was flying. C/S continued the repair. Pc bogged. C/S C/Sed the pc to flying again. C/S continued the repair. Pc bogged. Right Example: Pc falls on his head on Grade III. C/S writes a Repair Pgm and C/S. Auditor finds the out list, corrects it. Pc flies. C/S puts pc at once back on Grade III to complete. AUDITOR INVAL An auditor can be invalidated by a C/S by having a lot of questionable tech points thrown at him. The auditor’s data gets shaky. If no decision was ever made—is not in HCO Bs and tapes—is not to hand and can’t be referred to by HCO B and tape, then a C/S should not be making the point. Example: Auditor extends a list three more items beyond an F/N. C/S chops him. There is no such rule. The pc maybe wouldn’t accept the item until he listed a few more. Result is a firefight between C/S and auditor, simply because it isn’t a valid point. HCO Bs and Tapes are the stable data that form the agreement between the auditor and the C/S. “If it isn’t written (or spoken on tape) it isn’t true.” Don’t wander off known tech points in C/Sing. Never shake an auditor’s data by advancing data not on HCO Bs and Tapes. Always know your data, your HCO Bs and Tapes and refer the auditor to them in Cramming. Cramming MUST have a library of all materials. A hidden data line can build up in C/S-Auditor lines (or course lines or Cramming lines) that CAN UNSTABILIZE ALL TECH AND DENY FURTHER RESULTS. The decay of tech in areas begins with hidden data lines that ARE NOT TRUE. So use and refer to HCO Bs and Tapes and leave all other points alone. Your auditors will become confident and certain and Tech will improve. It’s enough just to insist on the usual. Then auditors and cases will fly. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1971 Issue I Remimeo C/S Series 44R C/S RULES PROGRAMMING FROM PREPARED LISTS There are many vital prepared lists. King of these is the Green Form. The additional No. 40 items are the original Seven Resistive Cases. The best way to do a GF + 40 is Method 5 (once through), lengths of reads and BDs marked and C/S to then write a C/S for it. Hi-Lo TA is also such a list, also done Method 5. Any such prepared list can be done Method 5 and the C/S to then write a C/S. But L4B (Lists correction), L3B (Dianetic errors) and L1C (ARC Brks and bypassed charge) are usually done Method 3 (auditor assesses to a read, gets the action done, and/or earlier similar to an F/N, not going on until his action has resulted in an F/N and then going on to complete handling and F/Ning each read he gets). When the C/S has a list assessed Method 5 he expects usually to get it back with the reads and then write the C/S for it. Sometimes he asks for a GF + 40 and a Hi-Lo TA both to be done Method 5. Now the question comes up, which reads does the C/S write up to be handled first? And second? And third? Etc. In other words how does he arrange the C/S the auditor is to do now? What sequence are the items handled in? These rules apply: Handle an Out Int RD first. Handle anything connected with “Lists” (meaning Listing and Nulling Lists) first if Int isn’t out. Like “Listed past right item,” reads. The C/S would get that handled FIRST. Always handle list errors first. And usually do an L4B additionally, Auditor to handle. A pc can get sick after a listing error and you can’t get auditing done when lists are out. Doesn’t want auditing, why, is then handled if it read. Next C/S to handle anything to do with rudiments. ARC Brks, PTPs and W/Hs take precedence in that order. (Listing errors are first, before ARC Brks because an apparent ARC Break after a listing error can only be handled by getting the charge off the list.) Anything that looks like a withhold comes next. After that one just takes the lengths or BD of reads. Take the biggest reads before you take the smaller ones, once you have C/Sed for Lists, doesn’t want auditing and Ruds and evident other withholds. The only confusion that one can get into is a very high TA. But List errors can cause high TAs. Next in frequency is withholds. Never C/S to take a TA down with an ARC Brk rud or an L1C. Never. You can C/S to “talk a TA down” only when there are no list errors or withholds reading on a GF. Of course an Interiorization Rundown error is a primary target. But you don’t have that once it’s handled. You will get a soaring TA if Int is out. L3B is a potent tool to order for Int outnesses, the auditor handling as he goes, Method 3. ------------So the above gives you the rules by which you C/S from assessed prepared lists. Basically—when Int is out, auditing will drive the TA up. When lists are out nothing will handle but lists and L1C won’t nor will ruds. When ruds are out nothing else will straighten up and you mustn’t order auditors to audit with out ruds. Doesn’t want auditing can come from a bad L & N list. Or out Int. Or out ruds. Previous bad auditing can be cured by L1C on previous bad auditing. The craziest out auditing I ever ran into was an auditor using reads and F/Ns when there were none and failing to take up or flatten reads he did get. So there can be variations on bad auditing and there can be, to our shame, false auditing reports. The best C/S is to find what auditor and find out what the error was. Bad TRs on a poor TR Course where the pc was a student (False passes and invalidated wins) can also cause “doesn’t want auditing”. “Protest” is a frequent reason for high TA and is a cousin to “doesn’t want auditing” and is handled by checking “Lists” for read and doing an L4B if it reads or finding the out ruds or other BPC as in L1 C. ------------As there are so many combinations of reading items from prepared lists, you have to C/S according to these general principles. These rules serve as a steadying guide that you’ll find win for you. LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder [This HCO B is added to by BTB 31 October 1971, Reissued 2 July 1974, C/S Series 44R Addition, C/S Rules- The Sequence of Programs, which is in the C/S Series Volume, page 151. ] 0 BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN C/Ses Auditors Cramming 31 OCTOBER 1971 Reissued 2 July 1974 as BTB CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 31 OCTOBER 1971 SAME TITLE (Addition to HCO B 10 June 71, Issue I) C/S Series 44R Addition 44R—C/S RULES (Programming From Prepared Lists) THE SEQUENCE OF PROGRAMS Progress Programs (Repair) also follow the sequence laid out in HCO B 10 June 71, Issue I— C/S Series 44R. The first action of a Progress Program would of course be to ensure that any reasons for False TA per HCO B 24 Oct 71, “False TA”, were handled. The Progress (Repair) Program MUST then handle the following: Int Rundown (or Int repair if RD already done and Int still reads). Repair of past listing actions. Doesn’t want auditing and all out ruds. Full drug handling per C/S Series 48R. Full handling of Psychiatric and Psychoanalytic treatment, etc, handled R3R Narrative Triple. (Data from GF40XR and Pc Assessment Sheet.) Incomplete or tangled Engram chains and other things may also need handling to fully repair the Pc. The various prepared lists are used to get all the data on what needs handling on a Progress Program. Any other reason for resistiveness as a case. These things above are the things that prevent or slow case gain. Just handling them correctly and fully gives the case terrific wins. Failure to handle them sets the Pc, the C/S, and the Auditor up for losses. Once the Pc’s case is fully repaired with the Progress Program he is then set up for excellent gains and will be very auditable. He is now put onto the Advance Program which completes any incomplete Grade cycles and fills in any missing ones as it takes him up the Grade Chart. (See C/S Series 39R, 31 May 71 Revised 21 Oct 71.) Processes should not be extracted from the Expanded Grades and other standard programs, for use in Progress Programs (Repair) or “Special Programs” but should be taken from other sources, so as not to break up the standard program for later use on the case. Written from notes on an LRH Lecture to Senior Tech Personnel 30 Oct 71. Training & Services Aide Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AW for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:BW:rnh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1971 Issue I Remimeo C/S Series 45 C/S RULES A C/S never C/Ses exclusively for result. He C/Ses for exact tech application. If what occurs he’ll also get his result. If a goof still wins, the C/S stomps on the goof. This prevents auditors getting hung on an accidental win. The wins a C/S wants are exact tech application. If a C/S can finally get auditors exactly auditing the exact processes with exact TRs, metering and Code everybody then wins all the time. So the pc got an F/N at the Exam after the auditor failed to do the final run through, leaving the TA high at session end. That’s a goof. To hell with the F/N at Exams or how PR the pc was. That is a goof. The C/S stomps on it. Never give a “very well done” on wins only. Give them on tech exactness. Got an Exam F/N not quite by the book. That’s only “well done”. Got an Exam F/N and did it by the book is the “Very well done”. We know the tech works. That’s no surprise. Perfect application by the Auditor is what the “Well Dones” and “Very Well Dones” are for. The moment a C/S loses sight of this point he has started his team on a downgrade that will wind up with everyone losing, org, auditors and pcs. That’s the secret of how I as a C/S make star auditors. If it’s by the book, hurrah. If it isn’t by the book then a pc dial-wide F/N VGI rave at Exams gets, from me, a flunk! on the auditor. With a good plain why. The Very Well done means “You applied the tech splendidly”. It does not mean “You helped the pc”. We know the standard tech will do that. So watch this point. It’s an awful big one. It will make your auditors into stars or bums. Auditor runs a narrative chain. Gets away with it. Pc F/N VGIs at Exam. My C/S includes “Auditor to cramming on HCOBs covering types of items.” Now please recognize that auditors for whom I C/S do make it and go on making it. Well, in addition to knowing the subject, this is the one thing I do that is not always done by C/Ses. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1971 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 46 DECLARES It is the C/S’s responsibility that a pc or Pre OT is sent to Declare? This is not an Admin point I’m making. It is a technical point. Every so often a pc is found hung up in not having declared and attested the state attained. A Declare Completes his cycle of action and is a vital part of the action. One never forces or feeds one to the pc. I recall one org where the entire tech and income structure crashed, the C/O and several personnel had to be removed because they were forcing “clear cogs” on their Dianetic pcs who hadn’t had them (and then telling them they couldn’t be audited further on Scientology) (Connie Broadbent, ASHO, March ‘70). So this goes 2 ways. THE PC OR PRE OT WHO KNOWS HE MADE IT MUST BE SENT TO EXAMS AND C & A TO ATTEST. THE PC OR PRE OT WHO HASN’T MADE IT MUST NEVER BE SENT TO EXAMS TO DECLARE AND ATTEST. This gives us a third: PCs AND PRE OTs WHO HAVEN’T MADE IT MUST BE HANDLED UNTIL THEY HAVE MADE THAT SPECIFIC DECLARE, EVEN THOUGH IT MEANS SIGNING UP FOR MORE AUDITING. TRUTH is the keynote, the essence, the point here. All the “PR” (slang for promotional talk) in the world will not supplant truth. The pc KNOWS he made something. Therefore he must be sent to declare it whether it’s a standard grade or not! The pc who hasn’t made it KNOWS he hasn’t and so when forced to declare or ordered to attest tends to cave in. His concept of the validity of the org and honesty of Scientology depends on this, and really on this alone. The correct declare or not declare decision of the C/S is a vital C/S action. LRH:nt rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JUNE 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 47 THE SUPREME TEST OF A C/S (Reference HCO B August 19, 1967, The Supreme Test which must be read with this HCO B) A C/S or auditor who knows his tech is able to hold the line on any given action in auditing or C/Sing and not mix up. One C/Ses Dianetics purely. Not Dn, Cl VI, Class VIII, Dn, Class VI. One C/Ses or audits a Rundown as itself, not as a botch of several actions run into it. So this brings to view that some can run the process or program for A to B. And some, worse luck, (a) Go from A to G to Q to A and wonder why they don’t arrive at the B of result. (b) Some go from A to B all right but when at B go right on past it. Both, actually, are a type of non-confront. The A.G.Q.A can’t confront and disperses off arriving at B. The A beyond B hasn’t confronted B and so doesn’t recognize B. The ability to confront the pc and the session and parts of the session permits one to accurately go from A to B. Proving this, perception reduces in ratio to overts. Accept that fact as it’s true. If you run O/W on an auditor regarding the pc he is to audit, the auditor will give a perfect session to that pc. Why? He can confront because he can see. Programming is simply an A to B action. The road is all laid out. Auditing a process is a simple A to B Action. What if you had an auditor who half way through Level Zero with no completion found a picture, did Dianetics on it, didn’t flatten the R3R because pc cogged it was like his mother and the auditor did O/W on mother in the middle of the engram! The pc would be a mess! B was run away from. Same way with programming that isn’t handled. What if you had an auditor who got an F/N Cog VGIs and continued the same process to TA 5.6? He got to B and kept right on going. You should look into some folders where the C/S or auditor dispersed off B or where B was reached with no halt. The most recent examples I’ve seen have been taking processes out of one Rundown and using them in another Rundown all in an effort to achieve a maximum effect when the error that was present came from failure to complete 2 earlier programs. The correct action would have been to complete the earliest program left incomplete and then complete the next incomplete program, not scramble parts of two new programs. A to B is a cycle of action. A clean one. It is best to keep it so. The Supreme Test of an Auditor or a C/S is to make Auditing go right—by the book. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1971 Issue III Remimeo Dianetics Checksheet All Dn Auditors All C/Ses IMPORTANT URGENT C/S Series 48R DRUG HANDLING See: HCO B 28 Aug 68, HCO B 29 Aug 68, HCO B 23 Sept 68, Refer: HCO B 19 May 69, HCO B 12 Aug 69 Issue II, “Drugs” “Drug Data” “Drugs & Trippers” “Drug and Alcohol Cases PRIOR Assessing” (HCO B 10 Dec 68 Updated), Confidential—”Case Supervisor Actions” (Page 24 Resistive Case 220D.) [Now BTB] (In this revision of HCO B 4 July 71, C/S Series 48, Quad [4] Flow has been changed to Triple Flow. There is no other change.) A person who has been on Drugs is one of the “Seven types of resistive cases”. (These types are found on the Scientology Green Form No. 40.) In other words, someone who has been on drugs does not make good case gain until the drugs are handled. The same somatics will come back again. The case rollercoasters—goes up and down. Drugs since 1962 have been in very widespread use. Before then they were rare. A worldwide spread of drugs occurred. A large percentage of people became and are drug takers. By drugs (to mention a few) are meant—tranquilizers, opium, cocaine, marijuana, peyote, amphetamine and the psychiatrist’s gift to Man, LSD, which is the worst. Any medical drugs are included. Drugs are drugs. There are thousands of trade names and slang terms for these drugs. ALCOHOL is included as a drug and receives the same treatment in auditing. They are supposed to do wonderful things but all they really do is ruin the person. Even someone off drugs for years still has “blank periods”. The abilities to concentrate or to balance are injured. The moral part of it has nothing to do with auditing. The facts are that: (a) People who have been on drugs can be a liability until the condition is handled in auditing. (b) A former drug user is a resistive case that does not make stable gains until the condition is handled. (c) Auditing is the only successful means ever developed for handling drug damage. THOSE ON DRUGS On persons who are currently on drugs, it is necessary to take them through a special TR Course while they are still on them. They gradually come off of them voluntarily in most cases without painful “withdrawal symptoms” (which is the term for the agony and convulsions caused, particularly in the case of heroin takers, by just stopping the drug. Alcoholics are of course included.) DRUG ENGRAMS People who have been on drugs are sometimes afraid of running engrams. In fact, it is almost a way to detect a “druggie”. The drugs, particularly LSD and even sometimes antibiotics or other medicines to which the person has an allergy, can turn on whole track pictures violently. These tend to overwhelm the person and make him feel crazy. Some of these people are afraid to confront the bank again. The TR and other steps of the special TR Course improve their confront. If a person “doesn’t like Dianetics” and doesn’t want to be run on engrams, it is necessary to put them on the special course. If Dianetics has been run but poorly, it should of course be repaired fully with an L3B (List used to correct Dianetic errors). But if the person still flinches, the Special Course successfully completed will handle. It contains recall steps giving the pc a chance to confront the bank more easily and get used to it. FULL AUDITING RUNDOWN A full auditing rundown on drugs, all done on the same pc, would be: 1. Special TR Course for ex-drug users or alcoholics. 2. Pc Assessment Form. 3. Class VIII Drug Rundown Triple (done by a Class IV or VI). 4. By a Dianetic Auditor: Pains, emotions, sensations, attitudes connected with drugs (or alcohol), R3R Triple. 5. Prior Assessment to Drugs, Triple R3R, Dianetic Auditor. This can be followed by routine Triple Dianetics to EP for the grade. DONE FIRST Drugs are done first. They are NOT done after the Health Form and regular Dianetics. Why? Because Drugs make a resistive case! Regular Dianetics will get loses. Any current Dianetic case failures are from flubby Dianetic auditing or the person has been on Drugs or alcohol which were not handled by Dianetics. It hasn’t harmed anyone to omit drugs. But it made it hard or impossible to get stable case gain. THUS ANY DIANETIC PC WHO HAS HAD DRUG HANDLING OMITTED MUST BE RUN ON DRUGS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BEFORE MORE AUDITING IS GIVEN. I repeat, drugs or alcohol in most instances make a resistive case so the point must be handled before the case will attain and hold case gain. ANY PC WHO IS NOT MAKING IT IN AUDITING SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR A DRUG OR ALCOHOL HISTORY. DISCOVERY In investigating a series of cases who were not making it, I found in each one that the person had been on drugs or alcohol and that drugs or the alcohol had not been run out. Drug data was not covered fully enough in the Dianetics pack. Only Prior Assessment to Drugs was given. Thus I find several Dianetic pcs were only run on the Prior Assessment to Drugs. This is not good enough. DIANETICS ONLY Where Dianetic Auditing only is available and the rest of the rundown given above is not, drugs can still be handled by a Dianetic Auditor in this way with this Dianetic Pgm. 1. PC Assessment Form. 2. Full C/S 1, also doing the TRs well with the pc. 3. Write down the drugs from the pc assessment form. Take the one that reads best on the meter. 4. List, what pains, emotions, sensations or attitudes are connected with taking (the drug). 5. Take the best reading Dianetic item from the list in (4). Run R3R Triple. 6. Complete items on the (4) above with R3R Triple. 7. Take another drug from (3) above that reads. 8. Repeat (4). 9. Repeat (5). 10. Use up the whole list in (4) above in this way until the entire list of drugs F/Ns when called. 11. Do Prior Assessment to Drugs (or alcohol). R3R Triple. 12. Triple R3R on any missing flows of earlier Dn items run. 13. Do Health Form. 14. Proceed with routine Triple Dianetics. This program is the one that would be done at step 4 in the full Drug Pgm above that includes the TR Course and Class VIII Rundown. However, when only Dianetic Auditors are available, at least the above Dianetic Program must be done. This repairs an omission in the Dianetic pack and unblocks the case gain of a great many pcs on whom a drug or alcohol history was never noticed or handled. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt. rd Copyright ©1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 JULY 1971 R Revised & Reissued 8 June 1974 (Only changes the 2nd last & 4th last paras.) Remimeo C/S Series 49R ASSISTS There are three types of assists. They are: 1. Contact Assist 2. Touch Assist 3. Dianetic Assist. They are quite different from each other. They are VERY effective when properly done. A severe injury or illness case can be run on all three and SHOULD BE. If the handling is very soon after injury, burns do not blister, breaks heal in days, bruises vanish. But to obtain such results it is necessary that the C/S and auditor or auditor alone know and RESPECT the assist tech. It is too often a toss-off, only one kind being done and then not to EP. Every assist must end with an F/N (at Examiner or checked on a meter). CONTACT ASSIST Done off meter at the physical Mest Universe location of the injury. EP - Pain Gone. Cog. F/N. See HCO B 9 Oct 67, Assists for Injuries. [See BTB 18 Feb 74, same title.] DIANETIC ASSIST Done in session on the meter. EP Pain Gone. Cog. F/N. See HCO Bs 12 Mar 69 Issue II, Physically Ill Pcs and Pre OTs 24 Apr 69 Dianetic Use 14 May 69 Sickness 20 May 69 Issue II, Dianetics (Dn Auditing Assists) [see BTB 10 Dec 74, VI] 23 May 69 Narrative Versus Somatic Chains 24 July 69 Seriously Ill Pcs 27 July 69 Antibiotics 15 Jan 70 The Uses of Auditing 21 June 70 C/S Series 9, Superficial Actions (Sick Pcs) 1 Dec 70 Dianetics—Triple Flow Action [now BTB I Dec 70R, same title] 5 Jan 71 Going Earlier in R3R (Dn Auditing Assist) [see BTB 10 Dec 74] 8 Mar 71 C/S Series 29, Case Actions, Off Line 15 Mar 71 Assists—A Flag Expertise Subject [see page 335] TOUCH ASSIST Done off the meter by an auditor on the pc’s body. EP Pain Gone. Cog. F/N. See HCO Bs 9 Oct 67 Assists for Injuries [see BTB 18 Feb 74, same title] 5 May 69 Issue I, Touch Assists [cancelled, see Volume IX, page 502] 22 July 70 Touch Assist—An Improvement on Spinal Adjustment 23 Aug 70 The Body Communication Process [cancelled by BTB 10 Dec 74] 15 Mar 71 Assists—A Flag Expertise Subject [see page 335] UNCONSCIOUS PC An unconscious pc can be audited off a meter by taking his hand and having him touch nearby things like pillow, floor, etc or body without hurting an injured part. A person in a coma for months can be brought around by doing this daily. One tells them a hand signal like, “Press my hand twice for ‘Yes’, once for ‘No’,” and can get through to them, asking questions and getting “Yes” and “No” hand responses. They usually respond with this, if faintly, even while unconscious. When one has the person conscious again one can do the assists. ________ FIRST AID RULES APPLY TO INJURED PERSONS. IN MAKING THEM TOUCH SOMETHING THAT WAS MOVING, STOP IT FIRST. IN MAKING THEM TOUCH THINGS THAT WERE HOT, COOL THEM FIRST. WHEN POSSIBLE MAKE THEM HOLD THE THINGS THEY WERE HOLDING, IF ANY, WHILE DOING A CONTACT ASSIST. IF AFTER A TOUCH OR CONTACT ASSIST THEY DON’T F/N WHEN TAKEN TO OR GIVEN AN EXAM, CHECK FOR O/R AND IF NO F/N TAKE THEM AWAY AND COMPLETE THE ASSIST. DIANETIC ASSISTS CAN BE RUN TRIPLE. ________ This is important tech. It saves pain and lives. Know it and use it. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The second last paragraph originally read, “DIANETIC ASSISTS CAN BE RUN TRIPLE OR QUAD.” The change in the fourth last paragraph simply corrected a typographical error.] 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1971 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 50 C/S CASE GAIN Some C/Ses get audited over the present time problem “How to get case gain.” Working with pcs who sometimes don’t can become a minor PTP. This is also true of some auditors. The way to C/S this is to run it triple PTP, but in this sequence: THE C/S 1. 2WC Have you ever had a problem in getting case gain for another? E/S to F/N. 2. 2WC What solutions have you had in getting case gain for another? E/S to F/N. 3. 2WC Have others ever had a problem getting case gain for others? E/S to F/N. 4. 2WC What solutions have others had getting case gain for others? E/S to F/N. 5. 2WC Have you ever had a problem getting case gain for yourself? E/S to F/N. 6. 2WC What solutions have you had getting case gain for yourself? E/S to F/N. Once handled it ceases to be a problem when one does it in the future. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1971 Remimeo C/Ses Testing Personnel Class IX Checksheet C/S Series 51 OUT OF VALENCE (OCA Graph) On OCA graphs (the plotted test score of a pc) you find sometimes a case that read high on the graph will drop and read lower after auditing. This is caused by the fact that the person was OUT OF VALENCE in the first place. Social machinery was what the first registered. Now after auditing the graph expresses something closer to the actual being even though it dropped. We have known about this since ‘57 or ‘58 but I do not think it was fully written up. Further, we now know MORE about it. If you look into Suppressive Person tech you will find an SP has to be out of valence to be SP. He does not know that he is because he is himself in a non-self valence. He is “somebody else” and is denying that he himself exists, which is to say denying himself as a self. Now this doesn’t mean all persons whose graphs dropped were active SPs. But it does mean they weren’t being themselves. After some auditing they became themselves somewhat and this self isn’t the social cheery self the first graph said. But the dropped graph is nearer truth. Now, how to get the graph UP again? The person with the dropped graph is closer to being himself but is not yet fully restored, not yet fully into his “own valence”. While Class XI would handle this a bit differently, Class VIII rundown already has an answer. The Class VIII out of valence lists LX1, LX2 and LX3 and the recall, secondary and engram triples for each assessed item from these lists is a way to handle. Completing any cycle the pc is on is of course fundamental. And even if the pc goes on to next grade the graph will improve. The fact is that the pc is emerging more and more and becoming himself and then he himself begins to gain. The graph that dives will come back up if general processing is done. The pc will keep saying he is “more there”. And it is true. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt .rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JULY 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 52 INTERNES The word INTERN or INTERNE means “An advanced graduate or a recent graduate in a professional field who is getting practical experience under the Supervision of an experienced worker”. An Interneship then is serving a period as an Interne, or an activity offered by an org by which EXPERIENCE can be gained. Interneships have been arranged this long while for every auditing class. The apprenticeship of an auditor is done as an org Interne. C/Ses very often have Internes on their lines and sometimes have trouble with getting them to audit. The WHY of this is that the Interne seldom knows the definition of the word “Interne” (which is as above). They sometimes think they are still students. They do not know this fact: A COURSE GRADUATE BECOMES AN AUDITOR BY AUDITING. That means LOTS of auditing. The failure of “auditors” is that they go from one level to the next, HDC to IV to VIII, without ever becoming an auditor for that Class. Thus you can get a silly situation where a Class IX can’t audit or C/S well. Thus you get tech going out. An HDC graduate who doesn’t then audit under an experienced Case Supervisor who knows and demands the standard actions rarely gets to be an HDC AUDITOR. It takes tons of hours to make a real Dianetic auditor who can toss off standard sessions and get his routine miracles. So if an HDC doesn’t INTERNE, but simply goes on to the Academy Courses or SHSBC he has skipped his apprenticeship as a Dianetic Auditor. If he gets his Class VI and never Internes but goes on to VIII well, we now have somebody who has long since lost touch with the reality of why he is studying. Therefore you CAN’T take a Class VI graduate who was never a Dianetic Auditor and Interne him as a VI. He’ll goof-goof-goof. So you have to Interne him as an HDC. WHEN he can turn out flawless Dianetic sessions on all kinds of pcs you can Interne him as a IV etc. In other words you have to catch up all neglected Apprenticeships. I don’t care if the guy is an VIII, if he wasn’t ever a Dianetic Auditor and a Class VI Auditor and isn’t Interning as an VIII then he is only a provisional. Flubby auditors are the biggest time wasters a C/S has. If auditors on his lines aren’t good, he’ll take forever to get his C/S work done. And he won’t get results. The answer is, regardless of Class as a course graduate, a C/S MUST INTERNE HIS AUDITORS FOR EACH INTERNESHIP MISSED ON THE WAY UP. The “ok to audit” system is used. One takes any graduate and Internes him on the lowest Interneship he has missed. He reviews his material, gets his drills checked, gets his misunderstood words cleared and gets an “ok to audit” for that level. If he goofs he is crammed. And sometimes wholly retreaded. The “ok to audit Dianetics” would be his first okay. This suspends if he has to retread. When he then has turned out pcs, pcs, pcs, pcs, 5, 6, 8, 10 hours a day for weeks and weeks and is a total success as a Dianetic Auditor, he can go on up. At first as a Dianetic Interne he is part time studying Dianetics. Then as he gets flawless and while he is getting experience and practice on Dianetics, he can gradually phase over into re-studying his next Interneship, usually IV or VI. Then one day he is word cleared, checked out on his drills, and he qualifies for “ok to audit” for IV or VI. Now it begins all over again. Flubs—Cramming, midnight oil, audit audit cramming audit audit new word clear new drill work audit audit audit audit 5, 6, 8, 10 hours a day. Now he is a IV or VI auditor. His next real step is a VI or VII Interne at an SH. If he has been a good IV Interne Auditor his VI Interneship after his SHSBC will be a VII Interneship. VII is an Interne activity. When he’s an Auditor that can do VI and Power, he is ready for VIII and IX. If he is going to be a good VIII-IX auditor he will Interne in an AO or SH under an experienced C/S. Now when he goes to his own org, you have a real honest to goodness C/S. And as a C/S he must know how you use Interneships to make auditors. Wherever this function is neglected, you don’t get auditors. You get doubtful students and outtech. On Flag C/Ses have to catch up every missed Interneship to make a high volume high quality auditor. The world renowned Superiority of Flag Auditors is built just like I am telling you here. There is no reason just that same quality can’t be built in any org. One does it by the Interne method. By using this method you get IN tech and high volume. Any auditor in any org that is limping and fumbling simply has never been properly Interned. The way to remedy it is to set up a good Cramming that uses only HCO Bs and has them available (and no verbal tradition), a Good Word Clearer and a Qual “okay to audit” Interne system. The Internes are a Section in Qual. They have a Course Supervisor. They study and audit cram audit cram study audit, audit audit audit. And one day you have IN tech and high volume high Class auditing all over the place. Otherwise you just have a bunch of students, in doubt, chewing on their misunderstood words and failed tech. There IS a right way to go about it. It is by Interneship. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt .rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973RB (Cancels HCO B 24 Nov 1973, Rev. 12 Nov 1974) Revised & Reissued 22 March 1975 Remimeo C/S Series 53RJ SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used after TA is in normal range to get pc’s case handled better. ____________________________________PC Name_____________________ Date 1. Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list calling off the items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF, F, LF, LFBD [to what TA], Speeded Rise or Blow Up.) NOTE: A C/S 53RJ should be reassessed and all reads handled until it F/Ns on assessment. A. Interiorization Went in Go in Can’t get in Want to get out Kicked out of spaces Can’t go _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ B. List errors Overlisting Wrong items Upset with giving items to auditor Wrong date Wrong location Wrong Why Wrong Indication Wrong PTS Item _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ C. Have others committed _________ overts on others _________ Not saying _________ Problems _________ Protest _________ Don’t like it _________ Audited over out ruds _________ Feel sad _________ Rushed _________ Tired _________ ARC Brk _________ Upset _________ Can’t get it Drugs LSD Alcohol Pot Medicine E. Engram in restimulation _________ Same engram run twice _________ Can’t see engrams too well _________ Invisible _________ Black _________ Loss _________ Lost _________ F. Same thing run twice Same action done by another auditor Some sort of W/H _________ Are you withholding Something _________ Is another withholding something from you _________ Are others withholding something from others _________ False withhold _________ Withholds gotten off more than once _________ Has another committed overts on you _________ Have you committed any overts _________ D. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ G. Doing something with mind between sessions _________ Some other practice _________ H. Word Clearing errors Study errors _________ _________ I. False TA Wrong sized cans Tired hands Dry hands or feet Wet hands or feet Loosens can grip Wrong hand cream _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ J. Auditor overwhelming _________ Interruptions _________ Feel attacked _________ Something wrong with F/Ns _________ Overrun F/Ns _________ Missed F/N _________ Items really didn’t read _________ False reads _________ Bad auditing _________ Incomplete actions _________ Invalidation _________ Evaluation _________ Couldn’t get auditing _________ K. Can’t have Low havingness _________ _________ L. PTS Suppressed _________ _________ M. Something went on too long _________ Went on by a release point _________ Overrun Auditor kept on going _________ Over-repair _________ Puzzled why auditor keeps on _________ Stops _________ N. Something else Physically ill O. Repairing a TA that isn’t high Repairing a TA that isn’t low Faulty Meter Nothing wrong P. False Exam Report Waited at Exam Upset by Examiner _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ 2. Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however show where mass lies. A. If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD, do an Int RD Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71 R, Revised 14 May 74.) If the pc has never had an Int RD, then give him a standard Int RD providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R. B. If any of these read, do an L4BR on the earliest lists you can find that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4BR in general. You can go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N until the whole L4BR gives nothing but F/Ns. Handle a Wrong Why or Wrong Indication or Wrong PTS Item per C/S Series 78. C. If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N. If more than one reads do biggest read first and then clean up each of the others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for each or 20 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N. On out ruds, find which rud and handle. (See GF40RB, HCOB 30 June 71R, Revised I Dec 74.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk of long duration.) D. Rehab releases on each “drug” taken to F/N. Complete the Drug RD per C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If pc has had a Drug RD, do L3RD on it, and handle. E. If any of these, do L3RD and handle according to what is stated to do on L3RD. F. Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N. G. Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such 2wc E/S it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that and if TA now down do L1C on that period of pc’s life. H. If Word Clearing, do a Word Clearing Correction List, handle all reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List to the pc’s program. I. False TA is wrong cans. Use HCO Bs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71R, 15 Feb 72, 18 Feb 72, 29 Feb 72R, 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then clean up the bypassed charge with (1) Assess for best read (a) TA worries, (b) F/N worries. (2) Then 2wc times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N. (3) Rehab any overruns due to False TA obscuring F/Ns. J. These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused by overwhelming TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA can be caused by an auditor overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to assess through an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. An F/N can be obscured and mistaken for a read if Sensitivity too high. These items are all 2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming badly or retread. K. Can’t have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy. L. PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD. M. Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date to blow, locate to blow, if qualified). N. 2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered by one of these categories handle per instructions. If not just 2wc to F/N and get further C/S instructions for handling if necessary. O. Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False TA handle per I above. P. Indicate and 2wc to F/N. General. Handle Int RD (A) if it reads at all before handling rest as nothing will go right if Int is still out. For the remainder prefer to handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what to do, return to the C/S. Revised by L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt jh Copyright © 1973,1974, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JULY 1971 Remimeo DIANETICS C/S Series 54 DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON Make Dianetics work fully in our modern culture. DO NOT BEGIN DIANETICS WITH A HEALTH FORM ANY LONGER. BEGIN DIANETICS WITH A PC ASSESSMENT SHEET, HCO B 24 April 1969. This is VITAL. DRUGS IF YOU GET ANY TA ACTION OR READS ON DRUGS EVEN IF THE PC SAYS “NO” THE FIRST DIANETIC ACTION IS THE THIRD PAGE OF HCO B 15 July 1971, Issue III. If the pc is currently on Drugs, then a Special Drug TR COURSE IS VITAL until the pc is off them. Then do the third page of HCO B 15 July 1971, Issue III. ACCIDENTS If you get a read on Part E of Assessment Form, Accidents, run them out Narrative R3R Triple. ILLNESS If Illness Part F Assessment Form reads, run it out Narrative R3R Triple. MENTAL TREATMENT If Mental Treatment reads, run it out Narrative R3R Triple. OPERATIONS If Operations Part G reads run the reading one out Narrative R3R Triple. MEDICINE If Medicine Part M reads TREAT IT HCO B 15 Jul 71, Iss III, as it reacts like any other drug but pcs don’t sometimes think of medicines as drugs when they are. DEATHS If Deaths of relatives, etc read on Part 7, run them out Narrative as SECONDARIES R3R TRIPLE. FAMILY INSANITY If Part L reads on a member of the family going insane, run it out Narrative SECONDARIES R3R TRIPLE. PERCEPTION Lack of perception (sight, hearing, etc) comes from overts and improves when Flow 2 is done on any of the above or any R3R. PROGRAM The C/S Programs the Case from the Assessment Form as above, using Drugs or Medicine first and the rest by largest reads first. Narrative Items or incidents were used for years with great effect. BUT THE ITEM MUST BE DONE R3R TRIPLE and is once in a while very long. REPAIR Repair by L3B ANY FLUBBED DIANETIC SESSION OR CHAIN WITHIN 24 HOURS. Do not let it go unrepaired. HEALTH FORM WHEN any and all of the above are handled, then and only then proceed with the usual Health Form by item. The pc in many cases won’t be able to run engrams at all unless you run out drugs or medicines first. They will run these and these alone until the engrams are gone. People who “can’t run engrams” are usually drug cases. _________ This is CORRECT Dianetic Programming. MAKE DIANETICS WORK FOR YOU. Program it correctly. C/S it correctly. It won’t work unless used on where the pc’s attention is. IT WILL WORK IF YOU USE IT. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 AUGUST 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 55 THE IVORY TOWER It has been stated before that the Case Supervisor is most successful when he supervises in seclusion. This is called the IVORY TOWER rule. It comes from the practical experience that in C/Sing thousands of cases the only few mistakes I made (and repaired) were when I listened to the opinion of the auditor or saw the pc. This can be quite fatal to a case’s progress. The fantastic results I achieve as a C/S mainly stem from not permitting what I know of tech and cases to be clouded by “Human Emotion and Reaction” (a Scn Public Relations term) by others. Part of a C/S’s duty is to get the case through it despite auditor opinions and flubs or the opinions of others. A C/S has no political or personnel opinions. He can of course have his own opinions of the pc’s case. But he is the FRIEND of the pc even when being harsh. Often the C/S, unseen by the pc, is sometimes never suspected but quite often adored by those for whom he C/Ses. One often sees this in success stories, “Thank you, thank you to my great auditor (name) and the C/S (name) and Ron.” Sometimes it’s only the auditor. But mos. pcs know the C/S is there. This awareness is also a great trust and it is a trust that is earned by great results and is never betrayed. To the majority of pcs, then, it is a trio—always in the same order—his auditor, his C/S and myself. He trusts us. And we do our best for him. We don’t change our actions, then, if he is a dope addict, a wife beater, a criminal, a degraded being or an upstat (one who has high statistics) and a sterling person. When we are researching, C/Sing or auditing, we do our best for him. We have nothing to do with whether his seniors like him or for that matter whether we like him. It is our job. We hold it in trust. In our hands is his future, his sanity, his immortality. It depends on us whether he survives and lives a full life or whether he goes into limbo. 0 If we do our duty, when we know and do our jobs, he achieves everything. When we don’t, he is gone. No priest or fancied idol has ever been endowed with more cause over the beingness of another than a C/S and his auditor. This isn’t my opinion or my feeling about it. It’s the way pcs look at it. Actually one can’t really state the full actuality of it. The pc is justified in trusting us when we keep up to date on our tech, know our job, take every care that a good job is done and do our duty. AUDITOR OPINION Some auditors develop overts and withholds on pc and color their auditing reports with critical remarks about a pc = more withholds. A C/S who pays much attention to these opinions is foolish. When they get too bad on too many pcs, get the auditor’s overts and withholds pulled as he’ll begin to flub. The Worksheet and What the pc said or did is important. The opinions aren’t. An auditor has a right to refuse to audit certain pcs as long as he audits others. That’s as it should be. But a lot of “dog cases” are just unsolved cases that can be solved. Some are very difficult, true, but the difficulty is finding the bug. Some pcs are rather wild in conduct. But they solve too. So an auditor’s opinion is not a study of the case. Talking to an auditor about a case he is auditing is not of any technical value to a C/S. Again, a case does not know what is wrong with it or it would as-is and wouldn’t be wrong. So talking to a case about his case is a waste of time for a C/S. Some write huge notes to a C/S. The only value in all this is to analyze whether it’s a hidden standard or an ARC Brk or a w/h or a PTS matter. TECHNICAL considerations are all that enter in looking over such. EXECUTIVE opinion is the world’s worst source of data on a pc. No C/S should ever take what seniors say about a junior. It’s all Human Emotion and Reaction. It’s not tech. FAMILY, husbands, wives, fathers, mothers, brothers and sisters, aunts and uncles are of little value to listen to about a case. The most they could give you would be a list of accidents or illness or time in a home. But beware, they may be worse off than the pc. No. The C/S is the pc’s safest friend. The pc trusts the C/S and the auditor. Or he wouldn’t sit still at all. Sometimes he only trusts me. And that’s the time I have to trust you. And I do. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 AUGUST 1971 Re-issued 2 November 1972 as Remimeo Auditor Admin Series 2 C/S Series 56 HOW TO GET RESULTS IN AN HGC Obtaining excellent case results is an ADMINISTRATIVE not a wholly technical function. Auditors and C/Ses are often weak on Administrative. They think general tech results improve only by more tech study. If they continue to think this way they wind up squirreling. For they are working on a wrong target for improvement, a wrong WHY or reason. Auditing is a team activity. The day of the individual country doctor is dead. Even if an individual field auditor starts out as an individual he goes one of two directions— he overworks and squirrels himself into failure or he builds up a team—may only be a receptionist and an apprentice auditor but he is still building up a team. I have never seen individual auditors succeed over a long period. Failing to form or become part of a team, they eventually fade out or squirrel. The reason is simple enough. These rules apply: TO IMPROVE TECH RESULTS YOU MUST IMPROVE ADMINISTRATION. And I don’t mean just writing better in folders. DEFINITION ADMINISTRATION consists of the formation and handling of the lines and terminals involved in production. Unless an auditor understands this fully, he will never insist on a Tech Sec, a Tech Establishment Officer, D of P, C/S, Examiner, Pages, Folder Admin and himself will begin to omit keeping a Folder Summary and then omit the session actions and then, with big loses, retire from it all. If I were an auditor and saw some of these things missing, I’d be liable to say, “Are you guys kidding? I thought we were here to audit pcs.” Without the correct pattern of lines and terminals YOU DON’T GET RESULTS, you get headaches, mad neighbors and refunds. Auditing on lines, an auditor should regard himself as a highly skilled expert, a technical specialist whose work requires respect and service. And Case Supervising on lines, a Case Supervisor should consider himself a sort of Czar whose word is so law even the Exec Director thinks several times before he approaches—duly servile of course and bowing the prescribed three times as he exits. A Class XII on Flag is listened to by others with a hush even if he is only commenting on the weather. These are the stars of the team. Their worldwide reputation for smooth flubless auditing is an administrative result! Short of space, overloaded, short of admin personnel, turning out the highest well done hours in the world, Flag’s Div IV produces because of an Admin system. The highest of these C/Ses and auditors goes to Cramming if he misplaces a comma or drops a TR 1. If the sessions’ exams at Examiner drop from 90% F/N the whole place gets overhauled. Folders are Folder Error Summaried by an FES section. The Folder Summary is kept up each session (or Cramming). The folder is studied and C/Sed. The D of P assigns the sessions. The C/S is done correctly (or Cramming). The folder travels on its lines. The tests are done. In short it is a complex but constantly flowing pattern of moving pcs, folders and examinations interspersed with testing and interviews and re-registration. There is a right way to do it. RESULTS If an org has only 65% of its sessions F/N VGIs at Examiner the right answer is to organize the place. Why? Well, the first answer is that the third dynamic is stronger than the first dynamic. An auditor auditing alone is a first dynamic. The pc is a first dynamic. As it is the auditor plus pc that must be greater than the reactive mind, one can easily work the rest out. If the auditor is part of a functioning third dynamic, not just an individual, the auditor plus pc versus the bank is a LOT more than the bank. Another answer is that an auditor knows the pc, if only because of sessions, and personal opinion enters into it. That is not a pure technical view as a C/S’s must be. Another answer is that an auditor in a group gets more auditing done. Individually practicing auditors often fail because nobody is taking care of the auditor as a person. Further they get loses. No one sends them to Cramming. When they get loses they often start squirreling. Then they really get loses. That ends them as auditors. An auditor working in a good on policy organization is given service. He does get sent to Cramming. He does keep his tech updated. He gets wins. When he doesn’t he’s put back on standard tech. So he happily keeps going and makes lots of happy people. So if I were auditing in a group I would insist as a condition of work that Div IV and Div V be good on policy divisions, fully organized with no nonsense. I know whereof I speak. As a part-time duty I work as a consulting C/S with a good IV and a good V. Sometimes I have had to take over the whole C/S line. When the organization bogs in any way I know the whole thing is heading toward single-handing the lot. So I get the lines back in and get people to Cramming and get the F/N at Examiner ratio approaching 100% again. Thus, the advice you get about C/Sing is live-live-live, not canned theory. ORG WINS Being on administrative lines to all orgs, I can tell you pointblank that THEIR STATS DEPEND ON THEIR VOLUME AND QUALITY OF SERVICE. That isn’t propaganda. It’s pure fact. The F/N-no F/N at Examiner ratio tells you at once if Divs IV and V are organized and operating or if they are just fooling about. At 50% to 75% F/N at Examiner the administrative functions of Divs IV and V are stinking bad. C/S Series 25 is out. Cramming is out. Hidden data lines exist. HCO Bs, books and tapes are not used. The public, at that % of F/N, will stay away in droves. Registrars will go batty and adopt “Hot Prospect Systems”. The staff will go low pay and the execs will be a perpetual dark shade of purple from yelling. The cash-bills ratio will be the subject of finance missions and the neighbors will be phoning the police. Why? Because an org is itself a technical delivery organization and 50% to 75% F/N at Examiner is an overt product. The Academy has already failed to apply student study tech and word clearing. Qual is a joke. There is no library of tech available and if available isn’t read. The org as a tech service delivery unit is treating its public to a no-auditing situation and will get in trouble. REMEDY The way to remedy is to get on policy with tech organization. Put in a Qual with word clearing and a library and cramming. Put in the C/S Series 25 Tech lines. Tolerate NO out-tech or out-admin in folders. Dummy run the lines until they’re in. Cram Cram Cram C/S and auditor and tech personnel flubs whenever they occur. Get the organization functioning. Your F/N at Examiner ratio will climb straight up to 90% 95% 98%. By actual test pcs will flood in, Reg lines will get easy, success stats soar. More auditors more C/Ses, more organization. A second, a third HGC. And the more thoroughly the admin lines are manned the better the tech lines work. This conclusion came from actual inspections of orgs and studies of their stats. Orgs should be selling more training than processing. But why train if you can’t interne them in a good Qual and HGC? They’ll never amount to anything as auditors unless they work in an organization that is on tech and on policy. So you need an HGC. Tech, done in a proper administrative framework, works. Some orgs really don’t believe they could ever attain the flubless auditing quality of Flag. But they can. It is even easy. It is even easier to attain flubless quality of auditing than any other kind. You put in a real on policy admin pattern in IV and V. You begin with a Qual Interne Course. You send to Cramming for any C/S or auditing error no matter how minute. The results come up. The errors cease. You’re a success! If you do it. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt .rd Copyright © 1971, 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1971 Issue I Remimeo C/S Series 57 A C/S AS A TRAINING OFFICER A PROGRAM FOR FLUBLESS AUDITING It is wholly and entirely up to the C/S whether or not his auditors ever come to be FLUBLESS AUDITORS. Auditing flubs are the main things that make a C/S’s job long and hard and the main thing that denies his pcs high results. For example-with competent auditors I can C/S the day’s folders in 21 / 2 hours. With green flubby auditors the same number of folders takes 61 / 2 hours. The answer plainly is to groove the auditors in until they are flubless. And this is what a competent C/S does. Because he has internes on his lines and because any group of auditors can be bettered, the training officer part of the C/S hat is one which is always worn. Also, if the Tech-Qual administrative set-up is nonextant or a confused mess, the errors in folders and various upsets react suppressively both on the C/S and auditors and they—both C/S and auditors—make mistakes. So the administrative lines and terminals must be there. Thus a C/S out of self-defense is not merely a training officer of auditors but of other Tech-Qual personnel as well. Officially this hat belongs with the other terminals. But to coordinate the operation, the C/S has to have a large amount of know-how about the lines and terminals of Tech and Qual. As it is the C/S who is directing the running of cases and as the lines and terminals exist only to obtain auditing results in volume with high quality, no C/S can afford to neglect his duties as a training officer. Otherwise he will promptly drown. The folder flow must be smooth with no flaps. The auditor-pc assignments must be smooth with no lost auditing time. The sessions must occur. The auditors who flub must be promptly handled. The Cramming Officer in Qual must know his business. The C/S depends on him to get the kinks out of the auditors’ tech and its application. The processing must be paid for adequately or there will be no funds to hire enough terminals and, indeed, there would be no HGC at all. The C/S is trying to obtain Volume, Quality and Viability. By experience volume comes from the whole org working and the auditors auditing correctly without lost hours spent in fumbles and repairs. Quality comes from smooth Tech-Qual lines and hatted terminals and the auditors auditing flublessly. It is not that the C/S is in charge of the whole org. But every point where a C/S is having trouble is where an org terminal has broken down. Therefore a C/S has every right to INSIST upon hatted functioning terminals. The C/S has a definite effect upon the efficiency of an org’s personnel. He can ensure the staff gets audited either on his lines or from Dept 13. And he can insist on quality staff staff auditing for it will help keep his own post going. Tech works. It works splendidly. The materials are there. Read, understood and applied, FLUBLESS AUDITING occurs. It is so easy to C/S just for cases using standard actions. All puzzles come from FLUBS. The sequence of actions a C/S should take to attain Flubless Auditing could be listed more or less in this order. 1. Make sure his own tech is up to date and do part-time study or retread where needed. 2. Make sure he has no misunderstood words the length and breadth of the subject. Get Word Clearing Method 2 on every major tech writing, each HCO B or P/L if it comes to that. Then get Word Clearing Method 1 to full EP. 3. Practice locating the bugs in “failed cases” or “dog cases” long in auditing until the C/S knows it was an application failure, an auditor failure or a former C/S failure. 4. Study out the terminals and lines necessary IN YOUR ORG, physically going over them, to (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Get a pc in. Get an auditor employed. Get a pc assigned to an auditor. Get auditor and pc together in an auditing room. Get the pc examined. Get the folder turned in for C/Sing. Get an auditor to Cramming and back. Get a pc to Ethics and handled. Get a D of P to interview pcs, muster auditors, do assignments and other D of P duties. (l) Get a pc to attest. (k) Get a pc to Success. (I) Get folders FESed. (m) Get folders stored and found. (n) Get folders made up or neatly covered. (o) Get supplies for auditors. (p) Get an area for auditor admin. (q) Get an area for pcs to wait. (r) Get the various boards made and kept up. (s) Get stats kept and reported. (t) Get bonuses paid. (u) Get pcs handled when adrift on lines. (v) Get a Qual in. (w) Do his own job. (x) How to get and keep all this and any more points going all at once rapidly. He will now know the scene and can achieve a more ideal scene by insisting the Org Officer (emergency) or the HAS (permanently) handle. Now it all gets less confusing as one understands what is out when it is out. 5. Set up a close fast line with the Cramming Officer so that auditors who flub are in actual fact rapidly straightened out and gotten back to auditing without great time loss. 6. Fend off and refuse to give tech advice as such. KNOW WORD CLEARING SERIES 16 THOROUGHLY and get a great reality on it and insist that the Qual Sec and Cramming Officer know it, use it and hammer away with it. Otherwise such weird tech confusions will be floating about that even the C/S gets confused and begins to wonder if the material IS in the books and bulletins! 7. Gather up a Tech and Admin Library for fast reference for personal use. 8. Get in a system whereby every flub by an auditor, a D of P, a Div IV or V Admin personnel, a page, anyone that flubs as it affects the C/S in ANY way gets a Cramming chit with the exact reference to be crammed on. Keep a carbon of the chit, send the original to Cramming, get the chit back when done and marked off on the carbon. Keep the Admin of it simple but the execution of it TOTALLY effective. 9. The Qual Sec, Cramming Officer and Interne Supervisor are the close technical links with the C/S. In technical matters the C/S is senior. Sometimes the C/S is sent to Cramming by the Qual Sec and should accept and do it gracefully. Sometimes there is a Senior C/S in the org (the Assistant Guardian, ED or some other senior exec may be an HSST or even a Class X). In such a case he has the right to cram or send any of these terminals (or any other terminal) to Cramming. Including any Senior C/S, and including any C/S for another Department or for crew or in the Guardian’s Office, these terminals constitute the tech hierarchy of the org: Senior C/S, C/Ses, Qual Sec, Cramming Officer and the Interne Supervisor and they have to hold a hard technical line. The Tech Sec is mainly concerned with production and administration and a Tech Establishment Officer is concerned with establishing. It can happen that a Tech Sec or TEO are also very well trained technically and if so are part of this technical hierarchy but they are not necessarily so. Therefore there is a sort of ex-officio technical committee on the subject of technical matters composed generally of the Senior C/S, C/Ses, Qual Sec, Cramming Officer and Interne Supervisor that monitors the quality of HGC and Dept 10 auditing. The Director of Training can be advised concerning the results of his students after graduation in order to remedy his training and as such is a part of the Committee, as can be the Tech Sec. Most narrowly and most continually Tech quality is between the C/S and the Cramming Officer. More widely, the Senior C/S, Qual Sec and Interne Supervisor enter in. And in the widest sense, the Tech Sec, Tech Establishment Officer and Director of Training enter in. It is an error to suppose the C/S and auditors are the technical monitors of the org. They are the main technical personnel. But a C/S can waste tons of time by talking to or with auditors beyond an auditors’ conference and can really get whizzing if he spends the same time with the Cramming Officer who then crams auditors and with the Interne Super who then persuades internes to function. Knowing who is as important in organization as knowing how. So hold some meetings small and large and thresh out the bugs. 10. Missing materials is a C/S point of upset. “What is a Course” Policy Letter can be out on tech courses to a degree that you wouldn’t believe. Not only no routing form or roll book but NO MATERIALS. The Books, HCO Bs, tapes MUST be available. They exist. It is suppressive to run a course without them. Pubs Org, CLOs have them. Financial Planning can’t deny this necessity as they’re what their income comes from. Qual MUST have a complete and safeguarded library for use in Cramming actions. Under Omitted Materials would be omitted meters and at this writing there is no restriction on these and supply is abundant. The “no materials” gag is the last straw for a C/S. Future auditors won’t have a clue and current auditors will have no way to find out. So the C/S must not permit “economy” or plain laziness or “we sent a despatch three months ago” to get in the road of materials. IT IS CHEAPER TO PUT SOMEBODY ON A PLANE WITH A CHEQUE TO BRING THEM BACK than to do without materials. So a C/S should definitely defend himself against a “no materials” blockage and handle it. 11. No Study. When one has materials and particularly when one is getting new materials a breakdown can occur when the materials, especially new ones, aren’t read. A technical person must keep up with the advances in technology. That is true of any profession. A primary failure of new technology is (you won’t believe it but it is true) the materials aren’t read before the process is tried! I have even caught Class IXs out on this, believe it or not, so don’t think it can’t happen. Process G is received. Auditors audit it. Process fails. Why? Auditors never read the bulletin first! SO BE SURE YOUR AUDITORS READ THE MATERIALS AND CHECK OUT BEFORE THEY DO THE PROCESS. Write C/Ses like this — “Auditor to Cramming to check out on HCO B When attested, do the following 1. ,, . Do this on new materials and, on new auditors, on any materials you believe he may goof. Why have the first 12 pcs on Process G go sour just because the auditor only glanced at the commands and missed the tech? Interiorization Rundowns are still in this category in some areas. The auditor doesn’t study and Clay demo the pack before doing them. So they fail. Now and then Power hits the same snag. So, simple as it seems, get new materials read and checked out in Cramming as the first part of a C/S on them! And get new materials read. And keep up on them yourself. 12. Hidden Data Line trouble can wreck an HGC (and the org and field). A “Hidden Data Line” is a pretense that certain data exists outside of HCO Bs, books and tapes. It can include “data in HCO Bs is conflicting” and “nowhere does it say how to ______”. This is deadly and a C/S should work hard to stamp it out. THE CAUSES OF A HIDDEN DATA LINE OR IMAGINED CONFLICTS IS A FAILURE TO USE WORD CLEARING METHODS TWO AND THREE ON COURSES AND A FAILURE TO USE AND ONLY USE METHOD TWO IN CRAMMING. A C/S can go straight up the wall trying to grapple with these omissions and eventually begin to believe that it takes 500 Cramming chits to make an auditor who still isn’t made and that flubless auditing can’t be done from HCO Bs, books and tapes. As soon as a C/S finds his Cramming orders getting too thick he should check (a) Is Method 2 (meter) Word Clearing used hard in Cramming as a first action? (b) Are Methods 2 and 3 Word Clearing in use constantly on tech courses? (c) Is Method 1 Word Clearing (full rundown) available and faultlessly done on every auditor? Get these points IN. Poof! The Hidden Data Line vanishes. (See Word Clearing Series 16.) Word Clearing has been around for years but people sometimes are themselves so fogged by misunderstood words that they don’t hear you at all when you say USE WORD CLEARING! 13. Invalidation kills auditors. So don’t chew on them any harder than is necessary to get the job done. Get “To Cramming” to mean, “normal procedure even for Class XIIs” . We had one student who every evening gasped with relief that he hadn’t been sent to Cramming. We finally found out that he was really terrified he would be found out for false study stats! Only when an auditor refuses to go to Cramming do you begin to push. The auditor sent to Cramming to do an action must not do the action on another pc until he has been to Cramming on it. This can “hold up production” in somebody’s mind. But how an auditor can produce anything while flubbing is someone else’s misunderstood, not mine. He can’t. Better five hours in Cramming and one good session than no Cramming and five goofed sessions. The real invalidation of an auditor is failing at tech. So don’t let them fail. “Johnny, your TRs are too hard to hear. Get over to Cramming and get hearable” is perfectly acceptable. If it is correct. So Invalidation could be defined as (a) letting an auditor lose (b) correcting things he does right. That’s about the extent of invalidation. 14. Auditor morale depends not on PR (Public Relations) or phoney stats. It depends on actual, honest completions.0 A well trained auditor allowed to get completions will have high morale. Thus, a C/S must push an auditor toward (a) Flubless tech (b) Completions You keep pushing and he’ll make it. You don’t push or push on the wrong things and he won’t. As to completions try to get auditors to do the whole program so something is completed. This is for the auditor not the pc. The Auditor’s Code on a frequent change of auditors was written for pcs. But it also applies to auditors. Let them complete programs. Even if they spend half the day in Cramming. Don’t yank them off cases. And don’t let your D of P assign auditors to different cases or he’ll soon have downtone apathetic auditors who never see what their auditing finally does for one particular pc. Auditor Morale has little to do with anything but the above two things. Also if you have those two things in as a C/S, you will see something new happen. Pcs will be around slapping auditors on the back and cheering the org and the place becomes a very happy place. So work for auditor morale with pushing them relentlessly toward flubless tech and toward completions. ____________ The above actions are numbered. If a C/S were to work to get these in, one by one, and if he then went over them again and again, he would wind up about the most complimented upstat C/S anywhere around. These are the giant points to get in while plugging along each day C/Sing the usual and handling the noise. The way to get out of cope is to organize. And these fourteen points give a sequence of organizational steps that lift one out of cope and into a smooth productive time of it. The org would become very prosperous. The staff would be very happy. The field would be delighted. Just remember that when you reach an average 700 well done auditing hours, you better have a new C/S in training and persuade him to follow himself these 14 points in a new and necessary additional HGC. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 SEPTEMBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 58 PROGRAMMING CASES BACKWARDS When you see a case that has struggled along through 200 hours of processing without much gain you sometimes see a C/S has only recently ordered, or has not ordered at all as yet, an Interiorization RD check and a Green Form No. 40 Expanded. That would be programming backwards. The tools of auditing are the Grade Chart Processes and the numerous correction lists. Like a gardener, a C/S has the choice of numerous tools to raise a flower. If you were to see a gardener digging holes with the lawn mower and cutting grass with a spade, you would say he needed to be checked out on the use of his tools, what each is for. Similarly, running Power on someone who needs Dianetics, doing a life repair on someone who is ready for R6EW, would be a misuse of tools. Similarly, going on auditing someone on Dianetics who desperately needs his ruds put in or an Interiorization Rundown is wasting auditing and messing up a preclear. Let me give you some examples I have seen recently: A. Case audited through many major actions since his Int RD. Auditor and C/S in despair. Pc not progressing. A C/S 53 disclosed the Int RD was faulty and its repair was also faulty. Int Rundown was handled. Case began to run. Months of auditing had been wasted. Needed had been a C/S 53 where out Int would have shown. B. After 200 or more hours of no change in his personality graph (Oxford Capacity Analysis) the pc came up with the withhold that he was a homosexual and also that he did not know what “Scientology” meant. About 2 years of auditing had been wasted. Needed had been Word Clearing and rudiments. C. After scores of hours of no-win auditing and no graph change it was finally decided to run a GF 40X and found the person practised witchcraft! D. After a year of auditing on major grades all wasted it was finally found that the person had had a leg injury he was trying to cure that required only a simple Dianetic assist. Today that would be a C/S 54. He had never had a Pc Assessment Form. E. After racing from POWER to OT III without doing any real auditing or having any change, it was found on a GF 40X that the whole world had been unreal and the person could not begin to face the idea of looking at pictures or the bank and had not been able to since her first drug experiences. Needed had been Objective Processes, CCHs, Op Pro by Dup, etc which get a drug addict to look and be aware. All these are simple if flagrant errors in ordering the right program actions. In order to be able to say what should be done on the case, one has to have three things: 1. Data about the case. 2. A knowledge of what lists are available. 3. Auditors who can do the actions required. From a C/S point of view, all these things are under the C/S’s control. DATA In the Class VIII materials the 7 Resistive Cases are described. The full lot of them are now found in GF 40X. There are numerous other lists for assessment. If a C/S really doesn’t know his lists he can order them all, Method 5 and take his choice of symptoms. Also a C/S can have the pc simply asked questions. From this data a C/S knows why the case is not running well and can order the actions to remedy it. If nothing is wrong, complete the earliest incomplete grade on the Grade Chart. KNOWLEDGE A C/S who is well Word Cleared on his materials and has studied on the courses knows what things hang a case up more than what other things. This gives one the knowledge necessary to choose what lists. Case no case gain then it’s GF 40X. And to keep from auditing over an out Int RD there is C/S 53. And for chronic aches and pains there is C/S 54. And for “might be anything” there’s a GF. What lists and actions that can be done are for is very easy to sort out. AUDITORS If a C/S’s auditors aren’t flubless or expert one needs to get in a Cramming and needs to get hired and interned lots of new auditors. C/S Series 57, “A C/S as a Training Officer”, solves a lot of this. And a Tech Establishment Officer is vital to keep it solved. Then auditors, the numbers and quality of, are not on the C/S’s plate as a continual problem. Scientologists want to audit. They will go on auditing as long as you make them audit well enough and C/S for them well enough to keep them winning on pcs. SUMMARY So the tools of the C/S are 1. Data from pcs. 2. Knowledge of list uses. 3. Knowledge of the Grade Chart. 4. Auditors. 5. The organization of delivery. LRH:nt rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 SEPTEMBER 1971 Remimeo Also Dn Text C/S Series 59 DIANETIC LIST ERRORS It can happen that a Dianetic list of somatics, pains, emotions and attitudes can act as a list under the meaning of the Laws of Listing and Nulling as per HCO B 1 August 68. The most violent session ARC Brks occur because of list errors under the meaning of Listing and Nulling. Other session ARC Brks even under withholds are not as violent as those occurring because of listing errors. Therefore when a violent or even a “total-apathy-won’t-answer” session upset has occurred in Dianetics, one must suspect that the preclear is reacting under the Laws of Listing and Nulling and that he conceives such an error to have been made. The repair action is to assess the prepared list which corrects listing errors. This is L4B—HCO B 15 Dec 68 amended to 18 March 71. It is used “On Dianetics Lists_____” as the start of each of its questions when employed for this purpose. When a pc has not done well on Dianetics and when no other reason can be found the C/S should suspect some listing error and order an L4B to be done “On Dianetic lists “ at the start of each question. Each read obtained on the list is carried Earlier Similar to F/N as per HCO B 14 Mar 71 “F/N Everything” or, preferably the list is found in the folder and properly handled in accordance with what read on L4B. ALL Dianetic Lists can be carried to an item that blows down and F/Ns. This does not mean the item found is now wholly clean. Even though it F/Ned it can be run by recall, by secondaries and by engrams as found in Class VIII materials. It is usually run by engrams, triple, R3R. A C/S must be alert to the fact that (a) Extreme upsets and deep apathies are almost always list errors. (b) That a Dianetic List can be conceived to be a formal list and can behave that way. (c) L4B is the correction list used in such cases. Very few Dianetic lists behave this way but when they do they must be handled as above. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 60 THE WORST TANGLE Sometimes a C/S gets a terrible tangle handed to him as follows. 1. INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN IS UNDONE OR MESSED UP. 2. FAULTY LISTS HAVE BEEN DONE. 3. THE PC IS IN A HEAVY ARC BRK WITH PTPs AND W/Hs. Now each one of these three things “must be done first”. Auditing cannot be done with Int messed up except to handle the Int RD. Auditing cannot be done over bad lists without repairing the lists. Auditing cannot be done over out ruds without putting the ruds in. So WHAT does the C/S do? There is fortunately a different degree of upset in these three things. Int RD trouble is worse than list trouble is worse than out ruds. Therefore the correct C/S would be to 1. Repair Int 2. Repair Lists 3. Put in Ruds. 1. Repair Int RD is done by using L3B on each flow. And (on Flag) by dating to blow and locating to blow. 2. Lists are repaired with L4B on each list, preferably with the list available and preferably with the actual list repaired (such as added to if incomplete or correct item found and given to pc). 3. And if the pc also had out ruds THESE ARE NOW PUT IN WITH “Have you been audited over an (ARC Brk, PTP, w/h)?” as the pc has been. It will all come out all right if properly done. Very few pcs get that messed up. But when they do even they can be untangled. If a lot of engrams were also run on top of that and these are also in the mess, repair them last as a fourth action. And don’t forget to send auditors responsible to Cramming and report C/Ses who get a case that snarled up. C/S Series 53 is written with the above sequence of handling. But it omits ARC Brks (as these don’t raise or lower TA out of normal range). And C/S Series 53 as it is designed only for high or low TA does not cover the trick of putting in the ruds as “Were you audited over an (ARC Brk, PTP, w/h)?” as it purposely has to omit ARC Brks. Hope this helps. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 61 THE THREE GOLDEN RULES OF THE C/S HANDLING AUDITORS There are three firm rules in handling auditors which make the difference between good auditors and poor auditors or even having auditors or no auditors at all. 1. NEVER FAIL TO FIND AND POINT OUT AN ACTUAL GOOF AND SEND THE AUDITOR TO CRAMMING. 2. NEVER INVALIDATE OR HARASS AN AUDITOR FOR A CORRECT ACTION OR WHEN NO TECHNICAL GOOF HAS OCCURRED. 3. ALWAYS RECOGNIZE AND ACKNOWLEDGE A TECHNICALLY PERFECT SESSION. By reversing these three things a C/S can wreck and blow every auditor in the place. By always doing these three things correctly the C/S winds up with splendid auditors. An auditor who knows he goofed and yet gets a well done doesn’t think the C/S is a good fellow. He holds the C/S in contempt and his auditing worsens. An auditor who didn’t goof and yet is told he did becomes bitter or hopeless and begins to hate the C/S. The test of a C/S in the auditor’s eyes is “Is he spot on?” meaning is the C/S accurate in giving the right program, the right C/S, spotting the goof and ordering Cramming, and being well enough trained to see and commend a well done. You never get Bad Indicators in an auditor or student when you state the truth. You only get Bad Indicators when your statement is not true. “PR” (Public Relations cheery falsehoods) has nothing to do with getting good indicators. Good indicators in auditors are made with TRUTH. “You goofed, go to Cramming, do TRs 101 to 104 until you cease to alter commands.” “Well done by Exams. Practice Handwriting so I don’t take so long reading your worksheets.” “This F/N VGIs at session end and the Bad Exam Report do not agree. Is there any way this report was falsified? Is there any goof you didn’t write down?” or “Very well done” on a very well done totally ON Tech, ON Admin and Correct Auditor’s C/S session. Auditors work well even for a bad tempered C/S when that C/S is always “Spot on” with program, C/S, Auditor’s grade or censure of auditor and TO CRAMMING. Auditors like a businesslike accurate C/S. A “good fellow” C/S who “lets it slide” and says nothing becomes a very bad fellow indeed in auditors’ eyes. A C/S who doesn’t recognize and who invalidates good auditing is looked on as a suppressive even when it’s just ignorance. The Golden Rules of C/Sing are 1. Never fail to find and point out an actual goof and send the auditor to Cramming. 2. Never invalidate or harass an auditor for a correct action or when no technical goof has occurred. 3. Always recognize and acknowledge a technically perfect session. Only those C/Ses who follow these Golden Rules are truly loved by their auditors. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1971 Remimeo (corrected and reissued) C/S Series 62 KNOW BEFORE YOU GO A C/S may and should know exactly what is wrong with a case. When he “knows” by hunches or intuition and does not bother to confirm or make a wider effort, he can miss the case entirely. Example: C/S says to himself—I know what’s wrong with Joe. His wife. So I’ll C/S “O/W on your wife”. Some of the time the C/S will be right. This gives him a win and confirms him in sloppy C/Sing. He does not bother to know before he C/Ses. A C/S who gets a low percentage of cracked cases and a low percent of F/N VGIs at Examiner usually fails to “know before he goes”. He just goes, which is to say he just writes programs and C/Ses without finding out enough about the case. A skilled C/S may very well be able to figure out exactly what’s wrong with the case. That’s his job. But how does he find out anything about the case at all? The answer is very simple. So simple it gets missed. THE C/S GETS DATA ON THE CASE. How does he do this? The broadest, most used answer to how to know is prepared lists. These have all sorts of questions on them that read or don’t read. There are lots of these lists beginning with the famous PC Assessment Form. There are all sorts of lists. An end product of any list is DATA ON THE PC ONE USES TO PROGRAM AND C/S THE CASE. The next answer to how to get data is lists prepared by the C/S himself and which are assessed by the Auditor. Another answer is 2-way comm on questions written by the C/S. “What do you consider hasn’t been handled on your case?” is a jewel which gives you the hidden standard to List and Null and run Who or what would have to BD F/N Item and O/W on the item found. But there are dozens more. “How do you feel about your family?” “R Factor: The C/S is concerned about your saying your case sags after wins in auditing. Could you tell me exactly what happens and what your history has been on this?” There is no limit to such questions. And, if taken from what the pc says to Examiner or from auditors’ comments on Worksheets, they will usually F/N. But mainly they give data. When regular actions fail, there is always the D of P. “D of P to Interview Richard Roe and find out what he’s trying to do in session. Also how he looks, mannerisms, etc.” Data, Data, Data. Now you have a picture of this case. COMBINED ACTION Usually, by prepared lists issued or from C/S prepared lists, the C/S finds and gets handled by the auditor in the same session much of what is wrong. This combines finding out with handling. Any prepared list carried to F/N on each read (Method 3) or the indicated action done will give case gain. Maybe it’s all the case gain one could ask for. But such reads even if F/Ned and the text in the Worksheet give the C/S new data about this case. BROAD SHOOTING Even if he now KNOWS, the C/S does not narrowly shoot at one target. He gives alternatives as well in his C/S. Example: C/S knows pc is concerned about F/Ns. He does not necessarily just write “Prepcheck F/Ns”. Instead the C/S writes “Assess Auditors, Auditing, Dianetics, Scientology, F/Ns, Processing, false reads. Prepcheck each reading item, taking largest read first.” This gives a broader band, more chance of hitting the button needed. There are many ways to do this. Example: You “know” it is a misdefined word. You don’t C/S “Find the misdefined word”. You write, “Assess Method 3 and Handle the Word Clearing Correction List”. For you see, the session might also have been run over an out rud. EVALUATION To abruptly C/S everything the pc has just said is a Q and A. But worse, it can lead to evaluation. LITTLE FLAGS Pc Remarks are like little Flags that may signal a much deeper deposit of aberration. Only the little flag shows. “I don’t like women,” can uncover a whole background. “I keep getting this pain in my side” opens the door to a whole chain of operations and one to be done next week! But by the broad rule, the C/S doesn’t dive at it. He says “Pc has pain in side. I . C/S 54.” Not “List the somatics in his side”. But a whole coverage of accidents, illnesses. One will also have a side pain as a result. “Appendicitis Operation” is enough to give anyone a pain in the side if never audited out! TAGGING CASES A C/S who sees a case is thick foldered and not well tags the case “Resistive”. There are 7 resistive cases listed in the Class VIII material. For this the C/S has “GF40 Expanded Method 3” and then handles the lists and engrams indicated in it in his next C/S. If this doesn’t handle, the case is in an out Ethics situation that should be looked into. The C/S mentally tags the easy ones and the tough ones. The tough ones he plays on the Resistive Cases side. The C/S can also find an auditor considers a fast case a bad case when it is just a fast case. PRIMARY RECORD The primary record is the pc’s folder. When the case does not run well it can be assumed that the case is (a) (b) Resistive Errors have been made in auditing. These two assumptions are valid in all cases which do not easily resolve. They are both valid because the case, being resistive, was running poorly, was hard to audit and C/S earlier. From the folder, from prepared lists, from C/S’s own additions to prepared lists, from C/S’s own prepared lists, from 2wc on questions and from D of P Interviews one can get ENOUGH DATA TO INTELLIGENTLY PROGRAM AND C/S A CASE. All this may seem very obvious. BUT, in word clearing the most Common C/S error has been to fail to order a Word Clearing Correction List done. Instead one reads, “Correct the last word found”. This misses that the whole thing may be being done over a withhold or ARC Break. It might be another word entirely. So a C/S who does this risks the wrong target. He is not C/Sing broadly enough. Also one sees a repair or life program consisting of two or three special processes and without any lists at all. One also sees a program which seeks to handle several things the C/S “knew” were wrong followed by “8. C/S 53, 9. GF 40X, 10. C/S 54.” Having gone, this program then seeks to find out. It’s quite backwards. Thus the C/S who goes before he knows is going to have an awful lot of no F/Ns at the Examiner. The watchword is KNOW BEFORE YOU GO. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 OCTOBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 63 C/SING FOR NEW AUDITORS OR VETERANS There is a considerable difference between C/Sing for internes and new auditors and C/Sing for veterans. This shows up mainly in C/Sing prepared lists. For an interne or new auditor or one who is not very experienced or expert, the rule is that a C/S gives as little thinking to do as possible in the session. It is enough for such an auditor to do the actions. It is too much to also ask him to use judgment or work something out while auditing. A veteran on the other hand knows the tools so well that he can also figure out what to do. Example: C/S for non-veteran: 1. Assess GF Method 5 and return to C/S. C/S for a veteran: 1. Assess GF Method 5 and Handle. It is quite a trick to assess a whole list, then take the biggest reads and handle. It is quite beyond an auditor who is still worrying about his TRs or how you run a meter. In an effort to speed up lines or escape work, a C/S can err badly in this. It becomes mysterious why Word Clearing Correction List ceases to work, why F/Ns are few at the Examiner. Giving an inexperienced auditor the responsibility for assessing a list and also handling it is in fact asking him to audit and to a faint degree C/S in the chair. It is quite beyond a green auditor. Given that he knows his Tech, most of a C/S’s troubles come from (a) Asking green auditors to follow C/Ses for which they have not studied the HCO Bs or on which they have not been crammed, (b) C/Sing for green auditors to decide something in session or combine actions such as assessing and handling without a new C/S in between, (c) Not sending the auditor (green or veteran) to Cramming for every goof, (d) Having no Cramming. It takes a while to make an auditor. The C/S is responsible for all actions in the session. He has only himself to blame if he is asking someone to C/S for him in the chair. It is easier to plan out and write up the needed GF actions (or any other list) from the Method 5 reads than it is to correct a messed-up handling. It does not save any time at all but more than likely makes new problems for the C/S. It is very easy to have even a green auditor assess some prepared list. One can even now say, “Take the list just assessed and do 2wc on each item I have marked. Carry each E/S to an F/N before leaving it.” The C/S simply puts a dash ahead of each item that read in the assessment. The C/S can also number the items in different order than the list (because of better programming or bigger reads) and have each one handled to F/N. An L3B can be ordered “Method 5” and then the C/S can get it back and precisely order what’s to be done with its reads. And in what sequence. This is true of any prepared list. The only small hitch is that a C/S has to be there and available so as not to stall the session. Even so, in the long run it is faster because less mistakes are made. Assess— send to C/S—handle. Instead of “Assess and Handle”. This even applies to a C/S 53 or C/S 54 or White Form or GF 40X. Any prepared list. Perhaps this will greatly improve your F/N VGI ratio. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 OCTOBER 1971 Remimeo Qual Hats Tech Estab Officers C/S Series 64 F/Ning AUDITORS Students who study well are said to be F/Ning students. An auditor who is auditing well could be said to be F/Ning the whole time. When an auditor goofs or is having a rough time because of his own TRs and misunderstood words and lack of data, he is not F/Ning. A C/S who lets an auditor struggle along without insisting on a Cramming being in existence and without sending an auditor to Cramming on each goof is actually condemning the auditor to a miserable time. When an auditor’s production is low and when he is making goofs, he is not an F/Ning auditor. This shows up heavily in the Exams of his pcs. These Exams will drop away from F/N VGIs. An auditor should be sent to Cramming when his production is low or he goofs in order to get his TRs, misunderstood words and lack of data remedied. Cramming should be carried out until he is F/N VGIs. EVERY AUDITOR LEAVING CRAMMING SHOULD GO THROUGH THE EXAMINER. The Exam report with TA and needle state and indicators should be done exactly like a pc report. Compliance reports on the Cramming cycle should have the Exam report attached so the C/S can see if the fault was remedied. If it was, then it will be F/N GIs. This also puts Cramming on its toes. An auditor, just crammed, who doesn’t F/N VGI should be hauled straight back into Cramming for the cycle is incomplete or invalidative or faulty in some way. Cramming Officers who win on auditors and students are F/Ning Cramming Officers. C/Ses who send auditors to a good Cramming for every goof will wind up as F/Ning C/Ses. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN Remimeo 6 OCTOBER 1971R Issue I Revised & Reissued 14 January 1975 as BTB (Revision in this type style) CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1971 Issue II SAME TITLE C/S Series 65R AUDITING OF STAFF & PUBLIC (See HCOPL 20 July 1970, “Cases and Morale of Staff”, HCOPL 8 Sept 70, “Examiner’s 24 Hour Rule”, HCOPL 13 Jan 71, “Exam 24 Hour Rule (Additional Information)”, HCO B 25 Sept 74, C/S Series 94, “Reduction of Refunds—C/Ses and Over load”, HCO PL 26 Sept 74, “Important—New Case Supervisor Postings”.) Just as the PR man has his own “Public” so does the Case Supervisor. C/Ses are responsible for the case condition and well-being of all their public Pcs and C/S for these Pcs, not for the Registrar or the Org Execs. If well audited, those Pcs will go on to training and will also enhance the Org’s reputation in the field, which will make other public desire the services of the Org. The Staff C/S is responsible for the well-being of the staff in his organization as per HCO PL 20 July 70, “Cases and Morale of Staff”. If the staff are regularly audited and patched up, then they will be happier, they will have more R on Scientology and the Org will function better. This is classified under correction of the machine (Product 2) whereas auditing of paying Pcs would be correction of the product (Product 4 in the Product Org Series). The Staff C/S would regularly overhaul the folders and note the outnesses which need correcting. In other words, if a staff member slumps (PTS) he is priority for a session. Somewhere along his auditing history he was flying. Then somebody came along and did a goofy action, which has lain dormant in the folder waiting to be rectified, while he received more auditing. Hence FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES. There is always one big “WHY” such as an overrun Exteriorization Remedy. Staff members classified as “24 hour repair’’ must get auditing first. Those who are doing well can be audited after the “24 hour cases” have been pulled out of the mud. The C/S must keep Ethics notified as to the progress of roller coastering staff members as well as PTS paying preclears. An executive who suddenly goes “splooie!” should receive immediate attention. He probably had something badly upset him in his environment, or else he recently had some lists done—which most probably look fine. However, we know that a sudden heavy ARC Break like that is probably a wrong item. The worst ARC Breaks were caused by a bad list. C/S Series 53 and GF No. 40X Revised will unearth these. The Staff C/S can keep a tally of staff as to their condition in a log book. I.e. good and bad. A new C/S who comes on post and finds 35 24-hour repairs out of a staff of 50 would be suspicious (think of the paying Pcs who just never showed up for more!). He would embark on a project to have these cases investigated (by folder inspection) and handled. When the staff is in “F/N” condition then the Staff C/S would concentrate on getting his staff up the Grade Chart. Lt. Quentin Hubbard Class XII C/S Notes from a lecture with L. RON HUBBARD Founder Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Approved by The Commodore’s Staff Aides and The Board of Issues for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:CSA:Bofl:AL:MH:QH:mh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 NOVEMBER 1971 Remimeo Re-issued 6 November 1972 as Auditor Admin Series 15 C/S Series 66 AUDITOR’S WORKSHEETS A very fast way for a C/S to do himself in is to fail to insist on GOOD LEGIBLE HANDWRITING. When a C/S has auditors who can’t write well and rapidly, he gets misunderstood words when he tries to read the worksheets. One temporary solution is to make the auditor block print the word in red above each hard to read word. Some auditors go to an extreme of block printing the whole WIS. The more permanent solution is to have Auditors in Cramming practice writing WELL and CLEARLY no matter how slowly and then, maintaining the same clarity, speed it up. The auditor after many such practice sessions winds up writing clearly and fast. This can be increased until an auditor can write clearly as fast as people talk. The occasional headaches a C/S might get are not from the restim of the case he’s studying but are from the words on W/Ses he can’t make out. If a C/S does not insist on both block print clarification and auditor writing practice, he will wind up not reading worksheets and may even get foggy about certain cases. A remedy is to go back to the first folders not understood and get the words clarified and then keep this C/S Series HCO B IN. L. RON HUBBARD Founder PS: In the 19th Century secretaries wrote beautiful copperplate longhand faster than a man could talk. So don’t say it can’t be done. LRH:nt.kjm.rd Copyright © 1971, 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 30 NOVEMBER 1971 R Remimeo All Auditors All C/Ses to Starrate on receipt Corrected & Reissued 16 December 1971 (correction next page, no. 17) Revised & Reissued 17 July 1974 as BTB CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 30 NOVEMBER 1971 SAME TITLE (The only revision is on this page, References section. HCO PL 15 Nov 69 is now BPL 15 Nov 69R.) C/S Series 67 THE CODE OF A C/S References: HCO B BPL HCO B HCO B HCO B 15 Nov 69 Case Supervision, How It Goes Non-Standard 15 Nov 69R Rights and Duties 17 Sept 68 Gross Case Supervision Errors 22 Sept 71 The Three Golden Rules of the C/S (C/S Series 61) 19 June 71 C/S Series 46, Declares This is the Code of a C/S as regards his Auditors and their Pcs for whom he is C/Sing. 1. I promise to know my Dianetics and Scientology totally cold up to the Level at which I am C/Sing. 2. I promise never to look for some imagined error in Tech Data but always to look for and find the real error in the auditing, programming or C/Sing. 3. I promise never to treat a case as “different”. 4. I promise that if I cannot find the reason why a session has failed from the folder that I will suspect a False Auditing Report and get the Pc asked about the session and get data as to why it failed. 5. I promise never to punish an Auditor for querying a C/S. 6. I promise to refrain from discussing or mentioning data from Pc folders socially. 7. I promise to correct my Auditors’ application of Tech positively without invalidation. 8. I promise that I will order the Auditor to Cramming or retraining for any flunked session. 9. I promise never to order an unnecessary repair. 10. I promise never to use repair processes to get case gain when the Pc needs the next grade. 11. I promise never to give verbal C/S instructions but always to write them down. 12. I promise never to talk to the Auditor about the case. 13. I promise never to talk to a Pc about his case. 14. I promise to send the Pc to the Examiner or D of P, to get data, if unsure why the folder has been sent up for C/S. 15. I promise never to be reasonable as a C/S. 16. I promise to maintain sufficient Ethics presence to get my orders followed. 17. I promise never to issue involved repair orders. 18. I promise never to follow C/S advice from a Pc but I will accept the Pc’s data. 19. I promise that I will ALWAYS read through the Pc folder before C/Sing a case. 20. I promise I will always have the folders of cases in trouble casewise, ethically or medically reviewed to find the Out Tech. 21. I promise never to put a Pc on a grade to “solve his case”. 22. I promise to always order a repair of a misaudited grade until the End Phenomena has been achieved. 23. I promise to advance the Pc up the Grade Chart in the proper sequence. 24. I promise never to order a grade run that the Pc is not set up for. 25. I promise never to indulge in the practice of “hopeful C/Sing”. 26. I promise never to C/S a session I cannot read but will instead return it to the Auditor for clarification. 27. I promise to make every effort to find and point out an actual goof and send the Auditor to Cramming. 28. I promise never to invalidate or harass an Auditor for a correct action or when no Technical goof has occurred. 29. I promise to recognize and acknowledge a Technically perfect session. 30. I promise to see that a Pc or Pre-OT who knows he has made an EP is sent to Exams and C&A to attest. 31. I promise never to send a Pc or Pre-OT who hasn’t made it to declare and attest. 32. I promise to see that Pcs and Pre-OTs who haven’t made it are handled until they have made that specific Declare. 33. I promise to complete cycles of action on the Pc and never start a new one while an old one is still incomplete. 34. I promise to ensure that the Auditors for whom I am C/Sing continue to improve in skill and training level. 35. I promise to maintain a standard of the highest Professional conduct. Flag Dept 12 C/S Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:RL:mh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 8 DECEMBER 1971 Reissued 3 July 1974 as BTB Remimeo All C/Ss cramming Officer Hat CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 8 DECEMBER 1971 SAME TITLE Cramming Series 9 C/S Series 68 THE C/S AND CRAMMING CYCLES A fast way for any C/S to go into Doubt about the skills of his Auditors is to send them to Cramming and get only a “done” back. Cramming is there to find the real cause of any error. So if the real WHY is not made known to the C/S he has a “something is wrong with Joe’s TRs” which hangs up in time and never is resolved. A response from Cramming to an order from the C/S to “check his TRs—Pc’s TA went low in session—” which states: “I checked his TRs and they are good. But he audited the Pc in a room that was overhot and the cans were too big. He has been drilled on Auditor’s Code and session environment handling and HCO Bs on TA Errors and now has this down pat. It won’t happen again,” leaves the C/S in no doubt as to what really happened. What’s more he can order this repaired on the Pc by a “2wc on times he felt worried about his TA or F/Ns” taken E/Sim to F/N (which will clear it up). Furthermore the Auditor now knows that the C/S knows what the real error was, doesn’t get hung with a withhold or a false idea about his TRs from the C/S. In essence one is putting the Exact Truth on the line. So the following rule is now mandatory in all HGCs and Quals: THE CRAMMING OFFICER IS ALWAYS ON ANY CRAMMING ORDER TO REPORT THE EXACT OUTNESSES FOUND OR THE EXACT SESSION GOOFS, WITH ANY ADDITIONAL DATA, IN DETAIL, TO THE C/S. A C/S receiving a Cramming Order back giving no Why or an unreal Why that does not make sense when compared with the session and its results MUST return the Cramming Slip to the Cramming Officer requiring the Why be found or the wrong Why abandoned and the real Why found and corrected. A good C/S should know his Data Series down cold and be able to spot such outpoints at once. He would go over the session with the Cramming Officer and point out what it is he wants handled. This data is not theoretical but is taken from actual practical experience in C/Sing. Flag Dept 12 C/S Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:RL:mh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN Remimeo Auditors Internes C/Ses 12 DECEMBER 1971R Revised & Reissued 1 August 1974 as BTB (Revision in this type style) CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 12 DECEMBER 1971 SAME TITLE C/S Series 69R MANDATORY C/SING CHECKLIST These are the actions, compiled from earlier LRH HCO Bs, that are always done by a C/S whenever he C/Ses any folder. All the C/Sing data in the world would be of little use if these mandatory actions were omitted. 1. INSPECT THE EXAMINER’S REPORT to see if the Pc thought the session was okay and if the Examiner’s notation of TA, needle and indicators shows it was F/N GIs. 2. INSPECT THE PRE-SESSION C/S to see what was previously ordered done. 3. INSPECT THE LAST SESSION to see if the C/S was done. (Check that each separate part of the C/S was done.) 4. INSPECT IN THE WORKSHEET THAT EACH STEP OF EACH PROCESS OR ACTION WAS CORRECTLY DONE INCLUDING CORRECT COMMANDS USED AND EXPECTED PC RESPONSE FOR THOSE COMMANDS. (For Dianetics this would be the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 sequence and A, B, C, D, etc. to see if it was standard. Other processes and actions have their own steps—which the C/S must know in order to be in compliance with the High Crime PLs.) 5. INSPECT CAREFULLY THAT ALL LISTING ACTIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTLY DONE; find out if there was mislisting. 6. INSPECT THAT F/N, COG, AND VGIs OCCURRED AT THE END OF EACH PROCESS AND ACTION (each chain in Dianetics) AND AT SESSION END. (Text is seldom read unless the session did not go well. If you can’t read the reports, send them back to have the Auditor overprint illegible words. Never try to C/S an illegible worksheet.) 7. HAVE THE EXAMINER ASK THE PC WHAT THE AUDITOR DID IF THE AUDITING REPORTS DON’T SHOW THE ERROR AND SEEM FALSE (i.e. Auditor’s account of session doesn’t match Pc’s statement and indicators at Examiner). 8. GIVE THE SESSION A GRADING OF VERY WELL DONE, WELL DONE, WELL DONE BY EXAM, NO MENTION OR FLUNK depending on what was found in above points. 00 VERY WELL DONE if all the above points are okay and the session is exactly by the book. WELL DONE for F/N, VGIs at session end and at Examiner—no major tech errors but not exactly by the book. WELL DONE BY EXAM for F/N, VGIs at session end and at Examiner but Admin and session actions not OK. NO SESSION GRADE MENTION if the session end was F/N, VGIs but the F/N wasn’t present at the Examiner—provided there were no major tech errors in the session. FLUNK FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: F/N did not get to Examiner and was not present at session end. Major errors or flubs occurred like no EP, multiple somatic run, unflown ruds, mislisting, etc. C/S not followed or completed. Auditor’s Rights errors occurred. No F/N and BIs at Examiner, etc. 9. WRITE OUT IN TRIPLICATE ON ANY OUT TECH AND AUDITOR GOOFS— INDICATE THE RIGHT OUTNESSES AND CRAMMING CYCLES FOR THEM. One copy goes to D of P to Auditor, one copy goes to Cramming Officer and one copy is kept as a check to see that the order is done. 10. NOW INSPECT—IS THE CASE RUNNING WELL AND IS IT CORRECTLY PROGRAMMED? DO WE JUST CONTINUE? DO WE REPAIR RECENT GOOFS AND CONTINUE? DO WE NEED FULL FES OR LISTS TO FIND THE BUG IN THE CASE AND THEN REPAIR THAT (INCLUDING PREVIOUS INCOMPLETE CYCLES)? 11. NOW CHECK THE AUDITOR’S C/S FOR THE NEXT SESSION—DOES IT FOLLOW THE PROGRAM FOR THE CASE IN THE FRONT OF THE FOLDER OR DOES IT Q AND A AND GO OFF IN ANOTHER DIRECTION? A. Does it recommend to continue with the next action on the case program, if the case is doing well and the last session went okay? B. Does it recommend the necessary brief repair action and then continue the program actions if the case has been running well but there has now been an error on the case? C. Does it recommend a program to debug and handle the case if it is not running well or has started to do poorly in life (Ethics conditions, accidents, etc.) (including use of lists to get data or an FES, etc.)? It is the C/S responsibility to ensure that all Ethics, medical and other relevant reports are included in the Pc folders and that Pcs are not audited while under heavy ethics actions. 12. APPROVE THE EXISTING C/S IF I T IS OKAY IN LINE WITH THE ABOVE, OTHER WISE CORRECT IT OR WRITE UP AN ENTIRELY NEW C/S. 2 13. WRITE UP A CRAMMING ORDER ON THE C/SING ACTION IF THE AUDITOR WAS WAY OFF ON HIS C/S (OR ADD THIS TO THE EXISTING CRAMMING ORDER FOR THAT SESSION). 14. “If the case is not running well and generally, the C/S goes back to the point where the case WAS running well (good wins) and comes forward. The largest bug on the case often will be in the session later than the last good one. The C/S should correct the bad session. Where this does not resolve the case, a study for incomplete programs and other outnesses should be made with a program to complete and handle. “ LRH IMPORTANT: Keep the three Golden Rules of C/Sing always in the above actions. They are: 1. NEVER FAIL TO FIND AND POINT OUT AN ACTUAL GOOF AND SEND THE AUDITOR TO CRAMMING. 2. NEVER INVALIDATE OR HARASS AN AUDITOR FOR A CORRECT ACTION OR WHEN NO TECHNICAL GOOF HAS OCCURRED. 3. ALWAYS RECOGNIZE AND ACKNOWLEDGE A TECHNICALLY PERFECT SESSION. __________ The C/S must drill on this bulletin until he knows each point by number just the way a Dianetics Auditor is required to know points 1 to 9 and A to D. He can also keep a copy of this bulletin on the wall over his desk, to refer to until he knows the sequence cold. Even then he should refer to it from time to time to ensure he drops out none of the steps. Auditors writing up C/Ses for the next session must refer to this bulletin also. ___________ (This BTB is compiled from earlier C/S Series HCO Bs and from the following earlier LRH HCO Bs: HCO B HCO B HCO B HCO B 1 Sept 68 11 Sept 68 8 Oct 68 28 June 69 “Points on Case Supervision” “Case Supervisor Data” “Case Supervisor—Folder Handling” “C/S—How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders”.) Training & Services Aide From C/S Coaching Actions by L. RON HUBBARD Founder Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:BW:mh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1972 Remimeo Auditors Interns C/Ses C/S Series 69 ADDITION C/SING CHECKLIST (If a copy of C/S Series 69 is posted on the wall, also post this.) Nothing in this checklist for C/Sing relieves the auditor or C/S from full knowledge of the entire C/S Series. Nothing in the C/S Series is changed by this checklist. ADDITION No. 10. Add. The time-honored way of seeing what has to be repaired in a Case not running well is: GO BACK IN THE FOLDER TO WHERE THE CASE WAS RUNNING WELL AND COME FORWARD. The major error or departure is in the very next session after that. The bugs after the high point should be repaired as the fast action to set the case going again. The repair and handling of bogged cases is the finest skill of a C/S. Really it is why he is there. To do this he has to know the C/S Series thoroughly, know all the materials of all levels he is C/Sing better than the auditor. The use of prepared lists, WC Correction List, Green Form, C/S 53, Hi-Lo TA, GF 40 RR, Int-Ext Corr List, L1C and others, including “Have Examiner ask the pc what happened in session” are used to get information and correct as well as folder studies. KNOW BEFORE YOU GO. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 12 DECEMBER 1971 R Issue XIV Reissued 9 July 1974 as BTB Revised 26 November 1974 Remimeo Cramming Offs C/Ses CANCELS BTB OF 12 DECEMBER 1971 Issue XIV SAME TITLE Cramming Series 8R C/S Series 70R HOW TO WRITE UP A CRAMMING ORDER There is a certain technology on how to write up a Cramming Order. 1. Isolate and state briefly the exact outnesses (in the Pc folder or staff member area). 2. Order those HCO Bs or PLs crammed. The Cramming Officer also looks in a slightly wider circle around the data flunked and locates which basic is involved (i.e. Auditor’s Code, TRs, metering, handling a session, handling the Pc as a Being, or student basics and staff basics) and gets that crammed, too. The Cramming Officer is not bound to accept any Cramming Order if his own investigation proves that something else entirely needs correction. It is part of the Cramming Officer’s responsibility to prevent Wrong Target correction. According to Qual Senior Datum, the Cramming Officer must not take orders but must do his own investigation and handling. It will be found that there is usually a valid corrective action to be made. He does not just waive the cycle if the original order is incorrect. He finds out what is really wrong and corrects that. Written & Revised by CS—5 Ensign Judy Ziff Commodore’s Staff Aides Approved by the Board of Issues for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:BofI:JZ:mh.rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 DECEMBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 71 D OF P OPERATES BY OCAs A Director of Processing is a director of PROCESSING of cases. All his functions are involved with this. He MUST understand his title and what its duties involve. It is his job to get people PROCESSED. To do this he has to KNOW (a) what people there are to be processed, (b) how much processing they will need, (c) what facilities can be maintained and expanded to get processing done and (d) to see that the processing is paid for and occurs. The D of P does not have to be a C/S or to know C/Sing. ALL HE HAS TO KNOW OF TECH IS HOW TO READ AN OCA, IQ, APTITUDE AND OTHER TESTS. He does not even have to open a folder. If all he ever looked at was a pc’s OCA (Oxford Capacity Analysis or by some other name) the D of P would win every time. If the D of P considered his job as “To raise OCAs with paid for processing and to be sure the pc is happier” he would be performing his duties. To raise OCAs one has to know how to “read” an OCA. That’s easy. It says how right on its border. Unacceptable, Needing Improvement, Desirable, etc. An OCA with any point on the left side of the graph in low or undesirable range means the pc is out of valence. Any low point on the right side of the graph means the pc is crazy. If the graph is not in the desirable range and the pc happy and looking better, the HGC has not done its job yet. The D of P goes wholly on the idea of MORE AUDITING when he wants to raise a graph or IQ. It’s not up to the D of P what is audited only that auditing is done. The C/S, if he knows his business, will say what is audited. The D of P just knows MORE AUDITING. A D of P can tell by the OCA improvement and improvement of TONE and APPEARANCE of the pc and what the pc says in an interview whether the required high quality result has been achieved. If it has not, then it’s MORE AUDITING. The REGISTRAR can have very similar functions as to graphs and where there is no D of P the REGISTRAR must do these things. A D of P who has a backlog is a dog. It means he isn’t getting auditors or recruiting Academy students or getting people to Auditor Interne and isn’t BEING by DEFINITION a D of P. 2 If there is an “ARC Broken field” look at the D of P. He didn’t see that the OCA was raised and that the pc was happy before he left the org. A good D of P has a potential processing line of EVERY OCA EVER GIVEN BY THE ORG. He is in the business of raising graphs and making people happy with their auditing IN PAID VOLUME. If his HGC isn’t turning out 700 well done hours a week, he’s failing. If he is, he’s a success. If he turns out more, a second HGC is needed. The traffic cop is the D of P. He has to know what traffic he will have and what traffic he does have. He can be defeated by a poor registrar, a poor C/S and a poor Qual. Therefore he has the right to demand these people get hatted. But he only has the right if he himself is hatted and doing his job. Given that he can demand Comm Evs. If a D of P exists, knows his job and does it an org will become prosperous. The first thing he has to know is the meaning of his TITLE. The second thing is that his job is getting OCA graphs raised IN PAID FOR VOLUME. (By current US rates a D of P should be running at least a $17,000 cash gross of auditing through an HGC each week to be considered a competent D of P.) Any “field ARC Breaks” is a direct reflection on the D of P. He didn’t raise graphs and see people were happy before leaving. During periods when the post of D of P was empty or “not on the org board” or not filled, the org has slumped. The post is very important. It is also a very simple, direct post. Its duties are covered in C/S Series 25 along with others. But his use of the OCA is not listed there. Procurement of auditors is currently the weakest point of a D of P’s duties. Without this he cannot deliver volume. I have known Ds of P to train auditors themselves to have auditors and others to train Academy Graduates after the course to have quality. There are no limits on what a D of P can do— So long as he is DIRECTING PROCESSING and RAISING OCAs in paid volume. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 FEBRUARY 1972 Remimeo Div 6 Personnel Tech Personnel Qual Personnel C/S Series 71A WORD CLEARING OCAs An illegal practice has been uncovered in which the words on the Oxford Capacity Analysis, American Personality Analysis and other tests have been word cleared by testers and Directors of Processing. Example: Pc does an OCA (or any test) that shows a state of case in July. He gets auditing. He takes another test that shows what the auditing did by August. If somewhere along this line a test I/C or D of P word clears him on the test, the test-will change. Entering this variable wipes out any possibility of establishing what the auditing did for the case. Example: If a child is measured as to height and then fed certain foods to see if he will grow and then someone changes or stretches the tape by which he was measured, you can’t find out if the food did any good. In science this is known as holding a constant. We don’t give a hoot in hell if the pc understands the test or not. The next time he takes it he’ll probably have the same misunderstoods but he’ll have a change of opinion or even have a new cleverness or better memory and the test will change. Therefore none of these things may ever be done: 1. Never tell the pc the right answers to a test. 2. Never tell a pc to look up words on a test he doesn’t understand. 3. Never word clear the question sheet for a pc on any test. 4. Never answer a pc’s question as to what a question means. DO THESE THINGS A. Be sure any test person grasps this HCO B fully so he knows what a test is and why we test people. B. Never let a person who falsely reports routinely near a test line. C. Safeguard test answer sheets from being known or seen by unauthorized personnel. D. Use 2nd test and 3rd test question sheets, each different from the 1st one. (Tests are issued this way.) E. Give other tests (Aptitude or OTIS etc) to compare with the second or third OCA or APA if it is in doubt to see if the OCA has been “word cleared” or falsified. F. Groove in Examiners: Give a meter check on ALL ATTESTS at the Examiner. “Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting to (whatever the attest is) ?” Note any INSTANT read (a latent surge can occur as a protest). This 2 question is asked before the question asking him if he wants to attest. E.g. “Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting to Word Clearing Method I complete?” No instant read. Then ask the attest question “Would you like to attest to______?” Never let an Examiner permit any attest or pass to even be asked for if the meter tone arm is high or low or not F/Ning. If an INSTANT read is gotten on the first question above, the Examiner does not ask the second question, and sends the folder back to the C/S. G. Require a meter check at Success with the TA position and needle behavior noted on the Success form. Those with high or low TA and/or not F/Ning are not valid success stories. The success person makes the meter check after the story is written, notes it without pc seeing it and smiles and acks. He does not refuse the story as it will ARC Break the pc. But he must call it to the attention of the Dist Sec and Qual Sec that a false attestation and poor result came from Div IV and it must be taken off Div IV’s stat. H. Both Examiner and Success must know of the False TA HCO Bs so they don’t put the pc on wrong cans or use cans when the auditor used footplates. This safeguards our test line. The test line is a check on C/S and auditing quality. We are not trying to find out if Dianetics and Scientology work. We know that. We are trying to find out by test, Examiner and Success if it is being properly taught and applied in Div IV and Dept of Pers Enhancement. HONESTY is a primary requirement on test lines. PR types that falsify to attain status or seem good fellows need not apply for these posts and shouldn’t be on them. THE PC OR STUDENT DEEP DOWN KNOWS WHETHER HE HAS MADE IT OR NOT. If you or tests tell him he’s made it when he hasn’t he will get a false opinion of you and doubt you. If you tell him he hasn’t made it when he has he will get a false opinion of you. He will think you don’t know your business and blow. SANITY is basically HONESTY and TRUTH. When false data or altered data is entered this is ABERRATION. So be honest and run a sane D of P, Examiner, Success and TEST line. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: ne.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 DECEMBER 1971 Remimeo C/S Series 72 USE OF CORRECTION LISTS A current survey shows that the weakest point in C/Sing done in orgs is failure to use Prepared Lists for Case Correction. There are some other points. For some reason C/Ses are being inventive instead of following the C/S Series and doing standard repairs and grades. Probably the failure to use Prepared Correction Lists derails the use of standard actions. There are very few actions which do not have their own Correction Lists. THERE IS NOTHING IN DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY AS MIRACULOUSLY WORKABLE AS CORRECTION LISTS. The only things which prevent the list from working are (a) AUDITOR’S METERING (b) AUDITOR’S TRs. METERING When the auditor’s meter is habitually placed where he cannot see (1) The meter needle, (2) The worksheet and (3) The pc WITH ONE DIRECTED LOOK, then he misses reads. All three have to be seen at once. The faults are i) Eyesight poor ii) Glasses rims obscure one while looking at another iii) Position of the meter. It is a Standard Cramming action to look into these points WHENEVER A CORRECTION LIST IS SAID TO BE BLANK. For example a GF is done by Auditor A on Monday. It is done again by Auditor B on Tuesday. Reads are found by B. This means Auditor A is missing reads. THIS IS FAR MORE COMMON THAN BELIEVED. TRs When an auditor can’t be heard or is overwhelming the pc the list won’t be valid. 2 An auditor’s TRs show up more quickly on a Correction List than anything else. A pc ARC Broken by TRs 0 to IV will not read properly on a Correction List. NUMBERS OF LISTS The number of Correction Lists is large. It is unthinkable to do Word Clearing without ever using a WC Corr List. Yet we find folders with bogged Word Clearing sessions where the list was never used. There is the Green Form for general case upset, the Green Green Form for Solo, L 1 C for ARC Brks over a period, L3B for Dianetic bogs, L4B for listing and nulling goofs, Int RD Corr List for Int-Ext corrections, a Power Corr List for Power, GF 40R for resistive cases, C/S 53 and Hi Low TA for TA misbehavior, L7 for Clearing Course, and others. C/Ses trying to “solve cases” without using Correction Lists is like trying to repair flat tires without puncture patches—it just CAN’T BE DONE. THE PRIMARY TOOL OF A C/S IS PREPARED CORRECTION LISTS. It is not inventive ways of “solving cases”. METHOD OF USE Where you have inexpert auditors you always order Method 5, which is just a full rapid assessment. Then the C/S sorts out the reads and C/Ses what to do as very well covered on the lists themselves and the C/S Series. Then the auditor does the C/S. A Green Form is always done this way. It will bog on any other method like 3. There are different methods of handling lists. L1C is always done Method 3, carrying each read as it is found Earlier Similar to F/N. A GF 40R is done Method 3 and then the engrams are run for each read where engrams are indicated. It’s up to a C/S to use Correction Lists, to coach his auditors into proper list use and to get corrected any misuse. A C/S who can’t or doesn’t use Prepared Correction Lists isn’t a C/S at all but a “person puzzled about cases”. Correction Lists, standard programs and the Grade Chart and Grade Commands and materials. These are the tools of the C/S. There are NO others. A C/S is one who uses these things. He is Supervising that they are used when they are supposed to be. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 DECEMBER 1971 Remimeo Solo C/S Series 10 C/S Series 73 THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA From R6 Solo to OT III one does not do anything except keep the pc winning for R6 Solo to OT III. This is the critical band of the Gradation Chart. On Flag it was learned the hard way that you don’t do other major auditing actions between these two points. Example: Action—Completed R6, Clear and OT I, then a Dianetic Completion was attempted. Result—failure. Right Action—Complete Dianetics before R6. Right Action—let it go until OT III well begun, then complete Dianetics. Example: Pre OT doing OT II. A new PTS RD is done. Failure. Right Action-do it before R6 or after OT III. Example: R6 done. Drug RD given. Result. Poor. Right Action—Do Drug RD before R6. EXCEPTION It will be found that a pc cannot confront doing Solo Grades. The reason will be found to be Drugs. All pcs who “cannot run engrams” CAN run Drug Engrams. They are afraid because they get into the bank heavily when on Drugs. Only Drugs can be run. So a pc who has “done R6 and Clearing Course but hasn’t made it” will be found to be a rabbiting (frightened and running away) druggie. He can and will run Drug Engrams. Thus the right action is to do a full Drug Rundown, then start the pc all over again at R6. It is an exception only because he hasn’t done his Solo anyway. REPAIRS Where a Pre OT hasn’t made the grade of a Solo level (or gets sick afterwards) a full repair must be done and the failed grade must be completed before he goes on up. It is possible to repair a Pre OT between R6 and OT III so long as you are not trying to handle his whole case but only repairing the grade he missed. TRs Never order TRs after Solo Materials study or before OT III is attested. TRs should be done before or during Solo Auditing study but not after materials are issued. And the TR Course may not be done from then on to OT III. A partially completed earlier TR Course found to be hanging up a pc on Solo Grades can be handled to completion and should be. This does not mean long additional hours of TR 0. It usually means word clearing on the TR materials and rehab. MAJOR ACTIONS It is a very losing game to throw a major rundown in between R6 and OT III. Such as L10 after Clearing and before OT I. The result is a mess. The way to recover such a blunder is to get the pc rehabbed or to a rest point and then finish up the Solo Grades to OT III attest and then complete the rundown. SET UP It is therefore VERY important that a pc be fully set up including Dianetics before he is let onto R6 Solo materials study. AUDITING SKILL None of this states that you cannot improve a pc’s auditing skill between R6 and OT III (excepting only TRs). BIG wins are to be had by doing so. THE MAJOR CAUSE OF FAILURE ON SOLO GRADES IS THE INABILITY TO AUDIT. You can take a Pre OT who didn’t really make Clear or OT I and move him back to R6 study and retread him as an auditor and then let him move back up the line and he’ll win. The sources of failure on Solo are 1. No Drug RD. 2. Dianetics Incomplete. 3. Case not set up. 4. Inability to audit. SUMMARY Realize that from R6 to OT III you have a closed band for other major actions. So don’t let people onto R6 Auditing who have points 1-4 out. If it has happened, patch it up as you can and let the pre OT get on with it. Then after the first OT III attest, do whatever you like or that needs to be done before sending him on to OT IV. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 FEBRUARY 1972 Remimeo All Tech Terminals All Auditors Franchise C/S Series 74 TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED The expertise of talking the TA down should be preserved. It is a skill. But we have had high and low TAs solved for nearly a year and don’t have to talk them down anymore as a constant action. Auditors SHOULD know how to do it, and then use it as a rare action. The right way to handle a high TA is to: Do HCO B 24 Oct 71, HCO B 12 Nov 71, HCO B 15 Feb 72, each named FALSE TA if it has not been done by the auditor on the pc. THEN if TA is high don’t talk it down or do unusual solutions, do a C/S Series 53 or a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle. The Int-Ext Correction List is done as indicated and so is the Word Clearing Correction List. As far as a C/S is concerned, when the pc’s TA is seen to be high at session start, he should order as follows: “Check as per False TA HCO Bs” then when that is done he orders “C/S Series 53 Assess and return to me”. Or “Hi-Lo TA Assessment and return to me”. He then rapidly C/Ses the required actions. He should have a standing order with all his auditors: IF TA IS HIGH OR LOW AT SESSION START DO NOT CONTINUE THE SESSION BUT SEND FOR A C/S. An auditor should not in fact talk a TA down, we know now, as he may be auditing over an Out Interiorization Rundown, either not done or botched. It therefore saves time if other auditing is not done when the TA is high. In general practice it will now be considered standard for an auditor, Dianetic or upper class, to not start a session over a high TA but to call for a C/S. And where there is no C/S it will be considered standard for an auditor, seeing a high TA, to at once do a C/S 53 Method 5 (assessing it all), and then handling. THERE ARE EXACT REASONS FOR A TA BEING HIGH AND THESE TODAY ARE EASILY HANDLED. There is no need to talk a TA down. It is faster to directly locate the reason it is up. Smoothly handling such situations is the mark of an expert. LRH:ne.bh Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 APRIL 1972 A/Courses (Cancels HCO B 31 July 71 Issue II Corrected “Solo C/Sing”) URGENT C/S Series 75 Solo C/S Series 13 PREOTS DON’T C/S HCO B 31 July 71 Issue II Corrected required PreOTs to C/S their folders for the next session. I did not write this HCO B. Research has proven that a Solo PreOT who is required by any C/S to write a C/S for his next session can be put into that next session action. This C/Sing for himself his own next session violates the “continued session rule” wherein an auditor does not “finish” a session by telling the pc “the process will be continued in the next session”. This puts the pc into continued sessions and in Solo can put the PreOT from Solo auditing to self auditing. There is a vast difference between the two. Solo auditing occurs in session with a meter. Self auditing is out of session wondering and chewing on bank. A Solo PreOT must NOT self audit. He ends the session he has done when he ends session on his worksheet. He then goes to Examiner and gets his exam. The Examiner sends the completed Exam form to Solo Admin who puts it in the folder. The Solo C/S, then, from his study of the folder, does the next C/S for the PreOT in proper C/S form. This is a diagonal 2 green stripes on the left-hand corner of the sheet, the PreOT’s name and date in black. The C/S itself is in black pen. The PreOT takes this C/S and does it in his next session. In rare instances when the PreOT is going really well, the C/S permits him to do several sessions. The C/S can tell from Exam forms that all is well. This MUST carry a notice “Come in at once to the D of P if you cease to audit or run into trouble. Do this C/S in the next several sessions. Come in for a new C/S the moment you feel this C/S is complete and are ready for a new C/S.” When no Exam forms come in the Solo D of P chases the pc up. If a Solo Exam form is bad the Examiner must mark it “Urgent Attn Solo C/S.” IN RED. Solo Admin must alert the D of P who chases up the pc. Tab is kept on ALL Solo pcs on lines by the D of P and if one falls off lines the fact must be visible to the Solo D of P who keeps a board on sessions with all PreOTs’ names on it ! The above is the correct C/Sing line. The worst features of a PreOT doing his own C/Sing are: 1. He is not a trained C/S. 2. Sudden ideas pop up he wants to handle instead of going on and he gets into an offline action when he should keep going. 3. A PreOT can “rabbit” (run away from the bank) by proposing a C/S that does not make him confront it. 4. And Last but far from least, a “C/S” by a PreOT is an invitation to the Solo Case Supervisor to Q and A with it. (Q and A means to just repeat whatever another says as a lazy way out.) ____________ Pc + Auditor is greater than bank. In Solo Auditing C/S + PreOT is greater than bank. ____________ PreOTs do NOT C/S their own folders! ____________ THE PREOT DOES KEEP UP HIS SESSION SUMMARY EACH SESSION. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1972 Remimeo C/S Series 76 C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN References: HCO B 9 Dec 71 HCO B 20 Jan 72 HCO B 13 Feb 72 Issue II HCO PL 5 Apr 72 HCO B 16 Apr 72 HCO B 17 Apr 72 PTS Rundown PTS Rundown Addition PTS RD Additional LRH Data PTS Type A Handling PTS Correction List C/S Series 76 C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B) Any subsequent issues. The whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a person not PTS any longer. The point is not to just run some processes. It is to have a person all right now. To really understand this rundown, one would have to know what PTS is in the first place and why one was doing the rundown. This would apply to the auditor as well as the C/S. PTS means POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE. It means someone connected to a person or group opposed to Scientology. It is a TECHNICAL thing. It results in illness and rollercoaster and IS the CAUSE of Illness and rollercoaster. When you do a PTS RD on a pc CORRECTLY he or she should no longer be ill or rollercoaster. BUT THIS INCLUDES THE PERSON HANDLING HIS PTS CONDITION IN THE REAL UNIVERSE NOT IN JUST HIS BANK. An auditor and C/S must see that the person is: (a) Handled properly in HCO or by the D of P if HCO isn’t there so that the person handles the PTS Connection itself. (See HCO PL 5 April 72, “PTS TYPE A HANDLING”.) (b) Do the RD correctly (see reference HCO Bs above). (c) D of P Interview the person AFTER the RD is “complete” to be sure the person is now all right (not PTS). (d) Watch the person’s folder for any new signs of illness and rollercoaster and if these occur find out what was missed by assessing PTS RD CORRECTION LIST. (See HCO B 16 April 72.) (e) Handling the PTS RD CORR LIST. (f) Re-interviewing to be sure the person is all right now. DATA Anyone handling or auditing or C/Sing PTS cases should have done the PACK “PTS, SP TECH” Pack I & Pack 2 which are based on HCO PL 31 May 71 which is the CHECKSHEET for available tech and policy on this subject. To this checksheet (HCO PL 31 May 71) must be added these issues: HCO B HCO B HCO B 9 Dec 71 PTS Rundown 20 Jan 72 PTS Rundown Addition 13 Feb 72 PTS RD Additional Issue II LRH Data HCO PL 5 Apr 72 PTS Type A Handling HCO B 16 Apr 72 PTS Correction List HCO B 17 Apr 72 C/S Series 76 C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B) Any subsequent issues. PTS SITUATIONS The hardest thing to get across about a PTS situation is that it IS the reason for continued illness and rollercoaster (loss of gains). The condition does exist. It is in fact common. We do have the auditing tech to handle now. The material has to be applied correctly just like any other material. The reason we do the rundown is not to do some sessions or sell some auditing or just explain why the person is like that. We do the rundown so the person will no longer be PTS. The (EP) End Phenomenon of the PTS RD is attained when the person is well and stable. As a C/S you MUST put a YELLOW TAB marked PTS on a PTS PC Folder that stays on until the person is NO LONGER PTS. If you do NOT do this there will be about 25% of your pcs or more that YOU WILL BE IN CONTINUAL TROUBLE WITH! Because you will be C/Sing auditing for a person who is PTS, will be ill, will rollercoaster because the person has NOT been handled to EP on being PTS. These people, by the way, will tell you, “Oh, I’m not PTS.” “But your father is suing the org.” “Oh yes, I know, but it doesn’t bother me. Besides my illness is from something I ate last year. And I rollercoaster because I don’t like the Examiner. But I’m not PTS.” The mystery is solved when you find they haven’t a clue what the letters mean or what the condition is, so give them a copy of HCO PL 5 Apr 72 and let them read it. If they still want to know more give them HCO PL 23 Dec 65. (Remembering it has to be Word Cleared Method 4 or he won’t have a clue even if he reads it.) We are on no campaign to rid the world of suppressives when we are handling a PTS pc. But facts are facts and tech is tech. In handling a PTS person as a C/S you are on a borderline of policy violation unless you make the person do what it says in HCO PL 5 April 72 first. That handles the situation itself. Then you can handle the person with the PTS Rundown. It is a great rundown. Like any other it has a standard way of going about it. LRH:mes.rd Copyright ©1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 APRIL 1972 Remimeo C/S Series 77 “QUICKIE” DEFINED The reason an auditor can say he doesn’t “quickie a rundown” (and none ever say they do) is because he has no definition for the word QUICKIE. The word has been used to designate rundowns that were not completely and fully done. It is not a slang word. In the dictionary you will find “Quickie also quicky: something done or made in a hurry. Also: a hurriedly planned and executed program (as of studies).” What happens in auditing, for instance, is a “Grade Zero Expanded” is “done” by just doing a single flow to its first F/N. That is obviously “quickie”. A more subtle one is to do a “PTS Rundown” with no Ethics action to begin and no check for stability, holding gain and not ill a week or two after the RD. Only if both these actions were done would one have a “Complete PTS Rundown” as it would give a PRODUCT = A PC no longer PTS. So what makes a Quickie “completion” quickie? Is it length of time? Not necessarily. Is it fewness of processes? Not necessarily as Power can be done quickie simply by not hanging on for the EP and only going to F/N. To define COMPLETE gives us the reverse of Quickie. “COMPLETE: To make whole, entire or perfect; end after satisfying all demands or requirements. “ A Completion is “the act or action of completing, becoming complete or making complete”. So “completing” something is not a loose term. It means an exact thing. “End after satisfying all demands or requirements” does not mean “doing as little as possible” or “doing what one can call complete without being detected”. Anything that does not fully satisfy all requirements is QUICKIE. So “quickie” really means “omitting actions for whatever reason that would satisfy all demands or requirements and doing something less than could be achieved”. In short a quickie is not doing all the steps and actions that could be done to make a perfect whole. Standard auditing actions required for ages that auditors cleared each word of each command. Yet when they went quickie they dropped this. When this was dropped, GAINS ON 75% OF ALL PCS LESSENED OR VANISHED. We are right now achieving spectacular wins on pcs just by clearing up commands and words on all lists. We are finding that these pcs did not recover and NEVER BEFORE HAD BEEN IN SESSION even though previously “audited” hundreds of hours. By omitting an essential action of clearing commands, processing did not work because the pc never understood the auditing commands! So quickie action did not save any time, did it? It wasted hundreds of hours! Quickie Programs are those which omit essential steps like Vital lists or 2wcs to get data. FESs for past errors are often omitted. To slow down the torrent of quickie actions on clearing commands HCO P/L 4 Apr 72 Issue III “Ethics and Study Tech” has Clause 4 “An auditor failing to clear each and every word of every command or list used may be summoned before a Court of Ethics. The charge is OUT TECH.” Ethics has to enter in after Quickie Tech has gotten in. Because quickie tech is a symptom of out ethics. HCO P/L 3 April 72 (Est O Series 13) “Doing Work” and HCO P/L 4 Apr 72 (Est O Series 14) “Ethics” are vital know-how where a C/S is faced with Quickie actions—or flubby ones that will not cure. Essential Quickie Tech is simply dishonest. Auditors who do it have their own Ethics out in some way. To be sure their confront is down. There are numerous remedies for the quickie impulse. The above mentioned Policy Letters and plain simple TR 0 are standard remedies. TR 0 properly done and completed itself usually cures it. Quickie study in ‘67 and ‘68 almost destroyed auditing quality. LRH ED 174 Int which really pushes in Study Tech will achieve the primary reason for quickie-the auditor didn’t understand the words himself. Wherever Quickie tendencies or false stats (the quickest quickie possible) show up, the above P/Ls had better be gotten into full use fast. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: mes.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1972 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 78 PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND WC ERROR CORRECTION Where untrained Auditors are finding Whys for a Danger Formula, or post purposes or post products as called for in the Est O System you will get a certain amount of error and case disturbance. Such upsets also come from word clearing by incompetent persons. The C/S should look for these especially when such campaigns are in progress. He should suspect them as a possibility when a case bogs. A C/S must be sure all such papers and worksheets get into pc’s folders. A common repair action is to 1. Do an assessment for type of charge. 2. Handle the charge found by the assessment done. 3. Fly all the reading items found on such assessments by 2wc or direct handling. 4. Suspect LISTING ERRORS on any Why or purpose or product found even though no list exists and reconstruct the list and L4B and handle it. 5. Handle word clearing of any type in or out of session with a Word Clear Correction List done in session by an Auditor. 6. When word clearing is too heavy on the pc or doesn’t clean up suspect he has been thrown into implants which are mostly words or the words in some engram. As Implants are actually just engrams, handle it with an L3B. LISTING Any item found out of session or by a non-auditor is suspect of being a Listing and Nulling (L&N) error even though no list was made. TODAY A CORRECT L&N ITEM MUST BD AND F/N. So treat such items as you would list errors and try to reconstruct the list and either confirm the item or locate the real item (may have been invalidated and suppressed) or extend the list and get the real item. The real item will BD F/N. One can establish what the situation is with a post purpose, a Why or a product or any other such item by doing an L4B. SELF AUDITING The commonest reason for self auditing is a wrong or unfound L&N item.0 People can go around and self list or self audit trying to get at the right Why or product or purpose after an error has been made. REACTION NOTHING PRODUCES AS MUCH CASE UPSET AS A WRONG LIST ITEM OR A WRONG LIST. Even, rarely, a DIANETIC LIST can produce wrong list reactions. Ask the pc for his somatics and he blows up or goes into apathy. Or blows. Or attacks the auditor. ALL of the more violent or bad reactions on the part of the pc come from out lists. Nothing else produces such a sharp deterioration in a case or even illness. OUT LISTS Therefore when one gets a sharp change in a case (like lowered tone, violence, blows, “determination to go on in spite of the supervisor”, long notes from pcs, self C/Sing, etc, etc, the C/S SUSPECTS AN OUT LIST. This outness can occur in regular sessions even when the item was said to BD F/N. It can occur in “Coffee shop” (out of session auditing of someone), or by Est Os or poorly trained or untrained staff members or even in life. PTS When such actions as finding items by non-auditors are done on PTS people the situation can be bad, so one also suspects the person to be PTS to someone or something. “PTS” does not communicate well in an assessment question so one says, “Someone or something is hostile to you” and “You are connected to someone or something that doesn’t agree with Dianetics or Scientology.” REPAIRS The main things to know when doing such repairs are (a) that such situations as wrong lists or upset people can occur in an org where untrained people are also using meters and (b) THAT IT IS UP TO THE C/S TO SUSPECT DETECT AND GET THEM HANDLED IN REGULAR SESSION. Do not ignore the possible bad influence. As the good outweighs the bad in such cases, it is not a correct answer to forbid such actions. It is a correct answer to require all such actions and worksheets become part of the folder. One can also persuade the D of T or Qual to gen in the people doing such actions. And do not ignore the effect such actions can have on cases and do not neglect to include them in C/Ses before going on with the regular program. They can all be repaired. LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1972 Issue I Remimeo D of P Auditors Ethics Officers C/S Series 79 Expanded Dianetics Series 5 PTS INTERVIEWS (Reference HCO B 17 April 72, C/S Series 76) Interviews to discover a PTS condition are done on a meter with all reads marked. The Interview asks (a) about persons who are hostile or antagonistic to the pc, (b) about groups that are anti-Scientology, (c) about people who have harmed the pc, (d) about things that the pc thinks are suppressive to the pc, (e) about locations that are suppressive to the pc and about past life things and beings suppressive to the pc. In doing the Interview the Interviewer must realize that a sick person is PTS. There are no sick people who are not PTS to someone or a group or something somewhere. A somewhat suppressive pc will find the good hats suppressive. This does not relieve his condition. He is PTS to SP people, groups, things or locations, no matter how SP he is. He can have been audited by someone he knew in an earlier life and who goofed the session. A few auditors have since been declared. Not because they goofed but because they were SP. However, some PTS pc will make trouble for good people because that is what PTS means (Potential Trouble Source). So do not buy all the good people he is PTS to. Further, when you do get the person or group or thing or location the PTS person will F/N VGI and begin to get well. The PTS condition is actually a problem and a mystery and a withdrawal so it is sometimes hard to find and has to be specially processed (3 S&Ds) to locate it. Usually it is quite visible. Don’t have a sick, rollercoaster pc appear for Interview and then say “not PTS”. It’s a false report. It only means the Interviewer did not find it. The pc sometimes begins to list in such an Interview and such an Interview where a wrong item is found has to be audited to complete the list or find the right item. (See C/S Series 78, HCO B 20 Apr 72, Issue II.) So Interview worksheets are VITAL. The Interview should end on an F/N. The Interview is followed by the Ethics action of HCO PL 5 April 72 or other Ethics actions such as handling or disconnection and posting as called for in policy. An Interviewer has to use good TRs and operate his meter properly and know 2-way comm and PTS tech. Some Interviewers are extremely successful. Such Interviews and handling count as auditing hours. When properly done, plus good auditing on the PTS RD, well people result. LRH:mes.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1972 Remimeo Cramming IMPORTANT C/S Series 80 “DOG PCs” AN AUDITOR WHO CANNOT AUDIT, WHOSE TRs ARE OUT, WHOSE METERING IS BAD AND WHO NEVER KEEPS THE CODE ALWAYS SAYS HIS PCs ARE DOGS. When you find an auditor on this route, the remedy is: 1. Show him this HCO B and explain to him that an auditor is not likely to get any real results when he is so out of ARC with pcs. 2. P/L 3 May 72, 2 lists L & N by an auditor. 3. Get off his overts and omissions on pcs and pull his w/hs. 4. Check out his meter position so that he can see needle, paper and pc all in the same look without eye shift and drill him to do so. 5. Educate his left thumb so that he corrects a TA on BDs and catches the F/N and doesn’t leave the needle stuck to the right of the dial while the pc F/Ns and corrects only after the F/N has been O/R. 6. Make him do an Electronic attest and get his TRs up to where the pc has a chance to be in session. 7. WC M4 him on his materials so he isn’t swimming in misunderstoods. 8. Tell him there are no dog pcs now and get busy and help them out. WHOLE HGC An entire HGC can go bad this way. Shortly afterwards it will disintegrate and you will have few or no auditors left. Some auditor who is covering up his overts, false bonuses or false stats begins it and it becomes “fashionable” to call various pcs dogs. Then other auditors, finding this an easy way to justify not trying hard, follow suit. Next thing you have no HGC. C/S ERROR A C/S can err by being too critical of auditors. Or worse he can err by agreeing about what dogs the pcs are. If he does HE HAS NOT REALIZED THAT HIS C/S EFFORTS ARE BEING WASTED BY THE AUDITOR’S OVERTS, FALSE REPORTS, METERING, CODE AND TR FLUBS. The way to handle this in the C/S is: 1. 3 May 72 P/L. 2. M4 on the C/S Series. 3. Require he listen to and okay ok to audit tapes. 4. Get him to come down on critical auditors with the above cramming action. Suddenly this C/S will begin to get wins. CASES Every “dog pc” investigated traced to incompetent programming, C/Sing, out TRs, bad metering, Code breaks and bad lists. By forcing an auditor to cool off his opinions and properly handle the pc, each one of these “dog pcs” has begun to fly. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: ne.rd Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1972R REVISED 27 FEBRUARY 1975 Remimeo C/S Series 81R (Revisions in this type style on next page to make D of P and D of Ts stats very clear) AUDITOR’S RIGHTS MODIFIED It occasionally (rarely) happens that an HGC’s line stops and programs do not get finished and pcs go unaudited or sent to Ethics or Cramming instead of getting their programs completed. It also happens that a D of P becomes incapable of getting auditors to audit per the schedule he writes. 121 / 2 hour intensives drop out. Auditing falls back to the bit and piece game. The C/S finds all his work in programming wasted as the programs stale date or just get abandoned. Hours fall. Lines tangle. Tech Services cannot get assignments done. THE MAJOR WHY OF THIS AND MANY SUCH CONFUSIONS CAN BE TRACED TO AN ABUSE OF “AUDITORS’ RIGHTS” IN PICKING AND CHOOSING PCS ON THE GROUNDS OF “FEELING THEY CANNOT HELP THE PC”. This “right” is also abused by auditors seeking pcs who F/N easily at the Examiner. See HCO B 15 June 72, C/S Series 80, “Dog Pcs”. The refusal to audit is in fact an admission, in most cases, of a feared inability to audit. Therefore, an auditor may only refuse to audit a pc if a direct personal relationship exists such as husband and wife or some friend’s wife or familial relationship. An auditor advising others about this or that “dog case” or seeking to exclude pcs from auditing by abusing his “right to choose pcs” is SUBJECT TO COMM EV AND SUSPENSION OF CERTIFICATES UNTIL RETREADED. For the real why of it is his inability to handle TRs, meter, use the Code or apply Tech. Nearly every “Dog Pc” has out lists or incomplete chains or is not being run on what needs to be handled. In other words they are simply problems in repair which modern tech handles easily. The drug case who is audited on grades but has had no drug rundown is an example of misprogramming. The C/S can get many loses and the whole HGC go into a bedlam where you have auditors refusing to audit. Their reasons given are false. The real reasons involve fast F/Ns and bonuses or out TRs, metering, Code breaks and tech. The D of P has a right, and so does Tech Services, to assign pcs to such and such auditors in the sequence listed without a lot of pick and choose by the auditors. A C/S has a right to get his programs completed. 121 / 2 hour intensive plans blow up where auditors choose their own pcs. STATS The stats of C/Ses and auditors may only be HOURS AUDITED with FES and admin hours separately noted. The D of P’s stat may only be fully completed cases. When the stats are this way the C/S can get his programs done without worry. The D of P can get cases completed. The D of Tech Services has only completed cases and course completions-for a stat. HONESTY Sanity is truth. Truth is sanity. The road to truth is begun with honesty. There was the story of the “man who sold his soul for a mess of pottage” (soup). We could parallel this with the Auditor who sold his case gain for a mess of false stats. An honest clean job and an honest clean line are the milestones of the road to truth. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.nt.rd Copyright © 1972, 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN Remimeo Auditors C/Ses 28 DECEMBER 1972RA Revised 20 November 1973 Revised & Reissued 25 July 1974 as BTB CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 28 DECEMBER 1972R SAME TITLE C/S Series 81-1RA AUDITOR’S RIGHTS ADDITION REVISED (Reference: HCO PL 8 Sept 70R, Rev. 18 Nov 73, “Examiner’s 24 Hour Rule”, and HCO PL 13 Jan 71, “Exam 24 Hour Rule”.) It is the established right of an Auditor to use the exact Correction List to repair a specific auditing action, when required. An Auditor does not have to obtain C/S OK to do a Correction List for a specific auditing action so long as the Auditor has a legal Qual Okay to Audit that specific Correction List. An Auditor is expected to take a Pc who has red tagged back into session immediately and handle with the right Correction List for that process or rundown, or as authorized in the original HCO B 23 Aug 71, “Auditor’s Rights”. It is strictly forbidden for an Auditor or any other Auditor to take a Pc back into session without C/S clearance, after the fact of a second red tag. The Auditor has only one chance to repair the Pc with the right Correction List. If this does not handle, the Pc is still red tagged and the folder must be gotten to the C/S fast and the Out Tech corrected within 24 hours of the original red tag. The earlier issue of this Bulletin which permitted Auditors to count auditing hours lost on a salvage red tag session is cancelled. Additionally, if a red tag Pc is NOT handled immediately by the Auditor concerned, the existing penalty of loss of the auditing hours which resulted in the Red Tag session is DOUBLED. For example, if the Auditor audited a 2 hour session, he is penalized 4 hours if he fails to take his Pc straight back into session. This DOUBLE penalty is purely for the Auditor concerned and does NOT affect or change other penalties connected—the Examiner’s 24 Hour Rule per HCO PL 8 Sept 70R and the Paid Comps penalty per HCO B 30 Aug 71 RC, Rev. 6 Feb 74. The intention here is to increase Auditor responsibility for the preclear and eradicate the incidence of Out Tech. Qual Secs must get in on Policy daily HGC Auditor and Interne study, TRs and drills period. This will eradicate Out Tech and increase daily stats. Continuous restudy, TRs and drills, done on a daily basis, will create a crack team of Auditors. The datum that the number of times over the materials equals certainty and results still stands. If an Auditor is not flubless to his Class of training, Superliterate or not, he has areas of misunderstoods and nonapplication to be found and handled. The first responsibility of an Auditor is his preclear and getting that preclear through, by application of flubless tech. Written & Revised by Ens. Judy Ziff CS-5 Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:JZ:mh:jh Copyright © 1972, 1973,1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1972 (Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974 —only change is Series No.) Remimeo Expanded Dianetics Series 6 C/S Series 82 DIANETIC HCO B INTEREST On two certain subjects the “Interest?” question is omitted from Dianetic R3R patter. On drugs and when running Evil Purposes or Intentions one does NOT ask the pc if he is interested in running the item. The requirement on both drug items and intentions is that the item read on the meter (suppress and inval can be used) and has not been run by R3R previously. Many pcs, it has now been found, have replied “No, no interest” on a drug item, the item has not been run and the pc then continued to have trouble with drugs. Checking back pcs who returned to drugs after auditing showed “drug rundowns” that were so brief as to be nothing. One pc who had been on LSD for years had only a I hour quickie drug rundown. Later this person relapsed. Tracing this, in each case the “Interest?” question had been used and the pc had replied “No interest” BUT MEANT “I’M NO LONGER INTERESTED IN DRUGS.” So Drug items that have read are run R3R without asking for interest. The command is simply omitted. In Expanded Dianetics the same thing has occurred in running Evil Purposes or Intentions. The Auditor asked the pc if he was interested in running the item and the pc said “No” and so it went untouched. But the pc had it confused with interest in doing the purpose and missed running it and then fell on his head later. Tracing the case back it was found that R/Ses and such had not been run due to the pc saying “No Interest”. Nothing bad will happen if the item is run. C/S RESPONSIBILITY The C/S must keep telling his auditors, on drugs or Expanded Dianetics, “Omit asking for interest on R3R on these (drug) (intentions). Run them if they read on the meter.” REPAIR In repairing cases it is good sense to check this point on drugs and intentions to see if they were neglected in R3R due to “no interest”. If so, then have them run and the case will suddenly do well. LRH:nt.ntm jh Copyright © 1972, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 11 AUGUST 1972RA Revised 18 September 1974 (Revision in this type style) Remimeo CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 11 AUGUST 1972 SAME TITLE C/S Series 83RA CORRECTION LISTS This BTB gives the major correction lists used in auditing with a brief statement of their use, EP and relation to Grade Chart. “IMPORTANT NOTE: AUDITORS MUST BE EXCELLENT ON TRs AND METERING AND ASSESSMENT DRILLS BEFORE BEING PERMITTED TO TOUCH ONE OF THESE LISTS AS THEY OTHERWISE MISREAD, CALL WRONG READS, GET NO READS, DRIVE TA UP OR DOWN AND BOTCH THE CASE UP FURTHER. USE CRAMMING ON TRs AND METER BEFORE LETTING AN AUDITOR DO ONE OF THESE LISTS.” —LRH. L 1 C : Used by auditors in session when an upset occurs, or as ordered by C/S to handle ARC Breaks, sad, hopeless or nattery pcs. It is assessed Method 3. It can also be done M5 on a very ARC Broken pc. EP is area of BPC handled with pc F/N and VGIs. The L1C is not continued beyond a good cog with VGIs and a wide F/N. GREEN FORM: Used for general case clean-up particularly on an out rud type pc or when ruds won’t fly. It is not used to handle high or low TA. Assessed M5 to provide data for the C/S then each read handled in accordance with C/S Series 44R. EP is each read handled to its EP. May be reassessed after handling all reading items if heavily charged on first assessment. Can also be done M3 to a good win and F/N VGIs. F A L S E T A C H E C K L I S T : (HCO B 29 Feb 72, Revised 23 Nov 73) Normally done early in auditing, especially if TA high or low. Prevents unnecessary repair due to wrong cans or grip. Is usually only done once. Do not suddenly interject this action into the middle of a session nor change from cans to footplates mid-session due to TA going high. C / S 5 3 R H : This is the basic list to get TA up or down into normal range. Assessed M5, reading items handled then reassessed, etc. to F/Ning assessment. Done well with good basic auditing this action should not need to be frequently repeated on a case. TA going high or low in later auditing after C/S 53RH already fully handled is normally handled with the correction list for that action (e.g. L4BR when TA high after listing or WCCL on word clearing, etc.). EP is C/S 53RH F/Ning on assessment with TA in normal range. L I X H I L O T A L I S T : (BTB 1 Jan 72) Normally used for further handling if high or low TA recurring after C/S 53RH completed. Does not supersede individual correction lists where TA went high or low on a specific auditing action. Assessed M5 and each reading item handled to its EP. EP of list is all reading items handled and TA in normal range. INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST: (HCO B 29 Oct 71, Revised 14 May 74) Used when Int Ext reads on any repair list and the Int RD has already been done or corrected, when a bog occurs on the Int RD itself, or if pc upset after Int RD and/or TA gone high or low immediately after. Don’t re-run Int RD—use the correction list. EP is all reading items handled to F/N, EP of Int RD, and Int Ext no longer reading. L 4 B R : (HCO B 15 Dec 68, Revised 2 June 72) Used for assessment of all listing errors, when trouble occurs on a listing process, when TA goes high or pc gets sick or upset after a session which included listing actions. Does not require C/S permission to use by an auditor within a session when trouble on listing occurs. Always assessed M5 and all reads handled (largest reads first). Used to handle individual lists or listing in general in which case the list can be reassessed after first handling if heavily charged on first assessment. EP is all reads handled to F/N with correct items found and indicated and pc no longer upset by the listing action. Should be taken to F/Ning list for full EP of List correction. There is no limit to the number of times it can be 0 used but an auditor who requires frequent use of L4BR needs cramming on basic auditing and L&N so he does it right the first time. L 3 R D : (HCO B 11 April 71 RA, Revised 8 March 74) Used for locating and handling all errors and trouble in R3R actions. Assessed M3 with each reading item handled in full per instructions and continued further only if TA or upset remains unhandled. Is not taken to F/Ning assessment except when used in Dianetic Track Repair RD. EP is difficulty handled with pc F/N VGIs and again running well on R3R. G F 4 0 X R R : (HCO B 30 June 71, Corrected & Reissued 13 Jan 72) Used to handle resistive cases (TA in normal range but not responding well to auditing). Assess M3 with all reading items taken to F/N per instructions, then handled in depth with L&N and R3R processes. Normally done only once if done properly. EP is all reading items handled, pc no longer resistive and making good progress in auditing. Note that a pc can be made to appear resistive by poor basic auditing and failure to use the right correction list when needed. P T S R D C O R R E C T I O N L I S T : (HCO B 16 April 72) “This Correction List is assessed and handled after a PTS Rundown has been done on the pc. It also serves as a checklist of expected actions with the Rundown.”—LRH. It is always assessed M5. EP is pc no longer upset, each reading item taken to EP. W O R D C L E A R I N G C O R R E C T I O N L I S T : (WCCL) (BTB 21 July 71, Revised 31 March 72, 30 Dec 72) Used to handle any upsets or high or low TA occurring during or shortly after word clearing. If a pc gets sick after word clearing, don’t start running R3R, use the WCCL. If TA goes high during or shortly after word clearing, don’t use a C/S 53RH, use the WCCL. This list can be overused by using every time the TA starts to go high in word clearing instead of simply completing the clearing of the word or subject started. Assessed M5. EP is all reading items handled to F/N and pc again running well. S T U D Y C O R R E C T I O N L I S T : (BTB 4 Feb 72, Revised 5 Oct 72) Used to handle outnesses in a person’s earlier studies which prevent him from progressing well in current study or make him antipathetic towards study. Done as part of the Primary Correction Rundown. It is not used as a substitute for correct application of study tech on the person’s current course. Assessed M5. EP is all reading items fully handled and an F/Ning list on final assessment. The full EP of pc willing and able to study well would require each step of Primary Correction RD completed in sequence if pc had been having study trouble. (Ref: HCO B 30 March 72, Revised 30 May 72.) AUDITING TOOLS DRILL It is vital that any auditor or C/S knows exactly which correction list to use and when to use it. This is particularly true of auditors in session who can and must use the L1C, L4BR, L3RD or WCCL in session when trouble occurs in order to quickly remedy the action and complete the session successfully without having to end off prematurely for C/S instructions. For this purpose the auditing tools drill has been developed by LRH. In this drill the coach has a pile of the various correction lists, holds each up in any order and asks, “When do you use this?” “How do you use it?” Auditor must answer correctly without comm lag. When the auditor can do this without error coach then varies the drill by giving session situations and auditor must state the appropriate corrective action to be taken. A flunk is always handled by having the student restudy the relevant HCO B (never by coach interpretation). Any disagreement or confusion is handled by appropriate word clearing on the materials concerned. REPAIRING THE PC INSTEAD OF THE AUDITOR Excessive use of repair lists and having to redo correction lists already done results from flubby auditing. Don’t just carry on repairing the pc. Get the auditor crammed especially on basic auditing, especially TRs and metering. Then you can get the pc rapidly and effectively repaired and back onto the Gradation Chart. “DO NOT LET AN AUDITOR TOUCH SUCH LISTS ON A PC UNTIL HE HAS BEEN CRAMMED ON TRs, METERING AND ASSESSING.”—LRH. HANDLING TROUBLE BEFORE IT OCCURS To use a correction list in session every time the TA starts to go up or pc gets misemotional is Q&A and will slow up auditing tremendously. The correct action is to be an expert in basic auditing, to know the action you are running, and run the process to its EP. TAs do go high and low during processes. Pcs do sometimes get misemotional when running certain actions. This doesn’t call for a correction list as there is nothing to correct. One simply completes the process. GRADATION CHART The EP of a Repair Program is stated in C/S Series 3 as “the pc feeling great and feeling he can get case gain”. It does not say every correction list or every repair action ever devised having been run on the pc. If one goes past the EP of repair you then will have to repair the pc. THE CASE GAIN AVAILABLE TO THE PC IS CONTAINED IN THE PROCESSES OF THE GRADATION CHART WHICH IS THE BASIC AUDITING PROGRAM OF EACH PC. Failure to repair a pc who does need repair denies that pc the gains obtainable from processes. Repairing a pc who is doing well or continuing to repair a pc beyond the EP of repair also denies the gains of auditing. The solution is to be an expert in basic auditing, know the processes down cold, know uses of correction lists and use them only when required and then use them correctly and get the pc back onto the Gradation Chart with a minimum of delay. Training & Services Aide Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow 2nd Revision by CS—4 Approved by L. RON HUBBARD Founder for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:RS:MH:AL:BL:nt.rd Copyright © 1972,1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1972 Remimeo C/S Series 84 FLUBLESS C/SING A C/S cannot C/S flublessly while he has ANY Auditors flubbing. The standard procedure is 1. The C/S makes sure Tech Courses are taught okay and raises hell until they are. 2. C/S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer and crams him until he gets flubless Cramming and can Supervise TRs, do WCing Method 7, Method 6, Method 4, can correct metering and has packs to hand for reference. 3. The C/S follows a very standard handling of auditors: A. 1 error of any kind—instruct by reference to HCO B. B. A second error of any kind—send to Cramming and get the Auditor crammed at once, without any loss of auditing time but before the Auditor is allowed to audit further. (This is 2 hours, not 2 days!) C. A third error of any kind—RETREAD, wherein the Auditor’s weak areas are located and the Auditor has to M7, M6, M4 and restudy the materials of that area. This takes the Auditor back to Step A. A retread under a good Super takes 4 or 5 days. Now if the Auditor again errs he goes to Step A. If he goes the route again he hits RETRAIN and is retrained fully like any other student. His PRD is done or verified and he goes through the course starting with basic books. This puts the Auditor back to A. But if he now lands at RETRAIN again he is given a full and complete RETRAIN from his earliest contacts with the subject. It is highly unlikely he will flub further but if he does, he should not be on auditing at all. FALSE REPORTS A falsified Auditing report puts the Auditor at once at retrain as he is not sufficiently aware of the potentials of the subject to know he can get results and does not have to be dishonest. TR 0 OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing. 2 C/Ses were found in orgs who “wouldn’t let the Auditors do TR 0 because of their cases”. Both orgs had horrible stats and bad results and ARC Broken fields. OT Zero and TR 0 are a routine action for Auditors. They do TRs in spare time, not because they are being Crammed, just to get professional. Every Cramming Order includes TRs, especially Zero, to also be done on the auditor’s own time. This gets the Auditor up to really Confronting. His errors come mainly from an inability to confront (and from faulty metering or misunderstoods or out ethics). OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to flubless auditing. ELECTRONIC ATTEST Auditors using LRH tapes and electronic attest (and with OT Zero, TR 0, metering, and Mis Us cleaned up and Ethics in) become very spectacular auditors in terms of results. Results bring pride. Auditors who get results are happy auditors. And the above is how, the standard how, to get them to get results. EASY C/SING Only if he spends some of his time TRAINING, as above, can a C/S ever get down to really C/Sing cases and getting programmes DONE. SUMMARY The above is the way I C/S and handle Auditors as a C/S. I long since found that the flubby Auditors were the ones who consumed the C/S time. The ratio is 21 /2 hours to 6 1 /2 hours wherein it only takes me 21 /2 hours to C/S piles of folders when I have the auditors auditing honestly and flublessly and it takes me 61 /2 hours when I have some flubbers. It is neither kind nor decent to let Auditors lose. Only when I (or MSH) have not been doing the C/Sing has auditing gone wrong in any area where I was. This is traced directly to the drop-out of the above actions. So it is the above actions which give standard results and any C/S who omits them (to be a good fellow, or “these are my friends”) is an Auditor killer. Auditors sometimes achieve a high status and are “above being crammed”. Well watch it, watch it because they will fall on their heads with a crash. An auditor is not unlike a race horse. He needs a lot of care and handling. And he needs his periodic drills and exercises or he goes sloppy. Like a race horse, a good auditor is very, very valuable. And all good auditors are made by C/Ses! The proof is that even the best go bad when they no longer have a tight C/S rein. Experience has taught that. The exceptions are very, very few and you don’t have any of them. It takes me about 3 or 4 weeks to get an auditor through his course and doing a good flubless job. The majority of Scientologists want to be auditors. So you have Auditor scarcity? That’s a laugh. It’s the C/S! The Course Super, the Cramming Officer. And it’s done just exactly as above. Given the materials, there is no other answer. So stop dreaming of hiring or getting perfect Auditors. The ones you have are fine. Get more. And do the above! ! ! The auditors must not blame the pc (nor must you), the C/S must not blame the auditor. It’s you, the Course Super and the Cramming Officer. And mainly you the C/S. You can and must build a corps of good auditors. Or you’ll never make it as a C/S. And listen, if you don’t make it as a C/S, where’s the world? LRH:nt.bh Copyright © 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 16 AUGUST 1972-1 Addition 24 October 1972 Remimeo Missions HCO B 16 August 1972 Reissued 16 July 1974 as BTB CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1972-1 SAME TITLE C/S Series 84-1 FLUBLESS C/SING IN MISSIONS (Ref: HCO B 16 Aug 72, C/S Series 84, “Flubless C/Sing”) If an Auditor who is practising in a Mission reaches the point where he should be retrained, as per the bulletin, he is sent to the local Org for his retrain cycle. Per HCO PL 23 Nov 69, “Allowed Technical Services”, a Mission may not run Academy Levels, which necessitates the above statement. Mike Davidson Franchise Officer WW Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:MD:mh.rd Copyright © 1972, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1972 Remimeo All Dn & Ex Dn Auditors Class VIII C/Ses (Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974 —only change is Series No.) DIANETICS Expanded Dianetics Series 7 C/S Series 85 CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF “NO INTEREST” ITEMS I have done a review of several failed cases which blew or went bad after auditing. THE COMMON FACTOR IN EVERY ONE WAS CASE BY-PASSED DUE TO “NO INTEREST”. The auditor finds a reading drug item or an evil purpose and proposes to run R3R on it. The auditor asks if the pc is interested in running it. The pc says, “No.” The auditor does not run it. BANG, we have a BY-PASSED CASE. The pc will blow or go sour or not recover. One of these cases was unchanged after “a drug rundown”. He had a pair of eyes that looked like blank discs. Check of folder showed all major drug items “not run due to no interest”. The solution was to recover the lists, run the items that had read R3R triple and complete the case. Another one blew. His folder was examined. Every evil purpose had been left unrun! Of the items from the “Wants Handled Rundown” the intentions were mislisted. The drug rundown failed due to “no interest”. Each flubbed case I am finding has had his drug items and evil purposes left unrun on R3R due to “no interest”. So DON’T ASK FOR INTEREST ON INTENTIONS, EVIL PURPOSES AND DRUG ITEMS. IF THEY READ, RUN THEM! REPAIR 1. On any stumbling case that has had a “drug rundown” or Expanded Dianetics get the Folder FESed to see if reading items were left unrun on R3R Triple. List them chronologically, early to late. 2. Get the case back, with an R factor of “Incomplete”. 3. Run every one of those unrun drug items, intentions and Evil Purposes. 4. If the items don’t now read, then get in Suppress and Invalidate on them. 5. If the case bogs do L3RD Method 5 and Handle on that chain only. 6. Go on with the action and complete it. LRH:sb.ntm.rd Copyright © 1972,1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN Pc Examiner Qual Sec Tech Services Senior C/S C/Ses 20 JANUARY 1973 RD Revised 4 May 1976 CANCELS BTB 20 JANUARY 1973RB SAME TITLE & BTB 20 JANUARY 1973RC (Piloted on Flag for 9 months) SAME TITLE C/S Series 86RD THE RED TAG LINE (Corrections in this type style) Ref: HCO PL HCO PL HCO PL BTB 8 Sep 70RA 13 Jan 71 20 Jul 70 6 Oct 71R Examiner’s 24 Hour Rule Exam 24 Hour Rule Cases and Morale of Staff C/S Series 65R Auditing of Staff & Public There is a precise line for handling Red Tags which must be put in and maintained. A Red Tag is a large red card placed on the outside front cover of a Pc folder which indicates that a REPAIR SESSION must be done within 24 hours. An FES may be called for but does not waive the 24 hr rule. A Red Tag is placed on the front of a folder by the Pc Examiner, C/S, Senior C/S or Qual Sec for one or more of the following reasons: A. No F/N at Exams after a session, word clearing, product or post purpose clearing or Why Finding or 3 May 72 PL or PTS Check. B. Roller-coaster bad exam report within a few hours of a session. C. Pc ill within a few days of any major case action, or word clearing, product or post purpose clearing or Why Finding or 3 May 72 PL or PTS Check. D. Flunked Declare of any major action or Grade, accompanied by a BER. This pertains to staff and students as well as HGC Pcs. The Red Tag Line is handled in the following manner: 1. PC RED TAGS, AS PER A—D ABOVE. 2. EXAMINER PAPER CLIPS A RED TAG TO THE EXAM FORM, LOGS THE EXAM IN THE EXAMS LOG BOOK IN RED AND BODY ROUTES (OR GETS IT BODY ROUTED BY QUAL PAGE) THE EXAM FORM INTO THE HANDS OF THE DTS FOR IMMEDIATE HANDLING. THE DTS NOTIFIES THE D OF P. 3. If red tagged after a session the Auditor is expected to take the Pc back into session for the appropriate correction list. If this has been done yet the Pc remains red tagged the Auditor must immediately write up the session for the C/S. The DTS in this case verifies that one or the other of these actions is occurring. 4. The D of P is responsible for seeing that an Auditor is assigned to the Pc. 5. The DTS is responsible for seeing that the folder gets to the C/S and that all necessary arrangements are made to get the Pc and Auditor into session as rapidly as possible. 6. The C/S is responsible to see that the folder is immediately C/Sed and the Auditor corrected. He puts the exam Red Tag on the folder. 7. Once the folder is C/Sed the DTS ensures that the session takes place. 8. After the session is given and Pc is now F/Ning, the Auditor, Pc and folder revert to routine traffic lines. The C/S would remove the red tag at this point. 9. ALL red tags must be seen by the Snr C/S preferably before the next session. This may not always be possible in orgs where the Senior C/S has other duties. In no case should this take more than 24 hours and, in most, it should be handled the same afternoon or evening. None of this, of course, relieves the Auditor (even if taken off the case by reason of retread, retrain or higher class Auditor needed) of his responsibility for seeing that his Pc is rapidly handled and F/Ning again. As the HGC operates on Intensive Auditing, bit and piece repair actions would be disruptive of scheduling and delivery. For that reason an Org would do well to invest in a Qual Emergency Review Auditor to handle Word Clearing and Why Finding flubs, assists for loss, illness and injury, student review, etc. In that case the DPE and Qual Page would substitute for D of P and DTS in the line. The HGC would handle its own red tags as part of their intensives. In order to ensure no red tagged Pcs get lost, on lines and not handled in 24 hours the following must be done: Pc Examiner sends a daily list at the end of each day of all Red Tags to the Cramming Officer and Senior C/S. For the C/S this provides a confirmatory line against his own marked Red Tags for the day. For the Cramming Officer, this provides data on who should be sent for Cramming. If those persons do not report for Cramming within 24 hours, the Cramming Off must report to the Dir Correction or Qual Sec for investigation and handling. The Examiner must verify that any Red Tagged Pc has been handled within 24 hours or report any not handled to the Senior C/S, Qual Sec and Dir I & R for investigation and handling. When handled he crosses off the Red Tag in his log. AOs AND SOLO All the above applies to Solo Auditing also and a Red Tagged Solo Auditor must keep himself available for a Cram, Solo Repair C/S or Review Session. His folder would get immediate C/S attention. _________ Regardless of whether the Red Tag was handled or not any non-F/N session logged by the Examiner is included in the Senior C/S F/N Percentage stat. The Pd Comps bonus for F/N percentage remains as per the Pd Comps BTB. A D of P is well advised to have an Auditor on standby who is not assigned regular Pcs, to handle Red Tag repair sessions when the Auditor cannot complete the action, through retread or retrain required. The Qual Sec and Senior C/S are responsible for getting this line in and drilled and the Qual Sec is responsible for maintaining it. A wall chart should be made up for drills and Chinese School. PENALTY “Penalty for violation of the 24 Hr Rule is loss of a day’s stats for the Division, the day being that day when the unrepaired flub occurred and subtracted at the time the flub is found”—HCO PL 8 Sep 70RA, EXAMINER’S 24 HOUR RULE. If all on the line assume their share of responsibility for the well-being of Pcs, the penalty should never occur. Revised by Msm John Eastment CS-5 Approved by Guardian WW FB Advisory Council FB Exec Council Commodore’s Staff Aides The Board of Issues Revisions Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:BI:CSA:FBEC:FBAC:JK:JE:ldv.rd Copyright © 1973,1975, 1976 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1973 Remimeo C/S Series 87 NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS A prepared list is one which is issued in an HCOB and is used to correct cases. There are many of these. Notable amongst them is C/S 53 and its corrections. It is customary for the auditor to be required to F/N such a list. This means on calling it that the whole list item by item is to F/N. Now and then you get the extreme oddity of a list selected to exactly remedy the case not reading but not F/Ning. Of course this might happen if the list did not apply to the case (such as an OT prepared list being used on a Grade IV, heaven forbid). In the case of lists to correct listing, and in particular the C/S 53 series, it is nearly impossible for this situation to occur. A C/S will very often see that the auditor has assessed the list on the pc, has gotten no reads, and the list did not F/N. A “reasonable” C/S (heaven forbid) lets this go by. Yet he has before him first-class evidence that the auditor 1. Has out-TRs in general, 2. Has no impingement whatever with TR-1, 3. Is placing his meter in the wrong position in the auditing session so that he cannot see it, the pc and his worksheet, 4. That the auditor’s eyesight is bad. One or more of these conditions certainly exist. To do nothing about it is to ask for catastrophe after catastrophe with pcs and to have one’s confidence in one’s own C/Sing deteriorate badly. An amazing number of auditors cannot make a prepared list read for one of the above reasons. Putting in suppress, invalidation or misunderstood words on the list will either get a read or the list will F/N. The moral of this is that prepared lists that do not read F/N. When prepared lists that do not read do not F/N or when the auditor cannot get a prepared list to F/N, serious auditing errors are present which will defeat a C/S. In the interest of obtaining results and being merciful on pcs, the wise C/S never lets this situation go by without finding what it is all about. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rhc.nt.rd Copyright © 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 0 BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 22 OCTOBER 1973R Remimeo Qual Hats Snr C/S Hat C/S Hat Auditor Hats LRH Comm Hat HAS Hat Ethics Officer Hat Revised & Reissued 25 August 1974 as BTB (Revision in this type style) CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 22 OCTOBER 1973 SAME TITLE C/S Series 88R TECH DEGRADES If it is found in investigating any situation in the Tech Division or Qual Division that a degrade of Tech has occurred—that the procedure and theory laid out in HCO Bs, Tapes or Books has been downgraded in any way—without effective action to eradicate it at once, the following Policy Letters should be made the subject of extensive and thorough checkouts and implementation programmes, and the basis of Ethics action for relevant Crimes or High Crimes as warranted. They may be used for the same purpose if Tech or Qual stats are down and do not rise despite standard and routine actions to handle them—indicating hidden suppression of Tech which has not been located and indicated, and which should quickly come to light if these PLs are honestly checked out and accurately applied at once throughout Tech and Qual and Dept 3. This would greatly assist any investigatory action to find a Why and a Who. When this investigation is complete, the programme to handle should include backing up these Policy Letters as an essential organizing action. The local LRH Comm is primarily responsible for this action whenever it is needed but no other executive need wait for the LRH Comm to act on the matter if the situation brooks no delay (and any downgrade of Tech is an extremely serious matter) but must inform the LRH Comm who is counted on to support the action if any reasonable evidence is presented that it is necessary. A steep drop or continued Emergency in Tech or Qual GDSes are by themselves sufficient evidence. Supplementary issues giving sample programmes for enforcement of these PLs will be forthcoming. Since any situation involving downgrade of Tech implies the existence of Crimes and High Crimes (including the condoning of the downgrade), all personnel in Tech and Qual will be depended on to co-operate fully with actions to enforce these PLs so as to assist investigators to clear them of complicity in the downgrade if it is found to exist. Misuse of this BTB to bring about loss of traffic in Tech or Qual would be the subject of Ethics action per this BTB. There must be evidence pointing to a definite suspicion of downgrade, so as not to handle something which isn’t there. But the fact of ordering and enforcing these PLs is not itself actionable unless it results in loss of traffic, this loss not being caused by a degrade from other causes. The HCO Policy Letters are: 14 Feb 65 “Safeguarding Technology” Reissued 7 June 67 1 July 65 18 Oct 67 III “Ethics Chits” “Policy and HCO B Alterations” 7 Feb 65 “Keeping Scientology Working” Reissued 15 June 70 “Technical Degrades” “Tech Downgrades” 17 Jun 70 26 Oct 71 LRH Pers Comm Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:KU:mh.rd Copyright © 1973, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo All Levels Flag Internes HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1973 Issue II C/S Series 89 F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM Ref: HCO B 23 Dec 72 Integrity Processing Series 20 HCO B 21 Nov 73 The Cure of Q and A When an Auditor asks one question but F/Ns something else it is simply a version of QandA. Example: AUDITOR: Do you have a problem? PC: (ramble-ramble) I was thinking of last night’s dinner. AUDITOR: That F/Ns. Every few folders you pick up, if you can find examples of this: The Auditor is not trained not to Q and A. He is NOT getting answers to his questions. When the Auditor starts something (such as a question or process) he MUST F/N what he started EVEN THOUGH HE DID SOMETHING ELSE DURING IT AND GOT AN F/N ON SOMETHING ELSE. HE MUST F/N THE ORIGINAL ACTION. The result can be: (a) Missed W/H phenomena. (b) High or low TA an hour after the pc “F/Ned at Examiner”. (c) A stalled case. (d) An undone program. (e) An unhandled pc. (f) Continual need for repair programs. To get this disease out of an HGC requires that Auditors go through an Anti-Q and A handling. C/S Q AND A C/Ses can also Q and A. They simply handle whatever the pc originates to the Examiner or Auditor, over and over and on and on. The result is: A. Incomplete Programs. B. Tripled or quadrupled C/S effort as the case never seems to get solved. C. Loads of repair programs. Yet a C/S who does it will never look for it as THE primary error being committed. The remedy is to have the C/S do an Anti-Q and A program. LRH: nt.jh Copyright © 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder [IP Series 20 has been converted to BTB 23 Dec 72R, IP Series 17R, Volume IX, page 289.] HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1973 Remimeo C/S Series 90 THE PRIMARY FAILURE References: HCO B 28 Feb 1971, C/S Series 24, “Metering Reading Items”, and HCO B 15 Oct 1973, C/S Series 87, “Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists”. A C/S who cannot get a result on his pcs will find the most usual biggest improvement by getting the offending Auditors’ ASSESSING handled. We used to say that “the Auditor’s TRs were out” as the most fundamental reason for no results. This is not specific enough. THE MOST COMMON REASON FOR FAILED SESSIONS IS THE INABILITY OF THE AUDITOR TO GET READS ON LISTS. Time after time I have checked this back as the real reason. It became evident when one could take almost any “null” (no read) list in a pc’s folder, give it and the pc to an Auditor who COULD assess and get nice reads on it with consequent gain. Example: Pc has a high TA. C/S orders a C/S 53RF. List is null. Pc goes on having a high TA. C/S gets inventive, case crashes. Another C/S and another Auditor takes the same pc and the same list, gets good reads, handles. Case flies again. What was wrong was: (a) The Auditor’s TR 1 was terrible. (b) The Auditor couldn’t meter. REMEDY One takes the above two reference HCO Bs and gets their points fully checked on the flunking Auditor. The C/S gets the Auditor’s TR 1 corrected. In doing the latter one may find a why for the out TR 1 like a notion one must be soft-spoken to stay in ARC or the Auditor is imitating some other Auditor whose TR 1 is faulty. QUAL CRAMMING It can happen that these actions are reported done in Qual and the Auditor still flubs. In this case the C/S has to straighten out Qual Cramming by doing the above reference HCO Bs on the Cramming Officer and getting the Cramming Officer’s TR I ideas unscrewed and straight. REQUIREMENTS It takes correct metering and IMPINGEMENT to make a list read. If the auditor does not have these, then drug lists, Dianetic lists, correction lists will all go for nothing. As the prepared list is the C/S’s main tool for discovery and correction an auditor failure to get a list to respond or note it then defeats the C/S completely. SUMMARY THE ERROR OF AN AUDITOR BEING UNABLE TO GET A LIST TO READ ON A METER IS A PRIMARY CAUSE OF C/S FAILURE. To win, correct it! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt. jh Copyright © 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 FEBRUARY 1974 Remimeo C/S Series 91 MUTUAL OUT RUDS It has been known for many many years that the phenomenon of “Mutual Out Ruds” existed. This means TWO OR MORE PEOPLE WHO MUTUALLY HAVE RUDS OUT ON THE WIDER GROUP OR OTHER DYNAMICS AND DO NOT GET THEM IN. Example: A husband-wife co-audit team never run O/Ws on the rest of the family because both of them have similar overts and so consider it usual. Example: Prisoners engaged in co-auditing (as in Narconon) may have similar overts, withholds, ARC Brks and/or problems with the rest of society and so do not think of handling them as out-ruds. Example: Two top class auditors co-auditing, have similar overts on the junior auditors and the org and so never think to get them in. THIS CAN STALL CASES! A C/S has to take this factor into account wherever he has a possibility of its occurring. In one instance mutual out ruds went so far as four auditors, co-auditing, agreeing never to put their overts down on W/Ses “so they would not lose reputation”. Needless to say all four eventually blew. If the C/S had done a routine check for mutual out ruds, this whole scene would have been prevented and four beings would not have ruined each other. IN ANY SITUATION WHERE A SMALL PORTION OF A LARGER GROUP IS ENGAGED IN CO-AUDIT THE C/S MUST CHECK ROUTINELY FOR MUTUAL OUT RUDS. This could even apply to an org or vessel which was separate from the rest of society around it: its members could develop mutual out ruds from the rest of society and cases could fail on this point. Be alert to MUTUAL OUT RUD SITUATIONS AND HANDLE BY GETTING THEM IN ON THE REST OF THE SURROUNDING PEOPLE OR SOCIETY. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ams.rd Copyright © 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JULY 1974R Issue II REVISED 24 JULY 1974 Remimeo C/S Series 92R (Revisions in this type style) WORD CLEARING ERRORS (Applies to Methods 1, 2, 4 and 5 done on a meter.) The attention of the C/S is called to the revised Word Clearing Series 32RA which requires words be F/Ned and to HCO B 8 July 74 of the Word Clearing Series which requires word clearing errors be RED TABBED and that all Word Clearing worksheets be placed in folders. Case troubles have occasionally been traced to metered W/Cing over a High TA or failure to F/N words. This is a hidden area from the C/S unless W/C worksheets are included in folders and the RED TAB system for non-F/N at conclusion is used. Only in this way is a C/S able to get all the data. Correction of W/C errors is done by a Word Clearing Correction List. High TA or Low TA at start of a W/C session is usually handled by C/S 53RG. All “non-session” worksheets such as why finding, contact or touch assists and Word Clearing should go into the pc’s folder. None of this can be used as an excuse not to word clear somebody. Make a C/S handle that TA fast and Red Tab the folder until handling occurs. Then do the Word Clearing. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 AUGUST 1974 Remimeo Tech Secs C/Ses Auditors Registrars URGENT C/S Series 93 NEW GRADE CHART The “NEW” thing to do is the Grade Chart. Everything you are doing should contribute to getting the pc up the Bridge. THIS is the Bridge. There is a new Grade Chart being prepared which has some changes in it, based on recent discoveries. It is urgent that you know of these in advance. DRUG RUNDOWN The effects of an omitted or incomplete Drug RD are severe enough to deny a person any lasting case gain. This is covered in HCO B 31 May 74, “Unhandled Drugs and Ethics”. Some orgs have taken this HCO B so literally however, that they have taken pcs off Adv Cses Grades, refused to do Assists on ill pcs and some showed pcs the HCO B and invaled their gains. This was not the intention of the HCO B. The C/S Series remain valid. The Drug RD belongs on the Grade Chart after Life Repair. A Drug RD cannot be done over out ruds and a Life Repair may be necessary to get in a pc’s ruds. Life Repair is not a prerequisite for the Drug RD, however, and if done is not to be dragged out intensive after intensive. In some cases a pc could not complete Life Repair without a Drug RD. Following the Drug RD is ARC S/W, then the rest of Dianetics to completion. EXPANDED DIANETICS Ex Dn by the way belongs after Grade IV Expanded. Some pcs R/S and have Evil Purposes to do others in. But no Grade 0 or Grade I or Grade II. What others? Martians? “Got to secretly do everybody in” probably applies to Apeville some long date ago and he’s never come up to PT. The answer is to bring the pc up the Grade Chart to Expanded Grade IV then do his Ex Dn. The prerequisites for Ex Dn are covered on HCO B 23 April 74, Ex Dn Series 22, “Expanded Dianetics Requisites”. Add to that Expanded Grades up to IV and you have it. GRADE II Some orgs specialize in Grade II, especially on org staff. The pc is always getting Integrity Processing or his O/Ws pulled on so and so. If you look on the Grade Chart you will find Withholds and Overts are Grade TWO. Below Grade TWO lies Grade I (Problems) and Grade Zero (Communications). And below that is Dianetics and at the bottom end of Dianetics is the Drug Handling. Now how do you expect a fellow who has unhandled drugs (or omitted drug items because of “no interest”) to even know (no Grade 0) that other people are around or that (Grade I) he is caved in with problems he’s never cognited on? And he’s supposed to have enough responsibility to answer up on Grade II? With real overts and withholds? This does not mean you must never Sec Check. It does mean that Sec Checks are no substitute for auditing or guarantee of innocence. Grades are Grades and the Grade Chart sequence is correct. SOLO SET-UPS Set-ups for Solo are fully covered on HCO B 8 Jan 72R, Revised 8 July 74, Solo C/S Series 11 R. This will be included as part of Solo on the Grade Chart as it is a vital step. Pcs won’t make it on Solo if they aren’t set up. FULL LIST Here’s the full list of Grades showing where the various RDs now offered fit. GROUP PROCESSING—Not mandatory or a prerequisite. LIFE REPAIR—As needed but not prerequisite for Drug RD. To get ruds in on Life. DRUG RD, means: TRs 0-4, 6-9—Mandatory for a Druggie currently on Drugs, FLAT. Full C/S-1—Where not done. To fully educate pc. Objectives—Full battery to full EPs per basic books and early HCO Bs on them. Class VIII Drug Handling—List and rehab all drugs, 3 way Recalls, Secondaries and Engrams of Taking and Giving Drugs. AESPs on each reading Drug—Listed separately and handled with R3R, each drug to full F/N assessment of Drug List. “No Interest” Drug Items—All reading ones run where they exist. Prior Assessment—AESPs listed separately and run R3R, prior to first drug or alcohol taken. ARC S/W EXPANDED. DIANETICS, means: C/S 54—Complete handling of Pc Assessment Form begun with Drug RD. Health Form—Fully handled to full F/N Assessment. EXPANDED GRADE 0—As issued. EXPANDED GRADE I—As issued. EXPANDED GRADE II—As issued, including Integrity Processing. EXPANDED GRADE III—As issued. EXPANDED GRADE IV—As issued. EX DN—Not mandatory except where pc is a low OCA, an R/Ser (2%, chronically ill or psycho. Means: Set-ups—Per HCO B 23 April 74, Ex Dn Series 22. Introspection RD—Where pc ill, introverted or in a psychotic break. R3R all E. Purps. OCA Left-hand Side Handling—As issued. OCA Right-hand Side Handling—As issued, with PTS RD as necessary. POWER PROCESSING GRADES V & VA—Only prerequisites are Drug RD and Grade IV. SOLO GRADE VI, means: Solo Set-ups—Done at SH or AO per Solo C/S Series 11 R. Solo Auditor’s Course. Solo Audit Grade VI materials. CLEARING COURSE OT I OT II OT III OT VII PROCESSES OT III EXPANDED OT IV OT V OT VI FULL OT VII VERIFICATION OT VIII—When issued.0 PROGRAMMING The C/S Series, especially the early HCO Bs, numbers 1-13R, fully cover the use of the Grade Chart in programming. THE GRADE CHART IS THE BASIC PROGRAMME OF A PC. This datum has been neglected in some orgs, who have specialized in the new RDs developed since ‘71. With refinement of repair and corrective actions and the release of new RDs, some may have forgotten that repair is only done to get off the overwhelm so that you can put the pc back on the Grade Chart. SUMMARY I thought I’d better fill you in on these changes and how the new Grade Chart lines up. Make full use of this Chart with C/S Series programming tech in and your pcs will fly. Here’s to lots of case gain and rave success stories. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rs.rd Copyright © 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1974 Remimeo All Execs All Tech and Qual Divs URGENT—IMPORTANT C/S Series 94 REDUCTION OF REFUNDS C/Ses AND OVERLOAD When a C/S is overloaded, he is a potential cause of OUT TECH. He may try to make up time by not reading worksheets of Auditors, by failing to do Folder Error Summaries, by not taking time to write Cramming Orders and neglecting other C/S duties. Recent evaluation has shown that OVERLOADED C/Ses CAN BE THE REASON FOR A HUGE REFUND RATIO IN THE ORG’S GI-CGI. Any non-tech person such as the Ethics Officer can tell at once when a C/S is either not working or overloaded. THE HANDWRITING IN THE WORKSHEETS CAN’T BE READ, WORDS ARE NOT CLARIFIED IN RED, NO FESes ARE SEEN IN FOLDERS AND NO CRAMMING ORDERS EXIST TO MAKE AUDITORS DO HANDWRITING DRILLS TO WRITE FAST AND WELL. Proper C/S posting was piloted by me on Flag years ago. The existing technical executives failed to export it to orgs. The irreducible minimum C/S postings are: SENIOR C/S who handles bugged cases and very upper level actions and keeps the other C/Ses functioning well. He is the highest classed C/S in the org. He is responsible for proper handling and results on all cases. (This is a hat I usually wore in an area.) EXPANDED DIANETIC C/S who does only Expanded Dianetics. GRADE C/S who C/Ses Grade pcs. DIANETIC C/S or C/Ses who handle all routine C/Sing of Dianetics including Drug Rundowns. There are several other C/S posts. In AOs additionally there are Solo C/Ses. In Saint Hills there are Power (Class VII) C/Ses. As an org expands it can have additional types of C/Ses. Some of these are: REVIEW C/S who reviews tech case failures, taking this load off the Senior C/S. STAFF CASES C/S who C/Ses for audited staff. STUDENT AUDITING C/S who C/Ses student sessions. AO REVIEW C/S who C/Ses for fast review on Adv Cse Students. CO-AUDIT C/S where a Co-Audit exists separate from HGC lines. WHAT IS OVERLOAD? When a C/S can’t read every worksheet and study and program every case he has, due to time, he is overloaded. WASTED C/Ses To get a Class VI or even a Class IV to C/S lower action folders is a waste of C/Ses since it is easy to train Dianetic C/Ses. SUMMARY TRAIN AND POST enough C/Ses and watch the GI go up and refunds go down. It is not enough just to get Auditors and more and more Auditors. DON’T OVERLOAD C/Ses. GET MORE OF THEM! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH: nt .rd Copyright © 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER AD25 Remimeo All Students All HGC Auditors All C/Ses All Internes C/S Series 95 “FAILED” CASES There are no failed cases. There are only failed C/Ses and Auditors. In a recent test; this was proven conclusively. A number of no-case-gain, slowcase-gain, sickie and “failed cases” were rounded up. Using well trained Flag Auditors and the most basic of lists, every one of these cases was soon flying. At another time, lists which had been “nulled” by a group of trainee Auditors were then taken over, on the same pcs, same lists, and renulled by Class Xs. Over half the reading items had been missed by the trainees—they simply couldn’t make the list read on the pcs. Yet the lists were as alive as skyrockets. The pcs, under the trainee Auditors, had accumulated all manner of by-passed charge by having reading items ignored. And in some cases, having non-reading items given attention. To a trainee, all this seems incredible and mysterious. He does not realize how very bad his metering can be, how faint and fainting his TR 1. He has numerous tricks which defeat him—such as keeping his sensitivity on 32 for a pc who only requires sensitivity 1, whereas the Auditor misses all his F/Ns as he can’t keep the needle at set. He doesn’t put his meter so he can see pc, paper and meter dial all in the same scope of vision and misses the reads. His Auditor presence is so poor and his attitude so unprofessional that the pc isn’t really in session. His own introversion prevents him from really observing the pc’s tone or reaction. All these faults can be cured and HAVE to be before an Auditor can call himself a real Auditor. Short of that he is just a fooling-about dilettante. And he has “failed pcs”. It takes hard sweating work to get good enough to be a real Auditor. It takes hours and hours and hours of TRs the hard way. It takes a high degree of honesty that includes never faking and going by misunderstoods in his materials, always being honest in his auditing reports, constant practice with his metering, drills with the tone scale and a large degree of self-discipline. It isn’t “talent” that makes the good Auditor. It is practice and more practice until he himself knows first that he didn’t know and then knows that he really knows. The source of out tech is only laziness and dishonesty. Someone who is afraid of work thinks he can PR the C/S and the pc, fumble his way through and succeed out of fakery. That route is failure. And it ends in “failed cases”. Don’t be a psychologist or psychiatrist. That was their route. In the hands of a thoroughly trained and drilled Auditor, Scientology works and works splendidly. There are no dog cases, no “ncgs”, no failed cases. But there are “Auditors” who don’t study and drill hard enough to become real Auditors. And there are C/Ses who don’t know their business and who don’t keep up their study and are too lazy to FES or read sessions or cram their Auditors. There are an awful lot of excellent Auditors and many very fine C/Ses. But in some local areas, where verbal tech gets going and ethics is out, the quality sags. And there you have ncgs and slow pcs and “failed cases”. Want to know how lazy your C/Ses and Auditors are? How many ncgs and failed cases do you have around? If you have any at all, tech in your area is out. A C/S 53RJ taken to F/Ning list and a GF40X taken to an F/Ning list will cure any ncg or failed case. BUT it has to be done by an Auditor who has sweated it out doing the checksheets of Qual required to make a list read. So do not send to find the real who when cases bog or “fail”. Don’t blame and repair cases. Repair the Auditors and C/Ses. It not only can be done. It is easier to do it than wrestle around with an “ARC Broken field”. And it not only can be done, it MUST be done. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright © 1975 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 OCTOBER 1976 Remimeo (LRH ED 257 INT of 1 December 1974 Revised and Reissued as an HCOB) (Revisions in this type style) C/S Series 96 DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS THERE’S NOTHING WRONG WITH YOUR CF, YOUR PC, YOUR STUDENT, STAFF MEMBER OR YOUR OWN DELIVERY THAT A PREPARED LIST WON’T HANDLE. “ARC Broken CFs,” blown students, demanded refunds, low success stories, withdrawn auditors, ineffective staffs are pretty silly problems to have these days. Many years ago I developed a system called “Prepared Lists.” These isolated the trouble the pc was having in auditing without taxing anyone’s imagination and sending the auditor into a figure-figure on the pc. These prepared lists were assessed on an E-Meter. One took up the biggest read first and then cleaned up all other reads. Time has gone on. The system of prepared lists has been expanded to include not only pcs but students and staff. It may have gone overlooked that such lists now include anything that could happen to a pc or student. In other words, prepared lists have become very thorough. WHO CAN USE The only reason ever found for prepared lists not working was an auditor’s weak TR 1 and inability to read a meter. Even this difficulty has been handled by “Qual Okay to Audit” Checksheets. Before an auditor should be let near a prepared list he should be put through at least six “Okay to Audit” short Checksheets in Qual. Qual is not fast flow. Things done in Qual are Method 4 Word Cleared and starrated, with all demos and drills. Only if this is done can you have some certainty that a prepared list will read on the pc and that the pc or student will get handled. These Qual “Okay to Audit” Checksheets are done AFTER a student has been trained and classed as an auditor. The “Okay to Audit” is for auditing in an org whether staff or interne. The checksheets are: (1) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74R Issue I QUAL OKAY TO OPERATE AN E-METER (2) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue II QUAL OK NO. 2R, QUAL OK TO ASSESS PREPARED LISTS (3) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue III QUAL OK NO. 3, QUAL OK TO AUDIT LISTING AND NULLING (4) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue IV QUAL OK NO. 4, QUAL OK TO CORRECT LISTING AND NULLING (5) Board Policy Letter 8 Nov 71RB QUAL OK NO. 5R, INTERNSHIPS ELECTRONIC ATTESTATION FORM (6) Board Policy Letter 20 July 70R Issue III Revised 25 Nov 74 TWO WAY COMM CHECKSHEET Only when these have been thoroughly and honestly studied, drilled and done should an auditor be permitted to assess prepared lists on pcs and students. It takes standard auditor training to handle the points found reading on a list. CASE SUPERVISING A C/S who is trained as a C/S must know what lists to use. And he must see to it that his auditors are trained via the above checklists. Otherwise the lists just won’t read and the C/S, the pc and the org are left up the creek! LOTS of “lists that didn’t read” are found in folders. I used to make a practice of just having them nulled again by an auditor whose metering and TRs were good and THEY READ AND THE CASE RESOLVED. PC LISTS 1. HCO BULLETIN 24 NOVEMBER 1973RB, C/S SERIES 53RJ” SHORT HILO TA ASSESSMENT C/S.” This is a famous list. It solved the long long problem of high and low TAs and really solved it. Unfortunately it has a name of being done for high and low TAs. In truth it practically handles the whole repair of any difficult case today! One assesses it Method 5. One handles the reads from the top down. It can also be reassessed several times until it F/Ns on a whole M5 assessment. It is quite remarkable what it will do for a case that has been running badly or is bogged, quite in addition to handling high and low TAs! 2. HCO BULLETIN 1 JANUARY 1972RA, “LIX HI-LO TA REVISED.” This is the same list as C/S 53RJ above. It has been brought up to date. It gives the whole question for each subject as in C/S 53RJ and the same handling. It is easier to use on a pc whose attention wanders or who is not very familiar with terms. 3. HCO BULLETIN 29 OCTOBER 1971R, “INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED.” As Interiorization-Exteriorization problems (when they exist) have to be handled before any other thing is handled, an auditor sometimes assesses another list and then finds himself doing this list, “Int” appears on many other lists and when it reads one does this list. One has to go back and complete the original list of course. “Int” problems cause high TA, headaches and general upset. I’ve begun to think after seeing a lot of headache cases that maybe only Int-Ext problems cause headaches! Instead of repairing Int, sometimes auditors will run it again and again. Also Int can go flat to Cog VVGIs on an early flow, even a recall flow. Then if one insists on finishing the Int RD, one has trouble and I mean trouble. So this is a valuable list. 4. HCO BULLETIN 15 DECEMBER 1968R, “L4BR” “FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS.” An out list (meaning one done by Listing and Nulling, not a prepared list) can raise more concentrated hell with a pc than any other single auditing error. The amount of misemotion or illness which a wrong list generates has to be seen to be believed. When a pc is ill after a session or up to 3 days after, always suspect that a listing action done on the pc had an error in it. It MUST be corrected. The prepared list L4BR corrects lists of the Listing and Nulling variety. It can be run on old lists, current lists, general listing. There has been no reason to revise this since 2 June 1972. It really works! 5. HCO BULLETIN l9 MARCH 1971, “LIST 1-C.” This is the updated version of the earliest list ever compiled. It is used during sessions at the auditor’s discretion and in other ways. It also prevents some pc from insisting “it’s an ARC Brk” (which never clears) when it’s really a withhold, a common error. It can also be addressed to life. Usually when a session blows up, an L1C is used fast rather than just sit and ack! 6. HCO BULLETIN 11 APRIL 1971RA, L3RD “DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST.” This is the key list of Dianetic Auditing and is the Dianetic standby in case of trouble. As the Int RD is also Dianetics, while doing it, one uses L3RD for trouble. 7. HCO BULLETIN 2 APRIL 1972RB ISSUE II, EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 3 RB, “L3 EXD RB.” This is the prepared list for Expanded Dianetics. 8. HCO BULLETIN 29 FEBRUARY 1972R, “FALSE TA CHECKLIST.” This was a very important discovery about TAs. One uses this when another list indicates a False TA or one is suspected. Auditors have been known to get so desperate about a pc’s TA that they falsified worksheets. This (and C/S 53RJ) make that totally needless. I’ve seen this change a case from despair to VVVVGIs! 9. HCO BULLETIN 16 APRIL 1972, “PTS RD CORRECTION LIST.” It also gives the expected actions of a PTS Rundown. Doing PTS Rundowns without this prepared list handy can be risky. 10. HCO POLICY LETTER 7 APRIL 1970RA, “GREEN FORM.” This was the earliest Qual Saint Hill weapon (26 June 65) for case cracking. It is modernized up to 29 Sept 74 in the above issue. Used for general case clean-up particularly on an out rud type pc or when ruds won’t fly. It is not used to handle high or low TA. 11. HCO BULLETIN 30 JUNE 1971R, “EXPANDED GF 40RB.” Called “GF 40X” This is the “7 resistive type cases” at the end of the Green Form expanded out. This is how you get those “earlier practices” and other case stoppers. This done well gives a lot of extensive work in Dianetics. It’s lengthy but really pays off. If you were to do a C/S 53RJ Method 5, all handled, and to an F/Ning list and then do a GF 40XRB, all handled, reassessed to an F/Ning list you would ‘‘crack’’ most cases to a point where they ran well. 12. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 28 MAY 1974R, “FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURY AND ILLNESS.” While you don’t put the pc on the cans for this one, you mark it as to the state the pc is in and it says what you do for illness and injury. This one, done correctly, is how the minister runs the medico out of business. STUDENT LISTS 13. HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1973R, “FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST—R.” This is for the handling of timid tech staff who back off from handling rough pcs. 14. HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1974, “STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST.” This is the one that gets a bogged student sailing, gets a blown student back, gets an auditor back auditing. It even cures the revolutionary student! This is the master list for students—even students in grammar schools and colleges! A real winner. 15. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972R ISSUE I, “STUDENT CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST- I .” A list for correcting students on course. STAFF LISTS 16. HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972R ISSUE II, “COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 2R.” This is to get the Course Supervisor going well. 17. HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA ISSUE III, “AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 3.” This one corrects Auditors who are having a rough time. 18. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA ISSUE IV, “CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 4.” This one corrects Case Supervisors, gets them back on the rails. 19. B O A R D T E C H N I C A L B U L L E T I N 2 7 M A R C H 1 9 7 2 R C I S S U E V , “EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 5.” This prepared list locates an executive’s troubles and indicates handling. 20. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 4 FEBRUARY 1972RD, “STUDY SERIES 7.” A real long workout for a person who won’t study or who is having real trouble on a course. Goes after it in depth. Can be used as a second list to Student Rehab list above or by itself. 21. HCO BULLETIN 21 JULY 1971RD, WORD CLEARING SERIES 35RD, “WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST REVISED.” Usually written “WCCL.” This is the famous list that goes with Method 1 Word Clearing or with any Word Clearing bog. Also corrects high and low TA WHEN it occurs in a Word Clearing session. This is the Word Clearer’s friendly friend. 22. HCO POLICY LETTER 9 APRIL 1972, “ETHICS, CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING.” Locates the trouble area that got him into a Danger Condition. Goes with the famous “3 May P/L” HCO PL 3 May 1972. 23. HCO POLICY LETTER 13 MARCH 1972, “ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER SERIES NO. 5.” An invaluable text and list for PRODUCT CLEARING. It’s a list of what you do to clear products. From it a prepared list can be made. 24. HCO POLICY LETTER 2 3 MARCH 1972, ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER SERIES 11, “FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM.” 25. HCO POLICY LETTER 12 JUNE 1972, DATA SERIES 26, ESTO SERIES 18. A list you assess to locate trouble an evaluator might be having. Also for slow evaluators or slow students on a Data Series Course. 26. HCO BULLETIN 28 AUGUST 1970RA, “HC OUT-POINT—PLUS-POINT LISTS RA.” This is a prepared list that locates the outpoints in a person’s own thinking. When people can’t seem to evaluate (or think brightly) this list will do wonders. Some Data Series Course students make no progress at all until they are assessed on this list and handled. 27. H C O B U L L E T I N 2 D E C E M B E R 1 9 7 4 , “ D Y N A M I C S O R T O U T ASSESSMENT.” (Revised from BTB 4 Dec 71 Issue II, Replacing HCOB 4 Dec 71 Issue II R-1C Assessment by Dynamics.) This gets those dynamics that are charged and handles them. Increases social personality and even can shift valences. WORD LISTS FOR PREPARED LISTS Nearly every prepared list has all its words on a separate sheet, ready for word clearing on the pc. All the words on a list are cleared on a pc without repeating the same word or asking the list question. Such lists are issued for auditor convenience. A list of these word lists is being issued as HCOB I Dec 74 so that you can match them to the prepared lists in this Bulletin. OTHER LISTS There is a whole package of processing, mainly by prepared lists, in Integrity Processing, issued as its own series and now being reissued. There are great Solo Lists for Solo Repair used on Advance Courses. And from time to time when a need for prepared list is found new ones will be issued on different subjects. One can REPAIR a pc or student or staff member. One can also FORWARD a case into new areas with other prepared lists. MIMEO Some orgs backlog their mimeos. The AVAILABILITY of lists to auditors is something which should NOT be neglected. It is highly uneconomical as one loses re-signs and students and staff when prepared lists are in non-existence in an org or even short supply. Tech is the atomic fuel an org runs on. KEEP PREPARED LISTS IN SUPPLY FOR USE. TRANSLATED ISSUES In non-English speaking orgs lists must be very carefully translated and mimeoed for use. In such orgs, more than any others, great care must be taken to have and use lists as they keep tech straight where it tends to go hearsay and verbal. ----------So, that’s quite an array of prepared lists, isn’t it? If they are not in full use in your org don’t wonder about your Delivery Stats Why. Or your org and CF problems. It’s a lack of full use of this tech. Hidden in these prepared lists is a wealth of tech that explodes into wins for your org, your CF, your pcs and students. L. RON HUBBARD Founder All revisions by Materials Chief FB As approved by L. Ron Hubbard LRH:RS.nt Copyright © 1976 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED0 HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1976 Remimeo All HCOs All Tech Divs All Courses Issue I (Also issued as HCO PL 26 Oct 76 Issue I, same title.) C/S Series 97 AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF Probably the most covert and vicious crime in auditing is falsifying an auditing report. At first glance, to someone who is trying to PR himself as an auditor or to escape consequences of session goofs, this might not seem to be the huge crime that it is. When an auditing report is falsified, means of repairing the pc are denied, out tech and a need for re-study or re-drilling of materials is covered up, out tech is spread about and the repute of the org and Scientology are at risk. There are many ways of falsifying an auditing report. Chief amongst them is omission of vital data in the report. Another is faking the things run or the pc’s actions or reactions. To the person doing this it may seem that he has covered up his incompetence but in actual fact it is eventually detected. A twice declared person recently messed up the cases of several VIPs by simply omitting some of their disagreements with what was being done. Three SPs, now declared, some years ago had a mutual understanding that they would not put down each other’s withholds. These three also falsified auditing reports to the effect that they had run certain things on pcs “and there was nothing on them,” when in fact they either had not run them or there was reaction which they did not put into the report. They messed up about a dozen people before they were caught and it took many, many hours of careful C/Sing and auditing to salvage those cases (and it also took about two years). They made several hundred serious enemies for themselves and today I doubt any Scientologist would even speak to them and their names are remembered with scathing contempt. It is not only easy to detect a falsified auditing report, it is also inevitable that it will be detected. The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy to spot in folders and records. The auditor marks “VGIs, F/N” and the examiner notes by-passed charge and Bad Indicators. An auditor seeking to prevent this being detected has been known to take the examiner report from the folder but that there is no examiner report would be the first thing a C/S would notice. Examiner reports have been forged and exchanged with the actual one but this too is very visible. Lack of a proper success story points directly to out tech and if it is not visible in the folder then that folder contains falsified auditing reports. The pc in the midst of his auditing, refuses to re-sign for more. An inspection of folder either finds the out tech in the auditing reports or it doesn’t. If the Folder Error Summary finds no out tech, the next thing that is looked for is falsified auditing reports and this is extended to looking at the other cases this auditor has handled to see if there is any similarity of reaction. A D of P interview with the pc will reveal falsified auditing reports. It will contain data that does not appear in the auditing reports. The first thing suspect is the auditing reports. Basically, correct tech applied by a competent auditor who has been trained and interned, works and works every time. When it “doesn’t work,” a C/S begins to look for the real scene. There are many ways he can ascertain the actual scene. Amongst these are outside-the-door session taping, monitors, interviews, lack of success stories, failures to declare, failures to re-sign, examiner reports at variance with the session reports, personal check up into the case and many others. The only thing which temporarily misleads a C/S is a falsified auditing report. But in all our experience with these, the detection of such reports is inevitable even if it occurs a long time afterwards. The person who would falsify an auditing report is usually found to be a suppressive with abundant R/Ses and evil intentions who never should have been trained in the first place. Therefore, the penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report in order to make oneself seem more competent than one is or to hide departures from the C/S or to omit vital data necessary to C/Sing, resulting in upsets to a case and time spent in investigation by seniors, is actionable by a Committee of Evidence and if the matter is proven beyond reasonable doubt, a cancellation of all certificates and awards, a declare and an expulsion order are mandatory. Should the person perpetrating the falsification of auditing reports run away (blow) before action can be taken, the result is the same and is enforceable even if the person is not present. A green auditor may look upon the offense as slight. If he is too untrained to realize that proper application of tech works every time and that improper application is a gross overt act, he may not realize the seriousness of his action. This however cannot be pleaded as a defense. It is not a light thing to end the hopes and close the door on a pc just because one is trying to cover up his blunders. The blundering auditor can be repaired by cramming and retraining. But only if it is known how he has blundered. That in itself is nowhere near as serious as hiding the fact. Honesty is the road to truth. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:lf Copyright © 1976 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 OCTOBER 1976 Remimeo All HCOs All Tech Divs All Courses (Also issued as HCO PL 28 Oct 76, same title ) C/S Series 98 AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS (Ref: HCO PL 26 OCT 76 Issue I HCO B 26 OCT 76) Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a very serious matter. A Case Supervisor, as well as a Folder Error Summary Auditor and the Auditor himself can be impeded greatly by folder omissions. Loss of folders entirely is a much greater catastrophe. While cases and even folders can be reconstructed and eventually handled (at enormous trouble and time to the pc and technical people) this does not minimize the offense. Usually Folder Pages are regarded too lightly as a post and are subject to much transfer even when posted. The Director of Tech Services is often far too lax in posting a Folder Archives I/C even as a double hat. Space restrictions often impede the careful preservation of folders in orgs. But all these posts and spaces are vital to a smooth delivery of auditing and should not be lightly looked upon. The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders are: 1. WORD CLEARING WORKSHEETS. These are done in Academies or training or Interne areas as well as the HGC and it is often an omitted action to forward them to the person’s pc folder. Often the lines to do so are unknown or completely missing. Yet every metered word clearing action should not only be the subject of a worksheet but also must be included in the person’s pc folder in date order. Word clearer can fail to F/N a chain or even fail to clear a word as a chain when it doesn’t F/N. Such goofs can mess up cases and leave a C/S perplexed as to how the pc was running well one day and badly the next—yet there is no word clearing worksheet there, so the fact of ANOTHER AUDITOR on the case is hidden. 2. QUAL WHY FINDING ACTIONS. As why finding also includes listing, possibly the most vicious omission is the failure to include Why Finding worksheets in the person’s folder or even do a worksheet on it. Yet at least one org has been temporarily wrecked by indiscriminate “why finding” in Qual that resulted in wrong items and wrong lists and messed up the cases of whole staffs. This poor why finding has led at times to why finding becoming a restricted or forbidden practice. Qual worksheets of why finding MUST be included in the person’s folder along with any list made which itself must include the question asked. 3. HCO WHY FINDING. These actions must also be the subject of worksheets and must also be included in the person’s folder. 4. ALL SEC CHECKS AND INTEGRITY PROCESS LISTS AND ACTIONS. It doesn’t matter who or what is doing the sec check, the resulting action is NOT the property of the department or branch or person doing the sec checking. A full worksheet must be made and ALL such actions done MUST be included in the routine pc folder of the person. As it is very vital that a pc’s folder be COMPLETE as well as exist, hereinafter the loss of a pc’s folders and the failure to make worksheets and include them in the person’s pc folder shall be actionable by a Committee of Evidence, to be convened by the Senior C/S of an org, and applies to any person or Auditor whether staff, mission or field. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt Copyright © 1976 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 25 APRIL 1971R Revised & Reissued 22 November 1974 as BTB Remimeo HSDC Dianetic Auditors C/Ss CANCELS HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1971 SAME TITLE THE DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISOR’S INDEX This C/S’s Index is for use in Case Supervising Dianetic Auditing. See also the Dianetic references in: BTB 18 Dec 71R BTB 18 Dec 71-1R BTB 18 Dec 71-2R C/S Series Zero R “Index of C/S Series HCO Bs & BTBs by Title and Subject” C/S Series Zero Updated “Chronological Index of C/S Series HCO Bs and BTBs by Title and Subject” C/S Series Zero A “Subject Index of C/S Series by Alphabetical List of Subjects” Dianetic C/Sing is its own zone of technology. Dianetic and Scientology C/Sing Technologies are different in many respects and must not be mixed. These technologies are complementary to each other in the long overall view of case handling. The rule is simply that whenever a preclear is being run on Dianetics, at any case or Grade level, the rules of Dianetic Case Supervision apply. Dianetics can be run on any Grade of preclear or Pre-OT if necessary. It can even be run on a preclear who has had only a C/S No. 1 and no other auditing. The need for Dianetic Auditing can and does occur at any case level. The advent of “Expanded Grades” and the C/S Series of HCO Bulletins and Triple Flow Dianetics does not cancel the basics of Dianetics Case Supervision; these developments clarify and complement Dianetic Case Supervision. Dianetics is Dianetics. It is for use. The use of this Dianetic C/S’s Index will help you to achieve the maximum gains attainable with Dianetics. Use it. ___________ THE DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISOR’S INDEX This index lists categories of preclear “situations” and HCO Bulletins and BTBs that give the proper handling for the situations. Preclear situations are listed in the left-hand column. HCO Bulletins and BTBs giving the proper handling of the situations are listed in the right-hand column. There are spaces provided for additional HCO Bs to be added to each category as they may be issued in the future. It is expected that a person using this index would keep it up to date himself. SECTION I: USUAL SITUATIONS AND ACTIONS Starting a preclear = HCO B 5 Apr 69 (reissued 26 May 70), “New Preclears” Note: When R3R is run for the first time as at any later time it is run Triple Flow. See Section III for C/S data on Triple R3R. = HCO B 12 June 70, “Programming of Cases = HCO B 23 Aug 71, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 28 July 71, C/S Series 54, Dia netics, Beginning a Pc On” = HCO B 19 Apr 72, C/S Series 77, “ ‘Quickie’ Defined’’ = BTB 24 Apr 69R, “Preclear Assessment Sheet” = BTB 12 July 69, Issue IV, “Starting Dia netics on Pcs Who Have Had Scientology Auditing” = BTB 8 Jan 71 R, “Auditing CS-1 for Dia netics and Scientology” = Health Form and R3R = HCO B 19 May 69, “Health Form, Use of” = “Pastoral Counselling Health Form”— Revised 22 July 69 = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics” (section under Health Forms) = HCO B 28 Feb 71, “Metering Reading Items” = HCO B 28 July 71, C/S Series 54, “Dianetics, Beginning a Pc On” = = Pc has had Dianetic Auditing on = See Section III of this Index Flow 1 or Dianetic Triples but not on all items = HCO B 7 Mar 71 RA, C/S Series 28RA “Use of Dianetics” = HCO B 4 Apr 71 RA, C/S Series 32RA, “Use of Dianetics” = HCO B 5 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 33RA, “Triple Reruns” = HCO B 21 Apr 71RB, C/S Series 36RB, “Dianetics” = = Assessment of existing lists for any regular Dianetic Auditing = HCO B 29 Apr 69, “Assessment and Inter est” = HCO B 21 May 69, “Assessment” = HCO B 26 Apr 69, “Somatics” = HCO B 27 Jan 70, “Narrative Items Explained” = HCO B 29 Jan 70, “Null Lists in Dianetics” = HCO B 28 Feb 71, “Metering Reading Items” = HCO B 24 July 69, “Seriously Ill Pcs” = “Pastoral Counselling Health Form” Revised 22 July 69 = HCO B 14 Mar 71R, “F/N Everything” = HCO B 14 Sept 71, C/S Series 59, “Dianetic List Errors” = HCO B 20 Apr 72, Issue II, C/S Series 78, “Product Purpose and Why and WC Error Correction” = HCO B 10 Aug 72, C/S Series 82, “Dianetic HCO B—Interest” = HCO B 13 Sept 72, C/S Series 85, “Dianetics—Catastrophes from and Repair of “No Interest’ Items” = HCO B 6 Dec 73, C/S Series 90, “The Primary Failure” = BTB 24 Nov 71 R, “Pressure Somatics in Dianetics” = = Reassessment of Existing Lists = Same as above for assessment of existing lists for any regular Dianetic Auditing. Item found last session = HCO B 28 Feb 71, “Metering Reading Items” = HCO B 14 Mar 71 R, “F/N Everything” = = = = Trouble with a Specific Area = HCO B 24 July 69, “Seriously Ill Pcs” (Chronic Somatic) = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics” (section under Special Cases) = HCO B 16 June 70, C/S Series 6, “What the C/S is Doing” = HCO B 16 Aug 70 (corrected & reissued 3 Nov 70), C/S Series 15, “Getting the F/N to Examiner” = HCO B 5 July 71 R, C/S Series 49R, “Assists” = HCO B 11 July 73, “Assist Summary” = HCO B 6 Jan 74, “Assist Summary Addition” = HCO B 15 July 70 (corrected & reissued 25 Nov 70), “Unresolved Pains” = HCO B 19 July 69, “Dianetics and Illness” (especially second page re specific area) = HCO B 16 Dec 71RA, C/S Series 35RA, “Interiorization Errors” = = Pc Exterior = HCO B 4 Jan 71 (corrected & reissued 3 Oct 71), “Exteriorization and High TA” = HCO B 17 Dec 71R, C/S Series 23RA, “Interiorization Summary” = BTB 24 July 73, “Pregnancy and Auditing” SECTION II: DIANETIC REMEDIES Pc Physically ill = HCOB 12 Mar 69, “Physically Ill Pcs and Pre OTs (with a note on Drugs)” = HCO B 19 July 69, “Dianetics and Illness” = HCO B 27 July 69, “Antibiotics” = HCO B 17 Oct 69, “Drugs, Aspirin and Tranquilizers” = HCO B 24 July 69, “Seriously Ill Pcs” = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics” (re: Physically Ill Pcs and Special Cases) = HCO B 28 June 69, “C/S—How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders” = HCO B 15 Mar 71, “Assists—A Flag Expertise Subject” [revised & replaced by 23 July 71, same title] = = HCO B 13 June 70, C/S Series 3, “Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and their Priority” = HCO B 5 July 71R, C/S Series 49R, “Assists” = HCO B 23 July 71 (corrected 4 May 72), “Assists—A Flag Expertise Subject” = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 24 Aug 71, Issue II, “Assists Addition” = HCO B 11 July 73, “Assist Summary” = HCO B 6 Jan 74, “Assist Summary Addition” = Pc Stuck in this Lifetime = HCO B 19 May 69, “Drug and Alcohol Cases—PRIOR Assessing” = HCO B 3 Oct 69R, “Dianetic Remedies” = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = Pc out of valence Also folder getting fat with little gain = HCO B 13 May 69, “Peculiarities” = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder analysis, Dianetics” (See HCO Bs listed for Pc Physically Ill in addition to these) = HCO B 28 June 69, C/S—How to Supervise Dianetics Folders = HCO B 17 July 71, C/S Series 51, “Out of Valence” = BTB 26 Nov 71 (corrected 30 Dec 71), “Out of Valence—220H” = TA High or Low or Bad Indicators appearing but not necessarily due to Out Rudiments or illness = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 16 June 70, C/S Series 6, “What the C/S is Doing” = HCO B 19 June 70, “C/S Q and A” = HCO B 16 Aug 70 (corrected & reissued 3 Nov 70), C/S Series 15, “Getting the F/N to Examiner” = HCO B 28 June 69, “C/S—How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders” = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics” = HCO B 16 July 69, “Urgent—Important” = HCO B 8 June 70, “Low TA Handling” = HCOB 11 Apr 71RA, “Important—L3RD Dianetics and Int RD Repair List” = HCO B 8 Mar 71, C/S Series 29, “Case Actions, Off Line” = HCO B 5 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 33RA, “Triple Reruns” = HCO B 6 Apr 71, C/S Series 34, “Non F/N Cases” = HCO B 21 Apr 71RB, C/S Series 36RB, “Dianetics” = HCOB 3 June 71, C/S Series 37R, “High and Low TA Breakthrough” = HCO B 24 Nov 73RA (cancels 31 Dec 71RC), C/S Series 53RI, “Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S” = HCO B 16 Feb 72, “Talking the TA Down Modified’’ = HCO B 20 Nov 73, C/S Series 89, “F/N What You Ask or Program” = HCO B 6 Dec 73, C/S Series 90, “The Primary Failure” = HCO B 16 Dec 71RA, C/S Series 35RA, “Interiorization Errors” = HCO B 27 Mar 71, “Dianetic Erasure” = HCO B 23 May 69, “Auditing Out Sessions— Narrative Versus Somatic Chains” = HCO B 22 July 69, Issue II, “High TA Assessment” = HCO B 1 Jan 72RA (revised 20 Nov 74), “LIX HI-LO TA List Revised” = BTB 26 Apr 69, “Bad Indicators” = Out-Ruds Situation = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 17 May 69, “TRs and Dirty Needles” = HCOB 17 Apr 69, “Dianetic Case Supervision” = HCO B 9 Aug 69, “Case Folder Analysis, Dianetics” = Scientology List Actions such as L1 C List (Class III or above) for handling Out Ruds. = HCO B 11 Apr 71RA, “L3RD—Dianetics and Int RD Repair List” = HCO B 26 Apr 71, “TRs and Cognitions” = HCO B 14 Sept 71, C/S Series 59, “Dianetic List Errors” 0 Something Not Handled = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 16 Aug 70 (corrected & reissued 3 Nov 70), C/S Series 15, “Getting the F/N to Examiner” = HCO PL 7 Apr 70RA (revised 29 Sept 74) Scientology “Green Form” Method 5 Assess ment (Class III or above) for finding the trouble. = Chains Left Unflat = HCO B 22 July 69, “High TA Assessment” (Also see TA High or Low category above) = HCO B 17 Apr 69, “Dianetic Case Super vision” = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCOB 11 Apr 71RA, “L3RD—Dianetics and Int RD Repair List” = HCO B 27 Mar 71, “Dianetic Erasure” = HCO B 13 June 70, C/S Series 3, “Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and their Priority” = HCO B 16 Aug 70 (corrected & reissued 3 Nov 70), C/S Series 15, “Getting the F/N to Examiner” = HCO B 6 Apr 71, C/S Series 34, “Non F/N Cases” = HCO B 20 Nov 73, C/S Series 89, “F/N What You Ask or Program” = HCO B 16 June 70, C/S Series 6, “What the C/S is Doing” = BTB 3 Oct 69R, “Dianetic Remedies” = BTB 10 June 72R, “The L3RD Rundown— Dianetic Track Repair” = Pc Anaten In Session = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = BTB 3 Oct 69R, “Dianetic Remedies” = Child Not Running Well = BTB 8 Jan 71 R, “Auditing CS-1 for Dia netics and Scientology” = = = Pc Physically Injured = HCO B 15 Mar 71, “Assists—A Flag Expert ise Subject” [revised & replaced by 23 July 71, same title] = HCO B 23 May 69, “Auditing Out Sessions— Narrative Versus Somatic Chains” = HCO B 14 May 69, “Dianetic Assists” NOTE: This HCO B is not to be used as the source of R3R procedure. = HCO B 13 June 70, C/S Series 3, “Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and their Priority” = HCO B 28 Nov 70, C/S Series 22, “Psychosis” = HCO B 8 Mar 71, C/S Series 29, “Case Actions, Off Line” = HCO B 5 July 71 R, C/S Series 49R, “Assists” = HCOB 23 July 71 (corrected 4 May 72), “Assists—A Flag Expertise Subject” = HCO B 24 Aug 71, Issue II, “Assists Addition” = BTB 22 July 70, “Touch Assist—An Improvement on Spinal Adjustment for Medical Doctors and Practitioners” = BTB 7 Apr 72R, “Touch Assists—Correct Ones” (See also: Physically Ill) = = Area of Physical Injury Not Fully = HCO B 19 July 69, “Dianetics and Illness” = HCO B 16 Aug 70 (corrected & reissued 3 Nov 70), C/S Series 15, “Getting the F/N to Examiner” (for handling Chronic Somatic) = HCO B 13 June 70, C/S Series 3, “Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and their Priority” = HCO B 7 Sept 71, C/S Series 58, “Programming Cases Backwards” (See also: Trouble with a Specific Area) = = Drugs and/or Alcohol = HCO B 19 May 69, “Drug and Alcohol Cases—PRIOR Assessing” = HCO B 12 Mar 69, “Physically Ill Pcs and Pre OTs (with a note on Drugs)” = = = = HCO B 8 Mar 71, C/S Series 29, “Case Actions, Off Line” = HCO B 15 July 71, Issue III, C/S Series 48R, “Drug Handling” = HCO B 28 July 71, C/S Series 54, “Dianetics, Beginning a Pc On” = HCO B 25 Oct 71, “Drug Drying Out” = HCO B 23 Dec 71, C/S Series 73, “The No Interference Area” = HCO B 23 Sept 68 (reissued 22 Jan 72), “Drugs & Trippers” = HCO B 10 Aug 72, C/S Series 82, “Dianetic HCO B—Interest” = HCO B 13 Sept 72, “Dianetics— Catastrophes from and Repair of ‘No Interest’ Items” = BTB 7 June 69, “How to Make a Person Sober” = BTB 7 July 71 R, “Resistive Cases— Drug Handling” = BTB 25 Oct 71R, “The Special Drug Rundown” = Pc Having Difficulty with Study = HCO B 23 Nov 69R (revised 26 June 73), “Student Rescue Intensive” = BTB 9 Aug 70R, “Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive” = BTB 8 Jan 71 R, “Auditing CS-l for Dianetics and Scientology” SECTION III: TRIPLE DIANETICS Starting or Running Triple Dianetics = HCO B 5 Oct 69, “Triple Flows” = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” (re: High TA at start of session) = HCO B 11 Apr 71RA, “Important—L3RD— Dianetics and Int RD Repair List” = HCO B 7 Mar 71 RA, C/S Series 28RA, “Use of Dianetics” = HCO B 4 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 32RA, “Use of Dianetics” = HCO B 5 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 33RA, “Triple Reruns” = HCO B 12 Apr 71, “Exteriorization Errors” = HCO B 21 Apr 71RB, C/S Series 36RB, “Dianetics” = BTB 1 Dec 70R, “Dianetics—Triple Flow Action” False TA = HCO B 24 Oct 71, “False TA” = HCO B 12 Nov 71R, “False TA Addition” = HCO B 15 Feb 72, “False TA Addition 2” = HCO B 18 Feb 72, “False TA Addition 3” = HCO B 29 Feb 72R, “False TA Checklist” = HCO B 23 Nov 73, “Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA” SECTION I V: C/S HANDLING OF THE GOOFING AUDITOR Auditor Goofing = HCO B 10 Nov 70, “C/S Responsibility for Training” = HCO B 16 July 69, “Urgent—Important” = HCOB 15 Nov 69, Issue II, “Case Super vision, How it Goes Non-Standard” = HCO B 15 Nov 69, “Case Supervision Audit ing and Results” = HCO B 19 Mar 71, “C/Sing Auditor-C/Ses” = HCO B 5 Mar 71, C/S Series 25, “The Fan tastic New HGC Line” = HCO B 26 Apr 71, “TRs and Cognitions” = HCO B 28 Apr 71, “Okays to Audit in HGCs” = HCO B 19 June 71, C/S Series 45, “C/S Rules” = HCO B 19 July 71, C/S Series 52, “Internes” = HCO B 23 Aug 71, C/S Series 1, “Auditor’s Rights” = HCO B 1 Sept 71, Issue I, C/S Series 57, “A C/S as a Training Officer—A Program for Flubless Auditing” = HCO B 22 Sept 71, C/S Series 61, “The Three Golden Rules of the C/S” = HCO B 20 Dec 71, C/S Series 72, “Use of Correction Lists” = HCO B 20 Nov 73, Issue I, “Anti-Q&A TR” = HCO B 6 Dec 73, C/S Series 90, “The Primary Failure” = HCO B 27 Jan 74, “Dianetics—R3R Com mands Have Background Data” = HCO B 16 Dec 71RA, C/S Series 35RA, “Interiorization Errors” = HCO B 9 June 71, C/S Series 41, “C/S Tips” = HCO B 21 Aug 70, C/S Series 16, “Session Grading—Well Done, Definition of” = HCO B 30 Apr 71, “Auditing Comm Cycle” = CRAMMING ON THOSE ACTIONS WHICH ARE BEING GOOFED! = BTB 16 Mar 71, “Student and Course Morale —Tough Checkouts & Coaching” Flag Org Correction Chief Revised & Reissued as BTB by Flag Mission 1234 I/C: CPO Andrea Lewis 2nd: Molly Harlow Authorized by AVU for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:SW:AL:MH:DM:nw.mh rd Copyright © 1971, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 275 SUBJECT INDEX CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES A A to B programming, 154 (C/S 47) ability attained, 7 (C/S 1) invalidated, 8 (C/S 1) accepting, a C/S, 2 (C/S 1) the pc, 1 (C/S 1) accident prone, 12 (C/S 2) accidents, if reads run out narrative R3R Triple, 168 (C/S 54) action, ordering a major, 145 (C/S 42) admin, auditor, 81 (C/S 25) administration, definition of, 172 (C/S 56) administrative function and excellent case results, 172 (C/S 56) Advance Program, 48 (C/S 12), 88 (C/S 27), 13940 (C/S 39R), 145 (C/S 42); see also Return Program age, symptom of the—there is no time, 40 (C/S 9) alcohol included as a drug, 156,157,158 (C/S 48R) All Flows Rundown, 110 (C/S 33RA-1) analyzing folders, 45 (C/S 11) ancient law—pc who “knows” what is wrong, 32 (C/S 7) anti-Q & A handling, 243 (C/S 89) AO confidential materials, 10 (C/S 2) apathy, handling, 184 (C/S 59) apparent behavior and the insane, 74 (C/S 22) application, C/Ses for exact tech, 152 (C/S 45) apprenticeships, auditor, 163 (C/S 52) assess flows slowly, 134 (C/S 37R Add. 3) assessing, low TA, 132 (C/S 37R Add. 2R) assessment, form 37R, 134 (C/S 37R Add. 3) Hi-1o TA rules, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) low TA, 141 (C/S 40) repeated, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) Sheet, Pc, 168 (C/S 54) assists, 159 (C/S 49R) and Exams, 159, 160 (C/S 49R) Contact, 159 (C/S 49R) Dianetic, 159 (C/S 49R) interrupting auditing, handling of, 94-95 (C/S 29) Touch, 160 (C/S 49R) Touch and Contact, 94 (C/S 29) worksheets, 247 (C/S 92R) attest, pc to, when he’s made it, 153 (C/S 46) auditing, blow downs, and Ethics, 46 (C/S 11) and TRs, 136 (C/S 38) auditing (cont.) grade processes to EP, 30 (C/S 6) of staff and public, 194 (C/S 65R) quality, 99 (C/S 31) skill, improvement of, between R6 and OT III, 212 (C/S 73) standard, 57 (C/S 15) auditor(s)(‘s), Admin Room, 83 (C/S 25) Board, 83 (C/S 25) checkout of Quad Dianetics, 92 (C/S 28RA-1) Cramming and flubless, 183 (C/S 58) data, 147,148 (C/S 43) errors, 97 (C/S 30),122 (C/S 36RB-1R) flubs, 43 (C/S 10), 90 (C/S 28RA), 92-93 (C/S 28RA-1) handling, 61 (C/S 16) inexperienced, 191 (C/S 63) inval, 147,148 (C/S 43) leaving Cramming go through Examiner, 193 (C/S 64) minimum hours of, 85 (C/S 25) morale depends on honest completions, 180 (C/S 57) opinion, 171 (C/S 55) responsibility, 1 (C/S 1), 228 (C/S 81-1RA) rights, 1, 9 (C/S 1) rights, abuse of, 225 (C/S 81R) rights addition revised, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) rights and correction lists, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) rights modified, 225 (C/S 81 R) worksheets, 196 (C/S 66) writing up C/Ses, 200, 201, 202 (C/S 69R) Azimuth meter, use of, to see reads, 80 (C/S 24) B 277 backtrack, getting the pc to go, 7 (C/S 1) backwards C/Sing (towards significance), 29-30 (C/S 6) bad exam reports, 96 (C/S 30) Basic Program, 11 (C/S 2), 22 (C/S 4) begin Dianetics with Pc Assessment Sheet, 168 (C/S 54) behavior—mannerisms as an index to change, 35 (C/S 8) blank periods, 156 (C/S 48R) blind repair, when no FES is done, 66 (C/S 19) and falls, 20 (C/S 3), 29 (C/S 6) and length of reads, 149 (C/SR) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES blow up, item, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) F/N item, 141 (C/S 40) blue sheet, the Return Program is on, 14 (C/S 2), 21 (C/S 4) boggy cases, 86 (C/S 26) breakthrough, high and low TA, 127 (C/S 37R) broad shooting, C/S can give alternatives in a C/S, 189 (C/S 62) bug, C/Sing and finding the case, 112 (C/S 34) bullbait using processes or implants forbidden, 95 (C/S 29) buttons, using restimulative materials to push someone’s, 95 (C/S 29) suppress and invalidate, 3 (C/S 1) by-passed, case and “no interest” items, 236 (C/S 85) charge of last session, 18,19 (C/S 3) C changing the pc, 36 (C/S 8) charge, by-passed, last session, 17,18, 19 (C/S 3) Chart, Classification, 49 (C/S 12) Gradation, 211 (C/S 73), 232 (C/S 83RA) new Grade, 248-51 (C/S 93) of Human Evaluation, 35 (C/S 8) checking for, meter reading items, 79 (C/S 24) reads, 56 (C/S 15) reads while clearing the idea of lists, 66 (C/S 19) checklist, mandatory C/Sing, 200 (C/S 69R) checkout on materials by auditors, 179 (C/S 57) choosing pcs, 225 (C/S 81R) chronic aches and pains, 183 (C/S 58) chronic somatic(s), 28 (C/S 6), 57 (C/S 15) Dianetic handling of, 64 (C/S 18) Class Chart, 21 (C/S 4), 248-51 (C/S 93) in every folder, 14 (C/S 2) Classification and Gradation Chart is the master program, 10 (C/S 2), 250 (C/S 93) clearing, commands, reads gotten on, 142 (C/S 41) words in tests forbidden, 207 (C/S 71A) words on GF, 86 (C/S 26) code of a C/S, 197-98 (C/S 67) coffee shop auditing, 94 (C/S 29) cognitions, chopping, abuses indicator of F/N, 30 (C/S 6) complete, cycles on a case, 145 (C/S 42) definition of, 218 (C/S 77) completion, quickie, 218 (C/S 77) conference, daily auditors’, 70 (C/S 21) confront, processes aimed at further, 31 (C/S 6) Contact Assist, 159 (C/S 49R) Continue Process, 128 (C/S 37R) copying lists or worksheets, 5 (C/S 1) correcting of an Int RD, 77 (C/S 23RA) correction lists, 209 (C/S 72), 230 (C/S 83RA) and red tags, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) auditor Okay to Audit, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) C/S OK to do, 227 (C/S 81-1 RA) drill for, 231-32 (C/S 83RA) L3RD, 119 (C/S 36RB), 123 (C/S 36RB-1R) method of use, 209-10 (C/S 72) PTS Rundown, 216 (C/S 76) TRs and metering, 230 (C/S 83RA) use of, 230-32 (C/S 83RA) corrective actions, when done, 250 (C/S 93) course graduate becomes an auditor, 163 (C/S 52) case (s), actions, off line, 94 (C/S 29) auditors don’t have, 8-9 (C/S 1) bogs, how to repair, 220 (C/S 78) can be repaired, 137 (C/S 38) completed, 63 (C/S 17) disturbance and whys, 220 (C/S 78) dog; see dog cases errors, 4 (C/S 1) gain, 151 (C/S 44R Add.), 161 (C/S 50) has somatics, 22 (C/S 4) non-F/N, 112 (C/S 34) not handled, 6 (C/S 1) people talking about their, 95 (C/S 29) resistive, 156, 157 (C/S 48R), 189 (C/S 62) study, find the right Why, 112, 113, 114 (C/S 34), 147 (C/S 43) supervision errors, gross, 47 (C/S 11) tech errors on a, 59 (C/S 16) that don’t run well, 114 (C/S 34) trouble and WC errors, 247 (C/S 92R) ways to bog a, 136-37 (C/S 38) way to solve a, 145 (C/S 42) catastrophes from and repair of “no interest” items, 236 (C/S 85) CCHs, to handle accident proneness, 12 (C/S 2) ceiling WDAH, 82 (C/S 25) chain(s), engram, 28 (C/S 6), 56-57 (C/S 15) failed to flatten, 69 (C/S 21) flubbed, 119 (C/S 36RB), 123 (C/S 36RB-1R) rehabbing, 118-19 (C/S 36RB), 123 (C/S 36RB-1R) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES courses with no materials, 178-79 (C/S 57) cramming, and auditor errors, 233 (C/S 84) and auditors, 233 (C/S 84) and excellent checkouts, 84 (C/S 25) and the C/S, 233 (C/S 84) auditors who flub to, 142 (C/S 41) chit, 178 (C/S 57) C/S, 164 (C/S 52) cycles and the C/S, 199 (C/S 68) finding the misunderstood, 98 (C/S 30) Hi-1o TA assessment, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) order, 199 (C/S 68) order, how to write up a, 204 (C/S 70R) raises auditing quality, 99 (C/S 31) to get flubless auditors, 183 (C/S 58) C/S, C/Ses, C/Sing, 53, use of, 230 (C/S 83RA) and auditor admin, 82 (C/S 25) and cramming cycles, 199 (C/S 68) and Cramming Officers, 233 (C/S 84) and Exam reports, 96 (C/S 30) and flubby auditors, 233 (C/S 84) and overload, reduction of refunds, 252-53 (C/S 94) and publics, 194 (C/S 65R) and tech courses, 233 (C/S 84) as a training officer, 176 (C/S 57) auditor, 83 (C/S 25) auditor-C/Ses, 96-98 (C/S 30) auditors writing up, 201 (C/S 69R) backwards (towards significance), 29-30 (C/S 6) case gain, 161 (C/S 50) checklist, 203 (C/S 69 Add.) data, 44 (C/S 11) easy, 234 (C/S 84) error, 223 (C/S 80) errors, 98 (C/S 30) expertise, 144 (C/S 41) failure, 39 (C/S 9) failure, primary cause of, 24445 (C/S 90) firm rule for, 45 (C/S 11) first lesson, 14 (C/S 2) folder handling, 4546 (C/S 11) for new auditors or veterans, 191 (C/S 63) for non-veterans, 191 (C/S 63) genius, 10 (C/S 2),19 (C/S 3) glossary of terms, 48 (C/S 12) handles post fast flow, 96 (C/S 30) handling auditors, 61 (C/S 16) handling auditors, 3 rules, 186 (C/S 61) hard work, 77 (C/S 23RA) in the chair, 2 (C/S 1) Int, 77 (C/S 23RA) C/S, C/Ses, C/Sing (cont.) invalidation, 60 (C/S 16),147 (C/S 43) long, 87 (C/S 27) next, 81 (C/S 25) Org, 96 (C/S 30) postings, irreducible minimum, 252 (C/S 94) preOTs don’t, 214 (C/S 75) PTS Rundown, 216 (C/S 76) purpose, 31 (C/S 6) Q & A, 27 (C/S 5), 32-34 (C/S 7), 243 (C/S 89) Q & A, results from, 243 (C/S 89) Quad Dianetics, 91 (C/S 28RA-1) quality, 99 (C/S 31) responsibility, 121 (C/S 36RB), 125 (C/S 36RB-1R) responsibility and checking interest on drug items, evil purposes or intentions, 229 (C/S 82) responsibility for training, 69 (C/S 21) rules, 14546 (C/S 42),14748 (C/S 43), 152 (C/S 45) rules—programming from prepared lists, 149-50 (C/S 44R) rules—the sequence of programs, 151 (C/S 44R Add.) short, 87, 88 (C/S 27) stable datum, 114 (C/S 34) standard handling of auditors, 233 (C/S 84) standing order to auditors, 213 (C/S 74) supreme test of a, 154-55 (C/S 47) thorough, 88 (C/S 27) three golden rules of the, 186 (C/S 61) tips, 14244 (C/S 41) tools of a, 183 (C/S 58) Triple Dianetics, 89 (C/S 28RA) twenty-four hour rule, 194 (C/S 65R) two-way comm, 54-55 (C/S 14) types of, 252 (C/S 94) variables, 144 (C/S 41) via, 14344 (C/S 41) vital action, 153 (C/S 46) wander on repairing a repair, 42 (C/S 10) with all folders to hand, 45 (C/S 11) written instructions, 44 (C/S 11) current program inside pc folder, 145 (C/S 42) D daily study, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) data, for C/S, 183 (C/S 58),189 (C/S 62) HCO Bs and tapes are stable, 148 (C/S 43) deaths are run out, 168 (C/S 54) decay of tech, 148 (C/S 43) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES Declare(s), C/S’s responsibility, 153 (C/S 46) pc to, 153 (C/S 46) delicate cases, pcs needing lots of repair are, 43 (C/S 10) delivery, C/S halting, 65 (C/S 19) Dept 10, 37R Process done in, 129 (C/S 37R) destimulate, takes 3-10 days to, 56 (C/S 15) Dianetic(s), Assist, 159 (C/S 49R) auditor and ruds, 3 (C/S 1) beginning a pc on, 168 (C/S 54) Case Supervisor’s index, 257 Clear, 48 (C/S 12) C/S 1 , for unindoctrinated pc, 117 (C/S 35RA) C/Sing, 90 (C/S 28RA), 91 (C/S 28RA-1) HCO B—interest, 229 (C/S 82) list errors, 184 (C/S 59) pcs, 49 (C/S 12) person doesn’t like, 157 (C/S 48R) Ouad; see Ouad Dianetics remedies, 90 (C/S 28RA), 93 (C/S 28RA-1) results, 90 (C/S 28RA), 93 (C/S 28RA-1) Triples, 7 (C/S l); see also Triple(s) unable to run standard, 78 (C/S 23RA) unflat on, 13-14 (C/S 2) Director of Processing; see D of P discharged process, 29 (C/S 6) discovery,whycasesweren’tmakingit, 158 (C/S 48R) dispersal (on programming), 12 (C/S 2) Dn C/S l for unindoctrinated pc, 117 (C/S 35RA) D of P, Interview, 188 (C/S 62) operates by OCAs, 205 (C/S 71) pressures on, 33 (C/S 7) schedule, 83 (C/S 25) Solo, keeps tabs on pcs falling off lines, 214-15 (C/S 75) dog cases, 97 (C/S 30), 225 (C/S 81 R); see also dog pcs can be handled, 146 (C/S 42) locating the bugs, 177 (C/S 57) many are just unsolved cases, 171 (C/S 55) the Why behind, 224 (C/S 80) dog pcs, 223 (C/S 80); see also dog cases don’ts regarding 37R, 134-35 (C/S 37R Add. 3); see also thirty-seven R (37R) double, actions, 145 (C/S 42) folder, 45 (C/S 11) Int, 112 (C/S 34) major grades, 112 (C/S 34) double (cont.) major rundowns, 5 (C/S 1) Power, 97 (C/S 30) downgrade, departure from exact processes, 152 (C/S 45) dramatizes = R6EW unflat, 22 (C/S 4) dropped OCA graph, 162 (C/S 51); see also OCA(s) drug(s), and cannot run engrams, 211 (C/S 73) and roller coaster, 156 (C/S 48R) and TRs, 157 (C/S 48R) done first, 157 (C/S 48R) engrams and alcohol, 156 (C/S 48R) former user, 156 (C/S 48R3 full auditing rundown, 157 (C/S 48R) handling, 156-58 (C/S 48R) reads on, 168 (C/S 54) Rundown and Grade Chart, 248, 249 (C/S 93) Rundown and Life Repair, 248 (C/S 93) use engram running on, 86 (C/S 26) dummy run, HGC line should be, 85 (C/S 25) E eight (VIII), actions, 50 (C/S 13R) auditing for OTband, 51 (C/S 13R) end phenomena of, 37R Process, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) a process, 30 (C/S 6) repair, 17 (C/S 3) TA Handling RD, 129 (C/S 37R) engrams, cannot run, and drugs, 211 (C/S 73) chain unflat, 28 (C/S 6) chains unflat, 56 (C/S 15) drug, 157 (C/S 48R) list, 89 (C/S 28RA), 91-92 (C/S 28RA-1) secondaries, locks, 29 (C/S 6) words and phrases, 28 (C/S 6) EP; see end phenomena error(s), auditor, and Cramming, 97, 98 (C/S 30) C/S, 98 (C/S 30) Dianetic and Int, 115 (C/S 35RA) gross, in programming, 99 (C/S 31) in an Int RD, 115 (C/S 35RA) program, 97 (C/S 30) Ethics, action after PTS Interview, 222 (C/S 79) enters after quickie tech, 219 (C/S 77) record, C/S should watch for, 46 (C/S 11) 0 SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES evaluation, and the C/S, 189 (C/S 62) auditor, 25 (C/S 5) Chart of Human, 35-36 (C/S 8) telling the pc is, 10 (C/S 2) evil impulse, checking, 73 (C/S 22) Exam, Examiner, and meter checks, 207 (C/S 71 A) F/Ns after flubs, 143 (C/S 41) getting the F/N to the, 56 (C/S 15) pattern at, 57 (C/S 15) reports, bad, 96 (C/S 30) reports, no, 59 (C/S 16) sour forms, 17-18 (C/S 3) unchanging natter at, 114 (C/S 34) Expanded Dianetics, and the Grade Chart, 248, 250 (C/S 93) prerequisites, 248, 250 (C/S 93) Expanded Lower Grades, 48 (C/S 12) experience and interneships, 163 (C/S 52) Ext, exterior, exteriorization, do Int RD if check reveals, 43 (C/S 10) in session is end phenomena for that process or action, 116 (C/S 35RA) pc going, handle by Int-Ext, 13 (C/S 2) pc will go, 31 (C/S 6) run twice, 112 (C/S 34) eyesight should be tested, 80 (C/S 24) firm rule for C/S, 45 (C/S 11) first error correction is Int, 115 (C/S 35RA) fixation, one life, 73 (C/S 22) flatten chain, failed to, 69 (C/S 21) flow (H), additional, 134 (C/S 37R Add. 3) flows, assess slowly, 134 (C/S 37R Add. 3) by-passed, 105 (C/S 33RA), 108 (C/S 33RA-1 ) by-passed, and repair, 105 (C/S 33RA), 108 (C/S 33RA-1) clearing, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) definition of, 100 (C/S 32RA), 103 (C/S 32RA-1 R) missing, and mass, 100 (C/S 32RA), 102 (C/S 32RA-1R) note, 129-30 (C/S 37R), 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) overrun, 107 (C/S 33RA), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) unrun, 105,106 (C/S 33RA), 108,109 (C/S 33RA-1) Flow Zero, 100 (C/S 32RA), 102,103 (C/S 32RA-1R), 107 (C/S 33RA), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) and Int-Ext RD, 92 (C/S 28RA-1 ) command, 103 (C/S 32RA-1R), 109 (C/S 33RA-1) command for Introspection RD, 101 (C/S 32RA) flubbed, cases and “no interest” items, 236 (C/S 85) R3R, 76 (C/S 23RA) flubby auditors, 163 (C/S 52) Flub Catch System, 65 (C/S 19) flubless, auditors, 176 (C/S 57) C/Sing, 233 (C/S 84) C/Sing in Missions, 235 (C/S 84-1) flubs, auditor, 43 (C/S 10), 90 (C/S 28RA), 92-93 (C/S 28RA-1) best answer is no, 63 (C/S 17) cramming, 69 (C/S 21) Exam F/Ns after, 143 (C/S 41) flunk(s), and retrain, 60 (C/S 16) TA producing action left incomplete is a, 2 (C/S 1) tech not by the book is a, 152 (C/S 45) when given, 60 (C/S 16) F/N, abuse, 30 (C/S 6) and word clearing, 247 (C/S 92R) at Exam, 152 (C/S 45) at Examiner and session grading, 59 (C/S 16), 82 (C/S 25) F fads in areas where tech is bad, 69 (C/S 21) failed, cases and “no interest” items, 236 (C/S 85) cases are auditor failures, 254 (C/S 95) cure for, 255 (C/S 95) sessions, most common reason for and remedy, 244 (C/S 90) failure, C/S, 39 (C/S 9) fall and BD in 2-way comm, 20 (C/S 3) false, reports, 233 (C/S 84) TA Checklist, 230 (C/S 83RA) TA HCO Bs, 208 (C/S 71A) falsely gotten to R6EW, 22 (C/S 4) family, don’t listen to, about a case, 171 (C/S 55) insanity, run out, 169 (C/S 54) fantastic new HGC line, 81 (C/S 25) fast flow, C/S handles post, 96 (C/S 30) FES(es); see Folder Error Summary finding the bug on a case, 113 (C/S 34) firefights and unrun or overrun chains, 120 (C/S 36RB), 124 (C/S 36RB-1R) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES F/N (cont.) gradual widening, 67-68 (C/S 20) persistent, 67 (C/S 20) same, 67 (C/S 20) to Examiner, 56 (C/S 15) what you ask or program, 243 (C/S 89) F/Ning auditors, 193 (C/S 64) Folder Error Summary(ies), 4 (C/S 1), 65 (C/S 19), 81, 85 (C/S 25) and admin time, 85 (C/S 25) cost borne by pc, 65 (C/S 19) current, 97 (C/S 30) folders, analyzing, 45 (C/S 11) Folder Summary, 5 (C/S 1),173 (C/S 56) force, is made up of, 31 (C/S 6) run out the, 28 (C/S 6) foreign language cases need GF items cleared, 86 (C/S 26) Four (IV) Rundown, OT, 52 (C/S 13R) Full Flow Dianetics, 100 (C/S 32RA), 103 (C/S 32RA-1R) and OTs, 120 (C/S 36RB), 125 (C/S 36RB-1R) offering, 101 (C/S 32RA), 104 (C/S 32RA-1R) repair, 101 (C/S 32RA), 103-04 (C/S 32RA-1R) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing, 121 (C/S 36RB), 125 (C/S 36RB-1R) result, 101 (C/S 32RA), 104 (C/S 32RA-1R) Full Flow Table, 100 (C/S 32RA), 103 (C/S 32RA-1R) Grade(s), II, 24849 (C/S 93) II and the Grade Chart, 249-50 (C/S 93) definition of, 6 (C/S 1) Expanded Lower, 48 (C/S 12) incomplete cycle of the, 62 (C/S 17) Lower, processes, 53 (C/S 13R) Ouickie, 49 (C/S 12) Ouickie, and actions, 62-63 (C/S 17) use all processes, 13 (C/S 2) violations, 7 (C/S 1) Grade Chart, 232 (C/S 83RA) new, 248-51 (C/S 93) gradient scales, 39 (C/S 9) grading, session, 59-60 (C/S 16) graphs, OCA, 162 (C/S 51); see also OCA(s) green, Advance Program, 87 (C/S 27) auditor, 191-92 (C/S 63) Form, 86 (C/S 26),149 (C/S 44R), 230 (C/S 83RA) Form and method of use, 210 (C/S 72) paper, Advance Program, 88 (C/S 27) group processing and Grade Chart, 249 (C/S 93) H G handle Int first on the case, 149 (C/S 44R) handling auditors, 3 rules, 186 (C/S 61) by C/S, 61 (C/S 16) handwriting, c/s insists on legible, 196 (C/S 66) order to practice, 186 (C/S 61) hasn’t made it, pc who, 153 (C/S 46) HDC, Cl IV auditors can repair a messed-up Int, 115(C/S35RA) pcs after going Ext do, 117 (C/S 35RA) Health Form, after Pc Assessment Form, 169 (C/S 54) part of chronic somatic program, 57 (C/S 15) HGC, a whole new, 84 (C/S 25) disintegration, 225 (C/S 81R) fantastic new line, 81-85 (C/S 25), 96 (C/S 30) how to get results in, 172 (C/S 56) splendid sessions, 146 (C/S 42) Hidden, Data Line, decay of tech, 148 (C/S 43) Data Line, stamping it out, 179-80 (C/S 57) Standards, process for, 86 (C/S 26) gain(s), case, and drugs, 156 (C/S 48R) holding, 218 (C/S 77) negative,31 (C/S6) no case, 138 (C/S 38) pc becoming more himself, 162 (C/S 51) physical, 26-27 (C/S 5) rapid, 3 (C/S 1) solid, 14 (C/S 2) study gives case gain, 138 (C/S 38) genius, in C/Sing, 10 (C/S 2) of a C/S, 19 (C/S 3) getting the F/N to the Examiner, 56 (C/S 15) GF 40 for resistive cases, 51-52 (C/S 13R) GF 40XRR, 231 (C/S 83RA) glasses obstructing seeing the meter, 80 (C/S 24), 209 (C/S 72) glossary of C/S terms, 48 (C/S 12) goofs are few in type, 42 (C/S 10) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES High Crime for a C/S not to write C/S instructions, 44 (C/S 11) high TA, and ARC Breaks, 143 (C/S 41) and exteriorization, 4 (C/S 1),106 (C/S 33RA), 109-10 (C/S 33RA-1) and flows, 105 (C/S 33RA), 108 (C/S 33RA-1), 129-30 (C/S 37R) and illness, 58 (C/S 15) and low TA breakthrough, 127 (C/S 37R) and word clearing, 247 (C/S 92R) chronic, 28 (C/S 6) or low, 117 (C/S 35RA) or low on Q & A, 33 (C/S 7) right way to handle, 213 (C/S 74) same action or Grade done twice, 145 (C/S 42) source of, 105 (C/S 33RA), 108 (C/S 33RA-I) usual reasons for, 56 (C/S 15) higher levels, assessing pcs to, 144 (C/S 41) Hi-1o TA assessment, and Int RD, 4 (C/S 1) rules, 131 (C/S37RAdd.) Short, 165-67 (C/S 53RJ) honesty, and test lines, 208 (C/S 71A) of an auditor, 226 (C/S 81R) of Scientology, 153 (C/S 46) hours, not counted on a salvage red tag session, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) successfully audited, 59 (C/S 16) how to, get results in an HGC, 172 (C/S 56) write up a cramming order, 204 (C/S 70R) human, emotion and reaction, 170 (C/S 55) Evaluation Chart, 35 (C/S 8) I inexperienced auditor, 191 (C/S 63) insane behavior, apparent pattern of, 74 (C/S 22) insanity, 169 (C/S 54) definition of, 73 (C/S 22) higher percent of, 72 (C/S 22) insecurity, Advanced Course material, 95 (C/S 29) institutional cases, steps IX to XVII work on, 26 (C/S 5) instruct by reference to HCO B, 233 (C/S 84) Int; see interiorization intensives, 121 /2 hour, 139 (C/S 39R) interest, on drug items, 229 (C/S 82) on drugs, 236 (C/S 85) on evil purposes or intentions, 229 (C/S 82), 236 (C/S 85) interiorization, errors, 115 (C/S 35RA) handled first, 149 (C/S 44R) isaremedy,77(C/S23RA) remedy, 109 (C/S 33RA-1) Rundown, a Dianetic action, 120 (C/S 36RB), 125 (C/S 36RB-1R) and Flow Zero, 92 (C/S 28RA-1), 102 (C/S 32RA-1R) Corr List, 116 (C/S 35RA), 230 (C/S 83RA) possible exceptions to, 19 (C/S 3) procedure, 130 (C/S 37R) repair, 185 (C/S 60) when handled, 90 (C/S 28RA), 92 (C/S 28RA-1), 151 (C/S 44R Add.) summary, 76-78 (C/S 23RA) interne(s), 163 (C/S 52) definition of, 163 (C/S 52) doing FESes, 65 (C/S 19) Interviews, PTS, 222 (C/S 79) invalidate button, use of, 3 (C/S 1) invalidated, repairing handled repairs makes case feel, 62 (C/S 17) invalidation, auditor, by C/S, 147 (C/S 43) kills auditors, 180 (C/S 57) remarks by C/S, 60 (C/S 16) ideal folder-C/S line, 82 (C/S 25) if it isn’t written it isn’t true, 9 (C/S 1), 148 (C/S 43) ill, pc physically, 94 (C/S 29) pcs becoming, 16 (C/S 3) illegal patch-ups, 95 (C/S 29) illness, item(s), cause of, 216 (C/S 76) high TA and, 58 (C/S 15) run out narrative R3R Triples, 168 (C/S 54) incomplete cases, 62 (C/S 17) indicators, reliable, TA and cognitions, 30 (C/S 6) untruths and auditor bad, 186 (C/S 61) blow up F/N, 141 (C/S 40) confusions on reading, 80 (C/S 24) Dianetic, never run twice, 5 (C/S 1) flows of, 129-30 (C/S 37R) found out of session, 220 (C/S 78) giving the pc the, 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) metering reading, 79-80 (C/S 24) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES item(s) (cont.) running an unreading item and Int, 76 (C/S 23RA) suppress and invalidate on an, 3 (C/S 1) unreading, 3 (C/S 1), 56, 58 (C/S 15), 80 (C/S 24) wrong, and upset case, 221 (C/S 78) Ivory Tower, 170 (C/S 55) J list(s) (cont) reconstruct the, 220 (C/S 78) repair, 185 (C/S 60) trouble and C/S directions, 3 (C/S 1) trouble and prepared lists to handle, 3 (C/S 1) use of correction, 209 (C/S 72), 230-32 (C/S 83RA) listing out of session, 220 (C/S 78) long C/Ses, 87 (C/S 27) lost folder, 66 (C/S 19) low TA(s), 28, 29 (C/S 6),141 (C/S 40) and flows, 129 (C/S 37R) and word clearing, 247 (C/S 92R) assessing, 129 (C/S 37R), 132 (C/S 37R Add. 2R) assessment, 141 (C/S 40) case, thorough job must be done on, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) overwhelming flow and out TRs can cause, 129 (C/S 37R) pc in apathy, overwhelmed or run on flat or unreading item, 58 (C/S 15) quits, 143 (C/S 41) same action will bring it up again, 143 (C/S 41) judgment in, C/Sing for auditors, 191 (C/S 63) ending session, 2 (C/S 1) K key out, engrams or secondaries or locks, 56 (C/S 15) know before you go, 188 (C/S 62) knowledge, a C/S’s, 183 (C/S 58) L L1 C, 230 (C/S 83RA) L3RD, 119 (C/S 36RB), 123-24 (C/S 36RB-1R), 231 (C/S 83RA) L4BR, 231 (C/S 83RA) L9S, using, 135 (C/S 37R Add. 3) works on all cases, 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) L IX Hi-1o TA List, 230 (C/S 83RA) Library, Cramming must have a, 148 (C/S 43) life, interjections, reasons for intensives, 137 (C/S 38) pc’s, if not audited before, 147 (C/S 43) Repair and Drug Rundown, 248 (C/S 93) Repair and Grade Chart, 249 (C/S 93) Repairs (Progress), 63 (C/S 17) lighter not heavier action regarding Effect Scale, 18 (C/S 3) list(s), Dianetic, and wrong list reactions, 221 (C/S 78) errors, Dianetic, 184 (C/S 59) handle after Int, 149 (C/S 44R), 151 (C/S 44R Add.) numbers of, 210 (C/S 72) out, 221 (C/S 78) out of valence, 162 (C/S 51) outness, 86 (C/S 26) prepared, 149 (C/S 44R), 151 (C/S 44R Add.) prepared, and C/S data, 188 (C/S 62) question not reading, 3 (C/S 1 ) M 284 major action(s), and case set-ups, 6 (C/S 1) and No-Interference Area, 212 (C/S 73) definition of, 6 (C/S 1) mixing, 136 (C/S 38) major auditing actions, 211 (C/S 73) mandatory C/Sing checklist, 200-02 (C/S 69R) mannerism changes, C/S request for, 36 (C/S 8) mass and overrun, 127 (C/S 37R) massy thetans, 105-06 (C/S 33RA), 109 (C/S 33RA-1) meaning of things secondary to forces in processing, 28 (C/S 6) medicine, treat like drugs, 168 (C/S 54) mental, masses-forces-energy, 29 (C/S 6) treatment, run out, 168 (C/S 54) meter check at Success, 208 (C/S 71A) metering, and correction lists, 209 (C/S 72) and failed sessions, 244 (C/S 90) reading items, 79-80 (C/S 24) reading items, data unknown can cost case failures, 80 (C/S 24) Method 3, 210 (C/S 72) Method 5, how to do GF, 86 (C/S) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES method of use of correction lists, 210 (C/S 72) mighty weapon—new uses for the Green Form, 86 (C/S 26) mimicry and repair, 20 (C/S 3) misprogramming and programming, 99 (C/S 31) mixing major actions, TRs Course and auditing, 136 (C/S 38) more auditing, pcs who haven’t made it sign up for, 153 (C/S 46) motivator, pc will not recover fully if only run, 74 (C/S 22) mutual out ruds, handling, 246 (C/S 91) routine check for, 246 (C/S 91) N operations, run out if reads, 168 (C/S 54) opinion, auditor, not important, 171 (C/S 55) optimum rate of change and standard processes, 36 (CjS 8) order, C/S standing, 213 (C/S 74) Org C/S responsible for all cases, 96 (C/S 30) out, of ARC, 128 (C/S 37R) of valence, 162 (C/S 51) points, a case is a collection of, 21 (C/S 4) points, a C/S should spot, 199 (C/S 68) program plays havoc with pcs, 16 (C/S 3) ruds, mutual, 246 (C/S 91) tech, flagrant, and non-F/Ning pcs, 112 (C/S 34) TRs, 129 (C/S 37R) TRs and failed sessions, 244 (C/S 90) TRs, remedy for, 244 (C/S 90) overload, what is, 253 (C/S 94) overrepair, 147 (C/S 43) and thorough C/Ses, 88 (C/S 27) overrun(s), and Full Flow Dianetics, 119-20 (C/S 36RB), 124 (C/S 36RB-1R) and Int, 77 (C/S 23RA) flagrant, 113 (C/S 34) listing for, 128 (C/S 37R) listing questions, 128 (C/S 37R) reverse action is continue, 128 (C/S 37R) TAs go high on, 56 (C/S 15) to audit, 127,128 (C/S 37R) overshooting defined, 62 (C/S 17) overt-motivator, running, 74 (C/S 22) overts on pcs, critical auditor, 8 (C/S 1) overwhelm, at Grade IV, 38 (C/S 9) earlier Grades out, 32 (C/S 7) handling the pc in, 17,18-19 (C/S 3) indicates need of Repair and Return, 51 (C/S 13R) pc generally right when says he’s overwhelmed or upset, 33 (C/S 7) too steep a gradient or heavy a process, 28 (C/S 6) nature of man, basically good, 73 (C/S 22) never, blame the pc, 146 (C/S 42) make trouble, 147 (C/S 43) new, Grade Chart, 248 (C/S 93) items from worksheets for C/S, 27 (C/S 5) uses for the Green Form, 86 (C/S 26) no, materials on tech courses, 178-79 (C/S 57) mention, session grading, 59-60 (C/S 16) read auditors, 142 (C/S 41) variables in what the pgms are, 27 (C/S 5) no-case-gain, remedy for, 255 (C/S 95) no interest, and Exp Dn on evil purposes or intentions, 229 (C/S 82), 236 (C/S 85) items and Drug Rundowns, 229 (C/S 82), 236 (C/S 85) No-Interference Area, 211 (C/S 73) non-confront and the C/S, 154 (C/S 47) non-F/N, at Exam, flagrant out tech, 112 (C/S 34) cases, 112 (C/S 34) note on VIII auditing, 25 (C/S 5) not making it, pc who is, 157 (C/S 48R) nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, 240 (C/S 87) P O pc, objection to force by thetans, 28 (C/S 6) OCA(s), D of P operates by, 205 (C/S 71) graph, dropped, 162 (C/S 51) graph, out of valence, 162 (C/S 51) word clearing, 207-08 (C/S 71A) OK to Audit, 163-64 (C/S 52) Assessment Form, 4 (C/S 1) Assessment Sheet, begin Dianetics with, 168 (C/S 54) assignment, 226 (C/S 81R) doing well, 65 (C/S 19) in trouble, 106-07 (C/S 33RA), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES pc (cont.) in trouble and TA high, 116 (C/S 35RA) not in trouble, 106 (C/S 33RA), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) reality and no change, 35 (C/S 8) search, 29 (C/S 6) too wild to audit, 20 (C/S 3) when he’s made it sent to attest by C/S, 153 (C/S 46) who knows what is wrong, 32 (C/S 7) perception, improves on flows, 169 (C/S 54) reduces in ratio to overts, 154 (C/S 47) persistent F/N, 67 (C/S 20) personal relationships and auditor’s rights, 225 (C/S 81 R) pink paper, Progress Program is on, 88 (C/S 27) plus points, the big, 98 (C/S 30) points on case supervision, 4445 (C/S 11) Potential Trouble Source; see PTS Power, done twice, 97 (C/S 30),145 (C/S 42) repair, 24-25 (C/S 5) PRD and auditor flubs, 233 (C/S 84) preOTs don’t C/S, 214-15 (C/S 75) prepared lists, and auditor eyesight, 240 (C/S 87) and metering, 240 (C/S 87) and misunderstood words, 240 (C/S 87) and out TRs, 240 (C/S 87), 244 (C/S 90) and the C/S, 240 (C/S 87) and use of suppress and invalidate buttons, 240 (C/S 87) combine finding out with handling, 189 (C/S 62) failure to use, 209 (C/S 72) F/Ning, 240 (C/S 87) give C/S new data, 189 (C/S 62) not reading and not F/Ning, 240 (C/S 87) requirements, 245 (C/S 90) prepcheck, 2wc lighter than, 43 (C/S 10) pressures on D of P, 33 (C/S 7); see also D of P primary, failure, 244 (C/S 90) record is the pc’s folders, 190 (C/S 62) process(es), 37R; see thirty-seven R (37R) jumping, 14 (C/S 2) misprogrammed lower level, 17 (C/S 3) short-cut, 40 (C/S 9) should not be extracted, 151 (C/S 44R Add.) unflat, repair has priority, 16 (C/S 3) use all for each Grade, 13 (C/S 2) procurement, letters, 85 (C/S 25) new pc, 85 (C/S 25) product purpose and Why and WC error correction, 220 (C/S 78) program(s), programmed, programming, Advance; see Advance Program and misprogramming, 99 (C/S 31 ) and the C/S Series, 250 (C/S 93) and the Grade Chart, 250 (C/S 93) case incorrectly, 16,17 (C/S 3) cases backwards, 182-83 (C/S 58) chronic somatic, 57 (C/S 15) crash training of auditors, 70 (C/S 21) cross, 137-38 (C/S 38) current, on inside of folder, 145 (C/S 42) definition of, 6 (C/S 1),10 (C/S 2) Dianetic, and drugs, 158 (C/S 48R) Dianetics, correct, 169 (C/S 54) dispersing away from, 11 (C/S 2) EP, 147 (C/S 43) errors, 97 (C/S 30) from prepared lists, 149-50 (C/S 44R) from White Form, 169 (C/S 54) for flubless auditing, 176-81 (C/S 57) hopeful, 99 (C/S 31) intelligently, 190 (C/S 62) interjected by pc, 137 (C/S 38) length of, 87 (C/S 27) long, saves C/S time, 37 (C/S 9) major errors in, lay case open to goofed sessions, 16 (C/S 3) necessity of working on a case by, 13 (C/S 2) of cases, 10 (C/S 2) of fat folder cases cover lists, 65 (C/S 19) principal six errors of, 99 (C/S 31) Progress; see Progress Program quality, 99 (C/S 31) quickie, 219 (C/S 77) recovery, 48 (C/S 12) Repair; see Repair Program Return; see Return Program sequence of, 151 (C/S 44R Add.) short-cutting, 40 (C/S 9) standard 121h hour intensive, 139 (C/S 39R) three types, 11 (C/S 2) TRs are a major, 137,138 (C/S 38) visual idea, 138 (C/S 38) violations, 7 (C/S 1) winning, 147 (C/S 43) Progress Program, 44 (C/S 11), 48 (C/S 12), 87, 88 (C/S 27),145 (C/S 42),151 (C/S 44R Add.); see also Repair Program sample, 139 (C/S 39R) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES protest and high TA, 150 (C/S 44R) psychiatrist is fading, 75 (C/S 22) psychiatry descended into insane barbarism, 14 (C/S 2) psychosis, description of, 72-73 (C/S 22) psychotic, being, 74 (C/S 22) motivation of, 74 (C/S 22) PTP, 57 (C/S 15) PTS, alternative wording, 221 (C/S 78) Interviews, 222 (C/S 79) Rundown, Correction List, 231 (C/S 83RA) makes a person not PTS, 216 (C/S 76) product is a pc no longer PTS, 218 (C/S 77) situation is the reason for illness and loss of gains, 217 (C/S 76) SP tech, 217 (C/S 76) staff, 194 (C/S 65R) Quad Dianetics (cont.) safe actions, 125 (C/S 36RB-1R) use of, 91-93 (C/S 28RA-1), 102-04 (C/S 32RA-1R) Quadruple Dianetics, dangers of, 122 (C/S 36RB-1R) Qual, Cramming and auditor flubs, 244 (C/S 90) library, 98 (C/S 30) qualifications, auditor, 130 (C/S 37R) quality, C/S, 99 (C/S 31) of auditing raised, 99 (C/S 31 ) programming, 99 (C/S 31) questions, reading, 79-80 (C/S 24) unreading, 3 (C/S 1) quickie, 38 (C/S 9) defined, 218-19 (C/S 77) Drug Rundown, 229 (C/S 82) Grades and action, 62-63 (C/S 17) Grades crashed whole of Scientology network, 38 (C/S 9) Grades, technical bug behind, 68 (C/S 20) lower Grades, 26 (C/S 5) Power technical bugs, 68 (C/S 20) Q Q and A, and F/Ns, 243 (C/S 89) C/S, 27 (C/S 5), 32-34 (C/S 7) C/S, and programs, 243 (C/S 89) C/Sing a win, 33 (C/S 7) next Grade please, 33 (C/S 7) with F/Ns, the results of, 243 (C/S 89) with significance, 34 (C/S 7) Quad Dianetics, and Dianetic remedies, 93 (C/S 28RA-1) and Int RD, 102 (C/S 32RA-1R) and OTs, 104 (C/S 32RA-1R) and upper level auditors, 93 (C/S 28RA-1) auditor checkout of, 92 (C/S 28RA-1) auditor errors in running, 172 (C/S 36RB-1R) cancelled, 76 (C/S 23RA) C/Sing, 91 (C/S 28RA-1) dangers of, 122-26 (C/S 36RB-1R) flows, 103 (C/S 32RA-1R) getting in all flows, 102 (C/S 32RA-1 R), 109 (C/S 33RA-1) and firefights, 110 (C/S 33RA-1) and repair, 103-04 (C/S 32RA-1R) rehab or run, 110 (C/S 33RA-1) multiple somatic items, 103 (C/S 32RA-1 R) narrative items, 103 (C/S 32RA-1R) promotion of, 93 (C/S 28RA-1) requirements to run, 122 (C/S 36RB-1R) reruns, triple and, 108 (C/S 33RA-1) results of, 93 (C/S 28RA-1), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) R R3R, commands, used on Quad Dianetics, 103 (C/S 32RA-1R) commands, used on Triple Dianetics, 101 (C/S 32RA) flubbed, 76 (C/S 23RA) R6EW, falsely gotten to, 22 (C/S 4) rabbit, a preOT can, 215 (C/S 75) rabbiting druggie, 211 (C/S 73) reach and withdraw, 20 (C/S 3) read, no, suspected by C/S, 80 (C/S 24) the most stopped, 128 (C/S 37R) reading items, 149-50 (C/S 44R) data unknown can cost case failures, 80 (C/S 24) metering, 79-80 (C/S 24) reads gotten on clearing commands, 142 (C/S 41) red sheet, Repair Program is on, 14 (C/S 2), 44 (C/S 11) red tab word clearing errors, 247 (C/S 92R) red tag, and use of correction lists, 227 (C/S 81-1 RA) auditor is expected to handle, 237 (C/S 86RD) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES red tag (cont.) daily action, 238 (C/S 86RD) line, 237-38 (C/S 86RD) Pc Examiner makes a daily list of all red tags, 238 (C/S 86RD) penalty for not handling, 227 (C/S 81-1RA), 239 (C/S 86RD) second, 227 (C/S 81-1RA) when a folder is red tagged, 237 (C/S 86RD) who takes it off, 238 (C/S 86RD) reduction of refunds—C/Ses and overload, 252-53 (C/S 94) refusing to audit pcs, 1 (C/S 1) reason why, 225 (C/S 81 R) Registrar sells auditing not “Repair Pgm”, 26 (C/S 5) rehab, correction action on wins is rehab, not repair, 33 (C/S 7) of chains, 118-19 (C/S 36RB), 123 (C/S 36RB-1R) of chains left unflat, 113-14 (C/S 34) on Grade done twice, 112 (C/S 34) past major action, 105 (C/S 33RA), 108 (C/S 33RA-1) remedy, auditors, 69 (C/S 21) for auditor who says his pcs are “dogs”, 223 (C/S 80) for C/S who agrees with auditor about “dog pcs”, 223-24 (C/S 80) for org, 174-75 (C/S 56) Int is a, 77-78 (C/S 23RA) lighter for the worse off case, 18 (C/S 3) repair(s), repairing, 221 (C/S 78) a repair, 4243 (C/S 10) action, product purpose and Why and word clearing error correction, 220 (C/S 78) an auditor, 232 (C/S 83RA) and case gain, 232 (C/S 83RA) and Full Flow Dianetics, 101 (C/S 32RA) and high TA, 116 (C/S 35RA) and “no interest” items, 229 (C/S 82), 236 (C/S 85) and preOTs, 211 (C/S 73) definition and data on, 6 (C/S 1) delays in, 16 (C/S 2) Dianetic, of flubs by L3, 169 (C/S 54) for pc running badly, 4 (C/S 1) of Int, 77 (C/S 23RA) Program, 62 (C/S 17),145 (C/S 42); see also Progress Program accepting a new, 2 (C/S 1) and their priority, 16 (C/S 3) dated session by session, 14 (C/S 2) EP of, 17 (C/S 3), 232 (C/S 83RA) Repair Program (cont.) example, 24-25 (C/S 5) gets off overwhelm, 21 (C/S 4) programming, BPC, 18 (C/S 3) the case, 17 (C/S 3) using lists and errors in current life, 13 (C/S 2) when done, 250 (C/S 93) report(s), after session Examiner’s, 46 (C/S 11) auditor’s, 46 (C/S 11) out admin—liability, 4647 (C/S 11) resistive cases, an VIII development now on GF, 51 (C/S 13R) won’t make case gains until drugs are handled, 156 (C/S 48R) resistive, tagged by C/S, 189 (C/S 62) result(s), honest C/Sing gives honest, 41 (C/S 9) orgs didn’t attain result on the pc, 38 (C/S 9) reorganize to get, when only 65% F/Ning sessions occur, 173 (C/S 56) retrain, retraining, 233 (C/S 84) auditors from Missions, 235 (C/S 84-1) flunk and, 60 (C/S 16) retread, 233 (C/S 84) Return Program(s), 11, 14 (C/S 2), 21 (C/S 4); see also Advance Program definition and example, 22 (C/S 4) is for return to the false point, 22 (C/S 4) now called Advance Programs, 44 (C/S 11) old, 22 (C/S 4) Review C/S looks over the sessions, 83 (C/S 25) reviewing, folders, 4546 (C/S 11) reviews, 8 (C/S 1) R-factor, never give future or past, 142 (C/S 41) ridges and flows, 129 (C/S 37R) rise, use of in 37R on low TAs, 141 (C/S 40) Rising Scale, 40 (C/S 9) risk of FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, 121 (C/S 36RB), 125 (C/S 36RB-1 R) roller-coaster, 72 (C/S 22) and drugs, 156 (C/S 48R) rudiments, ruds, and GF, 3 (C/S 1) and high TA, 4 (C/S 1) and long C/Ses, 87 (C/S 27) and sessions far apart, 3 (C/S 1) auditing over out, 2-3 (C/S 1),149,150 (C/S 44R) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES rudiments, ruds (cont.) definition and data, 6 (C/S 1) getting one’s own in, 8 (C/S 1) going out and handling, 5-6 (C/S 1) handle after Int and lists, 149 (C/S 44R), 151 (C/S 44R Add.) in 2-way comm, 54-55 (C/S 14) inability to fly, 3 (C/S 1) life knocking out, 94 (C/S 29) mutual out, 246 (C/S 91) out, don’t audit with, 2-3 (C/S 1),149, 150 (C/S 44R) out during 37R, 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) put in after Int and list repair, 185 (C/S 60) suppress and false, 3 (C/S 1) rule; see also rules auditor, F/N before next C/S action, 136 (C/S 38) blow up and 37R, low TAs, 141 (C/S 40) broad, and C/Sing, 189 (C/S 62) continued session, 214 (C/S 75) firm, C/S only with all folders to hand, 45 (C/S 11) general, return to where case was running well, 113 (C/S 34) mandatory, Cramming Of ficer in all HGCs, 199 (C/S 68) the Ivory Tower, 170 (C/S 55) rules; see also rule c/s; see c/s rules exact tech application, 152 (C/S 45) firm, on auditing the insane, 74 (C/S 22) first aid, 160 (C/S 49R) Hi-1o TA assessment, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) major C/S, for TRs Course, 136 (C/S 38) of C/Sing 2-way comm, 54-55 (C/S 14) three golden, of the C/S, 186-87 (C/S 61) to improve tech results you must improve administration, 172 (C/S 56) TR Course and auditing, 136 (C/S 38) two, complete and incomplete actions on a case, 63 (C/S 17) seniors, C/S (for tech) and D of P (for auditors and bodies), 84 (C/S 25) in tech, 178 (C/S 57) sequence, new, Tech Services lines, 82-84 (C/S 25) of programs, 51 (C/S 44R Add.) overt-motivator, 74 (C/S 22) session(s), by-passed charge, 18,19 (C/S 3) continued, rule, 214 (C/S 75) C/S for several, 214 (C/S 75) Dianetic, 87 (C/S 27) economical, 87 (C/S 27) ending the, 2 (C/S 1) grading by C/S, 59-60 (C/S 16) grading form, 81 (C/S 25) grading—Well Done, definition of, 59 (C/S 16) logged, 81 (C/S 25) priorities-Repair Programs and their priority, 16 (C/S 3) running badly, 4 (C/S 1) scheduling and programs, 3 (C/S 1) splendid HGC, 146 (C/S 42) starts, don’t mix them, 143 (C/S 41) that went wrong, 9 (C/S 1 ) violent, ARC Break, 184 (C/S 59) set up(s), definition, 6 (C/S 1) for next major action, 146 (C/S 42) when Repair Program concluded case is, 21 (C/S 4) seven flows, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) Sheet, Pc Assessment, 168 (C/S 54) short-cutting, processes, 40 (C/S 9) programs, 40 (C/S 9) short Hi-1o TA assessment C/S, 165 (C/S 53RJ) sickly and feeble cases, 87 (C/S 27) sick pcs, a lot of things to do for, 39 (C/S 9) an indicator of wild program, C/S and auditing error, 113 (C/S 34) sick person is PTS, 222 (C/S 79) significances, no change when only addressed, 35 (C/S 8) significance, the search of the pc is for, 29 (C/S 6) simplicity of running Int, 117 (C/S 35RA) skill, and talking the TA down, 213 (C/S 74) auditing, improvement of, between R6 and OT III, 212 (C/S 73) S sanity is basically honesty and truth, 208 (C/S 71A) self-auditing, and handling, 94 (C/S 29) manifestation of overwhelm, 35 (C/S 8) reason for, 220 (C/S 78) symptom of session or study or life overwhelm, 16-17 (C/S 3) SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES solo, TA(s) (cont.) D of P keeps tabs on all solo pcs, 214-15 Hi-Lo, assessment rules, 131 (C/S 37R Add.) (C/S 75) low; see low TA failure on, 212 (C/S 73) masses and ridges, 127 (C/S 37R) pcs on lines, 214 (C/S 75) short Hi-Lo, assessment C/S, 165 set-ups, 249 (C/S 93) (C/S 53RJ) somatics, chronic; see chronic somatics talking the TA down modified, 213 (C/S 74) speed liability, 4041 (C/S 9) team activity, auditing is a, 172 (C/S 56) stable data, HCO Bs and tapes are the, 148 tech, (C/S 43) action regarding repair, 26 (C/S 5) staff is the public of a Staff C/S, 194 advice, giving, 178 (C/S 57) (C/S 65R) degrades, 241 (C/S 88R) stale-dated, degrades and down stats, 241 (C/S 88R) C/S, 2 (C/S 1) degrades, handling, 24142 (C/S 88R) pgm, 2 (C/S 1) degrades, policy covering, 24142 (C/S 88R) stalled cases and mutual out ruds, 248 exactness, 152 (C/S 45) (C/S 91 ) out, flagrant and non-F/Ns, 112 (C/S 34) standard, pages, 84 (C/S 25) 121 /2 hour intensive programs, 139 (C/S 39R) Services, 82 (C/S 25) auditing, 57 (C/S 15) Services, new sequence, 82-84 (C/S 25) auditing actions, 218 (C/S 77) suppressive person, 162 (C/S 51) tech, was it applied, 46 (C/S 11) technical point, sending pc to attest, 153 standing order from C/S to his auditors, 213 (C/S 46) (C/S 74) testing for read, 54 (C/S 14) stats of, test person, 207 (C/S 71A) auditors, 226 (C/S 81R) tests, C/S, 226 (C/S 81R) and D of P, 205-06 (C/S 71) the D of P, 226 (C/S 81R) OCA, etc., 207 (C/S 71A) stop, effort to, 127 (C/S 37R) thirty-seven R (37R), study, don’ts regarding, 134-35 (C/S 37R Add. 3) Correction List, 231 (C/S 83RA) Hi-Lo TA assessment rules, 131 rundowns, 95 (C/S 29) (C/S 37R Add.) success, low TA assessing, 132 (C/S 37R Add. 2R) meter check at, 208 (C/S 71A) process commands, 128 (C/S 37R) stories, real stat of an org, 38 (C/S 9) ruds, 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) Summaries, Folder Error; see Folder Error special, 135 (C/S 37R Add. 3) Summaries steps, 134 (C/S 37R Add. 3) summary, three golden rules of the C/S—handling each session, 145 (C/S 42) auditors, 186 (C/S 61) session, and preOTs, 215 (C/S 75) tick, note, 79 (C/S 24) superficial actions and fast quick results, 37 tone, (C/S 9) emotional, 72 (C/S 22) suppress button, use of, 3 (C/S 1) improvement of, 205 (C/S 71) suppressive, lowered, 221 (C/S 78) pc, 222 (C/S 79) tools of, person, 72 (C/S 22) a C/S, 183 (C/S 58) supreme test of a C/S, 154 (C/S 47) auditing, 182 (C/S 58) symptoms of insanity are from the same cause, Touch Assist, 160 (C/S 49R) 73 (C/S 22) and reach and withdraw, 20 (C/S 3) exception to Repair Pgm, 7 (C/S 1) T training, a pc who has trouble needs, 49 (C/S 12) TA(s), C/S responsibility, 69-71 (C/S 21) goes up after 37R, 133 (C/S 37R Add. 3) of ficer of auditing, 176 (C/S 57) high; see high TA stages, 69 (C/S 21) 0 SUBJECT INDEX—CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES V Triple(s), always run Dianetic, 74 (C/S 22) and OTs, 101 (C/S 32RA) and Ouad reruns, 108 (C/S 33RA-1) C/Sing, 89 (C/S 28RA) Dianetic, 7 (C/S 1) Flow Dianetics, 89 (C/S 28RA) Flows, 100 (C/S 32RA) getting in all flows, 106 (C/S 33RA) and firefights, 107 (C/S 33RA) and repair, 101 (C/S 32RA) rehab or run, 107 (C/S 33RA) multiple somatic items, 101 (C/S 32RA) narrative items, 101 (C/S 32RA) PTP for C/S, 161 (C/S 50) reruns, 105 (C/S 33RA) safe actions, 120 (C/S 36RB) TRs, 118 (C/S 36RB), 122-23 (C/S 36RB-1R) and correction lists, 209-10 (C/S 72) and Cramming, 20 (C/S 3) and drugs, 20 (C/S 3),157 (C/S 48R) and No-Interference Area, 211-12 (C/S 73) Course and auditing—mixing major actions, 136 (C/S 38) major program, 137,138 (C/S 38) trust earned by great results, 170 (C/S 55) truth and declares, 153 (C/S 46) two-way comm, in repair, 16 (C/S 3) on BD items in repair, 87 (C/S 27) ruds in, 54-55 (C/S 14) rules of C/Sing, 54-55 (C/S 14) valence, out of, 162 (C/S 51) shifter, LX1 LX2 LX3 can be done triple, 52 (C/S 13R) W waiver, 33 (C/S 7) well done auditing hour, 81 (C/S 25) “well done”, definition of, 59, 61 (C/S 16) what the C/S is doing, 28 (C/S 6) Why, Cramming finds the real, 199 (C/S 68) widening of F/N, 67-68 (C/S 20) wide vision in session, 80 (C/S 24) win, let the pc have his, 67 (C/S 20) wins, a C/S wants, 152 (C/S 45) as items, 27 (C/S 5) org, 174 (C/S 56) word clearing, and F/Ning each word, 247 (C/S 92R) Correction List, 231 (C/S 83RA) each word of each command, 218 (C/S 77) errors, 247 (C/S 92R) OCAs, 207 (C/S 71A) on auditors, 178, 179-80 (C/S 57) worksheets, auditor’s, 196 (C/S 66) Contact Assist, 247 (C/S 92R) “non-session”, 247 (C/S 92R) PTS Interview, 222 (C/S 79) Touch Assist, 247 (C/S 92R) Why finding, 247 (C/S 92R) word clearing, 247 (C/S 92R) worst tangle, 185 (C/S 60) U unconscious pc, audited off a meter, 160 (C/S 49R) undershooting, a defeating error, 62 (C/S 17) unflat, chain left, 69 (C/S 21) engram chains, 28 (C/S 6), 56 (C/S 15) on Dianetics, 13,14 (C/S 2) process has priority, 16 (C/S 3) R6EW, 22 (C/S 4) unreading question, 3 (C/S 1) unrun flows, 113 (C/S 34) use of, correction lists, 209 (C/S 72) Dianetics, 89 (C/S 28RA), 100 (C/S 32RA) Quad Dianetics, 102 (C/S 32RA-1R) Quadruple Dianetics, 91 (C/S 28RA-1) Y yellow tabs on folder of PTSs, 217 (C/S 76) Z Zero Flow, 100 (C/S 32RA), 102,103 (C/S 32RA-1R), 107 (C/S 33RA), 110 (C/S 33RA-1) and Int-Ext RD, 92 (C/S 28RA-1) and Introspection RD, 101 (C/S 32RA) command, 103 (C/S 32RA-1R), 109 (C/S 33RA-1) CASE SUPERVISOR SERIES ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES Assists (5 July 71R, C/S 49R) Auditing of Staff & Public (BTB 6 Oct. 71R, C/S 65R) Auditor’s Rights (23 Aug. 71, C/S 1) Auditor’s Rights Addition Revised (BTB 28 Dec. 72RA, C/S 81-1 RA) Auditor’s Rights Modified (16 June 72R, C/S 81R) Auditor’s Worksheets (3 Nov. 71, C/S 66) Beginning a Pc on Dianetics (28 July 71, C/S 54) Case Actions, Off Line (8 Mar. 71, C/S 29) Catastrophes From and Repair of “No Interest” Items (13 Sept. 72, C/S 85) Chart of Human Evaluation (19 June 70, C/S 8) Chronic Somatic, Dianetic Handling of (11 Sept. 70, C/S 18) Code of a C/S, The (BTB 30 Nov. 71 R, C/S 67) Correction Lists (BTB 11 Aug. 72RA, C/S 83RA) C/S and Cramming Cycles, The (BTB 8 Dec. 71, C/S 68) C/S as a Training Officer, A—A Program for Flubless Auditing (1 Sept. 71, C/S 57) C/S Case Gain (15 July 71, C/S 50) C/Ses and Overload—Reduction of Refunds (25 Sept. 74, C/S 94) C/Sing a PTS Rundown (17 Apr. 72, C/S 76) C/Sing Auditor-C/Ses (19 Mar. 71, C/S 30) C/Sing Checklist (3 Jan. 72, C/S 69 Add.) C/Sing for New Auditors or Veterans (2 Oct. 71, C/S 63) C/Sing 2-Way Comm (3 July 70, C/S 14) C/S Q and A (19 June 70, C/S 7) C/S Responsibility for Training (10 Nov. 70, C/S 21) C/S Rules (9 June 71, C/S 42) C/S Rules (9 June 71, C/S 43) C/S Rules (19 June 71, C/S 45) C/S Rules—Programming From Prepared Lists (10 June 71, C/S 44R) 44R—C/S Rules—The Sequence of Programs (BTB 3 1 Oct. 7 1, C/S 44R Add.) C/S Series 11 (25 June 70, C/S 11) C/S Series 37R Addition 3 (26 June 71, C/S 37R Add. 3) C/S Tips (9 June 71, C/S 41) 159 Dangers of Quadruple Dianetics (21 Apr. 71-1 R, C/S 36RB-1 R) Declares (19 June 71, C/S 46) Dianetic Case Supervisor’s Index, The (BTB 25 Apr. 71R) Dianetic Handling of Chronic Somatic (11 Sept. 70, C/S 18) Dianetic HCO B—Interest (10 Aug. 72, C/S 82) Dianetic List Errors (14 Sept. 71, C/S 59) Dianetics (21 Apr. 71RB, C/S 36RB) Dianetics, Beginning a Pc on (28 July 71, C/S 54) D of P Operates by OCAs (19 Dec. 71, C/S 71) “Dog Pcs” (15 June 72, C/S 80) Drug Handling (15 July 71, C/S 48R) “Failed” Cases (26 Oct. 75, C/S 95) Fantastic New HGC Line, The (5 Mar. 71, C/S 25) Flubless C/Sing (16 Aug. 72, C/S 84) Flubless C/Sing in Missions (BTB 16 Aug. 72-1, C/S 84-1) F/Ning Auditors (5 Oct. 71, C/S 64) F/N What You Ask or Program (20 Nov. 73, C/S 89) Folder Error Summaries (6 Oct. 70, C/S 19) Getting the F/N to Examiner (High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics) (16 Aug. 70, C/S 15) Glossary of C/S Terrr.s (25 June 70, C/S 12) Handling Auditors—The Three Golden Rules of the C/S (22 Sept. 71, C/S 61) High and Low TA Breakthrough (3 June 71, C/S 37R) Hi-Lo TA Assessment Rules (15 June 71, C/S 37R Add.) How To Get Results in an HGC (25 Aug. 71, C/S 56) How To Write Up a Cramming Order (BTB 12 Dec. 71R, C/S 70R) Incomplete Cases (26 Aug. 70, C/S 17) Interiorization Errors (16 Dec. 71RA, C/S 35RA) Interiorization Summary (17 Dec. 71 R, C/S 23RA) Interest—Dianetic HCO B (10 Aug. 72, C/S 82) Internes (19 July 71, C/S 52) 194 1 227 225 196 168 94 236 35 64 197 230 199 176 161 254 216 96 203 191 54 32 69 145 147 152 149 151 44 133 142 292 122 153 255 64 229 184 118 168 205 223 156 254 81 233 235 193 243 65 56 48 186 127 131 172 204 62 115 76 229 Ivory Tower, The (8 Aug. 71, C/S 55) Know Before You Go (28 Sept. 71, C/S 62) Long C/Ses (6 Mar. 71, C/S 27) Low TA Assessing (16 June 71R, C/S 37R Add. 2R) LowTAs(7June71,C/S40) Mandatory C/Sing Checklist (BTB 12 Dec. 71R, C/S 69R) Metering Reading Items (28 Feb. 71, C/S 24) Mixing Major Actions—TRs Course and Auditing (26 May 71, C/S 38) Mutual Out Ruds (17 Feb. 74, C/S 91) New Grade Chart (31 Aug. 74, C/S 93) New Uses for the Green Form (6 Mar. 71, C/S 26) No-Interference Area, The (23 Dec. 71, C/S 73) Non-F/N Cases (6 Apr. 71, C/S 34) Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists (15 Oct. 73, C/S 87) Out of Valence (17 July 71, C/S 51) Persistent F/N (8 Oct. 70, C/S 20) PreOTs Don’t C/S (10 Apr. 72, C/S 75) Primary Failure, The (6 Dec. 73, C/S 90) Product Purpose and Why and WC Error Correction (20 Apr. 72, C/S 78) Program for Flubless Auditing, A—A C/S as a Training Officer (1 Sept. 71 , C/S 57) Programming and Misprogramming (31 Mar. 71, C/S 31) Programming Cases Backwards (7 Sept. 71, C/S 58) Programming From Prepared Lists —C/S Rules (10 June 71, C/S 44R) Programming of Cases (12 June 70, C/S 2) Psychosis (28 Nov. 70, C/S 22) PTS Interviews (24 Apr. 72, C/S 79) Quadruple Dianetics—Dangers of (21 Apr. 71-1R, C/S 36RB-1R) “Quickie” Defined (19 Apr. 72, C/S 77) Red Tag Line, The (BTB 20 Jan. 73RD, C/S 86RD) Reduction of Refunds—C/Ses and Overload (25 Sept. 74, C/S 94) 170 Repair Example (15 June 70, C/S 5) 24 Repairing a Repair (24 June 70, C/S 10) 42 Repair Pgms and Their Priority—Session Priorities (13 June 70, C/S 3) 16 Return Program, The (14 June 70, C/S 4) 21 Sequence of Programs, The—44R—C/S Rules(BTB31 Oct.71,C/S44RAdd.) 151 Session Grading—Well Done, Definition of (21 Aug. 70, C/S 16) 59 Session Priorities—Repair Pgms and Their Priority (13 June 70, C/S 3) 16 Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (24 Nov. 73RB, C/S 53RJ) 165 Standard 121h Hour Intensive Programs (31 May 71R, C/S 39R) 139 Superficial Actions (21 June 70, C/S 9) 37 Supreme Test of a C/S, The (20 June 71, C/S 47) 154 Talking the TA Down Modified (16 Feb. 72, C/S 74) 213 Tech Degrades (BTB 22 Oct. 73R, C/S 88R) 241 Three Golden Rules of the C/S, The —Handling Auditors (22 Sept. 71, C/S 61) 186 Triple and Quad Reruns (5 Apr. 71, C/S 33RA-1) 108 Triple Reruns (5 Apr. 71RA, C/S 33RA) 105 TRs Course and Auditing—Mixing Major Actions (26 May 71, C/S 38) 136 Use of Correction Lists (20 Dec. 71, C/S 72) 209 Use of Dianetics (7 Mar. 71RA, C/S 28RA) 89 Use of Dianetics (4 Apr. 71RA, C/S 32RA) 100 Use of Quad Dianetics (4 Apr. 71-1R, C/S 32RA-1R) 102 Use of Quadruple Dianetics (7 Mar. 71, C/S 28RA-1) 91 VIII Actions (30 June 70R, C/S 13R) 50 Well Done, Definition of—Session Grading (21 Aug. 70, C/S 16) 59 What the C/S Is Doing (16 June 70, C/S 6) 28 Word Clearing Errors (8 July 74R, C/S 92R) 247 Word Clearing OCAs (24 Feb. 72, C/S 71A) 207 Worst Tangle, The (15 Sept. 71, C/S 60) 185 188 87 132 141 200 79 136 246 248 86 211 112 240 162 67 214 244 220 176 99 182 149 10 72 222 122 218 237 252 293 Cumulative Index INDEX INSTRUCTIONS An index is an arranged analysis of the contents of a book or set of books for the purpose of detailed reference. In the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology, several methods of locating desired material are available. CONTENTS Each volume has at the front a Contents which lists in chronological order each issue in that volume. It is used where you know the date or approximate date of an issue. PERIODICALS BY ISSUE NUMBER Following the Contents in Volumes I, II, III, IV and VI, there is a list of Periodicals by Issue Number. Use it to look up an issue when you know its type and issue number. LONG CONTENTS At the front of each volume, following the Contents, and list of Periodicals by Issue Number, there is a Long Contents. This is a more detailed contents listing, also arranged in chronological order, which lists the series number where applicable, the date, the title, pertinent sub-headings and the major subjects of each issue in the order in which they appear. It can be used to quickly locate major subjects covered in a particular time period. SUBJECT INDEX The Subject Index is at the back of each volume immediately following the text pages. It is arranged alphabetically with references under headings the reader is likely to seek. It is used when you know the approximate year (which volume) of the data you are seeking. ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES Following the Subject Index, there is an Alphabetical List of Titles for issues contained in that volume. This is a fast way to find the issue you are seeking when you know the title or approximate title. CHRONOLOGICAL TAPE LIST Although it is not immediately apparent, there is also a Chronological Tape List contained in these volumes. To use it just look up the chronological volumes (first eight volumes) at or near the date you are seeking and you will find lectures given by LRH at the time. You can also often find tape lectures covering subjects you are interested in by looking up one of the other reference lists, locating key issues on the subject, then by turning to these in the text pages, locate tapes given on that subject, as, particularly in the SHSBC period, bulletins were issued which summarized data found more fully on tapes of same or similar date. CUMULATIVE INDEX The Cumulative Index will be found at the back of Volume X, the C/S Series Volume, following the Subject Index. It is basically an alphabetical integration of the ten subject indexes. Purpose The purpose of the Cumulative Index (and of its sub-indexes in each volume) is to indicate the location of specific data about a chosen subject, to lead one to further data about a subject (data which might be unknown and thus not looked for), to crossreference related subjects, to clarify the use of terms and abbreviations by making them easily locatable in their context, to give definitions and references to definitions of terms, and to make it possible to do an embracive study of a subject, using the index as a guide through the collected technical writings of L. Ron Hubbard. Alphabetical Order The alphabetical order takes account of each letter in turn through the full entry even if it consists of several words. Thus process levels comes after processing check. Definitions are placed in chronological order under the main heading and before the alphabetized sub-entries. Numerals (entries beginning with a figure) are placed after the alphabet. Thus 8C, 37R Rundown, etc., are found after the letter Z. Symbols ("/", "X", etc.) are put after the numerals. Arrangement of Entries The word or phrase one first looks up is the main entry. If there is a section of entries (usually two or more) that would have the same main entry or relate to the same main entry then the section is indented so the main entry stands out. e.g. certificates, auditor, purpose of, I-400 cancellation of auditor's certificates, reason for, IV-30, 96 provisional certificates, I-52 requirements for permanent certificates, I-65 restoration of certificates IV-34 suspension, line for, I-66 why all begin with the word "Hubbard", III-288 The page reference is given in the form volume-page number, thus I-400 means page 400 in Volume I. The main entry may have a sub-entry that has further sub-entries. These are indented further to let the sub-entry stand out. e.g. Learn(ing), by observing or experiencing, I-190 isn't memorizing, III-424 lag and process lag, III-I 8 process, discipline of imagination essential, I-324 rate, III-17, 20 defn, the rate one will permit ideas to inflow, III-28 aberration and learning rate, relationship between, III-15 consequences, III-20 dissemination, use of "learning rate" in, III-20, 21 governs reading time, III-22 increasing ~ rate by drill usually only increases familiarity and automaticity, III-22 learning lag and learning rate, III-I9, 20 through rnimicry, I-31 willingness to, III-79 The sign ~, called a swung dash, used particularly in the individual volume subject indexes to save space, indicates that the main entry is understood to be read at that point. Cross References In addition to data being referenced under one main heading and then the same data being referenced under alternative headings, there are two other forms of crossreferencing. These are: The see reference which is used when the information is provided under another heading elsewhere in the index. The see also reference which leads the reader to material on closely related subjects, or to other sources for material on the subject. LRH Books of the period are also referred to in cross references (for abbreviations of titles used see the Technical Dictionary ). Chronology As the first eight volumes are arranged chronologically, the volume-page number code serves as a guide to the time period of the references, the lowest volume-lowest page number being the earliest material. A square bracket with a year, e.g. [1955], following an entry indicates that the data is from that year. This is used where it was necessary to more clearly indicate the time period of the reference. The chronology of the material is important as it shows both the evolution of the subject, and, where there is any conflict, the later material supersedes the earlier. -------------These volumes make "Having the correct technology" easy. "Knowing the technology" should be greatly assisted by the index. Thus there should be no stops to the first two points of Keeping Scientology Working. These technical volumes together with the third dynamic technology contained in the Organization Executive Course books provide the tools with which to reach the goals of Scientology, and so "give to earth a culture of which we can be proud". 298 CUMULATIVE INDEX 00 CUMULATIVE INDEX 1950 -1975 aberration(s), aberrative, aberrate (cont.) evidences of an aberrated area, VI-196 factor in living is loss, I-296 freeing of valences remedies pain and aberration, IV-105 from being inhibited or being enforced, I-191 fundamental of aberration: all wrong actions are result of an error followed by an insistence on havingbeenright, V-322 general causes of mental aberration, I-242 genius and aberration, I-130 geographical areas, their role in, I-448 goals terminal is that valence into which pc has interiorized and which carries the goal, modi fier and aberration which pc attributes to self, IV-419 graphic representation of, I-159,160 help, relationship to aberration; see help how to clean up aberration [1960], IV-7 how to get pc over any condition or aberration he is agonizing to get rid of, IV-44 ingredient of truth maintains it in force, II-143 is a chain of vias based on a primary non-confront, IX-310 is composited of unknowns, therefore pc can’t tell what is to be run, V-76 justice, savage, why it aberrates, VIII-172 man is basically good, only his ~ are bad, VI-346 mechanics of; see Science of Survival other people’s causation is not aberrative, IV-19 O/W, what pc has done to others is aberrative, not what has been done to him, IV-92 pc need but become aware of actual cause of an aberration to have it vanish, VI-58 pc never has done anything in this life that aber rated him, VI-l99 personality; see aberrative personality psychiatry’s basic assumption: shock cures aber cut ration, IV-103 Q and A is simply postulate aberration, VIII-230 radiation, aberrative character of, III-52 reasoning with, won’t work, I-59 relationshipbetween~andlearningrate,III-15 resolution of, I-244 savage justice aberrates, why, VIII-172 Scien,tology’s basic assumption: a being without aberration will be good, ethical, artistic and powerful, IV-104 self-determined (not other-determined) flows can be aberrative, V-14 self-determinism, aberrative, is end product of fai lures to help, IV-I91 single source of aberration is time, V-277, 287 social aberration is a composite of individual aber rations, IV-45 somatics, aberrations, circuits and problems are postulate-counter-postulate situations, IV-414 A A=A=A, identification is most easily present when time sense is awry, V-330 A=A=A mechanism, I-8, 105 abandon (Secondary Scale level), IV-303 abandonment of cases, II-479 abbreviations and symbols of Dianetics and Scientology, VI-79 aberration(s), aberrative, aberrate, defn., I-76; see also Original Thesis defn, is mainly the overwhelming of teammates (wrong target), II-397 defn., “a crooked line”; from Latin aberratio, a wandering from, and errare, to wander or to err, VI-197 all possible, I-157 analytical mind, incredibly resistant to, I-37 and psychosomatic illness and ability, II-109 and time, II-224 are hard to keep, one has to work at it, VII-240; IX-65 artists are not benefited by ~, VIII-232 basic aberration is withheld flow, V-16 basis of, is a non-confront, IX-309, 310 causes of, I-244 common denominator of aberration (mental derangement), cessation of creation, II-433 interiorization into past and unawareness of PT environment, V-50 surrounded by things you cannot understand, III-109 communication and aberration, common denominator of, III-28 communication itself is not aberrative, misuse and withhold of communication is, III-518 communication with the mass causes aberration, remedy of, III-147 person becomes as aberrated as he cannot communicate, as he is overwhelmed by other determinisms, as he himself dare not assume cause points, III-466 communication lag index as test of, I-351 considered in a passive and active way, VI-197 consists of a number of lessons which a person has learned too well, III-18 consists of wrong-way assistance, IV-122 contagion of; see DMSMH due to engrams, I-60 dwindling spiral of aberration related to interest, communication, control and help, IV-120 education and ~,III-18, 29 effects are created by the person who has them, IV-38, 104 evaluation, method of running, I-454 3 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 aberration(s), aberrative, aberrate (cont.) source of, VI-160, 340 that he thinks he is not the thetan is the aberration, I-267 thetan is holding himself in a state of stupidity, aberration and even insanity, IV-38 third and fourth dynamic aberration, how it comes about, IV-45 time itself is a basis of aberration, VII-87 totality of, is basically considerations a thetan is making, II-437 training, how it can de-aberrate, IX-310 why looking at or recognizing source of ~ in processing “blows” it, makes it vanish, IX-310 aberrative personality; see also merchants of fear; suppressive person born out of decline of ability of individual to produce, I-477 characteristics of, I-473 communication lag of, I-475 computation of, I-475 continuing to reappear in pc’s thoughts and processing, I-474 method of processing, I-474 two common denominators to all, II-2 aberree, I-19 ability, abilities, aberration and psychosomatic illness and ability, II-109 accent on ability, II-106; see also Dianetics ‘55!; NSOL ambitions much greater than, I-37 attained, X-7 attained as an EP, VII-48, 361 creative, I-399 creative, loss of, I-395 differentiation, I-245 gain is pc’s recognition that pc can now do things he could not do before, III-428 invalidated, X-8 madness is compounded of disarranged~, III-170 neuroses and psychoses are exaggerated, concentrated abilities, III-169 observation, I-376 of viewpoint, I-375 past life abilities, III-80 processing is measured by gradual increase in ability, VII-69 psychiatrist sees in every ability an insanity, III170 recall, relation to, I-9 regained, gradient scale of, V-342 rehabilitatlon of, II-517, 555;III-79 technique, III-82 to change, II-304 to create, II-304 to think, defn., capability of mind to perceive, pose and resolve specific and general problems, I-77 Ability Release, Grade IV- Release, VI-98 302 able, getting well or able depends on establishing truth, VII-449 abortion, I-119 abridged style auditing; see auditing, abridged style absolute, accuracy; in real universe entities of time, space~ distance, energy and thought cannot be com puted with absolute accuracy, I-73 precision, I-74 unobtainable, I-73 right and wrong, I-70 truth, I-71 abstractions,mind uses, I-74 abundance of terminal, II-502 Academy; see also training goal of, III-25, 250 no cases at Academy, III-309 stable data: new auditors should be able to audit in HGC [1961 ], IV-329 teach fundamentals of Scientology, V-52 training, III-309 unit one and two, IV-330 ACC; see Advanced Clinical Course acceptance, by authority or agreement, I-124 level; see New Slant on Life level of an audience, II-154 of counter-effort, I-169 Acceptance Level Processing, I-491 how it is done and what it does, I-485 overt-motivator sequence and, II-8 specialized list, I-492 version of Expanded Gita, I-485 accepting, a C/S, VII-44, 356; X-2 the pc—rights of refusal, VII-44, 355; X-1 accessibility; see also Notes on the Lectures of children, 145 of psychotics, I-60 accident prevention, III-7 industrial, I-115 accident prone, I-9, 116; X-12 CCHs used to handle, VII-58 when audited, usually loses this unwanted charac teristic, VI-348 accidents, after ~ people should be audited, VII-2 if reads run out narrative R3R Triple, X-168 illness and bacterial infection predetermined by spiritual malfunction and unrest, II-153 occur in presence of suppression, VIII-211, 237 run out narrative R3R, VII-339 using assists on, III-262, 263; VII-417, 418 accused, don’t run a process that makes pc feel ac cused, V-441 ache and pain have a memory for which person will not take responsibility, I-210 acknowledge(ment)(s), II-255; III-543; IV-247, 250; VII-249; see also TRs, TR 2 a control factor, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 acknowledge(ment)(s) (cont.) all auditors acknowledge too little, V-292 and evaluation, difference between, II-255 auditor must always acknowledge what the pc has said, II-235 big or multiple acknowledgement is taught at Level II- to shut pc off when pc is going off subject, V-501 cycle, VII-244; IX-69 did the pc receiveit, II-206 double acknowledgement, by auditor causes OCA/APA drop in comm level, III-334 cause and avoidance of, III-308 E-Meter dependence is created by invalidation or poor acknowledgement by auditor, V-334 half-acknowledgement, defn, ways of keeping pc talking by giving pc feeling he is being heard and yet not chopping with overdone TR 2, V-501 its general use is putting a period to the communication cycle, III-349, 350 maintaining 2-way comm, II-216 mis-acknowledgement is only and always a failure to end the cycle of a command, III-543 mood can be expressed by, III-383 of children, III-110 of the preclear, II-205 over acknowledgement, defn, acknowledging before pc has said all, V-336 perfect acknowledgement, what it communicates, III-349 premature, effects of, VII-252, 253 leads to inadvertent withholds, VI-26 or late-or-never acks result in same thing, pc running on and on and on, VI-138 result of, IX-78 ultimate in ~ would be end of universe, III-351 what to acknowledge, II-255 why stress on acknowledgement, III-349 action(s), defn., motion or movement; an act; a consideration that motion has occurred, II-407 automatic, II-409 bad, defn, I-293 consistent and inconsistent, I-212 cycles of; see cycles of action from an idea flows the energy and forms necessary to action, II-245 good, defn., I-293 is causative, I-209 only realization of actions done will key out a GPM, V-435 ordering a major, X-145 phrases, I-191 command value of; see DMSMH; SOS requires space and time, I-293 scale of, I-378 action, cycles of; see cycles of action 303 actor, “stage manners”, VIII-293; IX-498 acts, bad, defn, those acts which cannot be easily experienced at the target end, III-432 actual, defn, what is really true; that which exists despite all apparencies; that which underlies the way things seem to be; the way things really are, II-408 additive questions by auditor, VIII-160 adjectival commands, beware running, IV-50 “adjustment to the environment”, a false theory, I-152 administration,administrative;seealsoAuditorAdmin Series, IX-1 defn, a form of communication, II-386 defn, consists of keeping certain communication terminals in place and making sure that the proper particles go to and through the proper terminals, II-386 defn, formation and handling of lines and termi nals involved in production, VII-365; IX-3, 5 defn, X-172 admin personnel, takes about 2 admin personnel to keep a tech personnel going, VI-402 a piece of truth; see Dianetics Today auditing requires administration, VII-365, 375; IX-5 auditor admin; see auditor admin auditor, wonderful, with poor admin could flop, II-387; see also auditor admin cramming, IX-96 C/Ses, long C/Ses ease admin lines greatly, VII187 details in folder, IX-21; see also auditor admin ethics, tech, admin sequence, VIII-78, 172 function and excellent case results, X-172 majority of troubles are ~ not technical, II-386 personnel need TRs and drilling as much as tech personnel, IX-118 Post Purpose Clearing, admin of, VIII-363 proper way to plan, II-387 PTS Rundown, administrative tech of, VIII-95 recruiting staff, tech/admin ratio, VIII-12 smoothness, necessary to knock out the enemy, II-388 Whys, below, there is usually an Ethics situation, VIII-100 administrator Q and A, VIII-223 admiration, I-416 defn., is a particle which unites and resolves all types of energy, particularly force, I-437 absence alone permits persistence, I-375 and critical are a dichotomy, III-245 dissolves force, force cancels admiration, I-416 effect of insufficient ~ from sexual partners, I-385 happiness is a state of admiration of things, I-437 love is human manifestation of admiration, I-437 most valuable part of attention interchange, I-382 particle or flow, I-311 substance of communication line, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Admiration Processing, basis of, I-311 admired, those things which are not, persist, I-311, 383 uniadoption, problem of, I-120 ads, newspaper ads, where to place, II-353 Advanced Clinical Course, II-346 ACC and HPA/HCA, III-206 ACC Auxiliary Procedure, III-301 ACC Clear Procedure [1958], III-311, 322, 369 omit “What part of that can you confront best?” from ACC Clear Procedure, III-369 ACC Preparatory Process schedule for running engrams [1959], III-389 units, II-135 Advanced Course(s), VII-466; see also auditing, Solo do not mix TRs with Solo or ~, VII-341, 466 insecurity of material, VII-l 92 Advanced Organizations(s), confidential materials, X-10 Solo levels are only available at, VIII-23 AdvancedProcedure;seeAPA Program(s) [earlier called Return Program], VII-57, 69, 187, 419; X-II-, 14, 21, 48, 88, 139-40, 145 defn, major actions to be undertaken to get case back on Class Chart from wherever he has erroneously gotten to on it; written on blue sheet, VII-57; IX-27 defn, writing down in sequence every needful step and process missed on Class Chart by case which are now to be done, VII-70 defn, putting pc over road sections he missed on roadup,VII-71 defn, was called a “Return Program” in C/S Series; name is changed from “Return” to “Advance” as more appropriate; it gets pc really up to where he should be, VII-98 definition and example, X-22 is for return to the false point, X-22 now called Advance Programs, X-44 old, X-22 overwhelm would indicate need of a Repair and Return, VII-101 rehab of processes on Return Program, VII-74 Repair and Return Programs, use of, VII-69, 70 repair while doing, IX-27 sample Advance Program, VII-70, 263 should contain Expanded Lower Grades, Triple, VII-432 start lower than pc was if pc got in trouble where he was, VII-l 87 written on bright blue sheets, VII-60, 69, 94 AEI Treble Assessment(s), VIII-277, IX-252, 256 aesthetic band, I-418; see also Scn 8-80 affinity;seealsoARC;SOS;Scn8-8008;CMSCS defn, as used in Dianetics is close to meaning of “like”, I-98 defn, type of energy and can be produced at will, I-350 defn, opinion about particles and sensation, I-351 304 affinity (cont.) defn, characteristic of energy as to its vibration, condensation, rarefaction, and, in physical verse, its degree of cohesion or dispersion, I-381 defn, pattern or velocity of particle creates degree~ of affinity, I-466 defn, co-existence, II-136 defn,likingordislikingofsomething,II-247 defn, ability to occupy the same space as some thing else, II-412 defn, consideration of distance, whether good or bad, II-412 defn, love, liking or any other emotional attitude, II-412,413 defn, actually the consideration of distance, III-139 defn, space and willingness to occupy the same space of, VI-261 defn, emotional response, feeling of affection or lack of it, of emotion or misemotion conAdvance nected with life, VII-29 1 affinity-reality-communication, understanding interrelationship, II-247; see also ARC triangle; POW and reality exist to further communication, I-381; see also ARC triangle a variable quality, II-412 below apathy affinity proceeds into solidities such as matter, II-413 child is full of, I-98 conceived to be comprised first of thought, then of emotion which contains energy particles, and then as a solid, II-413 embraces the distance part of communication for mula, II-136 emotional scale: Effort and Know down to Mys tery Scale, II-136 Emotion and Affinity Scale; see Scn 0-8 getting in communication with basic personality through, I-60 is never identification, I-98 level of hate, agreement is solid matter and com munication is bullets, II-414 lines to data, Supervisors, don’t cut, II-163 tends to break down slightly where individual is too demanding, VII-240 weakest corner in ARC triangle, III-139 Affinity Process, “What would you like to con front?”, III-463, 536 “afraid to find out” type of case, V-36 age and auditing, III-34 age flash, I-16 age, symptom of the age-there is no time, X-40 agitation and excitement of pc actually a loss of havingness, II-337 agree (Secondary Scale level), IV-305 agreement, is reality, I-350 reality = mass or agreement, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 agreement (cont.) with environment forces consistency, I-212 with preclear, I-305 ailment, physical, cure before auditing, I-420 aims of Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, I-13 aims of Scientology, I-317 alcohol; see drugs, alcohol allergy, example of handling, IV-65 All Flows Rundown, X-l 10 results of, VIII-288, 382 all style auditing; see auditing, all style ally, allies, defn, person from whom one had sympathy and was dependent upon, VI-343 defn., person from whom sympathy came when pc was ill or injured, VII-26 assumption of valence on death of, II-9 chronic psychosomatic illness pc has is usually counterfeit of illness suffered by , I-19 pc is as occluded as he has lost allies, I-363 alteration(s), IX-426 and misunderstood words, VII-382 at the bottom of all alteration of meaning or action is a misunderstood word, IX-426 alter-is, alter-isness, defn, covert avoidance of an order, VI-193 alter-is auditor, changes when the pc changes, V-75 alter-is commands, tendency of pc to, relation to Change Processing, IV-256 alter-isness and not-isness, cycle of, of any perception, II-300 and degraded beings, VI-193 auditing Problems cures it in a case, IV-354 basis of alter-is, VI-193, 291 degraded beings, why they alter-is orders or don’t comply, VI-193 of orders and tech is worse than non-compliance, VI-193 poor results and alter-is come from can’t-apply, VI-90 squirrels are only Case Levels 7 or 6 dramatizing ~ on Scientology instead of their track, V-327 alternate commands; see commands, alternate Alternate Confront [process], IV-116, 121 commands of, III-547; IV-140 Help used in conjunction with Alternate Confront and Havingness, IV-108, 110 stabilizing tool, IV-122 “What can you confront?” “What would you rather not confront?”, IV-I 10, 118 Alternate Create, commands of, III-547 altitude, defn, is the factor that makes a pc receive and execute an auditing command, IV-134 auditor altitude, I-20 relation to effect of individual on group, I-92 teacher altitude, level of, I-131 aluminium electrodes, don’t use, IV-460; see also E-Meter cans 305 ambitions much greater than ability, I-37 A.M.A.’s proposed principles of medical ethics, III-2 American Personality Analysis; see OCA/APA America, “only one” computation, and afraid of an effect, I-480 anaesthetic or unconsciousness, complete silence mandatory, II-430 analysis, case; see case analysis analytical action, engram inhibits, I-31 Analytical Dianetics, I-27 analytical inspection, primary characteristic of reac tive mind is response to a situation without analytical inspection, III-269 analytical mind(s)(‘s), I-27; see also mind; reactive mind;somaticmind;thetan;DMSA~H defn, combines perceptions of immediate en vironment, of past (via pictures) and estima tions of future into conclusions which are based upon realities of situations, II-429 defn., consists of visual pictures, either of past or of physical universe, monitored by and presided over by knowingness of thetan, II-429 ability to mimic,l-31 and reactive minds, principal difference between, I-381 awareness characteristics of, when low on scale, I-382 betterment of ~ and control of reactive mind, I-346 can be processed directly, I-387 capable of, developing its own energy, I-382 resistance and action, I-29 vision, I-426 characteristic actions of energy produced by ~, I-384 characteristics of, I-27 contents of, I-32 Dianetic processes evolved by paralleling analyti cal mind action, I-33 how it remembers, I-33 keynote of: one knows what one is concluding and what he is doing, II-429 misconception regarding the ~, I-30 of auditor and preclear have greater power than reactive mind of preclear, principal thing that makes therapy possible, I-33 of group, I-87 organic seat, I-29 power over reactive mind, I-33 powers of, I-32 prime operating mechanism of ~,I-34 processed directly, I-387 reactive mind, analytical mind and somatic mind, three main divisions, II-429 resistant to aberration, I-37 role of the, I-28 vs. body and mest, I-420 when it becomes aware of a point in the reactive mind, makes it vanish, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 analytical thought, I-380 Prehav Scale is not a picture of analytical thought, it is a picture of reactive thought, IV-331 analytical, validate the analytical and neglect the reactive, I-163 analytical vs. reactive, response of pc, IV-88, 331 analyzer, I-32 analyzing folders, X-45 anaten; see also coma; unconsciousness defn.,analyzerattenuation,l45 defn., physiological manifestation of randomity of effort, I-168 demonstration of loss of havingness, II-334, 371; VIII-123 pc with loss of havingness will agitate or go anaten and tend to be upset in general, III-1 87 ensues when one direction of command is run too long, III-220 flow run too long in one direction gives unconsciousness, V-121 or agitation, cause of in running Terrible Trio, II-396 when pc goes more anaten than when not being audited, he is in grip of real or affected code break and is out of session, II-322 anchor point(s), defn., any particle or mass or terminal, II-14 defn., points which are anchored in a space different to the physical universe space around a body, II-432 and pain in the head, III-98 communication is an, I-465 don’t drive in anchor points by shoving things at or gesturing toward pc, V-161; VII-251 of body, III-151 putting out anchor points, I-361 space exists by reason of, II-14 wasting, I-333 anger, antagonism and resentment are most fixative emotions, I-267 Anglo-American, civilization, first new civilization since the Roman Empire, II-400 in industrial push spiritual message was lost, II-401 animal, rehabilitation of sick animal, I-389 therapy, I-338 animating a pc is not auditing, II-247 answer(s), automatic, II-235 flash, I-16 is an opposite side to problems, III-321 antagonism, I-205, 267 antagonistic pc = BPC = assess proper list (such as L1C)andhandle,VII-46,359 antibiotics, administering of, effects of, VIII-403-08 allergy to, can turn on whole track pictures violently, VII-328 306 antibiotics (cont.) often do not function unless illness or injury is also audited, VI-371, 422 anti-perspirant for wet hands, use of, ~/III-416 anti-Q and A handling, X-243 Anti-Q and A TR, VIII-221 antisocial act done and then withheld sets pc up to become “an ARC breaky pc”, VI-22 antisocial behavior, basic reason for, VI-179 antisocial personality, VI-177; see also social per sonality; suppressive person; ISE attributes of, VI-177, 178,179,181 social vs. antisocial personality, VI-183 test that declares only antisocial personality with out also being able to identify social personali ty would be itself a suppressive test,VI-180 anxiety, cause and remedy, I-379 chronic low tone, insecurity, can stem from pro longed physical illness, I-420 malnutrition and anxiety can produce symptoms of insanity, IV-82 state of, explained, VI-18 AO; see Advanced Organization APA, American Personality Analysis; see OCA/APA apathy, case, I-495 handling, X-184 misery and desire for suicide and death, cause of, V-252 only goal of psychiatrist, II-475 on Universe or Beingness Processing, cause of and remedy, II-44 pc in apathy generally doesn’t know he has a PTP, III-177 pc in grief or apathy, cause and remedy of [R2, R3], V-251 pc rises in tone up to lower levels of Tone Scale, he comes up to apathy, V-419 pcs with low TAs are more or less in ~, VII-124 “total-apathy-won’t-answer” [Dn] session upset, probable cause of, VII-392 what it is, I-383 apparency, defn, appears to be, as distinct from actually IS, II-407 time is actual but is also an apparency, V-330 apparent behavior and the insane, X-74 applause, I-383 application, apply, “can’t-apply”, condition of, results of and hand ling, VI-90 case supervision is done against thoroughness and exactness of technical application, VI-424; X-152 checkouts must consult ability to apply, VI-205 gap between mere knowledge and application of that knowledge, VI-89 if you can’t get the technology applied then you can’t deliver what’s promised, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 application, apply (cont.) what can prevent, IX-472 why C/S C/Ses for exact tech application and not exclusively for result, VII-284 appointments once made, keep them all, II-97 apprenticeships, auditor, X-163; see also interneships aptitude, low, handling of, VII-34 relation to misunderstood definitions, VII-294, IX-394 Aquinas, Saint Thomas, is an early forerunner of Scientology, III-514 arbitrary, defn. ,I-87 principle of the introduction of an, I-87 time, the one arbitrary, I-245 ARC, VII-240, 291; see also affinity; ARC breaks; ARC Processes; communication; reality; understanding; NOTL; SOS defn, understanding and time, VI-261 all after charge is based on prior ARC, V-442 angry man, ARC of, VII-291 as complete identification, I-486 auditing consists of discovering a spark of ARC and, by processes and ARC, fanning it into a proud flame, II-247 auditors fail to make pc feel they are interested in pc when they handle him with poor ARC, III-242 basis of tho Scientology Tone Scale, II-413 breaks;seeARCbreaks care should be taken not to heavily run an out-ofARC type process, command which asks for out-of-affinity moments, out-of-reality moments and out-of-communication incidents, V-441 cause of auditor having low ARC, III-516 CCH and ARC, III-92,174 CCHs, ARC in the CCHs, V-46 common denominators of bank are out of ARC and stop, VII-269 control by ARC is taught in Comm Course, III242 don’t go out of ARC with pc with too little 2-way comm, II-489 don’t run an out of ARC process, VII-268 down, I-101; see also ARC break drops in pc’s, II-314, 322; see also ARC break equates into understanding, VII-291 essence of auditing is ARC handled and controlled by auditor, V-426 factors,measure by ethic level, I-91 auditing is control by ARC, III-242 in auditing, defn., A = ability to be in or at a distance from something; R = ability to co-exist with something; C = ability to transmit thought between two or more points, III311 keeping pc in session is done with good ARC, III-243 307 ARC (cont.) knowingness is higher than ARC, II-136 lines, group, effect of tampering with, I-141 loss of havingness in an auditing session can be repaired by repair of ARC of session, III-157, 177,187 loss of, is more important than loss of havingness, III-157 low, whole answer to it is contained in victim, III-5 1 6 ofthepreclear,ll-314 processing and, I-103 role in education, VII-232 scanning, I-186 sudden increase in, I-102 test if auditing is working, did it increase pc’s ARC, II-246 tone is established by ARC, III-104 triangle, II-412;III-92, 136; see also CMSCS affinity, reality and communication, relation ship of, I-350 affinity, reality and communication, theory of, I-98 co-existence is superior to ARC triangle and mechanics of living, II-136 common denominator to all of life’s activities, II-412 communication most important factor of, I334, 464 formulation of, I-464 law, a communication to be received must approximate the affinity level of the person to whom it is directed, II-413 not an equilateral triangle, II-413 the way it is used, III-104 very spacious at the level of serenity and com pletely condensed at level of matter, II-413 weakest corner is affinity, III-139 understanding and life, interrelationship of, II-246 whenanothertriestochopyourARC,III-105 with existence, V-347 with the preclear, II-237 ARC break(s), ARC broken, III-296; IV-377; V-293, 438; VI-16, 433; VIII-370; IX-268; see also ARC; ARC Break Processes; rudiments defn., assignment of responsibility for a sudden drop in affinity, reality or communication, III364 defn., A-affinity, R-reality, C-communication, a break in any one of the three which has caused upset in past, VII-386; IX-430 ARC always must precede an ARC break, VI formal 261 are restimulated but missed or partially missed withholds, VIII-178, 179 assessment(s), V-306, 338, 352, 418; see also ARC breaks, handling by-passed charge assessment and ARC break assessment, two different actions, V0; see also Book of Case Remedies CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ARC break(s) (cont.) assessment(s) (cont.) continuing assessment after pc has cognited invalidates pc’s cognition and cuts itsa line and may cause a new ARC break, V-418 don’t ever do an ARC break assessment until pc has given up trying to untangle it, V-338 four ways of using lists, V-306 how to do, V-306, 345, 469 if pc’s attention is still on auditor correct charge has not been found, V-346 isn’t auditing because it doesn’t use auditing comm cycle, V-469 L-1, General ARC Break Assessment, V-307 L-2, listing sessions, assessment sessions, V-307 L-3, R3R engram running by chains, V-308 L4, Routine 3N, GPMs, all Goals sessions, V-308 natter is handled by ARC break assessment, V-332 often has to be done through a dirty needle, V-306 purpose of ARC break assessment, V-346 sources of trouble in doing ARC break assessments, V-348 uses for ARC break assessments, V-345 what it consists of, V-469 what it requires in an auditor, V-345 auditing is not possible in presence of ~, V-468, 469 auditing over top of ~ can reduce a graph, hang pc up in sessions or worsen case, V-470 auditor ARC breaks pc by demanding more than is there, V-439 auditor or student who has trouble with an “ARC breaky pc”, how to handle, V-58 auditor taking order from pc causes pc to ARC break, IV-374 blows, ~don’t cause blows;M/W/Hs do, VI-22 by-passed charge, V-281, 285; see also cause of ARC breaks does not always = ARC break, but ARC break always = by-passed charge, V-417 is never what pc says it was if pc is still ARC broken, V-465 never do a by-passed charge assessment on an ARC broken pc, V-469 canhide rock once found, III-300 cause of ARC breaks, all ARC breaks stem from missed withholds, V-58 charge restimulated and left prior to where auditor is working can cause an ARC break, V-282, 290, 416 cut pc off, get in more actions than pc is allowed to answer and you’ll have a dirty needle, then stuck TA and then an ~, V-419 double question [Q and A] is primary source of ARC breaks and out rudiments, V-74 308 ARC break(s) (cont.) cause of ARC breaks (cont.) high percentage of ARC breaks occur because of failure to understand pc, V-162; VII 251, 428; IX-76 incomplete cycle of action causes ~, VII-268 leaving an overt touched on case and calling it clean will cause a future ARC break with auditor, V-439 missing a withhold or not getting all of it is sole source of ARC break, V-23 people do not ARC break on known charge; it is always hidden or earlier charge that causes ARC break, V-347, 417 prime source of ARC break in engram running sessions is by-passing charge by time mis handling by auditor, V-287 Q and A causes ARC breaks by by-passing charge,V-283, 285, 419 source of all ARC breaks is BPC, V-281, 306, 417 when something becomes unlocatable it can cause an ARC break, VI-18 charge left after (later) (nearer pt) than where auditor is working hardly ever causes ~, V-282 comes up in session must be handled, VIII-409 commands for ARC break, PTP and M/W/H, VI 259 communication becomes a contest of overts in the ARC breaky case, IV-120 cycle of the ARC break, V-253, 417 difficulties, III-304 dirty needle, its cause is cut itsa or an Ll session ARC break, V-384, 414 double ARC break; see Book of Case Remedies dropped havingness and ARC break, how to dis tinguishbetween,III-157, 177 effect on true group, I-137 E-Meter and ARC breaks, V-102, 362; see also E-Meter ARC breaks stop a meter from reacting, V-73, 96,102, 361, 362 E-Meter can go dead in presence of monstrous ARC break and it can go gradiently dull in presence of out rudiments, V-96, 361 E-Meter can go out if ARC break is present, IV-442, 450 E-Meter doesn’t register on ARC broken pc, IV-442 E-Meter is invaluable in locating by-passed charge and curing an ARC break, V-418 engrams containheaviest ARC breakwith thetan’s environment and other beings, V-291 false reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs more than once will ARC break pc, VIII-409 “field ARC breaks” is a direct reflection on D of P, VII-463 finding and indicating clears the ARC break; if it doesn’t clear on what you find, then you haven’t found it, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ARC break(s) (cont.) ARC break(s) (cont.) generality causing ARC break, handling of, VI-17 overt, ARC break, problem, relation between, IX handling ARC breaks, III-437; V-469; see also 275 ARC break assessment overt, auditor ARC breaks pc by demanding more don’t use a process, find the missed charge, than is there or leaving overt undisclosed that V-284 will later make pc upset with auditor, VIII-370 find and indicate the correct BPC, V-281, 282 overt, leaving overt touched on case and calling it “Have I done something you feel is wrong in clean will cause a future ARC break with audi this session?” “Describe it to me”, III-296 tor, IX-268 in R3R, V-293, 300 overts, don’t ARC break pc in getting overts off, primary error, handling as an ARC break when V-464, 468 pc really has a M/W/H, VI-22 pc becomes critical of anything outside engram with Routine 3H, VI-239 (room, auditor, Scientology, the technology) it Havingness is a must on any Responsibility Prois an ARC break, V-293 cess in presence of ARC breaks, IV-36 pc can always be told what has been missed and Help and ARC breaks, IV-85 will almost always settle down at once, V-282 high percentage of ARC breaks occur because of pc in an ~ is in grip of reaction which was in failure to understand pc, IX-76 incident, now fully on automatic, V-286, 417 if pc knows what charge it is he does not ARC pc never knows why the ARC break, V-282, 417 break or he ceases to be ~,V-347,465 pc permitted to be responsible for session will is a disorder, III-378 ARC break, IV-373 is only thing that will depress a profile, III-437 pc who refuses to answer has an ARC break or a Level VI ARC breaks, VI-18 withhold, IV-175 listing errors, why they are handled before ARC pc who seems to have a lot of ~ is a “withholdy breaks, VII-280 pc”, not an “ARC breaky pc”, VI-22 living, two conditions of, ARC broken, not ARC permitted auditor statements, V-464 broken, V-347 prevention, IV-373 look for overts and withholds on ARC breaky pc, primary sources of ARC breaks are all under the IV-6 heading of “no auditing”, IV-421 lots of ARC breaks = Level 2 is out, VII-70 PTP or withhold, don’t mistake for an ~, VI-77 L1C handles ARC broken, sad, hopeless or nattery PTPs, overts and ARC breaks, V-468; see also pcs, VII-203 BCR missed withholds and ARC breaks, V-20, 23, 58 restless or ARC breaky pc, how to handle, IV-43 bottom of ARC breaks is a M/W/H, VI-22 retard results, III-382 how to distinguish between, VI-22 returning to moment when occurred, I-103 natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, rudiment, if you miss on one rudiment the next are restimulated but missed or partially even if really hot can seem to be null by reason missed withholds, V-26 of ARC break, V-105 no ARC breaks when missed withholds have rule: if pc ARC breaks, issue no further auditing been cleaned up,V-58 commands until pc and auditor are satisfied pc ARC broken, how to check for missed cause of ARC break has been located and withholds, ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ ˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇˇ V-418 never discipline or Q and A with ~ pc, V-286 sad, auditor who goes sad is auditing pcs over his OCA/APA; see also OCA/APA own ARC break, VII-362 ARC breaks worsen the graph, IV-217 sad effect, pc will go into a sad effect if you don’t only an ARC break can lower one, VI-16 find ~ but instead continue the process, VI-16 whole line (or majority of points) drops means sad, pc sad = ARC break = locate and handle, itsa ARC breaks with auditor, III-334 earlier itsa, VII-46, 359 occurs on a generality or a not there, VI-16 session ARC breaks, caused by running pc over his out list can make an ~ that can’t be handled by head, IV-44 ARC break but only by L4B, VII-273 session ARC breaks, running O/W to handle, IV overrun is full of mass and ARC breaks, VII-268 43 3 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ARC break(s) (cont.) TA, never touch ARC breaks on a high TA, IX224 TA, never try to get a TA down from 3.5 or above on ARC breaks, VII-274, 281 thetan will dream up ARC breaks to exteriorize hisattentionfrom a PTP, III-304 to tell pc what his PTP is and then audit what said it was will inevitably ARC break pc, V-463 TRs, pc ARC broken by TRs 0 to IV will not read properly on a correction list, VII-465 TR 5N is ARC break handling, III-353 two conditions under which pc violently protests aboutARCbreaks,III-303 when pc doesn’t change despite skillful ARC break handling, locating and indicating, it was a withhold in the first place, VI-22 when pc is talking and you’re getting no TA you already have an ARC break or are about to get one, V-336 withauditors, III-430 withholds, PT problems and ARC breaks can stop a case, IV-210 yanking pc’s attention to the auditor is the source of a lot of ARC breaks, IV-43 ARC break needle, VI-73, 145, 265 defn., floating needle with TA above 3.0 or below 2.0, VI-373 defn., floating needle between 2.0 and 3.0 TA position with bad indicators, VII-11 7 defn., pc bad indicators while F/Ning, VII-145 bad indicators always accompany, VI-275 can occur with TA between 2 and 3, VI-275 descriptionofARCbreakneedle,VI-176 ARC Break Process(es) [1963], V-284 Co-Audit ARC Break Process, commands of, V-319 ARC Break Processes (old R4-H renamed R-3-H), Grade III Release, VI-95; see also Routine 3H ARC Break Straightwire, III-453, 489 cannot be run on a case that is motivator hungry, III-397 CCH-50 is its processing number, III-363 commands of and how to run, III-363, 389 good and bad points of, III-364 is very useful in husband-wife co-auditing teams, III-364 to as-is ARC breaks, III-489 works well on medium level pcs, III-381 ARC Process, commands of, V-95 ARC Processes, dub-in case should be running ~ as case is over-charged for engrams, V-293 ARC Processing; see Dianetics ‘55! ARC Process 1961, IV-442 ARC Release [1965 |, VI-96 ARC Straight Wire, I-290; II-545; III-69, 294, 316; see also Straight Wire as a training process, III-483 can crack neurotic cases, VI-175, 261 310 ARC Straight Wire (cont.) Cause ARC Straight Wire, IV-51 commands and how to run, III-111, 316 commands for, VI-261 cyclic aspect of, III-317 new [1963]: “What attitude was not received?” “What reality was not perceived (seen)?” “What communication was not acknowl auditor edged?”, V-284 SOP 8 Step VI, I-392 triple, valuable action to do before, VIII-389 TR 11, III-69, 316 using next-to-last list of Self Analysis in Scien tology, VIII-121 ARC Tone Scale, processes plotted on the, II-131, 138; see also Tone Scale arguments, caused by failure to handle originations, III-371; VIII-183 Army Alpha, psychometry, I-40; see also tests arrive (Secondary Scale level), IV-299 art(s)(‘s), I-375; see also artist; Art Series, IX-487 defn., a word which summarizes the quality of communication, VI-83; IX-489 audience, art for self-satisfaction vs. audience, VIII-196; IX-493 communication, art follows the laws of, IX-489 communication is primary target, IX-490 decline of art forms, VI-85 degree of, involved in processing, I-301 form or activity, one must conceive of the be holder, IX-491 forms, rhythm in, IX-501 for self-satisfaction vs. audience, VIII-196; IX-493 fundamentals of art, VI-83 general spectator is generally unaware of tech nique; that is zone of art’s creators, IX-495 having abused arts, how to handle, IV-195 how good does a work of art have to be to be good,VIII-196, 198,199, 200 is certainty, I-362 least codified of human endeavors and most mis understood, IX-489 living itself can be an art, IX-491 no communication is no art, IX-490 originality, too much can be a liability, IX-489, 490 perfection, defn., quality obtainable which still permits delivery of communication, IX-490 perfection vs. communication, VI-84 professional form must be there first, or the mes sage will not transmit, IX-497 professional in arts is one who obtains communi cation with art form at minimum sacrifice of technical quality, IX-490 quality alone has an emotional impact, VIII-199; IX-496 quality and form, VIII-199; IX-496 rhythm in art forms, VIII-299 self-satisfaction, art for self-satisfaction vs. audi ence, VIII-196; IX CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 art(s)(‘s) (cont.) technique of art, VIII-197 technique should not rise above level of workability for purpose of communication, IX-490 to be good must have technical expertise itself adequate to produce an emotional impact, IX-495 why much originality can be a liability, VI-83 works of, are soul food of all people, IX-493 arthritis, arthritic, defn, chronic somatic of depository type, I-272 defn, structurally, deposit of calcium, or other mineral, in area which has been restricted by old injury, I-272 arthritic hands give high TA, VII-423 arthritis cases and polio, experiment on curing, II-331 handling of, I-272 occursatthreeplacesontonescale,I-272 processing of chronic arthritic, I-272 Technique 80, reduction of, I-273 artist(s)(‘s); see also art are not benefited by aberration, VIII-232 are subject to actions of psychotics, VII-158 auditor is both a technician and an ~, I-305 must work to be good at it, IX-496 rehabilitating, VI-85, 219; IX-491 relation to his audience, IX-491 Scientology is a must, if he would succeed without heartbreak, IX-491 technically flawless performance provides channel for what he is presenting, IX-495 artistic perfection, search for, isresult of past failures to communicate, IX-491 artistic production, one has an audience of people, not critics, IX-493 as-is, as-ised, as-ising, as-isness, II-223 and persistence, II-226 auditor + pc as two pole system to ~, mass, VII-238 chronically tired pc who is not eating won’t get TA for there’s no as-is of locks, V-434 cognition is as-ising aberration with realization about life, VII-230 communication tends to as-is mass, III-138 itsa line is a report on what has been as-ised, VII-243 it takes lower grades to raise pc’s cause level so that pc, on reaching Grade VI-, can as-is the bank, V-433, 434 mass, as-isness of, V-49 pc’s ability to as-is or erase in a session is directly proportional to the number of good indicators present in session, VII-258 pc who makes no gain is the pc who will not as-is, who will not confront, V-36 person out of valence does not easily as-is his bank, VI-426 reactive mind straightens out by ~ its content, VII-230 311 as-is, as-ised, as-ising, as-isness (cont.) requires taking responsibility, III-555 to really as-is you have to make perfect duplicate, II-299 unless time track is made available it cannot be as-ised by pc and so remains aberrative, V-276 users of drugs cannot as-is, do not get TA, nor do they have cognitions, VI-245 aspirin, actions of aspirin and other pain depressants, VI443 pc taking aspirin, handling of, VI-444 that innocent seeming painkiller, can produce havoc in auditing if not detected, VI-445 “asserted”, another name for suggested, used mainly in checkout, and occasionally in routine nul ling when pc is declaring “It is my goal”, V-119 assess(ing), assessment(s), IV-124, 324; V-208; VI266, 388; see also listing; listing and nulling defn, discovering what has overwhelmed pc, III 465 defn, inventory and evaluation of pc, his body and his case to establish processing level and procedure, III-484 defn, whole action of obtaining a significant item from pc [1962], V-203 defn, locating on a prepared list, one item; listing and nulling means the pc lists, VI-266 defn, pick out the thing that will run, VI-388 actions of, do not apply to listing and nulling, VI-266 ARC break assessments; see ARC break assess ments assess flows slowly [C/S 37R], X-l 34 assessment for individual Why of evaluator taking a long time to evaluate, VIII-145 auditor has to have impingement on pc to, IX-224 auditor looks at meter while doing an assessment, VI-388 auditors who can’t assess lists, results of, VIII-426 by Elimination (SOP Goals), IV-265 by goals to get a Help terminal, IV-124 by needle, audit by tone arm, rock slam is ap parent exception to, IV-284, 318 by-passed charge assessment is auditing because you clean every tick of needle on list being assessed, V-469; see also by-passed charge assessment by-passed charge, pc will feel better moment right type of by-passed charge is identified by assess ment and indicated by auditor, V-418 by TA, no assessment list is continued in Levels I to III beyond seeing a TA move until that TA motion is handled, V-373 Case Assessment, IV-214; see also Preclear Assess ment Sheet case using dynamics graph, I-293 Change List of Problems Intensive, IV-414 development of assessments, V00 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 assess(ing), assessment(s) (cont.) Dianetic assessment; see Dianetic assessment Dianetic assessment list; see Dianetic assessment list done by auditor between pc’s bank and meter, VI-388 dynamic assessment, III-407 for clearing intensive, Pre-Clearing Scale, V-l 66 for Help terminals, Regimen 1, IV-128 form 37R,X-134 for new change (Problems Intensive), IV-415 HGC preclear assessement, IV-108 Hi-Lo TA assessment; see tone arm interest and assessment, VI-357 is not auditing unless one is Auditing by List, VI-76 Know to Mystery Scale assessment; see Know to Mystery Scale assessment laws of assessment, IV-131 listing and assessment, weakest applied point in our tech, VI-212 listing and nulling vs. assessment, VI-266; see also listing and nulling list, two ways to use, VI-210 list, you don’t begin, until you get an F/N, IX-224 low TA, X-132, 141; see also tone arm, low LX 1, VI-267; see also LX lists make sure it was the bank the meter read, not breath or body motion, V-394 method of assessment of correction lists, VII-51, 465; see also prepared lists, correction lists Methods 1 to 4, VII-51 Method 3, do not read list while looking at pc, VII-3 1 6 Method 5 is once through marking length and BD of allreads,VII-185,280 Method 6 is a method of ~ used in Cl XII auditing where each question on list is assessed by looking at pc and asking him directly, IX-l 80 never assess medical terms or symptoms, VI-352 of a case on lower rungs of processing using Know to Mystery Scale, III-460 of help, IV-l 19 of pc using be, do, have and space, time, energy, I-296 OT-3 Procedure assessments; see OT-3 Procedure OT-3A Procedure assessments; see OT-3A Procedure Pc Assessment Sheet; see Preclear Assessment Sheet pc does not have to think or answer before needle responds, IV-331 pc interest as a method of assessment, V-325 pc still has somatics, no further items on assessment list read, cause of and handling, VII-ll PE Co-Audit assessment, IV-70 Prehav assessment; see Prehav assessment prepared lists; see prepared lists prior assessment, one has to assess what was wrong before or prior to cure, VI-377 312 assess(ing), assessment(s) (cont.) repeated assessment, VII-282; X-131 rising needle treated as a null needle in assessment, IV-273, 333 Routine 3D assessment; see Routine 3D R2H assessment; see Routine 2H R3R assessment; see R3R service facsimiles, VI-l 89 slow assessment; see slow assessment SOP Goals assessment; see SOP Goals assessment terminal improperly assessed, how to detect dur ing auditing, IV-132 tone arm and assessment, VI-388 tone arm assessment, V-369, 372 to wait more than three seconds before uttering next word on list is complete waste of auditing time, IV-332 Treble assessment, AEI; see Treble assessment Trouble Area assessment, VIII-83 what assessment is prevented by during 2-10, 2-12, 3GAXX, 3-21, V-203 which assessment method to use, VII-51, 465; X-230 why assessment is done, VI-357 Why, assessment to find the Why for failed audi tors and bogged cases, VI-92 3DXX assessment; see Routine 3DXX 3GAXX assessment; see Routine 3GAXX Assessment Confirmation by DofP [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT2, IV-229 Assigning Identity [learning process], III-31 assist(s), V-141, 505; VI-150; VII-322, 335, 364, 415; X-159 defn, an action undertaken by a minister to assist the spirit to confront physical difficulties which can then be cared for with medical methodology by a medical doctor as needful, III-259 defn, an action undertaken by a minister to assist the spirit to confront physical difficulties, VII 415 defn, assisting individual to heal himself or be healed by another agency by removing his reasons for precipitating, and prolonging his condition and lessening his predisposition to further injure himself or remain in an intoler able condition,VIII-l9l;seealsoDnToday accidents, using assists, III-262, 263; VII-417, 418 and Exams, X-159, 160 areas to use assist on, VIII-189, 190 Auditing Assist, VI-3 18 Auditor’s Report, Crime to give assist without making, VI-364 begun by “This is the assist” and ended by “That’s it”, VI-150 be professional and definite in assists, III-261; VII-416 “Close your eyes and look at my fingers”, VII Contact Assist;see Contact Assist Dianetic Assist; see Dianetic Assist CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 assist(s) (cont.) difference between formal session and assist, III-259, 260 different to auditing at large, VII-415 Double Terminaling is an assist, I-352 excellent assist but limited process, I-329 drug “five days” rule need not apply to assists, VIII-192 drugs, assist given over drugs, how to handle later, VIII-192 end phenomena of, VII-322, 335 Exam Reports, assists must be followed by, VII167,191, 322, 335; X-159, 160 first aid always precedes an assist, III-262; VII-417 for PT location by Comm Process, III-547 has a very finite purpose, VI-150 healing, assist is entirely outside field of, VIII-l91 in an assist you always count on fact that thetan himself would, if he could, do right thing, III-262 interrupting auditing, handling of, X-94-95 is auditing on several dynamics, III-262 is different from auditing as such in that it lacks any Model Session, V-505 “Keep it from going away” as assist, III-263, 264 like a session, has a beginning and an end, Auditor’s Code is observed and auditing comm cycle is used, but it lacks any Model Session, V-505 Locational Processing as assist, VII-415 medical treatment, assist is not substitute for, III-264; VIII-189 necessary in lower zone of auditing, VIII-206 on body by Communication Processes, III-547 on children, III-554 O/Wisbestrepetitiveprocessfor,V-99 recovery, assist greatly speeds recovery, VIII-189 Remedies A and B are not always used as assists, V-507 rules of, VII-323 “Shut your eyes and look at my fingers”, VII-418 spirit, assist is entirely in field of spirit, VIII-191 summary, VIII-189 steps, VIII-191, 237 techniques which comprise an assist, III-260; VII-415 Temperature Assist; see Temperature Assist Touch Assist; see Touch Assist types: Auditing, Contact, Dianetic, Touch, described, VI-3 18 types of assists, VII-322 worksheets, X-247 mustbe done,VII-191 association; see also Scn 8-8008 differentiation and association are two principles of mind, III-150 free association, I-269; II-226, 467 Help resolves cases because it is the basis of all association, IV-ll9 leads to identification, IV-l 19 313 association (cont.) of things, or thoughts, or classes, is considered all right but is half way to lazy thinking, IV-123 Associative Processing, I-269 “Technique 100” or, I-269 assumption; see also History of Man and birth, I-439 occurs within a few minutes after birth, III-226 of beingness, III-257, 258, 271; see also valences safe, V-357; see also service facsimiles assumption points of Scientology, sciences and other subjects, IV-102 astigmatism, a distortion of image, is only an anxiety to alter the image, III-39 astral body, is an aberration, III-414 spirit is not, II-428 astral walking, II-11 atheism, I-38 atheist, what makes an, I-204 A to B programming, X-154 atom(s), defn, composed wholly of motion, I-214 different realities about, I-101 atomic age, IV-102 atomic bomb, II-362, 374; see also radiation facts about and protection from; see radiation; ALL About Radiation race between Scientology and, II-450 what are you going to do about it, II-292 atomic radiation; see radiation attack, defense of anything is untenable; only way to defend anything is to attack, II-157 attackers of Scientology had criminal records, II-167 attack from psychiatrists, II-267 attacking entheta with too much entheta enturbu lates, I-163 attacking self, I-190 attacks, form of organization to handle, I-412 attention, ARC break assessment: if pc’s attention is still on auditor correct charge has not been found, V-346 attention gets stuck, only thing wrong with thetan, II-317 attention valence; see valence, attention bank merely expresses a recording of past atten tion fixations, III-428 case whose attention is solidly fixed on some thing, VIII-262 central valence or terminal is built in to demand total attention from pc, IV-406 clearing is a gradient process of finding places where attention is fixed and restoring ability of pc to place and remove attention under his own determinism, III-428 communication and, VIII-185 concern of two viewpoints is, I-382 consequences of fixed attention, relation to no “case gain”, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 assist(s) (cont.) difference between formal session and assist, III-259, 260 different to auditing at large, VII-415 Double Terminaling is an assist, I-352 excellent assist but limited process, I-329 drug “five days” rule need not apply to assists, VIII-192 drugs, assist given over drugs, how to handle later, VIII-192 end phenomena of, VII-322, 335 Exam Reports, assists must be followed by, VII167,191, 322, 335; X-159, 160 first aid always precedes an assist, III-262; VII-417 for PT location by Comm Process, III-547 has a very finite purpose, VI-150 healing, assist is entirely outside field of, VIII-191 in an assist you always count on fact that thetan himself would, if he could, do right thing, III-262 interrupting auditing, handling of, X-94-95 is auditing on several dynamics, III-262 is different from auditing as such in that it lacks any Model Session, V-505 “Keep it from going away” as assist, III-263, 264 like a session, has a beginning and an end, Auditor’s Code is observed and auditing comm cycle is used, but it lacks any Model Session, V-505 Locational Processing as assist, VII-415 medical treatment, assist is not substitute for, III-264; VIII-1 89 necessary in lower zone of auditing, VIII-206 on body by Communication Processes, III-547 on children, III-554 O/W is best repetitive process for, V-99 recovery, assist greatly speeds recovery, VIII-189 Remedies A and B are not always used as assists, V-507 rules of, VII-323 “Shut your eyes and look at my fingers”, VII-418 spirit, assist is entirely in field of spirit, VIII-191 summary, VIII-189 steps, VIII-191, 237 techniques which comprise an assist, III-260; VII-415 Temperature Assist; see Temperature Assist Touch Assist; see Touch Assist types: Auditing, Contact, Dianetic, Touch, described, VI-318 types of assists, VII-322 worksheets, X-247 must be done,VII-191 association; see also Scn &8008 differentiation and association are two principles of mind, III-150 free association, I-269; II-226, 467 Help resolves cases because it is the basis of all association, IV-ll9 leads to identification, IV-l 19 314 association (cont.) of things, or thoughts, or classes, isconsidered all right but is half way to lazy thinking, IV-123 Associative Processing, I-269 “Technique 100” or, I-269 assumption; see also ~istory of Man and birth, I-439 occurs within a few minutes after birth, III-226 of beingness, III-257, 258, 271; see also valences safe, V-357; see also service facsimiles assumption points of Scientology, sciences and other subjects, IV-102 astigmatism, a distortion of image, is only an anxiety to alter the image, III-39 astral body, is an aberration, III-414 spirit is not, II-428 astral walking, II-11 atheism, I-38 atheist, what makes an, I-204 A to B programming, X-154 atom(s), defn, composed wholly of motion, I-214 different realities about, I-101 atomic age, IV-102 atomic bomb, II-362, 374; see also radiation facts about and protection from; see radiation; ALL About Radiation race between Scientology and, II-450 what are you going to do about it, II-292 atomic radiation; see radiation attack, defense of anything is untenable; only way to defend anything is to attack, II-157 attackers of Scientology had criminal records, II-167 attack from psychiatrists, II-267 attacking entheta with too much entheta enturbu lates, I-163 attacking self, I-190 attacks, form of organization to handle, I-412 attention, ARC break assessment: if pc’s attention is still on auditor correct charge has not been found, V-346 attention gets stuck, only thing wrong with thetan, II-317 attention valence; see valence, attention bank merely expresses a recording of past atten tion fixations, III-428 case whose attention is solidly fixed on some thing, VIII-262 central valence or terminal is built in to demand total attention from pc, IV-406 clearing is a gradient process of finding places where attention is fixed and restoring ability of pc to place and remove attention under his own determinism, III-428 communication and, VIII-185 concern of two viewpoints is, I-382 consequences of fixed attention, relation to no “case gain”, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 attention (cont.) audit(ed)(ing), control pc’s attention, V-30 defn, consists of discovering a spark of ARC and, cycle of demand for, I-382 by processes and ARC, fanning it into a proud fixed attention, manifestation and result of, flame, II-247 VIII-262 defn, that process of bringing a balance between introversion and attention, VIII-262 freedom and barriers, II-366 invalidation is basically non-attention, I-443 defn, verbal exercising of a patient (preclear) in master one action and center people’s attention exact Scientology processes, II-441 upon it, V-432, 433 defn, that process which restores confidence in needle fall shows what form of mest and life confronting and undoes necessity to confront attention is fixed upon, IV-54 thought, time, life, energy, matter and space, pc who is having lots of PTPs has attention very III-311 fixedonsomething,IV-61,62 defn, reversing of other-determined flows by R3R, interest is only absorbed attention and a gradient scales, putting pc at cause again, desire to talk about it, V-301 III-465 (Secondary Scale level), IV-298 defn, any system which reduces charged condi span of child is short, III-553 tion of time track without reducing but in unfixing attention, III-428 creasing awareness and decisionability of pc is by violence throws a case downscale, III-428 valid processing, any system which seeks to must be done by increasing ability to reach handle charge but reduces pc’s awareness and and withdraw from specific thing or person decisionability is not valid processing but is on which attention is fixed in bank, III-428 degrading, V-287 unit; see attention unit defn, auditor gives pc something to answer, pc yanking pc’s attention to auditor is source of a lot answers it and when pc has answered it to his of ARC breaks, IV-43 satisfaction, auditor acknowledges it, V-426 Attention by Duplication 9, No. 4 [process], II-395 defn, a contest of maintaining rightnesses so that Attention Objective Decision Repetitive [process], we can delete wrongnesses, VII-258 VIII-263 defn, an action by which wrongnesses can be Attention Subjective Repetitive [process], VIII-262, deleted from case to degree that rightnesses are 263 present in session, IX-83 attention unit(s), defn, a series of methods arranged on an increas as case progresses toward Clear, I-26 ingly deep scale of bringing pc to confront the money is attention unit of social group, I-371 no-confront sources of his aberrations and pulling of attention units up to present time on a leading him to a simple, powerful, effective necessity level, I-113 being, IX-3 10 attest; see also declare ability, processing is measured by gradual increase pc may only attest one grade at a tmme, VII-80 in ability, VII-69 pc to, when he’s made it, X-153 above pc’s level gives no gain, VII-85 pc who can’t attest a grade ability at any point has abridged style auditing, V-501 to have a Repair Program and Return Program, sticks to essentials and drops rote where it VII-70 impedes case advance, V-502 when to send pc or pre-OT to attest, VII-285 acknowledgements in, III-543 attitude(s), action of ~ is withdrawing communications, I-368 are after the fact of an evil purpose in a psycho administration, auditing requires, VII-365, 375; case, IX-149 IX-5 C/S and auditor, IX-5 advertising auditing as “personal relations”, II-261 Dianetic breakthrough came in assessing only age and auditing, III-34 somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes, VII-9 all style auditing, V-503 Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and Concept Runalong the lines of the wellness in the dynamic, ning, I-275 II-109 of the professional to psychotics, I-56 and Ethics, X-46 to environment, I-152 and TRs, X-136 audience, animals, I-338 acceptance level of, II-1 54 animating a pc is not auditing, II-247 art for self-satisfaction vs. audience, VIII-196 ARC break and auditing; see ARC break basics of appearing before, VIII-293; IX-498 ARC formal auditing, description of, III-242 different, for Scientology material, II-86 ARC in auditing, III-3 11 handling of, II-265 aspirin can produce havoc in auditing, VI-445 in rapport is different than audience of spectators, as reach and withdraw, IX-64 VIII-298; IX-500 assist; see Auditing Assist CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) attitude, IV-6 auditing failures, how to handle [1956], II-464 audit perfectly, what it means, IX-66 audit the case one is auditing, III-312 availability of different grades and levels, VIII-23 Awareness Scale and auditing, VI-33 babies, I-337 bad auditing, worse than bad publicity, II-1 58 bad, running out, IX-251 barriers to, III-244; see also auditing, gross auditing errors basic auditing, V-335, 336; VI-69 dirty needle, its cause lies in basic auditing not in technique errors, V-384, 414 handling of pc as a being, auditing cycle, meter, comprise the segment of processing known as basic auditing, V-385 is called basic auditing because it goes prior to the technique, IX-64 is necessary for technique to work, V-385 is prior to technique, VII-239 basic freeing action of auditing, what it depends upon, IV-53 basic rule of, is to start with something pc can do and then get him to do it better, III-161, 181, 182 being interesting is not auditing, III-355 body, attention must come off, before anything helpful usually occurs by way of auditing, VI-312 breaks are not counted as auditing time, IV-145 by Lists; see Auditing by Lists by-passed charge assessment is auditing because you clean every tick of needle on list being assessed, V-469 by tone arm (except in rock slam), assess by needle, IV-318 case failure, only alter-is of routine auditing can cause, VI-27 case level as an index of ~ ability is discarded, it is only an index of how-hard-to-train, V-3 16 case set-up for auditing, VI-283 cases undergoing Ethics actions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and complete, VII-31, 96 case that wants no processing, handling of, IV-178 code; see Auditor’s Code “coffee shop auditing” described, V-505 cognition is of the highest importance in, II-255 coma, auditing of person in, VIII-206 command; see command comm cycle, II-314, 443; V-340; VII-235, 248; IX-69, 73; see also communication cycle; session; TRs additives on, are any action, statement, question or expression given in addition to TRs 0-4, VII-256; IX-81 additives on auditing comm cycle not permitted, VI-59 316 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) comm cycle (cont.) always in use, VII-235 ARC break assessment isn’t auditing because it doesn’t use auditing comm cycle, V-469 auditor who interrupts or changes an auditing comm cycle before it is complete is Q and A-ing, V-410 basic tool of auditing, VII-238, 239 case runs on cycles of actions: auditing comm cycle, process cycle, program cycle, VII 261 charge is removed from case only by comm cycle pc to auditor, V-335, 414 communication cycles which make up the auditing cycle, VII-244, 246; IX-71 effect of fractured comm cycle on Ethics type case, VI-49 is a cycle of action; it starts with auditor asking a question pc can understand, get ting pc to answer it and acknowledging that answer, V-410 line pc to auditor is somewhat senior to comm line auditor to pc, V-335, 336 no additives are permitted on, IX-81 to perfect muzzled auditing comm cycle use Mutter TR, VI-104 commonest error in, is failure to use correction lists, VIII-67 completion, VII-371 condition of, II-443, 446 covert auditing, V-491 cycle, basic error of auditing cycle (diagram), V-337 cycle, communication cycles which make up one auditing cycle, VII-244, 246; IX-71 cycle, get your pc trained into what auditing cycle is, V-490 cycle, violations of, can bring about overwhelm, V-400 Dianetic auditing; see Dianetic auditing difficulties are difficulties of the communication cycle, IX-63 difficulties, lie more with auditor than preclear, I-432 direct style auditing means straight, concentrated, intense, applied in a direct manner, V-502 discipline is needed to make processes work, V-263 disseminating, II-265 dissemination, best is good auditing results, II-171 don’ts, II-414, 455, 480, 489; see also Auditor’s Code drive in pc’s anchor points by shoving things at or gesturing toward pc, IX-76 force auditing into physical healing, VI-3 13 drugs and auditing; see drugs dummy auditing, III-384; see also TRs auditing procedures learned by, II-341, 396 Step Two: Acknowledgement, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) dummy auditing ~cont.) Step Three: Duplication, III-354 Step Four: Handling Originations, III-370 earliest stage of, consists in taking over control of pc to restore to pc more control of himself than he has had, II-443 effect point, don’t process pc at, III-518 end product of all auditing is a floating needle [1965], VI-63, 68; see also end phenomena environment, VIII-409 environment influences pc’s ability to confront, VI-359 essence of auditing is not finding what is wrong with pc and hammering at it; it is ARC handled and controlled by auditor, V-426 Ethics and auditing, VII-31, 96 experimental ~ and standard techniques, III-282 exteriorization, auditing trouble after, VII-27, 36, 42,168, 208, 281 exteriorize individual, one of goals of, II-429 failure, reason for, I-432 failures, there are no auditing failures, there are only errors in auditing, IV-58 false TA, auditing pc over, VIII-409 falsified auditing report puts auditor at once at retrain, VIII-164 faults present in the auditing if clearing did not occur [R3SC], V-355 finding a preclear, II-443 first auditing, what to run [1961 ], IV-214 first requisite of, is a communication line, II-53 first rule of auditing is find something pc can do and improve that ability, IV-65 floating needles and auditing; see floating needles flows, auditing additional flows restimulates missing flows and stacks them up as mass, VIII274, 377 flows, auditing additional flows while earlier items remain Single or Triple restimulates missing flows and stacks them up as mass, VII-210 flubless auditing, a program for, VII-375, 376 flubs in TRs are basis of all confusion in subsequent efforts to audit, IV-249 flubs, what they consist of, VII-138 formal auditing, defn, controlby ARC, III-242 different than Tone 40 auditing, III-242 four points of auditing error, III-285, 292 fundamental auditing, VI-325 fundamental of ~ is communication cycle, IX64 gains vs. training gains, II-369 getting auditing into an org, VII-209 getting pc to talk to you honestly, III-3 15 gives gains by deletion, V1416 goal of processing is to bring individual into such thorough communication with physical universe that he can regain power and ability of his own postulates, 11-67 317 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) goes in two stages: form a communication line; do something for the pc, IX-65 grade processes to EP, X-30 grades; see grades gradient approach of auditing, III-312 gradient of processes, II-247 gradient scale of ability regained, V-342 gradient scale of auditing, V-493 gradient scales is inherent in, VIII-116 great deal of value of auditing lies in mechanics of session itself, IV-56 gross auditing errors (GAEs), IV-432; V-509 five, VI-93, 361 regarding metering, VII-177-78 Group Auditing; see Group Auditing guiding style, VI-151 guiding secondary style is steering pc toward revealing something or something revealed and handling it with itsa, V-506 guiding style auditing consists of two-way comm that steers pc into revealing a diffi culty followed by repetitive process to handle what has been revealed, V-500, 506 guiding style auditing is two-way comm and formal auditing, V-500 has no effect on pc or pc makes very slow gains, what to run, III-497 Havingness, II-500; see also havingness Havingness scale, II-499 help is key button which admits auditing, IV-85 HGC auditing should convert earlier auditing los ses to wins, IV-108 High Crimes concerning delivering auditing, VII 80 how it becomes a problem to pc, III-195 how to persuade a stranger to get audited, IV-72 illegal auditing, VII-167 illness and auditing; see illness incidents, if you don’t run the incidents given by pc he doesn’t get well, VI-346 individual, in a center, II-392 inflexible regimen vs. experimental auditing, IV-38 injured or ill people, auditing of, must be kept fairly light, VIII-238 insane should get rest and then exercise before auditing, IV-88 intensives, II-3 19; see also intensives reason for, VII-261, 419 interesting, beinginterestingis not ~, III-355 in the role of games, II-366 introduction to auditing; see Dn Today is a game of exteriorization versus havingness, II-367 is an exact science, not an art, V-59 is as beneficial as it is real and factual to the pc, Il-207 is a team activity, IX-5 is not a limited action, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) itsa line, when it is cut ~ ceases to work, V-337 no-game condition, never process a no-game con key-note of processing is to recover unknowns, dition,onlyagame condition, II-471 II-518 OCA/APA drop after ~, pc was out of valence, law, auditor must reduce every engram contacted VII-330 or basic engram on chain before stopping offbeat processing, III-282 session, I-19 of staff and public, X-194 length of time used in processing [1959], III-447 okays to audit in HGCs, VII-233 level of auditing, each, controls pc’s attention a one doesn’t audit carefully, one audits with a little more than last, V-371 relaxed competence that follows the rules, listen style auditing, V-377, 498, 511 VI-149 listing is auditing, V-53 only auditing keys out bank, VI-107 listing is slightly contrary to early auditing philosonly safe way to audit is with E-Meter, I-435 ophy, V-160 OT, goal of all processing, III-161, 181 “loses”, keep at it until it is a win, VII-5 others can get gains when oneself is processed, LRH Model Auditing Tapes, VIII-33 IV-45 make auditors by making them audit, IV-376 outnesses, fast way to handle, is to give free audit marriage, how to audit, I-310 ing check, VIII-194 masses are released off body and out of thetan’s out of session, auditing pc over, VIII-410 bank in auditing, V-256 overrunning auditing actions, VI-241 mass occurs when flows of items are by-passed participation of pc in session; see session, in and then later restimulated by auditing them, part of auditing is recognition of fact that truth is VIII-381 present, VII-258 maxims, IV-217 past a persistent F/N is waste of time, VII-145 find out what pc is doing and how he is doing pc doesn’t want auditing, handling of, VII-280; it, II-415, 516 VIII-412 process which turns on a condition will turn it pc in front of you, not some other pc or general off, II-100 ized object, V-47 meaning of things plays a secondary role in propc unwilling to be audited, what to run, III-326, cessing to forces, VII-76 468, 497; IV-175 misunderstoods on basic words, auditing pc over, pc who isn’t cogniting regularly is being processed VIII-410 beyond his ability to do, III-181 muzzled, III-379, 440, 504 perfectly, what it means, VII-241 defn., auditor says only two things—gives personal, relation to group processing, I-347 command and acknowledges answer to that person on a TR cycle may not also be audited, command; if pc says anything not an anVII-260,261,262 swer to command, auditor nods his head postoperative auditing, VI-422 and awaits an answer before giving acpre-auditing steps, I-421 knowledgement [1959], III-441, 451 precise answers to auditing questions, II-119 defn., stark total of TRs 0 to 4 and not anypregnant women, I-118 thing else added, V-499 present time problems and overts, other auditing defn., using only TR 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 by the is not possible in presence of, V-468 text, VI-59; VII-256; IX-81 presession; see presession defn., stating only Model Session patter and previous bad auditing can be cured by L1C on commands and TRs, VIII-160 previous bad auditing, VII-281 is remedy for rough auditing, III-397 primary and secondary auditing styles, VI-150 of engrams, III-416 procedure(s), when muzzled auditing should be used, III-436 are learned by dummy auditing, II-396 necessity level and auditing, I-42 general model of how one goes about address new mother, III-361 ing a preclear, II-443: see also Model new preclear, Session; TRs Dianetic C/S1, VII-225, 458;see also Diamost elementary,VII-241 netics Today technique depends upon the procedure of auliabilities of auditing new pcs, V-491 diting, II-396 refusal to be audited, I-475 process, auditing a, is a simple A to B action, R-factor to new pcs, V-490 VII-289 setting up, VII-14, 47 process lag, defn., length of time it takes to reduce no-auditing, examples of, VI-323 all communication lag from a type of question no auditing means “while seeming to deliver auditor action in auditing, II-130 ing, actually get nothing done”, V-220 programming; see programming CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) psychos, VIII-264 psychotic persons unwilling to be audited, what to run, III-468, 497 purpose of auditing is healthy sane people, VI-403 quality, X-99 quality is raised by getting in cramming, VII-209 question, pcs can say whatever else they please, but they must answer auditing question or no auditing occurs, V-490 reach and withdraw, auditing as, VII-239 reduces time of healing, VI-312 remedy is something you do to get pc into condition for routine auditing, V-485 repair; see repair report(s); see also Auditor’s Report defn., report of session given, written during session, on the session, VI-112 falsified auditing report puts auditor at once at retrain, VIII-164 falsifying an auditing report, vilest trick that can be played on pc, VII-362 in correct ~ of failed session, answer as to why it failed is neon light big and glaring, VI-449 of whatever type of action are simply filed chronologically in current HGC folder, IX14 required skills of processing and why, V-314 requires relaxed state of mind of auditor and confidence that his use of Scientology upon pc will not produce a harmful result, II-443 requires that you obtain a better reality on your environment and all its drills are aimed at this, III-514 restimulated charge that is then blown gives us the action of auditing, V-290, 347, 416 result(s), are best achieved in a session and a session depends upon a self-determined agreement to be audited, V-491 do not lead pcs to expect instant results every time, VII-6 how to get results, VI-69, 402, 412 what they depend on, IV-64 rightness, degree of rightness present must exceed wrongness you are going to pick up, IX-83 room, IV-43 TR 10 on, IV-194 rote style auditing, V-499 rough auditing reduces havingness, V-225 rudiments; see rudiments rules, don’t demand more than pc can tell you or receive less than pc has to say, V-336 get the pc through it; what turns it on will turn it off; the way out is the way through, VI-43 of auditing, eight big, VI-76 of basic auditing, II-255 319 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) rundown, one audits a rundown as itself, not as a botch of several actions run into it, VII-289 running out bad auditing, III-419; VIII-276 scanning through all ~ preclear has received, I-111 Scientology auditing is more delicate than Dia netic auditing, VII-21 Scientology isn’t just processing, that’s only one use of fundamentals, VIII-202 secondary styles, V-505 self-auditing, I-356, 419; IV-373; VII-191 commonest reason for, VIII-96 cure for, VIII-242, 256, 353; X-94 manifestation of overwhelm, VII-85; X-35 reason for, X-220 symptom of session or study or life over whelm, X-16-17 session; see session set-up actions, VII-14 on new pc, VII-47 skills,V-218,314 by Scientology levels [1964], V-411 five basic auditing skills, V-326 fourgrades of, III-83 improvement of, between R6 and or III, X-212 is a discipline in living and a know-how of the parts of life, III-236 of any student remains only as good as he can do his TRs, VII-348 smoother the auditing, the better pc’s havingness stays up, IV-54 sold by intensives, V-153 solids, II-550 Solo auditing, admin, VIII-85 C/S + pre-OT is greater than bank, VIII-86 difference between Solo auditing and self auditing, VII-61, 106,109,422;VIII-85, 86 D of P keeps tabs on all Solo pcs, X-214-15 failure on, X-212 Grade Chart steps before, [1972], VIII-21 ideal Solo program, VIII-22 pcs on lines, X-214 set-up, VIII-20, 312; X-249 sources of failure on Solo, VII-467 standard, X-57 TRs and Solo, VII-341, 466 Solo Grades, major cause of failure on Solo Grades is inability to audit, VII-467 Solo Grades, pc cannot confront doing Solo Grades, reason will be found to be drugs, VII 466 speed,VI-417 spritual approach vs. physical approach, II-212 stages, auditing goes in two stages: form a comm line;dosomethingforthepc,VII-240 stamina, auditing requires, III-107 states attained by, VI-61; see also Scn 0-8 student auditing assignments, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) student auditing, inability to clean up needle is biggest hole in, V-214 styles of auditing, II-314; V-377, 498, 505; see also individual styles by name tape recording sessions, points to look for, V-378 teaches pc that he can be at cause without having to be because he doesn’t dare be at effect, III-160, 180 team activity, VI-145, 402, 403, 412, 450; VII365 not a game whereby auditor opposes and seeks to defeat pc and pc seeks to defeat auditor, II-367,443 team, husband-wife auditing team, why unsuccessful, I-309 technique depends upon the procedure of auditing, II-396 techniques, an informal discussion on, I-1 96 terminal improperly assessed, how to detect during auditing, IV-132 test line is check on auditing quality, VIII-3 1 theory of, III-311, 312 theory of charge erasure, V-291 theta-mest theory, I-360; see also theta-mest theory; SOS things which one must avoid, II-448 three parts: basic auditing, technique and case analysis, V-385 time, it takes as long as it takes, VII-88, 91 time track, auditing itself is a sort of time track, earliest session blows later sessions, VII-210; VIII-274, 378 to assist dying, I-490 to get auditing into a state of perfection, know basics, know practical, V-61 tone arm action, most vital necessity of ~ at any level of Scientology is to get, V-369 tone arm, audit with TA in normal range or repair it so it is in normal range, VII-197; see also tone arm Tone 40; see Tone 40 auditing tools of auditing are the Grade Chart processes and the numerous correction lists, VII-387 totality of successful processing consists of rebalancing freedom, barriers, purposes, II-418 training, get as well as auditing, IV-133 TRs; see TRs two “A’s” of, anaten and agitation, II-396 two-way comm; see communication, two-way uses of auditing, VII-2 any human situation containing pain or misemotion should be handled by auditing, VII-2 fever, handling with auditing, VII-335 pc’s desire or complaint, no reason or excuse not to actually handle these with auditing, VII-4 using Scientology to handle situations in life is a whole subject in itself and it isn’t ~, V-491 320 audit(ed)(ing) (cont.) Vitamin E assists auditing, VI-123; see also vitamins volume and quality, what brings about, VII-375 watch pc’s eyes, don’t take auditing actions if pc is not looking at you, V-336 where the pc’s mind is, IV-43 whole track, II-195 why mechanical action necessary, II-344 wins are not always fast, total and appreciated volubly, VII-5 “without the person knowing anything about it”, V-491 wrongnesses, auditing is only trying to find, in order to increase rightnesses, IX-83 you are running a thetan and his bank while helped and hindered by body, V-255 Auditing Assist, VI-318; see also assist Auditing by Lists, V-423 ; VI-41, 64, 76; VII-3 1 6 L.l and L.4, V-423 auditor(s)(‘s), IV-377 defn., a person assisting a teammate to gain able co-operation and teamwork toward opponents in life, II-366 defn., a person with enough gutsto do something about it, II-393 defn., a person who makes people, at their choice, do various exercises, and these exercises (pro cesses) bring about changes for the better in intelligence, behavior and general competence, II-405 defn.,aScientologypractitioner,II-405 defn., listener or one who listens carefully to what people have to say; person trained and quali fied in applying Scientology processes to others for their betterment, IX-3 ability as auditor related to his case, VIII-110 Academy stable data: new auditors should be able to audit in HGC [1961 ], IV-329 accepts and acknowledges goals pc has for session, life and livingness, IV-194 acknowledgement of the preclear, II-205 administration (admin), VII-96; see also Auditor Admin Series, IX-1 defn., IX-3 actions, VII-180, 181, 182 auditor falsifying report, how to handle, VII229 cramming, IX-1 13 forms and worksheets are never recopied, VII 215 handwriting, illegible, how to handle, VII-433 out admin—liability,VII-96 responsibility for admin, IX-3 room, X-83 what it includes, IX-3 advantages of being part of group, VII-366 all auditors talk too much, VIII-160 alter-is auditor, changes when pc changes, V-75 altitude, I0; see also Science of Survival CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) and pc as group; see SOS and pc get into games condition only when auditor refuses help to pc, IX-283 and pc, when they are cleared for session, only then begin on case, III-301 ARC break assessment and auditor; see ARC break assessment ARC break in session, auditor not handling, remedy of, VIII-409 ARC breaks with auditors, III-430 ARC with the preclear, II-237 asminister,II-262,355 assess, auditor who can’t assess lists, results of, VIII-426 assessment weaknesses, remedy of, VIII-233 assignment policies, VI-420 attitude, II-341; IX-5, 285; see also TRs on Integrity Processing, IX-285 required to confront the world, III-108 to pc’s data, IV-129 toward self, VII-365 auditingalone willhave case failures, VI-402 auditing by rote will make mistakes, I-129 auditing pc who is out of session, handling of, VIII-410 avoid use of “you” to pc, V-161 bad “auditor”, V-32 bad auditor talks too much to pc and stops pc from properly answering, III-308, 544 bad auditor vs. dangerous auditor, VI-149 basic course for, II-368 basic fundamentals, when they are securely the auditor’s own there is no need for him to be told what must be done, III-425 basics, auditor out basics, VIII-409 basics: metering, TRs, understanding of Auditor’s basic theory of human mind, strict honesty and honor as an auditor, IX-91 become an auditor; see Dianetics Today becomes an auditor when he or she finds out that it’s the basics that count, V-425 being audited should be content to be a pc for the term of the session, II-162 Board, X-83 book auditor, III-83, 84, 85 by-passed charge, indicating BPC is a necessary auditor action which at first glance may seem evaluative, V-465 calling pc’s attention to meter or TA or his hands in session, handling of, VIII-410 can assume that pc is in a native state, II-281 can be smoothed out as cases by running a Communication Process on “an auditor” and “a preclear”, III-505 can run courses in his living room, II-391 can’t control pc, cure for, IX-80 case, I-419 auditors don’t have, VII-362 case of, depends upon his skill, II-122; VIII-110 321 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) case supervision and auditor, auditor accepting a C/S, VII-44, 356 auditor accepting verbal C/S instruction is a High Crime, VII-94 auditor-as-a-C/S, action of, VII-180, 205 auditor does not let a C/S C/S hopefully, he refuses C/Ses until an FES is done and bug found, VII-358 auditor may not C/S in auditing chair while auditing pc, VII-356 auditor responsibility for C/Ses, VII-44, 355 auditor’s C/S, defn., sheet on which auditor writes the C/S instructions for next session, IX-10, 29 auditor should never take a verbal or written correction that is not in an HCO B or tape, VII-363 auditor who knows he goofed and yet gets a well done holds the C/S in contempt and his auditing worsens, VII-398 auditor who knows his tech is able to hold the line on any given action in auditing or C/Sing and not mix up, VII-289 C/Sing in chair, handling of, VIII-411 C/S omits “Fly a rud” or “Fly ruds” does not justify ~ auditing pc over out ruds, VII-357 C/S proving unworkable during session, audi tor has a right to end off, VII-44, 356 C/S rein, even best auditors go bad when they no longer have a tight C/S rein, VIII-165 HCO Bs and tapes are stable data that form agreement between auditor and C/S, VII279 Case Supervisor actions regarding auditor; see case supervising causes a restimulation and then pc needs to an Code, swer question to get rid of restimulation, VII-244; IX-69 CCHs and auditors; see CCHs certainty and results, I-357 certainty, pc’s reaction to, I-357 certificates, purpose of, I-400 certified auditor, III-83, 84 characteristics of, II-255 checkout of Quad Dianetics, X-92 checkoutsarerequiredbeforeapplication,VI-156 classes of auditors [1961] , IV-385, 439 classification and interneships, program of, [1972], VIII-13 classifications of, [1956], II-510 classifications [1965], VI-34 Class VI auditor, things he should know [1964], V-412 Class VIII; see Class VIII clearance (rudiment), IV-41, 194 clearing the auditor; see clearing the auditor Code; see Auditor’s Code command, auditor must know when pc has finish ed answering, IX CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) commands, before auditor gives them, he makes certain he has pc’s attention on him again and off last question, III-296 comm breakdowns, auditor has to assume responsibility for all comm breakdowns in session, VII-250, 428 comm cycle, auditor watches pc’s comm cycle; auditor’s own is perfect, VII-248; IX-73 comm cycle, roughness of auditor’s comm cycle can prevent not only a release from occurring but can prevent rehabilitation, VI-66, 76 comm line to pc, auditor must keep in, VII-242, 243 comm line to pc, process doesn’t work until auditor has a, IX-66 competence depends upon auditor being able to receive and give forth a process as it has been found to work, II-53 complete precision required of today’s ~, V-52 confidence, III-379 auditor who inspires, VI-359 importance of, V-326 increased by standardized sessions, IV-53 Confront a Preclear [process], II-545 control, cure for auditor who can’t control pc, VI-140 controlling the pc, II-17 control of session, IV-373 course graduate becomes an ~ by auditing, VII331 Cramming and flubless auditors, X-183 cramming auditors, IX-90, 112 crimes, two biggest, are rough and choppy auditing and overestimating level of case, III-397 cycle of decline of an auditor and student, VI-273 dangerous, VI-149 dangerous auditor, characteristics of and remedy for, V-32, 36 data, X-147, 148 Dianetic auditing is fundamental background of auditor, VI-325 Dianetic auditor; see Dianetic auditor dirty needle and auditor; see dirty needle dissemination of information to a pc is completely forbidden by the Auditor’s Code, 1954; this is evaluation, II-161 distracting pc, VIII-160 does not grade his own session, IX-29 does not invalidate, criticize or evaluate for pc, VI-321 “dog pcs”, remedy for auditor with, VIII-147 don’t drive in anchor points by shoving things at or gesture toward pc, V-161 don’t run thought out faster than havingness and solids run in, II-489 don’t talk to pc much during session, III-379 don’t work with severely ill or insane, II-268 duplicate, auditor willingness to, VIII-109 education and, I-124 322 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) E-Meter, ~ does not tell pc anything about meter or its reads ever, except to indicate F/N, VII 259 E-Meter, don’t use distractingly, VII-22, 230 E-Meter goes null on a gradient scale of misses by auditor; the more misses the less meter reads, V-105 end phenomena, remedy of auditor errors in han dling, VIII-273 environment, auditor is responsible for session environment, VIII-409 errors, VII-206; X-43, 90, 92-93, 97,122 acknowledging too little, V-292 acting like a spectator instead of being in con trol, V-74, 273 asserting rightness, making others wrong, V-327 auditor errors add charge; pc then is over whelmed, V-401 auditor goofing, what it means regarding train ing, VII-301 auditor has right to know what he did wrong, VII-48, 363 auditors who begin to goof, how to handle by two-way comm or earlier purpose, VI-306 auditor who can’t get reads, how to handle, VII-273 auditor who refuses to audit his quota of hours or sessions is subject to action, VII-44, 355 causing a null prepared list, VIII-213 cleaning a clean meter is asking for trouble, V-335 come from inability to confront, faulty meter ing, misunderstoods or out-ethics, VIII-164 consistently missing charge or consistently fail ing to anticipate missed charge, result of, V-286 cure for auditor who can’t control pc, VII-255 cure for auditor who is “letting pc itsa”, VII 254 disagreement with data measures degree of un workability he’ll enter into processing, V-326 don’t gesture toward pc, VII-250, 251, 428 failure to take pc’s data; you take pc’s data, never take his orders, V-292, 415 new auditor flubs, VII-93 not intentional, II-394 out TRs and no impingement get no reads, V-82 Q and A, V-37, 74, 410 repeating what the pc said, V-161, 414 establishing auditor with pc, III-314 establish the existence of the auditor, II-250 ethical auditor, what he does, III-392 Ethics, auditor to, VI-50 evaluation, VIII-160 accidental evaluation may occur when auditor repeats what pc said, V-161, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) evaluation (cont.) has more control over pc’s reactive mind than pc, auditor never says what overt is, for that’s reasonwhy,IV-332 evaluation, V-464 has to be skilled on one process at least and know auditor repeating what pc says, IX-75 all about it before he can do two, V-432 consists of telling pc what to think about his having low ARC, cause of, III-516 case, IV-129 havingness of pcs, II-501 failing to handle E-Meter, chief reason is TR failHGC Auditor’s Sec Check, IV-356 ures, IV-261, 264, 432 honesty of, determines his results, VIII-26 fail to make pc feel they are interested in pc when how auditor knows pc is exteriorized, II-12 they handle him with poor ARC, III-242 how to handle auditor saying “Process didn’t falsifying report, how to handle, VIII-292, 386 work”, IV-1 18, 432 field auditor targets, V-432 how to increase pc’s willingness to confront past, file clerk’s faith in, I-18 III-489 Find a Pc [process], II-250 impingement on pc, auditor has to have, to assess, firefight is quarrel between auditor and pc, VIIIIX-224 291, 385 inexperienced, X-191 first should know tools before going in for artistic, interest in case, from auditor and pc, III-405 I-305 interneship, auditors must take interneship after flaws show up glaringly only on rough pcs, IX-224 each course, VII-331, 332 flinching from pc,how to handle,II-500 invalidation and evaluation of pc is just plain flunks a C/S instruction and can’t get it going, villainy, VII-230 remedy for, VI-282 invalidation of auditor by C/S, VII-128, 278, 379 F/Ning auditors, VII-412 is an individual, you can train individual auditors F/Ning something else than question asked is Q not a mass of auditors, VIII-12 and A, VIII-222, 223 is a real auditor when his or her pcs don’t overtalk handling of, VIII-410 or undertalk but answer auditing question and forcing pc, why auditor mustn’t, VI-369, 442 happily now and then originate, IX-79 fully responsible for session, IV-43, 373 is in absolute control of bank—it always does what games condition, auditors and pcs get into, only you tell it to do,V-413 when auditor refuses help to pc, VIII-180 itsa, a silent auditor invites itsa, V-370 general working rules for, I-62 job of auditor is to free thetan by digging him out get the preclear through it, example, II-31 of his time track, V-288 getting and keeping pcs, II-443 judgment, V-316 getting into communication with pc, II-20, 500, leaving Cramming go through Examiner, X-193 553 legal attacks on an auditor, how to handle, II-156 getting pc in session, II-16, 217 length of time to become an auditor, III-329 getting pc sessionable, II-17 “letting the pc itsa”, cure for, IX-79 give pc nothing but wins, II-443 levels of auditors and processes [1957], III-84 giving pc full hours, IV-145 line to the pc, what’s-it line, IX-68 goal(s)of,II-121,487 list of auditor’s efforts, emotions and thoughts auditor and pc, VIII-110 related to processing which must be run, I-216 stack up on a gradient scale between thetan lists, auditor who can’t get reads on, consequences inoperative and thetan who can operate, and remedy of, VIII-233, 234 III-155, 175 make auditors by making them audit, IV-376 to discover an ability in pc and improve it, making pc physically well without pc finding out III-5, 159,178 about it, III-182 to help pc re-establish confidence in his ability may only take advice on cases from C/S, VI-49 to confront thetans, thought, time, life, means”alistener”,V-335 energy, matter and space, III-311 minimum hours of, X-85 good auditor, actions of, V-426, 427 misunderstoods on basic words, auditing pc over, goofing, what it means regarding training, IXhandling of, VIII-410 398 morale depends on honest completions, X-180 group, advantages of being part of, IX-6 morale, what it depends on, VII-380 hand cream, applying during session is wrong, must be able to duplicate, III-355 handling of, VIII-411 must be interested not interesting, VII-230 handling pc who is not co-operative, III-159, 178 must be perfect on a meter, defined, V-104 handwriting, how to handle, IX-44 must check out on materials before application, handwriting, poor, illegible worksheets, VIII-412 VII-173, 378 has initiative, II-393 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) must know basic laws and mechanics of time track in order to run engrams, V-273 must know Dianetics to understand mind and aberration, VI-160 must look at rightnesses of pc, not just wrongnesses, VII-257; IX-82 musts to make pc gain and cognite, VII-230 natural auditor and dangerous auditor, difference between, V-32 necessity for auditors to review entire process of evolution of the science, I-489 needs his periodic drills and exercises or he goes sloppy, VIII-165 need subjective reality on bank, IV-374, 376 negative criticism undermines auditors, VI-409 nerve, essential ingredient of auditor, II-27 never repeats anything pc says after him, no matter why, VII-250, 428; IX-75 new auditors, VI, 413, 420 not in comm with pc means no cognition, VII-241; IX-66 not understanding what pc said or meant, how to handle, V-161, 414 object is to get pc to look so that pc can tell the auditor, V-23, 335, 415 observation of pc, V-357, 360 on staff, [1956] procedure for putting, II-519 Operating Thetan, only goal worthy of auditor’s attention, III-176 opinion, X-171 orders, auditor giving orders that are not part of any process is very bad, VIII-160 OT Zero and TR 0 are routine action for auditors, VIII-164 overrunning due to false TA, handling of, VIII411 overwhelming pc, II-399 pc actions all have an exact auditor response, V-59 pc and auditor as two pole system to as-is mass, VII-238; IX-63 pc exterior and good win, auditor carrying on past and asking “say or ask”, handling of, VIII-410 pc finding the auditor, II-444 pc gain, auditor unhappy about, III-454 pc plus auditor is greater than the bank, auditor plus bank is greater than the pc, pc minus auditor is less than the bank, VI-359 pc red tag, auditor action, VIII-320 pc’s attention, don’t pull over to auditor, VII-21 pc’s reality, what auditor believes has little to do with, VI-345 pc’s somatics, auditor doesn’t get, IX-63 perception of pc, V-357 personal reputation of, II-346 pictures, auditor always has more control over pc’s mental image pictures than pc does, VI342 plus pc is greater than pc’s bank, VII-230, 366; VIII-86 324 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) plus pc versus bank is a lot more than the bank, when auditor is part of a third dynamic, IX-6 poorer he is, the simpler actions he’s assigned, V-217 practice, it isn’t “talent” that makes good auditor; it is practice, VIII-426 processing of, I-216 purpose of, is to give pc certain and exact com mands which pc can follow and perform, II441 Q and A, VIII-222, 223 change in pc causes auditor to stop or change process, IV-218 questions, asking odd non-process questions while “doing a process”, VIII-160 questions, the less specific and sequitur the better the results withpc, II-144 raising cause level of, V-434 real auditor’s pcs don’t overtalk or undertalk but answer auditing question and happily now and then originate, VI-139; VII-254 reality vs. pc’s reality, IV-129 reason for hatred toward, I-438 reasons why some auditors cannot run engrams on pcs, V-287 recovery, VIII-60 recruiting staff auditors, VIII-12 refusing to audit is in fact an admission, in most cases, of feared inability to audit, VIII-149 relaxed attitude to pc, II-346 remains at cause in all sessions without forbidding pc to be at cause, III-161, 181 Repair Programs, new auditors shouldn’t do, VII 93 repeating not only does not show pc he heard but makes him feel auditor is a circuit, IX-75 report; see Auditor’s Report research worker in the field of illness, II-353 response when he doesn’t understand pc, VII-250, 428; IX-75 responsibility, X-1, 228 responsible for session, V-161, 414, 425, 426 results, auditor isn’t getting results means either he or pc is doing something else, VI-91 results, auditors are not gauged by results, but by flawless application of standard tech, VI-273 results, auditor who doesn’t consistently get re sults is going to have his own case cave in on him, VIII-110 retraining of, II-163 Review auditors, VI-126, 399 rights of auditor, VII-44, 355; X-1, 9; see also Dianetics Today abuse of, X-225 addition revised, X-227 and correction lists, X-227 modified, X-225 right to choose pcs modified, VIII-149 right to reject or accept pcs he is given, VII-44 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) auditor(s)(‘s) (cont.) role of; see also Advanced Procedure and Axioms touching the pc, II-553 rudiments of auditor, trainees come under Interne Supervisor, VIII-12, auditors who have PTP of how to get case gain 13 for their pcs, VII-326 trainees, personnel pools for, VIII-12 auditor who goes sad is auditing pcs over his training; see also training own ARC break, VII-362 and skill of, I-365 auditor worried about his pc is working over a is not only for professional auditors, IX-434 problem, VII-362 sending auditors to upper orgs for, VIII-13 overts and withholds on pcs, VII-277, 289, stages,VII-152 345, 362 treating pc as a victim, III-516 running the preclear’s machinery, II-218 trouble with an ARC breaky pc or no gain, how to session, auditor is responsible for session, VII-235, handle auditor who has, V-58 250, 428; IX-75 TRs and auditors; see TRs session, ending session is totally up to auditor, two-way comm, auditor doing without C/S, handl VII-44, 356 ing of, VIII-411 skill, V-315, 326 two-way communication, not using can cause fail by case level [1963], V-314 ed pcs, II-146 is directly measured by amount of TA he can unable to produce good results, cause and handl get, V-373, 413 ing of, III-~85, 292 mark of skilled auditor is ability to remedy a understanding of pc’s answer, VIII-395 case and then get on with routine auditing, unusual solutions, VI-49 V-485 upper level auditors, VIII-376 somatics, auditor doesn’t get pc’s somatics, VIIusing a process on which he has high reality will 238 obtain high results with a pc, III-60 speed, VI-417, 420 validated auditor [1957], III-84 error can also stem from, VIII-273 vision, auditor is expected to see meter, pc and staff auditor(s)(‘s), III-83, 84 worksheet all at one time, VII-178, 464 advices, VI-49 what an auditor should know, I-368, 488 groove in for wins and TA action, V-327 what he is working to do, I-245 grounds on which to refuse to process or rewhat is required to get bonuses, VII-1 84 lease a pc, III-51 what it takes to make a real auditor, VIII-426 requirements, VIII-12 what LRH thinks of auditors, II-393 responsibilities, IV-214, 219 who can audit an uneducated pc is a jewel, VII trainee programming, VIII-12 225, 458 training of, [1961], IV-389 who cannot audit, whose TRs are out, whose statements, permitted auditor statements, V-464 metering is bad and who never keeps the Code statistic of auditor, VII-129, 147; VIII-150 always says his pcs are dogs, VIII-147 steering pc, IX-283 who can’t do his TRs can’t audit, VI-138; IX-78 students in Academy are auditors, not pcs, III-250 who chops up pc with bad TRs may see TA go suffer from association with psychologists and below 2, VI-419 psychiatrists, II-389 who have no pcs write procurement letters, VII survive better than other people, II-393 184 takes pc’s data, never his orders, V-415 who reports “it didn’t work”, handling of, VI-7, taking order from pc causes pc to ARC break, 28 IV-373, 374 who sets himself up to be resisted will fail, II-17 target of auditor is pc’s reactive mind, IV-428 who tries to make pc guilty is violating Clause 15 target of the auditor, II-41 of Auditor’s Code, IX-272 technician and artist, I-305 who won’t hear what pc is saying, VI-22 tendency to invent new processes, II-345 why auditor mustn’t force pc, VII-414 test of, VIII-427 will always be senior to Clears, III-237 supreme test of an auditor, VII-289, 290 willingness to duplicate, II-121 three hats of, V-387 with low hours needs TRs, IX-102 time track obeys auditor; time track does not wonderful, withpooradmin could flop, II-387 obey a preclear (early in auditing), V-274 working alone, decline of, VII-366; IX-6 tone arm and auditor; see tone arm worksheets, IX-44; X-196 tone level of auditor necessary to handle case; see writing up C/Ses, X-200, 201, 202 Science of Survival Auditor Correction List—auditor recovery, VIIItools, auditor has to know his tools very well to 60 be able to observe pc, VI-90 Auditor Integrity List, IX-300 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Auditor’s Code, I-62; see also DTOT; NOTL; SOS; CDN; Scn 8-80; Dn 55!; COHA; CMSCS defn, governing set of rules for general activity of auditing, II-441 addition to the, III-82 basic auditing rules, II-255 bogged-down case due to ~ breaks, I-18 breaks in running SOP 8-C, II-13 change [1958], III-306 dirty needle, breaking Auditor’s Code causes, VI375 dissemination of information to pc is completely forbidden by Auditor’s Code 1954; this is evaluation, II-161 is auditing tool, not just a nice idea, VII-227; VIII-289, 384 is observed in giving an assist and auditing comm cycle is used, V-505 is to protect the pc and auditor, II-442 No. 19, III-417 OCA/APA profile dropped, auditor code break, handling of, III-285 out, prevents case gain, VII-230 pc, challenged by an “auditor” who is breaking ~, gets solid reaction in reactive bank, reason why, VI-291 processes do not work when administered outside Auditor’s Code and without skillfully practiced TRs, V-263 Scientologist operates within boundaries of Auditor’s Code and Code of a Scientologist, III-281 when pc goes more anaten than when not being audited, he is in grip of real or affected code break and is out of session, II-322 1954, full description of each point, II-96 1956, II-442 Auditor’s Report, VI-246, 363; VII-215; see also auditing report; auditor admin;DMSMH; CDN Crime to copy it, VI-247, 364 Crime to give any session or assist without making an ~, VI-247, 364 Form, IX-39, 40 defn., outline of what actions were taken during session, made out at end of each session, IX-10 commands are written out in full on, IX-42 use of, V-444; see also Auditor Admin Series, IX-1 authoritarianism, I-128 a graded scale, I-178 anessayon,I-173 concept of, I-178; see also suppressive person discovered readily in psychometry, I-180 is little more than a form of hypnotism, III-424 or authority exists in ratio to amount a curtain is lowered across ARC lines, I-179 authorities, field containing the most ~ contains least codified knowledge, VI-83; IX-489 authority and preponderance of agreement ordinarily make man accept things, III-420 authorship, mis-responsibility is miscalling of, III-98 326 auto-control, no-confidence induces a sort of ~ in session which induces a dirty needle, V-93 automatic actions, II-409 automatic answers, II-235 automatic bank, defn., when a pc gets picture after picture after picture all out of control, VI-343 cause of, how to handle, VI-343 automaticity, automaticities, II-541 defn, fact of taking pictures automatically simply by putting out flitter, I-416 defn, something is going on and we do not know its cause, II-225 defn., non self-determined action which ought to bedeterminedbyindividual,II-541 harm comes from automaticity only when people have forgotten that something has been put on automatic, II-225 increasing learning rate by drill usually only in creases familiarity and automaticity, III-22 is discharged by indicating area of charge only, V-282 of form, solution to, III-210 of making pictures, II-231 randomity and, II-142, 533 remembering and forgetting, greatest automaticity in which anyone was engaged, II-221 responsibilityand,III-167 we take over automaticities only to rehabilitate ability of thetan, III-232 Auxiliary Pre-Have 3D Scale, IV-434 avalanches, outflowing and inflowing, II-39; VIII-106; see also havingness awareness, VIII-406 defn, ability to perceive existence of, VIII-182; IX-346 assessing the awareness levels on pc, VI-190 awareness change is the indication of effect, I-359 communication and, II-191 description of, II-191 E-Meter locates charged areas below awareness of pc and verifies that charge has been removed, V-334, 416 E-Meter measures awareness depth of pc, VI-358 healing, restoration of awareness is often neces sary before healing can occur, VI-3 18 if one can confront he can be aware; if he is aware he can perceive and act, VIII-182 inability to differentiate is a decline in, IV-122 increased, is only factor which offers any road out, III-107 is certainty, I-359 item which does not read on meter when assessed is beyond pc’s level of awareness, VI-357 level of awareness, I-356 level of awareness—that of which a being is aware, VI-33 scale of, I-378; II-191; see also Scn 0-8 Scientology addresses improved ~, VI-329, 378 triangle of certainty of, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 awareness of awareness unit, I-379; II-211; see also thetan; Dianetics ‘55! builds space to cut down knowingness, II-176 has no mass, meaning or mobility, position or movement in space, has qualities and potentials, II-143 postulate made by ~ is higher manifestation than any energy-space manifestation, II-215 thetan, , is understanding, II-137 Awareness Scale, I-378; II-191; see also Scn 0-8 Axiom(s); see also SOS; AP&A; HFP; COHA; A&L; PXL; Scn 0-8; Dn Today defn., self-evident truth as in geometry, II-435 as valid today as they were, I-345 known cold at HAA level, II-296 not-isness (Axiom 11), how to bring under pc’s knowing control and to reduce the not-isness in pc’s bank, III-489 of Dianetics, survival is basic, I-6 of Scientology, first ten, are the most fundamental truths, II-436 of Scientology, 1-10 explained, II-435 of SOP 8-C, II-13 primary Dianetic; see Original Thesis psychology is in actual use a dramatization of Axiom 10, wholly reactive, III-499 Scientology as a science is composed of many, II-435 Scientology Axiom 58, III-393 Scientology, principles and axioms of, are considerations agreed upon and from which stem this universe and livingness, III-344 therapeutic processes easily derived from, I-242 thetanisdefined in Axiom 1, III-223 Axiom 10, becomes confused by thetan with cycle of action, III-539 cycle of action, Axiom 10 and communication formula become identified, IV-35 psychology is in actual use a dramatization of Axiom 10, wholly reactive, III-499 Axiom 11, III-489 Axiom 28, amended, VIII-185 relationship to process workability, IV-155 Axiom 51 and Communication Processing, II-240 Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, II-3 13 Axiom 58, III393 Azimuth meter, VI-388; VII-178 use of, to see reads, X-80 B Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard Advanced Au ditor Course, II-339, 345, 559; see also B.Scn. backlog, don’t allow a backlog of pcs, VII-5 backtrack, pcs who won’t go, reasons and remedies for, VIII-276, 388, 389; IX-251; X-7; see also past lives backwards C/Sing (towards significance), X-29-30 bacteria, bacterial, illness caused by recognizable bacteria and injury in accident are best treated by physical means, II-153 infection, accidents and illness are predetermined by spiritual malfunction and unrest, II-153 intestinal bacteria, VIII-408 structure and, I-431 bad action,defn., I-293 bad acts, defn., those acts which cannot be easily experienced at the target end, III-432 bad auditor; see auditor, bad bad Exam Reports, X-96; see also Exam Reports bad indicator; see indicator, bad bad, people are never as bad as they think they are, IV-24 balance, Chloro- and Aureo- families of antibiotics can affect sense of balance, VIII-406 bank; see reactive mind barbarianism, violence leads to, III-343 barbarism, how to cure, III-252 whatitis,III-251 barrier(s); see also game conditions defn., sp, .e, energy, object obstacles, or time, II-15 defn., composed of inhibiting (limiting) ideas, space, energy, masses and time, II-422 absence of, is the trouble with pc when pc is having trouble, II-499 auditing is that process of bringing a balance bet ween freedom and barriers, II-366 causing few barriers one loses control over them, II-439 freedom and barriers, workable balance between, II-422 how they can trap a man, II-423 losing control over, II-423 mest universe is a game consisting of, II-15 problems of ~ or their lack, how resolved, II-15 space is the first barrier of knowingness, II-11 basic, disability of the pc, I-361 dynamic principle of existence is: survive!, I 167 goals, I-187 impulse is to produce an effect, I-482 personality; see personality, basic purpose, I-37; X-11, 22 reason—basic principles, I-148 unit of this universe is two not one, IV-62 Basic Affinity Process, “What would you like to con front?”, III-536 baby, babies; see also child at birth, is not perceptive beyond first dynamic, II-412 auditing of, I-337 how to feed and handle, III-361 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 basic area, defn., I-25 engrams, I-17 most vital area in case,I-17 unconsciousness, reason for removal of, I-25 basic auditing; see auditing, basic basic-basic, I-468 defn., first engram on the whole time track, V-274 defn., most basic basic of all basics and results in clearing, VI-343 basic course(s); see also HAS; HQS for auditors, II-368 give people the tools to live better, II-369 give precise definitions, II-391 in Scientology, II-76, 352 all qualified auditors should run, II-416 materials of, II-368, 382, 391 need to teach everybody a ~, II-369 with before and after Scientometric tests, II-451 basic of chain, defn., first incident (engram, lock, overt act) on any chain, V-274 defn., first experience recorded in mental image pictures of that type of pain, sensation, VI-343 blowdowns indicate a basic has been reached, VII-I chain is held in place by basic for that chain, VI-400 charge is held in place by basic on chain, V-41, 290 engram contains pain and unconsciousness; its basic would be a physical duress not a symptom resulting from that duress, VI-352 first incident of any chain is fully or partially unknown to person, V-28, 41 floating needle always occurs when basic on chain erases, VII-117 incidents, later than basic incidents are run either to uncover more basic (earlier) incidents or to clean up chain after basic has been found and erased, V-290 relation to Technique 80, I-300 running somatic permits you to get to a basic, VII-9 somatic chains go quickly to basic and are the important chains, VI-394 Basic Program, defn., laid out in Classification and Gradation Chart, IX-27; X-11 , 22 basics, list of out basics and references to correct them, VIII-409 tech basics are not cancelled by later developments, VII-100 B complex, Bland C, VI-422; see also nutrition BD, see blowdown be, being, beingness, VIII-118; see also being [the person]; Beingness Processing defn., assumption (choosing) of a category of identity: role in a game; example of beingness —one’s own name, II-410 328 be, being, beingness (cont.) above havingness there is doingness, and above doingness there is beingness, and above being ness there is communicatingness, and above communicatingness there is knowingness, and above knowingness there is postulatingness, II183 assumed by oneself or given to oneself, or is attained, II-410 assumption of beingness, III-257, 258, 271, 272; see also valences basic escape is into another being, thus one ac quires beingnesses to escape, IV-368 be, do and have depend on communication, III-92 be—do—have coordinated, IV-206 be, have and do, relationship to space, time and energy, I-295 being [the person]; see being being, having, doing—triangular interrelationship, I-296 beingness is more involved with havingness than with confront, IV-122 cause and effect, and beingness, I-406 Certainty Processing and, I-406 communication, space, synonymsin action, I-326, 352 condition of, II-410 course creates a beingness, not imparts data, III 464 covert theft of beingness, III-257 decision to be, I-375 reason behind, I-358 DEI Scale on beingness, III-271 doingness, havingness and ~ must be balanced; each must be flexible in pc for a stable gain, IV-207 Goals Processing finds beingness and mind’s doing ness toward it (Prehav Scale) and results in havingness, IV-207 granting of, II-69, 247 auditor must be willing to grant beingness to the pc, II-100, 255 highest of human virtues, ability to assume or to grant (give, allow) beingness, II-411 increase in ability of pc to grant life to others and environment, II-255 Help [process] handles problems of beingness, IV-110,119 ideal state of; see Handbook for Preclears increasing by doing without having, I-296 in life experience space becomes beingness, II-13 of child, increased by Scientology, I-320 preclear who assumes aches of another wishes to be that other; he is short on beingnesses, III-272 Six Steps to Better Beingness, I-424 space could be said to be Be,I-295 states of, attained by processing, VI-20, 61 struggle of people to be themselves, II-416 thetan tends to move from source beingness to effect beingness, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 be, being, beingness (cont.) valences are mocked up other-beingnesses a person thinks he is, IV-104 beams, pressor and pulling, I-290 “beating the meter”, IV-421 beauty; see Scn 8 - 80 beefing up the bank, cause of, IV-35 been after, PTS RD step, VIII-343 Before and After Solids [process], II-488 beggars, philosophy of, I-476 begin Dianetics with Pc Assessment Sheet, X-168 beginning of incident, erasure depends in some measure on pc getting to, VI-376 beginning rudiments; see rudiments, beginning behavior, dynamics of and prediction of; see SOS human, I-473 mannerisms as an index to change, X-35 Tone Scale gives a prediction of human behavior, II-413; see also SOS two types-that calculated to be constructive and that calculated to be disastrous, V-407 underlying facts in odd human ~, VI-292 Behavior and Physiological Scale; see Scn 0-8 being; see also be; thetan at different lifetimes is good and evil, V-408 basically prosper only when they are self-determined and can be pan-determined to help in prosperity of all, VIII-130 basic certainties of, I-359 insistence on rightness is a last refuge of, VIII-257; IX-249 recognition of rightness of, IX-82 spiritual being, timeless and deathless, proof that individual is, VII-27, 168 when you add something to the being he gets worse, VII-257; IX-82 who is something cannot observe it; being who looks at something ceases to be it, V-50 Beingness Processing, I-416; 1144, 53; see also be apathy on Universe or Beingness Processing, cause of and remedy, II-44 is best solution to valences, III-257, 271 belief or faith, Scientology demands no, and thus is not in conflict with faith, III-514 betrayal, defn., action of having things pounded in and held against one, I-361 defn., help turned to destruction, III-219 defn., to be disloyal or faithless to, VIII-102 Danger RD step, person to work out how outethics situation is betrayal of group, VIII-103 medicine considering man a body is a sort of betrayal, IV-86 relationship to help; see help better, defn., negative gains; things disappear that have been annoying or unwanted, III-428 between lives; see also History of Man areas, might have passed at one time or another for heaven or hell, II-433 329 between lives (cont.) implants, V-333 series, III-226 big mid ruds; see rudiments, middle Big Tiger Drill, V-196 biochemistry and nutrition, VIII-204, 205; see also nutrition lie below spirit and mind and could be loosely considered to be undercut as they do impede spiritual gain, VIII-203 may not work at all until stress is relieved by processing, VIII-206 “Biolactyl”, dosage of intestinal bacteria, VIII-408 bio-physics, founded by Scientology, II-431 birth, and “assumption”, I-439 auditing of, VI-379 do not run prenatal or birth engrams unless they come up naturally, VI-163 engrams; see Original Thesis ideal conditions for, III-361 interiorization occurs at birth, that’s an engram; exteriorization occurs at death, that’s an en gram, VII-28 prenatal experience and; see also DMSMH prenatals and conception are a bounce from a death, III-411 running out delivery, VII-2 trauma, II-466 within a few minutes after it, assumption occurs, III-226 birth control pills, VII-389 black, blackness, I-360, 399 defn., simply pressing on things to push them away, II-497 cases, II-473; IV-9 resolution of, 1I-217 desire to be effect and inability to be cause, I-395 field, III-191, 256; VIII-124 defn., some part of mental image picture where pc is looking at blackness, VI-342 handling of, I-361 indicative of scarcity of viewpoints, I-433 itself is only a picture, II-229 probable cause of “all black” on Green Form, VI-258 screens, how to resolve, I-437 purpose of, II-178; VIII-114 tremendous saturation abilities of, II-22 types of, II-547 black and white, phenomenon of, I-445; see also Scn 8-80 Black Dianetics, I-280 black five, II-178 is so far gone he can’t even see pictures any more, he only sees blackness in front of him, II-229 blackmail and punishment are keynotes of all dark operations, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 blame, defn., arbitrary election of cause, I-210 and regret, I-213 blaming pc, VII-277 blanketing; see History of Man blank periods, X-156 blindness, III-38 cases, I-434 is anextreme unawareness, III-96 blind repair, when no FES is done, X-66 blinking, TR 0 notes on, VIII-369 blood leveling time and antibiotics, VIII-403 blow(s), defn., unauthorized departure from an area, usually caused by misunderstood data or overts, VII-141, 286; IX-312 as an effort to exteriorize, VII-42 by-passed charge can cause person to, V-346 cause of, IV-217; VI-22 five main reasons for student blows, VIII-193 from Scientology orgs [1960], IV-1 1 handling blown student or pc, VIII-193, 194 improvement of conditions often worsens the amount of blow-off, III-557 justification for, III-558 major cause of, VII-42 misunderstood words can cause blows, VII-162, 198, 294, 390 off session, cause of, II-246 only reason anyone has ever left Scientology is because people failed to find out about them, IX-282 overts are a primary cause of, V1142 reason for, III-555, 557, 558 reason for pc blows, VIII-179, 194 student is slow or blows, reason for lies in failure understand words used in his training, V-45 1 students trying to blow do so only after matter has not been confronted and handled in routine supervision; left unhandled, situations become blows, V-43 1 blowdown(s), defn., when auditor has to move TA from right to left to keep needle ondial and movement is .1 divisions or more then a BD is occurring, VI-69 defn, tone arm motion to the left made to keep needle on dial, VI-357 and falls, X-20, 29 and length of reads, X-149 auditor must not speak or move during ~, VI-69 floating needle cannot be observed during ~, VI69 indicate a basic has been reached, VII-1 is a period of charge blowing off bank, relief and cognition to a pc while it is occurring and for a moment after it stops, VI-69 listing and nulling item must BD and F/N, VIII-96 blowing engrams by inspection, VI-400, 407 blow-off; see blow 330 blow up, item, X-131 F/N item, X-141 of low TA, rule only applies to C/S Series 37R, VII-272 blue sheet, the Return Program is on, X-14, 21 bodhi, defn., one who has attained an ideal state of intellectual and ethical perfection by purely physical means, II-72 is evidently our “Clear”, III-217 body(‘s), bodies, III-530 defn., a solid appendage which makes a person recognizable, III-151 defn., identifyingformornon-identifiableformto facilitate control of, communication of and with and havingness for thetan in his existence in mest universe, III-480 defn., a carbon-oxygen engine running at a tem perature of 98.6 degrees F, VI-124 defn., physical object, it is not the being himself, VIII-129 defn, a complexbiological carbon-oxygen engine, running at an operating temperature of 37° Centigrade and, being biological, has ability to establish and repair itself, VIII-401 anchor points of, III-151 and E-Meter; see E-Meter and mest vs. analytical mind, I-420 and mind are part of gradient scale of creation, I-419 and TR 0, VIII-369 assists on body by Communication Processes, III 547 big PTP a thetan has is his body, VI-339 body control comes before control of thinking to ness, III-479 body part run on Communication Process, III 513, 519 can’t change without changing mind, III-1 51 care of, I-404 communication terminal, using body as, II-276 control of body by pc, III-184 death of body and handling of, III-224, 227 Dianetics addresses body, Scientology addresses the thetan, VI-338, 339, 351 discolors when mass from bank is brought in on it, V-255 effect of running things in or close to body, I-361 effect of Vitamin E on body, VI-124; see also vitamins effort to make something out of nothing, I-482 electrical field surrounding body monitors physi cal structure of body, II-432 electronic structure around body, III-151 exists in its own space created by anchor points, II-432 exteriorization proves that individual is not a body but an individual, VII-27, 168 first step to control of pc’s body, III0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 body(‘s), bodies (cont.) fixation, VIII-203 GE is something that mocks up bodies, III-226 good process for, I-491 GPM, more advanced the GPM the more careful you have to be of the body, V-256 havingness, relation to body; see havingness how mind becomes fixated upon, I-419 hungry for motivators, II-333 improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by thetan, II-97 in auditing, masses are released off body and out of thetan’sbank, V-256 interaction of mind and body, I-209 is a mass, a solid terminal, III-240 liabilities of mest body, I-403 life in, thetan puts it there, VIII-126 lives only about 70 years, it puts an awful limit on man, VII-90 living in body makes a being vulnerable, VII-79 malnutrition is general breakdown of body functions due to lack of adequate nourishment, VIII-207 mind or spirit can predispose illness or injury, VI-312 motion, V-394 and E-Meter, I-230; IV-421 doesn’t count as TA, V-413 TA conscious body-moving pc, how to cure, V-373 TA is never touched during sneezing, body motion, etc., and no recording is made, V-397, 443 TA shifts because of body motion, yawning, asking questions, and particularly because of protests do not count in reading TA position [R2, R3], V-241 must be handled to some degree before anything helpful occurs by way of auditing, VI-312 nerves and pain, VII-I 10 nerve system, IX-502 not-ising body, II-208 nutrition is in field of physical treatment of body, VIII-205; see also nutrition overweight is residual elements of food, substances or gases which are not totally eliminated or utilized by body after ingestion, VIII401 pain, person could feel pain only as himself (thetan plus body), V-176 parts of man—thetan, mind, body, III-129 pc assigns ~ to his case or case to his ~, VI-3 12 pc exterior, handling body, VII-79 physical universe undercuts the body, III-129 Q and A, VIII-23 I cure for, is objective processes, VIII-232 reactive mind can impinge itself directly on body, II-431 reason for holding on to body, III-186 responds badly to forces, VII-86 331 body(‘s), bodies (cont.) robot’s inertia of body, VIII-129 shut-off of memory actually occurs with pick-up of new body, III-226 sick body is a PTP and inhibits attaining spiritual freedom by Scientology, VI-347 SOP 8-C Step II, pc discovering he can handle body, II-l 3 structure of, can be changed by changing electrical field, II-432 sugar in abundance by-passes basic energy produc ing mechanisms of body, VIII-207 theta clear can exist knowingly independent of bodies, III-155, 176 thetan, himself without body is capable of performing all functions he assigns to body, III-480 is senior to mind and body, II-432 to be “sane”, must learn how he’s been caring for the body, I-301 vs. body, V-255 underweight or debility is inadequate or lacking foods, substances or gases which are needed for activity, maintenance or repair of body, VIII-402 was made to be worked, I-421 while a thetan can produce illness, it is the body that is ill, VI-312, 338 Body Confrontingness, commands and how to run, III-319 Body Mimicry, Full, III-6 Body-RoomContact, CCH6, III-67 body valence; see valence, body Bog Check by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT6, IV-232 bogged down case due to Auditor’s Code breaks, current environment or painful emotion, I-18 bogged, Qual tools to handle a bogged or failed stu dent, IX-452 boggy cases, X-86 boil-off, boiling off pc equals missed withhold, V-59 “boil off” or dopey pc, cause and remedy of, II-182; VIII-l 17 manifestation of unconsciousness, I-321 pc feels dopey: has either run too long on flow in one direction, in which case reverse flow, or he has reduced havingness down to a point where he feels tired or sleepy, II-44, 182 to arouse pc from this state, I-321 bonuses, what is required to get auditor ~, VII-184 bonus package (BP), V-l 89 book (s), books answer people’s questions, IV-78 C/S must know well, VII-l 03 dissemination fails without books distributed, IV-78 distribution and selling, II-320; see also dissemina tion Word Clearing Method 4 of, VIII-166, 305; IX CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Book and Bottle; see Opening Procedure by Duplibuttons (cont.) cation never ask the meter after a pc volunteers a button, book auditor; see auditor, book V-285, 415 Book Mimicry; see CCH 4, Book Mimicry order of big mid rud buttons [1963], V-248 Book of Case Remedies used by person himself to suppress and invalidate buttons, VII-50; X-3 spot by-passed charge, VI-13 using restimulative materials to push someone’s, Book One addressed the psychotic, I-301 X-95 Book One Clear, a relative not an absolute thing, way of clearing, IV-87 I-357; see also Clear, mest we want flat on everybody in Scientology: victim, boredom, money, III-508 and game conditions, VIII-I 13 which depress clearing if pc has erroneous defini described in terms of games condition, II-177 tions for them, III-321 borrowing; see History of Man by-passed case and “no interest” items, X-236 bouncer, I-17 by-passed charge(s), V-417; VII-63 throws pc backward, forward, up or down from defn, earlier charge restimmed and not seen, VIII the track and so makes it apparently unavail144 able, V-275 defn., one handled later charge that restimmed BP; see personality, basic earlier charge, VIII-144 BPC; see by-passed charge ARC break and BPC; see ARC break bracket (s), assessment, defn., I-393, 397, 462; see also Scn 8-80 and ARC break assessment, two different defn., for pc, for another, others for others, others actions, V-470; see also Book of Case for self, another for pc, pc for another, II-16 Remedies “brain” at each joint, IX-504 is auditing because you clean every tick of brain is a shock cushion, IX-502 needle on list being assessed, V-469 brainwash(ing), II-312, 530 on an ARC broken pc, never do, V-469 manual, “psychopolitics”, II-309, 328 blowdown of tone arm is meter reaction of having original brainwash thetans did to one another, found correct by-passed charge, V-346 II-474 can cause person to blow out of session, or out of Breuer, Freud’s co-worker, II-478 an org or a course of Scientology, V-346 bridge, the, VI-34 case is the whole sum of past BPC, V-347 briefing tape is a tape designed for a special and indoes not always = ARC break, but ARC break al formed audience, VII-436; IX-366, 438 ways = by-passed charge, V-417 “Bring Order”—the motto of HCO, III-391 E-Meter is invaluable in locating by-passed charge broad shooting, C/S can give alternatives in a C/S, andcuringanARCbreak, V-418 X-l 89 how charge can be by-passed, V-281 bronchitis, example of case analysis on chronic bronindicating BPC, relationship to evaluation, V-465 chitis, V-388 is explanation for violence of M/W/Hs, V-285 B.Scn., D.Scn., I-372 is in some degree a missed withhold, missed by B.Scn./HCS [1958], III-366 both auditor and pc, V-306, 417 B.Scn./HCS [1 961 ], IV-26 1 list goes wrong = BPC = handle or do L4A at once, B.Scn. and HAA Course, II-339, 345, 559 VI-146 Buddha, Gautama, II-210; III-217; see also Hymn of lists designed to find by-passed charge and repair Asia faulty auditing action or life situation, VII-51 Buddhism, II-72 never audit ARC broken pc for a minute even but Scientology’s relation to, VI-195 locate and indicate by-passed charge at once, why it won, III-134 VI-91 bug, C/Sing and finding the case bug, X-112 of last session, X-18, 19 building unit of a great society is the individual, pc antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (suchas IV-45 L1C) and handle, VII-46, 359 bullbait that uses actual processes or implants should pc’s subjective reality on gain will not compare to be stamped out hard, VII-192 TA action, if charge by-passed, until BPC lobullbait using processes or implants forbidden, X-95 cated, V-368 bullfight, analysis of, I-417 pc will feel better moment right type of by-passed bullfight, physical aspect of, II-492 charge is identified by assessment and indi “business” people in first org, II-458 cated by auditor, V-418 buttons, prepared lists, missing items on, leaves by-passed help is key button which admits auditing, IV-85 charge on pc, VIII-426 needle reaction starts to occur a fraction of a secreading items not F/Ned leave pc with ~, VII ond after you utter the button, IV-332 196 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 by-passed charge (cont.) Repair Program, exact BPC of last session is always first action, VII-63 roller-coaster can also be caused by, VIII-339 several can exist and be found on one list, V-418 by-passed flows; see flows, by-passed by-passed item defined, V-182 by-passing, how to handle compulsive ~, VI-126 B1 and restimulation, I-421; see also nutrition C case(s) (cont.) ARC breaky case, communication becomes a con test of overts in, IV-120 assessments of a case on lower rungs of processin& using Know to Mystery Scale, III-460 assessment using dynamics graph, I-293 auditor and pc when they are cleared for session, only then begin on case, III-301 auditor’s, 1419 auditor’s ability as auditor related to his case, II-122; VIII-1 10 auditors don’t have cases, X-8-9 audit the case one is auditing, III-312 average case, processes for, [1960], IV-168 bad off and good condition case require special handling, III-159, 160, 179, 180 bad off case does not register on E-Meter, why, VI-405 basic area, most vital area in case, I-17 basic difference amongst cases lies in ability to knowingly cause, III-160, 180 betterment, without TA motion, no charge is being released and no actual case betterment is observed, V-329, 335 big withhold case, IV-178 black case, formula to handle, III-405; IV-9; see also black black five, II-178, 229; see also black bogged case, VIII-11 bogged-down case due to Auditor’s Code breaks, current environment or painful emotion, I-18 bogs, how to repair, X-220 can be repaired, X-137 Case IV or V, I-360 Case V, defn, no mock-ups, only blackness, I-392 keynote of processing, I-341 solution of a, I-363 what is wrong with him, I-363 central aspect of case is desire to experience, I-184 change, accurate test of case change, I-351 charge is removed from case only by comm cycle pc to auditor, V-335, 414 children are usually very burdened cases, VIII-388 children with rough cases, III-554 circuit case, characteristic of, II-19 Co-Audit, how it stalled cases, IV-185 complete cases, VII-131, 276 completed, X-63 condition of case day to day, what it depends on, V-290 confront case, III-405 continuous overt case commits antisocial acts daily during auditing, VI-23 “corpse case”, solution to, VIII-119 deadliest faults on cases are running same action twice; this drives TAs up through roof, VII 276 delusory or dub-in cases also sometimes trace to chemical “releases”, VI-258 cable, don’t phone, III-508 CADA, defn., California Association of Dianetic Auditors, II-200 calcium, muscular spasms are caused by lack of, VIII354 California Test for Mental Maturity, psychometry, I-40 Cal-Mag, formula and effect of, VIII-354, 355, 369 canceller, lock scanning can perform duties of, I-111 cancer, III-52 cannibal, cleared cannibal step, VIII-260, 261, 263 cannibalism, I-387 cans; see E-Meter cans can squeeze, setting correct sensitivity on E-Meter, IV-32 can’t have(s), II-416 Games Processes demand that all can’t haves be run on something else than the pc, II-516 havingness and, II-486 subject of engram is subject of ~, II-497 valences are all “can’t haves” so when valence is off havingness of pc comes up, IV-110 waste what you can’t have, III-141 Can’t Have Processes, II-415, 416; III-10 Can’t Have Rundown, VIII-141 capability and cause, wide difference between, I-28 capability of theta, I-293 carbohydrates, result of heavy intake of, is to feel tired all the time, VIII-207 case(s); see also preclear defn, whole sum of past by-passed charge, V-347 abandonment of, II-479 actions, off line, X-94 advance of, is amount of charge you get off it, VII-187 “afraid to find out” type of case, V-36 all react to same actions, they differ in amount of “charge”, VI-28 1 alter-isness in case handled by auditing Problems, IV-354 analysis, III-428; V-385 establishes two things: what is going on with case and what should be done with it, V-386 health research and case analysis, V-388 steps, V-386, 388 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case(s) (cont.) destimulation of case can produce some astonishing changes in beingness [1963], V-373 Dianetic “oddity” case, V1410 different cases, there are no, VI-386 difficult case, VI-395 difficulties, case does not run well means (a) resistive, (b) errors have been made in auditing, VII-407 case isn’t responding normally, C/S must suspect off-line action, VII-I91 case not advancing has problems, VII-58 case not handled, VII-46, 360 case running badly, don’t go on hoping, get data, VII-358 cases who flinch at remembering anything at all, handling of, VII-65 case trouble, “might be anything” use GF, VII-388 C/Sing towards significance produces nonadvancing cases, VII-77 does not advance, six reasons why, VI-91; see also case, resistive drug case having trouble with M1 Word Clearing, handling of, VIII-163 Exam non-F/N cases, errors to look for, VII-217 points that bog a case, VII-260 twelve things that can foul up a case, VII-218 what’s really wrong lies in field of mass, energy, space, time, form and location, VII-84 Director of Processing’s case checking hat, IV-228 discussing cases, don’t impart personal secrets of pc, II-162 disturbance and Whys, X-220 does not know what is wrong with it or it would as-is and wouldn’t be wrong, VII-345 dog case; see preclear, dog do not improve with havingness neglected, Il-396 don’t “solve” by altering data, VI-387 drug case having trouble with Method 1 Word Clearing, handling of, VIII-163 drug cases, characteristics of, VI-377; see also drugs dubbing in a high tone, II-518 dub-in case, III-405; see also dub-in has a wholly one-sided flow and is trying to run the other side, VI-279 imaginary—recall, I-79 or delusive case, I-79, 436 or delusory cases also sometimes trace to chemical “releases”, VI-258 should be running ARC Processes as case is over-charged for engrams, V-293 dynamics and cases, relationship of, IV-166 Dynamic Straight Wire, cleverly done, takes a case apart, starts almost any case, III-453 energy, starvation for, is keynote of any case which maintains facsimiles in restimulation, I-38 334 case(s) (cont.) entrance to case is not on level of technique, but is on level of comm cycle, VII-239 errors, study folder back to where pc ran well and then come forward and you’ll find error every time, VII-278, 358; X-4 Ethics, case undergoing Ethics actions should not be audited until Ethics matter is cleared up and complete, VII-31, 96 Ethics type case, effect of fractured comm cycle on, V149 experience case, III-405 failed case, defn, case in which thought can alwaysbeoverpoweredbymest, III-118 failed case can’t confront overts, IV-5 “failed cases” are medically ill or injured cases, VI-313 “failed cases” or “dog cases”, causes of, VII-376; see also preclear, dog “failed cases”, prepared lists clear up, VIII-426 “failed” cases, there are no failed cases; there are only failed C/Ses and auditors, VIII-426 failure in, chief cause is unhandled or only partial ly handled drugs, VIII-300 failure, only alter-is of routine auditing can cause, VI-27 fast case considered a bad case when it is just a fast case, VII-406 fast, slow and no-gain case, VI-103 figure-figure case, defn, somebody who will not ever admit hav ing done something or anything to any body, III-519 figure-figure-figure, source of, II-47 figure-figure mechanism about a situation, III-404 not-ising by figure-figure, result of handling, III-405 pc who figure-figures his answers, III-516 what he is doing, II-349 finding the engram necessary to resolve case, III-352 fixated attention case, VIII-262 folder; see folder foreign language cases, GF on, VII-185 former therapy case is apt to be the roughest, VII 449 fundamental entrance to, IX-64 gain and no case gain, ability gain, defn, pc’s recognition that pc can now do things he could not do before, III-428 any level is capable of giving a stable case gain, VI-310 auditing above pc’s level gives no gain, VII 85 auditing gives gains by deletion, VI-416 auditing over a withhold and PTP = no case gain, VII-123 auditor unhappy about preclear gain, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case(s) (cont.) case(s) (cont.) gain and no case gain (cont.) gain and no case gain (cont.) cases progress in exact ratio to amount of pc’s itsa on and on and on and on with no charge gotten off, VI-424 gain, cause of, VII-252; IX-77 cleaning up an old session will give all the pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS, VII latent gain in that session, V-21 452; VIII-330, 338 cognitions are the milestones of case gain, VIIpcs who roller-coaster (regularly lose gains) are 230 PTS, IX-136 continuing overts hidden from VI-ew are cause pc who complains that auditing has no effect of no case gain, VI-91, 102 on him or who makes very slow gains, what criminals get no case gain, VI-102 to run, III-468, 497 discharged process no longer gives TA and pc who makes no case gains is suppressive, gives case gain, VII-77 VI-75, 76, 103; see also case, resistive drugs fog up student and prevent any case pc who makes no gain is pc who will not as-is, gain, VII-319, 327, 425; VIII-137, 311; whowillnotconfront, V-36 IX-325; X-156 physical, X-26-27 fast, slow and no-gain case, VI-103 rapid case gain, X-3 gain, X-151, 161 rock slammer is a slow-gain or non-gain case, gain depends on taking responsibility, III-555 V-185, 187 handling of auditor or student who has trouble rough TRs, rough metering, out code and dis with an ARC breaky pc or no gain, V-58 tractive auditor make no case gain, VII-230 holding, X-218 running engrams produces most case gain, intelligence gain, defn., loss of restimulation of VI-278 stupidity by reason of attempts to confront study gives case gain, X-138 or experience problems of life; intelligence tone arm action, amount of, per session is appears when stupidity is keyed out or index of gain, VII-77 erased; intelligence is a confronting ability, unstable gain, cause and handling of, III-285, III-428 292 lack of, how to handle, VII-33 getting grief off a case, I-16 lack of TA action means no gain for pc, V-325 getting special cases to participate in session, lack of training means more trouble for pc in III-159, 178 making his gains stably, VII-60 good case condition is knowing games condition, morale, case gain and, IX-275 II-558 negative gain, X-31 Grade 1, Problems, is usual reason for no case ad defn., things disappear that have been vance, VII-101 annoying or unwanted, III-428 gradient scale of, 1435 no case gain can be created by lack of comm grind case, the audit forever case, is an afraid to cycle in an auditor, lack of an action cycle find out case, V-37 in processes or messing up a program cycle, handling, VII-262; X-138 case has many things to be handled, not one, no-case-gain, slow-case-gain, sickie and “failed VII-69 cases”, handled bybasic lists, VIII-426 case must be completed on an action before no case gain then it’s GF 40X, VII-388 starting a new one, VII-261 no gains occur in presence of PTPs or overts, part of handling cases is handle N-O-W, VII-4 V-468, 470 to handle case one keeps at it, VII-5 Objective Havingness established and used has somatics, X-22 often is necessary for stable gains, IV-167 havingness run as process stabilizes case, IV-168 others can get gains when oneself is processed, heavily charged case, symptoms of, VI-281, 426 IV-45 Help and Step 6 do not work on low level cases, pc audited a bit below or at his level of awareIII-322 ness gets case gain, VI-33 Help, running cases with, IV-109 pc becoming more himself, X-162 HGC case, tips on how to crack, [1960], IV-154 pc gains measured in terms of charge dishigh case, how you tell, III-159, 179 charged, V-325 high TA cases; see tone arm, high pc not getting gains, causes of, VI-91, 315, histories, official, II-406 324, 429, 435 how case behaves as we raise confrontingness on pc’s gain is directly proportional to TA action, mental image pictures, III-447 V-367 how to get information on, VIII-11 pcs hiding general illness may show up as no how to handle cases that self-invalidate between case gain, VII-191 sessions, III-504 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case(s) (cont.) hung up case, running Help is necessary, III-239 hyper-critical case, IV-178 incomplete cases, VII-130 interest in case, from auditor and pc, III-405 invisible case, III-405 invisible case, cannot see mock-ups, how to crack, III-400 keep up co-audit pc’s interest in case, III-550 key to all cases is inability to have, IV-150 key to all cases is responsibility, IV-18 level(s), as an index of auditing ability is discarded, it is only an index of how-hard-to-train, V-316 auditor skills by case level [1963], V-314 percentages of case levels, V-331 sanity and case level, relationship to training, V-327 time sense compared to case level, V-330 I-8 [1963], V-289 levels of, I-490 low case, processes for, [1960], IV-169 low graph case, IV-139 low TA cases; see tone arm, low low-toned case, how to recognize, IV-26 low-toned case, overt manifestations on, IV-26 action, don’t use to repair a case, VII-47, 360 major action, set up case before starting, VII-14, 277 major processes are done to improve case, VII-57 make-or-break point of case, III-129 most aberrative thing on case is association with mest, III-189 most of pc’s case will be found connected with some general terminal, IV-49 must not be run without TA action or with minimal TA action, V-331, 413 mutual out ruds can stall cases, VIII-259 natural auditor and dangerous auditor, difference between is not case level but a type of case, V-32 nervous-dispersed case, there is no real gain in running significance until hellos and okays are run, III-235 neurotic, ARC Straight Wire can crack, VI-261 “no auditor” case, IV-325 no case gain; see also case gain and no case gain no case gain in auditing, case has withholds or PTPs, IV-207 no case gain or failed case, handling of, VIII427 no “case gain”, relationship to fixed attention, III-428 no case progress, persons with heavy overts on Scientology make, V-185 non-exteriorized, II-42 non-F/N, X-112 non-gain or slow-gain cases, V-185, 187 non-persistence case, II-22 336 case(s) (cont.) no one grade solves the whole case; that’s why there are grades, VI-252 no responsibility case, IV-98 not advancing under auditing, has a PTP, II-447 not handled, X-6 not-ising by figure-figure, III-405 not-isness on case, indicators of, III-485 not responding normally, suspect off-line action, VII-191 not to run on victim process, III-519 obsessive change, high-critical cases shouldn’t be on staff, II-387 occluded case(s), I-150 and sight, I-434 and wide-open case, difference between, I-301 characteristic of, I-435 entrance to, I-433 has to know before he can go, I-434 is doing all possible to stop or absorb motion, I-435 is too fixed, II-23 Short 8A and, I-410 two types, I-410, 445 use of Step VII of SOP 8 upon an, I-433 use Science of Survival and later 1951 tech major niques, I-303 why occluded, I-360 will run efforts and counter-efforts, I-303 off-line actions, VII-191 opening, I-419 and running engrams, I-15 OT cases on Dianetics, VI-395 out of valence case, VI-426 out-points, case is collection of, VII-69 pc interested in own case, IV-66, 450 pc’s case isa composite of PTPs, II-295 people talking about their cases, VII-192; X-95 percentage of cure, II-51 points of case address; see also Scn 0-8 poor case, processes for, [1960], IV-168 post flubs, do not buy case reasons as Whys, IX 117 present time problem, relationship to case; see present time problem programming cases [1963], V-331 programming of cases; see also programming progress marked by rock slams, V-212 PTP, person in PTP is often current clue to case, IV-61 reality of case is proportional to amount of charge removed, VII-450 relativeenthetaon; seeSOS Release is a person whose case “won’t get any worse”, III-444 remedies, III-468, 497; VI-282 remedies, The Book of Case Remedies, V-495 repair, V-67; see also repair don’t use major action to repair, VII-47, 360 how to C/S, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case(s) (cont.) case(s) (cont.) repair (cont.) starting cases (cont.) many cases have to begin processing with a rereVI-sed case entrance [1960], IV-167 pair, VII-65 state of case and ability to follow a command line worse the condition, lighter the remedy requirare co-ordinated, VI-126 ed, VII-63 state of case, how to establish, II-518 resistive cases, II-19; VII-101 State of Case Scale; see also Scn ~8 an VIII development now on GF, X-51 State of Case Scale, Levels 1 to 8, V-289 case does not run well means (a) resistive, (b) straight memory case scouting, I-24 errors have been made in auditing, VII-407 student, case of a, III-309 drugs or alcohol in most instances make a resisstudy, find the right Why, X-112, 113, II-4, 147 tive case, VII-320, 327, 328 supervision errors, gross, X-47 former therapy, VII-449 symptoms of case with overts and withholds, IV handling, VII-406 4, 5 rundown [GF 40] is an VIIl development to TA action, relationship to case progress, IV-144, handle those who cannot make the grades, 207, 225 VII-101 tagging cases, VII-406 seven types of resistive cases, VI-310; VII-449 tech errors on a, X-59 found in GF 40X, VII-388 tests for types of, I-82 Green Form, No. 40 GF is “7 resistive tests give idea of how charged up case may be, cases”, VI-410 VI-281 person who has been on drugs is one of the that can’t get into or run past lives, VI-424 “seven types of resistive cases”, VIIthat couldn’t remember, handling of, II-220 319, 327 that don’t run well, X-II-4 taggedbyC/S, X-189 “theetie weetie case” (sweetness and light), IV won’t make case gains until drugs are handled, 325 X-156 there are no cases in the Academy, III-309 Resistive V, I-487; II-19 tone arm, rather than needle, is foremost in ana Short 8A is a rote process for the resolution of lyzing case, IV-18 the Resistive V, I-410 trouble and W/C errors, X-247 results, what a result is, III-428 trouble and Word Clearing, VIII-304 “roller-coaster” case, VI-109 two biggest auditor crimes are rough and choppy roller-coaster is a slump after a case gain, VIIIauditing and overestimating level of case, III330, 338 397 rudiments, don’t run a case by, IV-274, 363 types of, I-79; see also individual type by name; running well, never repair, VII-48, 362 NOTL; AP&A runs on cycles of actions: auditing comm cycle, UK case, control is more easily inverted on, process cycle, program cycle, VII-261 IV-202 run the case, I-20 unburdening, VIII-389 run well when moderately well programmed, unburdening case brings up confront, VII-110 C/Sed and audited, VII-219 undercutting cases, III-404 R3R, which cases can run, V-331 unmoVI-ng case, IV-4, 178 scale of deterioration of case, III-390 unusual cases, do the usual, VI-73 Selected Persons Straightwire on Overts will bring upset: wrong list item or wrong list, VIII-97 up responsibility of case to a point where he wants no processing, handling of, IV-178 can be trusted to run engrams, III-453 ways to bog a case, X-136-37 setting up cases, VII-14, 47, 51, 277 way to solve a case, X-145 set-up for auditing, VI-283 what gets the case moVI-ng, II-322 somatics, case has, equals Dianetic level unflat, what makes cases advance, IV-68 VII-70 which do/do not have sonic recall, I-79 special cases, VI-430 which maintains facsimiles in restimulation, key stalled; see also Notes on the Lectures note of, II-38 standard tech alone resolves all cases, VI-242 which runs shallow and F/Ns easily, VI-424 startingacase [1959], III-402 who answers with generalities, LRH session, IIstarting cases, I-15; IV-175 256 entrance point of case determined by ability to who do not resolve easily, address in them prob remedy objective havingness, IV-155 lem of havingness, II-52 Formula is a method of getting a case started, wide-open case, I-150, 436; III-447; see also SOS IV-179 defn., case that has pictures and everything how to start an old case, IV-108 and is impatient to get on with it but does CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case(s) (cont.) case supervising (cont.) wide-open case (cont.) auditors handling psychos, C/S takes it easy on, not markedly alter the bank with thinking VIII-264 alone is not a high case but an old “wide auditors, standard handling of, VIII-164 open case” of Dianetic days, III-159, 179 auditorswritingup, X-201 actually a psychotic who duplicates continuauditor who doesn’t grasp a C/S gets help from ously and psychotically, II-19 Cramming, VII-183 and occluded, difference between, I-301 auditor, 1 flub, 1 retrain in Cramming on that can observe but thinks poorly or shallowly, point, VII-153 I-433 backwards C/Sing, VII-77 nceds first-book procedure until he gets out of towards significance, X-29-30 incident he is stuck in, I-305 basic facts of case supervision, VII-56 processing in the first book designed for, I-301 basic rationale behind C/Sing, VI-425 run Responsibility, I-305 basic tech, use of, VII-58 withholds, as case progresses it becomes conscious broad shooting C/Ses, VII-406 of more, IV-204 cases, how C/S gets information on, VIII-11 withholds, case with, will not clear, IX-270 cause and effect in C/Sing, VII-58 worsened, do not abandon, II-480 Chart of Human Evaluation, use of in C/Sing, worsening is caused only by a PTS situation, VIVII-85 114 checklist, VIII-11 ; X-203 worsen when audited over an ARC break, V-470 chronic somatic, VII-139 worse off the case, lighter you handle it, VI-281 Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid “You’re working too hard” case shouldn’t be on and vitalto C/Sing, VII-103 staff, II-387 Class VIII C/S-6 list, VIII-276 7 resistive cases; see case, resistive co-audit, C/S must check routinely for mutual out Case Assessment, IV-214; see also Preclear Assessruds in, VIII-259 ment Sheet cramming cycles, X-199 case folder; see folder Cramming Officers, X-233 Case Progress Sheet, IX-17 C/S can err by being too critical of auditors or defn., sheet which details levels of processing and worse, by agreeing about what dogs the pcs training pc has achieved; lists incidental runare, VIII-147 downs and set-up actions pc has had, IX-9, 16 C/Sing auditor-C/Ses, VII-205 case supervising, case supervision, C/S, case supervise; C/S instruction must be written, VII-94 see also Case Supervisor C/S mentally tags the easy cases and tough cases, accepting a C/S, VII-44, 356 VII-406 action of C/S is reduction of forces, VII-77 C/S proVI-ng unworkable during session, auditor actions, VII-102 has right to end off, VII-44, 356 adept Scientology ReVI-ews against Dianetic auditC/S should know exactly what is wrong with a ing, VI-410 case, VII-405 against standardness of application, not against reC/S who assesses pc to higher levels to solve lower sults, VI-424 ones is really asking for a wreck, VII-275 and auditor admin, X-82 C/S 53, use of, X-230 and Exam Reports, X-96 data, X-44 and overload, reduction of refunds, X-252-53 declare, it is C/S’s responsibility that a pc or pre and publics, X-194 OT is sent to declare, VII-285 and tech courses, X-233 Dianetic C/S, four possible actions to take, VI-409 anyone that flubs that affects the C/S gets a cramDianetic C/S programs the case from Assessment ming chit, VII-377 Form, using drugs or medicine first and rest by auditor; see also auditor, Case SuperVI-sor and largest reads first, VII-340; see also Dianetics auditor-C/Ses, X-96-98 Dianetic C/S 1, VI-368, 409; VII-225, 458; X-117; auditor C/Sing in chair, handling of, VIII-411 see also Dn Today auditor falsifying report, how to handle, VIII-292, Dianetics, VI-336, 366, 409, 411, 428; VII-186 386 Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing, VII-190; auditor flunks a C/S instruction and can’t get it VIII-285 going, remedy for, VI-282 don’t let others decide what’s to be run, VII-83 auditor may not C/S in auditing chair while auditdon’t look for the process to handle, use a gra ing pc, VII-356 dient scale, VII-89 auditor opinion is not a study of case, VII-345 don’t wander off known tech points, VII-279 auditors, even best go bad when they no longer easy, X-234 have a tight C/S rein, VIII-165 errors, X-98, 223 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case supervising (cont.) errors, gross case supervision errors, VI-254; VII97 “Examiner! Ask pc what auditor did in session”, VII-274 expertise, X-144 failure, X-39 failure, primary cause of, X-24445 false auditing reports, C/S’s response to, VI-50, 450 fast flow basis, C/Sing on, VII-205 FES, failing to call for, when C/S doesn’t know after a failed rundown, VIII-413 firm rule for, X-45 first lesson, X-14 flubby auditors, handling of, X-233 F/N, obtain before starting next C/S action, VII260 folder, biggest error for C/S is not to read through the pc folder, VI-254 folder handling, VI-49, 254, 268; X-4546 folder handling, C/S only with all folders to hand, VII-95 folders, how C/S can tell if he has all, IX-14 form, VII-180 for new auditors or veterans, X-191 for non-veterans, X-191 genius, X-10, 19 glossary of terms, X-48 grading of sessions, VII-127, 180; X-59, 81 grosscasesupervisionerrors, VI-254; VII-97 handling auditors, X-61 handling auditors, 3 rules, X-186 handling of auditors, standard, VIII-164 hard work, X-77 High Crime for a C/S not to write in apc’s folder what the case superVI-sed instructions are, VI245 hopeful C/Sing, VII-358 how C/S gets data on case, VII-388, 405 how it goes non-standard, VI-449 insane, ways for a C/S to detect, VII-155 instructions are always written, VII-94 in the chair, VII-356; X-2 Int RD, C/Sing, VII-388, 460; X-77 invalidation, X-60, 147 invalidative remarks should not be made by C/S, VII-128 Ivory Tower, X-170; see also Dianetics Today key points C/S looks for on Integrity Processing, IX-289 key points on case supervision, VII-94 listing, points a C/S must be alert to regarding, VII-392 lists prepared by C/S, assessed by auditor, VII-405 long, X-87 long C/Ses, advantages of, VII-186, 187 long programs save time, VII-87 maxim “when in doubt order a 2-way comm”, VII-41 339 case supervising (cont.) mental masses, forces, energy are what C/S han dles, VII-77 must be sure all Why finding and Word Clearing papers and worksheets get into pc’s folders, VIII-96 must put a yellow tab marked PTS on PTS pc folder, VIII-92 must watch ethnics (customs) oddities and chang ing fashions, VI-253 newly trained auditors, VII-152, 410, 411 next, X-81 only variable a C/S has is how charged up is a case, VI-281 opinions, C/S does not take opinions as a source of data on pc, VII-345 pc gets into Ethics trouble, C/S should have folder reVI-ewed, VI-251 pc illness must be reported to C/S before new ses sion, VII-191 pc in psychotic break, handling, VIII-353 pc not responding normally, suspect off-line ac tions, VII-191 pc remarks, use of in C/Sing, VII-83, 406 pc running well, let roll; pc not running well, repair, VII-278 pc’s demands for next grade despite all contrary indicators, C/S agreeing with, handling of, VIII-412 points on, VI-248 pre-OT haVI-ng a Solo and auditing folder, C/S must look at both before C/Sing, VII-95 pre-OTs don’t, X-214 prepared list is C/S’s main tool for discovery and correction, VIII-234 prepared lists, C/Sing from, VII-280, 281, 405, 410, 465 PTS Rundown, X-216 purpose, X-31 Q and A, X-27, 32-34, 243 Q and A, results from, X-243 Q and A, to abruptly C/S everything the pc has just said is a Q and A; but worse, it can lead to evaluation, VII-406 Quad Dianetics, X-91 Quad Dianetics, how to C/S a case for, VII-188; VIII-374, 376 quality, X-99 Registrars’ Advice Form informs C/S what pc wanted and expected, VII-7 repair and handling of bogged cases is finest skill of, VIII-11 repair, ingenuity is required of C/S only in area of repair, VII-64 repairing pc instead of auditor, handling of, VIII 412 RepairPgmsession, procedureforrepairing, VII-92 request for Review, VI-74 responsibility and checking interest on drug items, evil purposes or intentions, X CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 case supervising (cont.) Case Supervisor(s)(‘s) (cont.) Review C/S looks over the sessions, X-83; see also auditor(s) and C/S, VII-129, 152, 153, 398 review auditors, flubby, are ones who consume C/S rights of auditor with relation to C/S, VII-48, 363 time, VIII-164, 165 rules, VII-276, 278, 284; X-145-46, 147-48, 152 auditors like a business-1ike accurate C/S, VII rules—programming from prepared lists, X-149-50 399 rules—the sequence of programs, X-151 auditors may only take adVI-ce on cases from rundown, one C/Ses rundown as itself, not as C/S, VI-49 botch of several actions run into it, VII-289 C/S correcting auditor must refer to HCO B or sessions, personally C/Sed by LRH; see Dn Today tape, VII-279 short, X-87, 88 C/S correcting auditor should do it positively stable datum, X-II-4 and refer to HCO B; negative criticism un stale dated C/S means it is too old to be valid, dermines auditors, VI-409 VII-356 C/S giving a daily auditors’ conference, VII standard handling of auditors, VIII-164; X-233 153 standing order to auditors, X-213 C/S is really not just Case Supervisor, he is also supreme test of a, X-154-55 auditors’ handler, VII-129 TA, amount per session is C/S’s index of gain, C/S is responsible for auditors’ ability to audit, VII-77 VII-1 52 thorough C/Ses, VII-187; X-88 C/S must insist on good legible handwriting of three golden rules, X-186 auditors, VII-433 tips, X-142-44 C/S must interne his auditors for each interne to get results on pcs must handle auditor’s ability ship missed on way up, VII-331 to get reads on lists, VIII-233 how to make auditors flubless, VII-375 tools of, X-183 secret of how LRH as a C/S makes star audi towards significance produces non-advancing tors, VII-284 cases, VII-77 test of C/S in auditor’s eyes, VII-398 Triple Dianetics, how to C/S case for, VIII-284; books a C/S must know well, VII-103 X-89 case gain, how to handle C/Ses who have PTP of troubles C/S islooking for, VII-205 how to get case gain for their pcs, VII-326; trying to fix “no EP” on one rundown by trying X-161 to run another rundown, handling of, VIII-413 Cramming, C/S has to straighten out, VI-II-164, twenty-four hour rule, X-194 233 two variables: auditor fault, or pc in overwhelm, cramming C/S l/T, IX-113 VII-63 cramming cycles and the C/S, IX-108 two-way comm, VII-40, 46, 104, 360, 405; cramming, if there’s no Cramming, C/S can fully X-54-55 afford to do cramming himself, VII-161, 461; unworkable C/S, VII-44, 356 VIII-281 use Summary Sheet to get auditor’s attitude, VICramming Officer to report the real Why to C/S, 268 IX-108 variables, X-144 cramming Supervisor and C/S, IX-90 Via, X-143-44 D of P, C/S not using, to get data after failed ses vital action, X-153 sion, handling of, VIII-412 wander on repairing a repair, X-42 D of P does not have to be a C/S or to know C/S watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been ing, VII-462 C/Sed, VII-96 establishment and purpose of, V-395 win, C/Sing a win is Q and A, VII-83 expertise, VII-275 with all folders to hand, X-45 folder-C/S line, VII-181 worksheet must communicate to C/S what actions handles post fast flow, X-96 were taken during session, IX-42 handling cases on the VI-a of an auditor, VII-274 worksheet, never try to C/S an illegible worksheet, HCO Bs and tapes are stable data that form agree VII-96 ment between auditor and C/S, VII-279 worksheets, C/S not reading, handling of, VI-II-413 HGC, two chief seniors, C/S (for tech) and Direc written induplicate, VII-94 tor of Processing (for auditors and bodies), written instructions, X-44 VII-183 Case Supervisor(s)(~s); see also case supervising is a training of ficer of auditors and of other Tech as a training officer, X-176 Qual personnel as well, VII-375 attitude of C/S, VII-365; IX-5 is friend of pc, VII-344 auditing materials, HCO Bs and texts, C/S has to is there to make certain that pc makes gains and know, much better than auditor, VII-275 attains actual abilities of level, VII-79 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Case Supervisor(s)(‘s) (cont.) casualty contact, “I will talk to anyone”, illness re limited by what his auditors can do, VI-282 searches: three methods of dissemination, 11 lines of C/S and Senior C/S, VII-182 351 lives in an Ivory Tower, VI-145 catastrophes from and repair of “no interest” items, makes sure tech courses are taught well, VIII-164 X-236 misunderstoods from worksheets, VII-433; IX-44 causability, degree of knowing, III-160, 180 most successful when he superVI-ses in seclusion, causative, action is, I-209 VII-344 cause(s), causation, I-375; see also effect must be confident he could crack case as auditor, defn., potential source of flow, II-14 VII-275 defn., emanation, II-437 must insist on good legible handwriting of audidefn., for purposes of communication, source tors, IX-44 point, II-437 mustn’t tolerate missing materials, VII-378 able to admit causation, able to withhold from, is opinions, C/S has no political or personnel opinanatomy of responsibility, IV-14, 19 ions, VII-344 always precedes effect, I-208 org C/S, duty of, VII-205 blame is arbitrary election of, I-210 overloaded, results of and how to detect, VIIIcapability and ~, wide difference between, I-28 318, 319 cause and effect; see cause and effect postings, VIII-318 evaluation on a cause basis, III-166 postings, irreducible minimum, X-252 group goals and national, I-142 primary cause of C/S failure, VIII-234 havingness, running Havingness restores pc at purpose, VII-76, 79 cause over matter, IV-53 Q and A, VII-75, 82, 92; VIII-222, 223 human mind is ~ and human body is effect, I-209 quality is raised by C/S study of cases and Qual inability to duplicate is also inability to be cause Sec cramming the C/S, VII-209 and inability to be effect, II-15, 172 Qual Sec, Cramming Officer and Interne Superindividual is representative of cause on all eight VI-sor are close technical links with C/S, VIIdynamics, I-208 377 knowledge and causation, II-435 remedy for C/S who is agreeing there are “dog lastditchwayofbeingcause, lll-518 pcs”, VIII-147 life becomes serious when man becomes less cause responsibility, VII-152, 228, 375, 411; X-121, andgreatereffect, l-212 125 only those things which others are able to ex responsibility for training, X-69 perience easily, III-43 1 responsibility of, regarding programs, IX-27 other people’s causation is not aberrative, IV-19 retraining is an ineVI-table part of C/S’s job, VIIoverts give highest gain in raising cause level, why, 1 52 VIII-370 standard tech and C/S, VI-449 pc has as much bank as he has denied cause, IV-I 9 stat of, VIII-150 pc has creation tangled up with cause and cause supreme test of a C/S, VII-289 tangled up with overt-motivator sequence, IV Tech and Qual terminals and lines, C/S must co35 ordinate, VII-375 pcs who are insufficiently cause in their daily lives tech, C/S who knows his tech is able to hold the cannot as-is bank, V-433 line on any given action in auditing or C/Sing people who get things done are at cause; when and not mix up, VII-289 they are not, they Q and A, VIII-225 tech, why C/S C/Ses for exact tech application prevailing anxiety is to be effect, not to be cause, and not exclusively for result, VII-284 II-438 terms, glossary of C/S terms, VII-98 run the pc always at cause, IV-44 test of, VIII-427 (Secondary Scale level), IV-316 time, VII-88 state of high ~ is also keyed-out Clear, V-435 tips, VII-273 success depends upon being willing to be ~ equal tools of a C/S, VII-387, 388, 465 ly in ratio to being willing to be effect, II-440 training officer, C/S as a, VII-375 terminals, run always causative terminals never troubles, where most of a C/S’s troubles come effect terminals, IV-132 from, VII-228, 410 thetan cannot withhold, then compulsively causes trouble, what it comes from, VIII-292, 386 things that are bad, IV-19 trying to obtain volume, quality and VI-ability, VIIthetan is at obsessive cause while trying to do 375 overts or get motivators, IV-191 types of C/Ses, VIII-318; X-252 cause and effect, I-208, 393, 397, 438; see also cause; who begin to goof, how to handle, VI-306 effect; AP&A beingness, relation to, I-406 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 cause and effect (cont.) imbalances between, II-437, 440 necessarily inter-operate as a person experiences life, I-208 postulates lie at root of, I-211 Processing, I-211 Tone Scale, relation to, I-436 understanding laws of, I-213 Cause ARC Straight Wire, IV-5 1 run to give pc win on getting audited, IV-48 Cause Elementary Straight Wire turns on recall in pc, IV-52 cause level of auditors, raising, V-434 cause level of pc, raising, V-434, 436, 438, 439 cause point and effect point, bridge between, on any subject, III-359 cause points, degree to which person becomes aberrated, III-466 Cause/Withhold version of Responsibility, IV-17, 19 CCH(s), III-5, 278, 394, 400; IV-325; V-310; VI-40, 118, 257 defn., stands for Communication, Control and Havingness, III-33 defn., is really C for Control, D for Duplication, C for Communication, ct for Control of Thought = Havingness, III-128 alternated with Prepchecking [1962], V-51, 127 ARC and CCH, III-92 are “familiarization” processes that permit pc to confront control and duplication, V-43 are good on auditors, V-34 are processes, not drills, VI-40 background theory of CCH, III-130 case history, III-249 commands and how to run, III-312 correct: no antagonism to pc, Tone 40 not shouted, no endurance marathon in progress, V-45 correct version of CCHs, V-127, 310 correct way to run CCHs, IV-347 Course [1957] , III-58 curriculum of CCH [1957] , III-121 does not work unless each command is in a separate unit of time, III-354 done right flatten CCHs done wrong, V-68 flatness, forget the 20 minute test, 3 times equally done are enough to see a CCH is flat, V-46, 127 gains vanished when the ARC ran out, V-46 goal of CCH, III-5, 129 Joburg Sec Check and CCHs, IV-348 long form, III-267 must be taught exactly as they are used in session, complete with two-way comm, V-79 Opening Procedure by Duplication different than CCHs, V-45, 68 originations and CCHs, V-126 handling originations, V-47 pick up a physical origination when it happens, V-126 take up each new physical change manifested 342 CCH(s) (cont.) originations and CCHs (cont.) as though it were an origin by pc and query it, V-46, 47, 49 preclear kept in two-way comm, V-46 produced tone arm action while higher level pro cesses did not, V-43 producing change do not go on but flatten that CCH, V-127 psychos, run on CCH 1, 2, 3, 4, III-502 purpose of the CCHs, V-47, 50 repair of CCHs, V-67, 168 Routine 1 and CCHs, IV-334 running CCHs, III-183, 482; V-44, 46, 127 run wrong can drive pc out of PT, V-50 Tactile Havingness is a CCH type of process, V-43 thinking at command is a sort of CCH on think ingness, IV-121 to handle accident proneness, VII-58; X-12 Tone 40 auditing, III-480 training and CCH processes, [1957] III-61, [1959] 394 Upper Indoc attitude makes CCHs grim, V-47 use of, III-379 when to run CCHs before SOP Goals, IV-255 when to use CCHs, V-43, 44 when verbal commands fail, CCH 3 and CCH 4 can be used, IV-155 wrong idea that they are for nuts, IV-334 CCH 0, III-157, 205, 294, 314 defn, a collection of mechanical aids to assist pc’s participation in session and to assist the audi tor in ARC, III-158, 178 is firstly establishing the rudiments of session, discussing the goals of pc for intensive, han dling PTP and clearing auditor for pc, ITI-238 purpose of, III-239 rudiments, goals and present time problem, III-65 starting session, III-296 CCH Ob—Help in full—starting session, III-219 rules governing the running of, III-220 Step 6, Mock-ups and Help, CCH Ob, two pro cesses that clear a pc, III-243 CCH 1, commands and how to run, VI-1 18-20 “Don’t give me that hand” version, III-483 “Give me that hand”, commands and how to run, V-310 “Give me that hand”, Tone 40, III-240, 313, 480 “Give me your hand”, Tone 40, III-65 Reality Scale and CCH 1, III-240 running of CCH 1, III-183 session, III-53 use only right hand, V-127 what it does, III-240 CCH 1 and 2 used for bad-off child, III-526 CCH 2, Tone 40 8-C, III-66, 313, 481 commands and goal of, III-247 commands and how to run, V-311; VI CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 CCH 3, Hand Space Mimicry, III-66, 314, 481 Book Mimicry and ~ are not Tone 40, III-400 CCH3 was Book Mimicry in 1958; see CCH4, Book Mimicry commands and how to run, V-312; VI-119 Hand Contact Mimicry, III-5, 136, 140 Hand Space Mimicry was called CCH 4 in 1958, III-248 how to run, III-248, 249, 401 CCH 3(c), S-C-S on a person, III-317 CCH 3 & 4, only valid if they heighten ARC, III-174 CCH 4, Book Mimicry, III-66, 314, 482 Book Mimicry was called CCH 3 in 1958, III-248 commands and how to run, V-312; VI-120 CCH 4 was Hand Space Mimicry in 1958; see CCH 3, Hand Space Mimicry Hand Space Mimicry and ~ are not Tone 40, III-400 IQ changes produced by CCH 4, III-247 motions are the commands, III-401 product, purpose and procedure of Book Mimicry, III-247-48, 400 CCH 5, Location by Contact, III-67 commands and how to run, VII-408 CCH 5, Tone 40 Locational Processing, purpose, procedure and commands of, III-254 CCH 6, Body-Room Contact, III-67 commands and how to run, VII-408 CCH6, Opening Procedure by Duplication [1957], purpose, procedure and commands of, III-254 CCH 7, Contact by Duplication, III-68 commands and how to run, VII-409 CCH 7 [1958]: Tone 40 8-C—”Keep it from going away”, III-255 CCH 8 [1958]: Tone 40 8-C—”Hold it still”, III-255 CCH 8, Trio, III-68; see also Trio CCH 9, Tone 40 “Keep it from going away”, III-69 is a withhold process, III-230 CCH 9 [1958]: Tone 40 8-C—”Make it a little more solid”, III-255 CCH 9, 10 & 11, why they are run, III-233 CCH 10, Tone 40 “Hold it still”, III-69 CCH 11, Tone 40 “Make it a little more solid”, III-69 CCH 12, Limited Subjective Havingness, III-70 commands of, III-256 CCH 13, Subjective Solids, III-70 commands of, III-256 CCH 14, Then and Now Solids; see Then and Now Solids CCH 15, Rising Scale Processing, III-72; see also Rising Scale Processing CCH 18, III-99 CCH-50, processing number of ARC Break Straight Wire, III-363 CCH 88, Enforced Nothingness, III-246 CDEI cycle with Lower Scale; see Scn 0-8 CDEI Scale, Expanded, VI-200 goals listing using Create ~, V-143 on inflow and outflow, V-16 343 CECS, defn, Committee of Examinations, Certifica tions and Services, II-115, 164 cells and the organism; see DMSMH center centerness of all thinking, I-443 center, exact plan of a, III-500; see also franchise center, small amount of money needed to start one, II-377 central organization(s), II-456; see also organization and field auditor relationship, II-458 and field auditor targets, V-432 can succeed as far as it can service, III-515 fees, what they go for, II-460 function, training professional auditors, II-384 necessary for surVI-val of the subject, II-457 purpose of, II-307 certainty, certainties, I-342; see also Certainty Pro- . cessing as a gradient scale, I-356, 378 auditor certainty, and results, I-357 pc’s reaction to, I-357 clarity of observation, I-377 formula of, I-349 is awareness, I-359 itself is knowledge; datum is secondary knowl edge, I-349, 376 knowledge is certainty, I-356 most certain certainty is perception, least certain ty evaluation, I-349 of awareness, triangle of, I-378 of impact, I-379 sanity and ~, parallel between, I-376, 377 theory of certainty, I-341 this is Scientology—the science of ~, I-374 triangle of certainty, I-349 Certainty Processing, I-3 50, 367, 393, 397; see also certainty; Scn 8-8008 basic technique, I-394, 395, 398 beingness and, I-406 report on, II-27 SOP 8, Appendix No. 2; see COHA certificates, auditor, purpose of, I-400 cancellation of auditor’s certificates, reason for, IV-30, 96 provisionalcertificates, I-52 requirements for permanent certificates, I-65 restoration of certificates, IV-34 suspension, line for, I-66 why all begin with word “Hubbard”, III-288 Certification Board, duties and responsibilities, I-65 purpose of, I-66 certification, student, I-372 chain(s), defn., series of incidents of similar nature or simi lar subject matter, V-28 defn, series of similar engrams, or of similar locks, V defn, chain of incidents, makes up a whole CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 chain(s) (cont.) chain(s) (cont.) defn. (cont.) when cognitions occur with very good indicators adventure or activity related by same subject, chain is almost always gone, VI-373 general location or people, understood to take will not go null until its basic is reached, V-41 place in a long time period, weeks, months, withhold chain behaves exactly like any chain, years or even billions or trillions of years, V-28 V-275 Word Clearing a chain of words, all must F/N, defn, series of recordings of similar experiences, VIII-303 VI-343 change(s), II-143; see also Change Processes; Start— are held together mainly by somatics, VI-352, 394 Change—Stop basic of chain; see basic of chain ability to, II-304 can be overrun, how, VIII-385 Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, II-313 Dianetic chain, how to rehab, VIII-289, 384 basic curve of change compares to cycle of action, Dianetic chains preVI-ously flubbed, how to hanIV-258 dle, VIII-290, 384 belongs at “inverted control” on Prehav Scale, Dianetic chains run a second or third time, how to IV-320 handle and indicate to pc, VIII-291 fear of, I-355 Dianetic EP, cognition could simply be “the chain individual who is bent mainly upon surVI-val is blew”, VIII-272 intent upon changing things, II-433 Dianetics, EP of chain is erasure, accompanied by is essentially the redirection of energy, I-296 F/N, cognition and good indicators, VIII-272 is “ought to be—should be” postulate, III-88 engram chains, X-28, 56-57; see also DTOT; Model Session is designed to avoid unpredictable DMSMH; SOS; Dn Today changes, IV-54 engrams which go solid when you try to run no change = Level I is out, VII-70 them are too late on chain, VI-227 obsessive, III-130 go into restimulation on overrun in life, prior confusion to self-determined change, V-116 VII-18 Problems Intensive and ~; see Problems Intensive engram running by chains; see engram running; rapidity of change of state, unpredicted, defini R3R tion of surprise, death and forgetfulness, IV-54 erased chain can be overrun: what happens isthat resisted change is basis of all mass in physical pcs try to cooperate and put something there, universe and every stuck point on track, IV VII-228; VIII-291 256 erasure; see also erasure turning points are simply self-determined changes failed to flatten, X-69 in pc’s life, IV-401 floating needle on chain can be called end of that two things which will create change: postulates chain, but not of Dianetics on case, VI-349 and communication, II-258 flubbed, X-119, 123 unpredicted change lessens havingness, IV-54 Full Flow Dianetic chains that did not F/N when when attention is fixed, ability to reach and with originally run, how to handle, VII-211 draw decreases, therefore ability to change de grinding occurs because incident is too late on~, creases, III-428 VI-360 Change of Space Processing, II-42; see also COHA it takes more than one chain of engrams to build Change Processes, I-445, 453; IV-253, 256; see also up an ill area, VI-337, 416 change; Start—Change—Stop narrative chain; see narrative Change brackets and commands, IV-258 of incidents has only one basic which is earliest clarification of, IV-320 engram received from or overt act committed commands of, IV-256 against subject, location or beings which make make a release, IV-261 it a chain, V-275 tendency of pc to alter-is commands, and ~, IV overt chain; see overt 256 reduction of lock chains, I-110 5-way bracket, IV-258 rehabbing chains, VII-227 ; X-118, 119, 123 15-way bracket, IV-259 R3R and chains; see R3R changing the pc, X-36 somatic chains go quickly to basic and are imporchaos is created by two opposing creations, II-408 tant chains, VI-394 character of person, determining by observing his somatics, run one chain at a time, VI-343 intent concerning communication, III-105 two types of chains: story or narrative, and feelCharacter Processing Chart, I-495 ings, VII-9 charge, V-290, 416; see also auditing; by-passed unflat engram ~ and high TA, VII-18, 76, 122, charge 123; X-28, 56 defn., stored quantities of energy in time track, unknown incident pins chains, V-41 V-289, 416 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 charge (cont.) charity, mercy, kindness are the highest and kingliest defn, stored energy or stored or recreatable qualities there are, II-237 potentials of energy, V-290 chart, Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart; defn, electrical impulse on case that activates see Classification Gradation and Awareness meter, VII-50 Chart advance of case is amount of charge you get off it, Chart of Attitudes, application of, VII-148 VII-187 Chart of Human Evaluation, VII-85, 86; X-35; see all after charge is based on prior ARC, V-442 also SOS; SA all cases react to same actions, they differ in applicationof, VII-148 amount of “charge”, VI-281 chart of processes, where they are on the ARC Tone ARC break and charge; see ARC break Scale, II-131, 138 automaticity is rendered discharged by indicating chart, Scientology Process Chart, II-483 area of charge only, V-282 Chart, Standard Procedure, I-21 blowdown is a period of ~ blowing off bank, checklist, VI-69 defn, list of actions or inspections to ready an blows off bank to degree that it’s confronted and activity or machinery or object for use or this is represented by itsa line, VII-243; IX-68 estimate needful repairs or corrections, VII by-passed; see by-passed charge 140, 286; IX-3 11 cases progress in exact ratio to amount of charge mandatory C/Sing, X-200 gotten off, VI-424 checkout, VII-447; IX-3 11; see also training chronic, V-29 1 defn, action of verifying a student’s knowledge of E-Meter and charge; see E-Meter an item given on a checksheet, VII-140, 286; erasure, auditing theory of charge erasure, V-291; IX-311 see also erasure check for application in checkouts, VI-205 gains on pc can be measured in terms of charge High Crime checkouts, IX-99 discharged, V-325 must consult student’s understanding, V-480, 488 how it reacts on needle and TA, V-290 on materials by auditors, X-179 is held in place by basic on chain, V-290 star-rated, level still charged, reliable indicators are TA action defn., 100% letter perfect in knowing, under and cognitions, VII-78 standing, demonstrating and being able to overwhelms; auditor errors add charge; pc then is repeat back material with no comm lag, overwhelmed, V-401 VI-157 postulates at time of incident contain ~, V-349 required before application, VI-156 reality is proportional to amount of charge off, zero rate, defn, material which is only checked VI-227, 281 out on basis of general understanding, IX-3 12 reality of case is proportional to amount of charge checksheet(s), V-227; VII-447 removed, VII-450 defn, list of materials, often diVI-ded into sections, removed from case only by comm cycle pc to that give theory and practical steps which, auditor, V-335, 414 when completed, give one a study completion, showsnotonlythatanareahassomethinginit; italVII-140, 286; IX-311 so shows that pchas possible reality on it, VII-50 High Crimes concerning checksheets, VII-80 slows down responses, V-400 is translated and printed in local language, IX-350 stuck TA is always caused by running pc above material, defn, policy letters, bulletins, tapes, pc’s tolerance of charge, V-350 mimeo issues, any reference book or any study blows charge, VI-281 books mentioned, VII-198 symptom of heavily charged case is F/Ning too never delete data from checksheets or assign part quickly to be processed well, VI-426 of it “background” data, VII-115 TA slows down when pc goes into more charge sequence, VII-448; IX-356 than he can itsa easily, V-374, 413 tape course checksheets, IX-381 terminal chosen must be real to pc and must show use in training, IV-329 charge on E-Meter, III-550 chemical assist, I-40 tests give an idea of how charged up case may be, child(‘s), children; see also baby; Child Processing; VI-281 Child Dianetics time track and charge; see time track accessibility of, I-45 tone arm motion, without, no charge is being acknowledgement of, III-110 released and no actual case betterment is oband help, IV-85 served, V-329, 413 application of Scientology to children, VI-30 where there is charge (motion) E-Meter needle is as cases, VIII-388 in motion, and where pc is stuck needle will attention is badly scattered, I-45 freeze, II-528 attention span of, is short, III-553 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 child(‘s) (cont.) attitude towards; see also SOS communicating with, I-325 condition of, III-109 Dianetics, I-120; see also CDN preventive, I-47 dignity and purpose are native to the, I-324 education of the, I-47; III-30 goals, importance of giving goals to ~, I-47 high IQ and mock-ups, I-328 high IQ, yet low quality work, I-328 how to handle children, III-81, 105 how to live with; seeNSOL increased beingness and potentialities of beingness of, I-320 independence, what undermines it, I-48 in present time, I-325 instilling confidence in children, III-554 interpersonal relations with, I-189 is a thetan in usually rather bad condition, III34 is dependent on exterior evaluation, III-166 is full of affinity, I-98 is suffering from death shock, III-109 misunderstoods of, I-47 must be permitted to contribute, VIII-80 natural sense of dignity, I-45 never talk over child’s head to his parents, I-45 not capable of sustained concentration, I-49 not permitted to work, III-214 or foreign language persons or semiliterates, use Word Clearing Method 7, IX-463 originations of a child, III-371; VIII-183 out of present time, I-325 perception inhibitions, I-322 processing of; see Child Processing psychosomatic difficulties, I-322 reactive bank, language in the, I-44 reality, I-48 requires understanding and assistance in controlling the enVI-ronment around him, III-110 role in the home, I-325 routine of, III-81 Scientology, I-319 should own his own mest, I-190 special problems, I-49 Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give birth to children who have impaired hearing, VI-II-404 third party action, I-48 three classes of, I-321 unburdening, VIII-389 using good 8-C on children, III-82 with rough cases, III-554 childhood illnesses, I-46 Child Processing, III-553; VI-30, 31; see also child age of child, I-44; III-34 aim is not a “normal” child, I-322 assists on children, III-554 auditing a 10-year old child, III-53 346 Child Processing (cont.) demands more perfect auditing than adult process ing, needs very formal session, III-553 education of parents, I-46 effect of processing on, I-327 for use in public schools, I-328 game for processing, I-215 give the child the dignity of real sessions, III-526 grief and locks, I-45 group processing of, I-319 how it is done, I-327 results of, I-321 much time is used to flatten things on ~, VI-32 never tell the child that any part of any situation is imaginary or a delusion, I-49 parent as auditor, I-44 processes for different types of children, III-526 process given to groups of, I-321 routine child processes, III-554 shifting enVI-ronment, I-46, 48 short sessioning works very well with a child, III-526, 553 technique for entering a lock, I-49 theory underlying, I-323 three major steps in, I-44 “You do something you think I’ll like” [child process], III-540 Children’s Security Check, ages 6-12, IV-378 chilled pc almost always has a high TA until he gets warm, VII-438 Chinese School, IX-318, 319 chiropractor, I-206 choice, power of, III-81 is senior to responsibility, IV-24 choice, thetan’s power of choice, how it has been overthrown, VII-257 cholesterol, role of in body, VIII-204 choosing pcs, X-225 chopping pc’s communication, VII-245; IX-70 Christ, II-211 goals set for man by, II-152 identification with, II-9 intended for man: wisdom, good health and im mortality, II-159 promises of, II-156 Christianity, is based on the VI-ctim; compulsion of overt act motivator sequence, III-494 why it won, III-134 chronic, aches and pains, I-183 arthritic, processing of, I-272 high TA; see tone arm, high illness, suspected, send pc to medico, I-421 low tone, anxiety, insecurity, can stem from pro longed physical illness, I-420 psychosomatic illness pc has usually counterfeit of illness suffered by ally, I-19 somatics; see somatics, chronic churches used mechanism of confession, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 church, how to handle ministers of other churches, II-158; see also religion Church of Scientology; see also religion Creed of; see Scn 0-8 Scientology is a religious practice in that the Church of Scientology conducts basic services such as sermons at church meetings, christenings, weddings and funerals, VI-195 why it has come into existence, II-72 circuit(s); see also Science of Survival all valences are circuits are valences, V-6; VIII181; 1X-284 case, characteristic of, II-19 cases, cycle of the explosion on, I-469 demon; see demon circuits key out, I-426 with knowingness, V-6; VIII-181; IX-284 mechanism of, I-391 somatics, circuits, aberrations and problems are postulate-counter-postulate situations, IV-414 thetan accumulates circuits, mental mass, pictures, ridges, to degree that he misassigns responsibility, IV-18 circuitry; see Notes on the Lectures civilization, education isnecessaryto have a~, II-439 civilizations, past ~ have vanished, III-126 Class Chart; see Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart classes of minds, I-76 Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart, VI-33; VIII-311, 313; X-21, 49, 211, 232, 248-51 Basic Program is laid out in, IX-27 basic program of any case, VII-56, 57, 99; VIII-311, 313 critical band of, VII-466 ineveryfolder, X-14 master program, X-10, 250 pc must attain full ability on each level before going on, VII-56 tools of auditing are the Grade Chart processes and the numerous correction lists, VII-387 classification of psychotics, I-57, 473 Class II Model Session [1964], V-398, 428 Class IV and V, VI-308 Class VI, auditor, things he should know, V-412 Saint Hill HGC staff auditor is not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller, VI-34 tapes and bulletins are all valid and vital to lower grade auditing and C/Sing, VII-103 Class VIII, actions, VII-100; X-50 auditing, VII-73, 101; X-51 Case Supervisor, the basic processes, VI-278 Course, VIII-391 principles, VI-276 what it has been slowed by, VII-165 C/S-6 list, VIII-276; IX-251 handling of lower level auditors, VIII-391 high TA handling, Class VIII- Course recommenda- 347 Class VIII (cont.) high TA handling (cont.) tions to list “What has been overrun” are can celled, VII-269 how a Class VIII gets in standard tech, VIII-391 invalidation can crash stats, VII-23 purpose of, VI-242, 273 six zones of action in, VI-252 take care not to invalidate junior auditors, VII-23 clay, causes and handling of a pc just doodling in clay, V-496, 497 clay demos, how to make, V-452, 453; VII-163, 164; see also clay table clay, physical handling of, V-455 clay table, VII-447; IX-355; see also Clay Table Pro cesses any part of mind or any term in Scientology can be demonstrated on a, V-452; VII-163 art is no object in clay table work, VII-164 construction of clay tables, V-451; VII-162 everything is labeled, VII-163 goofs, V-476 IQ increased by HGC use of ~, V-454 label each clay object, V-452, 477, 509 mass parts are done by clay, significance or thought parts by label, V-452; VII-163 thin-edged ring of clay with a large hole in it is usually used to signify a pure significance, V-452; VII-163 training, VI-205 use, V-452, 487 work, in training and processing, V-451, 453; VII 162, 163 is Level III, V-466 is not for cases who get no TA in general, V-486 on definitions, V-451 pc must label everything made in ~, V-509 what clay table workhandles, V-466 Clay Table Auditing, importance of getting auditing questions answered in ~, V-490; see also clay table Clay Table Auditing, two actiVI-ties of, V-456 Clay Table Auditing, who may use, V-487 Clay Table Clearing, V-456, 457, 475, 483, 484; see also clay table auditing cycle vitalin , V-497 auditor is handling chief urges of pc, not trying to teach pc, V-457 Clay Table Healing and ~ are different, V-472 direct style auditing, V-502 does not go into physical ills, V-458 errors, V-475, 476, 477, 483, 493, 496 is Level IV, V-487 is used to achieve pc’s rehabilitation and raised IQ in various fields, V-456 pc should have TA action on lower levels first, V-486 process of clearing words and symbols, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Clay Table Clearing (cont.) Clear(s) (cont.) representing the word, V-496 being Clear gives one the potential of being and steps of Clay Table Clearing, V-458 makes the being rather easy, and fun; makes it was called Clay Table IQ Processing, V-454, 456 possible to continue to be something, III-236 Clay Table Healing, V-453, 472; see also clay table bodhi is evidentlyour “Clear”, III-217 abridged style auditing, V-501 Book One Clear, a relative not an absolute thing, Clay Table Clearing and ~ are different, V-472 I-357; see also Clear, mest don’ts, V-473 checks and re-Clear checks, VI-203, 204 goof, VI-29 clear bracelets [1958], III-341 is Level III, V-487 confidence regained makes Clears, not quantity of steps, V-472 stuff run, IV-44, 65, 66 used to get rid of physical discomfort of psychoDianetic, VII-98; X-48 somatic origin, V-457, 474 length of time to achieve, I-82 Clay Table IQ Processing, V-454, 456; see also Clay doesn’t react on E-Meter because he is able to be Table Clearing conscious, IV-331 clean hands make a happy life, IV-387 don’t try to make an OT before you make a Clear~ cleaning cleans; see E-Meter, cleaning cleans V-260 clean needle, dynamic clears, IV-416 defn, responsive to instant reads only, V-84 false clear read, IV-26 defn, one which flows, producing no pattern or Fifth Stage Release, VI-87 erratic motions of smallest kind with auditor first Clears made easily by others were done with sitting looking at it and doing nothing; not just meter assessments and five-way Help brackets something that doesn’t react to particular on terminals, IV-92 question; a lovely slow flow, usually a rise, “firstgoalclear”, stateof, V-112, 316 most beautifully expressed on a Mark V at 64 Grade VII-—Clear, VI-95, 142 sensitiVI-ty, V-224 has no VI-cious reactive mind and operates at total is vital in order to null a list, V-224 mental capacity, VI-19 medium clean needle, defn, offers many prior and is best described in DMSMH, IV-80 latent reads, but reads instantly when a queskeyed-out Clear, VI-19, 20, 51 tion is asked, V-84 know-how in auditing to Clear, III-286 Clear(s), I-25; VI-61, 86, 141; see also clear; mest clear, DMSMH defn, a Book One Clear; clear in terms of defn, somebody who does not have any engrams facsimiles, III-155, 175 in present time with him; by actual practice a defn, can see facsimiles with sonic present Clear would have tobe a stable thetanexterior lifetime, has no psychoses or neuroses, since the body itself is composed of energy upper part of OCA/APA graph, above 135 masses which unfortunately contain engrams, IQ [1957], III-156, 176 II-228 defn., freedom from keyed-in engrams, III-375 defn, in an absolute sense would be someone who defn., thinks of himself as a body and is sub could confront anything and everything in ject to one; all engrams are effectually past, present and future, III-II-4 keyed out without being examined; has ex defn, a thetan who can knowingly be at cause cellent recalls, III-375 over life, matter, energy, space and time, subdefn, preclear is mest clear when no terminal jective and objective [1957], III-172 selected is, when run by Communication defn, a person at willing and knowing cause over Process, productive of variation of tone his ownlife, hisbody andhis surroundings and arm from male or female clear reading, without a reactive or subconscious mind III-504 [1958], III-217 defn, IV-137 defn., somebody with no “held down fives” in clearing processes for, III-377 this lifetime (see E~olution of a Science), difference between mest clear and theta clear, V-353 III-376, 445 able to confront the physical universe, other from mest clear to theta clear requires an bodies, his own body, other minds, his own address to sixth dynamic with Help Pro mind and other beings—without trimmings, cesses, IV-174 III-101 Help is flat on mest clear, IV-116 are the lucky, III-153 is a way station on the road to theta clear or attainment of “Clears” [1958], III-217 OT, III-376 auditors will always be senior to Clears, III-237 method of making, I-485, 491 basic personality capable of all attributes of Clear, Procedure [1958] , III-205 III-284 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Clear(s) (cont.) mest clear (cont.) process package which makes mest clears, theta clears and OTs [1960], IV-133 what makes the state unstable, III-446 needs training, III-237 no responsibility case, a mockery of Clear, how to check this out, IV-98 one’s first duty is to be Clear, III-153 one-shot; see Dianetics ‘55! “one-shot clear” is impossible, VII-69 Operating Thetan vs. Clear, VI-51, 56, 86 postulates of Clear read as a surge, VI-220 Power will not need repair after pc has gone Clear, VII-143 procedure for certifying Clears [1958], III-289 Project Clear processes, how to run, III-144 Release—Clear-OT, VI-86, 141 road to Clear, VI-19 R6 bank, VI-62 state of high cause is also keyed-out Clear, V-435 steps to make a Clear [1963], V-354 test [1963], V-259, 353 clear(ing), III-375; IV-133, 174 defn., person is clear of his body, engrams, facsimiles, but can handle and safely control a body, II-10 defn., a Clear obtained by Clear Procedure [1957], III-155, 175 defn., can exist knowingly independent of bodies [1957] , III-155, 156, 175, 176 defn., has no obsessive engrams; can put back at will his reactive bank or any engram in it and blow it off again at a glance, III-376 defn., person at cause over his own reactive bank and can create and uncreate it at will; person who is willing to experience, III-447 defn., preclear is theta clear when he can handle engrams without producing a change from clear reading [1959] , III-504 defn., a Case Level 2 that is exterior, V-3 17 and aberration, what LRH is trying to do, I-315 attained by handling sixth dynamic to attain a straight seventh, IV-166 attention units, as case progresses toward Clear, I-26 auditing formulae to make a theta clear, I-278 auditor needs good command of DMSMH to understand ~, I-315 Clears made in 1947 that were stable were in reality theta clears, not mest clears, III-445 made by gradually raising their confrontingness of mental image pictures, III-445 mest clear and ~, difference between, III-376 Operating Thetan and theta clear, road to, V-213 procedures for, I-289; see also exteriorization processes on gradient scale from unconscious pc to theta clear [1959] , III-436 349 Clear(s) (cont.) theta clear(ing) (cont.) produced by SOP 8-C, II-12 route theta clear, list of processes, III-439 schedule [1959] , III-468 singular attribute of, I-296 Standard Operating Procedure for, I-289 three grades of Clear [1959] , III-375 Training 0—Confronting, first step on the road to Clear, III-101 valence, if pc were in no valence, but was himself completely, he would be wholly Clear, IV-102 various roads to it described, V-275 what are Clears, III-375 why Clear would go unclear, IV-443 you cannot stay Clear unless you solve things by the greatest good for the greatest number of dynamics, III-237 clear(ed)(ing), [1947-1949] III-273, 318; V-316; see also Clear defn, a gradient process of finding places where attention is fixed and restoring ability of pc to place and remove attention under his own de theta terminism, III-428 altered goal wording prevents clearing, V-150 assembly line, V-1 53 assessment for clearing intensive, V-166 buttons which depress clearing if pc has erroneous definitions for them, III-321 by SOP Goals, IV-217 by Valences, III-274 LRH session, Clearing by Valences, III-276 cleared cannibal, VIII-260, 261, 263 cleared Zulu is a cleared Zulu, III-236 clear(ing) the auditor, III-122, 123, 301 best way of, III-326 commands of, III-239 with the pc after D of P InterVI-ew, III-307 commands; see commands completing clearing, V-355 curriculum for Clearing Courses [1961], IV-374 difficulty of clearing, V-317 Earth, III-501 fields, clearing of, III-209, 210 free needles and clearing, V-112 HGC clearing [1962], V-152 in Dianetics vs. in Scientology, III-270 lies in confronting, not escaping, IV-374 materials used for clearing [1961], IV-370 mest clearing is shortcut clearing, III-446 reality, III-235 responsibility, basic clearing process using, III-321 staffclearing, lll-291 theta clearing is faster than mest clearing but not faster than releasing, III-447 things that prevent clearing, IV-217 to clear pc give him series of realized wins, IV-65 up a goal, III-327 up states of mind and psychosomatics, III-302 valences key to clearing, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 clear(ed)(ing) (cont.) words; see Word Clearing why it works, V-493 why some people are unwilling to clear people, III-454 Clear Check by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT8 [ 1961 ], IV-233 Clearing Course, do not run Power on anyone who has run CC materials, VI-203 Clearing Success Congress in Washington, V-137 Clear Procedure, Clearing Procedure, III-296, 382 ACC Clear Procedure, III-311, 322, 369 auditing the pc on Clear Procedure, III-243 definitions, goals, III-155 HGC Clear Procedure outline [1958], III-219 Scientology: Clear Procedure Issue One, III-172 Step One: Participation in session by the pc, III-157, 176 Step Two: Placing the preclear at cause, III182 Step Three: Establish control of pc’s body by pc, III-184 Step Four: Find the auditor, III-188 Step Five: Pc versus mest, III-189 Step Six; see Step 6 Step Seven (Optional): Establish pc’s control over his “bank”, III-191 Step Eight: Make some time, III-191 Standard Clearing Procedure [1958] , III-274 standardization of Clear Procedure, III-285, 292 what Clear Procedure consists of, III-285, 292 close terminals, people who, II-159 closing terminals, phenomenon of, II-I 89 coach(es)(ing); see also training defn., a student who is standing in the role of “pc”, III-42, 462 blows occur when coach gives too few wins, III116 coachless training, use of a doll, V-103 definitionandpurpose, VII-288 Drill [ 1963 ], V-272 E-Meter drill, VII-10 rules of, VI-122, 233, 234 theorycoachingisnotexamining, V-489 to a no win, IX-91 TRs done solo in absence of good coaches, except TR 04, V-103 what coaches should look for, V-194 co-audit(ing), ARC Break Process, V-319 ARC Break Straight Wire is very useful in husband-wife co-auditing teams, III-364 C/S must check routinely for mutual out ruds in, VIII-259 difficulties, II-162 formula, III-475 Formulas and Regimens were never for co-audits, IV-176 HAS Co-Audit, III-380, 449, 498, 524, 527; IV188; see also HAS; HQS 350 co-audit(ing) (cont.) HAS Co-Audit (cont.) allowed process, III-469 Comm Course and HAS Co-Audit [1959], III456; see also Communication Course Course [1959] , III-451 ended, IV-176 finding terminals, III-513 how to run a co-audit, III-452 is for people “trained” on a PE Course, IV-188 Overt-Withhold Straight Wire better than Comm Process on HAS Co-Audit, III-550 processes, III-439, 498, 550 Process I and 11, IV-189 resumed, IV-185 terminals, one of most effective light terminals and one of best Comm Processes particu larly for HAS Co-Audit is a body part, III-519 untrained person can go release on, III-444 6th London ACC tapes tell how to run an HAS Co-Audit Course, III-474 how Co-Audit stalled cases, IV-185 husband-wife co-auditor team, unlucky as a gener al rule, V-37 in groups, IV-64 instructor audits each case through the co-auditor, IV-70 listen style co-audit, V-511, 521 O/W dropped on Co-Audit, V-25 PE Co-Audit process, III-552; IV-70 retain co-audit pc’s interest in case, III-538, 550 student intensives and co-auditing processes, III-75 team should run O/W [1960], IV-21~ 25 urgent change in all co-audit courses [1959], III 551 Code, Auditor’s; see Auditor’s Code Code of a C/S, X-197-98 Code of a Scientologist, II-115, [1954] 116, [1956] 442; [1957] LI-1; see also CMSCS; COHA; Scn ~8 Scientologist operates within the boundaries of the Auditor’s Code and ~, III-281 Code of Honor, an ethical code, II-104; see also COHA; Scn 0-8 codes of conduct mutually agreed, IV-388 co-existence, superior to ARC triangle and mechanics of living, II-136 coffee shop auditing, VII-191; X-94 described, V-505 cognition(s), II-240, 254; VI-373; VII-117 defn, awareness of awareness, II-254, 255 defn, unknown confronting or not confronting, when uncovered, gives us the phenomenon of cognition, III-311 defn, something pc suddenly understands or feels, IV-42 defn, pc origination indicating he has “come to realize”; it’s a “What do you know. I ______” statement, VI-373; VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 cognition(s) (cont.) defn, as-ising aberration with realization about life, VII-230 a major cognition resulting from any process is generally a flattening of that process, II-255, 328 and flattening of process, IX-67 and havingness, II-334, 336, 372; VIII-123 auditor not in comm with pc means no cognitions, VII-241; IX-66 blowdown is a period of relief and cognition to pc while it is occurring and for a moment after it stops, VI-69 chopping, abuses indicator of F/N, X-30 chopping off cognitions, effect of, VII-22, 78 cognition lag is the most important communication lag, II-255 don’t prevent by cutting when F/N appears, VI275, 362 don’t use “I will repeat the auditing command” after a cognition, IV-42, 164, 222, 455 example of, II-254 flattening off a process and cognition, VII-242 F/N occurs most often after a big ~, VI-145, 147 goal of any process, II-255 how pc gets, VII-76 invalidation of pc’s, V-418 is rather quick, not an hour’s maundering, VI-162 master cognition, “I knew it all the time”, III-88 method of fishing for, VIII-301 milestones of case gain, VII-230 no cognition soon becomes overwhelm, V-401 of Dianetic EP could simply be “the chain blew”, VIII-272 pc who doesn’t cognite, cause of, V-36 show that thought is releasing from force, VII-77 significance recovered or realized by the pc only shows up as cognitions, VII-77 Training 13, Fishing a Cognition, III-73, 240 TRs, in presence of rough TRs cognitions do not occur, VII-230 usually occur immediately after an erasure, VI373 waiting for F/N to broaden to cognition, VII22 when they occur, VII-117 cold(s); see also illness (common), cause of and handling, VI-18 loss can cause, VIII-237 process to cure, III-246 vitamin C is excellent for helping, VIII-407 cold pc sometimes has a falsely high TA, VII-424 collective thought agreement, result of, VI-6 collect (Secondary Scale level), IV-308 color flashes, preclear folder tape, IX-13 coma; see also anaten; unconsciousness auditing a person in, VIII-206, 238 person in a coma, how to handle, VII-323 comanome, defn., I-7; see also engram combined terminal; see terminal, combined 351 command(s), adjectival, beware running, IV-50 alternate commands, how to avoid making mis take in giving correct next command, IV-140 alternate commands, how to run, II-516 altitude is the factor that makes a pc receive and execute an auditing command, IV-134 anaten ensues when one direction of command is run too long, III-220 are written out in full on Auditor’s Report Form, IX-42 auditor must know when pc has finished answer ing the command, VII-248 auditor’s command restimulates charge in pc; only way this charge can be blown is by pc telling auditor, V-335, 415 before auditor gives them, he makes certain he has pc’s attention on him again and off last ques tion, III-296 CCH 3 and CCH 4 can be used when verbal com mands fail, IV-155 clearing commands, [1956] II-449; [1957] III122, [1958] 298, 301, [1959] 430; VI 110, 265, 284, 305 auditor must clear each and every word of, VIII-93, 94 never let pc off cans while clearing commands, VI-284 dangerous auditor misses withholds and refuses to permit pc to execute auditing commands, V-33 effect of accusative auditing commands, V-442 engram, I-31 failing to give the next command, VI-413 give them crisply and definitely and get them executed, V-501, 502 is pc ready to receive it, VII-245; IX-70 itsa line, don’t use new commands to cut, V-338 mis-acknowledgement is only and always a failure to end the cycle of a command, III-543 modification of auditing question for process that dives backtrack fast, III-529 never let any auditing command go unanswered, IV-44 new auditor does not realize how serious it is to flub a command, VI-413 no auditing command is ever let go of until that actual command is answered by pc, V-490, 501 no auditing command must depend upon any other auditing command or it won’t be in present time, III-354, 355, 384 pc’s ability to follow, IV-134 phrase, II-497 preclear not running, II-77 repeated commands, IV-42, 164, 222, 455 repeating commands, theory of, III-355 reversal of in sub-zero tone scale, I-289 rudiments, important to clear the commands, VI265 tendency of pc to alter-is commands, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 command(s) (cont.) communicate, communication(s) (cont.) terminals, beware running adjectival commands, administration is a form of communication, II-386 IV-17, 50 affinity and reality exist to further ~, I-381 Tone 40, giving a command and just knowing that and the Scale of Awareness, II-191 it will be executed despite any contrary aparea of enturbulence ceases to exist as soon as pearances, III-240 communication is leveled into it, II-292 un-doable commands, III-467 art and communication; see art use of symbols to keep track of ~ given, VI-238 auditing and withdrawing communications, I-368 value of action phrases; see SOS auditing comm cycle; see auditing comm cycle words not to use in auditing commands, V-439 auditor has to assume responsibility for all comm command line; see also HTLTAE breakdowns in session, V-161, 414; IX-75 case state and ability to follow a command line basic clue to successful marriage, I-309, 310 areco-ordinated, VI-126 becomes a contest of overts in the ARC breaky must exist in an organization so people know who case, IV-120 is boss, II-386 be, do and have, III-92 Comm Course; see Communication Course beingness, communication, space, I-326 Committee of Evidence, when to use, VIII-100 synonyms in action, I-352 comm lag; see communication lag between men and women, I-406 communicate, communication(s); III-104; see also breaking a solid communication line, III-140 affinity; ARC; ARC triangle; Communication can create spaces, II-467, 492 Process; presession; reality; 4th London ACC change also means perception change, I-351 Lectures, II-270; SOS; Scn 8-8008; Dn 55!; change, measure of progress, II-16 CMSCS; NSOL character of person, determining by observing his defn., use of those sense channels with which the intent concerning communication, Ill-105 individual contacts the physical universe, I-206 chopping pc’s communication, IX-70 defn., more important than affinity or reality, for effect of, VII-245 it is the operation, the action, by which one common denominator of ~ and aberration, III-28 experiences emotion and by which one agrees, communicate so it can be duplicated, II-137 I-350 communicatingness, VIII-I 18 defn, the handling of particles, of motion, I-351 communication ability proceeds from control, defn., volume of flow or lack of flow, I-381 III-24 defn., any ritual by which effects can be produced Communication—Control—Havingness; see CCH and perceived, I-406 component parts of, VIII-1 85 defn., shift of a particle from one part of space to consequences of cut communication, III-148 another part of space, I-464 control + duplication = communication, III-248, defn, duplication of the receipt point of that 355 which emanated at a cause point, II-14 cycle(s), defn., interchange of ideas about something, IIdefn, cause, distance, effect with intention, 247 attention, duplication and understanding, defn, cause-distance-effect, II-413 VII-246; IX-71 defn., essentially something which is sent and additives, VI-59 which is received, II-413 auditing comm cycle; see auditing comm cycle defn., energy or recognition, VI-261 auditor’s; see auditor’s comm cycle defn., interchange of ideas between two terminals, difficulties of auditing are difficulties of the VII-291 communication cycle, VII-238 defn., consideration and action of impelling an E-Meter drill coaching, flunking out comm impulse or particle from source-point across a cycle keeps needle clean, VII-1 0 distance to receipt-point, with intention of fundamental of auditing is communication bringing into being at receipt-point a duplicacycle, IX-64 tion and understanding of that which emanatin auditing, II-314, 443; IX-73; see also TRs ed from source-point [Axiom 28], VIII-185 magic of, IX-63 aberration, earliest button susceptible of aberramust exist before technique can exist, VII-239; tion was apparently communication, III-518 IX-64 aberration is caused by cut communication with pc’s results will go to hell on an additive comm the mass, remedy of, III-147 cycle, IX-81 ability to communicate precedes ability to handle, six comm cycles which make up one auditing VII-264; IX-314 cycle, IX-71 acknowledgement, its general use is putting a use of in Touch Assist, IX-505 period to the communication cycle, III-349, whichmakeuponeauditingcycle, VII-244, 246 350 within the auditing cycle, IX-69 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 communicate, communication(s) (cont.) communicate, communication(s) (cont.) cycle of action, communication formula and lag (cont.) Axiom 10 become identified in the mind with defn. (cont.) one another, IV-35 or talk or incorrect answers occurred in the depends upon certainty of despatch and receipt, interim, II-68 I-388 defn., length of time, whether verbal or silent, depends upon duplication, II-15 intervening between the auditor’s asking of deVI-ces useless with no formula for communicaa specific question and the specific and tion, II-401 precise answer of that question by pc, dirty needle phenomena usually traced to auditor II-119; VIII-108 haVI-ng cut pc’s communication, V-364, 447 defn., length of time intervening between the do not force a person who is low on havingness to asking of the question by auditor and reply communicate, II-480 to that specific question by pc; question duplicative factors of, III-355 must be precise, reply must be precisely to eccentric genius is a problem in, I-130 that question, II-128 Factors, The, I-375 defn, interval of time between the moment of. failure keys in by-passed charge, V-417 auditor’s asking the question and the reply first discoverable ability of a pc is , III-5 to that exact question by pc, II-234, 449 formula, II-136 always reduce every encountered by contin affinity embraces the distance part of, II-136 ued use of same question or process, II-99 formula of: cause, distance, effect, with intention, direct index of sanity, I-310, 466 attention and duplication with understanding, explained, II-449 VIII-185 flat question is when ~ has been similar for formula of, is cause, distance, effect with intenthree successive questions, II-234-35 tion and attention and a duplication at effect handling of, I-352 of what emanates from cause, VII-232 how to measure, II-128 fourth dynamic problems solved with ~, II-292 index as test of aberration, I-351 getting into communication with basic personality is inverse to amount of space a person has, through affinity, I-60 I-465 getting into communication with preclear, II-20 is known to be flat when the replies are readily graph of, II-42 given without pause or hesitation and with has power of eradicating spaces and masses, II-467 out any comment on pc’s part, II-216 havingness drop and communication, III-138, 177 most important ~ is the cognition lag, II-255 havingness is result of withheld ~, II-41 5 no-comm-1ag reaction, process above pc’s level, how to communicate to a group, III-336 II-218 idea that communication could be harmful, IIIof aberrative personality, I-475 518 physical ~ just another kind of ~, II-68 inhibited communication, III-466 physiological, II-130 intention communicates, III-338 position on the Tone Scale established by, interest, communication, control, help, sequence II-128 of breakdown in aberration, IV-120 process lag is length of time it takes to reduce is a familiarization process based on reach and all communication lag from a type of ques withdraw, VII-239 tion or action in auditing, II-130 is an anchor point, I-465 questionable answers and repeat of question is as exact as it approaches duplication, II-1 5 do not reduce the ~, II-1 28 is-ness and communication, III-146 use in selecting a marriage partner, I-310 is part of the triangle of affinity, reaiity and whatittellsyou, ll-129 communication, II-136 language, main tool of, I-99 is raised by holding things in, III-231, 232 levels of, I-351 is simply a familiarization process based on reach line(s); see also HTLTAE and withdraw, IX-64 all lines should have a purpose, II-400 is the heart of life, I-351 are not command lines, II-386 itsa isn’t a comm line; it’s what travels on a comm collapsed, I-367 line from pc to auditor, if that which travels is cut comm lines in marriage problems, I-310 saying with certainty “It IS”, V-370 depend upon reality and communication and lag; see also Dianetics ‘55.’ affinity and where an individual is too de defn., length of time between the moment the manding the affinity tends to break down auditor poses the question and moment slightly, VII-240; IX-65 when that exact question posed is answered how severed, I-139 positively by pc no matter whether silence is first requisite of auditing, II-53 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 communicate, communication(s) (cont.) communicate, communication(s) (cont.) line(s) (cont.) speed, I-368 itsa maker line, itsa line, what’s-it line, VII-243 success level of a person is his ~ level, III-92 jealous person afraid of hidden ~, I-310 tends to as-is mass, III-138 management, keeping wide open all ~, I-139 terminal(s), of Scientology, II-92 is a live mass or something that is capable of process doesn’t work until auditor has a comm causing, receiving or relaying communica line to pc, VII-241 tion, III-II-4, 164 three important, IX-68 keeping certain communication terminals in worse off case, the less person can follow a ~, place and making sure that the proper par VI-126 ticles go to and through the proper termi live , postulates, will always create change, IInals is administration, II-386 258 using the body as a, II-276 location, to communicate one must be able to The Factors, I-375 hold to a location, VII-264 theory of affinity, reality and ~, I-98 low-havingness person withholds ~, II-415 theory of communication, I-464 machines which reverse ~, handling of, II-53 thetan communication the best, I-352 magic of, IX-63; see also Dianetics Today third dynamic activity, highest level of, and earli mechanisms of, II-48 est instant of it is and was communication, mimicry, entering wedge of ~, II-138 III-518 mind is a communication system, II-429 third dynamic, how it violates the communication misuse and withhold of~ is aberrative, III-518 formula, III-336 more important than the other two corners of the to a specific indiVI-dual, III-336 triangle, II-413 to communicate one must be able to hold to a OCA/APA drop in comm level caused by double location, IX-314 acknowledgementbyauditor, lll-334 two-way communication, II-136, 314, 449; III of material, I-402 122, 136; VIII-107; see also Dn 55!; PXL one-way ~ is a first dynamic operation, II-138 applied to a mass will as-is mass without par other forms of, I-99 ticularly depleting havingness of pc, II-196, outranks by far affinity and reality, I-334, 464 197 over-communication, II-467 as a process, III-160, 179 O/W is junior to various laws of communication, auditor doing without a C/S, VIII-411 control and help, IV-186 auditors must make notation of auditing essen parts of communication, III-5 tials in 2-way comm as of senior impor pc is as well as he can originate a communication, tance to pc’s text, VII-104 III-370; VIII-183 can be too much in auditing session, II-449 performer purpose is basically ~, VIII-293 Course Supervisor use, VII-146, 175, 299 person who is jealous has something ~rong on the explained, IX-396, 397, 399 subject of communication, I-3 10 vs. auditor two-way comm, IX-396 persuasion and ~, differences between, III-82 C/Sing two-way comm, VII-46, 104, 360, 405 point past which communication is bad and short four main reasons for 2-way comm C/Ses, of which lack of communication is bad, IllVII-40 177 reasons for C/S errors in C/Sing 2-way Prehav Scale command for Communication, IVcomm, VII-104 211 does not mean invalidative or evaluative ques Processes; see Communication Processes tions or comments by auditor, III-484 Reality and Communication Scale; see Scn 0-8 don’t use a listing question in, why, VIIIreason for, I-380 270 refusing to communicate is a crime of omission E-Meter, two-way comm done on, VII-41 for an organization, II-165 end phenomena, VII-41, 104, 105, 126 rehabilitation of communication, III-93 evaluation in auditing two-way comm is a relationship to obsessive games condition, III-104 deadly sin, VII-40 Release; see Grade 0 follows all rules of auditing, VII-104 responsible as one can communicate, I-351 how to get to F/N, VII-105 role that ~ plays in game called existence, I-350 in repair, X-16 Scale, II-192 Interiorization Rundown is followed by two Scarcity, Remedy of, II-291, 325 way comm session, VII-36, 52, 126, 159, (Secondary Scale level), IV-287 460; VIII-280 solvent for all things; it dissolves all things, II-413 is not conversation, it is a highly specialized sound in communication, III-138 thing, III-122, 161, 181 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 communicate, communication(s) (cont.) two-way communication (cont.) maintain it, do not begrudge preclear few moments’ discussion of incident just recalled, or discussion of phenomena he has suddenIy noticed, II-145 mass can be disintegrated, no matter what type of mass it is, by ~, II-197 must be used sparingly, II-467 must remain “two-way”, III-196 not using can cause failed pcs, II-146 on BD items in repair, X-87 one-way communication as-ises havingness, two-way doesn’t and actually raises the tone of pc, III-195 part of every process, II-138 pc upset, look into two-way comm processes in folder and treat them as L&N processes where pc has answered with items, VIII270 prepared lists, two-way comming reading items, VII-411 Prepcheck, two-way comm is lighter than, VII93 process, II-118; VII-176 prolonged, reduces havingness, II-414 questions, improper, VII-105 questions must be limited to feelings, reactions, significances, never ask for terminals or locations, VIII-270 recalling pc’s secrets, II-250 right amount of, II-234 rudiment going out in two-way comm session must be put in by auditor, VII-105 ruds in, X-54-55 rules of C/Sing, X-54-55 sessions, do not go into long ~, II-417 sessions, mark all reads, VIIbS, 75 sessions which do not end in F/N, how to handle, VII-105 subject chosen must be tested for read, VII104-105 subject of major processes, don’t use, VII-105 third-dynamic operation, II-138 two ways to err: permit two-way comm to a point where the pc’s havingness is injured; chop communication to such a degree that havingness is injured, III-157 use of two-way comm, VII-bS what it consists of, III-125 what it is, II-296 worksheets are detailed as to what pc says, VII-40 war, how it can come about by lack of ~, III-423 what makes communication work in processes is duplication part of communications formula (Axiom 28), IV-155 withheld, single and sole reason for accumulation of ridges and barriers, II-415 withhold ~, ability to, advances IQ, III-201 355 communicate, communication(s) (cont.) withholds and communication, III-93, 201 with hurtful things, III-104 word of mouth, II-92 communication bridge, to get from one process to another, II-449 use of, IV-5 1 what it is, III-373, 536 Communication Course, [1957] III-58, [1958] 335, 451, [1959] 456; see also Co-Audit, HAS; HAS; HQS ARC in Comm Course, III-242 HAS Comm Course, III-449, 451, 456, 527 PE becomes a dissertation in Scientology and a Comm Course, IV-182 Communication Process(es), III-5; see also communi cation defn., any process which places pc at cause and uses communication as the principal command phrase [1959], III-503 assists for PT location and on body by~, III-547 auditors can be smoothed out as cases by running a ~ on “an auditor” and “a preclear”, III-505 avoid pinning the process in present time, III-531 basic ~, “Recall a time you communicated”, III463 body part run on ~, “From where could you communicate to a (name of body part)”, III 513 cautions regarding ~, III-505 Comm Recall Process, III-536 DEI Scale and ~, III-534 don’t self-audit with a ~, Ill-505 end phenomena [1959] , III-504, 513 essentials of use of ~, III-503 Grade 0 Release, VI-95, 96, 98; see also Grade 0 how to run Comm Processes on assessment, III524 illnesses, process with Communication Processes if illness is in the way of session, III-505 increases havingness by damping out excessive in dividuation, III-531 Locational Communication relieves face pressures and terror stomachs, III-466 on body part, IV-70 on Universe: separation process fromalluniverses the thetan is anxious about, III-524 restimulative nature of ~, III-502 terminals employed in command should be gener alized, III-503, 513 terminals to which ~ are addressed must be real terminalsneversignificances only, III-503 use of E-Meter [1959], III-504 “What could you say to your father?”, II-194 why pc doesn’t do it, III-519 workbest on obvious and visible terminals, III-531 Communication Processing, Axiom 51, II-240 communism, cult of, based upon only one life, II-428 communism, fascism, socialism are bad management, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 communists try to convince people that you’re guilty computational psychotic, defn , I-57 of their overts, IV-321 computer, mind as, I-70 Comparable Magnitude, Problems of; see Problem Concentrate—Shift Attention Process, run on stuck Process, Problems of Comparable Magnitude needle, IV-218 Comparison [process], I-329 concentration, child not capable of sustained, I-49 compartmenting the question, IV-322; V-77, 78 concept(s), compete (Secondary Scale level), IV-292 defn, abstract general notion or conception, I-275 complete, completed, completing, completion, concept symbolized by word, VIII-316 defn., completing of a specific course or auditing conditions and positions and states run as, I-276 grade, meaning it has been started, worked how to run, I-275; seealso Rising Scale Processing through and has successfully ended with an inprocessing, l-311 awardinQual, VII-141, 288; 1X-313 of authoritarianism, I-178; see also suppressive defn, to make whole, entire or perfect; end after person satisfying all demands or requirements; act or Running; see also Scn 8-80 action of completing, becoming complete or Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and, I-275 making complete, VIII-93; X-218 routine for, I-276 audited ~ must be paid and have attested with an Concept Help, IV-121 F/N VGIs and written a success story, VII-371 Confront straightens out any “mugginess” cycles on a case, X-145 churned up by Concept Help, IV-122 list; see listing, complete list two-way ~ on general terminal, IV-117 pc completion points, VIII-214 conception, running of, I-17 quickie, X-218 conceptualization of meanings, VIII-316; IX-485 student completion must be paid, must have conceptual level running of motivators, overt acts, passed examination and must have acceptable DEDs and DEDEXes, I-275 success story, VII-369 conceptual understanding of word, VIII-317 visual idea of completing actions, VII-262 condensation, tendency of physical universe is con what makes it quickie, VIII-93 densation and solidification, V-276 complete list; see listing, complete list condition(s), complexity, complexities, defn, is a circumstance regarding a mass or basic law on complexity, IX-309 terminal, III-164 degree of complexity is proportional to the degree all conditions are postulated conditions, II-240 of non40nfront, IX-309 assignment, wrong, can turn on somatics and is non-confront, any complexity stems from an inikind of suppressive, IX-166-67 tial point of, IX-310 difference between terminals and conditions, IIpostulates go from simplicities to ~, III-34 516; III-164 study—complexity and confronting, IX-309 ethics; see ISE surrounding any subject or action is derived from game; see game condition a greater or lesser inability to confront, VIIhow to get pc over any unwanted ~ or aberration 266; IX-316 that he is agonizing to get rid of, IV-44 compliance, degraded beings refuse to comply withprocess that turns on bizarre or unwanted condi out mentioning it, VI-193 tion will always turn it off, IV-218 composed, OCA/APA drop in, cause of, III-334 Scientology points out what can be seen or chang compulsions and obsessions, assessment of, I-294 ed from a person’s own viewpoint to bring compulsive outflow, how to stop a, III-350 about a change in his own condition, II-438 compulsive position precedes compulsive thinking, II-13 terminals should be run, not ~, II-323, 332, 354 compulsively talking, II-467 “conditioning’~, Pavlov’s school of, VI-391 computation(s), I-202; see also AP&A conditioning, randomity contains the idea of, II-536 defn, ability to resolve problems, I-69 Conditions by Dynamics, VIII-81 effective ~ to be run, I-440 conditions of existence, II-410; see also alter-isness; imagination is vitalto, I-76 as-isness; is-ness; not-isness; NSOL; PXI, of aberrative personality, I-475; see also supconditionsofsuccess; seeProblemsofWork pressive person conduct, codes of, mutually agreed, IV-388 of workability of techniques, I-456 conduct, good conduct—do only those things which processes of, I-72, 75 others can experience, III-432 run regret, blame and sympathy and preclear will conduct, regulated by sense of ethics, I-294 give central computation, I-204 conference, daily auditors’, X-70 secrecy, I-475 confession(s), III-551 service facsimile is a ~ generated by the being not and IQ, III-201 the bank, VI-173 mechanism used by churches, IV-12 steps to find, I-204 religious—historical precedence, IX-262 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Confessional(s); see also Integrity Processing; Secuconfront(ed)(ing), confrontingness (cont.) rity Checking complexity and confronting; see complexity Exam Report is required after any ~, VII-167 concepts are more in kind with confronting than on students, VIII-173 with creating, IV-121 Confessional List, Johannesburg, VIII-419 confronting mental mass, gradient scale of, II-227 confidence, create and confront, IV-35 ability to predict equals confidence, V-93 Dianetic item that reads guarantees pc will be able auditor confidence, importance of, V-326 to confront and erase chain, VI-357 auditor confidence increased by standardized sesdrama, III-213 sions, IV-53 effect, person at effect is confronted by life, he it’s confidence regained that makes Clears, not does not confront it, VIII-231 quantity of stuff run, IV-44, 65, 66 eyesight and confronting, III-37; see also eyesight only thing wrong with pc is his lack of confidence failed case can’t confront overts, IV-5 in handling himself without hurting others, first step of handlinganything isgaining abilityto IV-67 face it, III-113 scale of increasing confidence, IV-8 glib student, what he can confront, VIII-99 confidential materials, reason for, VI-105 gradient of confronting study, VII-264, 265 confidential, why OT materials are confidential, VIIIhavingness is an objective and somewhat obscure 23 method of confronting, IV-122 conflicts are usually remedial by conference unless a havingness is proportional to pc’s ability to con third party is promoting conflict, VI-290 front in session, V-225 confront(ed)(ing), confrontingness, III-100, 116, if one can confront he can be aware; if he is aware 211, 318; VII-264; VIII-182; see also Confront he can perceive and act, VIII-182 Processes; presession; TRs, TR 0; NSOL “If you can’t stand it, confront it”, III-100 defn, ability to be there comfortably and perincidents, end goal of running incidents is increas ceive, VII-265; IX-315 ing ability to confront, III-419 defn, to face without flinching or avoiding, VIIIirresponsibility and confronting, III-96 182; IX-346 less a pc can confront two things, the more he defn, to stand facing or opposing, especially in fixes on one, IV-62 challenge, defiance or accusation, VIII-182; level, III-212 IX-346 mental image pictures and ~, III-114, 447; see ability to confront pc and session and parts of also mental image pictures session permits one to accurately go from A to mest clear has not been through a total ~, III-446 B, VII-289 misunderstoods, confusions, omissions, alterations ability to confront the future without restimulaof a subject begin with failures or unwilling tion, III-488 ness to confront, VII-264; IX-314 Affinity Process, “What would you like to connot-is, when a person can confront something, he front?”, III-463 no longer has to not-is it, III-413 an HCO B or HCO PL (drill), IX-3 17 obsessive confronting, III-3 19 auditing enVI-ronment influences pc’s ability to on a VI-a (using a relay point), IX-3 15 confront, VI-359 pc; see TRs, TR 0 auditing restores confidence in confronting and pc ability to confront force, VII-79 undoes necessity to confront, III-311 pc’s past, how to increase willingness to confront, auditor errors come mainly from an inability to III-489 confront, VIII-164 pc who makes no gain is pc who will not as-is, auditors failing to handle E-Meters, chief reason is who will not confront, V-36 mainly confront, IV-261 present time, III-96 beingness is more involved with havingness than Process; see Confront Process with confront, IV-122 PTP is basically inability to confront dual terminal body and TR 0, VIII-369 nature of universe, IV-61 bullbaited; see TRs, TR 0 Bullbait Q and A and confront, VIII-224 case; see case, confront rising needle means pc can’t confront it, IV-333 CCHs are “familiarization” processes that permit rock is confrontingness on a VI-a, III-320 pc to confront control and duplication, V-43 Scale of Confront; see Scn 0-8 charge blows off bank to degree that it’s confrontstudent only fails by not confronting, duplicating, ed, IX-68 absorbing and using the materials before him charge blows off bank to degree that it’s confrontexactly like it says, VII-237 ed and this is represented by itsa line, VII-243 surVI-val represented best by “continuous con charge prevents pc from ~ time track, V-290 fronting” at a process level, III-S39 clearing lies in confronting, not escaping, IV-374 surVI-ve and ~ are of same order of thing, III-539 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 confront(ed)(ing), confrontingness (cont.) symptoms of haVI-ng trouble with, VII-265; IX315 TA “drift up”, pc’s refusal to confront, V-48 “talent” and “native ability”, related to ability to confront, VII-264 theta clears were made by gradually raising their confrontingness of mental image pictures, III445 things which are worth confronting, III-213 time track, unavailability, cause of, V-275 TR 0; see TRs, TR 0 unburdening case brings up confront, VII-110 unhappiness is inability to ~ that which is, IIIquent efforts to audit, IV-249 unknown confronting or not confronting, when uncovered, gives us the phenomenon of cognition, III-311 via, confronting on, (using a relay point), VII265 work, III-214 you have to be able to hold the position in the face of something, III-232 Confront Processes, IV-15 1, 154; see also confront aimed at further confront, X-31 Alternate Confront, IV-121 commands of Alternate Confront, III-547; IV140 Body Confronting, commands and how to run, III-31 can be run as a prelude to any and all Responsibility, IV-50 commands for Presessions II-X, IV-142 commands in order of test for pcs, IV-152 Confront a Preclear [process] , II-545 Confrontingness and RecallProcesses, II-526 Confront is a Responsibility Process, IV-35 Continuous Confront, IV-123 survival is translated for processing as Continuous Confront, IV-127 Failed Help as the Confront Process, IV-171 Havingness is a Confront Process and straightens out the create factor, IV-35 Havingness Processes and ~, finding; see EME order of test of Havingness and Confront commands, IV-151, 152 Responsibility is confront and is very senior to Confront as a process, IV-35 standard Confrontingness Processes, III-215 straightens out any “mugginess” churned up by Concept Help, IV-122 Subjective Confrontingness, commands and how to run, III-319 Confrontingness Scale, III-489; see also Scn 0-8 Confrontingness Scale of Reality, III-447 is a parallel to Responsibility Scale, III-446 Confront Scale is the scale of disintegrating reality, III-404 confused ideas stem from misunderstoods, IX-421 confused scene, inechanics of taking over, III-262 confusion(s); see also prior confusion defn, random knowingness and not knowingness create, when unaligned, a confusion, II-282 defn., motion unexpected above the tolerance level of person VI-ewing it, II-538 ability to live depends to a marked degree upon ability to shift consideration of what is confu sion, what is motionlessness, II-540 anatomy of confusion, III-14 and glee, VI-257 at length becomes a mystery, II-154 blows off when order is put in, III-378 fixed ideas follow a period of, VIII-237 flubs in TRs are basis of all confusion in subse 431 358 how disseminating Scientology can result in con fusion, II-1 54 how to handle confusion, III-262; VII-417 istheantithesisofaflow, II-154 minus randomity is the opposite of ~, II-538 misunderstood word exists at the bottom of a confusion, VII-373; VIII-29 of earlier philosophies, II-395 of workaday world, handling; see POW prior confusion; see prior confusion problem consists of two opposed stable data and therefore two confusions, IV-354 somatics, handling by sec checking area of con fusion, IV-409 stable datum and confusion, IV-62 student, why he may experience somatics and confusions, III-344 TA motion is caused by energy contained in con fusions blowing off case; confusion is held in place by aberrated stable data, V-375 teaching of basic data restimulates confusions, VI-276, 365 (two or more opposed VI-ews or actions) stays in position because it is hung on a single fixed point, IV-62 Connectedness [process] , II-517, 554; III-97, 317 can also be run outside, III-191 clears stuck needles, III-243, 297 commands of Connectedness, III-297 commands of GP-3, Connectedness, III-318 command with “you” added, III-229 Control Connectedness, III-205 control version, III-294 earliest commands of, III-190 is the basic process on association of theta with mest, III-163 most basic of spotting processes, III-189 used to bolster havingness, III-317 why it works, III-189 connect (Secondary Scale level), IV-286 conqueror, world, operates with a perverted dynamic, I-35 conquest of mest, I-188 by theta, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 conscience, control (cont.) bad, ~III-559 acknowledgement is a control factor, III-349 uneasy lies the head that wears a guilty ~, IV-27 anatomy of ~ is start, change and stop, II-433, consciousness, 52 1 banishment of, by too much agreement under and creation of mental images utilizes and disci duress, I-350 plines energy, I-324 on death of; see NSOL auditing, earliest stage of, consists in taking over reactive mind acts below the level of, II-430 control of pc to restore to pc more control of consequences and prediction, related to overts, VIhimself than he has had, II-443 404, 405 bad control, no such thing, II-522 Consequences of Solutions [process], III-I 1 body control comes before control of thinking Consequences [process], II-251; IV-57 ness, III-479 consider, consideration(s), body, control of by pc, III-184, 240, 267 aberration, totality of, is basically considerations a by ARC is taught in Comm Course, III-242 thetan is making, II-437 by Tone 40 is taught in Upper Indoc, III-242 all things are as one considers they are, II-447 center; see AP&A; Handbook forPreclears and is-ness; see Phoenix Lectures change belongs at “inverted control” on Prehav and mechanics; see Scn 0-8 Scale, IV-320 and postulates, III-139 children, using good 8-C on, III-82, 110 in the form of significances, II-68 communication ability proceeds from control, principles and axioms of Scientology are considerIII-24 ations agreed upon and from which stem this Communication-Control-Havingness; see CCHs universe and livingness, III-344 communication is reached by control plus duplica take rank over mechanics of space, energy and tion, III-248, 355 time, II-67 cure for auditor who can’t control pc, VI-140; consistency of theory, I-300 VII-225 constructive and destructive people, difference bedifference between good and bad control, II-213 tween, V-408 effected by introducing uncertainties and hidden constructive ideas are individual and seldom get broad influences, I-389 agreement in a human group, VI-6 facsimiles are control mechanisms, III-23 1 consultant, defn, an instructor who is on duty factor(s), sporadically or from time to time but not asking for missed withholds isa totally accept routinely in any one place, III-42, 462 able control factor, V-59 Consultant, Hubbard; see Hubbard Consultant available to the auditor, III-23 consulting ministers, society of, II-353 Find the Auditor is part of Control, III-204 consulting Scientologist, II-262 Formula 20 is an effort to run control on thought Contact Assist, VII-322; VIII-191; X-159; see also level, IV-213 assist game, requisite to playing is ability to control, described, VI-318 II-446 EP—pain gone, cog, F/N, VII-322 good control is positive control, II-522 interrupting a general course of auditing, VII-191 interest, communication, control, help, sequence Touch Assists and Contact Assists mandatory of breakdown in aberration, IV-120 when any injury occurs, VII-167 is more easily inverted on UK case, IV-202 when possible make persons hold things they were mind (attention), control of, III-267 holding, if any, while doing, VII-323 parts of control, III-6 Contact by Duplication; see CCH 7 pc, control of, II-17; III-204 Contact (Step VII- of SOP8), I-424, 426 pc is out of session when he starts to control continue is the reverse action to overrun; continue session, II-524 equals survival, VII-269 pc, rehabilitation of, in terms of control, II-518 Continue Process, X-128 pc under auditor’s control to extent of doing the assessing and listing, VII-282 process, IV-66 Continuous Confront, surVI-val is translated for properson, control of, III-267 cessing as ~, IV-127 reason, I-153 continuous missed withhold; see missed withhold, religion used as bad control, II-212 continuous (Secondary Scale level), IV-289 continuous overt; see overt, continuous session without proper rudiments is a session with Contra-survival and Pro-surVI-val Processing, I-192 out control, IV-56 control, III-9, 204; see also presession; Start— situation, howto control, III-261; VII-416 Change—Stop; CMSCS thinkingness, control of, III-119, 255, 267 absence of control is sickness itself, II-213 whole track, control of, III-454 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 control (cont.) 8-C, good and bad, III-212 8-C on students, III-90 Control Connectedness [process], III-205 Control Processes, characteristic, purpose, stable datum of, III-479 Control Process, tactile 8-Cb, II-553 Control Trio, III-119; see also Trio commands, III-111, 278 how to run, III-278, 279 is a three-stage process on a heavy spotting control, III-190 conversation is not two-way comm, III-161 cope, way to get out of, is to organize, VII-380 copperplate longhand, VII-433; IX-44 copying lists or worksheets, X-5 Corners of the Room, Holding, [process] , I-472 “corpse case”; see case, “corpse” correction, lists; see prepared lists, correction lists Qual’s function is, VIII-188 usually cannot be accomplished without Ethics back-up, VIII-66 corrective actions, when done, X-250 Corrective Word Clearing, Word Clearing Method 9 is, IX-473 correspondence courses, frailties of, III-331 coterm; see terminal, combined counselor, attitude of, I-242; see also auditor Scientologist as a counselor, IV-II-4 counter-effort(s), I-215 acceptance of, I-169 occluded case will run efforts and ~, I-303 counter-policy and counter-tech, IX-89 counter-postulate; see postulate courage, level; see Science of Survival that we can observe what we observe and say what we have observed, IV-203 course(s); see also Course Supervisor; training available, I-408 can be wrecked by lack of study materials, VI-406 containing TRs 04, 6-9 or Admin TRs is a major program in itself, VII-261 fast courses, VII-165 secret of, IX-389 fast flow student passes ~ by attestation, VIII-162 final valuable product of any course, VII-199 graduate becomes an auditor, X-163 by auditing, VII-234, 331 Group Auditor’s, I-312 how to translate a course, VII-441 materials, VII-198 misunderstood word tech is the sole course tech when course admin is in and materials are available, VII-303 outnesses which must be corrected, IX-90 retread course, illegal to give away, VII-165 Scientology course, what it consists of, VII-198 360 course(s) (cont.) slow course, speeding up, IX-409 students who drift off of courses or who are very slow lack somebody to talk to, VIII 75 Study Tapes, only piece of technology you use on a course, VII-302 supervision, it is out tech to fail to know and use tudy tech, VIII-41 tapes are never played to a group of students, VII-435; IX-365, 437 translation to tape, IX-349 use of clay table on courses, VII-163 what is a course, VII-198 with no materials, X-178-79 Course Administrator, defn., course staff member in charge of course materials and records, VII-140, 286; IX-311 actions of Course Administrator, VII-199 Course Supervisor; see also course; instructor defn., instructor in charge of a course and its students, VII-140, 286; IX-311 actions, VII-198, 301; IX-398 checking students for misunderstoods on E-Meter, VII-300; IX-397 checkout, defn., checkout done by Supervisor of a course or his assistants, VII-140, 286; IX-311 Code and stable data; see Scn 0-8 Correction List, VIII-52 course is slow, Supervisor uses Word Clearing Method 4, IX-409 cramming, IX-95 dialogue of a Supervisor, VII-299 don’t cut affinity lines to data, II-163 don’t give experimental data, II-163 duty, VI-272 expected to be efficient, not kind, II-345 failure, cause of, VIII-41 handling of student asking technical questions, VII-236 has to know study tech, not necessarily subject taught, VIII-41 Integrity List, IX-303 is not an “instructor”, VII-198 is there to get student’s confront up on materials not to lessen it by “explaining”, VII-236 is tough, VII-198 minimum requirements of Supervisor, VII-232 must show that he is interested in progress of his students, VII-146 outnesses make slow courses, VI-437 primary tech, VIII-42 product of Supervisor, VIII-43 remedies; see BCR should have an excellent grip on the exact audit ing procedure, II-418 skill, what it is, VII-198 student doping off, looking upset or blowing, Course Supervisor actions, VII-146 student is going along well, Course Supervisor does not act to correct, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Course Supervisor (cont.) cramming (cont.) student queries, handling of, VIII-42, 302; IX-451 log book, IX-104 supervisingat abelow F/Nlevel, IX-402 maxim of: handle the hell out of it, VIII-335; total dialogue of, IX-396 IX-120 two-way comm; see communication, two-way most cramming cycles reveal a broader area of use of Remedy A and B, VI-150 situation which must also be handled, VIII use of Word Clearing Method 4, VIII-29, 302; 334; IX-119 IX-451 must exist in any org which sells auditing, VII-233 cramming, VII-183, 207, 282; VIII-188; IX-87, 93, must have a library of all materials, VII-279 109, 362 normal procedure even for Class XIIs, VII-379 defn., section in Qualifications Division where order, X-199 student is given high pressure instruction at his always includes TRs, VIII-164 own cost after being found slow in study or how to write up, IX-52, 107; X-204 when failing his exams, VII-141, 287; IX-312 over out ruds, VIII-334; IX-119 actions, VIII-66 Primary Correction Rundown (revised), VIII-65; done in Qual must be done on a meter, VIIIsee also Primary Correction Rundown 397 purpose of Cramming, IX-87 and excellent checkouts, X-84 raises auditing quality, X-99 and the C/S, X-234 red tag pc report must lead at once to cramming auditing quality raised by getting in cramming, of auditor, D of P, C/S and Tech Sec, IX-105 VII-209 retread and retrain, VIII-164 auditor(s), IX-90, 112; X-233 Section issues okay to audit, VII-233 auditor goofs, always find and handle, by standard Cramming action when correction list cramming, VII-153, 206, 273, 412 said to be blank, VII-464 auditor leaVI-ng Cramming goes through Examisuccess, what it depends on, VIII-335; IX-120 ner, VI-14 i 2 Supervisor and C/S, IX-90 auditor must complete cramming on action tech as good as Cramming Officer can cram, before doing action again, VII-379 VII-184 auditors who flub, send to Cramming, X-142 to get flubless auditors, X-183 let them complete programs on pcs even tools, IX-88, 112, 117 though going to Cramming, VII-380 TRs in Cramming, IX-102 can assess correction lists, VIII-66 why it’s VI-tal, VII-207 chit, X-178 Word Clearing in Cramming, IX-104 C/S, X-164 Cramming Officer(‘s), C/S, anyone that flubs, as it affects the C/S in any areas of expertise a ~ has to have, IX-93 way, gets a cramming chit, VII-377 check for basics, IX-92 C/S does cramming himself, if no Cramming Officlose technical links with C/S, VII-377 cer, VII-161, 461 C/S makes sure Qual has one, VIII-164 C/S has to straighten out Qual cramming, VIII-233 flubs, IX-119 C/S, if an auditor doesn’t grasp a C/S he has is not bound to accept any cramming order, received he gets help from Cramming, VII-183 IX-107 C/S I/T, IX-113 must report the real Why to the C/S, IX-108 cycle(s), IX-108, 112 post requirements, IX-104, 110 and the C/S, X-199 procedure for handling auditors, IX-93 compliance reports on cramming cycle should statistic, IX-106 have Exam Report attached, VII-412 craving for work, I-333 done in Qual must be done on a meter, IX-121 cravings and hungers, how to resolve, I-492 exess and admin personnel, IX-113 create, creating, creation, III-320; see also Create finding the misunderstood, X-98 Processes; FOT finds the real Why of an auditor error, IX-108 defn., make, manufacture, construct, postulate, good cramming is the key to flubless auditors and bring into beingness, II-408 auditing, IX-104 ability to, II-304 handling staff member never crammed before, and control of mental images utilizes and disci IX-118 plines energy, I-324 heavy hussar handling, IX-116 and destruction, I-176 Hi-Lo TA assessment, X-131 insanity can be grouped and classified, detect if there is no Cramming, a C/S can fully afford to ed and remedied by a study of, I-293 do cramming himself, VIII-281 Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, II-313 it is obviously senseless to cram someone whose common denominator of all aberration (mental studytechis out, VIII-66 derangement) is cessation of creation, II-433 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 create, creating, creation (cont.) concepts are more in kind with confronting than with creating, IV-121 confront and create, IV-35 “create” is dynamic principle of existence in Scientology as “survive” was in Dianetics, III-539 cycle of action: create—survive—destroy, IV-126 death, cessation of creatiGn, II-433 discreditable creations, IV-7 fundamental urge of a thetan, IV-126 gradient scale of creation, mind and body are part of, I-419 Havingness is a Confront Process and straightens out create factor, IV-35 how to handle subject of create, IV-I 16 how to stop creation, II-409; see also as-is(ness) individual who has a free heart and mind about life is bent upon creating, II-433 knowing and unknowing, II-409 lying is the lowest order of creativeness, II-447 no creation without destruction, I-293 obsessive creation, III-539 of knowledge, opposed to knowledge, II-437 of time and creation of memory were concurrent incidents, II-222 pc has creation tangled up with cause and cause tangled up with overt-motivator sequence, IV-35 person in any valence is VI-ctimized by his own creation, IV-11 6 precedes destruction, II-245 reactive bank comes from obsessive creating, III-320 reactive mind, basis of, is creativeness done below level of consciousness, IV-116 reactive mind toughened up by creating, how to handle, IV-11 6 responsibility of individual for his ~, IV-35, 147 science goes mad when it is “creating in order to destroy”, IV-127 (Secondary Scale level), IV-314 spirit is source of all creation, III-270 survival is apparency of creating, IV-126 thetan’s answer to being threatened or struck is to create, III-320 Create CDEI Scale, goals listing using, V-143 create-counter-create, defn., to create something against a creation; to create one thing and then create somethingelse against it, II-408 create-create-create, defn., create again continuously one moment after the next, II-408 Create Processes; see also create Alternate Create, commands of, III-547 are limited, IV-35 dangers and advantages, III-539 “Recall creating”, III-536 creative, ability, I-399 loss of, I-395 362 creative (cont.) imagination, I-323 creativeness, radiation hits at, III-52 Creative Processing, II-277, 528; see also Mock-up Processes adding creativeness to spotting, II-304 changing things in space, I-454; see also mock-up commands and running, III-205 needle consistently out of pace with supposed comrnand execution, cause of, III-206 credo of a good and skilled manager, I-96 credo of a true group member, I-94 crime, crime and criminal acts are perpetuated by anti social personalities, VI-177, 178 High; see High Crime subdivided into accidental and intentional crime, II-62 when you let a person give nothing for something you are factually encouraging crime, VIII-79 why it increases, VI-404 criminal(s), criminality, II-62; III-234; VIII-78 defn., one who thinks help cannot be on any dynamic or uses help on anyone to injure and destroy, IV-101 always assists himself to be caught, IV-12 attackers of Scientology had criminal records, II-167 codes and VI-olent punishment are not needed to regulate social personalities, VI-182 creation of, VI-404 criminal and the E-Meter, IX-275 ethics presence checks criminality, VIII-78 exchange and criminality, VIII-79 get no case gain, VI-102 groups, II-63 having no awareness of good and evil, VI-405 how a person becomes criminal, IV-24 individual rights not originated to protect crimi nals, IV-27 insanity of, II-63 is in fact insane, IV-83 mentally deranged persons, II-62 most criminals are unable to predict and thus have no fear of any consequences, VI-405 treatment for, II-64 war and criminality, IV-45 welfare states, why they get lots of criminals, VIII-79 why punishment doesn’t cure, V-439; VIII-371; IX-269 will not receive orders called law, IV-136 would not register on overts, IV-I9 criminally inclined, I-81 critical, criticism(s), auditor does not invalidate, criticize or evaluate for pc, VI-321 auditor finding himself being nattery or critical of pcs should get his withholds on pcs pulled and overts on them off, VII-345, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 critical, criticism(s) (cont.) critical pc = W/H = pull W/H, VI-146, 359 critical thought is a symptom of overt, not the overt itself, V-469 critical tirades are restimulated but missed or partiallymissedwithholds, VIII-178 C/S negative criticism undermines auditors, VI409 high critical cured by CCH 88, Enforced Nothingness, III-246 hyper-critical case, IV-178 is justification of haVI-ng done an overt, IV-12 OCA/APA: critical; see OCA/APA only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold or misunderstood word, VI-91 pc becomes critical of anything outside engram, it is an ARC break, V-293 pc critical of or angry at auditor, organizations or people of Scientology equals missed withhold, V-59 pc with withholds will be critical, natter or blow and is out of comm, VI-76 “Recall being critical” “Recall withholding criticism” [process], III-532 there are no criticisms in absence of overts committed earlier by pc, V-464, 468 upset, ARC breaky pc, handling of, VIII-179 1.1, is effort to reduce size of target of overt, IV-13 C/S; see case supervising; Case Supervisor cultural lag, VI-374 culture, education mustn’t skip gradients in, VIII171 curable physical ailment, I-420 cure(s), don’t ever promise people you will cure them, II-269 never run Scientology grade to make pc well or cure something, VI-350 prior assessing is done to determine what pc was suffering from before he used a harmful “cure”, VI-377 tend to become a new illness, IV-103 curiosity, III-533 current enVI-ronment of the preclear, I-18 current program inside pc folder, X-145 curriculum, how to write a, III-464 curse of the world today is irresponsibility of physical scientists, I-389 curve, emotional, I-204, 205 cycle, defn., a span of time with a beginning and an end; section of the totality of time with a beginning and an end; in beginningless and endless time one can set out periods which do have a beginning and an end insofar as action is concerned, II-407 complete cycles, VII-276 diseases have their own, VIII-406 cycle of action, I-378; II-11, 407; IV-35 cycle of action (cont.) defn, an apparency as follows: create, then sur vive, then destroy; or creation, survival, de struction, II-407 defn., actually only a continuous creation, II-408 actual, defn., create, create-create-create, create counter-create, no creation, nothingness, II-408 antisocial personality cannot finish, VI-178 applied to work, IV-126 Axiom 10 becomes confused by thetan with ~, III-539 basic curve of change compares to cycle of action, IV-258 communication formula, Axiom 10 and cycle of action become identified, IV-35 contains nothing but creation, II-408 create—survive—destroy, IV-126 double action cycles, IV-126 inversion of, IV-35 is redefined as start—continue—complete, V-410 old action cycles, IV-126 session is a cycle of action, IV-56 cycle of, conquest of mest, I-188 creation, growth, conservation, decay and destruc tion, I-293 demand for attention, I-382 deterioration from independent being to being critical of self, IV-186 explosion; see explosion, cycle of group receiving an engram, I-85 life forms, I-293 universe, I-293 wasting, I-416 Cycle of Action Processing, I-467 cyclicalandnon-cyclicalprocessendings, VI-101 cyclical process, never leave the process when pc is recalling moments which are far into the past, II-217 cyclic aspect of recall type processes, phenomena of pc bouncing into PT, IV-5 1 cyclic process, defn., repetitive process which does cause pc to cycle on time track, VI-101 how to end, IV-42, 221 cycling action of pc into the past, III-70 D 363 Danger Condition, correct ~ handling, VIII-82, 84, 100 Danger Conditions—technical data for Review audi a tors, VI-126 dangerous auditor; see auditor, dangerous Danger Rundown steps, VIII-102, 103, 104 Danger Rundown, Why of robotism can be added to, VIII-130 darkness, the result of too much loss, I; see also black(ness) data; see datum CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Data Series sometimes bring about a headache or upset in student, handling of, VIII 16 date and duration of incident found permits an incident to be run with VI-sio, VI-158, 386 date to blow, locate to blow, VII-401, 402 dating, I-231; IV-60; seealso EMD argument with pc can group track, V-293 don’t use “more”—”less”, use “greater than”— “lesser than”, VI-1 91 E-Meter dating on rehab, VI-66 how to date, V-288 incidents, I-233 with E-Meter, III-389; see also E-Meter it is possible to get F/N and VGls while simply spotting or dating an engram, VI-407 pc’s contrary data unspoken and untaken can give you a completely wrong date, V-293 stuck picture, handling by dating, Responsibility and O/W, IV-16 use meter to date and verify date on]y after pc has been unable to come up with date, V-334 datum, data; see also information; knowledge defn., invention which has become agreed upon and so solidified, VIII-II-4 and truth, VIII-1 14 course creates a beingness, not imparts data, III-464 don’t “solve” cases by altering data, VI-387 education is the process of placing data in recalls of another, III-28 evaluated, is useful, unevaluated, is useless, I-125 evaluation of, I-125, 374; III-421 evaluation of importance of data in philosophy, III-346 evaluation of importance of datum is often more important than the datum itself, III-345 for C/S, X-183, 189 good data is usefully accurate data, I-74 HCO Bs and tapes are stable data, X-148 is as valuable as it has been evaluated, III-422 knowledge is not, I-356 lack of, I-76 managementandoperational, l-138 new data doesn’t invalidate early proven techniques, I-300 observe for yourself that presented data exist and are true, III-422, 425 occluded, how to pick up, I-144 person does not have more Scientology data just because he is a Release, VI-39 power of choice over data, III-21 power of Scientology is that it, by stressing single, simple truths, eliminates oceans of mere data, III-346 prime datum, no such thing; there must be two data since datum is of no use unless it can be evaluated by datum of similar magnitude, III-422 quality and quantity of, I-76 secondary knowledge, I-349 364 datum, data(cont.) security of, VI-105 similar magnitude, I-125 stable datum, III-60 and confusion, IV-62 teaching of basic data restimulates confusions, VI-276, 365 thinking consists of comparing aparticular datum with physical universe as it is known and ob served, III-424 utilization of data and education, III-30 “dead horse list”, VII-49 defn, list which even with good auditing failed to produce a reliable item, V-203 Dear Alice; see TRs, TR 1 death(s), dead, I-376; III-223 defn., state of organism motionlessness, I-214 defn., cessation of creation, II-433 defn., rapidity of change of state, unpredicted, IV-54 are run out, X-168 cause of desire for, V-252 child is suffering from death shock, III-109 death: ARC broken: incapable of affinity for, reality about and communication with en vironment, V-347 death of relatives, run them out narrative as secon daries R3R, VII-339 eating is a matter of absorbing ~, II-361, 374 exteriorization and death, III-225 exteriorization is an approximation of, I-434 exteriorization occurs at death, VII-28, 169 exteriorization under duress, characteristic of death itself, II-430 handling of dead bodies, III-227 havingness and death, III-225 inclination towards, I-92 injury or death (or harmful communication), basic postulate of, is best summed up by “victim”, III-518 is a forgettingness, III-223 is just one of varied forms of game of victim, III-518 isn’t a game anymore, III-518 mind, partial death of, III-224 necessary part of activity of theta, I-188 of the body, III-224 past deaths; see also History of Man of famous historical figures, III-411 “Where Are You Buried?” project, IV-55 pc who only gets death pictures or bad pictures is somewhere late on cycle of action or late on an inversion cycle, IV-35 person always exteriorizes on body death, II-432 prenatals, birth, conception and sexual incident are a bounce from a death, III-411 ultimate failure, II-3 unworkable solution, I-456 what happens after, III CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 death(s), dead (cont.) what it is, III-224 decay of tech, X-148 decided and protested used to get pc easier in session, V-447 Decisional Processing, II-290, 324 decision, Attention Objective Decision Repetitive [process], VIII-263 decisions, people who get things done make, I-475 decision to be, I-375 reason behind, I-358 declare(s); see also attest completes pc’s cycle of action and is a vital part of the action, VII-285 C/S’s responsibility, X-153 that a pc or pre-OT is sent to declare, VII-285 errors, VI-67, 75 multiple declare (declaring 0 to IV to Examiner all at one time mostly without any mention of EP of Grade), VII-102 pcdeclare?procedure, VIII-218 pc to, X-153; IX-52 DED(s), I-232; see also HOM; Scn 8-80 and DEDEXes, motivators, overt acts, conceptual level running of, I-275 and DEDEX, motivator and overt: that is Technique 80, I-301 DEDEX, II-8; seealsoHOM; Scn8-80 DEDEX; see DED; HOM; Scn 8-80 deep and light processing, I-187 defend, don’t protect and defend, III-147 defense, consequences of, III-147 defense of anything is untenable; only way to defend anything is to attack, II-157 defensive person, V-321 definition(s), VII-447; see also Word Clearing aptitude, relation to misunderstood definitions, VII-294 by-passed definition, VII-294 by-passed, effect of, IX-394 clay table work on definitions, V-451; VII-162 cycle of mis-definition, V-508; VI-153 how to handle mis-definition on vital words, III301, 321 in basic courses give precise definitions, II-391 student must look up every definition of the word being cleared, IX-479 wrong definitions cause stupidity or circuits, followed by overts and motivators, V-489 Definition Processes, VI-150, 151 are not clay table processes, V-505 when used as remedies are normally processed by guiding secondary style, V-506 Definition Processing, II-277, 284 purpose of, V-507 degradation begins when thetan is interiorized into unwanted mass, II-38; VIII-105 degraded beings, VIII-230, 235 degraded beings, data on, VI-193, 194 deintensified engram, I-16 365 DEI Scale, Comm Processes and DEI Scale, III-534 evolution of the DEI Scale, III-533 on beingness, III-27 1 stealing and DEI Scale, III-257 DEI to CDEI; see Scientology 0-8 delicate cases, pcsneedinglots of repairare, X-43 delivering Dianetics and Scientology, importance of, II-481 deliver what you promise, II-392 delivery (birth), how to run out, III-361 of babies, handled with assists, VIII-189 running out, VII-2 delivery, C/S halting, X-65 delusion, I-435 and hallucination come under heading of altera tion of physical universe facsimile, Il-546 imagination out of control, I-324 mock-up, how it differs from, I-326 never tell child in processing that any part of situation is imaginary or a delusion, 149 delusive or dub-in case, I-436 entrance to, I-433 Demerol, I-105; see also drugs democracy, Scientology exists to further and better government of people, and believes in prinDEDciples of democracy, Magna Carta, Constitu tion of the United States, and Bill of Rights, II-168-69 demon circuit(s), I-16, 30, 32, 301 defn., is any circuit that vocalizes thoughts, I-82 relation to entities, I-359 removing ~ and valence commands, I-18 valence shifters, when contacted and reduced, I-20 demons, source of, I-18; see also DMSMH demonstrate, glib students can’t demonstrate, V-488 demonstration kit, defn. VII-287 demos; see clay demos density, E-Meter measures relative density of body, I-225 denyer obscures a part of track by implying it is not there or elsewhere (a mis-director) or should not be viewed, V-275 Department of Personnel Enhancement, VIII-65 departures; see also History of Man sudden and relatively unexplained, III-557 dependence, that upon which one becomes depen dent becomes one’s enslaver, II-142 dependencies, Viewpoint Processing resolves, I-439 dependency, aberration on the subject of help would be a fear of dependency, IV-85 dependency and mest universe, I-394, 398 depression, suppression and oppression are basic causes of depression, VI-2 Dept 10, 37RProcessdonein, X-129 “Describe the problem to me.” “How does it seem now?”, PTP Process, IV-42 Description Processing; see COHA; PXL desire, DEI Scale, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 desire for effect, I-209 Dianetic(s) (cont.) desire for pain, I-333 and Scientology, less workable the further from desire (Secondary Scale level), IV-305 source, II-457 destimulate, takes 3-10 days to, X-56 assessment, VI-357, 388, 389 destroy, destruction, destructive; see also creation defn., choose, from a list or statements, which defn., a creation of something against a creation item or thing has the longest read or pc’s of something else, II-408 interest, VI-343 defn., no more creation, II-408 by longest read, list of symbols, VI-357 Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, II-313 Dianetic misassessment, how to tell, VI-429 betrayal is help turned to destruction, III-219 prior assessment, VI-377 creation precedes destruction, II-245 assessment list, defn., list of somatic items given criminal is one who uses help on anyone to injure by pc and written down by auditor with reads and destroy, IV-101 marked that occur on meter, IX-11, 51 destructive actions are approved by antisocial perassist; see Dianetic Assist son, VI-179 auditor(s), destructive actions are not necessarily overts, V-32 1 ability to get results is a basic for, VI-448 destructive people and constructive people, V-408 and ruds, X-3 help and destroy are opposite ends of the same are not expected to do Scientology actions, string, III-252 VI-336 in order to survive is not a duplication, IV-126 can repair Int RDs, VII-224 keynote of insanity is destructive efforts on variinstructions, VI-158 ous dynamics, IV-82 is not concerned with “rehabilitation” of over no such thing, II-408 run, VI-373 preclear who believes that every cause brings keys out locks; what happens to pc, VI-372 about a destruction, IV-35 must know Dianetics to understand mind and psychiatrist thinks ~ is same as help, III-252; see aberration, VI-160 also suppressive person requirements, VI-366 science goes mad when it is “creating in order to skills reach up to and include a well, happy destroy”, IV-127 human being, VI-326 (Secondary Scale level), IV-295 value of being Dianetic auditor before Scien detachment, pc’s feeling of, I-267 tology auditor, VI-447, 448 determined, pan-; see pan-determined Axioms of; see A&L; Scn 0-8 determined, self-; see self-determined axioms, primary; see DTOT determinism, psychotic goes berserk at thought of basically epistemology, the study of knowledge, doing anything told him by another deterI-149 minism, IV-136 basic difference between Dianetics and Scien determinism scale, robot band of, VIII-127 tology, III-270 Devil, invention of, II-508 begin Dianetics with Pc Asssessment Sheet, not dev-T (developed, meaning excessive, traffic), basic Health Form, VII-339 reason for, VII-4 beginning a pc on, X-168 Dharma, II-72, 73 Black Dianetics, I-280 diagnosis; seeDTOT; DMSMH body pain, sensation, somatic, illness, disability, and repair of groups, I-91 subject to use is Dianetics, VI-351 “dialogue sense”, I-17 bottom rung of Dianetics, II-397 Dianazene, for radiation prevention, what it is, VIbranch of Scientology which deals with mental 123 anatomy, III-470 Dianetic(s), VI-262; VIII-289; see also Dianetic Asbreakthrough came in assessing only somatics, sen sist; engrams; R3R; DTOT; EOS; DMSMH; sations, emotions, attitudes, VII-9 SOS; SA; CDN; Dn 55!; Dn Today case, defn., a very exact analytical approach to probfailures, causes of, VI-337, 386, 387 lems of the mind, II-209 three types of, I-79 defn, an extension of old-time faculty-psychology case supervision, VI-336, 366, 411; see also case of 400 years ago, II-405 supervising ability to do, is fundamental background of ScienC/Sing, X-90, 91 tologyauditor, VI-159, 325 C/S plays adept Scientology Reviews against accomplishes an eradication of unwanted conDianetics, VI-410 dition, VI-329, 348, 378 C/S programs case from Assessment Form, Analytical Dianetics, I-27 using drugs or medicine first and rest by and Scientology, essential difference between, largest reads first, VII-340 II-118 C/S 1, VI-368, 409; VII-225, 458; X-117 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Dianetic(s) (cont.) Dianetic(s) (cont.) case supervision (cont.) Full Flow Dianetic(s) (cont.) C/S 1 and 2 [1969], VI-368, 409 auditing additional flows while earlier items C/S 3 [1969], VI-409 remain Single or Triple restimulates miss Dianetic C/S’s Index, X-257 ing flows and stacks them up as mass, VIII Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing, VII-190; 377 VIII-285 auditor’s lack of knowledge of flows, doing four possible actions to take, VI-409 F0s on a Triple pc, handling of, VIII-410 chain; see chain by-passed flows and mass, VII-210, 212, 213; changes and improves the rate of healing, VI-320, VIII-286, 380 348, 423 chains that did not F/N when originally run, Child; see Child Dianetics how to handle, VII-211 Clear; see Clear, Dianetic completing unfinished flows in, VIII-275, 378 C/S; see Dianetic case supervision cost of, VIII-379 definitions, VI-340 Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows, VIII-285 development of, VI-393 do not audit four flow items until all earlier Dianometry; see Dianometry Dianetic items brought into four flows, “Did that incident erase” is not asked now, VII-53 VIII-377 don’t copy Dianetic lists or worksheets, VII-359 getting in all flows, VIII-287, 288, 381 don’t wait on pc to act or move in time, pictures high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can do what auditor says, VI-342 come from by-passed flows, VII-212; VIII Double Terminaling and ~, I-352 286, 380 Drug RD, Dianetic, VII-321, 329; see also Drug if pc’s TA begins to average higher, overrun is Rundown occurring, VII-227; VIII-290, 385 drugs are handled first in Dianetics, VII-339, 340; Int-Ext RD and, VIII-285, 375 see also drugs mass occurs when flows of items are by-passed drugs, pc on drugs lately, why Dianetics can’t be and then later restimulated by auditing run properly, VI-443; see also drugs them, VII-210, 212, 213; VIII-287, 381 early Dianetic problems now solved, VI-386 missing flows are still potential mass, VIII-274, early Dianetics, similarities and differences to 377 Freud, II-465 offering, X-101, 104 Educational Dianetics, I-27 old pcs run Triple, let them remain Triple education of parents, I-46 unless you have to do Int RD or some end phenomena, VII-20, 53, 117; VIII-272; see Quad RD, VIII-373 also end phenomena on specific situations, VII-2 erasure, F/N, cognition, VI-373 original version, done on a gradient, VI-162 engram discovery and erasure methods owned enperson doesn’t like, X-157 tirely by Dianetics, II-466 procedure [1966], VI-161 erasure; see erasure repair, X-101, 103-04 errors, VI-355, 366, 414, 447 requires flawless auditing and C/Sing, VIII evolution of, I-488 292, 386; X-121, 125 Expanded Dianetics; see Expanded Dianetics result of, VIII-275, 379; X-101, 104 first law of, I-283 running previously unrun flows, VII-1 floating needle on a chain can be called end of run previously unrun flow or flows first to get that chain, but not of Dianetics on case, charge off, then verify orrunones listed as VI-349 run already, VII-213; VIII-287, 381 flows, one tries to do all flows of item in one safe course is to use Triples on new, never session, VII-186 audited before pcs; those begun on Triples, Flow Table, IX-55; see also Dianetics, Full Flow use then only Triple flows, VIII-291 Table TA, high TA and Quad Flows, VIII-381 defn., chronological list of Dn items run, from TA, high TA and Triple Flows, VII-1; VIII earliest to latest, with flows that have been 287 run, IX-11 Triple reruns, VIII-286 example of, IX-55 and Quad reruns, VIII-380 for pastoral counseling is completely legal, VI-347 tripling earlier Dianetics, VIII-274, 377 Full Flow Dianetic(s), VIII-274, 284, 286, 374, unrun flows law: when one or more of the 378; X-100, 103; see also flows; Quadruple four flows of an item or grade are left Dianetics; Triple Dianetics unrun, when used in later processes the action, resultofdoing, VII-211 earlier unrun ones restimulate and make and OTs, X-120, 125 mass, VII-212 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Dianetic(s) (cont.) Full Flow Dianetic(s) (cont.) unrun flows law: when one or more of the three flows of an item or grade are left unrun, when used in later processes the earlier unrun ones restimulate and make mass, VIII-286, 380 when doing additional flows one must also check or rehab flows run to F/N, VIII-287, 381 when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, VIII-275, 378 Full Flow Table, VII-188, 210; X-100, 103; see also Dianetics, Flow Table Int RD and Full FlowTable, VII-189 is only done if it comes up or bogs running Triples (Ex Dn), IX-174 goal of, I-149 goal, original, I-9 Grade, when Dianetic Grade was missed, people F/Ned their way straight on up to OT VI, still wondering where their headache came from, VI-424 greatly speeds up reaction time, increases IQ rapidly, VI-420 grinding, VI-400 Group Dianetics; see Group Dianetics handles locks, secondaries and engrams, VI-342 healing profession and Dianetics, there is no conflict of interest between, VI-320 Health Form; see Health Form High Crimes, VI-396 illness and Dianetics; see illness incidents, earlier beginning, VI-401 intention in, II-479 interest, two subjects on which the interest question is omitted, X-229 Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology action, VIII-291, 386 is so simple that it demonstrates cleanly whether person can audit or not, VI-447 is verygeneral in application, IX-127 item(s), already run may give a protest read, VI-357 ask for pcinterest, VI-357 doesn’t read, pc still has symptoms, use suppress and invalidate, VII-11 how they first are null and later read, VI-358 must be made plural on Flow 3 when one is running Triples, VI-442 must never be run twice, VII-359; X-5 “no interest” items, VIII-161; IX-138 right item indicators, VI-389 that an item reads guarantees that pc will be able to confront and erase chain, VI-357 that doesn’t read will produce no chain, no basic and pc will jump around track trying but just jamming uphisbank, VII-49 wrong item indicators, VI-388, 429 language and; see Child Dianetics 368 Dianetic(s) (cont.) lets preclear overwhelm engram, II-398 Life Repair before Dianetics, VII-74 list(s), defn., is simply pc’s physical aches and pains, VI-390 all Dianetic lists can be carried to an item that blows down and F/Ns, VII-392 bring together in folder, VII-359 can produce wrong list reactions, VIII-97; X-221 Dianetic lists vs. Scientology lists, VI-390 errors, VII-392; X-184 is not a listing action, VII-49 L3RC—Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List, VIII-245 L3RD—Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, VIII-265 use of, VIII-290 note reads as pc mentions items, VI-377, 389 null lists in Dianetics, VII-11 of somatics, pains, emotions and attitudes can act as a list under meaning of laws of listing and nulling, VII-392 lower-toned cases, reason it often worked on, I-494 mechanistic science, II-209 medicine made effective by Dianetics, VI-372, 423 “mentally retarded” children have been made more normal by Dianetics, VI-348 must be used in all cases of psychosomatic illness or in physical suffering, VI-338, 349 never prepcheck while doing, this mushes up en grams, VIII-291, 385 nine things that go wrong, VI-428 “no interest” items, VIII-161; IX-138 “oddity” case, VI-410 Operating Thetan and Dianetics, VI-360, 395 operations and delivery, aftereffects of, handled by Dianetic auditing, VI-320 overrun = disrelated chain being restimulated, VII-18 pain depressants inhibit ability of thetan to create mental image pictures and impede electrical conductivity of nerve channels, VI-443; see also drugs pain not resolved on Dianetics, VII-110 past life remedies, VIII-388 past track, pc who doesn’t go past track in Dia netics doesn’t recover, VII-452 peculiarities handled by Scientology Review, VI 370; see also Dianetic list, L3RD preclear(s), VII-99; X-49; see also preclear defn., is one who is being processed toward objective of a well and happy human being, VI-326 F/Ns on a lock, ask for an earlier incident, VI-373 has somatics, Dianetic level unflat, VII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Dianetic(s) (cont.) preclear(s) (cont.) is supposed to erase a picture, not only somatic, VI-376 not changing or improving, how to handle, VI-430 often is unable to confront actual engram at once, VI-341 pattern at Examiner, VII-123 repair of a Dianetic pc, VI-429; VII-74; see also Dianetic list, L3RD should be audited on Dianetics until no somatics, VII-99 telling there are several incidents, take earliest, VI-401 who does not resolve on Standard Dianetics alone, how to handle, VI-395 who doesn’t go past lives doesn’t recover, VIII330, 339 who is unflat on Dianetics will have out lower grades, VII-59 prepcheck, never, while doing Dianetics, it mushes up engrams, VII-228 PreventiveDianetics; seePreventiveDianetics processes evolved by paralleling analytical mind action, I-33 processing, I-27 programming, VII-340; see also programming Quadruple Dianetics; see Quadruple Dianetics raises IQ as a side product to usual auditing, VI-348, 420 reasonevolved, I-6 reason why it was abused or even fought has to do with “cultural lag”, VI-374 religion and, I-38; see also religion religion vs. science, II-211 remedies, X-90, 93 results, VI-351; X-90, 93 results are a well body and a being happy with it, VI-325, 351 reverie, purpose of, I-8 roller-coaster after Dianetic auditing, handling, VI410 rudiments, out, in Dianetics, VI-429 run somatics, not medical terms, VI-389 runwhat is offered, don’t force pc, VI-341 run what reads not what auditor thinks, VI-358 R3R; see R3R Scientology, Dianeticsand, VI-160, 349, 351 difference between, I-316, 405; II-118; III270; VI-325, 338; VIII-107 scope of; see also DMSMH session or chain, flubbed, repair within 24 hours, VII-340 session outnesses, examples, how to handle, VI366; see also Dianetic list, L3RD science of ability [1954], II-110 solution vs. Scientology, I-405 Standard Dianetics is very general in application, VIII-68, 87 369 Dianetic(s) (cont.) stuck pictures, VI-227 student ill, handled by Dianetics, VIII-76 survival is basic axiom of, I-6 technique of, I-8 tone arm, high; see also tone arm, high at session start, how to handle, VII-45, 208 in Dianetics, engram chain not erased in restim, VII-117 in Dianetics, reason for and how to handle, VI-356, 418 tone arm position and ~, VI-373 “total-apathy-won’t-answer” session upset, prob able cause of, VII-392 Triple Dianetics; see Triple Dianetics TRs are TR 101, 102, 103 and 104, VI-414 unable to run standard, X-78 unflat on, X-13-14 upsets, handling of, VII-228; VIII-291, 385 use of Dianetics, VI-347, 348; VIII-274, 284; see also Dn Today White Dianetics, I-282 who can run Dianetics, VIII-291, 386 worst crime is overwhelming pc by telling him what’s wrong, not letting him tell you, VI 379 you use Dianetics much the way you would use any remedy, VI-349 Zero Flow in Dianetics may F/N very suddenly; it is easily overrun and can be very fast, VIII 288, 382 Dianetic Assist, I-8; VI-318; X-159; see also assists; Dianetics EP—pain gone, cog, F/N, VII-322 Dianetic Counseling Group, VI-402, 403 Dianetic Course, [1966] VI-158, [1969] 327, 365 Dianetic Engram Release, VI-175 Dianetic Engrams Triple, VI-297 Dianetic Foundation, I-412 Dianetic Research Foundation, first, failed as it wouldn’t run past lives, VI-345 Dianetic Secondaries Triple, VI-295 Dianetic Secondary Release, VI-175 Dianetic Study Intensive, VI-452 Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, auditor needs good command of DMSMH to understand theta clearing, I-3 15 Clear best described in, IV-80 contains a bridge between uninformed and informed public on subject of Scientology, IV 79, 81 disseminate with DMSMH, IV-80 handles public arguments and questions concerning the mind, IV-79, 81 printed with hard covers in foreign language is vital, VII-443; IX-351 some things in DMSMH we no longer use such as repeater technique, looking for phrases to explain conditions, VI-336 why it was written, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Dianometry, defn., is that branch of Dianetics which measures thought capacity, computational ability, and the rationality of the human mind, I-68; see also Dianetics; tests dichotomy, dichotomies; seealsoScn8-80; Scn8-8008 defn., plus and minus aspect of all thought, II445 admiration and critical are a ~, III-245 dictatorship, why it doesn’t work, II-423 dictionary, dictionaries, V-489; see also Word Clearing big dictionary is needed to define simple words fully, VII-383 ; IX-427, 460 dinky dictionaries, IX-460 foreign words—get a dictionary of that language, IX-432 how to use, IX-431 whichare the best, VIII-151 diet; see also nutrition high protein and auditing, I-42 proper, VIII-208 search for the natural diet of man, VIII-401 differentiate, differentiation; see also Scn 8-8008 and identification, I-244; II-272 are the two extremes of processes, II-297 enhancing ability to, I-245 inability to differentiate is a decline in awareness, IV-122 rational, I-239 difficulties (ARC Process 1961), IV-442 difficult student, I-366; see also Remedy A; Remedy B difficulty is a get-rid-of desire, goal is an actual desire, IV-420 difficulty stems from no responsibility, V-9 dignity and purpose are native to the child, I-324 dimension point(s), action of a ~ is reaching and withdrawing, I375 can be moved by the viewpoint, I-375 purpose of a ~ is space and a point of view, I-375 dimension, space is a viewpoint of, II-11, 13 Director of Processing(‘s)(DofP), III-334 defn., is a director of processing of cases, VII462 actions of, VII-182; VIII-150, 412 any “field ARC breaks” are direct reflection on ~, VII-463 case checking hat, IV-228 case handling, V-357 checks assessment, new goals and terminals, and pc on rudiments, IV-215, 216 Check Type Forms I-8 [SOP Goals], IV-228-33, 254 grounds on which to refuse a pc or to refuse to release a pc, III-51 handling of auditors who say, “It didn’t work”, IV-118 handling pc’s Ethics cycles, IX-54 370 Director of Processing(‘s) (cont.) HGC, two chief seniors, C/S (for tech) and D of P (for auditors and bodies), VII-183 indicates the processes to be used by auditors on pcs [1959], III-381 interviews, VII-183; IX-52; X-188 to get data on case, VII-405 job, “to raise OCAs with paid for processing and to be sure pc is happier”, VII-462, 463 operates by OCAs, X-205 pcs D of P may refuse to audit [1961 ], IV-334 pc “transferred” to D of P, how to handle, IV 216 pressures on, X-33 relationship of staff auditor to, IV-214 responsibilities, VII-183, 184 role of D of P, IV-228 schedule, X-83 Solo D of P keeps tabs on pcs falling off lines, X-214-15 stat, VIII-150 training, VII-183, 462 view on R2 & R3 ARC break, V-253 work is completely textbook, VI-50 Director of Tech Services (D of T/S), actions and stat of, VIII-150 actually in charge of pcs and all folder files and all board keep-up work, VII-183 Director of Training (D of T), Examiner’s information line to, I-66 goal of training from viewpoint of D of T, III 345 grounds on which to refuse a student already registered or to send student to Examiner, III-51 instructors and ~ responsible for any future fail ure student may have in processing pcs, III 50 should never instruct Academy, III-264 direct style auditing; see auditing, direct style direct valence; see valence, direct Dir of Procu, abbreviation for Director of Procure ment, III-334 dirty needle(s) (DN), V-119, 236, 335, 364, 384, 414, 447 defn, agitated throughout check, making reading difficult; pc’s attention obviously dispersed, V-84 defn., a small rock slam, V-129 defn, a quarter of an inch agitation of needle as an instant response, V-141 defn, that erratic agitation of needle which covers less than a quarter of an inch of E-Meter dial and tends to be persistent, V-177 defn., one that jerks, tips, dances, halts, is stuck or has any random action on it with audi tor sitting looking at it doing nothing, V-224 defn., ragged, jerky, ticking needle, not sweeping, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 dirty needle(s) (cont.) discipline vs. reactive mind, VI-102 ARC break assessment often has to be done disconnection from present time, III-97 through a dirty needle, V-306 disconnect or handle, VIII-209 (brief, not continuous) on Grade 5 or above perdiscovery, why cases weren’t making it, X-158 son means “no”, VI-220 discreditable creations, IV-7 can be cleaned both with auditing (like mid ruds) disease cycles, VIII-406 and with Routine 2, V-224 disease, mechanism of, III-147 causes of dirty needles, V-93, 384; VI-148, 375 diseases, venereal, III-147 auditor failing to hear all pc had to say, V-335, dishonest, 414 defn., disposed to lie, cheat, defraud or deceive, basic auditing not technique errors, V-384, VIII-102 414 continuous missed withhold, probably all dis cut itsa, V-364, 384, 414, 447 honest social conduct brings about, VIII-235 cutting pc off, getting in more actions than pc dishonest person, his way out, IV-27 is allowed to answer, V-419 disinterest is one of mechanisms of play, II-421 earlier item is wrong [3DXX], V-57 dislike (Secondary Scale level), IV-292 incomplete lists [3GAXX], V-180, 181 disorder, ARC break is a disorder, III-378 missed withholds, not withholds, V-57, 59, dispatch lines, fast ~ handle awkward situations, III 129 521 no-confidence induces a sort of auto-control in dispersal (on programming), X-12 session which induces a dirty needle, V-93 disperse (Secondary Scale level), IV-312 pc has withholds or is ARC broken, VI-375 disseminate, disseminating, dissemination, don’t ever try to null a list with ~, V-224 approach the workaday world, not executives, how to get rid of, V-93, 364, 447 II-392 jitters all the time, different from a dirty read, auditing, dissemination of, II-265 V-384 best ~ is good auditing results, II-171 medium dirty needle, defn., agitated throughout book distribution and selling, II-320 check but with periods of no agitation when a books are dissemination, IV-78 read can be obtained easily; reacts to checker’s broad dissemination depends upon technical quali voice, V-84 ty, V-324 persistent and always recurring, handling of, contact individuals, not groups, II-354 V-129 correct gradient of data to use, II-87 real dirty needle is constant and continues, VI-220 disseminate Scientology without telling what it is, rock slams and dirty needles, V-129 III-476 TRs and dirty needles, VI-375 failures, V-59 what a ~ means on an oppose list, V-232 improperly done results in confusion; correct dirty read (DR), handling, II-154 defn., that more or less instant response of needle interest is not first step in dissemination, IV-74 which is agitated by a major thought; it is an intro lectures, don’t talk about but give them instant tiny (less than quarter of an inch) agitaScientology, II-404 tion of needle and is in fact a very small cousin is a regular routine activity, II-355 of rock slam, but is not a rock slam; it does method(s), I-353 not persist, V-177 “I will talk to anyone”, illness researches, different from a dirty needle, V-384 casualty contact, II-351 rocket read is superior in value to an R/S; R/S is street contact, industrial contact and psycho superior in value to a DR; DR is superior in analytic contact, II-351 value to a fall, V-212 Sunday service, II-352 Dirty 30 is Procedure 30, which encompassed what is of material, manual on, II-151 now R2-17 and two other steps, II-172; see of materialsofScientology, correctpublics, II-153 also Opening Procedure by Duplication Presession Processes assist dissemination, IV-72, disagree, disagreement, 73 how to cure, Vl-126 use a proper gradient, Il-88 makes reality weaker, I-101 use of “learning rate” in, III-20 (Secondary Scale level), IV-306 using agreement, II-390 Disagreements Check, VIII-40 what to disseminate, II-153 disappearances, sudden, stay hung in the bank, III-137 with DMSMH, IV-80 disassociation from identities, IV-7 with “something can be done about it”, II-264 discharged process, X-29 you cannot communicate in 25 minutes somediscipline of imagination essential in any learning thing which took 25 years to develop, III-106 process, I-324 distrust-trust, I-213 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 divorce, I-120 D of P, abbreviation for Director of Processing, III dizziness, 334; see Director of Processing defn., feeling of disorientation and includes a spin- D of T; see Director of Training niness, as well as an out-of-balance feeling, D of T/S; see Director of Tech Services V-175; VII-192 dog case; see preclear, dog oppterm produces dizziness or “winds of space” dog pc; see preclear, dog sensation, V-5 doll, use of a doll in coachless training, V-103 DMSMH; see Dianetics: The Modern Science of domination, processing as, I-153 Mental Health index entries “dones”, get “dones” not thoughts or natter on with DMT, a drug, description of, VI-244 holds, IV-424 DN; see dirty needle “don’t know” version, Sec Checking, IV-425 do, doing, doingness, “don’t know’~ version, withhold pulling, IV-424 defn., action, function, accomplishment, the dope off, attainment of goals, the fulfilling of purpose, pc dope off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on or any change of position in space, II-410 sleep, or rehab F/N, VII-46, 359 above havingness there is doingness, and above R2-12, V-237 doingness there is beingness, and above being- dopey or “boil off” preclear, cause and remedy of, ness there is communicatingness, and above VIII-117 communicatingness there is knowingness, and “dopiness”, unconsciousness or agitation on the part above knowingness there is postulatingness, of pc, what it means, II-449 II-183 double, be, do, have triangle used to establish goals real to acknowledgement; see acknowledgement, double pc, III-279 action cycles, IV-126 be, have and do, relationship to space, time and actions, X-145 energy, I-295 folder, X-45 being, having, doing—triangular interrelationship, Int, X-112 I-296 major grades, X-112 beingness, doingness and havingness must be balmajor rundowns, X-5 anced; each must be flexible in pc for a stable Power, X-97 gain, IV-207 questioning, changing because pc changes, and fol beingness increased by ~ without having, I-296 lowing pc’s instructions, V-74 categories of doingness (thought, emotion and double-body; see History of Man effort), I-296 Double Terminal(s), Double Terminaling, I-385; see energy becomes doingness in life experience, also Matched Terminal II-13 and Dianetics, I-352 energy can be summed into do, I-296 assist, I-352 Goals Processing f1nds beingness and mind’s doingexcellent assist but limited process, I-329 ness toward it (Prehav Scale) and results in Matched or, I-407 havingness, IV-207 downgrade, departure from exact processes, X-152 Havingness Scale consists of the doingnesses with downstat areas, executive must investigate and find regard to mass, III-141 any out-ethics situation and correct it, VIII how all doingness becomes bad, IV-24 100 importance of willingness to do, III-80 downstat, when you reward a you not only deprive optimum speed of, I-296 upstats, you also cave the ~ in, VIII-80 Prehav Scale gives degrees of doingness, V-173 DR; see dirty read problem is not a condition or a terminal, it is a dramatization(s), dramatize(s), dramatized, dramatiz “how” or “whether”; it is a doingness not a ing; seealsoDTOT; DMSMH person, III-315 defn., to act under influence of past incidents rehabilitation of willingness to do, IV-25 as dictated by those incidents in bank, VIII second condition of existence, II-410 336 unwillingness to do, IV-24 difference between restimulation being drama withholding of, IV-24 tized and an origination, III-371 Doctorate, road to, I-429 dramatizes = R6EW unflat, VII-70; X-22 doctor (medical), role of, II-35, 37 dramatizing pc may not be a tough pc, V-36 Doctor of Divinity, why, II-72 dramatizing psychotic, defn, I-57 Doctor of Scientology (D.Scn.) or Hubbard Graduate dramatization of past experience, inability to re Auditor (HGA) Course, II-339; IV-262 strain ~ occurs when one has decided he can Doctor(s) of Scientology, III-102 do nothing about such an experience; there degree of, I-312 after he is the effect of all similar pictures, how to become a, I-343 III-359 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 dramatization(s) (cont.) drug(s) (cont.) insane cannot control or withhold their evil purcases, characteristics of, VI-377 poses and dramatize them at least covertly, case who cannot be gotten through Method 1 VIII-128 Word Clearing due to case, it is usual to give of name, I-366 him Drug Rundown first, VIII-137, 163 psychiatry is a dramatization, IV-103 cause inability to run engrams, IX-129 preclear, I-20 chains are rehabbed and run out by Dianetics, restrained by Ethics, VI-102 VII-192 withholds, dramatization of, VIII-336 chemically inhibit the creation of mental image on vital information lines, VIII-336 pictures and inhibit as well the erasure, VI-444 remedy for, VIII-337 chief cause of failure in cases, VIII-300 worry, a dramatization, I-19 convulsions, it is possible to come off drugs with dreams, I-76 out convulsions, VI-243 follow a sudden loss, VI-18 current drug history or connections, handling, “dream therapy”, I-181 VII-34, 328 drill(s)(ed); see also training data on LSD-25, marijuana, hashish, peyote, action is drilled to raise confront, IX-311, 472 mescaline, STP and DMT, VI-244 are done by students to accustom them to actions done first, X-157 that will be necessary in doing processes, VI-40 drive a person out of an unbearable PT or out of auditor needs his periodic drills and exercises or consciousness altogether, VI-292 he goes sloppy, VIII-165 drying out, VII-425 condition of “can’t-apply” is handled by drills, “drying out” period, VI-322, 444 VI-90 effects of drugs, I-104; VI-243, 444; VII-319, 327 Learning Drill, IX-90 engrams, VII-320, 328 processes are not drills; using a process as a drill engrams and alcohol, X-156 leaves it unflat on students, VI-40 “five days” rule need not apply to assists, VIII drop of the needle, I-228 192 sharp, I-270 fog up a student and prevent gains, VIII-137; dropped OCA graph, X-162; see also OCA/APA IX-325 drug (s), VI-243; see also Drug Rundown; Dianetics former user, X-156 Today full auditing rundown, X-157 alcohol(‘s), handling of, VII-3 19, 327, 339; X-156-58; see also and drugs are not used in processing, II-444 Drug Rundown effects and handlings same as drug’s, VI-243, have not been handled or only partially handled, 258, 377, 386 No-Interference Zone rule is waived, VIII-300 included as a drug, X-156, 157, 158 how to get off drugs, VII-425, 427 is included as a drug and receives same treathypnotic, I-105 ment in auditing, VII-319, 327 illegal drug use, VII-192 or drugs make a resistive case, handle first, “insanity” and drugs, VI-291, 292 VII-320, 328 items that have read are run R3R without asking what it does to body, VIII-207 for interest, VIII-161, 169; IX-138 and pc who cannot run engrams, X-211 make auditing very difficult, VI-443, 444 and roller-coaster, X-156 medicine is treated like any other drug, VII-339 and TRs, X-157 must be handled first in auditing, VIII-300 are handled first in Dianetics, VII-339, 340 pc cannot confront doing Solo Grades, reason will aspirin, VI-443 be found to be drugs, VII-466 assist given over ~, how to handle later, VIII-192 pc who is not making it in auditing should be auditing over, VI-444 checked for a drug or alcohol history, VII-320 bomb formula and administration, VII-426 pc who suddenly relapses onto drugs, symptoms burns up Vitamin Bl in system rapidly, VI-243 of, VII-192 caffeine is a drug, VI-243 people who have been on drugs sometimes afraid can cause forceful exteriorization, VI-258 of running engrams, VII-320, 328 canprevent goingbacktrack, VIII-388 person looked on them as a cure for unwanted can turn on whole track pictures violently, VIIfeelings, VI-377 320, 328 prior assessing, drug and alcohol cases, VI-377 case, a false exteriorization often occurs on an produce a threat to body; thetan reacts by mock enforced basis and may go into restim, VII-449 ing up, VI-29 1 case gain, people who have been on drugs do not pupil as indicator of, I-104 make case gain until drugs are handled, VIIreactions to drugs, VI-292 319, 327, 425, 427 reads on, X-168 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 drug(s) (cont.) dub-in (cont.) “releases” are deadly because they give the sensadefn., any unknowingly created mental picture tion of release while actually pulling in mass, that appears to have been a record of physical handling of, VI-258 universe but is in fact only an altered copy of resistive case, former drug user is a resistive case, time track, V-274 VII-319, 320, 327, 328 caused by, I-18 restimulation of pictures, cycle of, VI-444 delusory picture is called dub-in (term taken from’ somatic shut-off is caused by drugs and alcohol, movie world), source of, II-546 VI-386 is a continuous characteristic of person in a single student has been on drugs, must be given a Drug lifetime and may not be present in the ensuing RD, VIII-76 lifetime, III-398 takers, some go plowing back into early implants dull, cause of feeling dull when talking to certain and drug therapies, VII-450 people, VI-26 tone arm, drug chain makes high TA if in existdummy auditing, auditing procedures are learned by, ence or unflat, VII-189 II-341, 396; VII-252; see also auditing, tone arm under drugs or on drug case can go very dummy; TRs high, TA 4.0, TA 5.0; it can also be dropped to dummy run, HGC line should be, X-85 “dead thetan” (a false clear read), VI-444 duplicate, duplicated, duplication, duplicative, II-49; tranquilizers, how they work, VI-314, 443 VIII-109 trippers, VI-258 all operating principles of life may be derived TRs to get off drugs, VII-65, 319, 328 from duplication, II-15 unhandled drugs and Ethics, VIII-300 an enforced fixation in a geographical position use engramrunningon, X-86 brings about an unwillingness to duplicate, users get blown out of their heads and bog, TA II-15 up, VII-160 auditor must be able to duplicate, III-355 users of drugs cannot as-is, do not get TA, nor do auditor willingness to duplicate, II-121; VIII-109 they have cognitions, VI-245 basic action of existence is ~, II-15 vitamin therapy, VII-425, 426; see also nutrition CCHs are “familiarization” processes that permit why drugs are dangerous, VI-243 pc to confront control and duplication, V-43 withdrawal symptoms, VII-425 communication and duplication, VIII-185 how to handle, VIII-354 communicate so it can be duplicated, II-137 Drug Rundown, VII-320, 328; VIII-312; see also communication depends upon duplication, drugs II-15 and Grade Chart, X-248, 249 communication works in processes due to dup and Life Repair, X-248 lication part of communications formula can fail by asking for interest on items, VIII-169; (Axiom 28), IV-155 IX-139 duplicative factors of, III-355 Dianetic Drug RD, VII-321, 329 control + duplication = communication, III-248, effects of an omitted or incomplete Drug RD are 355 severe enough to deny a person any lasting deterioratedwillingnesstoduplicate, IV-186 casegain, VIII-311 Dummy Auditing—Step Three: Duplication, III is a must before Ex Dn, VIII-307; IX-255 354 is a must before Solo, VIII-2 1 expertly or poorly done, results in agreement or Life Repair is not a prerequisite for Drug RD, disagreement, II-136 VIII-311 havingness is apparently the willingness and ability needed before Method 1 if student on or has been to duplicate in all senses of the word, IV-155 on drugs, IX-325 inability to duplicate is also inability to be cause student has been on drugs, must be given a Drug and inability to be effect, II-172 RD, VIII-76 inability to duplicate on any dynamic is primary students who are or have been on drugs need a ~ degeneration of thetan, II-15 before tackling Word Clearing Method 1, VIIIin mest universe, single crime is ~, II-15 137 Mimicry Processes are Duplication Processes and drunkard, how to handle, I-486 work only because they raise havingness, IV dry and wet hands make false TA, VIII-226, 415 155 dry hands give high TA, VII-423 not-is is a mechanism to prevent duplication, IIID.Scn./HGA, IV-262; see also Doctor of Scientology 435 dual universe, IV-62 Opening Procedure by Duplication; see Opening dub-in; see also cases, dub-in Procedure by Duplication defn., is picture of somebody telling story, who is Overt/Withhold assists duplication and therefore occluded, I-206 havingness, IV-145 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 duplicate, duplicated, duplication, duplicative (cont.) dynamic(s) (cont.) pc’s ability to duplicate, process to rehabilitate, could best be represented as a series of concentric IV-52 circles wherein the first dynamic would be the perception depends upon duplication, II-15 center, II-412 process of duplication itself balances out and development of knowledge on dynamics, IV-111 makes person easy about his past, VIII-109 Dianetics included dynamics one to four, II-412 (Secondary Scale level), IV-307 eight arbitrary compartments of life, II-411 SOP 8-C Step VIII: Duplication; see SOP 8-C eight dynamics and the three universes, I-380 student only fails by not confronting, duplicating, eight dynamics, description of, I-84, 158, 380 absorbing and using materials before him establish the persistency and vigor of the mind exactly like it says, VII-237 and organism, I-77 Tone Scale, position on Tone Scale is determined Exchange by Dynamics, IX-247 by willingness and ability to duplicate, IV-155 procedure, VIII-80 to really as-is you have to make a perfect dupli four; seeDMSMH cate, II-299 graph, assessment of a case using, I-293 training and duplication, VIII-110 help and the dynamics, IV-119 TR 3, Duplicative Question; see TRs, TR 3 idea of space adjoining enters into, II-412 willingness of thetan to duplicate, how rehabiliinability to duplicate on any dynamic is primary tated, II-15 degeneration of thetan, II-15 Duplication [process] , I-329, 396 Know to Mystery and Dynamic Scouting, III-484 Duplication (Step E, Short 8), I-424, 425; see also need for individual to project and discover inter SOP 8-C, Step VIII ests upon dynamics, Il-106 Duplication, Opening Procedure by; see Opening Proof existence; see Science of Survival cedure by Duplication originally “the urge towards survival as—”, II-412 Duplication Processes, III-7 Overt/Withhold Process on terminal representing Duplication Processes, characteristic, purpose, stable dynamic, IV-22, 26; see also Dynamic Straight datum, III-479 wire Duplication Straight Wire, “What would you permit person under stress is actually under.a suppression to have happen again?”, IV-52; see also on one or more dynamics, VIII-209 Straightwire playing games on, II-422 Duplicative Question; see TRs, TR 3 principle of existence is survive, II-106 duration and date of incident found in engram runpurpose of this division is to increase an under ning permits an incident to be run with visio, standing of life by placing it in compartments, VI-158, 386 II-411 duress, to keep chaos from exploding, III-212 represent list for 8 dynamics, III-407 dwindling spiral, Service Facs by Dynamics, VIII-257 how it comes about, II-423 suppression of dynamic on tone scale by inhibi in terms of knowingness, energy, space and games, tion and enforcement, I-159 II-176 suppression of dynamics by other dynamics, the idea of “worse than” is the whole of ~, examples of, I-160 III-178 survival considered as single and sole purpose sub dying, auditing used by pc to assist dying, I-490; see divides into at least four dynamics, II-107 also death you cannot stay Clear unless you solve things by dynamic(s); see also survival; DTOT; DMSMH; the greatest good for the greatest number of NOTL dynamics, III-237 defn., motives or motivations, urges (drives, im1st dynamic, II-108, 109 pulses) in life, II-411 defn., I-84, 158, 380 definitions of; see also dynamic 1st, 2nd, etc. defn., urge of individual toward survival for ability of individual to assume beingness, doinghimself, II-107 ness and havingness of each dynamic is an defn., urge toward existence as one’s self, index to his ability to live, II-412 II-411 are not of equal importance, II-412 ability to handle and train and accomplish as combination of teams to have a game, II-422 goals as one’s self, II-109 assessment; see Dynamic Assessment Danger Formula, VIII-82, 103 audit along the lines of the wellnessin the dynamone-way communication is a first dynamic ic, II-109 operation, II-138 central dynamic of individual is urge toward surperson in treason on first dynamic is always vival, I-157 out of valence, VI-426 Conditions by Dynamics, VIII-81 process, III-367 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 dynamic(s) (cont.) dynamic(s) (cont.) 1st dynamic (cont.) 4th dynamic (cont.) when seventh dynamic is reached in itsentiredefn., urge of individual toward survival as ty one will only then discover the true first mankind, II-107 dynamic, II-412 defn, urge toward existence as mankind, 3rd dynamic is stronger than, VII-366 II-411 1st and 2nd dynamics, Scientologists handle, only ability depends on ability on first three dy to achieve better function on third and fourth, namics, II-109 IV-112 problems solved with communication, II-292 2nd dynamic; see also children; family; husband responsibility, II-292, 400 and wife; marriage; sex 5th dynamic, defn, I-84, 158, 380 defn., I-84, 158, 380 defn, urge of individual toward survival through defn, urge toward existence of animal kingdom; procreation and includes both sex act and including all living things whether vege raising of progeny, II-107 table or animal; fish in sea, beasts of field, defn., urge toward existence as a sexual or or of forest, grass, trees, flowers or any bisexual activity; has two divisions—second thing directly and intimately motivated by dynamic (a) is the sexual act itself and life, II-411 second dynamic (b) is the family unit inand eating, IV-126 cluding the rearing of children, II-411 application of Scientology to the 5th dynamic, ability to have and raise and train children, III-522 II-109 6th dynamic; see also mest atomic burn hits mainly at ~, II-378 defn., I-84, 158, 380 3rd dynamic, defn, urge toward existence as physical uni defn., I-84, 158, 380 verse, which is composed of matter, energy, defn, urge of individual toward survival space and time; in Scientology first letter through a group, II-107 of each of these words is taken and a word defn., urge toward existence in groups of indiMEST is coined, II-411 viduals; any group or part of an entire class mest clear to theta clear requires an address to could be considered to be a part of third sixth dynamic with Help Processes, IV-174 dynamic; school, society, town, nation are 6th and 7th dynamics, each part of third dynamic and each one is cases (and banks) are an inversion of 8 dynam a third dynamic, II-411 ics into sixth dynamic and they then invert ability on third dynamic is to have the ability into seventh dynamic, IV-166 to develop social, industrial or agrarian Presession Two is based on theory that one is skills so as to be an.asset to the third taking the sixth dynamic off the seventh dynamic, II-109 dynamic, IV-141 examples of Scientology applied to third dytaking the sixth dynamic off the seventh, namic, IV-114 IV-166 for Scientology, IV-2 theta clear is attained by handling sixth dy highest level of and earliest instant of 3rd namic to attain a straight seventh, IV-166 dynamic activity is and was communica7th dynamic, tion, III-518 defn., I-84, 158, 380 how it violates the communication formula, defn, urge toward existence as or of spirits; III-336 anything spiritual, with or without identi how we work on the third dynamic, III-251 ty, would come under seventh dynamic, is stronger than first dynamic, VII-366; IX-6 II-412 riot is simply a psychosomatic momentary when reached in its entirety one willonly then injury or traumatic condition on the 3rd discover the true first dynamic, II-412 dynamic, III-261 8th dynamic, sanity, hattedness is basic of, VIII-38 defn., I-158, 380 two-way communication is a third-dynamic defn., urge toward existence as Infinity; also operation, II-138 identifed as Supreme Being; carefully ob what our third dynamic organization should served here that science of Scientology do, IV-113 does not intrude into dynamic of Supreme 3rd and 4th dynamics, aberrated, IV-45 Being; called eighth dynamic because 3rd and 4th dynamics, Scientologists are “docsymbol of infinity stood upright makes tors” on 3rd and 4th dynamics, IV-113 numeral “8”, II-412 4th dynamic, Scientology does not invade, II-412, 432 defn., I-84, 158, 380 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Dynamic Assessment, III-407 by Rock Slam, V-131, 135, 138, 142 demonstration of, V-137 on pc, IV-17, 49 dynamic clears, IV-416 Dynamic Straight Wire, III-402, 414, 433; see also Straightwire analysis for, III-433 Chart, I-160 cleverly done, takes a case apart; starts almost any case, III-453 commands and how to run, III-402, 407, 408 how to do a diagnosis on , III-438 how to run, I-162 looking for terminals pc gives you which don’t belong on that dynamic at all, III-433 never run a terminal that is sensible, III-438 trying to undo identification, III-434 E education(al) (cont.) can show a person he can be at effect without liability, III-160, 180 child education, III-30 Dianetic education of parents, I-46 errors, I-76 forbidden, paralyzes a nation, II-439 how it can become burdensome, II-440 importance of misunderstood words, VII-295; IX395; see also misunderstood; Word Clearing isn’t auditor’s task; preclears should be processed, I-304 is process of placing data in recalls of another, III-28 logics of education, III-345 memory is of the essence in field of education, II-238 more esoteric and difficult subject is made, less student will be able to handle subject, III-114 must not skip gradients in culture or in training, IX-471 necessary to have a civilization, II-439 necessities of education, III-29 offbreed and peculiar schools, successes of, III-31 of the child, I-47 Scientology and ~, difference between, III-22 Scientology as an educationalsubject, II-405 secret of, I-453 simplicity vs. complication, I-148 sloppy education can work, III-31 suicide or illness in field of, cause of, IX-393 super-1iteracy and education, VIII-314; IX-483 two lines of, I-149 Educational Dianetics, I-27 effect(s); seealso cause a potential receipt of flow, II-14 auditing is teaching pc that he can be at cause without having to be because he doesn’t dare be at effect, III-160, 180 awareness change is the indication of, I-359 basic impulse is to produce an effect, 1482 basic law, I-394, 398 bridge between cause point and effect point on any subject, III-359 cause and; see cause and effect communication and, VIII-185 desire for, I-209 don’t process pc at effect point, III-518 high games condition is no effect on self, total effect onothers, III-136 inability to duplicate is also inability to be cause and inability to be effect, II-172 LieaboutEffect [process], III-10 mest is full effect, I-208 neurotic and psychotic, relationship to effect, III 169 of individual on group rises in proportion to his altitude in group, I-177 on group of energy volume at high tone level, I-93 earlier beginning, VI-401 earlier similar engram, I-17 earliest engrams, reduce the, I-20 early erasure, I-18 earphones and tape player must be high fidelity, VII-435; IX-365, 437 Earth, before; see History of Man Earth, peace on, IV-28 eat(ing), II-484 and fifth dynamic, IV-126 goal of, I-482 is a matter of absorbing death, II-361, 374; VIII125 eaten, being; see History of Man eccentric genius is a problem in communication, I-130 echo invalidation; see invalidation, echo economic strangulation of individual in western society, IV-24 educating illiterate or semiliterate populations, VIII170, 171; 1X-470 education(al), 1470; III-28; see also knowledge; training defn., conveyance of ideas, patterns and creations from one person to another for knowing retention and conscious use by second person, VII232 aberration and education closely associated, III29 aberration in education, III-18 aMnity, reality and communication together make up understanding and so play their role in education, VII-232 and self-created data, a balance, II-439 and the auditor, I-124 and utilization, III-30 approaches, I-149 basic science of education, III-17 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 effect(s) (cont.) person at effect is confronted by life, he does not confront it, VIII-231 prevailing anxiety of thetan is to be an effect, not to be a cause, II-438 psychology is a body of practice devoted to creation of any effect on living forms, III-499 rehabilitation of ability to produce an effect, municative, electric shock case pc, III-242 run causative terminals, never effect terminals, IV-132 (Secondary Scale level), IV-315 success depends upon being willing to be cause equally in ratio to being willing to be an effect, II-440 thetan tends to move from source beingness to effect beingness, IV-131 true overt act is unintended bad effect; not deserved byrecipient, III-465 unwillingness to be effect is monitored by unwillingness to duplicate, II-15 when person is running at effect he Qs and As, VIII-231 Effect List of terminals, IV-271 Effect Scale, VI-200; VII-63; see also Scn 0-8 efficiency, secret of; seeProblemsof Work effort(s), II-483; see also AP&A defn., is force with direction, motion with purpose, I-214 counter-effort; see counter-effort imagination involved in estimation of, I-243 law concerning effort and organisms, I-214 occluded case will run efforts and counter-efforts, I-303 overt effort, I-244 pain is caused by effort counter to effort of individual as a whole, I-284 thought is concerned with estimate of effort, I-214 Tone Scale is scale of “relative success in estimating effort”, I-243 Effort Processing, I-214; see also AP&A and eyesight, III-36 auditing session by LRH, I-196 how to run, I-169 purpose of, I-170 Self-Determined, I-167 to handle serious illness, II-331 “ego”, no such thing in mind, only mental image pictures, VI-340 eight (VIII); see Class VIII eight dynamics; see dynamics, eight eighth dynamic; see dynamic, 8th eighty-eight; see Technique 88 Einstein’s theory of relativity, IV-102 electrical, field, monitors physical structure of the body, II-432 impulses and thought, connection between, I221 electrical (cont.) is bridge between sensation and pain and is diffi cult to classify as either pain or sensation when it exists alone, VI-192 shock, II-432 electric shock, III-15 or former therapy, trouble with, VII-450 Tone 40 is for unconscious, psycho, non-com I-359 378 electrodes; see E-Meter cans electronic attest, VIII-165 electronic structure around body, III-151 electropsychometer; see E-Meter Elementary Straightwire, II-118, 130, 144; VIII-107; see also Straightwire above 1.0, II-251 and other forms of straightwire are intensely bene ficial from 1.1 to 1.8 on Tone Scale, II-145 elimination, assessing [SOP] goals list by, IV-239, 265, 266, 270 elimination, assessing [SOP Goals] terminal list by, IV-240, 267 elimination, assessment on Prehav Scale is not by, IV-273 emergency, defn., something that requires a necessity level, III-214 how to help in an emergency, III-261; VII-416 E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing), meter, I-269; IX-84; see also E-Meter reactions by name; EME; EMD; BIEM ability to read an E-Meter, V-369, 402 all that you read from an ~ is change, I-227 and correction lists, X-209 and failed sessions, X-244 ARC break needle; see ARC break needle ARC breaks and E-Meter; see ARC break, E-Meter and art of using, I-226 assess by needle, audit by tone arm, IV-284, 318 assessment is done by auditor between pc’s bank and meter with auditor looking at meter, VI 388 assessment, pc does not have to think or answer to make needle respond on, IV-331 auditor does not tell the pc anything about E-Meter except to indicate an F/N, IX-84 auditor having trouble with, IV-261, 264, 432 auditor is expected to see E-Meter, pc and work sheet all at one time, VII-178 Azimuth meter, VI-388; VII-178 behavior on Routine 3D commands, IV-426 body motions; see body motions body motion vs. bank’s reaction, V-394 British E-Meter operation, IV-32 can operate on last word (thought minor) only of question, whereas question (thought major) is actually null, V-102, 362 can(s), VII-107 best type, VI-67 causing false TA, VII-423, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) can(s) (cont.) drill(s) (cont.) never let pc off, while clearing commands, 21 is E-Meter drill tobe drilled on Word Clear VI-284 ing Method 4, VIII-28, 301 one-hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N dropping needles tell you charge and shifting tone and gives false TA, VI-275 arms tell you increased or decreased responsi Solo cans, VII-106 bility, IV-42 squeeze, setting correct sensitivity on E-Meter, echo E-Metering, V-285, 415 IV-32; see EMD (EM Drill 5) electrodes; see E-Meter cans use soup cans, not aluminium, IV-459, 460 Electropsychometric Auditing, Operator’s Manual, case that is very bad off does not register on I-22 E-Meter, why, VI-405 end words reading by themselves, cause of, V-102 charged, how to keep E-Meter charged, VII-422 errors in reading E-Meter, IV-331, 432 charge, how it reacts on needle and TA, V-290 everything reading, V-402-03 charge is electrical impulse on case that activates fall; see fall E-Meter, VII-50 false E-Meter reactions, IV-321 check, floating needle; see floating needle defn., action of checking reaction of student frailities; see E-Meter Essentials to subject matter, words or other things, free needle; see floating needle isolating blocks to study, interpersonal relafuture E-Meters; see E-Meter Essentials tions or life, done with E-Meter, VII-140; goes null on a gradient scale of misses by auditor; IX-311 the more misses the less the meter reads, at Success, VIII-31 V-105 checking needle in rudiments checks, V-84 gross auditing errors regarding metering, VII-177 check it before session, VI-419 help pc by guiding his attention against needle, cleaning cleans, V-335, 415; IX-268 VIII-180; IX-283 asking pc for something that isn’t there dehistoryof, IV-459 velops a withhold of nothing, V-102, 104, how it works; see also BIEM 335, 415 how to read an E-Meter on a silent subject, IV-59 how to prevent, V-439; VIII-370; IX-268 how to set up and use E-Meter, IV-32 never clean a clean needle, never miss a read, how to smooth out needles, V-93 V-105 if pc is in session E-Meter will read, V-96 overt acts, commonest cause of failure in runinability to clean up needle is biggest hole in ning, is cleaning cleans, V-438; IX-268 student auditing, V-214 clean needle; see clean needle inability to read ~ is state of case, remedy of, compartmenting the question, IV-322-23 V-214 conflict between pc and meter, take pc’s data, insane’s harmful acts often don’t register, why, reason why, V-335 VII-I 55 cramming actions must be done on ~, VIII-397 instant reads; see instant reads criminal and the E-Meter, IX-275 invalidation, V-73, 335, 415 dangerous to audit without a meter, V-22 is used to verify pc’s gain and register when each data, never feed to pc, VIII-289, 384 separate auditing action is ended, VI-321 dating; see dating; EMD latent reads; see latent reads dead bodies read between 2.0 and 3.0, VIII-24 lists, needle gets stiffer on wrong way oppose; dependence, how it is created, V-334, 416 needle looks looser on right way oppose, minimize dependence, V-293, 415 V-233 dirty needle; see dirty needle locates charged areas below awareness of pc, veri dirty read; see dirty read fies that charge has been removed, V-290, 334, discharged or off trim reads wrongly, VI-398, 419 416 does not operate on an ARC broken pc, V-96, lower level processes are run at sensitivity 16, 102, 362 VI-I10 don’t use E-Meter distractingly, VII-230 measures relative density of body, I-225 drill(s), VI-12, 94; see also EMD measures the awareness depth of the pc, VI-357, coaching, VII-10 358 don’t use a pen to represent the needle, VI-94 mechanics of operation, I-225 list of E-Meter drill outnesses and what they mental responses only register on specially built mean, VI-122 meters, body reaction registers on all, IV must stress only meaningful and significant 459 instant reads coming at end of full quesmeter just falls flat when you’ve got a complete tion, V-79 list; needle goes clean, VI-129 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) missed withholds, fruitful source is poor metering, V-105 miss on needle reaction is basis of all unsuccessful sessions, V-105 misuse, VI-66 mock-ups, meter action, I-487 needle; see each needle characteristic by name; E-MeterEssentials needle action detects not so much significance as where force is, VII-78 needle actions; see EMD (EM Drill 12); BIEM needle characteristics, VI-201 needle characteristics defined, V-84 needle, how to read, I-227 needle manifestations on SOP Goals, IV-271 needle reactions start to occur a fraction of a second after you utter button, IV-332 needle reactions, types of, I-228-30, 232, 270 needle response is reactive, IV-332 needle rising steadily is symptom of an abandoned terminal, III-504 needle that is stuck will run to loose if proper flow direction is selected, III-220 never ask E-Meter after pc volunteers button, V-285, 415 never feed E-Meter data to pc, VII-226, 259, 316 never lies, but you can ask a sloppy question, IV-323 null needle; see E-Meter Essentials oddities; see E-Meter Essentials O-Meter, II-229, 236 only safe way to audit is with, I-435 only the meter knows, IV-332 out rudiments, meter can go gradiently dull in presence of, V-73, 96, 361 overt acts and E-Meter, IV-18, 323 pc “beating the meter”, IV-421 pc, most often pc does not know what it is that reacts as only unknowns react, VIII-180; IX283 pc must not be able to see TA position on E-Meter, VI-271 pc’s attention must be on his own case in session, not on meter, VIII-27, 410 perfection means only accurate reading of needle on instant reads, V-104, 105 pinch test, I-225 position, VII-316, 464 principle on which it works, I-226 prior reads; see prior reads purpose of, I-228 putting pc’s attention on E-Meter violates in session definition, VII-259; IX-84 reaction, defn., rise, fall, speeded rise, speeded fall, double tick (dirty needle), theta bop or any other action, V-264 reactions, IV-333 reactions above Grade IV, VI-220 reactions, types of, I-228-30, 232, 270 380 E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) reacts only on reactive mind; Clear doesn’t react because he is able to be conscious; an aberree reacts because he can’t think without thought exciting the reactivity of reactive mind, IV-331 reacts on reactive mind, never on analytical mind, V-78 reading items, X-79-80 reading items, data unknown can cost case fail ures, X-80 reads; see reads reads degree of mental mass surrounding thetan in a body, IV-18 reads on reality, IX-275 reality-spotting by; see Scn 0-8 records what force is being discharged in every slash, fall and blowdown, VII-77 registers shifts in thought, I-225 responds instantly, IV-332 RIs and use of E-Meter, V-334 rising needle; see rising needle rocket reads; see rocket reads rock slam, real R/S also has a crazy meter, VIII 344; see also rock slam rudimentsand meter reactions, IV-363 rudiments are run at sensitivity 16, VI-110 Security Check, use of E-Meter in, IV-97 sensitivityknob; seeE-MeterEssentials; BlEM sensitivity setting, VI-110, 144, 147 for individual cases, VIII-271 free needle and sensitivity, VI-144, 147 how to set correctly, VII-316 how to set correctly by pc can squeeze, IV-32, 273 isvitaltogetrudimentsin, V-91 rudiments and lower level processes are run at sensitivity 16, VI-110 Sec Check and W/H pulling, increase sensitivi ty, IV-273 settingup; seeBlEM slowed fall—rise; see E-Meter Essentials speeded fall—rise; see E-Meter Essentials stage four needle; see stage four needle standards, V-91 steering, V-60, 63, 78; see also EMD (EM Drill 21) stop; see stop stuck needle; see stuck needle students must know E-Meter Essentials, IV-264 tells with accuracy where stress is located, I-227 theory; see E-Meter Essentials theory of operation, I-224 tick; see tick tone arm; see tone arm trim check procedure, VI-168, 369 trimmed improperly gives a false TA position, VII-421 trim set incorrectly gives wrong read, VI-398; see also E-Meter, sensitivity setting TR 20—Reach and Withdraw on E-Meter, V-264 TR 21—Reading E-Meter accurately, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 E-Meter(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) end phenomena (cont.) two-way comm is done on E-Meter, VII-41 cognition, II-328 untrained people using, results of, VIII-97 correct way to check to see if a pc has made an used to detect stress, VII-68 EP, VII-451 use in Qual of, IX-121 Dianetics end phenomena, VII-20, 53, 117; VIII use of, I-221; III-504 272 valences, E-Meters don’t register well on, III-284 errors, VIII-272 when meter needle is not floating, TA is registerfeeding the pc the EP of a process or action is ing mental mass, V1418 illegal and very out-tech, VII-451 where there is charge (motion) the needle is in floating needles and end phenomena, VII-20 motion, and where pc is stuck the needle will floating needles (F/Ns) are ~ for any process or freeze, II-528 action with pc on two cans; it coincides with Why finding on, IX-124 other ~, but is senior, VI-275 Word Clearing on meter, all words must be F/Ned, if you go past EP the F/N will pack up (cease) and VIII-303 TA will rise, VII-20 works only when there is a correct electrical conInteriorization Rundown end phenomena, VIII tact, VIII-226, 415 280 E-Metering the preclear, I-230 Introspection Rundown, end phenomena of, emotion(s), II-483; see also misemotion; SOS; VIII-241, 256, 353 AP&A; HFP of a process, X-30 and misemotion are closely allied to motion, being of LX Lists, VI-426 only a finer particle action, VI-192 of 37R Process, X-131 and misemotion include all levels of complete OTs and EPs, VIII-273 Tone Scale except pain, V-175 pc attaining EP before all processes run, what to and the dynamics; see DMSMH do, VII-48, 361 are a set band of reactions, I-436 pc exteriorizes in session, it is EP for that process cause of frozen emotions or “unemotional” or action, VII-225, 457 people, VI-232 Primary Correction Rundown, end phenomena of, Dianetic breakthrough came in assessing only soVIII-159 matics, sensations, emotions, attitudes, VII-9 program EP, VII-261 most fixative are resentment, antagonism and proper EP for a process is F/N cognition VGIs, anger, I-267 VII-78 of insanity, I-448, 451 PTS Rundown end phenomena, VIII-331, 340 overt, I-244 attained when the person is well and stable, painful, I-18 VIII-92 Emotional Assessment List, LX2, VI-427 repair, EP of, VII-62, 278; X-17 emotional curve, I-204, 205; see also AP&A Scientology Grade 0 to IV end phenomena, VII-21 emotional impact in art, VIII-198, 199; IX-495, 496 TA Handling Rundown, end phenomena of, VII Emotional Scale is part of Know to Mystery Scale, 270; X-129 II-136, 173 types of EPs, VIII-272 emotional (Secondary Scale level), IV-288 end rudiments; see rudiments, end emotional shock, handled with assist, VIII-189 endure (Secondary Scale level), IV-304 emotional shock, insane by reason of, handling, VIend words of rudiments questions; see rudiments, end 319 words Emotional Tone Scale, VI-200; see also Tone Scale; enemy, enemies, Scn 0-8 game doesn’t only consist of motion, but of ene expanded, III-459 mies and individualities to fight those enemies emotional tones, Mest Processing and, I-192 with, II-530 emotional tones, Tone Scale of, I-243; II-413 of the pc, run Help on, III-268 Emotion and Affinity Scale; see Scn ~8 old tactic to knock him flat, II-398 emotionlessness, pc has to come up to emotion on energy, I-375 Tone Scale, V-286 affinity is type of energy, I-350 emotionslist, FearofPeopleRD, VIII-219 analytical mind capable of developing its own employee, without known restrictions, is a slave, II-422 energy, I-382 End of Cycle Processing, II-184; VIII-118 analytical mind, characteristic actions of energy end phenomena, VII-451; VIII-272; see also Dianetics produced by, I-384 Today and forms necessary to action, II-245 defn., those indicators in pc and meter which atomic, alwaysa tragedy, II-378 show that a chain or process is ended, VII-20; basic unit of any universe in terms of energy is VIII-272 two, I-382 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 energy (cont.) enforce (Secondary Scale level), IV-306 becomes doingness in life experience, II-13 enforce, DEI Scale, III-533 body, improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by Enforced Nothingness, CCH 88, increases havingness, thetan, II-97 III-246 canbe summed into Do, I-296 enforcement and inhibition suppress a dynamic on charge is redirection of energy, I-296 Tone Scale, I-159 charge is stored energy or stored or recreatable enforcement, valence shifting is ~ of viewpoint, I-369 potentials of energy, V-289, 290, 416 engram(s), VI-279; see also lock; secondary; R3R; chewing energy, II-241 DTOT; DMSMH; SOS; Dn Today creation and control of mental images utilizes and defn., break between dynamic seven and dynamic disciplines energy, I-324 six, theta hitting mest too hard, I-161 derived from mass by fixing two terminals in defn., simply collision of bodywithmest universe proximity in space, II-14 with sufficient impact to produce confusion of derives from imposition of space between termiattention known as “unconsciousness”, I-403 nals and a reduction and expansion of that defn, an energy-spatial picture representing a mo space, II-13 ment of pain and unconsciousness and contain energy-do, time-have, space-be triangle, II-16 ing perceptics, II-398 energy-space production unit, thetan, II-10 defn., moment of pain and/or unconsciousness in flow(s), I-382 an exact moment of time (or a mental image in processing, I-311 picture containing moments of pain and/or is progress of energy between two points, V-16 unconsciousness), II-529 Step 5 case is anyone capable of using energy defn., those parts of time track that contain mo flows, I-311 ments of pain and unconsciousness, V-274 hate coheses and hardens energy, I-437 defn., mental image pictures of pain and uncon interacting triangle: space, time and energy, I-293 sciousness person has experienced, VI-61, 87, manifestations of; see also Scn 8-80 142 matter is apparently cohesion & adhesion of, I-293 defn., mental image picture which is a recording mental, difference to physical, II-228, 431 of a time of physical pain and unconscious motion is matter with energy in space, V-330 ness; it must by definition have impact or postulate made by awareness of awareness unit is injury as part of its content, VI-340 a higher manifestation than any energy-space aberration is due to engrams, I-60 manifestation, II-215 action of and restimulation, II-172 production; see also Scn 8-80 assessment, development of, V-301 reactive mind, source of its energy, I-382 auditing without attaining EP on engram chains reduced, relation to unhappiness, II-38 causes high TA, VII-123 reducing processes at length “starve” thetan for auditor must reduce every ~ contacted or basic energy, VIII-105 engram on chain before stopping session, I-19 Remedy of Havingness, effect of, on pc’s energy, bank, exteriorize from, II-243 VIII-108 bank, reason for “it mustn’t happen again”, II Remedy of Havingness, give pc enough energy 172 masses to permit his starved condition to let go basic area engrams, I-17 of energy masses he is holding to him, II-120 behavior, VII-27, 169 space, time and energy have their parallels in start, blowing by inspection, VI-400, 407 stop and change, I-293 by keying them out one becomes free of them, space, time and energy in experience become be, III-446 have and do, I-295 cannot find first ~ then use Technique 80, I starvation for, keynote of case which maintains 305 facsimiles in restimulation, II-38; VIII-105 cannot run, and drugs, X-211 sugar in abundance by-passes basic energy produccarrying chronic somatics, sympathy predomina ing mechanisms of body, VIII-207 tes as emotional aspect of, I-25 symbol is an idea fixed in energy and mobile in chains; see chains space, II-I 5 character of; see also DTOT; DMSMH TA motion is caused by ~ contained in confusions comanome, earlier term for engram, I-7 blowing off case, V-375 commands, I-31; [1959] III-453 thetan’srelationtoenergy, VIII-105 contain, more important than pain and uncon three actions of, I-293 sciousness, the moment of shock, which is that Tone Scale, relation of energy to, I-92 period of realization by body and thetan that totality of, is assumptions or considerations, II-435 an overwhelming has occurred, II-398 “value” of energy, VIII-109 contains heaviest ARC break with a thetan’s envi will not flow in absence of time, V-330 ronment and other beings, V-291 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 engram(s) (cont.) engram(s) (cont.) contains moments when it was necessary to have of resistance are black, II-497 moved and degrading to hold a position in one considers that it exists and that he can per space, V-291 ceive it, II-435 contains pain and unconsciousness; its basic would opening the case and running engrams, I-15 be a physical duress not a symptom resulting overt and motivator engrams, III-414, 453; VI-231 from that duress, VI-352 overt-motivator sequence of engrams, VI-231 conversation in, relation to valences, I-17 pc can be brought to control a mass of energy as cycle of a group receiving an engram, I-85 heavy as an engram by the gradient scale of deintensified, I-16 controlling lighter masses, II-227 delivery engram should be run out soon after, pc holding engram into him, I-358 VI-348 pc is stuck not just in ~ but in past identities, Dianetics, never prepcheck while doing, this V-50 mushesupengrams, VIII-291, 385 pc should never be forced into or through ~, Dianetics pc often is unable to confront actual VI-227 engram at once, VI-341 pc trouble on, IX-251 difference between engrams and incidents, IIIpc who cannot run engrams, reasons for, VIII-276; 453; see also incidents IX-251 discovery of, entirely the property of Dianetics, postulate sometimes lies ahead of actual ~, V-349 II-466 power of, relation to being overwhelmed, II-398 drug engrams, X-157; see also drugs prenatal, birth and infant; see also DTOT; drugs, people who have been on drugs are someDMSMH times afraid of running engrams, VII-320, 328; prenatal or birth engrams, do not run, unless they X-157 come up naturally, VI-163 earlier similar, I-17 prepcheck, never prepcheck while doing Dianetics, erasing or reducing, I-17 it mushes up engrams, VII-228 erasure; see erasure prevention of, I-113-14 explosion engram, I-445 reactive self-restraint is the purpose of all ~, IV-69 floating needle, it is possible to get F/N and VGIs reality on engrams increases in ratio to charge while simply spotting or dating an engram, taken off case, VI-227 VI-407 recall, use before running engrams, IV-65 grief; see grief engrams reduce the earliest, I-20 grinding out, VI-360 reducing or erasing, I-17 group; see group engram restimulation, never leave a chain of ~ in, I-20 have mass in them even when they are pictures, running, I-17; [1955] II-196, 277, 284; [1959] VI-397, 418 III-403, 409, 410, 411; [1960] IV-65; ill, it takes more than one chain of engrarns to V-273, 287, 292, 299; see also chains; make a body ill, V1416, 435 R3R impact, I-445 always test an item for read before running, impact engrams, why people hang on to, III-230 VII-50 inhibits analytical action, I-31 auditor must know basic laws and mechanics in restimulation only because they represent enerof time track and engram character and gy which pc or body pulls in, II-42 behavior in order to run engrams, V-273 keying in the; see DMSMH basics of engram running, VIII-243 key out in three to eight days, I-106 can be audited with benefit only a short time list, X-89, 9I-92 [1953], I-329 locating the engram [1958], III-352 case level to run on engrams, V-289 main point of tension in, I-183 cure physical illness before, I-420 manifestations of, VI-192; see also SOS date and duration of incident found permits an mest clear is freedom from keyed-in engrams, IIIincident to be run with visio, VI-158 375 engrams which go solid when you try to run methods of erasure owned entirely by Dianetics, them are too late on chain, VI-227 II-466 goal [1952] of, I-303 mid ruds will mush an engram, V-296 how to run [1958], III-352 missed withholds, do not pull until chain is flat or later the incident is (further from basic), the engram will mush, V-296 more lightly it is run, V-290 motivator and overt engrams, III-414, 453; VI-231 most unlimited action, VI-278 necessary to resolve the case, III-352 of a crude sort can be found hundreds, thou non extant engrams, VI-232 sands or billions of years ago, VII-450 of Mustn’t Go Away are pictures, II-498 old Dianetic cases or restarted cases, VI-419 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 engram(s) (cont.) running (cont.) once you have found an incident stay on it until it is flat, III-403 perceptions aren’t there—wrong time or wrong duration or both or it’s a GPM or it’s false track, V-329 prime source of ARC break in engram running sessions is by-passing charge by time mishandling by auditor, V-287 purpose, to release charge, V-290, 291 Reality Scale and engram running, III-405 reasons pc can’t run engrams, V-329 reasons why some cannot run engrams on pcs, V-273, 287 reassessing on meter when charge on first item dissipated, results of, III-410 run out force and words drop into insignificance, VII-76 R3R, don’t mix with earlier data on engram running, V-294; see also R3R simplicity of, VI-159 simplified, V-273 thing that keeps individuals from running engrams adequately is R-factor, III-404 three flows, VI-279 using “unknown” [1961], IV-372 why engram running by chains is designated Routine 3-R, V-294 with emphasis on effort instead of perceptics, I-170 running out all perceptics, I-18 secondaries and engrams, VI-61, 86, 141; X-29 gather around subject of study, VI-451 running, give spectacular results, VI-159 running, unlimited action, VI-278 secondary derives all its power from an underlying engram, VI-163 slow recovery after an engram has been run, cause of, VIII-237 source of engrams, IV-116 Straight Wire keys out, II-227; see also recall subject of, is the subject of “can’t have”, II-497 theta clear has no obsessive engrams; can put back at will his reactive bank or any engram in it and blow it off again at a glance, III-376 thetan has engrams being automatically (involuntarily) created by him, V-301 timelessness or no change in an engram, II-143 tone arm behavior on engram chains, VI-356 unburdening; see also SOS unconsciousness common to all engrams, I-17 unflat ~ chains and high TA, VII-18, 76, 122, 123; X-28, 56 vanish, erase rapidly when pc regains ability to have the idea that he has won and that he has lost, Il-399 whole area of randomity stored in full in engram, I-284 words and phrases, X-28 384 enough and not enough, III-211 enrollment, VII-446 enter (Secondary Scale level), IV-307 entheta, I-175 and attacks in press, IV-148 attacking entheta with too much entheta enturbu lates, I-163 can threaten word-of-mouth, II-93 enmest and entheta, I-175 line, II-93 cutting is safe, I-139 monger in an org, II-387 relative entheta on case; see SOS entities, I-341 defn., I-359 entity, genetic; see genetic entity entrapment, main method of causing aberration and ~is found in actions which create or confuse time track, V-277 resistance is the one step necessary to, II-147 vs. freedom; see NSOL enturbulation, explanationof, VI-292 process times when effort caused ~, I-167 enturbulence, area of, ceases to exist as soon as com munication is leveled into it, II-292 environment, adjusted by the organism, I-153 “adjustment to the environment”, a false theory, I-152 all that processing requires is that you obtain a better reality on your ~ and all its drills are aimed at this, III-514 attitudes to, I-152 being dangerous toward environment, III-146 command over; see also SOS current environment of the preclear, I-18 dangerous environment, anyone forced into, tends to either go fully into PT or retreat from PT, VI-293 handling, IV-194 most difficult thing thetan does is handle the environment, II-448 safe and dangerous, difference between, VI-137 session environment, IV-41 auditor is responsible for session environment, VIII-409 influences pc’s ability to confront, VI-359 shifting environment during auditing, I-48 shifting environment in Child Processing, I-46 success of organism determinable by degree it can changetocontrolnew~, I-183 suppressive person (SP) was one that wove a dan gerous~aroundpc, VI-136 EP; see end phenomena epicenters, what they are, I-360; see also HOM ‘‘epidemics’’, sympathy is responsible for many, I 213 equal, men are not, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 equity, defn., civil procedure holding citizens responsible to citizens which delivers decision to persons in accordance with general expectancy in such cases, II-514 erasure(s), erase, erased, VI-376 defn., action of erasing, rubbing out, locks, secondaries or engrams, VI-340 auditing theory of charge erasure, V-291 chains, erased chains can be overrun; what happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there, VII-228; VIII-291; see also chains cognitions usually occur immediately after erasure, VI-354, 373 depends in some measure on pc getting to beginning of incident, VI-376 Dianetic errors preventing erasure, VII-208 Dianetics, EP of chain is erasure, accompanied by F/N, cognition and good indicators, VIII-272 “Did that incident erase” is not asked now, VII-53 drugs chemically inhibit creation of mental image pictures but inhibit aswell the erasure, VI-444 early, I-18 engram erasure converts its mass to acceptable mass, II-349 F/N always occurs when basic on chain erases, VII-117 F/N and erasure, VI-342, 354, 373 how not to erase, VI-400 how to attain, VI-344 key out vs. erasure, VI-57, 262, 342, 407 last incident found, VI-354 picture, not only the somatic, VI-356, 376 R3R, when pc originates “It’s erased” and TA remains high, do ABCD once more or rehab last chain, VII-208, 218-19 Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, VI-397, 418 “solid or erasing”, asking, VI-344, 354, 400, 453 thetan has to be at earliest end of incidents to erase them, VII-212; VIII-286, 381 tone arm below 2 at time of F/N, you haven’t erased any chain, VI-419 tone arm going up, up, up means picture isn’t erasing but is getting more solid, VI-397, 418; VII-28, 169 tone arm, incidents can force pc’s TA below 2, but when erased TA comes back up to F/N, VI-398, 419 two extremes a Dianetic auditor can go to on subject of erasure, VI-400 you can’t rehab erasures with “How many times?”, VII-227; VIII-290, 384 error(s), margin of error allowable for a problem, I-73 observational, I-76 to which the mind is liable, I-76 escape, III-133 basic escape is into another being, thus one acquires beingnesses to escape, IV-368 385 escape (cont.) clearing lies in confronting, not escaping, IV-374 from this universe, III-I 34 ESP, I-33 Est O and HAS Specialist Auditing Program (revised), VIII-50 Est Os and Product Officers, disagreement amongst, VIII-40 Est O, standard Est O action to survey hats, VIII-37 ethic(s), ethical, VIII-78; IX-94; see also morals; ISE; OEC Vol.1 defn., have to do with a code of agreement amongst people that they will conduct them selves in a fashion which will attain to the optimum solution of their problems; morals, on the other hand, are things which were intro duced into the society to resolve harmful prac tices which could not be explained or treated in a rational manner, I-119 defn., study of general nature of morals (morals [plural] [noun]: principles of right and wrong conduct) and specific moral choices to be made by individual in his relationship with others; rules orstandards governing conduct of members of a profession, VIII-102 defn., study of general nature of morals and of specific moral choices to be made by individu al in his relationship with others, VIII-172 defn., principles of right and wrong conduct and the specific moral choices to be made by the indi vidual in his relationship with others, IX-261 action after PTS Interview, X-222 actions, reason for many heavy, VIII-78 auditing, III-391, 392 auditor to Ethics, VI-50 cases undergoing ~ actions should not be audited until ~ matter is cleared up and complete, VII-31, 96 Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcswho have been C/Sed, VI-251; VII-96 code(s); see also ISE is not enforceable, II-105 the Code of Honor, II-104 conditions; seealsolSE; OEC Vo~1 conduct, most important zone of, in an organization is at or near the top, VIII-100 regulated by sense of ethics, I-294 correction usually cannot be accomplished with out Ethicsback-up, VIII-66 cycles, details of, should be entered by auditor in Folder Summary, IX-22, 54 determination, when one is ethical it is by own determination, VIII-172 Director of Processing handling pc’s Ethics cycles, IX-54 distinction from morals, I-91, 119 dramatization restrained by Ethics, VI-102 effect of fractured auditing comm cycle on Ethics type case, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ethic(s), ethical (cont.) enters after quickie tech, X-219 ethics presence checks criminality, VIII-78 ethics-tech-admin sequence, VIII-78 executives and ethics, VIII-100, 101, 102 go hand in hand with PTS RDs so 3 May PL comes before or after it, IX-160 hat, Ron wearing, IV-99 inspections of High Crime log book, IX-100 is not merely a legal action, it handles whole phenomena of case worsening (roller-coaster) after processing, VI-113 justice and ethics, VIII-172 level; see also Science of Survival group ethics level, I-91 measurement of by ARC factors, I-91 must be in to get tech in, VIII-172 non-compliance as Liability, and false report as Doubt, VIII-79 offenses, examples of, VIII-101 organization and ethics, VIII-100 out-ethics, defn., an action or situation in which an individual is involved contrary to ideals and best interests of his group; an act or situation or relationship contrary to ethics standards, codes or ideals of the group or other members of group; an act of omission or commission by an individual that could or has reduced the general effectiveness of a group or its other members; an individual act of omission or commission which impedes the general well-being of a group or impedes it in achieving its goals, VIII-102 acts of out-ethics person in a group, VIII-101 auditing errors can come from, VIII-164 exchange flows and out-ethics, VIII-78 executives, responsibility of, to handle outethics, VIII-100 handling steps (Danger RD), VIII-102 ill, people who are ill are PTS and are outethics toward the person or thing they are PTS to, VIII-101 interpretation of HCO Bs or PLs is out-ethics, VII-115 Overt/Withhold and Help can handle outethics, IV-99 people, out-ethics people go rapidly into Treason against the group, VIII-101 perception is affected by out-ethics, VIII-101 quickie tech is a symptom of out-ethics, VIII94 valence, person whose ethics have been out over a long period goes “out of valence”, VIII-101 pc is not sent to Ethics because of withholds gotten off in session, VI-50 pc’s getting off another person’s offenses, report alleged offenses to Ethics for investigation, VI-50 386 ethic(s), ethical (cont.) personal ethics, VIII-100 policies are leveled primarily at making auditing and training honest and flawless, VI-28 practiced on self-determined basis, II-104-05 PTSes and SPs must be sent to Ethics, VI-77 purpose of; see also ISE; OEC Vol. I record, C/S should watch for, X-46 relation to morals and height on Tone Scale, I-294 reports, IX-53 situation lies below administrative Whys, VIII-100 situation noted on auditor’s C/S form, IX-30 standards in America, III-391 suppressive person dominates an area, only Ethics actions can handle, VI-146 tech, interpretation of, is an Ethics matter, VI-209 upstat, C/Ses to make an Ethics upstat, VII-33 ethnics, C/S must watch ethnics (customs) oddities and changing fashions, VI-253 euphoria caused by some external stimuli must be rehabbed, VI-253 euthanasia, defn., right to kill people considered to be a burden on society, II-432 evaluation; see also AP&A defn, shifting of viewpoints or effort to do so, I-441 defn, action of shaking stable data, II-476 aberrative ~, method of running, I-454 and the C/S, X-189 auditor evaluation, VIII-160; X-25 accidental evaluation may occur when auditor repeats what pc said, V-161, 414 adds confusion to the case, II-475; see also psychoanalysis and acknowledgement, difference between, II 255 auditor never says what overt is, V-464 consists of telling pc what to think about his case, IV-129; X-10 dissemination of information to pc is com pletely forbiddenby Auditor’s Code, 1954; this is evaluation, II-161 do not evaluate for the preclear, II-96 in two-way comm is a deadly sin, VII-40 invalidation and evaluation is just plain vil lainy, VII-230 makes OCA/APA drop in responsibility, III 334 or even chatter after session can upset pc that ended session on F/N VGIs, VII-138 repeating what pc says, VII-250, 428; IX-75 self-determinism of pc reduced markedly by evaluating for pc, II-475 can place the patient in a hospital, II-476 Chart of Human Evaluation, VII-85, 86, 148; X-35-36; seealsoSOS; SA child is dependent on exterior evaluation, III-166 data is your data only so long as you have evalu ated it, III-422 depends upon, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 evaluation (cont.) evil (cont.) Dianetic; see Science of Survival insane are insane because they have evil inten forceful evaluation, I-441 tions, VIII-230 identification is inability to evaluate differences in not taking responsibility for, III-167 time, location, form, composition or imporoldreligiousbeliefsthatmanisbasically , IV-12 tance, III-393 purposes, VIII-277; IX-252; see also Expanded importances, bring about the ability to evaluate Dianetics importances by Not-Is Straight Wire, III-489 attitudes are after the fact of an evil purpose in intelligence and judgment are measured by ability a psycho case, IX-149 to evaluate relative importances, III-393 Expanded Dianetics running of, don’t ask for is reactive mind’s conception of viewpoint, I-384 interest, VIII-161 knowledge, person who accepts it without queshave to be verified as to wording and checked tioning it and evaluating it is demonstrating for read before running, but not interest, himself to be in apathy toward that sphere of VIII-277; IX-252 knowledge, III-424 individual with, has to withhold himself be law, person takes the viewpoint of that person cause he may do destructive things, VIII who has most evaluated for him, 1406 127 least certainty, perception most certain certainty, insane cannot control or withhold evil pur I-349 poses and dramatize them at least covertly, length of time to, VIII-145 VIII-128 logic, ability to evaluate importances and unimmarking of evil purposes and R/Ses, IX-28 portances is the highest faculty of logic, IIIrock slams, where a pc R/Ses he will have evil 393 purposes, VIII-345 necessity to have evaluation by others, III-166 R/S pc is trying to die (evil purpose), IX-150 of data, I-125; III-421, 422 running of, don’t ask for interest, IX-138 of importance of data in philosophy, III-346 R3R all Ev Purps culled from folder is done as of importance of datum is often more important first action in Ex Dn, VIII-277; IX-252 than the datum itself, III-345 R3Ring Ev Purps, common error on, VIII-296 of importances, VI-90 withholds are cause of continued evil, IV-12 on a cause basis, III-166 Evil Purpose Rundown, Multiple-Flow, VIII-277; IX prime importance; see HTLTAE 252 processes, evaluation of, 1432 “evil” valence, IV-105 real crime of, to tell the patient he is wrong, Exam; see Examiner II-475 examination, correct, is done by asking for meanings real, relationship to abstract evaluation, I-74 of words and demonstrating how the data is that which changes pc in space can evaluate for used, V-481 him, II-13 examination, instruction and ~, raising the standard evidence, rumors not acceptable as, II-160 of, V-478 evil; see also good Examiner(‘s), actions, V1405; see also bad actions actions of, VII-181 making an individual guilty for committing, and meter checks, X-207 only increases tendency to laziness, IX-268 assists, pc taken to ~ afterwards, VII-167, 191 man attempts to restrain himself from evil attestcheck, VIII-30 actions and caves in, VIII-78 C/S “Examiner! Ask pc what auditor did in ses man is basically good, but reactive mind tends sion”, VII-274 to force him into evil actions, V-439; VIIIdeclare? procedure, VIII-218 370 Dianetic pc pattern at Examiner, VII-123; X-57 may not be evil people, but there are people Exam F/Ns after flubs, VII-274; X-143 currently devoted to doing evil actions, F/N—no F/N at Examiner ratio, what it tells, V-408 VII-366, 367; IX-6, 7 and good, II-464; III-166 getting the F/N to Examiner, VII-122; X-56 basic thing man can’t or won’t confront is evil, high TA at Exam after F/N in session, causes and IX-310 solutions for, VII-122 being at different lifetimes is good and evil, informationline to Director of Training, I-66 V-408 low TA at Exam, VII-124 impulse(s), pc F/Ns at ~, then reports sick, reason for, VII checking, X-73 218 man seeks to check his evil impulses by inhibitpcs who don’t F/N at ~, how to handle, VII-217 ing his own skill and strength, VII-156 Q & Aing with Exam statement of pc, VII-82 inability to confront evil, result of, VIII-78 Report; see Exam Report CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Examiner(‘s) (cont.) executive(s)(‘s) (cont.) session, flubbed session is visible at ~, VII-138 tendency to transfer or who fails to hat others, trust placed in Examiner, I-66 how to handle, VIII-50 unchanging natter at, X-114 exhausted pc equals missed withhold, V-59 when the Examiner does not declare a pc and does exhaustion; see also Problems of Work not send pc to Certs and Awards, he sends pc exhaustion, “Recall Exhaustion” [process], III-536 to Review (he can also, instead, send pc to existence, Ethics) [1965], VI-75 and reality, II-208 24 hour rule, VII-138, 174 basic action of existence is duplication, II-15 Exam (Examiner) Report (Form), IX-21, 31 basic dynamic principle of existence is: survive ! , defn, report made out by Qual Examiner when pc I-167 goes to Exams after session or goes on his own conditions of, II-410; see also NSOL; PXL volition; contains meter details, pc’s indicators dynamics of; see Science of Survival and pc’s statement, IX-10, 31 mock-ups get unreal because thetan is not-ising bad reports, X-96 existence, remedy for, VIII-118 causes of contrary Exam Report, VII-205 reason for, II-421 compliance reports on Cramming cycle should role that communication plays in game called ex have Exam Report attached, VII-412 istence, I-350 Form, VI-255; VII-193; IX-34 survival, only an apparency and only one facet of how to fill in, IX-31 existence, II-412 location in folder, IX-33 total significance to existence is the significance no reports, X-59 that the being puts there, II-470 red tag exam, defn., IX-32; see also red tag Expanded Dianetics, VIII-276, 311; see also Ex Dn required after any Confessional, VII-167 Series, IX-125 sour forms, X-17-18 defn., that branch of Dianetics which uses Dia which routinely have sour notes in them indicate netics in special ways for specific purposes, need of Repair Program, VII~2 VIII-68, 87; IX-127 examining, coaching is not ~, V-489 after Grade IV Expanded, VIII-311 Excalibur, an unpublished book written late 1930s, and the Grade Chart, X-248, 250 VI-317 auditor prerequisite for, VIII-69, 88; IX-128 exchange, case histories, IX-140-248 defn, something for something, VIII-79 charges for, VIII-69, 88 criminality and exchange, VIII-79 does not replace Standard Dianetics or any other flows and out-ethics, VIII-78 class, IX-128 maintains inflow and outflow that gives a person Drug Rundown is a must before, VIII-307; IX-255 space around him and keeps the bank off of evil purposes, VIII-277; IX-252 him, VIII-79 attitudes are after the fact of an evil purpose in out, illness and overwhelm can result from, VIIIa psycho case, IX-149 79 have to be verified as to wording and checked production, morale and exchange factor, VIII-80 for read before running, but not interest, Exchange by Dynamics, IX-247 VIII-277; IX-252 procedure, VIII-80 individual with, has to withhold himself be exchanged valence; see valence, exchanged cause he may do destructive things, VIII executive(s)(‘s), 127 defn., any person holding anexecutive post (head insane cannot control or withhold evil pur of Department or above), VIII-100 poses and dramatize them at least covertly, assignment of Danger condition, VIII-100 VIII-128 can fail in three ways: seem to give endless freemarking of evil purposes and R/Ses, VIII-277; dom, seem to give endless barriers, make neiIX-28 ther freedom nor barriers certain, II-422 Multiple-Flow E. Purp Rundown, VIII-277; confidence, what it consists of, II-422 IX-252 ethics and executives; see ethics rock slams, where a pc R/Ses he will have evil good, gets his own communication lines running purposes, VIII-345 smoothly and then spends his time going R/S pc is trying to die (evil purpose), IX-150 around not giving orders but smoothing out running of, don’t ask for interest, VIII-161; people’s jobs, II-387 IX-138 or staff members who show signs of obsessive R3R all Ev Purps culled from folder is done as transfer of staff, handling of, VII-354, 439 first action in Ex Dn, VIII-277; IX-252 study, executives who will not, handling of, VIIIR3Ring Ev Purps, common error on, VIII 158 296 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Expanded Dianetics (cont.) Expanded CF 40 RB; see Green Form 40 FFT is only done if it comes up or bogs running Expanded Gita, I-332, 437, 487, 495; VIII-115, 120 Triples, IX-174 Acceptance Level Processing is version of ~, I-485 folders are marked with red colored tape, IX-13 audited with benefit only a short time, I-329 further data on XDn Series 9, IX-255 example of, I-451 intentions, remedy for somatic and illness, if turned on by ~, don’t ask for interest, VIII-161; IX-138 I-388 good intentions are never run, IX-252 resolves scarcities, I-439 handling, IX-256 run without creating mock-ups, IV-65 in AEI Treble Assessment, IX-252 SOP 8 Step IV, I-390 must only be run on terminals, never a signifiStep IV, I-333 cance, IX-153, 158, 252 Expanded Know to Mystery Scale, VI-201 terminals, run intentions only on terminals, Expanded Lower Grades; seegrades IX-153, 158 experience, experienced, Int-Ext reading on a list is handled by 2wc if TA is and interneships, X-163 innormalrange, IX-165 bad acts are those acts which cannot be easily is very specifically adjusted to the pc, VIII-68, 87; experienced at the target end, III-432 IX-127 case; see case, experience L3 EXD RB—Expanded Dianetics Repair List, desire to experience is central aspect of case, I-184 VIII-70; IX-131 experience-scarcity, IV-155 Metalosis Rundown, IX-171, 199 goal of experience, II-2 OCA/APA must be taken prior to pc attesting Ex good conduct—do only those things which others Dn, IX-214 can experience, III-432 OCA right-hand side handling, Vital Info RD beidea is not to prove one can experience but to longs on, VIII-328 regain the ability to experience which is only pcs who R/S are given Ex Dn, VIII-76, 345 done in processing, III-432 prerequisites, X-248, 250 inability to restrain dramatization of past experi program is written on green sheet, IX-27 ence occurs when one has decided he can do programming, VIII-276; IX-251 nothing about such an experience; thereafter PT Environment, IX-256 he is the effect of all similar pictures, III-359 PTS Rundown; see PTS Rundown no reason to withhold own actions or regret them purpose is to cure people or handle insanity, IX-159 if one’s own actions are easily experienced by Quad Ex Dn, IX-256 others, III-431 repair list, VIII-70; IX-131 Past and Future Experience [process], III-403, requisites, VIII-297, 372; IX-254 408, 409 R/S handling, also called Responsibility RD, IXRe experience and Experience Process, III-488 252 teaches you never to do anything the second time, rundowns, IX-251 III-356 running of evil purposes or intentions, don’t ask what it is, III-408 for interest, VIII-161 experimental auditing and standard techniques, III Sanderson RD, Wants Handled RD was originally 282 called Sanderson RD, IX-142 explode, ridges often, II-31 service facsimile theory, VIII-257; IX-249 explosion, set-ups, VIII-276; IX-251, 254 causes change of position all over space, I-444 checklist, VIII-297, 372; IX-254 cycle of, I-467-69 significances, you must combine significances with audited in brackets, I-468 terminals, not with significances, IX-187 run on circuit cases, I-469 Standard Dianetics vs. Expanded Dianetics, VIIIengram, I-445 68, 69, 87; IX-127 fear of things exploding, II-1 thoughts, why one doesn’t run thoughts about similarities to theta, I-467 thoughts, IX-187 Extension Course, III-331, 357 training, VIII-68, 87; IX-127 exterior, exteriorize(s), exteriorized, exteriorization, TrebleAssessment, AEI, VIII-277; IX-252, 256 III-118, 149; VI-61, 62, 293, 431; VII-172, two-way comm, certain Ex Dn procedures that 420; seealso interior; Dianetics ‘55! were TWC became L&N, IX-256 defn, the phenomenon of being in a position of uses Dianetics to change OCA/APA, VIII-68, 87; space dependent on only one’s consideration, IX-142 able to view from that space, bodies and the Wants Handled RD, IX-252 room, as it is, III-149 was originally called Sanderson RD, IX-142 defn., act of moving out of body with or without who needs it, VIII-68, 87; IX-127 full perception, VII-27, 168, 420 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 exterior, exteriorize(s), exteriorized (cont.) exterior, exteriorize(s), exteriorized (cont.) ability to, what it depends on, III-149 pc, what he will run, I-303 accomplishing ~ in low step cases, I-386 pc who can’t be audited, how to handle, VI-276, approximation of death, I-434 293; see also Interiorization Rundown auditing after ~, symptoms of, VII-27, 36, 168, pc will go, X-31 218 perceptions when exterior, II-11 handling; see Interiorization Rundown point of exteriorization, III-156, 176 auditing is a game of ~ versus havingness, II-367 Positive and Negative Exteriorizing [process], I blow as an effort to exteriorize, VII-42 289 brings about rapid recovery of case, II-80 Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by caution: do not ask pc to look at his body when Scenery [process], VIII-121 exteriorized, II-12 process, III-149 certainty of, II-47 proves man is a spiritual being, timeless and death compulsive, III-186; VII-160 less, VII-27, 168, 420 death and exteriorization, III-225 refusal to, I-303 departure of the soul, II-430 Remedy of Havingness [process], exteriorization difficult, is caused by person’s considerations of by, VIII-116 thought being matter, self being matter, IV-53 Remedy of Havingness for Exteriorization [pro difficulty of, reason for, III-280 cess], II-181 do Int RD if check reveals, X-43 run twice, X-112 drug case, false ~ often occurs on enforced basis SLP, Level Six [1956], exercises their exterioriza and may go into restim, VII-449 tion and stabilizes, II-326 drugs can cause forceful exteriorization; unhanSLP, Level Three [1956], this is what exteriorizes dled drugs can inhibit ~, VI-258 them, II-324 during a process, how to handle, II-295, 445; see somatics after exteriorization, VII-42 also Interiorization Rundown techniques are not now used because person (a) dying, a person always exteriorizes, II-432 still being aberrated and not Clear, soon re exteriorization is stable when thetan is used to turns to his body and (b) when audited there mest, IV-166 after has trouble, VII-27, 168 failure, problem in terminals, I-352 test for, II-50 from engram bank, II-243 theory of Exteriorization Remedy, VIII-287 how the auditor knows pc is, II-12 thetan exterior is described fully in second chap in session is end phenomena for that process or ter of DMSMH, II-120 action, VII-225, 457; X-116 thinking thoughts exterior to head and bank, II interiorization-exteriorization, mechanisms of, II325 49 tone arm, high TA and exteriorization, VII-19, 27, Int RD, you just don’t do one because pc goes 36, 168 exterior, VIII-280, 281 type of, which is most aberrative of all traumatic is end result of Start—Change—Stop, II-521 actions, II-430 late in incident, it began with interiorization, VIIunder duress, II-430 28, 170 when somebody goes exterior he is liable to key in loss and exteriorization, III-280, 324 having gone interior in first place, VII-28, 169 missed beginning of an exteriorization, VII-28, 169 why not very acceptable to the public, II-79 non-exteriorized cases, II-42 Exteriorization by Scenery [process], I-392, 396; not accompanied by a shock, pain or duress is VIII-121 quite therapeutic, II-431 Exteriorization Rundown, changed to Interiorization occurs at death, VII-28, 169 Rundown, VII-459; see Interiorization Run one never changes the process just because somedown body compulsively exteriorizes, III-186 extraversion-introversion process, Locational, Body one of goals of processing, II-429 and Room, III-394 Opening Procedure by Duplication will exteriorize extroversion, defn., being able to look outward; ex pc, III-395 troverted personality is one who is capable of pc exterior, handling body, VII-79 looking around the environment; person who pc exteriorizes on a good win, how to end session is capable of looking at world around him and when, VIII-397, 410 seeing it quite real and quite bright is of course pc goes exterior in auditing, later his TA goes in a state of extroversion, VIII-241, 256, 353 high, then you do an Int RD, VIII-280 eyes, eyesight, III-118, 121; VII-178; see also glasses; pc going, handle by Int-Ext, X-13 vision pc misemotion about, how to handle, II-335, 372; and occluded cases, I-434 VIII-124 bad eyesight, III-89 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 eyes, eyesight (cont.) confronting and eyesight, III-37 Effort Processing and eyesight, III-36 eye pouches, used as an indicator in R2-12, V-235 eyesight, astigmatism, a distortion of image, is only an anxiety to alter the image, III-39 eyesight should be tested, X-80 glasses and eyesight, III-36 gold discs, III-36 Havingness and eyesight, III-37, 38 how eyes function, III-36 improvement of, I-196 Rising Scale [process] will sometimes restore fertility or change eyesight, VII-90 thetan doesn’t look through his eyeballs, III-36 thetan’s ability to see, III-209 what a person does with his eyes shows his tone, VII-149 facsimile(s) (cont.) pc who only gets death pictures or bad pictures is somewhere late on cycle of action or late on an inversion cycle, IV-35 phenomenon of, I-406 pictures bridge the language barrier, IV-54 pictures, how they are made, 1415 picture, stuck, I-302 run W/H on terminal in picture, IV-48 service; see service facsimile starvation for energy, keynote of case which main tains facsimiles in restimulation, II-38 Straight Wire and pictures, II-228 stuck picture, how to handle, IV-9, 16 thetan accumulates mental mass, pictures, ridges, circuits, etc., to degree that he misassigns re sponsibility, IV-18 thetan uses to assist memory, II-230 “unknown” used on, IV-374 use of, II-548 F were first designed to have an effect upon some body else, II-548 F; see fall “What part of that picture could you be responsi facsimile(s), I-224; see also mental image picture; Scn ble for?” [process], IV-66 8-80 why they float, II-528 defn., a mental image picture of the physical uniFacsimile One; see History of Man verse sometime in the past, II-429 Factors, The, I-358, 375; see also Scn 8-8008; COHA; defn., energy picture made by thetan or body’s maScn 0-8 chinery of physical universe environment; it is fact, reasons always follow the fact, II-47 like a photograph; it is made of mental energy; it Factual Havingness, III-307, 486 means copy of the physical universe, II-546 commands, III-318 defn., any mental picture that is unknowingly trio form, IV-36 created and part of time track, whether an “fade-away” question has no possible answer, II-129 engram, secondary, lock or pleasure moment, fads in areas where tech is bad, X-69 V-274 failed, ability and action of, I-225 case; see case, failed and entities, I-360 posts and duties trace back to misunderstood and solids, II-546 words, VII-381 arecontrolmechanisms, III-231 purpose or stuck in something = tired, dopey, automaticity of making pictures, II-231 IX-213 degrees of pc reality on, III-390 sessions, most common reason for and remedy, drugs can turn on whole track pictures violently, X-244 VII-320 sessions remedy, X-246 effect of on thetan, II-229 failed communication (Secondary Scale level), IV-288 genus of, I-369 failed control (Secondary Scale level), IV-289 have no weight or wavelength, space or time failed endure (Secondary Scale level), IV-304 [1952], I-225 failed havingness (Secondary Scale level), IV-286 imposes itself on body anchor points, III-151 failed help; see also Failed Help [process] interchange of, III-231 aberrated self-determinism is end product of fail making pictures solid, II-454 ures to help, IV-191 mass of the energy picture is energy, II-431 action of help is not aberrative, failure to help is, mest clear is clear in terms of facsimiles, III-175 IV-119 necessity for pictures, III-230 failures to help can bring about confusion of iden pc made facsimile to restrain himself from ever tities, IV-191 doing it again, IV-38 overt/withhold mechanism stems from failures to pc’s not-is of picture squeezes it into invisibility, help, IV-186 VII-208 O/W running discloses failed helps, IV-187 pc, when you improve ability of pc to make and (Secondary Scale level), IV-291 see a picture you also inadvertently improve whatever pc thinks is wrong he has failed to help, every picture in the bank including engrams, IV-210 III-539 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Failed Help [process]; see also failed help how and when to run, IV-167, 168, 170 lowest verbal entrance point, IV-168 run Failed Help as the Confront Process [Formula 13], IV-171 failed importance (Secondary Scale level), IV-299 failed interest (Secondary Scale level), IV-287 failed leave (Secondary Scale level), IV-301 failed overt (Secondary Scale level), IV-294 failed protect (Secondary Scale level), IV-302 failed to abandon (Secondary Scale level), IV-303 failed to arrive (Secondary Scale level), IV-299 “failed to reveal” [R3GA], V-119 failed waste (Secondary Scale level), IV-303 failed withhold (Secondary Scale level). IV-297 failure, defn., derives from failing to do what one intended to do, II-462 defn, something else happening rather than the intention, II-464 anatomy of, II-462 postulates are reversed in action, II-447 and win, difference between, II-462 death, ultimate failure, II-3 most marked when one intends to do something bad and doesn’t accomplish it, II-463 of postulate or intention, II-462 to understand pc, high percentage of ARC breaks occur because of, IX-76 faith (Secondary Scale level), IV-316 faith, orderly faith promotes religion, I-38 faith, Scientology demands no belief or faith and thus is not in conflict with faith, III-514 fall(s), defn, ofsF, F, LF, LFBD, VI-357 and BD in 2-way comm, X-20 difference between needle fall and change of needle pattern, IV-363 dropping needles tell you charge, and shifting tone arms tell you increased or decreased responsibility, IV-42 E-Meter falls on things pc is interested in and will talk about, IV-175 E-Meter fall, what it means, IV-132, 175 needle drops only on those terminals pc still feels some responsibility for, IV-38 no fall = meter response for “no” or negative or don’t know, IV-59 shows thing wrong with case that can be remedied at this time, IV-38 show where pc’s mind is fixed, IV-43, 54 slight fall = meter response for “maybe” “you’re getting close”, IV-59 steep fall = meter response for “yes”, IV-59 false, defn., contrary to fact or truth; without grounds; incorrect; without meaning or sincerity; deceiving; not kceping faith; treacherous; resembling and being identified as a similar or related entity, VIII-102 392 false (cont.) auditor’s reports, VI-50, 450; VIII-292, 386 how to ask False question, VI-434 PTS, VIII-236 reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs more than once will ARC break the pc, VIII-409 reports, VIII-129; X-233 means Doubt, VIII-79 robot gives many, VIII-129 TA; see tone arm, false use suppress and false to fly ruds, VI-281, 433; VII-45, 357 falsely gotten to R6EW, X-22 familiarity or familiarization permits intelligence to manifest, III-428 family; see also dynamic, 2nd don’t listen to, about a case, X-171 insanity, run out narrative secondaries R3R, VII 340; X-169 life, I-120 relationships, I-59 fantastic new HGC line, X-81 fascism, socialism, communism, are bad management, I-143 fast checking on rudiments; see rudiments, fast check ing fast flow basis, C/Sing on, VII-205 fast flow, C/S handles post, X-96 fast flow training, VIII-162, 163 father’s universe, being in, example, II-436, 438 fear of being nothing, I-388 fear of change, I-355 Fear of People List, VIII-219, 220 feeling, chains are held together by one similar feel ing, not by narratives or personnel or loca tions, VI-352 fertility, Rising Scale [process] will sometimes restore fertility or change eyesight, VII-90 FES; see Folder Error Summary fever, liandling with auditing, VII-335 FFD; see Dianetics, Full Flow FFT; see Dianetics, Full Flow Table field(s), defn, any thing interposing between pc (thetan) and something he wishes to see, whether mest or mock-up, III-209 are black, grey, purple, any substance, or invisible, III-209 auditor; see field auditor black, III-I91, 256; VIII-124; see also black black field case, IV-9 clean-up of, III-205 clearing of, III-209, 210 clear pc’s field with Responsibility, IV-16, 49 invisible, III-70, 191, 256 is a self-protective or destructive device, III-209 is one or more incidents, III-210 mysterious, IV-66 pc has a field, somatics, malformity or aberration, how to clean up, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 field(s) (cont.) Flat Check by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form process to ~anquish, III-246 CT5, IV-232 rules of fields, III-209 flat question or process, defn, when the communica Step 6, totally clear up a field before running, tion lag has been similar for three successive III-207 questions, II-234, 449; see also end phe testing for fields, III-209 nomena field auditor, flatten(ing), and central organization, II-458 defn., to do something until it no longer produces rights of, III-41 a reaction, VII-265; IX-315 shouldn’t depend on central org for pcs, II-351 and unflattening, phenomena of a process, II-328 targets, central org and, V-432 chain, failed to flatten, X-69 vs. central org, II-369 cognition and flattening of a process, VII-242; fifteen acts; see AP&A; HFP IX-67 fifth dynamic; see dynamic, 5th flip-flopping, defn., a process by which the pc’s ex Fifth Stage Release, VI-71, 87 cess motion is taken off, III-184 fight(ing), flitter, I-406; II-181 it takes a third party to develop, VI-288 defn., thetan puts out golden clouds of flitter in to have a game, II-115 order to perceive, I-352 Fighting Process, II-85 defn, that gold stuff the thetan puts out, I-415 Fight the Wall, commands and how to run, III-9 against mest, I-416 figure-figure case; see case, figure-figure floating needle(s), F/N(s)(ed)(ing), VI-275, 362, file clerk(‘s); see also DMSMH; SOS 407; VII-20, 53, 122, 144, 196, 217 and somatic strip, I-16 defn, idle uninfluenced movement of needle on faith in auditor, I-18 dial without any patterns or reactions in it; it finance, howfinancialsecurityisobtained, II-319 moves to right at same speed as it moves to finance of the organization, early days, II-459 left; it is loose and free, VII-68 Find a Pc [process], Il-250 defn., IX-32 Find a Spot, commands and how to run, III-8 abuse, X-30 finding the bug on a case, X-113 and “quickies”, VII-78 “Find something in this room that is comfortably real and word clearing, X-247 to you” [process], II-207 ARC break needle is floating needle between 2.0 Find the Auditor is part of Control, III-204 and 3.0 TA position with bad indicators, VII firefight(s), 117 defn, quarrel between auditor and pc, VII-228; atExam, X-152 VIII-291, 385 at Examiner and session grading, X-59, 82 and unrun or overrun chains, X-120, 124 auditor must F/N the original action, VIII-222, first aid always precedes an assist, III-262; VII-417 223, 410 first-book case is stuck in prenatal engram, I-301 basic, F/N obtained by erasure of basic on chain is first-book preclears, I-303 the F/N one wants in Dianetics, VI-373 first dynamic; see dynamic, 1st blowdown, F/N cannot be observed during a BD, first error correction is Int, X-115 VI-69 first postulate; see postulate, first by-passed, why it gives high TA, VII-18 First Stage Release, VI-56, 61, 62, 70, 71 cases that don’t F/N at Exams, VII-217 First Stage Released OT, defn, the person has not case, symptom of heavily charged case is F/Ning only come out of his bank but also out of his too quickly to be processed well, VI-424, 426 body, VI-62 chain, F/N on chain is end of that chain, but not five-way bracket, IV-240 of Dianetics on the case, VI-349 five-way Concept Help commands, IV-121 cognition, don’t prevent by cutting when F/N fixation, fixated, fixed, appears, VI-275, 362 attention; see also attention cognition, F/N occurs most often after a big cog fixated attention case, anatomy and remedy of, nition, VI-145, 147 VIII-262 cognition, waiting for F/N to broaden to, VII-22 fixed beliefs, how to lead a person out of, IIcomplaints about, actual problem is auditor dis 476 tracting pc from cognition by calling attention fixed ideas and phobias, processes for [1956], to himself and meter a moment too soon, II-454 VII-22 how to locate and unfix, III-428 dial wide F/N, defn, floating from one pin to the in space, I-453 other right across the dial, IX-32 one life, X-73 dope off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on flash answer, I-16 sleep, or rehab F/N, VII-46, 359 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 floating needle(s), F/N(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) electrode, one-hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N and gives false TA, VI-275 end phenomena and floating needles, VII-20, 78, 117 if you go past EP the F/N will pack up (cease) and TA will rise, VII-20 end phenomena for any process or action is F/N, VI-68, 275 erasure and F/N, VI-354, 373; VII-117 Exam F/Ns after flubs, VII-274 Examiner and floating needles; see also Examiner Examiner ratio, F/N—no F/N, what it tells, VII367; IX-6, 7 false TA and F/N, VIII-227, 416 “floating needle” with TA above 3.0 or below 2.0 means pc is ARC broken, VI-275, 373 flopping F/N (floating F/N, TA F/N), defn, can’t get needle on dial, just falls over, IX-32 F/N everything, VII-196, 316 frequent errors in F/Ning everything, VII-197 F/Ning auditors, VII-412 footplatesobscureF/Nsandreads, VIII-414 getting the F/N to Examiner, VII-I 22 good indicators, what determines a real F/N is GIs, VI-275, 373 gradual widening of F/N, VII-144; X-67-68 “high TA F/Ns” during rehab, VI-251 how to get them on a pc, VI-147 if process is overrun F/N vanishes with just one extra command, VI-144 indicating floating needle, VI-275, 362 when to, VII-21, 197 Integrity Processing questions must be F/Ned, VIII-175; IX-274 is not a stage 4 needle or an inverted stage 4; it is floating and free, V-112 is valid only between 2.0 and 3.0 TA position, VI-373 listing and nulling item must BD and F/N, VIII-96 lock, Dianetic pc F/Ns on a lock, ask for an earlier incident, VI-354, 373 lock, F/N on a lock can be by-passed on R3R, VI-407 major action, don’t begin without getting F/N first, IX-239 miss an F/N and TA will go up, VI-275 non-F/Ncases, VII-217 obtain an F/N before starting next C/S, VII-260 occurs just before pc is aware of it, VI-275, 362 occur when a key-out occurs or when an engram is erased, VI-342 OT is particularly subject to F/N abuse as he can blow things quite rapidly, VIII-273 overrunning free needle, VI-143 overrun of any action past F/N will cause TA to rise, VI-275, 277 pcs “getting an F/N at will” are not in session, VII-438 pc’s who resent F/N indications, cause of, VII-78 394 floating needle(s), F/N(s)(ed)(ing) (cont.) persistent F/N, VII-144, 145; X-67 and ending session, VIII-397 Power can be done quickie simply by not hanging on for EP and only going to F/N, VIII-93 prepared list either reads or F/Ns, VIII-213 reading items not F/Ned leave pc with BPC, VII 196 read on an item from ruds or prepared list must be carried to F/N, VII-196 rehab or release, don’t continue past F/N, VI-66 releasing, F/N does not last very long in releasing, VI-275 rudiment, don’t fly, when pc comes into session with F/N, VI-280 R3R, floating needle on, VII-20 same F/N, X-67 Scientology auditor never would audit past an F/N, VI-373 Search and Discovery, do not continue to do S&Ds beyond an F/N, VI-218 sensitivity setting and free needle, VI-144, 147 session that tries to go beyond a big dial-wide drifting floating F/N only distracts pc from his win, VII-144 sizes, IX-32 normal, 2” to 3”, IX-32 small, 1” to 2”, IX-32 wide, 3” to 4”, IX-32 students, F/Ning, IX-402, 448 students who are interrupted too often when F/Ning may also blow, on a “withhold of nothingness”, VIII-193 students who study well are said to be F/Ning students, VII-412 supervising at a below F/N level, IX-402 TA must be between 2 and 3 for a correct F/N, VII-55, 117, 421 to Examiner, X-56 to see if a needle is floating the TA must have stopped moving down, VI-69 what it looks like, VI-67 what you ask or program, VIII-222; X-243 wide persistent with TA too high or low means falseTA, VIII-227, 416 Word Clearing, all words must be F/Ned, VIII 303, 304; IX-482 Zero Flow in Dianetics may F/N very suddenly, VIII-288, 382 floating TA, VII-424 flow(s); see also Flow Process defn, a progress of energy between two points, V-16 defn, an impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or masses between terminals, VI-307 defn, directional thought, energy or action, VI 438 defn., an electronic flow in a direction, VII-270 actual electrical flow occurs in response to direc tional command, VII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 flow(s) (cont.) additional, when doing additional flows one must also check or rehab flows run to F/N, VIII287, 381 auditing additional flows while earlier items remairt Single or Triple restimulates missing flows and stacks them up as mass, VIII-377 auditor’s lack of knowledge of flows, doing F0s on a Triple pc, handlingof, VIII-410 basic, V-14, 16 basic aberration is withheld flow, V-16 by-passed, X-105, 108 and repair, X-105, 108 by-passed flows and mass, VII-210, 212, 213; VIII-286, 380 cause, a potential source of flow, II-14 clearing flows, VII-282; X-131 confusion is the antithesis of a flow, II-154 Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows, VIII-285 dub-in case has a wholly one-sided flow and is trying to run the other side, VI-279 etfect, a potentiai receipt of flow, II-14 E-Meter needle that is stuck will run to loose if proper flow direction is selected, III-220 flow H [C/S 37R], X-134 Full Flow Dianetics; see Dianetics, Full Flow Full Flow Table; see Dianetics, Full Flow Table F0; see Flow 0 Fl; see Flow1 F2; see Flow 2 F3; see Flow 3 getting in all flows, VIII-287, 288, 381; X-106 help follows laws of flows, not terminals, III-220; see also Scn 8-80 high TAs are caused by two or more flows opposing thus making a mass or ridge, VII-270 high TAs, heavy pressure and even illness can come from by-passed flows, VII-212; VIII-286, 380 it is type of process rather than the type of pc which regulates the flows, VI-307 low TAs are caused by overwhelm by flows, VII270 mass occurs when flows of items are by-passed and then later restimulated by auditing them, VII-210, 212, 213; VIII-287, 381 missing, and mass, X-100, 102 missing flows are still potential mass, VIII-274, 377 note, X-129-30, 133 old pcs run Triple, let them remain Triple unless you have to do Int RD or some Quad RD, VIII-373 overrun, X-107, 110 patterns of; see also Scn 8-80 pc who feels dopey or “boils off” has either run too long on flow in one direction, in which case reverse flow, or he has reduced havingness down to a point where he feels tired or sleepy, II-182 395 flow(s) (cont.) rehab or run, X-107 “ridges” and masses come about from a conflict of flows opposing or being pulled back as in withholds, VII-270 running previously unrun flows, VII-I, 213 running too long on one flow is conducive to withholds developing, V-66 run previously unrun one or ones first to get charge off, then verify or run ones listed as run already, VIII-287, 381 run too long in one direction gives anaten—uncon sciousness, IV-121 safe course is to use Triples (Quad only) on new, never audited before pcs; those begun on Triples, use then only Triples, VIII-291(386) self-determined flows can be aberrative, V-14 table; see Dianetics, Flow Table tone arm, high TA and Quad Flows, VIII-381 tone arm, high TA and Triple Flows, VIII-287 Triple reruns, VIII-286; X-105 and Quad reruns, VIII-380; X-108 tripling earlier Dianetics, VIII-274, 377 unconsciousness caused by a flow which has flow ed too long in one direction, II-450 unrun, X-105, 106, 108, 109 unrun, law: when one or more of four flows of an item or grade are left unrun, when used in later processes the earlier unrun ones restimulate and make mass, VII-212 unrun, law: when one or more of the three flows of an item or grade are left unrun, when used in later processes the earlier unrun ones restim ulate and make mass, VIII-286, 380 used in lriple Grades, VI-307 when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, VIII-275, 378 which runs too long in one direction can “stick”, V1438 withhold ~, reverse of is “afraid to find out”, V-33 wrongness in terms of flow is inflow, II-14 Zero Flow; see Flow 0 FlowProcess, commandsof, V-15; seealsoflow Flow 0, X-100, 102, 103, 107, 110 defn, self doing something to self, VII-211; VIII 274, 378 and Int-Ext RD, X-92 auditor doing F0s on a Triple pc, handling of, VIII-410 command, VIII-378; X-103, 109 command for Introspection RD, X-101 getting in Zero Flows—rehab or run, VIII-382 in Dianetics, may F/N very suddenly, VIII-288, 382 Int RD, one mustn’t suddenly introduce 4th flow (F Zero), VII-210; VIII-377 Introspection RDhasasits dominant flow, VIII-295 Quad Dianetics, already flat Zero Flows are not uncommon, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Flow 0 (cont.) Quad Dianetics, unrun F0 is checked for read before running, VIII-374 Quad Dianetics, when catching up unrun Flow Zeros only run those that read, VIII-373 running Zero Flows, VII-214; VIII-288, 382 Triple pc, doing F0s on, VIII-410 Flow 1, defn, something happening to self, VII-211; VIII-274, 378; X-100, 103 Flow 2, defn., doingsomethingtoanother, VII-211; VIII274, 378; X-100, 103 Dianetics F2 command, VII-43 perception, lack of, comes from overts and improves when Flow 2 is done, VII-340 Flow 3, defn, others doing things to others, VII-211; VIII274, 378; X-100, 103 Dianetics F3 command, VII-43 Flow1, 2, 3: (1) inflow, (2) outflow, (3) cross flow, VI-238, 438 flubbed, cases and “no interest” items, X-236 chains, VII-227 R3R, X-76 sessions, redtagging, VII-138 flubby auditors, X-163 Flub Catch System, VII-142; X-65 flubless, auditors, X-176 CISing, X-233 C/Sing in missions, X-235 flubs, auditing flubs; see auditing errors best answer is no flubs, X-63 cramming, X-69 Exam F/Ns after, X-143 flunk(s), VII-128 defn., to make a mistake, fail to apply materials learned; opposite of pass, VII-287 and retrain, X-60 session grading, when given, VII-128; X-60 TA producing action left incomplete is a ~, X-2 tech not by the book is a flunk, X-152 flying ruds; see rudiments, flying F/N; see floating needle F/Ning auditors, X-193 folder(s), lX-13 defn., folded sheet, foolscap size, of cardboard which encloses all session reports and other items, IX-9 admin, VII-182; see also Auditor Admin Series, IX-I all auditing reports of whatever type of action are simply filed chronologically in current HGC folder, IX-I 4 analyzing and reviewing, VI-268; VII-95; X-45 case folder, almost only way to completely bar door on pc is to lose his case folder or fail to put all lists and reports in it, V-220 396 folder(s) (cont.) contents, IX-9, 10 C/S folder line, VII-181 C/S, how he can tell if he has all the folders, IX-14 C/S only with all folders to hand, VII-95 Expanded Dianetic folders are marked with red colored tape, IX-13 front cover items, IX-9 “mail slip” system, to ensure that folders are not lost in transit, IX-I 5 Solo folders, only separate category of folders, IX-14 study, VIII-157; IX-326 study folder to find auditing error, how to, VII 218, 278 tape color flashes, IX-13 Why finding worksheets must go into pc folder, VIII-96, 303; IX-482 Word Clearing Method No.1 can be done with no folder, VII-315 Word Clearing worksheets must be placed in pc folders, VIII-96, 304; IX-482 Folder Error Summary (FES), VII-142; IX-56; X-4, 65, 81, 85 defn, summary of auditing errors in folder and on pc’s case not corrected at time summary is done, IX-11 and admin time, X-85 auditor does not let a C/S C/S hopefully; he refuses C/Ses until an FES is done and bug found, VII-358 cost borne by pc, X-65 cost of, VII-142 counts on C/S’s and auditor’s stat, VIII-150 credits on auditor’s stat, VII-147 C/S failing to call for an FES when he doesn’t know after a failed rundown, handling of, VIII-413 current, X-97 necessity for FES must not halt delivery, VII-142 results, examples, VII-206 who does it, VII-142 Folder Page, actions of, VII-182 Folder Summary (FS), X-5, 173 defn., adequate summary of actions taken on pc in consecutive order written on sheets located inside front cover of folder, IX-10, 21 Ethics cycles, details of, should be entered by auditor in, IX-54 form, IX-24, 25 inside front cover must exist and must be kept up, VII-276, 359 sample, IX-23 food; see nutrition foot pedal, tape players used must be equipped with, IX-349 footplates, VII-438; VIII-27, 414 forbidden words, V-439 force(s), body responds badly to forces, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 force(s) (cont.) formal auditing; see auditing, formal cancels admiration, admiration dissolves force, Former Release check, VI-73 I-416 Formula H, the effort to reach and withdraw, I-447 chronic somatics, almost all, have their root in Formula is a method of getting a case started, IV-179 force, VII-76 Formulas and Regimens were never for co-audits, cognitions show that thought is releasing from IV-176 force, VII-77 Formula10, addition to, III-478 E-Meter records what force is being discharged in Formula10, an approach to OT, III-472, 474 every slash, fall and blowdown, VII-77 Formula13, IV-171, 179 engrams, run out the force and the words drop cases that do not move on Formula13, IV-178 into insignificance, VII-76 how to run, IV-171 field; see History of Man Formula14, IV-I 79 force opposing force with resultant mass, IV-426 Formula15, IV-179 forceffhy thetan, how one becomes a, VII-86 Formula16, cases that don’t respond well on O/W invalidation is symbolic manifestation of ~, II-96 use ~, IV-180 made up of time, matter, energy, flows, particles, Formula17, IV-181 masses, solids, liquids, gasses, space and loca- Formula19, theory and commands, IV-205 tion, VII-79; X-31 Formula19, “Who have you failed to help?”, IV-194 mest is complete force, I-173 Formula 20, theory and commands, IV-213 pc ability to confront force, VII-79 Foundations are not organizations, II-460 pc will change in ideas when he changes his relaFour (IV) Rundown, OT, X-52 tionship to forces, VII-86 fourth dynamic; see dynamic, 4th relationship of responsibility and irresponsibility fourth postulate; see postulate, fourth to use and tolerance of force, I-293 Fourth Stage Release, VI-70, 71, 87 run out the force, X-28 franchise(s), significance vs. force, VII-77, 85 exchanging types of franchises, III-506 somatics passing through in session are a definite HCO HAS Co-Audit Franchise, III-506 clue to force change, VII-86 HCO Processing Franchise, III-506 thetans find counter-forces objectionable, VII-76 holders, III-512 tone arm action shows that force is coming off should send10% to HCO WW, III-507 case, VII-77 special information for, III-492 “What force would it be all right to use?” [prointerim franchise, III-492 cess] , III-545 may adopt “okay to audit” system, VII-233 forcing a pc, don’t, VI-341, 369, 442; VII-414 or field might not have divisions but they have all foreign language, the functions, VII-153 foreign language cases need GF items cleared, permanent franchise, III-500 X-86 free association, I-269 persons or semiliterates, use Word Clearing Meth- freedom, od 7, IX-463 and barriers, auditing is that process of bringing a persons use translated tests, IX-420 balance between, II-366 WordClearingon, lX-477 and barriers, workable balance between, II-418, words—get a dictionary of that language, IX-432 422, 423 forget, forgetting(ness), III-245 end product of Scientology is spiritual ~, VI-325 defn., process of not-knowing the past, II-440 entrapment vs. freedom; see also NSOL death is a forgettingness, III-223 exists amongst barriers, II-422 forget and remember, II-316 feeling of freedom and expansion on a subject is ex greatest automaticity in which anyone was enpressed in normal TA and loose needle, VII-78 gaged, II-221 for the individual, goal of Scientology, II-215 relationship to each other, II-298 freedom-monger, the agitator, achieves a no-game, how one mechanically forgets, III-11 II-399 mechanism, III-228 from, a perfect trap, II-422 Objective Forgettingness [learning process] , III-31 GradeIII Release, Freedom Release, VI-98 spiritual being, forgettingness of, III-224 of speech does not mean freedom to harm by lies, forgetfulness, defn., rapidity of change, unpredicted, IV-27 IV-54 reached by going up through the grades of auditForgetter List; see SelfAnalysis ing, VI-322 Forgetting, 6-way bracket [process] , III-245 religion of Scientologist is freedom for all things bad memory, specific process for, Forgetting run spiritual on all dynamics which means ade in brackets, III-245 quate discipline and knowledge to keep that forgiveness, VI-154, 155 freedom guaranteed, III-281 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 freedom (cont.) route to freedom lies through knowledge, VI-2 thetan will not let himself go free unless he can operate without danger to others, IV-I9 what freedom means, IV-27 Freedom Congress, III-76 freeing action of auditing, what it depends upon, IV-53 free needle; see floating needle free service = free fall, IX-59 free theta, defn., is attention units free enough to be directed of own volition, I-418 free track, defn., that part of time track that is free of pain and misadventure; pc doesn’t freeze up on it, V-274 “free wheeling”, 141 Freud, Sigmund(‘s), I-30, 269, 344, 416; II-465-70 accidental cures explained, VI-137 libido theory, IV-103 psychoanalysis developed by Freud in1894 in Vienna, Austria, III-477 “From where could you communicate to a body?” [process] , III-472 “From where could you communicate to a (general form of terminal)?”, run for PTPs, III-497 Full Body Mimicry, III-6 11Full Flow Dianetics; see Dianetics, Full Flow Full Flow Table; see Dianetics, Full Flow Table fundamentals, how to be sure of, III-424 comFuneral Service, Church of Scientology, II-363 future, ability to confront without restimulation, III-488 future, past and present; seeNSOL not-knowing the future is being without goals, II-440 of Scientology, II-450 the sane are concerned with the future, II-1, 2 Future Processing, II-1; III-125 G game(s) (cont.) being forced to play, II-424 called physical universe, II-11, 15 capability in playing, II-440 conditions, II-177, 273, 471, 556; III-104; VIII 113; see also game, no-game conditions all unlimited and highly workable processes are games conditions, II-504, 557 auditors and pcs get into, how, VIII-180 best processes are those which fastest convert unknowing games conditions to knowing games conditions, III-9 boredom and game conditions, VIII-113 boredom described in terms of game condi tion, II-177 evolves from separateness, IV-54 good case condition is knowing games condi tion, II-558 havingness drops when compulsive game condi tioncomesin, ll489 havingness is “gimmick” or “weenie” for whichthegameisplayed, VIII-118 how to maintain games condition in pc, II-486 individual in high games condition is in motion, II-528 list of most processable games conditions, 503, 556 one is in an obsessive games condition when one obsessively cuts everyone else’s munication, III-104 processing rule, never process a no-game condi tion, only a game condition, II-471 violation of game condition brings about re stimulation, II-505 withhold is a games condition on communica tion, III-201 death isn’t a game anymore, III-518 degrees of responsibility for, V-8 desire for a game, II-485 difference in games, II-485 difficulties of a thetan are staying in the game and keeping it going, II-434 doesn’t only consist of motion, but of enemies and individualities to fight those enemies with, II-530 dwindling spiral in terms of knowingness, energy, space and games, II-176 elements of games applied to life, II-421 fighting, to have a game, II-115 goal of Scientology is rehabilitation of the game, II-366 hidden game, pc is compulsively playing, III-196 how one loses ability to have games, II-446 how rehabilitated, II-367, 446 is an optimum randomity, II-540 life is a game, II-366, 498; see also POW mood of game (the Tone Scale), II-367 need for additional element “the power of choice”, II-424 no freedom without barriers, II-418 GAEs; see auditing, gross auditingerrors gain; see case gain Galen, III-421 game(s), II-272; see also Games Processing; FOT defn., composed of freedom, problems, and havingness, awareness and interest, II-367 defn., contests in overwhelmings, II-397 defn., consists of freedom, barriers, and purposes, II-421 defn, contest of person against person, or team against team, II-421 ability to play a game consists of tolerance for freedom and barriers and insight into purposes, with power of choice over participation, II-424 all games are aberrative, II-503 auditing is not a game between auditor and pc on an opposing basis but on a team basis, II-100, 367 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 game(s) (cont.) no-game condition(s), II-176, 471; III-15; VIII112; seealsogameconditions defn., a totality of barriers or a totality of freedom, II-422 freedom-monger, agitator, achieves a no-game, II-399 is a summary of native state of thetan, II-557 limited and unworkable processes are no-game conditions, II-504, 557 list of most to be avoided no-game conditions, II-503, 556 preclear is usually close to, II-367 processing rule, never process a no-game condition, only a game condition, II-471, 504 winning and losing, II-463 of life, III-102 of life demands one assume a beingness in order to accomplish a doingness in the direction of havingness, II-410 playing the game; see also NSOL preclear refuses to recover, using his state as a game, II-446 problem is a game, III-196 problems, necessary to the playing of a game, II-446 purposes become counter-posed, II-423 remedy of having no game, II-273 requisite to playing is ability to control, II-446 rightness and wrongness rules of a game, II-272 role in a game could be said to be assumption (choosing) of a category of identity, II-410 scarcity of games, II-446 thetan, basic game of, II-556 thetan creates mest to have a game, II-176 thetan cuts down knowingness to have a game, II-176; VIII-112, 113 traps are part of games, II-485 willingness to win and willingness to lose, II-447 Games Congress, Shoreham Hotel, II-503 Games Processing, II-366, 417; see also game; Scn 8-8008 definitions and elements, II-367 demand that all can’t haves be run on something else than the pc, II-516 entirety of, II-516 SLP, Level Five [1956], makes them able to play games, II-325 Gautama Siddhartha, III-217; see also Buddha GE; see genetic entity General Check-up on a Session by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT3, IV-230 General Help bracket [process] , III-321 Overts, commands of, III-435 General Overt/Withhold before session, V-101 generality, generalities, ARC break occurs on a ~ or a not there, VI-16 “everybody” makes a dispersal which the pc can’t see through, VI-17 formula to handle ARC break caused by •, VI-17 399 generality, generalities (cont.) inlntegrityProcessing, IX-279 not there is also a generality because it can be anywhere, VI-18 pc who answers with systematized generality, II256 person who speaks only in very broad ~, VI-177 reactive bank is full of generalities which explains the hard ARC breaks of Level VI, VI-18 won’t do in Integrity Processing, VIII-176 won’t do—Sec Checking, IV-424 General O/W, co-audit teams run ~, IV-25 genetic entity, I-300, 301, 303, 369; II-361, 547; see also HOM; Scn 8-8008 defn., something that mocks up bodies, III-226 and sacrifices, VIII-125 method of clearing, 1485 runs on being sacrificed to, II-374 scale, I-302 genetic line; see also track map; HOM defn., a series of mocked-up automaticities which produce according to a certain blueprint from the earliest times of life on this planet through until now, III-224 atomicradiationdoesreverseit, lll-108 genius, defn., ability to think combined with ability to observe directly, I-433 eccentric genius is a problem in communication, I-130 in C/Sing, X-10 of a C/S, X-19 geographical areas, role in aberration and resolution, I-448 geographical position, an enforced fixation in a geo graphical position brings about an unwilling ness to duplicate, II-15 Geographical Processing, 1449 germs and virus, VIII-403 getting pc in session, II-217 getting the F/N to the Examiner, X-56 GF; see Green Form ghosts and spirits, don’t invalidate, III-226 ghosts, how they come about, III-530 Gita, defn, Give and Take Processing, VIII-115 Expanded Gita; see Expanded Gita Modified Gita, II-277, 285 give, he who would give must be willing to receive, II-440 “Give me an unknown datum” [process] , II-257 “Give me some things you could say to “ “Give me some things could say to you” [proGeneral cess] , II-241; see also Routine 0-A “Give me something you wouldn’t mind forgetting” [process] , II-219 “Give me something you wouldn’t mind remember ing” [process] , II-219 “Give me that hand”, Tone 40; see CCH1 “Give me your hand”, Tone 40; see CC CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 glasses, VII-178; see also eyes; vision goal(s) (cont.) chronic somatic of wearing, I-196 fast goals check [3GA], V-115, 165 eyesight and glasses, III-36 find a goal [R3 or 3G], V-64, 66 obstructing seeing the meter, X-80, 209 finder, I-135 persons wear, because of a theta facsimile for finder’s Model Session, V-157 which they refuse to take responsibility, I-210 finder vs. management, I-134 running regret, blame, sympathy, etc. on chronic finding, designation of Routines, V-262 somatic of wearing glasses, I-196 finding goals [R3-21], V-170 wearing of glasses and sympathy, I-203 first goal clear; see Clear whole problem of glasses is the problem of conformulae [3GA], V-132 fronting, III-37 goal + modifier [R3D], glee of insanity, I-363 defn., visible goal is added to heretofore invisi glee, what it indicates, and remedy of, VI-257 ble modifier; the whole track desire of pc glib preclears, II-208 plus threat to self or others if that desire is glib student(s), VII-264; IX-314, 345 not accomplished, IV-419 can confront the words and ideas; he cannot congoals terminal for pc’s goal + modifier [R3D], front the physical universe or people around IV-418 him and so cannot apply, IX-345 must be contained in one basic terminal can’t demonstrate, V-488 [R3D], IV-413 characteristics of and handling, VIII-99 gradient scale of processes which will establish handling, IX-345 goals which are real to the pc by casual two make glib student demonstrate application, VIway comm, III-279 205 group goal, I-87 glossary of C/S terms, X-48 group theta goal, pretended, destroys the group, glutamic acid and Vitamin Bl chemical assist, 140 I-141 goal(s); see also Goals Processing; SOP Goals has anatomy of problem and is not only postulate defn., something pc wanted to be, to do or to counter-postulate but also terminal-counter have, whether pc abandoned it, failed in it or terminal [R3D], IV-416 not, IV-419 Help and goals, III-125 defn., an actual desire, IV-420 how a goal is checked [3G], V-54 abandoned item or ~ makes everything read, howto establish, III-279 V-403 if a goal is a real GPM it will read with great, accidental goal finding, V-154 intermittent, inconsistent slashes, V-396 allow no self listing of goals [R2-12], V-238 importance of giving goal to a child, 147 altered goal wording prevents clearing, V-150 in Model Sessions, V-280, 383, 399, 422, 429, as escape, IV-368 450 assessing for goals and terminals by elimination in rudiments, IV-56 [SOP Goals], IV-239 life is a series of attained goals, IV-58 assessment, IV-239, 267, 417 line plot, rule: put any item ever found on pc by assessment by goals [Help], IV-124 any process on line plot; every one will add up auditor accepts and acknowledges goals pc has for to a goal, V-250 session, life and livingness, IV-194 list(s), basic, I-187 always recheck goals list [SOP Goals], IV-270 basic types of goals: improvement goal, no-change assessing goals list by elimination [SOP Goals], goal, deterioriation goal, IV-57 IV-239 being without goals is the process of not-knowing complete goals list [SOP Goals], IV-270 the future, II-440 do full list of goals on pc [SOP Goals], IV-265 below Level VI one is striving to complete his how to assessgoals list [SOPGoals], IV-236 goals, V-456 how to do [3GA], V-118 character of, I-135 length of [3GA], V-92 check, V-246 lost, how to reconstruct [3G], V-55 clearance of, III-326 pc must be warned not to read list back to clearing up a goal, III-124, 327 himself [3GA], V-118 constructive and destructive people, depending on things which cause “everything to read” on, their goals, V-408 V-402 Dof P must check all new goals and terminals listing a bum goal results in a pc’sgetting sickand [SOP Goals], IV-216 dizzy [3GA], V-92 don’t use repeater technique any more on lists of listing, using Create CDEI Scale, V-143 goals [3GA], V-121 main goal of a child, 147 eliminate nulled goals [SOP Goals], IV-270 management puts goals into effect, I-134 00 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 goal(s) (cont.) modifier [R3D], IV-418 modifier is that consideration which opposes the attainment of a goal and tends to suspend it in time [R3A], IV-413 modifier is unseen modification pc has placed before or after his goal to insist upon winning or threaten with if he does not win, or to keep the goal in a games condition unknown even to himself [R3D], IV-419 modifier on goals [R3A], IV-412 necessity to clear, III-183 never set a goal for a pc, V-463 non-survival, I-135 nulling by mid ruds [3GA], V-118 of man; see Handbook forPreclears opposition goal, IV-417 defn., idea that is interlocked against pc’s goal, making it a postulate-counter-postulate situation of long duration; it is not actually the goal of the opposition terminal as the opposition terminal would see it, but only what pc believes it was as it effects him, IV-419 opposition goal or wrong goal can get pc in real trouble [3GA], V-118 opposition terminal; see terminal, opposition out rudiments bury goal, IV-374, 423 pc in bad condition is more likely to have succumb [rudiment] goals than survive goals, IV58 pc’s actual goals and GPMs are more aberrative and important than implants, V-366 preliminary goal [SOP Goals], IV-236 Prepcheck Form [3GA], V-106 Prepchecking and goals, V-201 presented in Problems Intensive, how to handle, V-201 principal goal [SOP Goals], IV-237 problem mass; see Goals Problem Mass prove up the goal, how to, [SOP Goals], IV-267 PTPsexpressedassessiongoals, lV-210 put pc more in session with goals, III-314 reliable items and goals found on students, staff or HGC pcs must be checked out, V-246 reliable items, too many found without finding pc’s goal turns off a pc’s rocket read or rock slam [R2-10, R2-12, R2-12A], V-249 rocket read is the read of goal or rock itself, V-213 rock, just below the rock lies pc’s goal [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX], V-213 rock slam channel, what it is, V-213 rudiments and goals, III-122 session goals, IV-41, 56, 210 simplest process to clear pc on direction [goal] is a Problem Process, IV-57 SOP Goals; see SOP Goals source of, I-134 survival goal, I-135 401 goal(s) (cont.) symptoms of a right goal listed wrongly, V-167 symptoms of a right goal unlisted, V-169 terminal, IV-418 defn., that valence into which pc has interioriz ed and which carries the goal, modifier and aberration which pc attributes to self, IV 419 assessing goals terminal with Primary Prehav Scale, IV-283 for pc’s goal + modifier [R3D], IV-418 when a goals terminal is flat [SOP Goals], IV-209 terminals and goals searches require a repeat over and over of goal or terminal on list in order to get them to go null [SOP Goals], IV-273 test [R3D], IV-419 things that hide a goal or make one read falsely [3GA], V-119 “to be” goals line listing [3GA], V-139 to stay fixed, goal must have a counter-postulate, IV-413 two minds, goals of the, I-380 which is an overt against Scientology, V-140 will go null if the middle ruds are out, V-83 wrong goals, V-404 importance of repair of, V-167 symptoms of a wrong goal listed, V-168 wrong wording of item or goal [R2, R3], V-257 “X” and “/” signs, use of in goals assessment, IV-266 24 line listing for a beingness type goal, V-139 Goals Problem Mass(es) (GPM); see also implants defn., made up of past selves or “valences”, V-8 defn., black masses of the reactive mind, V-175 defn., consists of items (valences) in opposition to one another; any pair of these items, in opposi tion to each other, constitute a specific prob lem, V-185 application of Twenty-Ten Procedure to ~, V-7 at Level VI GPMs are run out, but before that can be achieved, one is thrust into the GPMs by effort to accomplish, V-456 best locator of ~ is from goals, V-53 charge in GPM, what it consists of, V-349 common denominator of GPM is “no responsi bility”, V-8 core of the reactive bank, IV-443 could come back in, reason Clears went unclear, IV-443 curved out of shape, cause of, V-7, 213 described, IV-426 failing to fully clear each GPM, result of, V-260 getting cases to RR on GPMs, V-332 GPM item in present time constitutes a PTP, V-185 how a real goal reads, V-396 how to restore ability of pc to RR or R/S, V-250 implant GPM, how its goal reads, V-402 is full of pairs of terms and oppterms, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Goals Problem Mass(es) (GPM) (cont.) goofs are few in type, X-42 item from another GPM, V-258 government, item that R/Ses was part of GPM and has another defn., that body created by the aggregate irrespon item in opposition to it, V-212 sibility of a people, III-252 left uncleaned gives liabililies, V-261 attack and press, II-312 List L4, V-308-09 corrects mistakes by adding rules and terminals, lock valences are appended to a real GPM 3-D II-387 item, V-7 degree of sanity in government, II-272 lock words found and destimulated, effect on ~, deterioration of government, III-182 V-493 Group Dianetics is a new ~ form, I-143 more advanced the GPM, more careful you have handling, III-106 to be of the body, V-256 insanity of government, III-251 non-gain or slow-gain cases have a GPM item in propaganda, II-313 their present time environment, V-185 Scientology and civil government, II-168 one does have wishes-to-do of his own having Scientology, belief of, that no government should nothing to do with ~ but only being blocked be interfered with, II-292 by them, V-456 tone scale of governments or companies or groups, partial anatomy of ~, identification in auditing I-137 and behavior of E-Meter towards it, V-178 what made governments persevere, III-211 pc’s actual goals and ~ are more aberrative and GPM; see Goals Problem Mass important than implants, V-366 GPs I—15, III-72-73 pc who rock slams on a PT ~ item in his or her GP-3; see Connectedness immediate environment is a rock slammer, Gradation Chart; see Classification Gradation and V-186 Awareness Chart postulates, treat them like ~ items whether in a ~ grade(s); see also level or an engram [R3N, R3R], V-349 defn., series of processes culminating in an exact reactive mind, basis of, is actual GPMs, V-493 ability attained, examined and attested to by realization of actions done will key out a , pc, VII-47, 360; X-6 V-435 Advance Programs should contain Expanded Low rock and opposition rock, basic items of ~, V-182 er Grades, Triple, VII-432 rock slam channel is pathway through pairs of cease to call Release by stages and call them by items that compose a cycle of ~ and lead to grades, VI-95 rock and goal, V-212, 213 Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid R4MTA process withdrawn, V-376 and vital to lower ~ auditing and C/Sing, VII terminals are identities in ~ producing pain, 103 V-175 end phenomena of grades, VII-21, 78 will key back in by finding modifier to a goal, V-4 Expanded Lower Grades, VII-98, 432; X-48 Goals Process, III-123, 279, 326; see also goals flows, any later grade run with more flows than Goals Processing finds beingness and mind’s doingness used in earlier actions can throw earlier unflat toward it (Prehav Scale) and results in havingflows into restim, VII-212 ness [SOP Goals], IV-207 full list of grades showing where various RDs fit, God and space, 1440 VIII-312 gold discs, defn. , III-36 harmonic into OT levels, VII-98 gonorrhea, cycle of, VIII-406 incomplete cycle of the, X-62 good; see also evil indicators of completed grade, VII-78 action, defn., one which accomplishes maximal “level” and “grade” are the same but when one is construction with minimal destruction, I-293 a pc one has a grade and when one has a level and evil, II-464; III-166; VIII-78, 370 one is studying its data, VI-20 awareness of good and evil, V1405 Lower Grade processes, X-53 indicators; see indicators, good major grade process is definitely not enough to intending to do something good and doing somemake pc make a lower grade, VII-103 thing bad, II-463 no one grade solves the whole case; that’s why intentions are never run, IX-252 there are grades, VI-252 is man good or evil, V-407 pc demanding next grade, VII-83 man is basically good and is damaged by punishpc, grade he can’t seem to make is not the ~, ment, IV-104 VII-70 goofed session must be repaired within 24 hours, pcmay only attest one grade at atime, VII-80 VII-138 pc who is unflat on Dianetics will have out lower goofs, always find and handle auditor goofs by Cramgrades, VII-59 ming, VII-206 Quickie Grades; see Quickie Grades 4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 grade(s) (cont.) rehabbing grades, VI-143, 203, 241 release on a grade, what may be audited, VI-141 repairs of grades not made or failed, VII-466 run additional processes of a grade until pc releases at that grade, VI-96 Triple Grades; see Triple Grades use all processes, X-13 violations, VII-47, 361; X-7 Grade Chart; see Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart Grade 0 Release—Communication Release, VI-96, 98 Communication Processes, VI-95 Grade I Release—Problems Release, VI-96, 98 Problems, Grade I, is usual ordinary reason for no case advance, VII-101 Problems Processes, VI-95 Grade Il Release, VII-30; VIII-311; X-24849 and the Grade Chart, X-25I-52 O/W Processes, VI-95 Relief Release [Overt Release], VI-96, 98 Grade III Release—Freedom Release [ARC Release], VI-96, 98 ARC Break Processes (old R4-H renamed R-3-H), VI-95 Grade IV Release—Ability Release [Habit Release], VI-96, 98 Service Facsimiles, VI-95 Grade V Release—Power Release, VI-96, 98 Power Processes, VI-95 sensitivity is run at 5 above Grade V, VI-110 Grade VA Release—Power Plus Release, VI-98 defn, VI-142 Grade Vs and VAs, what they can be audited on, VI-38 Grade VI Release—Whole Track Release, VI-96, 98 defn., VI-142 run on new pcs means failure, VI-100 R6EW, VI-95 Grade VII—Clear, VI-95, 98, 142 gradient, gradient scale, VII-89; X-39 defn., a proceeding from simplicity toward greater difficulty, giving pc always no more than he can do but giving him as much as he can do until he can handle a great deal, II-443 defn., a scale of conditions ranging from zero to infinity, II-530 defn., steepening or increasing from slight to heavy, VI-162 defn., gradual increasing condition of, or a little more of little by little, VII-265; IX-315 auditing, gradient of processes, II-247, 250 C/S, don’t look for the process to handle, use a gradient scale, VII-89 education mustn’t skip, VIII-171 is inherent in auditing itself, VIII-116 mind and body are part of a ~ of creation, 1419 of cases, I-435 of certainties, I-356, 378 of confronting study, IX-315 403 gradient, gradient scale (cont.) pc can be brought to control a mass of energy as heavy as an engram by the gradient scale of controlling lighter masses, II-227 pcs gain on a smooth ~ and do not suddenly become something, III-155, 175 processes consist of utilizing the principle of the gradient scale to the end of placing pc in better control of himself, his mind, people and uni verse around him, II-443 skipped gradient means taking on a higher degree of amount before a lesser degree of it has been handled, IX-315 thoroughness of training is achieved on a gradient scale, III-345 too steep a study gradient, VII-293, 294 too steep, is most recognizable and most applica ble in field of doingness, VII-294; IX-394 use of gradient scale, II-181 grading, session, X-59-60 grammar(s), grammatical, VIII-143; IX-459 defn., a systematic description of the ways in which words are used in a particular language, VIII-167; IX-468 Grammar Course before Word Clearing, VIII-143; IX-459 rules of, VIII-167 textbooks, VIII-143; IX-459 types of grammars, VIII-168; IX-469 words and small words should be looked up in a simple grammar textbook, VIII-143; IX-459 Grand Tour [process], II-43, 44 an example, Il-189 is the Route I or exteriorized version of Spotting Spots, II-188 granting of beingness; see beingness, granting of graphic representation of aberration, I-159, 160 graph of logic, I-72 graphs, OCA, X-162; see also OCA/APA graphs, psychometric, II-337 gravitic attraction, mest has a, I-361 gravity, 1415 greatness, what is greatness, VI-154 Greek therapy, two divisions—shock treatments and “dream therapy” or “narcosynthesis” or “drug hypnosis”, I-181 Green Form, [1965] VI-52, [1966]184, [1968] 221, 280, [1969] 433; VII-31; VIII-238, 321; X-86, 149, 230 “all black” reads on GF, probable cause, VI-258 assessed Method 5 (once through for reads, then the reads handled), VII-280, 318 case trouble, “might be anything” use GF, VII 388 each item is independent of the rest, VI-250 foreign language cases, GF on, VII-185 handling items, VI-210, 250, 260 hidden standard handling, VII-185 how and when to use, VI-74, 92, 395 in HGC [1965], VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Green Form (cont.) group(s)(‘s); see also Group Auditing; NOTL Method 3 and GF, VII-318 altitude of individual, effect on group, I-92, 177 misuse of, not handling pc, VI-14 analytical mind of, I-87 nature of its “unlimited” use, VI-280 ARC lines, effect of tampering with, I-141 overlist, how to handle, VII-273 auditing; see Group Auditing ruds won’t fly, assess GF and handle, VII-45, 46, auditor’s advantages of being part of the, VII-366 357, 360 cleared individuals are not necessarily the immedi sequence of handling, VII-185 ate necessity of a cleared group, 143 “seriously physically ill”, how to handle, VI-421 common denominator of ~ is reactive bank, VI-6 symptoms of too steep a gradient, IX-394 consists of, I-84 to F/N, VII-31, 196 constructive ideas are individual and seldom get “to free needle”, not necessarily correct; it may or broad agreement in a human group, VI-6 may not, VI-250 diagnosis and repair of groups, I-91 Green Form 40, Dianetic group, essential hats, V1402 all reading items on GF 40 are handled, VII-35 dissemination, contact individuals not groups, 11 assessment methods, VII-185, 465 354 “audited over out ruds” reads on GF 40, handle effect on group of energy volume at high tone first, VII-35 level, I-93 Expanded GF 40 RB, VII-304 engram, cycle of receiving and how to clear, I-85 for resistive cases, X-5I-52 engram is an area from which force is emanating is not restricted only to sick pcs, V1430 without reason, I-174 is “7 resistive cases”, V1410 engram, processing of the, I-86 no case gain then it’s GF 40X, VII-388 ethical level of a group, I-91 OT IV Rundown and Green Form 40, VII-102 goal of, I-87 “out of valence” reads on GF 40, handle last, goals and management; see HTLTAE VII-35 goals, national “cause”, I-142 problem shows up as an out rud in GF 40 and is handling of, I-353 simply put in as a rud not as a grade, VII-101 how ARC breaks affect true group, I-137 remains as a “when all else fails”, VII-102 how to communicate to a group, III-336 resistive case rundown [GF40] is an VIII deindividualsvs.group, VI-6, 392 velopment to handle those who cannot make is composed of theta and mest, I-87 the grades, VII-101 justice, VIII-128 seven resistive cases are found in GF 40X, VII-388 defn., action of group against individual when when to use GF 40, VII-101 he has failed to get his own ethics in, VIII XRR, X-231 172 grief charge, release of, important single improvement with Courts and Comm Evs, VIII-100 in preclear, I-296 local auditors and groups, II-457 grief charges, relation to chronic somatics, I-25 member, credo of a true, I-94 grief engrams; see also secondaries; SOS necessity value, I-93 removing all ~ from case produces a release, I-25 need time to assimilate new concept, IV-91 result from losses of position, allies or things, I-16 only way to accumulate a group is by teaching a running of, I-16 basic course, II-382 grief is always loss, VI-232 preclear and auditor as a group; see auditor; pregrief is entirely and only concerned with loss or clear; SOS threatened loss, I-296 processing; see Group Auditing grind case is an afraid to find out case, V-37 prospers only when each member in it has his own grinding, personal ethics in, VIII-101 defn., going over and over and over and over a pseudo, I-137 lock, secondary or engram without obtaining reactive mind of, I-87 an actual erasure, VI-360 reality, suppressed or perverted, destroys a group, caused by failure to ask for earlier beginning, I-139 VII-208 recruiting, III-379 Dianetic grinding, V1400 relationships, I-210 pc who does not go down somatic chain but who research, a joke, II-198 skips from one somatic to another could also Scientology can have a group win, IV-45 get into grinding, VI-360 suppression of sex, I-160 reason grinding occurs is that incident is too late on survival, mechanics of, I-87 chain; there are earlier incidents, VI-360, 361 theta goal, pretended, destroys the group, I-141 gross auditing errors; see auditing, gross auditing theta of group, its ideas, ideals, rationale and errors ethic, I-175 4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 group(s)(‘s) (cont.) three spheres of interest and action, I-135 tone scale of governments or companies or groups, I-137 true group, defn. , I-87, 136 will dream up bad technology to destroy good technology, VI-5 Group Auditing (Group Processing), I-346; III-23; see also auditing; PXL; COHA and Grade Chart, X-249 and special auditing to reach above the group high, I-347 assistant group auditor, III-24 children; see Child Processing Church meeting, use group auditing, II-262 co-auditing in groups, IV-64 free group auditing, relation to professional auditing, I-347 group auditor, defn., one who works to create a new state of beingness in a group of people by the administration of Group Processing, I-322 GroupC [process], II-16 is done from tone 40.0, III-24 model processes, III-23 plan, I-339 reason group auditors vary commands is they’re afraid interest will flag, III-24 results in better individuals but not better individuals for Scientology, II-369 session begins with group auditor explaining what he means to do and why, IV-177 sessions, II-70 Short Eight can be done on a group no matter how large, I-396 without training doesn’t work, II-382 Group Auditor’s Course, I-312 Group Dianetics, 143, 84; see also NOTL a new government form, I-143 grouper, defn., anything which pulls the time track into a bunch at one or more points, V-275 groupers, bouncers and denyers are material (matter, energy, space and time in the form of effort, force, mass, delusion, etc.) or command phrases (statements that group, bounce or deny), V-276 guarantee, reason for no ~ in processing, I-39 guiding secondary style; see auditing, guiding secondary style guiding style auditing; see auditing, guiding style guilt, guilty, chronic somatics, find out who pc is making guilty by having them, IV-7 justification is tantamount to a confession of guilt, IV-12 making an individual guilty for committing evil actions only increases tendency to laziness, VIII-370 overts include making another person guilty, IV-6 pc makes others guilty = Level IV unflat, VII70 guilt, guilty (cont.) uneasy lies the head that wears a guilty con science, IV-27 “Guk Bomb” and Vitamin E, VI-123 “guk”, slang term for chemical assist, I-41 H 405 HAA (Hubbard Advanced Auditor) (B.Scn.) [1956], II-345, 510 Class IV Auditor [per Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart 1975] llabit Release, Grade IV Release [1965], VI-96 half-acknowledgement, defn., ways of keeping pc talking by giving pc feeling he is being heard and yet not chopping with overdone TR2, V-501 hand(s), anti-perspirants applied to too wet hands, VIII 227, 416 auditor applying hand cream during a session is wrong, handling of, VIII-411, 415 auditor must not call a pc’s attention to hands during a session, VIII-410, 414 rings on pc’s hands must be removed, VIII-364 tone arm depends on normally moist hands, VIII 226, 415 tone arm low, don’t get pc to wipe hands every minute, VIII-27 tone arm low, wet sweaty hands can cause, VIII-24 vanishing cream, why one doesn’t use, VIII-414 Hand Contact Mimicry, III-5, 136, 140; see also CCH 3 handle, handling, defn., finish off, complete, end cycle on, VII-4 ability to communicate precedes ability to handle, VII-264 Int first on the case, X-149 others, methods used; see SOS service and handling are the same thing, VII-4 Hand Mimicry; see also CCH 3; TRs, TR 5 gradient scale of spaces, III-6 Training 5, III-63 Hand Space Mimicry; see CCH 3 handwriting, C/S insists on legible, X-196 illegible auditor handwriting, how to handle, VII 433; VIII-412; IX-44 order to practice, X-186 happiness; see also happy defn., the overcoming of not unknowable obstac les toward a known goal or the contemplation of attained or envisioned goals, I-78 defn., is a state of admiration of things, 1437 and unhappiness, difference between, 1454 is only attained by those who are honest with themselves and others, VIII-101 only happiness you will ever find lies within you, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 happiness (cont.) have, having, havingness (cont.) pc’s sanity and happiness absolutelydepend upon above havingness there is doingness, and above his ability to create new facts, VIII-114 doingness there is beingness, and above being what it is, II-111 ness there is communicatingness, and above happy; see also happiness communicatingness there is knowingness, and how to be, III-431 above knowingness there is postulatingness, is it possible to be; seeNSOL II-183 trait, whyit moves, II-337 anaten is demonstration of loss of havingness, Harvey, III-421 VIII-123 HAS (Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist) [1958] , IIIand barriers, II-499, 500 288; see also Co-Audit, HAS; Communication and traps, II-485 Course; . HQS anxiety about, II-499 certificates [1960], IV-1, 71 ARC, loss of, is more important than loss of what it is, 1413 havingness, III-157 HAS Co-Audit; see co-audit, HAS ARC, repair of, restores havingness, III-157, 177 HAS Comm Course; see Communication Course auditing is a game of exteriorization versus havingHAS Course curriculum and requirements [1964], ness, II-367 V-514 auditor’s havingness of pcs, II-501 HAS Processes III—VIII, IV-192 bad ARC, inaccurate or clumsy auditing, running HAS Rundown, VIII-50 thinking processes and ignoring real pt probHAS Specialist Auditing Program, VII-354, 439 lems reduce havingness, II-489 hashish, description of, VI-244; see also drugs be, do, have triangle used to establish goals real to HASI, Hubbard Association of Scientologists Internapc, III-279 tional, III-470, 471 be, have and do, relationship to space, time and functions of, [1955], II-164 energy, I-295 purpose of, II-151, 171 being, doing, having—triangular interrelationship, hat(s), hatting; see also training I-296 basic hatting step, VII-342 being, increasing by doing without ~, I-296 basic of 3rd dynamic sanity, hattedness is, VIII-38 beingness, doingness and havingness must be bal Dianetic group, essential hats, VI-402 anced; each must be flexible in pc for a stable essential part of, is Post Purpose Clearing, VIIIgain, IV-207 363 beingness is more involved with havingness than failing to hat others, how to handle, VIII-50 with confront, IV-122 for product, VIII-38 can squeeze test, VI-46 survey for orders, VIII-37 can’t have, II-486 hate coheses and hardens energy, I-437 cases do not improve when ~ neglected, II-396 hate, love—attitudes, not emotions, 1436 cases who do not resolve easily have to have hatred toward auditor, reason for, 1438 addressed in them the problem of havingness, have, having, havingness, II-38, 42, 491, 516; VIIIII-52, 303 105, 123, 181; see also Havingness Processes; changes pc position on Tone Scale, II-337 presession cognition and havingness, II-334, 336, 372; VIII defn., mass or objects, II-180; VIII-115 123 defn., the “gimmick” or “weenie” for which the commands, III-307 game is played, II-183; VIII-118 Comm Process increases havingness by damping defn., owning, possessing, being capable of comout excessive individuation, III-531 manding, positioning, taking charge of objects, communication runs down havingness, III-138 energies or spaces, II-410 Connectedness used to bolster havingness, III-317 defn., to be able to touch or permeate or to direct conservation of havingness in the pc, II-414 the disposition of, II-410; III-278 death and havingness, III-225 defn., reward of a game, II-446 do not force a person to communicate who is low defn., postulate that one must communicate on havingness, II-480 versus postulate that one must communicate don’t neglect, II-336, 373 to something, II-491 drop on critical on OCA/APA means ~ drop, defn., willingness and ability to duplicate in all III-334 senses of the word, IV-155 dropped havingness and ARC breaks, how to defn., concept of being able to reach, V-6 distinguish between, III-157, 177 defn., the concept of being able to reach; nodropped havingness equals missed withhold, V-59 havingness is the concept of not being able to drops when compulsive game condition comes in, reach, VIII-181; IX-284 II-489 earliest findings on, II-349 4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 have, having, havingness (cont.) have, having, havingness (cont.) Enforced Nothingness, CCH 88, increases ~, IIIprocesses that reduce havingness, II-489, 490 246 processes, processing; see Havingness Processes entering wedge for any and all cases, II-414 PTP, threat to havingness, how to handle, III-195, extended to space, II-183 196 failed havingness (Secondary Scale level), IV-286 purpose of, II-179 familiarity, predictability, is strongly connected radiation burns can be cured with havingness, IIwith ability to have or own, IV-54 379 Goals Processing finds beingness and mind’s doingreason for dropped havingness, II-182; VIII-1 17 ness toward it (Prehav Scale) and results in remedy of; see Havingness Processes, Remedy of havingness, IV-207 Havingness importance of, II-371 repair of; see Havingness Processes, Repair of inability to have, key to all cases, IV-I 50 Havingness indicators of dropped havingness, II-44, 182, 333, restrained havingness, II-415 334, 337, 344, 371, 372, 445, 449; VIII-123 resultofwithheldcommunication, ll415 individual has to have, reason for, II-47 rough auditing reduces havingness, V-225 introduction of too much space reduces havingrudiment, V-101 ness, II-414 rudiments and havingness; see also Dn Today is proportional to pc’s ability to confront in ses(Secondary Scale level), IV-286 sion, V-225 smoother the auditing, the better pc’s ~, IV-54 knowingness, cutting down knowingness and SPs are SPs because they deny hav and enforce Remedy of Havingness have opposite vectors, unwanted hav, VIII-141 VIII-113 subjective, II-545, 553 loss is always identified with, I-296 difficulty with running, VIII-141 loss of havingness, pcwill agitate orgo anaten and TA action, havingness and overts are keys to, tend to be upset, III-187 IV-144 lowest rung of responsibility, IV-36 TA action on ~ indicates CCHs will move case, matter becomes havingness, in life experience, IIV-44 14 takes edge off bank, IV-116 Model Session is designed to retain havingness by taking an inventory in opening a case reduces retaining pattern, IV-54 havingness, II-414 must be run to get the benefit of having pulled there can’t be enough havingness, II-495 most withholds, VIII-181 ; IX-284 too much 2-way comm knocks out ~, II-489 must be up when running “thetan”, IV-195 two-way comm and havingness, III-157 necessity for, IV-53 two-way communication applied to a mass will negative havingness, II-415 as-is mass without particularly depleting ~ of objective and somewhat obscure method of conpc, II-196 fronting, IV-122 unhappiness, relation to reduced energy (having objective havingness, ness), II-38; VIII-105 ability to remedy, determines entrance point unpredicted change lessens havingness, IV-54 of case, IV-155 use of in 3DXX, V-10 high and low TA cases have low objective vacuum and havingness, problems of, II-473 havingness, IV-144 valences are all “can’t-haves” so when valence is one is trapped by those things to which he will off havingness of pc comes up, IV-110 not grant havingness, II-485 waste and have, III-141, 275 one-way communication as-ises havingness, twoway not to have is to ignore, combat or withdraw way doesn’t and actually raises tone of pc, from, V-8 III-195 when to run, II-344 Overt/Withhold assists duplication and therefore whyit depletes, II-494 havingness, IV-145 withholds cut havingness down, V-6; VIII-181; pc’s cognitions are valuable; don’t run thought out IX-284 faster than ~ and solids run in, II-489 Havingness Processes, III-7; VIII-124; see also having pc talking obsessively reduces havingness, II-443, ness 449 defn., one that returns tone arm to clear read and perception, relationship to havingness, III-18, 37, frees needle [1960], IV-152 38 can be run on any presession type session, IV postulate which underlies ~ is “enough”, III-88 go precise mechanics of, IV-155 can help on out ruds, IV-450 problems and havingness, II-304 Can’t Have Rundown, VIII-141 problems, havingness is the clue to, III-117 check for, IV-167, 174 4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Havingness Processes (cont.) Havingness Processes (cont.) commands, a dozen is enough to show if HavingRemedy of Havingness (cont.) ness Process is going to work or not, IV-151 have pc shove or push things into his body, commands, list of, IV-142, 1 52, 1 54 never pull, VIII-116 ConfrontProcessesand~, finding; seeEME how to run Remedy of Havingness, VIII-116 Factual Havingness, III-307, 318, 486 if pc boils or gets dull, II-44 Factual Havingness, trio form, IV-36 in the light of stops, II-496 Help used in conjunction with Alternate Confront is accomplished by creating an abundance of and Havingness, IV-108, 110 all things, II-14 if it can’t be found use O/W, if still not, use Failed is distinct from repairing havingness, II-358 Help, IV-167, 170 is done and can be done at any time during in presence of ARC breaks, Havingness is a must any of the Six Basic Processes as long as pc on Responsibility Process, IV-36 is even vaguely in communication with is a Confront Process and straightens out the auditor, VIII-1 18 create factor, IV-35 necessary to all processes, II-358 “Look around here and find something you could problems, how to remedy havingness of prob have”, IV-I 18, 139, 154 lems, II-323 “Look around here and find something you would processes, II-119, 177, 180, 308, 335, 373, permit to appear”, basic Havingness Process 454; VIII-115 using suppressor mechanism, V-37 remedy havingness objectively, III-486 Model Session [1964], V-422, 450; see also Model use of “push” instead of “pull”, II-181, 182 Session what it addresses, II-177; VIII-1 13 Objective Havingness established and used often is when in doubt, remedy havingness, II-180, 333 necessary for stable gains, IV-I 67 will actually give pc enough energy masses to O/Was a Havingness Process, IV-171 permit his starved condition to let go of O/Wisneededtomake~work, IV-167 energy masses he is holding to him, VIII “point out”, IV-143 108 Remedy of Havingness, II-38, 68, 119, 123, 176; you can remedy anybody’s havingness, II-334, VIII-105, 108, 112, 115; see also PXL 372 defn., remedy of preclear’s native ability to Repair of Havingness, acquire things at will and reject them at defn., having pc mock up anything he can will, II-180; VIII-115 mock up, and in any way it can be done get defn., getting pc to mock up and shove into him to shove (never pull) that mock-up body enough masses to bring him to point into the body, and by similar means to get where he can eventually throw one away, rid of the residue which went along with VIII-1 24 mock-up, VIII-1 24 above 3.1, II-252 is a one-way flow; it is an inflow, VIII-124 as an Exteriorization Process, II-181 vs. Remedy of Havingness, II-335, 372; VIII avalanches, outflowing and inflowing, II-39 124 body disappears while remedying havingness, run as process that stabilizes case, IV-168 how to handle, II-335, 373; VIII-124 running Havingness restores pc at cause over commands for, VIII-114 matter, IV-53 done at any time during any of the processes R-3 Havingness, V-280, 383 as long as the pc is in communication with Security Checking and Havingness, 20-10 Theory, auditor, II-183 V-6 effect on auditing results, II-348 SOP 8-C Step IV: Havingness, II-14 End of Cycle Processing, II-184 Spotting Spots in Space, II-278, 285, 291, 326; End of Cycle Processing is a cousin process to see also COHA; PXL Remedy of Havingness, VIII-118 suppression is overcome when you run Havingness EP, II-356 on a pc, V-37 Expanded Gita related to Remedy of HavingTactile Havingness is a CCH type of process, V-43 ness, VIII-115 Terrible Trio, a super-gold process, II-396 Exteriorization by Remedy of Havingness Trio, Havingness Process; see also Trio [process], VIII-116 Havingness of an objective variety, III-190 give pc enough energy masses to permit his how to run, II-444 starved condition to let go of energy masses Waterloo Station, difficulties with, due to pc he is holding to him, II-120 inability to remedy havingness, II-336, 373; “have” is only run on the pc himself; “can’t VIII-125 have” is run on all other subjects, objects, withholds, Havingness must be run to get benefit valences, and activities, II-516 of pulling most withholds, V-6 4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Havingness Scale, II-498, 559; VI-201; see also Scn 0-8 defn., consists of the doingnesses with regard to mass, III-141 auditing the Havingness Scale, II-499 H-bomb, II-402; III-45; see also radiation; AAR HC; see Hubbard Consultant HCA (Hubbard Certified Auditor), [1956] II-339, 340, 342, 510, 545; [1958] III-288 defn., [1953] I-344 certificate, II-135 Class II Auditor [per Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart 1975] indoctrination week, II-343 HCA, HGA, B.Scn., D.Scn., the four auditor ratings [1953] , I-372 HCA/HPA Course, III-54 contents and coverage of [1958] , III-291 curriculum [1 957] , III-26, 55 examination [1958], III-306 processes [1957] , III-5, 1 1 1 purpose of, III-25 training, III-40 1959 HCA Course becomes a Clearing Course, III-376 HCA/HPAlevel, [1960] IV-69, [1961] 261 HCO (Hubbard Communications Office), and case gain, IX-275 Board of Review, traveling, III-102 Dept 1 is recruiting point for auditors, VIII-12 HCO Bs and tapes are stable data that form agreement between auditor and C/S, VII-279 HCO Bs or PLs, interpretation of is out-ethics, VII115 HCO WW Form Check Types [SOP Goals], IV-22833, 254 HCO WW Form G3, R3GA, Fast Goals Check, V-115, 165 HCS (Hubbard Clearing Scientologist) [1958] , III-288 Course, III-287 grade of, III-286 HCS/B.Scn. Courses, OT procedures for, IV-6 HDC (Hubbard Dianetic Counselor), HDC, Cl IV auditors can repair a messed-up Int, X-115 pcs after going Ext train to, X-117 headache (s), points and pain in the head, III-98 and Int-Ext, VIII-307; IX-225 and Int Rundown, VII-401 Int RD Correction Lists have been done and pc still has headaches, how to handle, VII-457 is common with out-1nt, IX-150 is usually after the engram of injury, IX-149 Heads, Wearing, [process] , 1463 healing, defn., consists of getting at what is wrong and making it right, II-478 Dianetics changes and improves the rate of heaIing, VI-320, 423 409 healing (cont.) don’t force auditing into physical healing, VI 313 mental, III-476 on whole track, how to handle, IV-195 methods, failing to convert people in older “heal ing” methods, II-476 profession and Dianetics, no conflict of interest, VI-320 reduce time of healing by auditing, VI-312 restoration of awareness often necessary before healing can occur, VI-318 Scientology’s relation to, VIII-191, 203 health, food can vastly affect, VIII-401; see also nutrition Health Form(s), VI-329, 332, 430 after Pc Assessment Form, X-169 do not begin Dianetics with a Health Form, VII 339 get somatics (not incidents) that can be assessed and run, VI-381 part of chronic somatic program, X-57 procedure, VI-330, 379 run the feeling not the physical disability, VI 352 second form done later gives an indication of actual improvement, VI-378 symptoms are pains, emotional feelings, tiredness, aches, pressures, sensations, unwanted states of body, etc., VI-330 things to be run before, VII-340 H E & R, X-170 defn., human emotion and reaction, VIII-194 out list produces most fantastic HE&R, VIII 194 hearing, Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give birth to children who have impaired hear ing, VIII-404 heavy hussar cramming handling steps, IX-116 “held down fives”, jammed thinking because of mis understood or misapplied datums, V-507 hell, a total myth and vicious lie, III-226 hells, man-made, III-133 Hello and Okay [process], II-188, 189, 192, 230, 250; III-136, 137 commands, III-235 run on terminal to improve reality on it, III anchor 243 toothache, Hello and Okay Process on, III-136 to Pictures, II-230, 250 help, III-239, 320; IV-85; see also CCH Ob; Clear the Auditor; Help Processing; presession aberration on help is a barrier to Scientology, IV-95 aberration on help would be a fear of dependency, IV-85 aberration, sequence of breakdown is interest, communication, control, help, IV-120 antisocial person can’t tolerate, VI-179 ARC breaks and help, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 help (cont.) as assistance, is an identification of mutual interest in survival; thus we have (1) possible confusion of beingness and (2) continuation, IV-I 23 auditors and pcs get into a games condition only when auditor refuses help to pc, VIII-180 below 2.0 on Tone Scale help is betrayal, IV-89 betrayal, help-betrayal identification, IV-85, 86, 88 betrayal is help turned to destruction, III-219 button the world spun in on, IV-94 children aberrated on help, IV-85 clearing help, IV-86 cojoiningofvectorsoflife, lV-186 common denominator world can understand, IV92 criminal is one who thinks help cannot be on any dynamic or uses help on anyone to injure and destroy, IV-101 degradation of, IV-86 destroy and help are opposite ends of the same string, III-252 deterioration of, IV-88 dynamics and help, IV-1 19 failed help; see failed help follows laws of flows not terminals, III-220; see also Scn 8-80 goals and help, III-125 handles problems of beingness, IV-I 19 help check as a security check, IV-98 “help-is-injury” mechanism, IV-94 how help became betrayal, IV-94 insane, why they won’t be helped, IV-88 is key button which admits auditing, IV-85 is rejected, why, IV-94 judge people from what they think of help, IV101 make-break point between sanity and insanity, IV-85 on an item, III-298 on enemies of pc, III-268 on terminals reduces a heavy or thick bank, IV116 pc apparently will not be helped, don’t think he is evil and cannot be helped, IV-88 pc protests which denote a breakdown of help button, IV-85 primary reason for the Clears in 1957-58, IV-89 Processing; see Help Processing psychiatrist thinks destroy is the same as help, III-252 psychiatry as betrayed help, IV-86 psychotics and help, VI-1 33 psychotic will not receive the orders that bring real help, IV-136 punishment doesn’t make man work, he works as long as he can help, IV-148 resolves cases because it is the basis of all association, IV-1 19 410 help (cont.) run on pan-determined basis, IV-191 (Secondary Scale level), IV-290 session depends on pc willing to be helped by auditor, IV-66 terminals, IV-124, 125 valence, help as valence problem, IV-109 valences and identification stem from help, IV 119 wrong-way help brings about aberration, IV-122 Help Process, defn., one that moves tone arm at least 3 tones per hour and brings reading always a bit closer to clear read [1960], IV-152 Help Processing, IV-86, 92; see also help; presession Alternate Confront, Havingness and ~, IV-108, 110 any Help run is better than no Help run, IV-II9 assessment for Help terminals, IV-128 assessment of Help, IV-1 19 bracket(s), general Help bracket, III-321 on the rock, III-320 Two-way Help bracket, III-301, 468, 497 5- or 9-way bracket, III-294; IV-87; VI-106 9-way bracket, III-219, 297 Concept Help; see Concept Help does not flatten very easily on a late specific terminal, IV-I 19 Failed Help; see Failed Help five-way bracket, IV-87; VI-106 general Help and Step 6, III-302 general processes which assist Help, IV-110 Help O/W, commands, IV-93, 108 hints on running cases with Help, IV-109 is a restimulative process on auditor, how to handle, IV-I 19 is necessary on a case that is hung up, III-239 mest clear, Help is flat, IV-I 16 mest clear to theta clear requires an address to sixth dynamic with Help Processes, IV-174 motion, Help run on, commands, IV-1 33 Overt/Withhold and Help can handle out-ethics, IV-99 O/W data applies to running Help, IV-92 pcs readily get idea that Help on some terminal “will never flatten” even though it is flattening nicely, why and handling, IV-123 PT problem, if it doesn’t free on Help it is underpinned by a similar earlier problem, III268 Regimen 8, never change Help terminal, IV-174 scouting and running Help, III-297 Step 6 and Help do not work on low level cases, III-322 Step 6 made bank toughen up if Help was unflat, IV-I 16 Training 13, III-122 two-way bracket, IV-87 two-way comm on help, IV-87 valences, Help sheds, IV-10 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Help Processing (cont.) hidden standard (cont.) valence splitting is most reliably done by running fixated attention shows up as a problem but is Help in brackets on the valence, III-285, 292 usually a hidden standard, VIII-262 Waste Help [process] violates rule of terminals— handling on Green Form, VII-185 run terminals, not conditions, III-285, 292 is always an old problem of long duration; it is a ways Help could be run, IV-92 postulate-counter-postulate situation, source “What help could you confront?” “What help of which was suppressive to pc, VI-1 09 would you rather not confront?”, IV-87 mechanism, V-456 HGA (Hubbard Graduate Auditor) (D.Scn.) [1956], person with hidden standard won’t go clear, II-510 V-185 Class VII Auditor [per Classification Gradation problems being hidden standards by which all and Awareness Chart 1975] auditing progress is judged, IV-354 HGC, process for, X-86 allowed processes, [1959] III-381, 436, 497; result of prior confusion, IV-409 [1961 ] IV-369, 385 suppressives and hidden standards, VI-109 auditing should convert earlier auditing losses to hiding a thing produces power, I-212 wins, IV-108 High Crime(s), VI-156 check sheet for, [1960], IV-68 checkouts, IX-99, 100 clearing [1962], V-152 course, VIII-41 course graduation does not give an HGC okay to C/S not writing C/S instructions is a High Crime, audit, VII-234 VII-94; X-44 disintegration, X-225 for a C/S not to write in a pc’s folder what the dummy run the new HGC line, VII-184 case supervised instructions are, and for audi fantastic new HGC line, VII-180, 181; X-81-85, tor to accept verbal C/S instruction, VI-245 96 four Dianetic High Crimes, VI-396 gains, what they depend on, V-324 new issues log book, IX-99 how to get results in an HGC, VII-365; IX-5; oftechnicaldegrades, VII-80 X-1 72 policy and Word Clearing, IX-454 maximum of 600 well done auditing hours, VIIregarding 24 hour rule, VII-174 183 study tech, VIII-42 okay to audit requirements, VII-233 word clearing words on test is, VIII-32 preclear assessment, IV-108 higher levels, assessing pcs to, X-144 processes, [1962] V-51, 116, 141, [1964] 406 higher levels do not solve lower level failures, VII-275 purpose of, III-25 high scale manifestation or activity, every ~ has a low quality of HGC, who monitors, VII-377 scale mockery, IV-26 splendid sessions, X-146 High School Indoctrination; see indoctrination, High statistic, VI-425 School two chief seniors, C/S (for tech) and Director of high TA; see tone arm, high Processing (for auditors and bodies), VII-1 83 Hi-Lo TA Assessment, VIII-1; see also tone arm whole new HGC, X-84 and Int RD, X-4 HGC Auditor’s Sec Check, IV-356 rules, X-131 HGC Pre-Processing Security Check, IV-403 Short, X-165-67 HGS (Hubbard Graduate Scientologist) [1958], IIIHitler, VI-133 288 holders, groupers, denyers are embryonic barriers, hidden data line(s), II-498 defn., pretense that certain data exists outside of Holding Corners of the Room [process] , 1472 HCO Bs, books and tapes, VII-378 Holding Mest Points [process] , I-329 decay of tech, X-148 “Hold it still” [process] , II-489; III-255 stamping it out, X-179-80 commands and how to run, III-7 technology, decay of tech begins with hidden data Keep it from going away—Hold it still—Make it lines that are not true, VII-279 more solid—on two objects, III-187 there is no hidden data line, VII-1 15 persistent temperature can be brought down by trouble can wreck an HGC (and org and field), running pc on Objective “Hold it still”, how to VII-378 run, VII-335 hidden standard, solves motion and no motion, III-233 defn., problem a person thinks must be resolved homeopathy, VI-371 before auditing can be seen to have worked, homesickness, 1449 VI-109; VIII-262 homo novis, II-473 defn, not just a physical or mental difficulty but defn. , I-403 one by which pc measures his case gains, IX-I 59 homo sapiens, state of, VI-33 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 honest, honesty, and test lines, X-208 auditor, honesty of, determines his results, VIII26 happiness is only attained by those who are, VIII101 is road to sanity, VIII-79 most successful student is honest student, VIII172, 174 of an auditor, X-226 of Scientology, X-1 53 people are impeded by disciplinary laws aimed at the dishonest, IV-27 people, freedom is for honest people, IV-27 people have rights too; see also NSOL road to truth is begun with honesty, VIII-1 50 sanity is basically honesty and truth, VIII-3 1 Honor, Code of, an ethical code, II-104 hormones ineffective on patient, can be made effective by Dianetics, VI-371, 423 horticulture discoveries at Saint Hill, IV-29 hospital officials, how to handle, II-156 hours, not counted on a salvage red tag session, X-227 successfully audited, X-59 HPA (Hubbard Professional Auditor), Class III Auditor [per Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart 1975] Course change proposal to London [1960], IV-40 HPA/HCA; see HCA/HPA HQS; see also Communication Course; HAS Co-Audit, folder admin for, VII-215 Course, purpose of, [1964], V-461 HSDC, Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course; see Dianetics Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist; see HAS Hubbard Association of Scientologists International; see HASI Hubbard Certified Auditor; see HCA Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and Concept Running, I-275 Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation, VII-85, 86, 148; X-35; see also Self Analysis and Dianetic processing; see SOS Hubbard Clearing Scientologist; see HCS Hubbard Consultant, defn., VII-141, 287; 1X-312 Outpoint-Pluspoint List procedure, VII-116, 132 Study Stress Analysis No. 1, 2, 3 & 4, VII-6667 training, VII-66 Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation in New Jersey, II-458 Hubbard Electrometer; see E-Meter Hubbard Foundation, 1413; see also Foundation Hubbard Graduate Auditor; see HGA Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, VIII-69, 88; IX-128; see also Expanded Dianetics Hubbard Graduate Scientologist; see HGS Hubbard Guidance Center; see HGC 412 Hubbard(‘s), L. Ron, activities in Britain, 1955, II-301 auditors who couldn’t audit him, V-36 by-1ine on his books, II-453 career of, III-470 comments about Ireland, II-377 early investigations, 1411 education in the field of the mind, from Com mander Thompson, II-465 enfranchisement by the Freudians, II-465 financial support from orgs for research, IV-3 1 hat of finder of lost tech worn by, VIII-202 his travels, VI-2 in Dublin [1956] , II-384 lecturing on writing, III-80 LRH session, Clearing by Valences, III-276 medical career in past life, III-448 personally C/Sed sessions; seeDianetics Today purpose, III-252 research, II-198 research, a difficult search, I-374 “Ron’s Journals” were staff briefing tapes, IX 366, 438 secret of how LRH as a C/S makes star auditors, VII-284 way Ron works, II-175 wearing Ethics hat, IV-99 what LRH thinks of auditors, II-393 writer in New York, III-96 written issues from, II-350 human, behavior, 1473 odd, underlying facts in, VI-292 character, I-482; see also NSOL emotion and reaction; see H E & R Evaluation Chart; see Chart of Human Evaluation mind; see mind spirit; see thetan humanitarians, Scientologists are ~, not revolution aries, IV-II-4 humanities of the past were full of opinions, II-407 hungers and cravings, how to resolve, 1492 husband and wife; see also dynamic, 2nd auditing team, why unsuccessful, I-309 co-auditor team, unlucky as a general rule, V-37 why they quarrel, III-212, 364 hydrogenbomb, ll402; III-45; seealsoradiation; AAR hypnosis, hypnotism, hypnotic, I-100, 280, 377; II478 defn., amnesia trance for the purpose of planting suggestions, I-8 defn., is an enforced communication channel, I-206 defn., a monotony and a central fixation on some one object, VIII-109 defn., is the reduction and absorption of mental power of the person; in hypnotism one takes over the person; the subject has no control, IX-505 and mesmerism, difference between, IX-5 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 hypnosis, hypnotism, hypnotic (cont.) authoritarianism is little more than a form of hypnotism, III-424 basic technique of, I-281 command leads to slaves, II-478 drugs, alcohol, hypnotism not used in processing, II-444 how to run out, II-120 level; seeScienceofSun~i~al useful at all, I-107 Opening Procedure by Duplication runs out ~, II-172; VIII-109 post-hypnotic suggestion, mechanism of, II-1 process of, is monotony and central fixation on some one object, II-120 psychoanalysis, early dependence upon ~, II-478 “psycho”analysis, “psychiatry”, hypnotism and other implant type therapies often key in and jam track, VII-449 run before contacting prior events, I-59 trance condition, II-430; see also reactive mind hypnotics, observed action of sedatives and, I-105 hysteria, hysterical, and radiation, III-44 more hysterical pc is about getting advanced processes or case gain, less strenuous process administered must be, V-516 I identification (cont.) differentiation and identification are the two ex tremes of processes, II-297 is irrational, I-239 past with present, II-224 Scale of Identification, VI-200; see also Scn 0-8 undo identification by Dynamic Straightwire, III434 valences and identification stem from help, IV not 119 identity, identities; see also identification; Identity Process; valences adoption of, that cannot be handled, III-454 any “identity” is a misidentification, IV-7 Assigning Identity [learning process], III-31 confusion of ~, failures to help can bring about, IV-I91 disassociation from, IV-7 past identities, dramatizing, III-555 past life identities, IV-7 famous or enduring, IV-17, 49 recent, IV-17 rock is a basic shift of identity, III-411 scarcity of, II-468 Identity Process, “What about (name) would you be willing to be?” “What about (name) would you rather not be?”, IV-49; see also identity idle needle, I-270; see also floating needle if it isn’t written it isn’t true, X-9, 148 ill(ness); see also colds; injury; psychosomatic; so matic accidents and illness and bacterial infection pre confused determined by spiritual malfunction and un fixed rest, II-153 acutely, what to run, III-502 all ills are lack of own space, 1426 all sick persons are PTS, VIII-95, 209 antibiotics often do not function unless illness or injury is also audited, VI-4~2 assist illness only by lightest possible address to mental factors, VIII-206, 238 auditing and illness, VII-2, 14, 139 auditing reduces time of healing or recovery, VI 312, 320, 326, 348 auditors, don’t work with the severely ill or insane, II-268 becoming PTS is first thing that happened to person on subject of illness or accidents, VIII 211 body is capable of having physical ~ independent of any mental or spiritual action, VI-312 by-passed flows can cause illness, VII-212 can cause insanity, 1420 caused by recognizable bacteria and injury in accident are best treated by physical means, II-153 cause of illness, VIII-209; X-216 childhood illness, 146 chronic ~, suspected, send pc to medico, 1421 cure before engram running, 1420 idea(s), ideas and misunderstood words, IX-421 ideas follow a period of confusion, VIII237 from an idea flows the energy and forms necessary to action, II-245 pc will change in ideas when he changes his relationship to forces, VII-86 Rising Scale Processing is run when the pc can change ideas, III-144 there is not also misunderstood ideas; there is only misunderstood word which breeds wrong ideas; VII-373 versuswar, II-245 words symbolize ideas, VIII-3 16 “id”, “ego”, no such things in the mind, onlymental image pictures, VI-340 identification, III-418; IV-122; see also identity; Scn 8-8008 defn., is inability to evaluate differences in time, location, form, composition or importance, III-393 (A=A=A), most easily present when time sense is awry, V-330 affinity is never identification, I-98 ARC as complete identification, 1486 association leads to, IV-I 19 basis of all mental upsets, IV-I 19 differentiation and, I-244; II-272 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ill(ness) (cont.) cures tend to become a new illness, IV-103 cycle, pc beginning to go through, VI-372 deserve to be handled with thorough and complete assists, VIII-189 don’t force a pc who is ill, VI-249 Effort Processing, to handle serious illness, II-331 exchange, ~ can result from ~ut exchange, VIII79 flows, illness can come from by-passed flows, 286, 287, 380, 381 formula for creating, III-147 handling of illness or sickness, VI-319, 435; VII89 handling of physically ill pcs, VI-347, 421, 429 healing, two sides to, spiritual and structural or physical, VIII-189, 191 high TA and, X-58 “insanity” is most often suppressed agony of actual physical illness and injury, VI-318, 411 composite, VI-319, 329, 378, 415 is a result of engram chains in restimulation, VI435 it takes more than one chain of engrams to make a body ill, VI-416 loss, person who has just experienced a loss may become ill, VIII-237 mentalvs.physical, VI-312, 415 multiple illness means pc is physically uncomfortable or ill from several engrams of different types all restimulated, VI-342 must be reported to C/S before new session, VII191 or misemotional before session beginning, handling of, V-101 overts or M/W/Hs which don’t read on ill pc though pc is nattering are not available to be run right then, VI-249 pc doesn’t get gains, check for physical injury or illness, VI-315, 316 pc F/Ns at Exam, then reports sick, reason for, VII-218 pc gets ill after auditing but sessions look alright, how to handle, VI-430 pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill, cause of and handling, VII-213 pc ill before next session needs a new C/S, X-94 pc illness during grade auditing, VIII-192 pc is ill because he is restraining himself from doing wrong, IV-69 pc is often ill because his ruds in life are out, VII-364 pc needs Dianetics, not Scientology, VI-328 339, 341 pc not-ising reality, II-208 pcs becoming ill, cause of, X-16 pcsdon’talwaysknowthey’reill, VI-316 pcs get a medical examination, VI-313, 315, 411 pcs hiding general illness may show up as no case gain, VII-191 414 ill(ness) (cont.) pcs require light auditing, VI-249, 421; VIII-238 pcs should not be run on PTS RD as a standard practice, VII-453; VIII-331, 339 pcs with high TAs feel ill and get ill, VII-124 pc, what to run, III-468, 497 people are PTS to someone or a group or some thing somewhere, IX-136, 137 people who are ill are PTS and are out-ethics toward person or thing they are PTS to, VIII VIII101 person becomes ill if prevented from outflowing, III-146 person doesn’t get sick or injured unless he’s cast himself in role of victim by reason of the game and his overt acts, III-520 person goes into overwhelm easily, VII-89 person who doesn’t produce becomes mentally or physicallyill, VIII-80 person who is chronically ill always is PTS, VIII is a 19 physical ailments can resist spiritual improvement, VIII-205 physical facts of injuries, ~ and stresses, VIII-190 physical illness caused by the mind, II-431 physical ~, cure before engram running, 1420 physically ill person is a mentally ill person, 1420 predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of illness, VIII-189, 210 process with Commlmication Processes if illness is in the way of session, III-505 programming errors and delay in repair can cause pc illness, VII-61 prolonged, can cause chronic low tone, anxiety, insecurity, 1420 psychosomatic illness, Dianetic auditor can handle the bulk of, VI-326 psychosomatic ills, cause of, VI-340 PTS = illness, VI-165 PTS results in illness and roller-coaster and is the cause of illness and roller-coaster, VIII-91, 92 Q and A and illness, VIII-224, 225, 232 release of, I-24 researches as a dissemination method, II-351, 353 “running out” after session, VI-371 run out narrative R3R, VII-339; X-168 S&D, a bad S&D can make a person sick, VI-165, 208 Scientology places a person above any further illness or suffering, but he has to be made well first, VI-349 sessions which are left unrepaired for more than 24 hours occasionally find pc physically ill, VII-139 sickly and feeble cases, X-87 sickness is absence of control, II-213 sick pc, an indicator of wild program, C/S and auditing error, X-1 13 sick pcs, a lot of things to do for, X-39 sick person is PTS, X CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 ill(ness) (cont.) silence in presence of, I-II-4 sometimes patient is too ill to be fully audited, VI-422 stress is basic cause in physicalillness, VIII-206 student is ill, handled by Dianetics, VIII-76 suicide or illness in the field of study or education, cause of, VII-293 symptoms, source of, VI-337 temperature, when illness is accompanied by, antibiotics is usually the first thought, VIII-403 thetan, while a thetan can produce illness, it is the body that is ill, VI-338 illegal patch-ups, X-95 illiteracy and work, VIII-1 70; IX-470 ills, social ills of man are a composite of his personal difficulties, IV-45 imaginary incidents as past life remedy, VIII-330, 339, 388; see also SOS imagination, I-30 creative, I-323 delivers answers, I-323 discipline of, essential in any learning process, I-324 involved in estimation of effort, I-243 is vital to computation, I-76 List; seeSelfAnalysis out of control is delusion, I-324 prediction, relation to, I-323 imaginative quality of mind, I-155 impact, certainty of, I-379 impact engram, 1445 why people hang on to, III-230 impact seeks to fix a person in space, 1444 impartiality, 1475 impediment, I-5 impingement, auditor has to have ~ on pc to assess, IX-224 auditor with out TRs and no ~ gets no reads, V-82 needed to make a list read, VIII-234 implants; see also Goals Problem Mass; item, reliable between-life, III-389; V-333 pc’s actual goals and GPMs are more aberrative, V-366 when Word Clearing too heavy or doesn’t clear up, suspect implants, handling of, VIII-96 importance (Secondary Scale level), IV-298 importances, evaluation of, VI-90; see also evaluation in, defn., things which should be there and are or should be done and are, VII-141, 287; IX-312 inaction and indecision, cause of, II-3 inactive and lazy, how a person becomes, V-439; IX-268 inactivity, how it comes about, VIII-127, 130, 370, 371 incident(s); see also chain; R3R defn., recording of experience, simple or complex, related by same subject, location or people, understood to take place in a short and finite 415 incident(s) (cont.) defn. (cont.) time period such as minutes or hours or days, V-274 confront, “What part of that incident can you confront?” [process], III-410 dating incidents with E-Meter, I-233; III-389 difference between engrams and incidents, III-453 difference between flattening Dianetically and Scientologically, IV-65 engram running, once you have found an incident stay on it until it is flat, III-403 failure to handle time in incidents, V-273 field is one or more incidents, III-210 General Incidents List; see Self Analysis “grinding out”, V-290 imaginary incidents as past life remedy, VIII-330, 339, 388; see also SOS mind is a mechanism for overcoming the lack of ~, lack of experience in present time, III-151 most scarce tend to stick hardest, III-151 overt-motivator incidents, I-232 overts, if you canget somebody to take the overts out of any ~ the ~ will tend to vanish, III-551 pc’s postulates made at time of incident contained charge, V-349 pc stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books, how to handle, VIII-389 prenatal, VI-163, 379; see also DTOT; DMSMH; HOM running incidents, III-419 sexual incident is a bounce from a death, III-411 source of engrams is pc who creates a picture of incident below his level of knowingness and recreates it into a “key-in”, IV-I 16 thetan has to be at earliest end of incidents to erase them, VIII-286, 381 thetan is incident hungry, VIII-286, 381 types of; seealsoHOM unknown incident pins chains, V-41 income tax; see tax, income incompetent, basic Why for being, VIII-130 incomplete cases, VII-130; X-62 incompletehandling, lX-II9 independence, what undermines child’s, 148 indication, wrong, can cause a psychotic break, VIII 239, 241, 249, 346, 353 indicator(s), bad, always accompany ARC break needle, VI-275 don’t look for bad indicator until you see vanishment of good indicator, IX-83 every bad indicator is precise, easily observed and has an exact counter-action, V-391 moves in when good indicator moves out, VII 258; IX-83 untruths and, X-186 good, determine a real F/N, VI-275, 373 F/NcarrieswithitcognitionsandVGls, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 indicator(s) (cont. good (cont.) go on with routine actions as long as GIs are present, V-391 in auditors or students are made with truth, VII-398 list of good indicators at lower levels, V-445 on R6, V-390 pc’s ability to as-is or erase in a session is directly proportional to the number of good indicators present in the session, IX83 reliable indicators of completed grade, VII-78 reliable indicators are TA and cognitions while level still charged, X-30 vs. bad pc indicators, VII-258 scale of pc indicators, IX-32 individual(‘s); see also being; thetan defn., a spirit controlling a body via a mind, II-432 basic individual; see DTOT basic building block of a society is ~, VI-392 building unit of a great society is the ~, IV-45 constructive ideas are individual and seldom get broad agreement in a human group, VI-6 effect on group rises in proportion to altitude in group, I-177 is cause on all dynamics, and when he is no longer able to be cause, he fails, I-210 is representative of cause on all eight dynamics, I-208 potential value of individual, examples, I-78 power of the individual, defn., is his ability to initiate the resolution of problems and execute the solutions, I-77 responsibility of individual for his creation, IV147 rights, not originated to protect criminals, IV-27 social aberration is only a composite of individual aberrations, IV-45 train individuals, not a class, IV-329 vs. group, VI-6 western society, economic strangulation of individual, IV-24 individualism and personality, an inherent factor, I-30 individualities, game doesn’t only consist of motion, but of enemies and individualities to fight those enemies with, II-530 Individuality [process] , III-10 individuation and O/W, IV-I91 individuation, how it comes about, IV-I91 individuation, obsessive, III-531 Course, goal of, III-16 Indoc Instructor, purpose of, III-25 indoctrination, Five Levels of, III-26, 384 and Procedure CCH, III-128 High School Indoctrination, what it is, how to run it, II-524; see also TRs, TR 7 organizational, II-519 416 )indoctrination (cont.) Upper Indoc attitude makes CCHs grim, V-47 Upper Indoc, control by Tone 40 is taught in, III-242 Upper Indoctrination Course [1957] , III-58 Upper Indoc TRs; see TRs, Upper Indoc week, II-340 industrial accident prevention, I-115 industrial technology vs. mental technology, III-221 inertia, physical, and robotism, VIII-129 inexperienced auditor, X-191 infant engrams; see DTOT infections, germ and virus infections, VIII-403 infections, Vitamin C is excellent for helping colds and infections, VIII-407 inflow; see also flow and restrained inflow can be self-determined ac tions, V-14 “Keep it from going away” solves both outflow and inflow, III-233 outflow and inflow, accelerated and restrained, V-1 6 CDEI Scale on, V-16 prevention of, III-146 repair of havingness is, VIII-124 thetan tends to maintain position on Tone Scale where inflows are comfortable, IV-131 wrongness in terms of flow is inflow, II-14 influences, hidden, I-383 information; seealso datum; knowledge causing information to come into existence, II439 forbidding any self-created information creates a puppet, II-439 valuable to the degree that you can use it, II-440 vital; see vitalinformation inhibit, DEI Scale, III-533 (Secondary Scale level), IV-307 inhibited, aberration comes from being inhibited or enforced, I-191 inhibition and enforcement suppress a dynamic on Tone Scale, I-159 injured, injury, injuries; see also illness acute and severe, assist only by lightest possible address to mental factors, VIII-206 assist does not attempt to cure injuries requiring medical aid, III-264 auditing of injured people, keep light, VIII-238 basic postulate of, is best summed up by “victim”, III-518 causes of predisposition, precipitation and prolndoc longation of, VIII-189 children, what to run, III-526 Dianetic auditing speeds healing, VI-320 don’t confine handling to touch assist, VIII-190 “insanity” is most often suppressed agony of actual physical illness and injury, VI-3 18 occur in presence of suppression, VIII-237 person is out of present time, VIII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 injured, injury, injuries (cont.) insane, insanity (cont.) physical facts of, VIII-190 keynote of, is destructive efforts on various preclear doesn’t get gains, check for physical indynamics, IV-82 jury or illness, VI-315 legal definition, llbl, 62 Injury Rundown, VII-335 malnutrition and anxiety can produce all the injustice, defn., failure to administer existing law, symptoms of insanity, IV-82 II-514 manifestation of, I-129 insane, insanity, man is basically “good”, also manifested in insane, defn., overt or covert but always complex and VII-156 continuous determination to harm or destroy, “maybe” leads to insanity, I-208 VII-156 mental hospitals, don’t send insane to, VI-1 16 about 15% to 20% of the human race apparently most often suppressed agony of actual physical is insane, VII-155 illness and injury, VI-314, 318 actions of insane are not “unconscious”, VII-155 nearly always have a fixed emotional tone, VII acute, I-68 155 and must reach-can’t reach, I-388 of criminal, II-63 and seriousness, direct connection between, I-212 of governments, III-251 are insane because they have evil intentions; but “omitted time” is a basic insanity, VII-90 they can’t even make these stick, VIII-230 pain, misemotion, unconsciousness, insanity all as a defense, II-61 result from causing things others could not atomic radiation, basic ingredient in insanity, IIexperience easily, III-432 379 physical illness can cause, 1420 auditors, don’t work with the severely ill or present time, relationship to insane and drug insane, II-268 taker, VI-292 behavior, apparent pattern of, X-74 product of post duties is destructive but is excus behavior, insane or psychotic, VII-157, 158 ed as ignorance or errors, VII-155 by reason of emotional shock, handling of, VI-319 psychiatrist sees in every ability an insanity, IIIcan be grouped and classified, detected and reme170 died by study of creation and destruction, psychiatry is making insane people, VII-1 13 I-293 psychoanalysis says all insanity derives from love, chronic, I-68 III-170 criminal is in fact insane, IV-83 “reach” is basic center of insanity, I-358, 361 cure of insanity is light handling, no violence, recover from their symptoms when given proper IV-83 medical treatment, rest, no harassment and definition of, I-244; X-73 then good mild Dianetic processing, VI-348 denial of reality causes a person to become insane, road from insanity to sanity, VI-405 I-102 roller-coaster continually as cases in normal pro E-Meter, why insane’s harmful acts often don’t cessing, VII-155 register on, VII-155 sanity and insanity, I-68 emotion of, 1448, 451 scientific treatment of, IV-82 Expanded Dianetics’ purpose is to cure people or should get rest and then exercise before auditing, handle insanity, IX-159 IV-88 family insanity, run out narrative secondaries South Africa insanityrate, IV-82 R3R, VII-340 “stop everything” is entrance point of ~, VII-268 glee is a kind of insanity, VI-257 “suppressive person” characteristics are those of glee of, I-363 insane person, VII-1 55 handling of insane, VI-115, 116, 314, 411; VIIthere is no “insanity virus”, VI-315 157; see also Expanded Dianetics thetan holding himself in state of insanity, having physical causes, VI-313, 411 handling, IV-38 help and insanity, IV-85, 86, 88 time track of drug takers and insane, VI-291 “hereditary insanity” is an apparency, VI-3 15 treatment of, today far worse than two centuries higher percent of, X-72 ago, II-466 how to set up insane person for auditing, VItruly insane cannot control or withhold their evil 314 purposes and dramatize them, VIII-128 infinity of types of insanity, VI-292 truly insane do not necessarily act insane visibly, insanity eradicator, V-37 VII-1 55 is a being who has been overwhelmed by an actual types of insanity are just different symptoms of SP until too many persons are apparent SPs, same cause, VII-156 VI-115 used to escape punishment, II-63 is mostly an inability to stop, II-433 ways for a C/S to detect insane, VII-1 55 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 insecurity, Advanced Course material, X-95 Integrity Processing (IP) (cont.) insecurity, chronic low tone and anxiety can stem “Have I missed a withhold on you?” can be used from prolonged physical illness, 1420 if pc gets upset or critical, VIII-179; IX-282 insecurity, jealousy comes about because of the inhelp the pc, IX-283 security of the jealous person, I-310 how to prevent ~ being left unflat, VIII-175 in session; see session, in key points C/S looks for on ~, IX-289 instant read(s), lists, defn., needle falls within a tenth~of a second after Auditor Integrity List, IX-300 question is asked, IV-355 Basic Integrity List, IX-294 defn, any change of characteristic providing it General Staff Integrity List, IX-297 occurs instantly, V-77 Integrity Processing and O/Ws Repair List— defn., that reaction of the needle which occurs at LIRA, IX-266 the precise end of any major thought voiced Student Integrity List, IX-305 by the auditor, V-77 Supervisor Integrity List, IX-303 defn., read that occurs instantly after last syllable Model Session, IP must be done in, IX-277 of the major thought without lag, V-78 new auditors routinely believe that an IP pc anticipated on rudiments, V-1 13 knows the answer and won’t give it; this is an clean needle is responsive to ~ only, V-84 error, VIII-180; IX-283 drills must be used which stress only meaningful ordering personnel to, IX-293 and significant instant reads coming at end of pc gets upset or critical, how to handle, IX-282 full question, V-79 pc withholdy, insert “Have I missed an Integrity if you miss an instant read, you hang pc with a Processing question on you?” while doing pro missed withhold, V-104 cessing, VIII-177; IX-280 instant rudiment read, defn., V-264 points to keep in during, IX-287 institutional cases, X-26 questions, formulating, IX-29 1 instruct by reference to HCO B, X-233 questions must be F/Ned, VIII-175; IX-274, 278 instruction; see training questions, what happens when they are left unflat, instructor(s); see also Course Supervisor IX-278 defn., one who has regular classes and who is R/S means crimes that must be pulled, IX-287 assigned to places at specific times, III-42, 462 specialist who cannot read a meter is dangerous, attitude, I-367 why, VIII-179 may refuse to train or release a student, III-51 tech and ethics of, IX-274 softness, error of, III-90 unflat, how to prevent, IX-278 stable data for, III-50, 112 intelligence, II-441 Int; see interiorization defn, ability to pose and resolve problems relating integrity, to survival, II-224 defn, IX-261 decreased with each new year of school, why, VII is hallmark of Dianetics and Scientology, VII-362 383; IX-427 personal, IV-203 decreases when attention is fixed, III-428 Integrity Processing (IP); see also Confessional; SeD of P goes on idea of more auditing when he curity Checking wants to raise graph or IQ, VII-462 defn., processing that enables a person, within familiarity or familiarization permits intelligence reality of his own moral codes and those of the to manifest, III-428 group, to reveal his overts so he no longer increasing ability to reach and withdraw increases requires to withhold and so enhances his own intelligence, III-428 integrity and that of thegroup, IX-261 intelligence gain, defn., loss of restimulation of aspects of, IX-285 stupidity by reason of attempts to confront basic procedure for, IX-264 or experience problems of life; intelligence buttons, IX-274 appears when stupidity is keyed out or C/S clearance, IP requires, IX-275 erased; intelligence is a confronting ability, C/Sed as auditing, IX-289 III-428 E-Meter, auditor who cannot read a meter is danintelligence times dynamic to a power equals gerous, why, IX-282 potential value, I-179 E-Meter, use of, IX-285 judgment and intelligence are measured by ability end phenomena of an Integrity question, IX-272 to evaluate relative importances, III-393 form, compiling an Integrity Processing Form to memory has very little to do with ~, II-224 suit the situation, IX-291 psychology taught that ~ never changed, II-405 forms, use of, IX-273 quotient (IQ), VI-420 generalities, best way to “miss” Integrity Processing defn., ability to withhold or give out a datum question is to let pc indulge in, VIII-176 on a self-determined basis, III-118 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 intelligence (cont.) quotient (cont.) ability to withhold communication advances IQ, III-201 changes produced by BookMimicry, III-247 change, theory behind, III-201 confessions and IQ, III-201 difference between personality and IQ, III-200 factors behind the handling of IQ, III-199 handling of low IQ test scores, VII-34 high in child, yet low quality work, I-328 (or relative brightness of individual) can be rocketed out of sight with HGC use of a clay table, V-454, 456 profiles and IQ gain, II-489 primary reason for, II-490 raised by increasing mental mass, experiment, II-349 raising, II-209 “Recall a mystery”, method of raising IQ, III536 student IQ, effect of processing on, II-340 test for IQ and personality, II-392 test, taken several times, aspect of, III-199 training gives bigger IQ rises than group processing, II-391 intensive(s), assessment for clearing intensive, V-166 auditing sold by intensives, V-153 clean up M/W/H before ending, V-60 end of, IV-219 intensive processing, procedure and basic definition of, I-39 Problems Intensive, V-116 reason for auditing intensives, VII-261, 419 standard 121h hour intensive programs, VII-419; X-139 TA amount per intensive, V-367 Intensive Procedure, II-69 intention(s), anatomy of problem is intention vs. intention, II-446 communicates, III-338 communication and, VIII-185 don’t askfor interest on intentionsbefore running the item, VIII-161, 169 Expanded Dianetics, run intentions only on terminals, IX-153, 158, 252 Expanded Dianetics running, don’t ask for interest, IX-138 failure is a failure of postulate or intention, II-462 failure is postulates or ~ reversed in action, II447 good and bad, II-463 good intentions are never run, VIII-277; IX-252 handling, IX-256 in AEI Treble Assessments, VIII-277, IX-252 of pc is easy to overwhelm, III-183 problem is a conflict arising from two opposing intentions, III-488 419 intention(s) (cont.) problem is an intention-counter-intention that worries pc, IV-210 problem is intention vs. intention or “two or more opposing and conflicting views on the same subject”, IV-61 you can only list and run ~ connected with termi nal or mass or somatic, never significance, VIII-277 interaction, law of physics of, IV-186 interest; see also presession and the 4th flow, VIII-373, 377, 386 as an item, can’t run on R3R, as positive don’t run, IX-168 assessment and, VI-357 DEI Scale, III-533 Dianetic “no interest” items, VIII-161, 169 drug items that have read are run R3R without asking for interest, VIII-161, 169; IX-138 Drug Rundown can fail by asking for interest on items, IX-139 Expanded Dianetics running of evil purposes or intentions, don’t ask for interest, VIII-161 interest, communication, control, help, sequence of breakdown in aberration, IV-120 is absorbed attention and desire to talk about it [R3R], V-301 is keynote of attachment, II-243 is not first step in dissemination, IV-74 no interest items, effects of, IX-1 54 on drug items, X-229 on drugs, X-236 on evil purposes or intentions, X-229, 236 pc interest as a method of assessment, V-325 pc interest in R3R, VI-354 pc no interest = no interest in first place or out ruds = check for interest or put in ruds, VII 46, 360 repair of “no interest” items, VIII-169 (Secondary Scale level), IV-286 interesting, being interesting in auditing, III-355 Interim Franchise, III-492 interior, interiorize, interiorization; see also exterior; Interiorization Rundown degradation begins when thetan is interiorized into unwanted mass, II-38 exact mechanisms of, II-418 exteriorization-interiorization, II-42 mechanisms of, II-49 handled first, X-149 Int-Ext reading on a list is handled by 2wc if TA is in normal range, IX-165; see also Interioriza tion Rundown Int—lists—ruds is the only handling sequence, IX 157 whole problem of, is problem of coinciding spots which do not actually coincide, II-196 Interiorization Rundown, VII-27, 36, 42, 52, 125, 159, 168, 172, 224, 271, 400, 420, 429, 456, 459; VIII-291; X-1; see also interior CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Interiorization Rundown (cont.) Interiorization Rundown (cont.) a Dianetic action, X-120, 125 requires flawless auditing and C/Sing, VIII-292, and Flow Zero, X-92, 102 386 auditor auditing pc over Int-Ext misunderstoods, roller-coaster can also be caused by a bad ~, handling of, VIII-410 VII-453; VIII-339 auditor must know Standard Dianetics, VII-161 stabilizes exteriorization and makes it possible to auditor requirements, VII-234, 456 audit pc further, VII-160, 461 to do Int RD correction, VII-401 summary, X-76-78 can be limited to 3-way recall, when, VII-93 theory of, VII-213; VIII-381; X-109 can be unnecessary, VII-400, 459 to keep from auditing over an out Int RD there is clearing commands, importance of, VII-172 C/S 53, VII-388 cognition on Int RD, VII-52 two-way comm session must follow Int RD, VII correct Int RD error as a first action, VII-224, 456 36, 52, 126, 159, 460; VIII-280 Correction List, VII-429; X-1 16, 230 unnecessary, when is Int RD unnecessary, VIII correction of Int-Ext is hard since until it is com279 plete other auditing is inadvisable, VII-160, “went in” and “go in” must read in order to run 460 Int Rundown, VII-400 C/Sing Int RD, VII-229, 460; VIII-280 when to run, VII-400, 459, 460; VIII-279, 280; date to blow—locate to blow procedure, to repair X-90, 92, 151 failed Int-Ext RD, VII-401 why it must be done in one session, VII-125, 172 Dianetic auditors can repair Int RDs, VII-224 interne(s), X-163 disability of auditor in running Int RD, VIII-281 defn, an advanced graduate or a recent graduate don’t overrun EP, VII-48, 362 in professional field who is getting practical end phenomena, VII-160, 460; VIII-280 experience under supervision of an experi errors, VII-172, 224, 400, 456; X-1 15 enced worker, VII-33 1; X-1 63 essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology, action, doing FESes, X-65 VII-228; VIII-291, 386 program, Cramming Section issues okay to audit exteriorization is late in incident, it began with after rigorously following essentially interne interiorization, VII-28, 170 program, VII-233 Exteriorization Rundown changed to Interiorizasection in Qual, VII-332 tion Rundown, VII-459 interneship(s), VIII-12 Flow Zero, one mustn’t suddenly introduce 4th defn., serving a period as an interne, or an activity flow (F Zero), VII-210 offered by an org by which experience can be Full Flow Table and Int RD, VII-1 89 ; VIII-285, gained, VII-33 1 375 auditors must take ~ after each course, VII-332 HCO Bs covering Int RD, VII-159, 459; VIII-279 organizational, II-510 headaches and Int Rundown, VII-401, 457; VIIIinterrogation, IV-59 307; IX-255 interpersonal relations, I-189 is a remedy, VII-400, 460; VIII-280; X-77 with children, I-189 designed to permit pc to be further audited interruptedmotoraction, I-156 after he has gone exterior, VII-160, 461 Interruptions List; see Self Analysis musts: run in one session; be flubless; follow with intestinal bacteria, VIII-408 2-way comm, VII-125 Int RD; see Interiorization Rundown not meant to be sold or passed off as a method of introspection, defn., (L. from introspicere, to look exteriorizingpc, VII-160, 461 within) a looking into one’s own mind, feel on new pc, VII-458 ings, reactions, etc.; observation and analysis out Int RD, handle first of all, VII-280 of oneself, VIII-240, 250, 347 out Int trouble is worse than list trouble isworse Introspection Rundown, VIII-239, 249, 260, 262, than out ruds, VII-396 346 out, source of high TA, VIII-24 auditor requirements for, VIII-240, 250, 347 out, you will get a soaring TA, VII-281 caution, VIII-296 overrun, it usually happens that an ~ is, VII-460; dominant flow is Flow 0, VIII-295 VIII-280 end phenomena of, VIII-241, 256, 353 pc goes exterior in auditing, later his TA goes essence of, VIII-240, 250, 347 high, then you do an Int RD, VII-400, 460 fixated attention, VIII-262 procedure, X-130 Flow Zero command for, VIII-275 purpose of, VIII-281, 381 programming the Introspection Rundown to fit repair of Int RD, VII-457, 460; VIII-280; X-185 the pc, VIII-260 L3RD—Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, VIII- steps of, VIII-240, 250, 260, 295, 347 265 theory of, VIII-240, 250, 347 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 introversion, invalidate(s), invalidating, invalidation (inval) (cont.) defn., (from intro + L. vertere, to turn) a tenremarksby C/S, X-60 dency to direct one’s interest upon oneself remedy for invalidation of past lives, VIII-388 rather than upon external objects or events, repairing handled repairs makes case feel, X-62 VIII-240, 250, 347 invented answers by pc, handling of, IV-1 10 attention and introversion, VIII-262 “Invent a lie about (indicated object)” [process], . evidence of, VIII-262 II-327 invalidate(s), invalidating, invalidation (inval), II-476; “Invent a problem” [process], II-354; III-383 V-414; X-147, 148 run only on a terminal, not condition, II-332 defn., symbolic manifestation of force, II-96 “Invent a problem of comparable magnitude” [pro defn., overtly and consciously, knocking the props cess] , II-447 out from under him, II-476 “Invent a problem that person (weak universe) could defn., saying he is really not supposed to be there, be to you” [process], VIII-125 II-476 Invention Processing, II-277, 284 defn., saying that a person has no validity, II-476 inventories, do not take, II-417 defn, a refuting or degrading or discrediting or inventory, taking an inventory in opening a case re denying something someone else considers to duces havingness, II-414 be a fact, VII-265; IX-315 “Invent something worse than (terminal)” [process], auditor, by C/S, X-147 III-158, 367 auditor does not invalidate, criticize or evaluate inverted communication (Secondary Scale level), IV for pc, VI-321 311 auditor invalidation of pc is just plain villainy, inverted control (Secondary Scale level), IV-309 VII-230 ~ inverted help (Secondary Scale level), IV-308 auditors, invalidation of, VII-128, 278, 379 inverted interest (Secondary Scale level), IV-312 auditors, invalidated auditors, VI-306 invisible case; see case, invisible avoid use of “you” to pc, V-161; VII-250, 428; invisible field, III-70, 191, 256 IX-75 defn., part of some lock, secondary or engram button on lists, VIII-213 that is “invisible”, VI-342 button, suppress and invalidate, VII-11, 50 invoice form, button, use of, X-3 defn., summary sheet of how much auditing pc can make wrong goal read or steal read from right has signed up and paid for, and how much of goal, V-119 that has been delivered, IX-I I cases that self-invalidate between sessions, how to and routing form, IX-58 handle, III-504 invoices for staff services, IX-59 Class VIII can crash stats by invalidation of junior IP; see Integrity Processing auditors, VII-23 IQ; see intelligence quotient continuing ARC break assessment after pc has irrational(ity), I-55, 173 cognited invalidates pc’s cognition, V-418 identification is, I-239 correcting the wrong Why, IX-91 reasoning with irrationality doesn’t work, I-59 do not invalidate or correct pc’s data, II-96 irresponsible, irresponsibility; see also responsibility echo invalidation, V-415 and confronting, III-96 E-Meter dependence is created by invalidation by high or low TA, pc in an area in time when pc was auditor, V-334 being very irresponsible, IV-18 E-Meter invalidation, V-335, 415 how to get withholds off the irresponsible pc, greatest ~ to be struck when one does not expect IV-424; VIII-176; IX-279 to be struck, to be criticized when one does of great magnitude, when a person won’t own up not think he merits criticism, II-476 to his overts, III-442 “I’ll repeat the auditing command” has been used overt acts proceed from, IV-I9 to invalidate pc, III-441 overts and withholds are the same as ~, IV-37 is basically non-attention, 1443 relationship to use and tolerance of force, I-293 kills auditors, X-180 rising needle tells you the pc is being ~, IV-42 List; see Self Analysis IRS; see rock slam, instant of past life, reason for, I-295 is-ness and communication, III-146 of pc can drive TA low, VII-423 is-ness and consideration; see PXL past lives, don’t invalidate, VII-192, 452; VIIIis-nessandnot-isness, II-235 330, 338 isolation of person in psychotic break, VIII-260 pc being made to go on past a win acts as, VIIIitem(s) (It.), 194 defn., any terminal, opposition terminal, combina pc suppresses or invalidates something, read transtion terminal, significance or idea (but not a fers to suppress or invalidate, VII-12 doingness, which is called “a level”) CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 item(s) (It) (cont. )item(s) (It) (cont.) defn. (cont.) once having read need not read again to be valid, appearing on a list derived from pc, V-176 VII-177 always test an item for read before Prepchecking opposition items, each line is an independent zig or running recall or engrams, VII-50 zag of opposition items [3DXX], V-10 blow up F/N, X-141 reading but not F/Ned leave pc with BPC, VII-196 characteristics of terminal, opposition terminal, reading items, X-149-50 combination terminal, V-177 reading item, what it is, VII-177 charge piled up on pc, pc ceases to be capable of reliable item(s), clear thought and will reject even right items, defn., any item that rock slams well on being V-400 found and at session end and which was check the item, how to, [3DXX], V-12 last item still in after assessing list; can be complete list, in theory, just fades away and leaves terminal, opposition terminal, combination an item [3G], V-55 terminal or significance, provided only that confusions on “reading item”, VII-178; X-80 it was the item found on a list and rock Dianetic item; see also Dianetics slammed, V-176; see also terminals already run may give a protest read, VI-357 always in pairs [R3-21 ], V-182 ask for pcinterest, VI-357 dead horse is a list which even with good doesn’t read, pc still has symptoms, use supauditing, failed for any other reason to press and invalidate, VII-1 I produce a reliable item, V-203 how they first are null and later read, VI-358 E-Meter and Rls, V-334 lists, note read as pc gives the item, VI-389 goals and Rls found on students, staff or HGC must be made plural on Flow 3 when one is pcs must be checked out, V-246 running Triples, VI-442 GPMs, three types of charge existed in GPMs: must never be run twice, VII-359; X-5 charge as an engram, charge as Rls, charge “no interest” items, VIII-161; IX-138 as postulates, V-349 on a right item meter reads well when pc says implant Rls, V-394 it, good indicators come in, pc is very internever audit an Rl in any way but listing for ested in running it, VI-389 another Rl [R2-12A], V-237 on a wrong item pc has bad indicators, meter Oppose Rls [R2-10, R2-12], V-221 doesn’t read, there is no pcinterest, VI-388 potential miscalling a reliable item [R2], that an item reads guarantees that pc will be V-230 able to confront and erase chain, VI-357 stray Rl is an Rl from a GPM of another goal that doesn’t read will produce no chain, no than the one being worked [R2-12A], basic and pc will jump around track trying V-258 but just jamming up his bank, VII-49 too many found without finding pc’s goal dirty needle in listing 3D Criss Cross means an turns off a pc’s RR or R/S [R2-10, R2-12, earlier item is wrong, V-57 R2-12A], V-249 flows of, X-129-30 rock slamming items [R3-21 ], V-172 found out of session, X-220 running an unreading item and Int, X-76 found out of session or by a non-auditor is suspect Search and Discovery, if item turns out to be a of being a listing and nulling error even though group, how to handle, VI-114 no list was made, VIII-96 somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes, R3R from another GPM [R2, R3], V-258 items, VII-9 giving the pc the, X-133 suppress and invalidate on an, X-3 if the right item or goal on a list has been read and that R/Ses, what it is [R2-12], V-212 abandoned, all its locks will begin to read like unreading, X-3, 56, 58, 80 real items or goals [Level VI], V-403 unreading items—checking for reads, VII-45, 49, is unburdened by making represent list [R2-10, 357 R2-12, 3GAXX], V-210 when listing items auditor must have an eye on line plot, rule: put any item ever found on pc by meter, VII-177 any process on line plot; every one will add up which does not read on meter when assessed is to a goal, V-250 beyond pc’s level of awareness, VI-357 list, nothing produces as much case upset as a “Whys have been found” but person is not do wrong list item or a wronglist, VIII-97 ing well; this is case of wrong item, VIII list, things which cause “everything to read”, 157 V-402 you only run items in pc’s wording, IX-245 metering reading, X-79-80 wrong, and upset case, X-221 narrative items cangive you trouble in R3R, VII-9 wrong, from Search and Discovery can make a narrative vs. somatic items, VI-376 person sort of PTS, IX-169 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 itsa, dirty needle and itsa; see dirty needle is action of pc saying, “It’s a this” or “It’s a that”, V-374, 375, 498 isn’t a comm line; it’s what travels on a comm line from pc to auditor, if that which travels is saying with certainty “It IS”, V-370 itsa earlier itsa is unlimited, VI-280 letting a pc itsa, VI-138; VII-253; IX-78 line, don’t use metering, ARC break assessments, dating, or incomprehensible or new commands to cut itsa line, V-338 line—pc’s line to the auditor—is a report on what has been as-ised, VII-243; IX-68 line, when cut, auditing ceases to work, V-337 maker line—the pc’s line to his bank—is invisible, don’t cut it, VII-243; IX-68 pcs itsa on and on with no gain, cause of, VI-26; VII-252 Project 80—itsa line and tone arm, V-351 silent auditor invites itsa, V-370 slow assessment means letting pc itsa while assessing, V-373 TA action slows down when pc goes into more charge than he can itsa easily, V-374, 413 what itsa is, VI-138, 139; VII-253, 254; IX-78, 79 what’s it and itsa, relation to TA, V-334, 370, 378 Ivory Tower, X-1 70 Case Supervisor lives in, VI-145 rule, VII-344 justice (cont.) what it is, II-514, 515 justifications, list of Scientology justifications, V-437 mechanism of, IV-12 reasons overts are overtsto people is justifications, V-436 Justinian, first great Christian emperor, III-211 juvenile delinquent, III-113 K J “keeping things from going away” is a basic mecha nism which guards against loss, III-230 “keeping things from going away” is ability which gradually cultivates ability of thetan to remain where he is, III-232 keeping Scientology working, VI-4 “Keep it from going away” [process], II-545, 553; III-255 as assist, III-263, 264 commands and how to run, III-7 solves both outflow and inflow, III-233 Keep it from going away—Hold it still—Make it more solid—on two objects, III-187 key in, defn, those parts of time track which contain first moment an earlier engram is restimulated, V-274 defn., action of recording a lock on a secondary or engram, VI-342 it is pc who mostly keys his bank back in, V-354 of sympathy, I-203 prevented by keeping things very calm, I-113 source of engrams is pc who creates a picture of incident below his level of knowingness and recreates it into a “key-in”, IV-1 16 keynote of processing, I-341 key out, keyed-out, defn., action of engram or secondary dropping away without being erased, VI-342 Clear vs. keyed-out Clear, VI-19, 20, 51 Dianetic auditor who specializes in keying out locks, what happens, VI-372 engrams or secondaries or locks, X-56 erasure vs. key-out, II-227; VI-342, 407 keyed-out Clear, state of high cause is also keyed out Clear, V-435 of circuits, 1426 of engram in three to eight days, I-106 only auditing keys out bank, VI-107 OT vs. keyed-out OT, VI-51, 56 rehab, all recovery must be by key-out, not erasure; key-outs are done by finding key ins; it is de-stimulation, not re-stimulation, VI-57 Key Word Clearing; see Word Clearing Method 6 kindness, mercy, charity are the highest and kingliest qualities there are, II-237 jail, being in, and being king in a castle, II-436 jealousy, why it comes about, and relationship to communication, I-310 job, creating it, II-409; see also POW Johannesburg Confessional List, VIII-419 Johannesburg Processing Check, IV-325, 327 Johannesburg (Joburg) Security Check; see Security Check Johnson Temperament Analysis Profile, psychometry, I-40; see also tests justice, VI-155; see also AP&A; NSOL defn., impartial administration of laws of land in accordance with extant level of severity-mercy ratio of people, II-514 defn., 1. moral rightness, equity; 2. honor, fairness; 3. good reason; 4. fair handling, due reward or treatment; 5. administration and procedure of law, VIII-102 defn., action of group against individual when he has failed to get his own ethics in, VIII-172 causing withholds, results of, VIII-172 contains hidden error regarding rightness, V-322 executive’s Ethics and Justice hats, VIII-100 group justice, VIII-100, 128 savage justice aberrates because it prevents getting off withholds, VIII-172 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 know; see also not-know ability to, II-440 and not-know, II-297, 316, 408, 440, 483 how to know answers, Scientology is the science of, II-67 know before you go, VII-405, 407; X-188 second postulate: know, II-297 knowing causability, degree of, III-160, 180 knowing in the fullest sense of the word, Scientology is, III-281 knowingness, II-279; VIII-118 awareness of awareness unit builds space to cut down knowingness, II-176; VIII-112 circuits key out with knowingness, VIII-181; IX284 cutting down of knowingness and Remedy of Havingness have opposite vectors, VIII-1 13 higher than ARC, II-136 is being certainness, I-351 mission of Scientology is to raise ~ of spirit to degree that it knows what it is and what it is doing, II-153 random knowingness and not knowingness create when unaligned a confusion, II-282 Scale of Knowingness, VI-200; see also Scn 0-8 space is first barrier of knowingness, II-11 Straight Wire on Secrets, Knowingness, II-251 thetan, basic qualities of, knowingness and understanding, II-143 thetan cuts down knowingness to have a game, II-176; VIII-1 12, 113 knowledge; see also datum; information defn., assured belief, that which is known, information, instruction; enlightenment, learning; practical skill, II-437 defn., data, factors and whatever can be thought about or perceived, II-437 defn., that which is perceived or learned or taken from another source, II-437 as a circle, I-209 application of knowledge requires evaluation of importances, examples, VI-90 basically an impact, 1470 basic knowledge of man is essential to any improvement in any area of human race, VIII171; IX-471 can be conceived to be ideas, patterns and crea tions and can include any concept or understanding, VII-232 certainty is knowledge, datum is secondary knowIedge, I-349, 356, 376 C/S’s knowledge, X-183 depends upon perception, I-356 field containing the most authorities contains the least codified knowledge, VI-83 history of, II-72 isn’t recalling, III-30 only half the answer, II-437 organization, main product of, is knowledge and results obtained with it, VIII-337 knowledge (cont.) person who accepts it without questioning it and evaluating it is demonstrating himself to be in apathy toward that sphere of knowledge, III424 philosophic knowledge is only valuable if it is true or if it works, VI-1 route to freedom lies through knowledge, VI-2 Scientologists and public, knowledge bridge must be in, VIII-202 Scientology means knowledge; scio means know ing in the fullest sense of the word; studying how to know in the fullest sense of the word; this is the same word as Dharma, which means knowledge; Tao, which means the way to knowledge; Buddhism, which means the way to spiritual knowledge, II-214 technology means methods of application of an art or science as opposed to mere ~ of science or art itself, VI-89 thirst for, would be the thirst for other thetan’s postulates, II-438 to obtain knowledge and certainty, it is necessary to be able to observe, I-376 to the average person is only this: a knowledge of his or her withholds, V-26; VIII-178; IX-281 what is knowledge; see also NSOL Know Mystery Recall Processes, III-536 Know—Sex Scale, II-42 Know to Mystery and Dynamic Scouting, III-484 Know to Mystery Processing Check, V-1 Know to Mystery Scale, II-136, 176; VII-404; see also PXL; Scn 0-8 and Op Pro by Dup, II-173 assessment, IV-109 assessments of a case on lower rungs of processing using, III-460 described, VIII-1 12 Emotional Tone Scale is part of ~, II-173 everything above pc finds pc at effect, V-286 expanded, III-460; VI-201 processes on, II-483 Know to Mystery Straight Wire for extreme cases, III-460 Kraepelin’s psychotic classification, 1473 L 424 lag, communication; see communication lag L and N (L&N); see listing and nulling language(s), defn., a symbol for mest reality or mest imaginary objects offered as reality, I-190 barrier, pictures bridge, IV-54 Dianetics and Scientology in other languages, VII 443; IX-351 first ~ encountered is handled first in Word Clear ing, IX-477 in the child’s reactive bank,; see also CDN CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 language(s) (cont.) is main tool of communication, I-99 not so aberrative as mest action underlying it, I-190 ofa subject, establish communication by teaching, III-464 of Scientology, how to learn, II-534 symbology of, I-190 thought discharges dependency on ~, IV-54 trouble, example of handling, IV-125 Word Clearing on foreign language persons, IX477 Lao-tse, I-425 lassitude, cause of feeling of lassitude, V-261 latent reads, defn., reads which occur later than completion of major thought, V-264 caused by too high sensitivity, VIII-271 don’t take up, IV-355 prior reads and ~ are ignored, V-77 steering the pc is only use of latent or random reads, V-60, 78 laudatory withholds, V-1 law(s), defn, codified agreements of people crystallizing their customs and representing their believedin necessities of conduct, II-514 criminal will not receive orders called law, IV-136 derived from custom, II-514, 515 honest people are impeded by disciplinary laws aimed at the dishonest, IV-27 of listing and nulling; see listing and nulling processes of, suspended moment individual is declared to be insane, I-282 laziness and dishonesty, source of out tech, VIII-426 lazy and inactive, how a person becomes, V-439; VIII-370; IX-268 leadership, component parts, I-92 leadership test scores, low, handling of, VII-34 learn (ing), by observing or experiencing, I-190 isn’t memorizing, III-424 lagandprocesslag, III-18 process, discipline of imagination essential, I-324 rate, III-17, 20 defn., the rate one will permit ideas to inflow, III-28 aberration and learning rate, relationship between, III-15 consequences, III-20 dissemination, use of “learning rate” in, III-20, 21 governs reading time, III-22 increasing learning rate by drill usually only increases familiarity and automaticity, III22 learning lag and learning rate, III-19, 20 through mimicry, I-31 when one learns he is being an effect, II-437 willingness to, III-79 425 Learning Drill, IX-90 Learning Processes, five, III-31 leave (Secondary Scale level), IV-300 leave of absence, defn., authorized period of absence from a course granted in writing by Course Supervisor and entered in student’s study folder, VII-141, 286; IX-312 lectures by Ron are needed to give student flavor and idea of Scientology, IV-329 lecturing, don’t close terminals, II-159 legalattacksonanauditor, howtohandle, II-156 legal control of organization, II-319 legal definition for insanity: the inability to differen tiate right from wrong, II-62 legal problems, best defense is attack, II-157 lesson, learning the wrong, III-18 leukaemia, I-337 level(s); see also grade any level is itself capable of stable case gain, VI-310 ARC breaks, VI-18 are designed for all cases, VI-27 auditing, levels of using overts [1964], V-438 auditing skills by levels [1964], V-411 consists of several processes; the preclear (still a preclear) has to be able to audit to make it; it can’t be done for him [Level VI], VI-19 each level of auditing controls pc’s attention a little more than last, V-371 failing to use all processes for ~ is a High Crime, VII-80 “grade” and “level” are the same but when one is a pc one has a grade and when one has a level one is studying its data, VI-20 higher levels do not solve lower level failures, VII-275 how to apply Level Processing, VI-27 of auditors and levels of processes [1957], III-84 of awareness, I-356 of cases, I-490 pc will feel accused if run above his level, V-441 reads are bigger on higher levels, V-396 requires several months to audit through even with expert training, VI-19 still charged, reliable indicators are TA action and cognitions, VII-78 to chase a pc on up the levels to cure an outness on earlier levels is idiocy, VI-310 tone arm action is higher on higher levels, V-397 I to 8, state of case, V-289 Level 0, common errors on, VI-169-70 curriculum for, [1964], V-514 purpose and end phenomena, V-516, 517 Triple, VI-300 Level1, an experimental arrangement [1956] , II-327 common errors on, VI-169-70 is what gets the case moving [1956] , II-322 is out, means no change, VII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Level I (cont.) Rudiments, II-289 Triple, VI-301 [1955] , II-275, 283 Level II, common errors on, VI-169-70 is out, means lots of ARC breaks, VII-70 is what changes the Scientometric tests [1956], II-324 Locational and Not-Know Processes, II-289 Triple, VI-301 [1955], II-276, 284, 289 Level III, clay table work is, V-466 common errors on, VI-169-70 Triple, VI-301 [1955], Decisional Processing, II-290 [1955] is a subjective level, II-276, 284 [1956] is what exteriorizes pcs, II-324 Level IV, builds back their willingness to live [1956] , II-325 common errors on, VI-169-70 Opening Procedure byDuplication [1955] , II-290 Opening Procedure 8-C [1955] , II-277, 285 Triple, VI-303 unflat, preclear makes others guilty, VII-70 Level V, makes pcs able to play games [1956] , II-325 Opening Procedure by Duplication by First Postulate [1955] , II-277, 285 Remedy of Communication Scarcity [1955], II291 Level VI, VI-19 drawbacks of, V-433 exercises pcs’ exteriorization and stabilizes [1956], II-326 reads on ~, difference between, V-403 Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots in Space [1955] , II-278, 285, 291 LFBD—long fall followed by “blowdown” or TA motion downward, VI-357 LF—long fall (2 to 3 inches), VI-357 liability, non-compliance as Liability, VIII-79 libido theory, Freud’s, IV-103 library, VII-207, 279, 397; IX-435 Cramming must have a, X-148 vast library of Scientology, II-457 lie detector, I-222 does not detect a lie, it merely detects the misownership of the picture of the incident, II236 lie reaction, if pc reads high on tone arm, gets inconsistent lie reaction, use “What have you had to be responsible for?”, III-297 lie reaction questions, purpose of, IV-275 lies, freedom of speech, does not mean freedom to harm by lies, IV-27 life, I-375; see also live; NSOL defn., a series of attained goals, IV-58 a contest of “overwhelmings”, II-397 426 life (cont.) all operating principles of life may be derived from duplication, II-15 auditing skill is a discipline in living and a know how of the parts of life, III-236 becomes difficult when rhythmic prediction can not occur, IX-501 becomes purposeless lacking restrictions, II-423 becomes serious when man becomes less cause and greater effect, I-212 continuum, I-363 cycle of action of life is cycle of action of an explosion, I-467 cycle of life forms, I-293 eight main divisions, II-411; see also dynamics elements of games applied to life, II-421 exists in presence of understanding, VII-291 force, life force and emotion; seeDMSMH fundamentals of; see also Dianetics ‘55! game of life, III-102 help is a cojoining of vectors of life, IV-186 interjections, reasons for intensives, X-137 in the body, thetan puts it there, II-362, 374; VIII-126 in the womb, II-466 is a game, II-366, 421 is a repeating pulse and ebb and surge of motion, VIII-299 life vs. Iife, no liability; life via mest vs. Iife, some liability; life vs. mest, total liability, III-174 one can intend to change life for the better and succeed, II-464 past life; see past life reaction of life to pain perceptics, I-154 Repair; see Life Repair right intention toward, II-464 ruds, VI-435 running away from, III-115 Scientology in direct application to life, V-491 source of, II-153; seealso thetan subjects are subject to overrun, VI-147 survive is dynamic principle which motivates most biological life, IV-126 understood by likening it to a game, II-421 we know more about life now than life does, II-473 which he has just lived, thetan does not care to remember, II-432 why Scientology is senior to life, III-237 Life Repair(s), VII-278 and Drug Rundown, VIII-311; X-248 and Grade Chart, X-249 is not a prerequisite for Drug RD, VIII-311 need of Life Repair before Dianetics, VII-74 pcs, if not audited before, get Life Repair, X-147 lifetime, next, affected by what we create in this lifetime, II-433 light and deep processing, I-187 light lock, repetition of material in PT constitutes a, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 light, thus there is, I-375 like (Secondary Scale level), IV-292 limited process, any process which makes pc create, IV-35 line(s), defn., a list of found 3D items each in opposition to the last item on that line [3DXX], V-12 and terminals, III-140 and terminals, Reality Scale, III-139 charges, I-301 communication; see communication lines each line is an independent zig-zag of opposition items [3DXX], V-10 entheta and theta lines, I-139 establish line so pc can become aware of auditor, III-140 plot, V-25 defn, V-12 described, V-178 put every item ever found on pc by any process on line plot; every one will add up to a goal, V-250 3GA line wording; see Routine 3GA list(s); see also listing; listing and nulling assessment list, you don’t begin it until you get an F/N, IX-224 Auditing by Lists; see Auditing by Lists auditor failure to get a list to respond or note it then defeats C/S completely, VIII-234 auditor must clear each and every word on, VIII94 auditors who can’t assess lists, results of, VIII-426 correction lists; see prepared lists, correction lists Dianetic assessment list; see Dianetic assessment list Dianeticlists; see Dianeticlists failed sessions, most common reason for, is inability of auditor to get reads on lists, VIII-233 F/N everything found on ruds and lists, VII-197 Green Form, overlist, how to handle, VII-273 isn’t null; it is suppressed or invalidated, VII-11 it takes correct metering and impingement to make a list read, VIII-234 LX lists; see LX lists L1, General ARC Break Assessment, V-307, 423 how to use, VI-41 L1A, do an LlA if pc was not fully satisfied that all has been handled, VII-3 I L1B, VI-206; VII-38, 39, 118 never try to fly ruds or do LlB on a high or low TA, VII-197 L1C, VII-203; X-230 bad auditing, previous, can be cured by, VII281 best done Method 3, VII-280, 318 handles ARC broken, sad, hopeless or nattery pcs, VII-203 never C/S to take TA down with ARC break rud or L1C, VII-281 427 list(s) (cont.) L1C (cont.) not used on high or very low TAs to get them down or up, VII-318 won’t handle out lists, VII-281 L1RA, Integrity Processing and O/Ws Repair List, IX-266 I-2, assessment sessions, listing sessions, pre liminary step R3R, the ARC break for assess ments list, V-307 L2B, VI-207 L-3, add “Have we by-passed any postulates?”, V-349 R3R—engram running by chains, V-308 L3B, VI-207; VII-227 Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List, VII-220 done Method 3, VII-280 how to use, VII-227 L3 EXD RB—Expanded Dianetics Repair List, VIII-70; IX-1 31 list of words in, IX-129 L3RC—Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List, VIII245 L3RD—Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, VIII 265; X-119, 123-24, 231 how to use, VIII-290, 384 L4, V-309, 423 used on Routine 3N—GPMs, all goals sessions, V-308 L4A, VI-213, 285 L4B, assessment method, VII-280, 318 list errors are corrected by, VII-45, 119, 200, 357, 360, 392 out list can make ARC break that can’t be handled by ARC break but only by L4B, VII-273 L4BR, X-231 for assessment of all listing errors, VIII-138 is used at first sign of trouble on L&N, VIII142 L IX Hi-Lo TA list, VII-179, 194; X-230 revised, VIII-1 L9S [L11], using L9S, VII-298; X-135 works on all cases, X-133 37R is best done as part of L9S, VII-296 L10, VII-467 actions, VII-316 prerequisites, VIII-392 when done between R6EW and OT III-, will fail, VIII-20 no-case-gain, slow-case-gain, sickie and “failed cases”, handled by basic lists, VIII-426 numbers of, X-210 of auditor’s efforts, emotions, and thoughts related to processing which must be run, I prepared lists; see prepared lists CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 list(s) (cont.) listing (cont.) remedy for an auditor who can’t get reads on lists, is not Prepchecking [3GA], V-159 VIII-233, 234 is slightly contrary to early auditing philosophy Self Analysis next-to-the-last list, I-386, 388, 396, [3GA], V-160 425 List One—the Scientology List [R2-12], V-191, listing; see also assessment; list; listing and nulling 195, 202, 215, 220 defn., auditor’s action in writing down items said L-2, assessment sessions, listing sessions, prelimi by pc in response to a question by auditor, nary step R3R, the ARC break for assessments V-203 list, V-307 allow no self listing of goals [R2-12], V-238 never force pc to list [R2-12, R3M], V-255 appearances [R2-12], V-207 nulling; see listing and nulling; nulling auditor has no business with significances of items oppose, opposition list, [R2-12A], V-235 done on R/Sing items [R2-12], V-221 beyond last rock slam [R2-12A], V-233 minimize goal oppose lists [R2, R3], V-258 by Prehav [3GA], V-163, 164 minimize goal oppose lists [R2, R3], V-258 by Tiger buttons [3GA], V-147, 148 right and wrong oppose [R2-12], V-230 complete list, right way and wrong way oppose indications defn., any list listed for assessment that does [R2], V-231, 233 not produce a dirty needle while nulling or what a dirty needle means [R2], V-232 Tiger Drilling [1962], V-181 random listing [R3N], V-394 discovery of, [3G], V-53, 55 represent list, in 3DXX, V-17 if you find a group on an S&D do a represent rules of a complete list for R2 or R3, V-241, list, VI-164 242 item is unburdened by making represent list dead horse is list which even with good auditing, [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX], V-210 failed for any other reason to produce a rerun all TA action out of listing; list at least 50 liable item [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX, R3-21], items beyond point tone arm became motion-, V-203 less [R2-12A], V-233 differentiate the list [3DXX], V-11 session [3GA], V-130 difficulties [R2, R3], V-255 source list, V-239 cause of poor list [3DXX], V-17 test list both ways [R2], V-233 getting pc to answer the auditing question to a still tone arm, what it takes [R2, R3], V-241 [R2-12], V-238 wording [3GA], V-114 handling of pc who gets dopey or drowsy writing the list [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX, R3-21], during listing and nulling [3DXX], V-10 V-204 how listing a wrong item can happen [R2, wrongwaylist [R2-12A], V-234, 236 R3], V-256 listing and nulling (L&N), VI-306; see also assess if right item or goal on a list has been read and ment; list; listing; nulling [up to1968 L&N in abandoned, all its locks will begin to read some bulletins is called assessment] like real items or goals [Level VI], V-403 defn, means the pc lists, VI-266 list that won’t complete [R2-10, R2-12], all of more violent or bad reactions on part of pc V-223 come from out lists, VIII-97 long long lists [R2-10, R2-12], V-223 ARC breaks, most violent session ARC breaks lost list, how to reconstruct, V-55 occur because of list errors under meaning of overlisting, danger sign of, [R2-12, 3GAXX], listing and nulling, VII-392 V-204 assessing and listing, weakest applied point in our pc who “can’t quite say exactly what it is” tech, VI-212 [3DXX], V-10, 17 assessment vs. Iisting and nulling, VI-266 right goal listed wrongly, symptoms of, V-167 auditor must grab the actual sense of answer, wrong goal listed, symptoms of, V-168 VIII-395 wrong way to symptoms [R2, R3], V-255 case upset, wrong list item or a wrong list, don’t Tone 40 ack items or goals a pc gives you VIII-97 [3G], V-56 complete list, defn., complete list is list which has goals; see goals only one reading item on list, VI-236 handling of mid ruds [3GAXX], V-180 “dead horse list”, V-203; VII-49 incompiete lists [R2-12], V-221 don’t list a pc on a Repair Program, use two-way dirty needles stem from incomplete lists or comm, VII-93 missed items [3GAXX], V-180 errors, VII-49 is always derived from pc [3DXX], V-10 errors are handled by: L4A, VI-213; L4B, VIIis auditing [3G], V-53 200, L4, 392; L4BR, VIII-138 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 listing and nulling (L&N) (cont.) errors are handled first if Int isn’t out, VII-280; X-149, 151 errors, withholds and list errors can cause high TA, VII-281 eventual item listed must F/N, VII-196 extreme upsets and deep apathies are almost aIways L&N errors, VII-392 F/N during listing means no charge left and no item, VI-172 goes wrong = BPC = handle or do L4B or any L4 at once, VII-46, 360 if a pc lists to a question the rules of L&N apply, VIII-419 Int RD trouble is worse than list trouble is worse than out ruds, VII-396 item must BD and F/N, VIII-96; X-220 laws of listing and nulling, VI-236, 266 S&Ds, Remedy Bs, etc., are listed by pc and follow laws of listing and nulling, VI-266 list, defn, list of items given by pc in response to listing question and written down by auditor in exact sequence that they are given to him by pc; each list is done on a separate sheet, IX-10, 49 lists can be extended beyond F/N, VII-278 list that is getting no item, don’t extend, use L4, VI149 List L4A—for assessment of all listing errors, VI-213, 285 L4BR—for assessment of all listing errors, VIII138 L4BR is used at first sign of trouble on L&N, VIII-142 note down reads as you list, VI-256 old lists are not to be copied, VI-256 out list(s), VII-281; VIII-157; IX-157, 326; X-221 out list (meaning overlist or wrong items) produces most fantastic H E & R, VIII-194 out lists are handled before ruds, VII-273 out lists can make an ARC break that can’t be handled by ARC break but only by L4B, VII273 out of session, cause of, VIII-96; X-220 overlisting, danger sign of, V-204 overlist shows up on Green Form, how to handle, VII-273 pc upset, look into two-way comm processes in folder and treat them as L&N processes where pc has answered with items, VIII-270 points a C/S must be alert to regarding listing, VII-392 PTS Rundown, L&N for places and planets should be restricted to planets only on VA pcs and an L4BR used at first sign of trouble, VIII-142 PTS Rundown two-way comm question converted to listing and nulling, VIII-142 question, always test a listing question before letting pc list, VII-49; X-3 429 listing and nulling (L&N) (cont.) question (cont.) don’t use in two-way comm, why, VIII-270 governed by rules of listing and nulling, VIII 270 in clearing a listing question auditor watches meter, not necessarily pc and notes any read while clearing question, VII-177 must read to be listed, VII-45, 49, 357 used accidentally in two-way comm can give out list symptoms, VIII-270 reconstructing the list, VIII-96; X-220 Remedy A is done only by listing, VI-206 Remedy B is done by listing, VI-199, 206, 266 repair, X-185 roller-coaster can be caused by out lists, VII-453; VIII-339 Scientology listing and nulling actions have noth ing to do with Dianetics, VI-389 Search and Discovery list error can make a person sort of PTS with a wrong item, IX-169 Search and Discovery lists; see Search and Dis covery self-auditing, commonest reason for, is a wrong or unfound L&N item, VIII-96 symptoms of out lists, VIII-97 trouble, handling, X-3 trouble, use a prepared list like L4B to locate trouble and handle it, without further C/S instructions, VII-45, 357 Why finding, purpose or product, suspect listing errors when repairing, VIII-96 wrongitemhandling, IX-326 wrong lists or upset people, what can cause, VIII 97 you don’t fly ruds over an out list, IX-157 listen style auditing; see auditing, listen style listenstyleco-audit; seeco-audit, listenstyle Listing Prepcheck, HCO WW R-3GA Form 1, V-109 List Mock-ups [process] , I-329 literacy, defn., ability to read and write, VIII-314; IX-483 literalness, statements received with; see SOS live, living, livingness; see also life ability to live depends to a marked degree upon ability to shift consideration of what is confu sion, what is motionlessness, II-540 and Scientology; see also PXL as automatic as machinery, II-402 co-existence, superior to ARC triangle and me chanics of living, II-136 itself can be an art, IX-491, 496 Level Four [1956] builds back willingness to live, II-325 live communication, postulates, will always create change, II-258 lives, past; see past lives training, essential to give people tools to live better, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 live, living, livingness (cont.) two conditions of, ARC broken, not ARC broken, V-347 two rules for happy living, III-431; see also NSOL location(s), as a restimulator, I-449; III-227 in time and space promotes a feeling of reality, I-245 of mock-up, I-326 one of three methods to handle time track, V-288 PTS to, VIII-98 TA change requires two locations—location of pc and location of mass, V-49 to communicate one must be able to hold to a location, VII-264 Locational, Body and Room, an extraversionintroversion process, commands of, III-394 Locational, commands and how to run, III-6 Locational Communication [process] , III-466 relieves face pressures and terror stomachs, III-466 Locational, if ~ turns on a somatic it must be run until ~ no longer turns on somatics, III-192 Locational Processing, II-275, 283; III-394; VII-418; see also TR10 as an assist, III-260; VII-415 attention process, commands of, III-394 establish the existence of a session by, II-250 Problems of Comparable or Incomparable Magnitude and ~, which to run, III-325 purpose of, II-275 to bring the pc up to present time, III-239 to handle problems, III-122 Location by Contact, CCH 5, III-67 Location-Control Processes, III-6 lock(s), VI-61, 86, 107, 141; see also engram; secondary defn., those parts of time track which contain moments pc associates with key-1ns, V-274 defn, mental image pictures of non-painful but disturbing experiences the person has experienced; they depend for their force on secondaries and engrams, VI-61, 86, 141 defn., mental image picture of an incident where one was knowingly or unknowingly reminded of a secondary or engram; it does not itself contain a blow or a burn or impact and is not any major cause of misemotion; it does not contain unconsciousness; it may contain a feeIing of pain or illness, etc., but is not itself the source of it, VI-340 chains, reduction of, I-110 chronically tired pc who is not eating won’t get TA for there’s no asis of locks, V-434 Dianetic auditor who specializes in keying out locks, what happens, VI-372 finding and handling lock words of GPMs, V-493 F/N on a lock can be by-passed on R3R, VI-407 manifestations of; see also SOS reducing locks, what it does, VI-61, 141 running of, I-19 430 lock(s) (cont.) R3R, if a lock F/Ns you can get earlier incidents on same chain until pc actually runs engram or chain of engrams, VI-354, 373 scanning, I-107, 241; see also Science of Survival and Effort Processing on wearing glasses: auditing session by LRH, I-196 basic use of, I-109 can perform duties of canceller and run out past auditing, I-1IIin chronological scanning through each day, I-112 valences; see valences, lock logic(s); see also NOTL; AP&A; HFP; A&L; Scn 0-8 ability to evaluate importances and unimportances is the highest faculty of logic, III-393 evolution of, I-70 graph of, I-72 of education, III-345 one-valued, I-69 Prelogics, I-433 process of logic, what it consists of, I-71 spectrum of; see NOTL three-valued, I-69 two-valued, I-69 look (perceive), II-483 “Look around here and tell me something you could do” [test process], III-182 “Look at me. Who am l?” [process], II-444; III-5, 188 is used in a repair session when pc goes too wild to audit, VII-65 “Look at my fingers” [assist process] , III-260 lose, losing, lost, defn., when one intends to do one thing and accomplishes something else, II-462 engrams vanish, erase rapidly when pc regains ability to have idea that he has won and that he has lost, II-399 folder, X-66 or winning, anatomy of, is anatomy of postulate and reverse-postulate, II-462 loss(es), III-120 defn., withdrawing of something without consent, I-385 always identified with have, I-296 common response to sudden loss is to feel every thing is gone or going, VI-18 darkness is the result of too much loss, I-385 dreams follow a sudden loss, VI-18 exteriorization and loss, III-280, 324 grief engrams result from losses of position, allies, or things, I-16 grief is always loss, VI-232 grief is entirely and only concerned with loss or threatened loss, I-296 “keeping things from going away” is a basic me chanism which guards against loss, III-230 losses to wins, HGC auditing should convert earlier auditing losses to wins, IV-1 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 loss(es) (cont.) of control takes place with the loss of pan-determinism, II-433 of havingness; see havingness pain defined in terms of loss, I-296, 385 past life and memory of it is buried under terrific loss of possessions and body, VI-163 person who has just experienced a loss may become ill, VIII-237 prevents pc from conceiving a static; he associates a static with loss, III-324 “Recall a moment of loss” [process] , III-120, 325 secondary in its original use meant “a moment of loss”, VI-163 single aberrative factor in living, I-296 stuck in a loss, II-462 sudden loss of sexual partner, I-437 time is the basic on, I-416 why it is held on to, III-137 love, defn., is the human manifestation of admiration, I-437 characteristics of, I-483 hate and love are attitudes, not emotions, I-436 is road to strength; to love in spite of all is secret of greatness, VI-155 love-hate universe, I-483 lovers’ quarrel, I-102 “love thy neighbor”, II-211 when it is no longer a willingness, is enforced by theory of O/W, IV-186 psychoanalysis says all insanity derives from love, III-170 low-havingness person withholds communication, II415; see also havingness scale mockery, every high scale manifestation or activity has a ~, IV-26 low step cases, remedying occlusion or accomplishing exteriorization in, I-386 low TA; see tone arm, low low-toned case; see case, low-toned LRH; see Hubbard, L. Ron LRH Model Auditing Tapes, use of, VIII-33 LSD-25, description of, VI-244 drugs, particularly LSD, can turn on whole track pictures violently, VII-328 produces insanity, II-268 luck, defn., an x factor by which an individual or group obtains mest with minimal effort, I-91 anatomy of, I-91 Luminal, I-104; see also drugs LX Lists, VI-426 end phenomena, VI-426 LX1 (Conditions), VI-432 looking up an assessed item from an LXI acts as an invalidation, VI-267 LX1, LX2, LX3 out of valence lists, VII-330 LX2 (Emotional Assessment List), VI-427 LX Lists (cont.) LX3 (Attitudes), VI-446 run each flow chain to an F/N, VII-196 serve to isolate reasons being is charged up to such an extent that he is out of valence, VI-426 use of, VI-426, 430 words of, are cleared before assessing it and reads taken as they appear, IX-175 Lying, defn., lowest order of creativeness, II-447 pc’s sanity and continued happiness depend upon ability to create new facts, II-178; VIII-114 Route 2—29: “Start lying”, VIII-114 Lying about the Problem [process] , II-447 Lying Processes and Orders, omit, II-417 L (number); see lists M 431 machinery, I-435; II-230 auditor running the pc’s machinery when pc’s reality on question is low, II-218 pc operating on, III-150, 182 machines which reverse communications, handling of, II-53 madness is compounded of disarranged abilities, III170 magnesium, nervous reactions are diminished by, VIII-354, 369 magnetic field; see History of Man major action(s), VII-467; X-211 defn., any, but any, action designed to change case or general considerations or handle con tinual illness or improve ability; means a prolow cess or even a series of processes like 3 flows; it doesn’t mean a grade; it is any process case hasn’t had, VII-47, 360; X-6 and case set-ups, X-6 and No-lnterference Area, X-212 don’t begin without getting first an F/N, IX-224, 239 don’t use to repair a case, VII-360 mixing, X-136 pc application for, VII-14, 16 R6 to OT III-, closed band to other ~, VII-467 set up case before starting, VII-14, 46, 360 what they are, VII-14 won’t run, suspect it may have been done before, VII-276 major grade process is definitely not enough to make pc make a lower grade, VII-103 major processes done to improve case, VII-57 major processes, don’t use to repair a case, VII-47, 64 major processes, subject of, keep out of two-way comm, VII-105 major step, prepare a case for, VII-15 major thought; see also minor thought defn., complete thought being expressed in words by auditor, V-77, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 major thought (cont.) E-Meter can operate on last word (thought minor) only of a question, whereas the question (thought major) is actually null, V-102, 362 how to groove in, V-78 “Make it a little more solid” [process] , III-255 “make it”, avoid using, because it’s a GPM word [Clay Table Processing], V-455 “Make it more solid” [process] , II-455 Keep it from going away—Hold it still—Make it more solid—on two objects, III-187 make nothing out of everything, students who, II-345 making nothing out of something, II-223 malnutrition; see also nutrition defn., general breakdown of body functions due to lack of adequate nourishment, VIII-207 anxiety and malnutrition can produce all symptoms of insanity, IV-82 man(‘s); see also thetan beingness of; see also Scn 8-8008 body and spirit, I-485 contest with the machine age, III-221 evolution of; see AP&A; HOM inhumanity to man; see All About Radiation is a human spirit which is enwrapped, more or less, in a mind, which is in a body, III-223 is an added-to being, result of, IX-82 is as sane as he is undense, I-230 is basically good, IV-12; VI-346 and is damaged by punishment, IV-104 is basically good, but reactive mind tends to force him into evil actions, V-407, 439; VIII-78, 370; IX-268 is his own immortal soul, II-6, 7 is his own universe, I-294 nature of man, VII-156 parts of man: thetan, mind, body, II-428; III-129, 149, 480 realenemies; seeAllAboutRadiation search for his soul; see NSOL state and goals of; see also HFP two dominant behavior patterns of, V-407 willingness to destroy man, source of, II-402 management; see also HTLTAE; Management Series; OEC Volumes defn., the planning of means to attain goals and their assignation for execution to staff and the proper coordination of activites within the group to attain maximal efficiency with minimal effort to attain determined goals, I-133 a specialty, I-133 bad: fascism, socialism, communism, I-143 essay on, I-133 goal finder vs., I-134 group goals and, I-133 keeping wide open all communication lines, I-139 loses power, I-141 operational data and, I-138 problems and optimum performances, I-133 puts goals into effect, I-134 432 management (cont.) research vs., I-335 Scientology organizations, management and activi ties of, II-318; see also organization manager, credo of a good and skilled, I-96; see also HTLTAE; Scn O-8 responsibility, II-423 mandatory C/Sing checklist, X-200-02 manic, behavior of, I-36 manic motion, cure for pc who is in, III-248 mannerism, additives, VII-256 changes, C/S request for, X-36 changes in pc, VII-86 manners, stage manners, IX-498 manual, defn., booklet of instruction for a certain object or procedure or practice, VII-141, 287; IX-312 margin of error allowable for a problem, I-73 marijuana, description of, VI-244 marital counseling, correct approach, VI-289 marital quarrels, cause of, III-364 marriage (s); see also dynamic, 2nd; SOS; NSOL blow-ups in Scientology, I-309 communication lag, use in selecting marriage partner, I-310 fail only because the games get confused between husband and wife, II-398 how to audit a, I-310 partners, selection of, I-121, 309 problems, cutcommlines, I-310 successful marriage, communication is root of, I-309, 310 mass(es), massy, aberration is caused by cut communication with the mass, remedy of, III-147 absence of, VII-293 and ability to tolerate mass, the bases of good therapy, II-467 and overrun, X-127 are masses, they are not particles, III-164 aremore important than perceptions, II-39; VIII-106 are released off body and out of thetan’s bank in auditing, V-256 are something that are shed from a thetan by mock-up, and particles are something that are shed from masses, III-165 as-1sness of, V-49 auditor + pc as two pole system to as-1s ~, VII-238 “bank is beefing up”, sensation of increasing solidity of masses in the mind, V-175 body discolors when mass from bank is brought in on it, V-255 body is a mass, a solid terminal, III-240 by “havingness” one means mass or objects, II-180 changing masses with anything less than life or memory or communication or postulate brings us into a condition of persistence of a condi tion, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 mass(es), massy (cont.) mass(es), massy (cont.) clay table, mass parts are done by clay, signifiseriousness, the more mass the more seriousness, cance or thought parts by label, VII-163 II-179 communication has the power of eradicating significance vs. mass or force, VII-77 spaces and masses, II-197, 467 studying without mass, symptoms of, VII-293; communication tends to as-1s mass, III-138 IX-393 condition is a circumstance regarding a mass or thetan can increase body mass by mocking up terminal, III-164 pictures, II-431 could be said to be memory, II-217 thetan’s loss of mass, VIII-105 degradation begins when thetan is interiorized thetans, massy, VII-212, 213; VIII-286, 380; into unwanted mass, VIII-105 X-105, 106, 109 depends on misownership for its persistence, IItone arm(s); seealso tone arm 236 high, are caused by two or more flows energy is derived from mass by fixing two termiopposing thus making a mass or ridge, VII nals in proximity in space, II-14 270 engrams have mass in them even when they are high, equals mental energy mass, VI-356, 397, pictures, VI-397, 418 418 engrams, if you run too far back you get a pc into moves because mass is changing, V-48, 49 masses he can’t easily handle, VI-227 records mass, VII-28, 169 fear of seeing is fear of mass, III-209 two types of mass, II-197 flows, missing flows are still potential mass, VIIIvanishment of mass, III-139 274, 286, 287, 377, 380, 381 massless terminal, do not run ~, IV-50 Goals Problem Mass; see Goals Problem Mass master process, defn., one which ran out all other havingness is mass or objects, VIII-115 processes and processing, V-67 Havingness, Remedy of, what it is, VIII-124 Matched Terminal(s), Matched Terminaling, Match Havingness Scale consists of doingnesses with reing Terminals, I-341, 367, 385; see also Double gard to mass, III-141 Terminal how a being is hung with persistent masses, V-8 defn., a mock-up facing a mock-up, I-360 is created by the command that it be created, not description, I-393, 397 by the communication itself, II-467 or Double Terminals, I-407 mental image pictures, actually composed of Material Clearing; see Word Clearing Method 5 energy; they have mass, they exist in space, materials, II-229 C/S mustn’t tolerate missing materials, VII-378 mental mass; see mental mass scarcity of, VI-406 mind, whole answer to mind is mental pictures mathematics, function of, I-74 andmassescreatedbythetan, VI-160 mathematics, the mind is the servo-mechanism of, missing flows are still potential mass, VII-210, 213 I-323 overrun is full of mass and ARC breaks, VII-268 matter, pc can be brought to control a mass of energy as ARC triangle very spacious at level of serenity and heavy as an engram by the gradient scale of completelycondensedatlevelofmatter, II-413 controlling lighter masses, II-227 becomes havingness, in life experience, II-14 pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill, cause of, classes of, I-375 VIII-287, 381, 382 difficult exteriorization is all caused by a person’s pc is continually searching for significance of mass considerations of thought being matter, self or force, what is it, why is it, VII-77 being matter, IV-53 problem is force opposing force with resultant is apparently cohesion and adhesion of energy, mass, IV-426 I-293 psychology, I-36 motion is matter with energy in space, V-330 reality = mass or agreement, VI-261 running Havingness restores pc at cause over rehab keys out mass, VII-18 matter, IV-53 relationship between intelligence and mass, II-349 “Think about matter”, pretty steep for most cases resisted change is basis of all mass in physical and would notbe real to many, IV-54 universe, IV-256 maybe, resulting mass of energy picture is energy, II-431 anatomy of, I-362 “ridges” and masses come about from a conflict and resolution of, I-393, 397 of flows opposing or being pulled back as in how it comes about, I-244 withholds, VII-270 leads to insanity, I-208 self-auditing is manifestation of being oversource of, I-379 whelmed by masses, etc. and pulling only meaning of things plays a secondary role in processing think out of bank, VII-85 to forces, VII-76; X-28 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 meanings, conceptualization of, VIII-316 mechanics and consideration; see also PXL; Scn 0-8 mechanics of space, energy and time, considerations take rank over, II-67 mechanics vs. significance of mental image picture, III-32 medical; seealso medicine attention, assist is not a substitute for, III-264 care, after medical care people should be audited, VII-2 doctors, VI-309 addressing any group of medical doctors, keep it in field of Dianetics, VI-309 cause of antipathy toward MD’s diagnosis, V-463 Dianetic group should have liaison with a competent MD or clinic, VI-402 indispensable in society, II-432 minister and medical doctor, no conflict between, VIII-192 psychosomatics, not the province of the medical doctor, II-36 role of, II-35, 37, 155 Scientologists and medical doctors, conflicts between, how to handle, II-156 send pc to, if chronic illness suspected, I-421 ethics, A.M.A.’s proposed principles of, III-2 examination, VI-313, 421 examination and treatment and assists, VIII-189 illnesses can be physical; if so, medical action is firstaction, VI-415; see also illness medical data goes in Folder Summary, IX-22 “mental blocks” can obstruct ~ treatment, VI371 operations, medical or dental treatment, deliveries, should be audited out as soon as possible by R3R, VI-422 patients who do not respond to treatment, VI-348 range; see Science of Survival Scientology sends sick to medical doctor, VIII203 treatment, VII-14 Medical Exam Reports, IX-33 Medical Officer Reports, IX-53 medicine; see also medical can turn on whole track pictures violently, VII328 considering man a body is a sort of betrayal, IV-86 does not contain a definition for “mind”, II-432 is treated like any other drug, VII-339 madeeffectivebyDianetics, VI-371, 372, 423 operational shock, cause of, V-464 pc ~ “stuck” in time can make medicine ineffective, VI-371 role of, II-153 treat medicine like drugs, X-168 Melbourne1, 2, 3, 4, 5 [processes], III-547 membership cards and membership pins, II-368, 381 434 membership does not give right to publish or excerpt or reorganize Scientology, nor right to teach it formally, II-161 memberships, reason for, II-367 memory, memories, memorizing, defn, a combination of motionlessness, its base material, and motion, the material of which the universe is built, I-224 defn., automaticity which is not under the control of the pc, II-217 defn, mechanically, the tracking of positions, II 222 banks, standard; see DMSMH creation of time and creation of memory were concurrent incidents, II-222 failure in ~ causes thetan to be very frantic, II-223 has very little to do with intelligence, II-224 improvement of, II-220 in terms of particles and space, II-222 in the field of education ~ is of the essence, II-238 learning isn’t memorizing, III-424 mass could be said to be memory, II-217 of past existences, restoration of, III-224; see also past lives past life and memory of it is buried under terrific loss of possessions and body, VI-163 pictures, thetan uses to assist memory, II-230 processing, I-193 processing is reconditioning ability of individual to handle his own memory, I-210 responsibilityforone’s, I-210 shut-off of memory actually occurs with pick-up of new body, III-226 specific process for a bad ~ is Forgetting run in brackets, III-245 straight line memory, I-15, 19, 63 straight memory, case scouting and reverie, I-24; see also SOS theory of memory, II-222, 223 why it is shut off, III-224 why people can’t remember, II-221 men and women, battle of the sexes, I-151 communication between, I-406 mental, aberration, generalcauses of, I-242 derangement, shock treatment worsens and con firms, I-432 energy, difference to physical energy, II-228, 431 energy, thetan by mocking up pictures can in crease body mass, II-431 healing, III-476 brutality practiced under the name of, II-466 Dianetic auditor is natural inheritor of all mental healing, VI-325 on whole track, how to handle, IV-195 health, real program of mental health is vital, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 mental (cont.) hospitals, don’t send insane to, VI-116 identification is basis of all mental upsets, IV-119 illness vs. physical illness, VI-312 image picture; see mental image picture machinery is made, why, III-230 man has used mental knowledge in the past mainly for control, politics and propaganda, VI-391 mass; see mental mass mass, pictures, ridges, circuits, etc., thetan accumulates, to degree that he misassigns responsibility, IV-18 research, Russian, III-537 responses will only register on specially built meters, body reaction registers on all meters, IV-459 technology vs. industrial technology, III-221 treatment, crimes and mental treatment, VI-404 run out, X-168 run out narrative R3R, VII-339 mental health organizations, Scientology organizations contain more members than all other, II-406 mental image picture(s), II-228, 229; see also facsimile defn, are only de-solidified present times, III-34 actually composed of energy; they have mass, they exist in space, II-229 are all there is in pc’s mind; this is totality of aberration, VI-340 auditor always has more control over pc’s mental image pictures than pc does, VI-342 bank means ~ collection of pc, VI-359 case, how it behaves as we raise confrontingness on, III-447 confronting and, III-114 creation and control of, utilizes and disciplines energy, I-324 drugs chemically inhibit creation of mental image pictures and inhibit erasure, VI-444 erasure of mental image picture removes compulsion to create it, VI-444 if you don’t run ~ from past lives when they come up on a chain, pc will not recover, VI345 illness symptoms are out of ~, VI-337 is called a facsimile when it is a “photograph” of the physical universe sometime in past, II-429; see also facsimile is memory on a via, III-375 is source of continued pain, somatics, bad perception or illness, VI-339 may be the mind’s or the body’s; body carries around ~ and thetan does the same and these two combine to form the mind, III-224 mind is that structure of ~ and machinery on which the pc is depending for his opinions and ideas, III-150 435 mental image picture(s) (cont.) pc is creating any he sees, III-210 protest is basically responsihle for making V-301 put pc at cause with regard to, III-487 reactive mind’s anatomy is concerned with ~ ordi narily unseen by person which nevertheless dictate his illnesses and responses, III-269 significance vs. mechanics of, III-32 stuck, reasons for, VI-227 theta clears were made by gradually raising their confrontingness of ~, III-445 whole answer to the mind is mental pictures and masses created by thetan, VI-160 why they make TA go high, VI-356 mentally ill person is a physically ill person, I-420 “mentally retarded” children, VI-348 mental mass(es), II-1 96; see also mass accumulates in vast complexity solely because one would not confront something, IX-310 are what C/S handles, VII-77 E-Meter reads degree of mental mass surrounding thetan in a body, IV-18 gradient scale of confronting ~, II-227 IQ raised by increasing ~, experiment, II-349 masses—forces-energy, X-29 merchants of fear, I-473, 474; see also aberrative personality; suppressive person how to locate, I-477 will not work, I-476 mercy, defn, lessening away from public’s acceptance of discipline necessary to guarantee their mutual security, II-514 charity, kindness and mercy are the highest and kingliest qualities there are, II-237 mescaline, VI-244; see also drugs mesmerism, defn., is animal magnetism; it’s a physiological rapport; it is no relation to hypnotism at all, IX-504 and hypnotism, difference between, IX-504 mest, mest universe; see also dynamic, 6th; universe defn, full effect, I-208 defn, motioninsuperapathy, I-418 actions, law of mest, I-486 anchor points are points which are anchored in a space different to physical universe space around a body, II-432 and body vs. analytical mind, I-420 and thetans, I-342 group is composed of, I-87 and time track, V-276, 291 as entire unreason and theta as pure reason, gradient scale between, I-173 basic freeing action of auditing depends up on separation of thought from matter, energy, space and time and other life, IV-53 bodies and theta beings, I-4 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 mest, mest universe (cont.) mest, mest universe (cont.) body is an identifying form or non-1dentifiable theta engaged upon cycle of conquest of mest, form to facilitate control, communication and I-188 havingness for thetan in existence in ~, III-480 theta-mest theory, II-47; see also SOS body, liabilities of, I-403 thetan, behaving like mest, II-137 child should own his own, I-190 thetan creates mest to have a game, II-176; VIIIclear, method of making, I-485; see also Clear, mest 112 complete force, I-173 thetan is capable of making space, energy, mass Connectedness is the basic process on association and time, II-432 ofthetawithmest, III-163 thetan receives impressions of physical universe conquest of mest, primary mission of theta, I-88, and past activities, II-429 173 thetan trapped in, III-530 could be called love-hate universe, I-483 theta vs. mest, I-154, 174 creation of mest, III-189 undercuts the body, III-129 dependency and mest universe, I-394, 398 what it is, I-375 dwindling spiral of mest universe, I-444; II-38; mestclear; seeClear, mest VIII-105 Mest Processing, I-188; II-287 exteriorization is stable when thetan is used to Metalosis Rundown, IX-171, 199 mest, IV-166 metaphysics, I-75 failed case is a case in which thought can always meter(ing); see E-Meter be overpowered by mest, III-118 methods of assessment; see assessment methods game called physical universe, II-1 I methods of Word Clearing; see Word Clearing gravitic attraction, I-361 middle rudiments; see rudiments, middle has six parts—matter, energy, space, time, form Mimicry, II-140, 553; seealso COHA, R2—69 and location, IV-166 entering wedge of communication, II-138 Holding Mest Points [process] , I-329 learning through, I-31 incomprehensible to a thetan, II-137 mimicry and repair, X-20 intention of, V-277, 417 Mimicry, Full Body, [process], III-6 is a game consisting of barriers, II-15 Mimicry, Hand Contact; see Hand Contact Mimicry is a two-terminal universe, I-337 Mimicry, Mirror Image Hand Mimicry, III-6 is composed of motion, I-224 Mimicry Processes are Duplication Processes and life vs. Iife, no liability; life via mest vs. Iife, some work only because they raise havingness, IV liability; life vs. mest, total liability, III-174 155 mestclear; seeClear, mest mind(s)(‘s), III-530; see also analytical mind; re most aberrative thing on case is association with active mind; somatic mind mest, III-189 defn., network of communications and pictures, motion is common to everything in ~, I-214 energies and masses, II-429 organism can’t be owned like mest, II-288 defn., that structure of mental image pictures and overt act, basic, is making somebody else want machinery on which pc is depending for his mest, IV-53 opinions and ideas, III-150 pc versus mest, Step Five of Clear Procedure, defn., accumulation of recorded knowns and un III-189 knowns and their interaction, III-480 people go out of present time because they can’t analogy of; see DTOT; EOS have mest of present time, IV-155 analytical; see analytical mind persons below 2.0 regard the organisms in their and body are part of a gradient scale of creation, vicinity as mest, I-189 I-419 processing, goal of, is to bring individual into such and body, interaction of, I-209 thorough communication with physical unias computer, I-70 verse that he can regain power and ability of association—differentiation are the two principles his own postulates, II-67 of the mind, III-150 reaching and withdrawing from mest, II-22 audit pc where pc’s mind is, IV-43 reason pc is stuck in mest universe is the overt act basic conflicts of, II-282 phenomenon, II-9 body, can’t change without changing mind, IIIremedy, II-502 151 self-determinism established in direct ratio to incan compute in any terms, real or abstract, I-72 creased ability to handle mest, I-193 can function independently of the body, I-419 self-determinism is proportionate to handling of classes of, I-76, 79, 379 mest, II-287 command post of an organism, I-l 51 single crime in mest universe is duplication, II-15 communications system, II-429 target of Theory 67 is mest, IV-166 control of, III-267 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 mind(s)(‘s) (cont.) desires about new or different states of mind, clearing up, III-302 Dianetics is a very exact analytical approach to problems of the mind, II-209 Dianometry—your ability and state of mind, I-68 DMSMH handles public arguments concerning the mind, IV-81 efforts to influence and prevail over the minds of individuals, groups, and nations, I-281 errorsto whichthe mind is liable, I-76 examples of the types of minds, I-80 eye, mind’s eye, I-30 files first by time, I-231 fixated upon the body, I-419 function and structure, I-75, 151 function is prediction of a future state of beingness, I-323 function of mind is to pose and resolve problems relating to survival, II-295 goals of the two minds, I-380 handles problems in terms of loose symbolisms, I-76 imaginative quality of, I-155 important to degree it can observe, pose, resolve and execute problems, I-27 is a bridge between spirit and body, III-224 is a mechanism for overcoming the lack of incidents, lack of experience in present time, III151 is cause and human body is effect, I-209 knows how the mind works, I-33 level of alertness; see Science of Survival man is divisible into three parts: thetan, mind, body, II-428 man is a human spirit which is enwrapped, more or less, in a mind, which is in a body, III-223 monitors structure, VIII-205 nature of, I-168 operation of the mind, I-155 partial death of, III-224 parts of man: thetan, mind, body, II-428; III-129, 223 physical illness caused by the mind, II-431 protection; see DMSMH reactive; see reactive mind records of mind are permanent, I-284 “researchers” in the field of, VI-391 Scientology is only full study in field of mind developed in Twentieth Century, III-477 separation of thetan from mind is most therapeutic action when done in Scientology processing, II-430 servo-mechanism of mathematics, I-323 somatic; see somatic mind structure of, III-150 terra incognita, I-6 there can be a mind without a body, II-274 thetan, easiest thing he does is change his mind, II-448 437 mind(s)(‘s) (cont.) thetan is misowning the mind in which he is trapped, III-530 thetan is senior to mind and body, II-432 three main divisions—analytical, reactive and somatic mind, II-429 uses abstractions, I-74 minister(s), actions and tools of, VIII-191 assists the spirit to confront physical difficulties which can then be cared for by a medical doctor as needful, III-259 auditor as, II-262, 355 personal counseling for, III-200 society of consulting, II-353 minor thought; see also major thought defn., subsidiary thoughts expressed by words within the major thought; they are caused by reactivity of individual words within the full words; they are ignored, V-77, 264 E-Meter can operate on last word (thought minor) only of a question, whereas question (thought major) is actually null, V-102, 362 minus randomity; see randomity, minus minus scale Releases: ARC Straight Wire and Dia netic, VI-175 Mirror Image Hand Mimicry, III-6 misacknowledgement is only and always a failure to end the cycle of a command, III-543; see also acknowledgement misacknowledgement of pc, III-308 miscellaneous report, defn., report such as an MO Report, D of P Interview, an Ethics Report, success story, etc., which is put in pc’s folder and gives C/S more information about case, IX-11, 52 mis-declare, IX-52 mis-definition on vital words, how to handle, III-301; see also definition misemotion; see also emotion defn., anything that is unpleasant emotion such as antagonism, anger, fear, grief, apathy or a death feeling, VI-341 emotion and misemotion are closely allied to motion, being only a finer particle action, VI 192 emotion and misemotion include all levels of com plete Tone Scale except pain, V-175; VI-192 pain, misemotion, unconsciousness, insanity, all result from causing things others could not experience easily, III-432 mis-emotional (Secondary Scale level), IV-296 misidentification, identity is a, IV-7 misowned thing, persistence of, II-220, 236 misprogramming and programming, VII-209; X-99; see also programming mis-responsibility, defn., the miscalling of authorship, III-98 missed beginning of an exteriorization, VII-28, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 rnissed withhold(s) (M/W/H), V-20, 42, 285; VI434; see also rudiments; withhold defn., a withhold that existed, could have been picked up and was missed, V-20 defn., is a should have known, V-27 defn., an undisclosed contra-survival act which has been restimulated by another but not disclosed, V-58; X-261 ARC breaks and missed withholds; see ARC breaks, missed withholds and ARC broken pc, how to ask for ~, VIII-179 asking for ~ does not upset dictum of using no O/W processes in rudiments, V-60 asking for ~ is a totally acceptable control factor, V-59 auditing rundown-missed withholds, V-318, 328 auditor can ask if another auditor has missed a withhold, V-42 auditor who won’t hear what pc is saying has made him have a withhold and it responds as a missed withhold, VI-22 bottom of ARC breaks is a missed withhold, VI22 by-passed charge is explanation for violence of missed withholds, V-285 by-passed charge is in some degree a ~, missed by both auditor and pc, V-306, 417 cause blows, VI-22 cleaning up, don’t ask for withholds, V-61 clean up at once if auditor doesn’t ask leading questions, V-60 continuous missed withhold, VIII-235, 236 is often falsely labeled PTS, VIII-236 co-audit and missed withholds, V-25 command, use “done” not “missed a withhold” in all ~ questions, V-71 commonest questions to get ~, V-60 dangerous auditor is afraid to find out, thus causing ~ on pc, V-33 dirty needle is caused by ~, V-57, 59, 129 don’t be reasonable about pc’s complaints, withholds have been missed, V-61 don’t have to clean up all withholds if missed withholds kept cleaned up, V-61 engrams, M/W/Hs, unless found as part of ARC break assessment, may move pc violently about through recently found engrams, V-296 help pc by guiding his attention against needle, V-63 how to audit missed withholds, V-21, 23 indicators of, V-59, 66 Integrity Processing and ~, VIII-179 intensives, do not conclude without cleaning up missed withholds, V-60 is a should have known, VIII-179; IX-281, 282 missing a withhold or not getting all of it is sole source of ARC break, V-23 motivator response to missed withhold question, how to avoid, V-71 MIW/H pc, why they are hardest to handle, VI-22 438 missed withhold(s) (M/W/H) (cont.) natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, are restimulated but missed or partially missed withholds, V-26 natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, lost students, ineffective motions are restimu lated but missed or partiallymissed withholds, VIII-178 nattery pc, don’t run ARC break, run ~, VI-265 never ask pc if you’ve missed a withhold on him or her with pc off a meter, V-67 of nothingness, V-102, 104, 362 partial and missed withholds, V-26 pc dissatisfied, caused by ~, V-20 pcs go groggy, lose interest and refuse to list only when session withholds are missed, V-66 poor E-Metering is most fruitful source of missed withholds, V-104, 105 prepchecking, don’t ask for missed withholds while prepchecking, V-63 Prepcheck system, do not use in cleaning ~, V-61 pulled clean up sessions, V-21 pulling ~ [Model Session], V-279, 382, 421, 449 rough, angry ARC breaky session, auditor has failed to pick up ~, V-20, 58 rudiment, V-101 rudiment, commands for, VI-259 R3R, don’t use mid ruds or ask for ~, V-296 sessions go wrong, ask for ~, V-58, 61 source of allupset is~, V-105 symptoms of, IX-281 which don’t read on ill pc though pc is nattering are not available to be run, VI-249 “Who nearly found out” is unlimited for ~, VI 280 wild animal reaction, V-26 “mistake been made” is a combination of auditor or pc asserting and other denying that it is or is not the goal; it is a conflict of positive-negative opinion and forms a ridge impossible to dispel unless auditor asks for “mistake”, V-119 mistakes, anatomy of, VI-219 mistakes or accidents or injuries occur in presence of suppression, VIII-237 misunderstood(s); see also Word Clearing action, VII-301 alteration of meaning or action, at bottom of, is misunderstood word, VII-382 are cleaned up with Word Clearing, IX-472 auditing pc over, references to handle, VIII-410 blow can be caused by misunderstood data or overts, VII-141, 162, 198, 286, 294, 390; IX-312 chain of misunderstood words, VI-153 confusion, ~ exists at the bottom of, VII-373; VIII-29; IX-421 C/S misunderstoods from worksheets, VII-433 definitions, relation to aptitude, VII-294 doingness and misunderstood word, VII-295; IX CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 misunderstood(s) (cont.) earliest misunderstood word in a subject is a key to later ~ words in that subject, VII-383; IX427 effects of misunderstood word, VII-294, 300, 301, 383; IX-394, 397, 398 exists at the bottom of a confusion, VII-373; VIII-29; IX-421 genus of overts is misunderstood, VI-97 “held down fives”, jammed thinking because of ~ or misapplied datums, V-507 ideas, there is not also ~ ideas; there is only misunderstood word which breeds, then, huge towering wrong ideas, VII-373 looked up can yet remain troublesome, cause of, VI-14 one goes dull after passing over a word one does not understand and brightens up the moment he spots the word that wasn’t grasped, VI-14 only reasons pc is critical are a withhold or misunderstoodword, VI-91 overts and misunderstood words, VI-153 person with technical query has misunderstoods, how to handle, VIII-424 post, failed, and duties trace back to misunderstood words, VII-381; IX-423 Remedy A locates misunderstoods person has in Scientology, VI-206 Remedy B, don’t ask for misunderstood words in found subject, VI-199 simple words are misunderstood, VII-383; IX-427 student’s stat down, check for ~ word, VII-302; IX-399 student with, will pour out a torrent of queries, VIII-42 stupidity is the effect of ~ words, IX-427 Supervisor two-way comm and ~ word, VII-299 tape recorded materials, handling ~ on, IX-370 tech, misunderstood word tech is sole course tech when course admin is in and materials are available, VII-303; IX-400 tests, misunderstoodson, VIII-32; IX-420 use Method 4 Word Clearing when fishing for, VIII-301 words and overts, V-471 word, 1st and 2nd phenomena of, V-480 mixing major actions, TRs Course and auditing, X-136 mockery, every high scale manifestation or activity has a low scale mockery, IV-26 mocking up terminals, Creative Processing, II-277 mock-up(s), defn., a picture, preferably in full color, with three dimensions and in motion, I-326 defn., not a mental image but an additional beingness, I-326 defn., self-created object, I-326 defn., self-created image pc can see, II-16 defn., mental image picture when it is created by thetan or for thetan and does not consist of a photograph of physical universe, II-429 439 mock-up(s) (cont.) defn., any knowingly created mental picture that is not part of a time track, V-274 automatic, II-546 derived from, I-326 earlier in bank the “power” of the thetan’s mock upsisgreater, V-256 get unreal because thetan is not-1sing existence, how to handle, II-184 how it differs from a delusion, I-326 if a mock-up disappears or flies out of control, don’t red herring after it, just have him mock up the same item again, III-205 in processing, I-311 invisible case cannot see ~, how to crack, III-400 List Mock-ups [process], I-329 location of, I-326 masses are something that are shed from a thetan by mock-up, III-165 meter action, I-487 pc’s ability to get mock-ups indicates distance from present time, I-326 persistence of, is dependent upon a pc’s willing ness to let one survive, III-209 processing from prepared lists, I-323 Self Analysis list, I-329, 349 thetan’s own, I-461 when child has high IQ, but no creative ~, I-328 “Mock up a picture for which you can be totally responsible” [process], III-487 Mock-up Processes, III-174, 191; see also Creative Processing model performance tapes, VII-437; IX-367, 439 Model Session, IV-41, 137, 271; VI-60, 78, 259; see also rudiments; session defn., exact form and sequence of a session and exact wording of one, IV-41 assist not done in Model Session, V-505 changes [1962], V-72, 85, 101 ClassIIModelSession, V-398, 428; VI-44 goal finder’s Model Session, V-157 is a Model Session because of its “patter”, not because of specific processes, IV-220 is designed to avoid unpredictable changes, to retain havingness by retaining pattern, retain ing predictability by pc, IV-54 Levels III to VI [1964], V-420, 448 presession is run without a Model Session, IV-180 R2 and R3 Model Session, V-243 R3 Model Session, V-278, 381 script of a Model Session, [1960] IV-163, [1961] 220 change, IV-172, 204 revised [1961], IV-453 Modified Gita [process], II-277, 285 modifier, IV-418; see also goals defn., that consideration which opposes the attainment of a goal and tends to suspend it in time, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 modifier (cont.) defn., unseen modification pc has placed before or after his goal to insist upon winning or threaten with if he does not win, or to keep the goal in a games condition unknown even to himself, IV-419 is part of oppterm so its use is dropped, V-57 to a goal, GPM will always key back in by finding the modifier, V-4 moist hands give low TA, VII-422 money, button we want flat on everybody in Scientology, III-508 is attention unit of social group, I-371 more interesting than delivery of service is selfdefeative, VII-5 not accepting from pc you cannot help, II-442 Scientologists who can’t stand the sight of, or who can’t seem to get pcs are just being a victim, III-517 small amount needed to start a center, II-377 Money Process, command of and how to run, VI-215 Money Process, “From where could you communicate to money?”, III-508 morale, and case gain, IX-275 apparent bad morale, V-285 auditor, what it depends on, VII-380 production is basis of morale, VIII-38, 80, 129 production, morale and exchange factor, VIII-80 robot goes into morale declines easily, VIII-129 morals; see also ethics defn., arbitrary code of conduct not necessarily related to reason, I-294 defn., principles of right and wrong conduct, VIII102 distinction from ethics, I-91, 119 moral code is enforceable, II-105 relation to ethics and height on Tone Scale, I-295 “more” “less” occur in bank, use in dating forbidden, VI-191 mores, defn., heavily agreed-upon policed codes of conduct of society, II-105; see also ethics [for differentiation] changing fashions and mores, C/S must know, VI-253 each valence has its own social mores, V-40 of a group, transgressions against, IX-270, 291 transgressions against mores of one’s race, group and family cause unhappiness, IV-387 mother, processing a new ~, III-361 motion(s), defn., change of location inspace, I-293 and no motion, solved by “Hold it still”, III233 body motion; see body motion characteristic of; see also Scn 8-80 communication is the handling of particles, of motion, I-351 440 motion (cont.) flip-flopping is a process by which the pc’s excess motion is taken off, III-184 fundamentals of, I-375 how Help can be run on motion, IV-133 individual in high games condition is in motion, II-528 ineffective, are restimulated but missed or partial ly missed withholds, VIII-178 is common to everything in physical universe, I-214 is matter with energy in space, V-330 manic motion, cure for pc who is in, III-248 mutual motion is all right—until we act in cruelty to the rest, IV-387 occluded case is doing all possible to stop or absorb, I-435 overt is forward motion, withhold coming after it is inward motion, V-14 physical universe is composed of motion, I-224 run Responsibility on matter, energy, space, time, motion and thought, IV-50 Scale of Motion; see Scn 0-8 (Secondary Scale level), IV-294 sensation of, a feeling of being in motion when one is not; motion includes the “winds of space”, a feeling of being blown upon, espe of cially from in front of the face, V-175; VI-192 slowness, VIII-236 time is measured by motion, V-330 tone scale of, I-167 motionlessness, ability to live depends to a marked degree upon ability to shift consideration of what is confu sion, what is ~, II-540 death is state of organism ~, I-214 how to run, II-516 is a “static”, I-224 motion sensation, defn., feeling of being in motion when one is not; it includes “winds of space”, feeling of being blown upon esyecially from in front of face, V-175; VI-192 motivator(s); see also overt-motivator sequence; HOM defn., something that happened to pc to justify an overt act, I-229 defn., an aggressive or destructive act received by person or one of dynamics, VI-231 ARC Break Straightwire cannot be run on a case that is motivator hungry, III-397 body hungry for, II-333 how to handle when pulling withholds, IX-285 missed withhold question, ~ response to, V-71 overt and motivator, magnitude of, III-416 pc will not recover fully if only motivator run, X-74 persons looking for overt to explain motivators, V-440; VIII-371; IX-269 thetan is at obsessive cause while trying to do overts or get motivators, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 motivator(s) (cont.) wrong definitions cause stupidity or circuits, foIlowed by overts and motivators, V-489 motor action, interrupted, I-156 motor strip, I-8 MU; see misunderstood Muhammad, II-211 multiple declare, defn., declaring 0 to IV to Examiner all at one time mostly without any mention of EP of grade, VII-102 Multiple-Flow E. Purp Rundown, VIII-277; IX-252 multiple somatic items, when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, VII-211 “murder routine” in withhold pulling, IX-143 muscles, nervous muscles can be cured with calciummagnesium, VIII-369 muscular spasms are caused by lack of calcium, VIII354 musician and stage manners, VIII-293 music, six distinct types of rhythm, VIII-298; IX-500 must reach-can’t reach, insanity and, I-388 mutual action is key to all our overt acts, IV-387 mutual out ruds; see rudiments, mutual out Mutter TR; see TRs, Mutter muzzled auditing; see auditing, muzzled M/W/H; see missed withhold mystery, II-484 confusion at length becomes a mystery, II-154 Knowto Mystery; see Know to Mystery principle of, II-299 thetan could be called a “mystery sandwich” in that he tends to stick in on mysteries, VIII-237 what is the basic mystery; see NSOL M(number); seeWord Clearing Method “native ability” and “talent”, related to ability to confront, VII-264; IX-314 natives and children, retrograded state of, III-109 native state, II-282 auditor can assume that pc is in a ~, II-281 of a thetan, insisted on all the way down scale, II-279 natter, natterings, cause of, IX-281 is handled by ARC break assessments, V-332 is “other people’s overts”; getting these off does not help the pc; getting pc’s off does, VII-13 means there are missed withholds, VIII-178 recognize by pc’s natter, or lack of previous gain that pc has overts, V-468 upsets, ARC breaks, natterings, critical tirades, are restimulated but missed or partially missed withholds, V-26 nattery pc, don’t run ARC break, run M/W/H, VI-265 has withholds, VII-1 3, 58 natural auditor and dangerous auditor described, V-32 natural selection, theory of, I-152 nature of man, basically good, X-73 navigation, subject of, IX-309 necessity artificially or naturally raised, I-33 necessity level, I-24, 34 defn, sudden increase of randomity to a sufficiency that individual makes a momentary adjustment to it, momentarily increases his tolerance for unexpected motion, II-540 defn., a sudden heightened willingness which un taps a tremendous amount of ability, III-214 and auditing, I-42 emergency is something that requires a ~, III-214 N pulling of attention units up to present time on a necessity level, I-113 name, dramatization of, I-366 necessity value, group, I-93 Napoleon, VI-133 needle; see E-Meter; needle characteristics by name narcosynthesis, I-8, 104 negative-gain process, narrative; see also chain defn, I-357 chains are held together by one similar feeling, not can be audited with benefit only a short time, by narratives or personnel or locations, VI-352 I-329 chains are often very long, VI-394 negative-gain techniques, I-393 chains of excessive length, VII-9 Nembutal, I-104; see also drugs items can give you trouble in R3R, VII-9, 208 nerve system of the body, IX-502 run chains only by somatic, not by narrative, nervous-depressedonOCA/APA, III-118 VI-344, 352 nervous is toughest point to raise on a graph, how it is run out narrative R3R: accidents, illness, mental done, III-334 treatment, operations, VII-339 nervous reactions are diminished by magnesium, VIIIrun out narrative secondaries R3R: deaths of rela354 tives, family insanity, VII-33940 nervous system, sympathetic, and pain, VII-110, IIIsomaticsvs. narrative chains, VI-352, 376, 394; VII-9 neurosis; see also neurotic when running a narrative chain, ask for “earlier defn, a habit which, worsening, flies entirely out similar incident”, VI-394 of control, II-433 when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple defn, unknowing and unwilling effect, III-169 somatic items, VII-211; VIII-275, 378 and psychosis, break between established by, national “cause” and group goals, I-142 I-245 nations, original goal finders of, I-142 and psychosis, dividing line between, I-57 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 neurosis (cont.) cause of increasing incidence of, I-389 fallacy of belief that neurosis is responsible for ability, I-81 in the families of the rich, II-424 psychosis and ~, difference between, III-169 neurosurgical operations, reasons these methods continue, I-29 neurotic, I-239, 420; see also neurosis defn, I-57 defn., barely able to keep up with the present, II-1 defn., the subject of one or more unknown causes to which he is unwilling effect, but he can still function to some degree, III-169 ARC Straight Wire can crack neurotic cases, VI175, 261 run on Opening Procedure of 8-C, II-81 new data doesn’t invalidate early, proven techniques, I-300, 303 newness, urge for, is a deadly disease, V-432 newspaper ads, where to place, II-353 next-to-last list, Self Analysis, I-386, 388, 396, 425 niacin, chemical assist, I-41; see also nutrition Nixon, Richard M., IV-76-77 “no auditing”, ARC breaks are all under the heading of ~, IV-421 “no auditor” case, IV-325 no case gain; see case gain and no case gain no change = Level I is out, VII-70 no change, pc trying to prove himself right and auditor wrong gets no-change sessions, V-323 no-confidence induces a sort of auto-control in session which unduces a dirty needle, V-93 no-confront leads to aberration, IX-310 no creation, defn., an absence of any creation; no creative activity, II-408 no effect (Secondary Scale level), IV-316 no-game condition; see game, no-game condition no-havingness, defn., concept of not being able to reach, V-6; see also havingness no interest, and Exp Dn on evil purposes or intentions, X-229, 236 items, IX-138, 139, 154 items and Drug Rundowns, X-229, 236 No-Interference Area, VII-466; IX-325; X-211 exception to No-1nterference Area, VII-466 R6EW—OT III-, VIII-20 no materials on tech courses, X-178-79 nomenclature, establish communication by teaching language of subject, III-464 nomenclature of Scientology, how formulated, II-535 no mention, session grading, X-59-60 no motion (Secondary Scale level), IV-304 non-compliance, alteration of orders and tech is worsethannon-compliance, VI-193 non-compliance as Liability, and false report as Doubt, in Ethics, VIII-79 non-compliance, reason for, VI-291, 292 non-confront and the C/S, X-154 442 non-cyclical process, defn., repetitive process which does not cause pc to cycle on time track, VI-101 non-F/N at Exam, flagrant out tech, X-112 non-F/N cases, X-112 non-persistence case, II-22 non-survival goals, I-135 no read auditors, X-142 no report, refusing to give a withhold in session is a no report, VI-23 no-somatic pc is either high as an angel or being run too high, VII-86 nothing, making nothing out of something, II-223 nothingness which is a total effect, I-378 Nothing, Ten Minutes of, [process], I-424, 425 nothing, thetan afraid of being, I-388, 406 not-is, not-ised, not-ising, not-isness, II-205, 208, 235 see also PXL case ~ by figure-figure, results of handling, III-405 cure of not-isness, III-435 cycle of not-isness of any perception, II-300 how to bring under pc’s knowing control and to reduce the ~ in pc’s bank (Axiom 11), III-489 is a mechanism to prevent duplication, III-435 not-ised and suppress used to get item to read, V-447 not-ising body, II-208 on case, indicators of, III-485 pc’s not-is of picture squeezes it into invisibility, VII-208 remedy extreme conditions of not-isness, III-486 when a person can confront something, he no longer has to not-is it, III-413 Not-is Straight Wire, commands of and how to run, III-390, 403, 412, 435, 489 not-know, II-299; see also know defn, ability to erase by self-command the past without suppressing it with energy, II-445 ability to, II-440, 445 alter-is and poor results do not really come from not-know; they come from can’t apply, VI-90 first postulate: not-know, II-297 know and not-know, II-297, 316, 408, 440, 483 person who cannot, II-313 Not Know, Objective, [process], III-8 “Not-know” Process, II-289, 445; see also Waterloo Station “not know” version of Security Checking, IV-372 not there and generality, VI-18 not there, ARC break occurs on a generality or a not there, VI-16 nulling; see also listing and nulling defn, auditor’s action in saying items from a list to pc and noting reaction of pc by use of E-Meter [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX, R3-21], V-203 by mid ruds [R3GA], V-118, 119 clean needle is vital in order to null a list [R2-10, R2-12], V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 nulling (cont.) done in a brisk, business-like, staccato fashion [3DXX assessment], V-l1 drill on new nulling procedure, [3GA Tiger Drill] V-122, [R2-12, R3-21, 3GAXX]196 goals and terminals searches require a repeat over and over of goal or terminal on list in order to get them to go null [SOP Goals], IV-273 list isn’t null; it is suppressed or invalidated, VII11 never null lists taken from wrong sources, just abandon [R2-12], V-232 nullable is a condition a list must be in in order to have an item found on it [R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX, R3-21], V-203 null each list [R3, 3G], V-66 nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, VIII-213; X-240 null prepared list, auditor outnesses causing, VIII213; X-240 null the list [3DXX], V-l I pc is expected to be silent during ~ [3DXX], V-11 Routine 2-12, V-206 Routine 2-12A, V-235 to get a list to differentiate and null rapidly, the listmustbecomplete [3DXX], V-17 nuclear physicists, I-101 nutrition, VIII-203, 401, 408; see also body; diet; stomach antibiotics and vitamins, VIII-405, 407, 408 baby, how to feed, III-361 biochemistry and nutrition, VIII-204, 205 body improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by thetan, II-97 calcium, lack of, VIII-354 Cal-Mag, formula and effect of, VIII-354, 355, 369 carbohydrates, VIII-207 cholesterol, VIII-204 diet, high protein and auditing, I-42 eating, II-484 eating and 5th dynamic, IV-471 eating, goal of, I-482 eating, matter of absorbing death, II-361, 374; VIII-125 “Guk Bomb” and Vitamin E, VI-123 “guk”, slang term for chemical assist, I-41 intestinal bacteria, VIII-408 magnesium, effect of, VIII-369 malnutrition, defn., VIII-207 malnutrition and anxiety can produce all symptoms of insanity, IV-82 niacin, chemical assit, I-41 overweight, defn., VIII-401 pep, VIII-207 sugar vs. protein, VIII-207 underweight, defn., VIII-402 Vitamin B1 and glutamic acid, chemical assist, I-40 Vitamin B1 and restimulation, I-421 nutrition (cont.) Vitamin B1, B complex and C, VI-422 Vitamin B1, C and B2 are vital to help clear up stomach and bowel complaints, along with antibiotics, VIII-408 Vitamin B1, drug or alcohol burns up Vitamin B1 in system rapidly, VI-243 Vitamin B1 should be given when giving anti biotics, VIII-407 Vitamin B2 is vital to give anyone with stomach and bowel complaints whether he is on anti biotics or not, VIII-407 Vitamin C, I-422 Vitamin C is excellent for helping colds and in fections, VIII-407 Vitamin C, teeth or gums get sore, push in lots of, VIII-407 Vitamin E data, VI-123, 124 vitamin therapy, VII-425 O 443 objection to force by thetans, X-28 objective process(es), defn., exercises which directly approach other people or physical universe, II-448 defn., pc is processed between himself and his environment, II-449 defn., of or having to do with a material object as distinguished from a mental concept, idea or belief; means here and now objects in PT as opposed to “subjective”, VIII-393 anyone can be brought more into present time with, VIII-393 characteristic, purpose, stable datum of, III-480 cure for Q and A with body, VIII-232 vs. subjective processes, II-448; VIII-393 objective rundown, VIII-393 Objective Forgettingness [learning process], III-31 Objective Havingness, III-7 Objective Not Know, III-8 ability to remedy it, determines entrance point of case, IV-155 Objective Show Me, commands and how to run, III43, 395 Objective Solids, commands, III-8 objects, by “havingness” one means mass or objects, II 180 observation of, II-516 theft of, is really an effort to steal a self, III-257, 271 theta creates space and time and objects to locate in them, II-13 obnosis, defn., observing the obvious, III-88; VII-148, 248; IX-73 observe, observation, observational, ability to, necessary to obtain knowledge and cer tainty, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 observe, observation, observational (cont.) auditor’s observation of pc, V-360 being who is something, cannot observe it, V-50 certainty is clarity of observation, I-377 direct observation, infinitely superior to thought, I-433 errors, I-76 observe for yourself that presented data exist and are true, III-425 part of scientific method, II-477 obsessions and compulsions, assessment of, I-294 obsession, thetan’s primary ~, II-223 obsessive can’t have (Secondary Scale level), IV-314 obsessive change, high-critical cases in an org, II-387 OCA/APA, defn., OCA/APA graph, specially prepared graph which plots10 traits of pc’s personality from a Personality Test taken by pc, IX-10, 26 any low point on left side of graph means pc out of valence, VII-462 any low point on right side of graph means pc crazy, VII-462 appreciative drop means lowered reality level, III334 ARC break is only thing that will depress a, III437 ARC breaks worsen the graph, IV-217 comm level drop means double acknowledgement by auditor, III-334 composed drop means loss of auditor, poor CCH 0 in Find the Auditor, III-334 critical, III-118 critical drop means havingness drop, III-334 critical, low critical may be influenced by Op Pro by Dup, III-245 D of P operates by OCAs, VII-462, 463; X-205 does not measure OT band of abilities, VIII-22 drop after auditing, pc was out of valence, VII330 dropped, cause and handling of, III-285, 292, 334 evaluation of, with regard to auditing, III-118 Expanded Dianetics uses Dianetics to change OCA, VIII-68, 87, 328; IX-127 graph, dropped, X-162 graph drops explained, VII-330 graph, out of valence, X-162 how to read profiles on OCA: comparing current profile with previous one, III-334 is a graph which shows desirable and undesirable characteristics in a case, VIII-22 is a picture of a self, III-257 is a picture of a valence, III-257, 274; IV-102 must be taken prior to pc attesting Ex Dn, IX-214 nervous-depressed, III-118 nervous is toughest point to raise on a graph, how it is done, III-334 present time problem sticks the graph, makes it register no change, IV-61 processes to run on pcs with high or low OCA/APA, III-117, 381 444 OCA/APA (cont.) profiles and IQ gain, II-489 PTP can hold a graph unchanging and only an ARC break can lower one, VI-16 reduced, cause of, III-397 responsibility drop from former week means audi tor evaluation, III-334 reviewing week’s profiles, III-207 to change an OCA/APA it is necessary to shift selves, III-257 unchanged after auditing, cause and handling of, III-276, 285, 292, 334 word clearing OCAs, X-207-08 occluded, case; see case, occluded data, straightwire can pick up, I-144 pc is as ~ as he has lost allies, I-363 remedying in low step cases, I-386 occlusion, defn., is the loss of viewpoint of effects, I-406 okay to audit system, VII-233, 234, 332; X-163-64 Cramming Section issues okay to audit, VII-233 franchises may adopt okay to audit system, VII 233 OK to Word Clear system, IX-446, 454 technical OKs and High Crime checkouts, IX-99 old age, a consideration, II-407 O-Meter, II-229, 236 omission, refusing to communicate is a crime of ~, II-165 “omitted time” is a basic insanity, VII-90 one-hand electrode, VII-106, 422; see also E-Meter cans one-shot clear; see also Clear; Dn 55! belief/disbelief in cycle that something would solve everything, I-456 is impossible, VII{~9 one-valued logic, I-69 one-way communication is a first-dynamic operation, II-138 “only one”(s), I-439, 457; II-348 defn., an individual only playing onfirst dynamic, II-422 arrant personal cowards, II-439 Opening Procedure by Duplication (Book and Bottle), II-68, 119, 172, 325, 545; III-245, 254, 399; VIII-108, 109; IX-90; see also COHA; PXL above 2.6, II-251 and Know to Mystery Scale, II-173 brings a person upscale to a point where he is actually able to follow and duplicate processes, II-82 by First Postulate, II-277, 285 CCHs confused with Op Pro by Dup, V-45 commands and how to run, III-7, 188, 399 effects of, VIII-108, 109, exteriorization, III-395 how to run, II importance of two-way comm during; see PXL CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Opening Procedure by Duplication (cont.) interrupting process is fatal, III-396 is test of endurance in duplication, V-68 low critical on OCA/APA may be influenced by, III-245 old style commands, III-111 prerequisites to, II-172 runsouthypnotism, II-172 R2—17, minimum time to run, II-172 Tone 40 Book and Bottle is not ~, III-395 unflat, remedyfor, V-68 used to develop ability to do repetitive processes, V-316 Opening Procedure by Rock Slam, R2-12, an HPA/HCA skill, V-185 Opening Procedure of 8-C; see 8-C, Opening Procedure of opening the case and running engrams, I-l 5 “open-minded” people, turn them into dedicated ones, VI-8 Operation Phoenix, defn., II-87 Operating Thetan(s) (OT), III-375; VI-62 defn., theta clear plus ability to operate functionally against or with mest and other life forms, III-155, 175 defn., can be at cause knowingly and at will over life, matter, energy, space and time, subjectiveIy and objectively, III-156, 162, 176, 191, 518 defn., an educated basic personality, III-284 defn., cause over matter, energy, space, time, life and form, III-447 defn., is knowing and willing cause over all dynamics, III-555 defn., a Case Level1complete with skills rehabilitated, V-317 defn., a Clear who has been familiarized with his environment to a point of total cause over matter, energy, space, time and thought, VI-56 defn., one who is cause over matter, energy, space and time and is not in a body, VI-61, 86, 141 defn., being who has once more recovered his full abilities and freedom, VI-87, 142 abilities, II-247 OCA/APA does not measure, VIII-22 ability to handle time, III-98 behavior, VIII-206 Clear and OT, VI-51, 56 degraded being and OT, difference between, VIII230 Dianetics and OTs, VI-360 don’t try to make an OT before you make a Clear, V-260 EPs, OTs and, VIII-273 exterior, VI-276 “false III-”, VI-395 Formula10 is first formula for, III-474 giving trouble being audited on Dianetics, turn him over to a Class VIII- for routine handling on Scientology, VI-395 goal of all processing, III-161, 181 445 Operating Thetan(s) (cont.) grades harmonic into OT levels, VII-98 handling the OT case, VI-395 is particularly subject to F/N abuse as he can blow things quite rapidly, VIII-273 keyed-out Operating Thetan and Operating The tan, difference between, VI-51, 56 levels, there are perhaps15 levels above OTVII fully developed, VIII-202 materials, why they are confidential, VIII-23 never order TRs after Solo materials study or before OT III- is attested, VII-466 only goal worthy of auditor’s attention, III-156 176 OT TR 0; see TRs, OT TR 0 OT III- Course, handles degraded beings, VI-193 OT III-, OT VII, OT III-X, explanation of sequence of, VIII-23 OT-3 Procedure; see OT-3 Procedure OT IV Rundown, purpose and validity of, VII-102 OT VI with problems is really just an unflat Grade I, VII-59 our actual goal, III-155 pre-OT; see pre-OT reactive bank, OT has no reactive bank, is cause over matter, energy, space, time and thought and is completely free, VI-62 Release—Clear—OT, VI-86, 141 responsibility must go hand in hand with making an Operating Thetan, III-555 R6EW—OT III- No-1nterference Area, VIII-20 somatics and OTs, VI-339 state of Operating Thetan is higher than theta clear and means person does not need a body to communicate or work, II-11 theta clear and Operating Thetan, road to, V-213 to make an ~ one has to clear time track, V-329 yhen a Clear has been refamiliarized with his capabilities, you have an OT, VI-86 when doing Triple on Clears and OTs, chains may be missing or just copies, VIII-275 who has somatics is auditable on Dianetics which he should have had in first place, VI-395 Operating Thetan Confronting; see TRs, OT TR 0 operational data and management, I-138 operational shock, cause of, V-464 operations, handled with assists, VIII-189 neurosurgical, I-29 pain from, handled by Dianetics, VII-110 run out if reads, X-168 run out narrative R3R, VII-339 should be audited out as soon as possible by R3R, VI-320, 348, 422 operator, I-5 opinion about particles and sensation is affinity, I 351 opinion of auditor is not important to C/S, X-171 Opponents [process], commands, III0 oppose (opposition) list; see listing, oppose list CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Opposite Pole Processing, I-424, 427 organization(s)(‘s)(al) (cont.) opposition assessment [R3D], IV-417 field or orgs do badly if they are not doing one opposition goal; see goal, opposition technical thing well and not keeping people’s opposition item; see item, opposition attention directed at it and nothing else, V-432 opposition rock and rock, two basic items of GPM, finance, early days, II-459 V-182 financial security, how it is obtained, II-319 opposition terminal; see terminal, opposition finest organizations in history have been tough, Op Pro by Dup; see Opening Procedure by Duplicadedicated organizations, VI-8 tion focal point is upon Scientology not its organizaoppterm; see terminal, opposition tions or auditors or personalities, II-132 optimum randomity; see randomity, optimum form to handle attacks, I-412 optimum rate of change and standard processes, X-36 history of, II-458 oral penicillin is worthless, it has to be shot with a how operational smoothness is obtained, II-319 needle, VIII-407 indoctrination, II-519 order, internship [1956], II-510 bringing ~ is keynote of handling any area, IIIis being paid to handle pcs, VII-4 378 is composed of people, II-459 “Bring Order”—the motto of HCO, III-391 legal control of, II-319 confusion blows off when order is put in, III-378 main product, VIII-337 keynote of a thetan is order, III-262 management and activities of Scientology organi on bringing; see also NSOL zations [1955], II-318 when you start to introduce order into anything of Dianetics and Scientology, II-318, 456 disorder shows up as the second postulate and operational stabilities, II-305 blows off, III-507, 541 organizational goals of Scientology [1959], IIIorder(s), 548 auditor giving orders that are not part of any Org C/S responsible for allcases, X-96 process is very bad, VIII-160 originating letters, II-315 basic Why for needing, VIII-37, 127, 130 outpoint corrections, IX-97 C/S standing order, X-213 particles must be handled speedily, II-386 Orders and Lying Processes, omit, II-417 personnel an organization would be better off orders and postulates, idea they will always be without, II-387 obeyed, II-464 power of organization lies in that person who persons who refuse orders, IV-136 holds its communication lines and who is a running pc on, II-323 crossroad of the communications, I-l 39 org; see organization principle: statistics and results count, II-359 organism, can’tbe owned like mest, II-288 product of an org is well taught students and organisms, law concerning effort and, I-214 thoroughly audited pcs, VII-81 organism’s success determinable by degree it can purposes of, II-151 change to control new environment, I-183 reports, purpose of, II-314 organization(s)(‘s)(al), I-408; see also central organiresults, organize to improve, VII-366 zation; OEC Volumes routine basis of getting auditing into an org, VII defn., something which has its own spirit; com209 posed of people or living beings who are rumors break up an, I-313 governed by certain rules and purposes and security, how to obtain orgsecurity, II-387 who know how to do their jobs, II-459 should be selling more training than processing, against organization, defn., against organization or VII-368 posts and protesting at org behavior or existsmooth organization, defn., consists of having a ence, V-347 terminal for each type of activity in which the and ethics, VIII-78, 100; see also ethics organization is engaged, II-386 and victim button, III-517 stability, how to obtain, II-387 auditingisanorganizationaction, VI-145 staff should know what’s going on in the org, blows from Scientology orgs, IV-11 II-315 board, purposes posted on, III-25 strategy and tactics, I-412 central organization; see central organization success stories, real stat of an org, VII-88 crime of omission, refusing to communicate, supervision of organization consists of keeping II-165 terminals in place and keeping correct traffic criticism of, II-199 (particles and messages) flowing to right termi essential functions, II-315 nals and planning to adjust communication failures in training will cause trouble for orgs and flow either from outside in or from inside out, Scientology, VI-8 II-386 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 organization(s)(‘s)(al) (cont.) system, if you have one, follow it, Ii-387 tenets of an, I-143 terminals must also originate, not just reply or report, II-386 terminals must keep command position informed, II-386 what our third dynamic ~ should do, IV-113 why Ron decided in1950 to concentrate on research, IV-111 why the early Scientology organizations failed, VI-6 why they act psychotic; see HTLTAE wins and stats, VII-367; IX-7 with organization, defn, interested in org or post and willing to communicate with or about org, V-347 organize to improve results, IX-6 organize, way to get out of cope, VII-380 org board, purposes posted on, III-25 orientation, lack of, is being surrounded by things you cannot understand, III-109 originality, why much originality can be a liability in art, VI-83 originate, real auditor’s pcs don’t overtalk or undertalk but answer auditing question and happily now and then originate, VI-139 origination(s), III-370; VIII-] 83, 395; see also TRs, TR 4 arguments caused by failure to handle ~, III-371; VIII-183 cycle, VII-247; IX-72 difference between an origination and restimulation being dramatized, III-371 handling of pc origination, VII-246 how to handle, III-371, 372; VIII-183, 184 of a child, III-371, VIII] 83 origin or clearing question, to miss seeing read on, is a gross auditing error, VII-177 pc originates by throwing down cans; that’s still an origin, VII-246; IX-71 Tone 40 processes do not handle pc’s ~, III-370 Origins(Originations) [process], III-321 OT; seeOperatingThetan other-determined, auditing is the reversing of~flows by gradient scales, putting pc at cause again, III-465 other-determinism, no responsibility for other side of game, V-8 others can get gains when oneself is processed, IV-45 OT Procedure [1960], IV-15 for HCS/B.Scn. Courses [1960], IV-6 OT-3 Procedure—HGC allowed processes [1960], IV-16 OT-3A Procedure—HCC allowed processes [1960], IV-48 expansion of OT-3A Procedure, Step Two—HGC allowed processes, IV-51 out, defn, things whichshould be there and aren’t or should be done and aren’t, VII-141, 287; IX-312 447 out basics and how to get them in, VIII-409 out-created, manifestations of being, II-434 out-ethics; see ethics, out-ethics outflow(ing), VI-238 and exchange, VIII-79 CDEI Scale on inflow and outflow, V-16 compulsive ~ and obsessive withhold are alike aberrated, V-14 how to stop a compulsive outflow, III-350 “Keep it from going away” solves both inflow and ~, III-233 overt act is outflow; withhold is restrained out flow, V-14 person becomes ill if prevented from, III-146 thetan’s reality on a terminal depends upon degree of outflow he can tolerate from that class of terminals, IV-131 out lists; see listing and nulling, out lists out of ARC, X-128 out of session; see session, out of out of valence; see valence out of valence case; see case, out of valence out-point list, VII-133 out-points, a C/S should spot, X-199 out-points, case is collection of, VII-69; X-21 out program plays havoc with pcs, X-16 out rudiments; see rudiments, out out tech; see technology, out Over and Under on the Bank [process], II-545 Over and Under Solids [process], II-554 over-correction, when ~ has been present you straight en out the blunders in folder, VI-241 overlisting; see listing and nulling, overlisting overload, what it is, VIII-319; X-253 overrepair, VII-278; X-147 and thorough C/Ses, X-88 over-restimulation, V-371 overrun(s), overrunning, II-328; VI-66, 373 defn, doing something too long that has engrams connected with it which means an engram chain with too many engrams on it being re stimulated by life or auditing, VII-76 defn, accumulating protests and upsets about something until it is just a mass of stops; anyone can do anything forever unless he begins to stop it, VII-265; IX-315 and Full Flow Dianetics, X-l19-20, 124 and Int, X-77 are demonstrated by a rising TA, VIII-290, 385 assessment of flows, VII-269 auditor overrunning due to false TA, handling of, VIII-411 auditing actions, VI-241 cause of overrun and underrun, VIII-273 chains can be overrun, how, VIII-291, 385 chains, erased chains can be overrun; what happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there, VII-228 continue is the reverse action to overrun, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 overrun(s), overrunning (cont.) C/S Series 37 and C/S Series 37 Addition handling of overrun cancelled, VII-267 Dianetic auditor is not concerned with “rehabilitation” of overrun, VI-373 Dianeticoverrun, VII-18, 117 don’t overrun, stop when result is attained, VI-51 flagrant, X-113 flow jams up when run too long on an average human because his mind has “overruns” in it already, VII-270 free needle and overrun, VI-143 Full Flow Dianetics, if pc’s TA begins to average higher, overrun is occurring, VIII-290, 385 full of mass and ARC breaks, VII-268 if process is overrun free needle vanishes with just one extra command, VI-144 life can be an ~ and pc never audited will respond to rehab of “something overdone”, VI-145 life subjects are subject to overrun, mechanism of, VI-147 listing for, X-128 listing questions, X-128 lists done on overrun by using the in-ARC approach, VII-269 past F/N will cause TA to rise, VI-275, 277 pc audited under tension of poor TRs has a hard time and does not F/N sometimes, inviting overrun, VII-197 rehabbingseveraloverruns, VI-147 reverse action is continue, X-128 Scientology cycle of key-out, overrun, rehab, VII-18 theory of overrun, VII-242, 268; X-67 tone arm goes up means an overrun in life or on a process or grade of release, VI-147 tone arm, high, handling by rehabbing overruns, VI-251[Important: see also High and Low TA Breakthrough~ VII-268] tone arm, high, in Scientology high TA is always an overrun, VI-356, 397, 418 tone arms go high on overrun, X-56 why, VII-18, 122, 227 tone arm, soaring TA = O/R or protest = find which and handle; such an O/R is usually by rehab, VII-46, 359 types of overrun that can require repair, VI-176 “What has been overrun”, list of, don’t use, VII269 what it is, VII-270 what makes a thetan believe something can be ~ is effort to stop or effort to stop him, VII268 when is Int RD overrun, VIII-280 wrong ownership can cause TA to act up in a peculiar way that looks like an overrun, VI280 Zero Flow in Dianetics is easily ~, VIII-288, 382 overshooting, defn, going beyond a completion or completing a completion, VII-130; X-62 448 overt(s), II-8; III-551; see also Confessional; Integrity Processing; overt/withhold; rudiments; Securi ty Checking; BCR defn, something that harms broadly; a beneficial act is something that helps broadly; it can be a beneficial act to harm something that would be harmful to greater number of dynamics, V-321 defn, an act of omission or commission which does the least good for the least number of dynamics or the most harm to the greatest number of dynamics, V-321 defn, an aggressive or destructive act by individ ual against one or another of 8 dynamics, VI-231 defn., a harmful or contra-survival act; act of commission or omission that harms the greater number of dynamics, IX-261 ARC break, problem and overt, IX-275 as a solution to a PTP; find what PTP he’s trying to solve with these crazy overt acts, VI-23 auditing levels of using overts [1964], V-438 auditor ARC breaks pc by demanding more than is there or leaving an overt undisclosed that will later make pc upset with auditor, VIII370; IX-268 auditor never says what the overt is for that’s evaluation, V-464 auditor overts on pcs, VII-277, 289, 362 basic assumptions of Scientology versus overts, IV-102 basic overt act is making somebody else want mest, IV-53 blows, overts are a primary cause of, VII-42, 286; IX-312 cause level is raised by getting off, why, IX-268 “cleaning cleans”, commonest cause of failure in running overts, V-438; VIII-370; IX-268 cleaning up, ask frequently, “Have I missed any withhold on you?”, V-60 commands to be used to clean up ~, VI-238 communication becomes a contest of overts in the ARC breaky case, IV-120 continuing overt act, VI-102 continuing overts hidden from view are cause of no case gain, VI-91, 102 continuous overt act, VIII-235, 236 continuous overt case, VI-23 continuous PT overts, listing question to handle, VI-260 criminals would not register on overts, IV-19 critical thought is a symptom of overt, not the overt itself, V-464, 469 criticism is justification of having done an overt, IV-12, 13 cycle of an overt, V-471 demanding overt is not confined to just running O/W, V-465 depend on social mores, V-40 destructive actions are not necessarily overts, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 overt(s) (cont.) overt(s) (cont.) don’t ARC break pc in getting overts off or fail to of omission are always preceded by overts of pull the real overts, V-468 commission, IX-274 effectiveness of overts in processing, VIII-370 on pcs, critical auditor, X-8 failed case can’t confront overts, IV-5 order of effectiveness in processing V-438 failure in running, commonest cause is “cleaning pc ARC breaks on auditor demanding more than cleans”, V-438; VIII-370; IX-268 is there or leaving an overt undisclosed, V-439 General Overts, commands of, III-435 pc nattering has overts, VII-13 genus of overts is misunderstood, VI-97 pc’s bank becomes solid to degree that he does get off by using a gradient of reality, IX-275 not take responsibility for his overts and with give highest gain in raising cause level, why, VIIIholds, III-552 370 pc who dives into past lives when asked for overts, high or low TA, responsibility is the key to them, V-440; VIII-371; IX-269 not overts, IV-17 people guilty of overts demand punishment, IV-13 high TA, overt is a common source of, VIII-24 people leave because of their own overts, III-557 how to get them recognized by pc, IV-26 people withhold overt acts because they conceive how to pull, IX-272 that telling them would be another overt act, how to work with original incident of, I-204; see IV-12 also History of Man perception and overts, VII-289, 340 if pc can’t conceive of ~, use “didn’t know”, V-21 perception decreases in proportion to number of if you get somebody to take overts out of any overts, VIII-128 incident the incident will tend to vanish, IIIpersons with heavy overts on Scientology make no 551 case progress, V-185 illness and overts, III-413 person who does an overt act to another life form include making another person guilty, IV-6 has already abandoned responsibility for that is forward motion, withhold coming after it is otherlifeform, IV-37 inward motion, V-14 phenomenon is interlocking of incidents so both is manifestation of retaliation, II-8 incidents become more or less obscured, II-8 leaving an overt touched on case and calling it prediction and overts, VI-404 clean will cause future ARC break with audipre-OTs often have plain withholds with no overt tor, V-439 connected, VI-280 manifestations on a low-toned case, IV-26 prepchecking; see prepchecking mechanism of effort to lessen size and pressure of proceed from irresponsibility, IV-19 overt, IV-12, 13 products, VIII-128 meter reacts on any person or thing on whom PTS handling, person not responding to PTS hand subject has committed overt acts, IV-323 ling, check continuous overts, VIII-236 methods of handling, II-8 PTS’s overts on SP person make him blind and minimizing an overt by degrading those it was non-self-determined, VIII-129 done to, III-558 reason pc is stuck in mest universe is overt act missed withholds or overts which don’t read on an phenomenon, II-9 ill pc though pc is nattering are not available to reasons overts are overts, V-436 be runright then, VI-249 recoils upon one because one is already in a misunderstood words and overts, V-471; VI-153 valence similar to that of the being against motivator and overt engrams, III-414 whom the overt is leveled, IV-105 motivator and overt, magnitudes of, III-416 responsibility and overts, III-442, 453, 551 -motivator sequence; see overt-motivator sequence responsibility for overts below Level IV, degree motivators, overt acts, DEDs and DEDEXes, conof, V-438, 517 ceptual level running, I-275, 301 responsibility increases, then new overts are realiz motivators, looking for overt to explain motivaed, IV-326 tors, V-440 responsibility level needed for overt to show on mutual action is the key to all our overt acts, meter, IV-18 IV-387 responsibility, when responsibility declines, overt natter is “other people’s overts”; getting these off acts can occur, IV-19 does not help the pc; getting the pc’s off does, rock slam is sign of overt, V-129 VII-13 Routine 2-12 removes unwanted valences that no gains occur in presence of PTPs or ~, V-468, commit overts, V-190 470 running, don’t be snide, IV-44 not knowing the full definition-misunderstanding running ~- raises cause level of pc, V-438, 439 —overt—motivator cycle, V-476 (Secondary Scale level), IV-293 separation from others by ~ against them, III-555 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 overt(s) (cont.) slow gain case is committing overts, VI-102 sympathy is preceded by an overt, I-203 TA action, keys to, are havingness and overts, IV-144 thetan is at obsessive cause while trying to do overts or get motivators, IV-191 to the body, II-323 true overt act is an unintended bad effect not deserved by recipient, III-465 two special cases of, VIII-235 two types of, II-8 valences, why a being with valences commits overts harmful to others, IV-105 why overts work, V-439 withholds coming after confusion of overt hang up on track and tend to stop pc in time, V-14; see also overt/withhold wrong definitions cause stupidity or circuits, foIlowed by overts and motivators, V-489 Overt Act Straight Wire, commands of and how to run, III-389 overt effort, emotion, thought, I-244 overt-motivator sequence, I-244; II-8; III-518; IV-388; VI-231, 238; see also HOM Acceptance Level Processing and ~, II-8 auditor must make a statement to pc and assume initiative in ~, V-464 basic postulate of ~, III-359 if one wins he often regretsit, II-398 incidents, I-232 of engrams, III-453; VI-231 of secondaries, VI-232 pc has creation tangled up with cause and cause tangled up with the ~, IV-35 principle of ~ will be found to explain and its techniques remedy the brutality into which races fall, VI-405 process for pcs who cannot seem to plumb an ~, III-532 running, X-74 there is a VIIIain and a victim in any , III-518 victim is central button of ~, III-516 when somebody has committed an overt, he has to claim existence of motivators, V-469 Overt Process: “In this lifetime what overt have you committed?” “How have you justified it?”, V-436 Overt Release—Grade II Release [1965], VI-96 overt/withhold(s) (O/W); see also overt; withhold ARC breaky pc, look for overts and withholds, IV-6 are the same as irresponsibility, IV-37 assist, O/W is best repetitive process for, V-99 assists duplication and therefore havingness, IV-145 by transfer, IV-186 can occur only when help has failed, IV-186 case that does not advance under auditing has undisclosed overts and withholds, IV-5 450 overt/withhold(s) (cont.) cases that don’t respond well on O/W use Formula 16, IV-180 cause social aberration, IV-45 checking before leaving org, III-558 co-auditteams, typesofO/Wtorun, IV-21, 25 demanding overt is not confined to just running O/W, V-465 don’t use O/W to clean rudiments for Prepcheck session, V-30, 42 dropped on Co-Audit, V-25 expressions of abandoning responsibility already extant, IV-37 General Overt/Withhold before session, V-101 Havingness Process, if it can’t be found use O/W, if still not, use Failed Help, IV-168, 170, 171 Help and ~ can handle out-ethics, IV-99 how to run O/W and Responsibility, IV-37 illness and ~, III-413 individuation and ~, IV-191 Integrity Processing and O/Ws Repair List—L1RA, X-266 is an effort to regain the status of independent being without taking responsibility for any of intervening steps, IV-186 is a theory which sets in when aberration sets in; it is not a high natural law; it is junior to various laws of communication, control and help, IV-186 is needed to make a Havingness Process work, IV-167 is not the senior law of the universe, IV-187 Itsa Processes for O/W are almost unlimited, V-441 justifications, running off, is further south process than any earlier version of O/W, V-436 keep pc interiorized, VII-160 list sent to HCO WW, IV-2 “Love thy neighbor”, when it is no longer a willingness, is enforced by the theory of O/W, IV-186 mechanism applies only to a strata of existence and it stems from failures to help, IV-186 missed withholds, asking forl does not upset dictum of not using ~ Processes in rudiments, V-60 Model Sessions and O/W, V-244, 279, 382, 398, 420, 428, 448 on a selected terminal, IV-70 on auditor is far too accusative and invalidates pc, IV-194 on terminal that represents dynamic [process], IV-22, 26; see also Dynamic Straightwire overt finding processes, “What could you admit causing a (terminal real to pc)?” alternated with “What could you withhold from a (same terminal)?”, IV-50 pc’s bank becomes solid to the degree that he does not take responsibility for his overts and with holds, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 overt/withhold(s) (cont.) overwhelm(ed)(ings) (cont.) pc with ~ is afraid to talk or talks to cover up, engrams contain, more important than pain and IV-62 unconsciousness, the moment of shock, which phenomena, two extreme stages, VI-231 is that period of realization by body and problem, one cannot have a problem without thetan that an overwhelming has occurred, overts and withholds against people involved in II-398 it, reason why, IV-414 fundamental difficulty is that something has so processes, VI-95 thoroughly overwhelmed pc that he is it; PTP, repeatedly on same person, run O/W, IV-39, other-determinism has become person, III-465 61 games, contests in overwhelmings, II-397 Regimen 6 O/W commands, 3 versions of, IV-160 handling the pc in, X-17, 18-19 Responsibility Processes: Havingness, Confront, indicates need of Repair and Return, VII-69; X-51 O/W, Responsibility, IV-35 is an idea, II-398 running ~ discloses failed helps, IV-187 it is charge that overwhelms, V-401 running O/W [Model Session] [1965], VI-44 low TA is a symptom of an ~ being, VII-55, 76, run Responsibility Process after O/W, IV-37 270 secret of all ~ mechanisms is valences, IV-102 pc generally right when says he’s overwhelmed or session ARC breaks, running O/W to handle upset, X-33 [1960], IV-43 pc is running badly, he’s in an overwhelm, VII-64 stuck picture, handling by dating, Responsibility pc’s behavior, mannerisms change if pc is improv and O/W, IV-16 ing; if they drop lower on Human Evaluation symptoms of case with overts and withholds, IV-4 Chart pc is in overwhelm, VII-85 terminal assessment for, III-484 pc’s intention is easy to overwhelm, III-183 theory, IV-92, 186 person becomes as aberrated as he is overwhelmed theory of, poetically described by Ron, IV-387 by other-determinisms, III-466 what pc has done to othersis aberrative, notwhat person totally overwhelmed by a suppressive has been done to him, IV-92 assumes valence of suppressive, VI-128 when O/W sets in, IV-186 primary overwhelming is to take space, II-397 why O/W is run, IV-186 programming incorrectly can add up to ~, VII-62 worry is the most easily dramatized O/W, IV-187 self-auditingismanifestationofbeingoverwhelmed 3D commands whole track O/W, IV-458 by masses, etc. and pulling only think out of Overt-Withhold Selected Persons Straight Wire; see bank, VII-85 Selected Persons Overt-Withhold Straight Wire sick person goes into overwhelm easily, VII-89 Overt-Withhold Straight Wire, III-459 time track overwhelms pc when charge present in better than Comm Process on HAS Co-Audit, IIIhuge amounts, V-416 550 tone arm, low, (below 2) means pc is over data on clearing a staff rnember after specific whelmed and has retreated, VI-388, 397, 419 terminals are flat with ~, III-525 too steep a gradient or heavy a process, X-28 overweight, defn., residual elements of food, subTR1, overwhelming, causes lowTA, VII-270 stances or gases which are not totally elimivalences are the sum of ~ of the pc, III-274 nated or utilized by body after ingestion, violations of auditing cycle can bring about~, VIII-40 I V-400 Overwhelm(ed)(ings), VII-63 “Overwhelming” [process], how to run, II-447 aberration is mainly overwhelming of teammates overwork, caused by bad admin, II-387 (wrong target), II-397 O/W; see overt/withhold and illness can result from out exchange, VIIIownership, I-441; II-198 79 ownership of Scientology, II-199 assessment is discovering what has ~ pc, III-465 Ownership Processing, II-45, 236; III-19 at Grade IV, X-38 ownership, wrong ownership can cause TA to act up auditor overwhelming pc, II-399 in a peculiar way that looks like an overrun, bad TRs can cause low TA as auditor is ~ pc, VI-280 VI-388 own, familiarity, which is to say, predictability, is being overwhelmed and overwhelming, II-446 strongly connected with ability to have or cause of pc overwhelm, VII-64 own, IV-54 chronic, handling of, VIII-224, 225 own or be owned, theta’s tendency to, I-189 consequences of pc being overwhelmed, V-400 own things, antisocial person can’t, VI-179 Dianetics, worst crime is pc by telling him own valence; see valence, own what’s wrong, not letting him tell you, VIOxford Capacity Analysis; see OCA/APA 379 earlier Grades out, X-32 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 pain explosion, IX-503 painkillers (known as aspirin, tranquilizers, hypnotics, soporifics), actions of, VI-443 pan-determinism, pan-determined, I-154; see also Dn 55! defn., ability to regulate two or more identities whether or not opposed, II-179 defn., ability to play any side or as part of any team, being capable of playing any and all levels of any dynamic, II-397 defn., determining activities of two or more sides in a game simultaneously, II-423 beings basically prosper only when they are self determined and can be pan-determined to help in prosperity of all, VIII-130 full responsibility for both sides of game, V-8 Help on pan-determined basis, IV-191 is highest part of Tone Scale, III-465 loss of control takes place with loss of ~, II-433 one is pan-determined about any game to which he is senior; he is self-determined only in any game to which he is junior, II-423 pan-determined vs. single viewpoint in processing, II-418 thetan can only become disabled by becoming too little pan-determined, II-434 Pan Determinism Scale; see Scn 0-8 paper trick, III-516, 519 para-Scientology, I-340, 356, 376, 449; II-433 defn., that large bin which includes all greater or lesser uncertainties, I-377 defn, all of uncertainties and unknown territories of life which have not been completely ex plored and explained, II-432 parent as auditor in Child Processing, 144 parent, problem of, I-325; see also CDN parents, Dianetic education of ~, regarding Child Processing, I-46 paresis, condition of untreated syphilis; it is a lifetime cycle and drives one crazy, VIII-406 participation, III-319; see also session particle(s), are something that are shed from masses, III-165 communication and, VIII-185 masses are masses, they are not ~, III-164 relation to affinity, communication, reality, I-351 partners, selection of, for marriage, I-121 passive resistance, how to handle, IV-60 past, ability to re-experience, III-488 civilizations have vanished, III-126 cycling action of pc into the past, III-70 deaths of famous historical figures, III-411 existences, restoration of memory of, III-224; see also past lives forgetting is process of not-knowing ~, II-440 how one mechanically forgets the past, III-11 identifying past with present, II-224 identities, dramatizing, III-555 lives; see past lives P pack, defn, collection of written materials which match a checksheet, VII-141, 287; IX-312 package, defn., always consists of two RIs that are terminals and two RIs that •are oppterms [R2-12A], V-234 pain, defn., a randomity of molecules and atoms in the human organism caused by counter-efforts, I-215 defn, an attention unit pattern of intense confusion, I-224 defn., the threat which tells that loss of mobility or a portion of the body or the environment is imminent, I-296 defn., is composed of heat, cold, electrical, and combined effect of sharp hurting, V-175; VI-192 anchor points and pain in the head, III-98 and pleasure, relation to survival, I-151 anything said while unconscious from pain or shock is recorded, I-6 association, VII-112 attitudes toward, II-2 body pain, subject to use is Dianetics, VI-348, 351 caused by effort counter to effort of individual as a whole, I-284 chronic aches and pains, to handle use C/S 54, VII-388 desire for, I-333 freeing of valences remedies pain and aberration, IV-105 human situation containing pain, handle by auditing, VII-2 insanity can be suppressed pain, VI-314 is from either the body directly or is part of content of mental image picture, VI-342 is stored on record, I-284 list used to exhaust old, I-215 misemotion, unconsciousness, insanity all result from causing things others could not experience easily, III-432 operations, pain from, handled by Dianetics, VII110 pc in extreme pain, what he can be audited on, III-235 perceptics, reaction of life to, I-154 person could feel pain only as himself (thetan plus body), V-176 PT problem is pain in some member of the body, what to run, III-168 sensation of pain is actually a sensation of loss, I-385 sympathetic nervous system pains, VII-110 terminal gives pain, V-5, 12, 175, 177 Tone Scale, pcs come up to feeling pain; that is a gain, V-286 unresolved pains, reasons for, VII-110 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 past (cont.) past, present and future; see NSOL pc is not product of past, he is product of himself, II-144 pc’s past, how to increase willingness to confront, III-489 present and past time, relationship, II-224 psychotic is concerned with past, II-1, 2 remembering is process of knowing past, II-440 Then and Now Solids makes pc capable not only of contacting and handling present time, but also anysegment of the past, III-34 thetan can escape an unbearable PT by dropping into past, even without drugs, VI-292 time, present and past, II-409 track valences are preferable to run over present life valences, III-284 Past and Future Experience [process], III-403, 408, 409 commands, III-403 past deaths, “Where Are You Buried?” project, IV-55 past life, past lives, VI-345; see also backtrack; HYLBTL?;MIT abilities, III-80 amnesia on, reason for, III-225, 555 cases that can’t get into or run past lives, VI-424 don’t invalidate, VII-192, 452; VIII-330, 338 even running them as “imaginary” as in Science of Survival advices suddenly breaks through for a stalled Dianetic case, VII-452 failures stemming from not running ~, VI-345 getting pc to run, VII-14 identities, IV-7, 17 immediate past lifetime or lifetimes of pc, IV-17, 49 memory is buried under terrific loss of possessions and body, VI-163 pc is stuck in past life or has recurring facsimiles of past lives during processing, handling of using Then and Now Solids, III-266 pc refusing to go into any past lives will get into grinding as they seldom reach basic on any chain, VI-361 pc who dives into past lives when asked for overts, V440; VIII-371; IX-269 pc who doesn’t go past lives in Dianetics doesn~t recover, VII-452;VIII-330, 339 people upset about, III-151 reason for invalidation of, I-295 remedies, VIII-388 remedy, AESPs that “would make one unwilling to go earlier than this life”, VIII-388 remedy, running past lives as imaginary incidents, VIII-330, 339, 388 responsibility and, III-555 Scientology Review action to make pc go backtrack, VIII-389 why they are forgotten, V-9 Pastoral Counseling Health Form, VI-381; see also Health Form 453 pastoral counseling is completely legal, VI-347 patients not responding to medical treatment, how to handle, VI-348 “patty-cake”, VIII-224 Pavlov, III-172 and his work, VI-391, 404 pc; see preclear PCRD; see Primary Correction Rundown PDH, defn., pain-drug-hypnotism, IV-321 PE (Personal Efficiency), basic course, III-449 becomes a dissertation in Scientology and a Comm Course, IV-182 Co-Audit process, III-552; IV-70 Course curriculum, III-527 Course, way to run, IV-70, 188 Foundation, defn., a programmed drill calculated to intro duce people to Scientology and to bring their cases up to a high level of reality both on Scientology and life, III-527 organization of a, III-527 personnel, III-528 personnel and admin, IV-183 procurement, IV-70 test section, IV-182 Unit, purpose of, III-25 peace on Earth, IV-28 penalties and rewards; see ISE penicillin, oral penicillin is worthless, it has to be shot with a needle, VIII-407 people(‘s), Fear of People List—R, VIII-219 honest people have rights too; see NSOL questions, answer with books, IV-78 too few and too many, III-149 two types of people, V407 why some people are unwilling to clear people, III-454 pep, VIII-207 perceive, if one is aware one can perceive and act, VIII-182 perception(s), perceptics; see also Scn 0-8 analytical mind combines perceptions of the immediate environment, of past (via pictures) and estimations of future into conclusions which are based upon realities of situations, II-429 and overts, VII-289, 340 change also means communication change, I-351 child’s perception inhibitions, I-322 Creative Processes, motions, stops and ~, II-528 cycle of alter-isness and not-isness of ~, II-300 decreases in proportion to number of overt acts and therefore withholds—which person has committedonwholetrack, VIII-128 depends upon duplication, II-I 5 engram, running out all perceptics, I-18 howtoturnon, VIII-106 improves on flows, X CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 perception(s), perceptics (cont.) influence of valences on recall and ~, I-15 is affected by out-ethics, VIII-I 01 is the most certain certainty, evaluation the least certainty, I-349 knowledge depends upon, I-356 list of, VII-25 masses are more important than perceptions, II-39; VIII-106 no perceptions in engram running, cause of, V-329 pc or pre-OT with bad perception trouble needs Dianetics, VI-339 perception posts, I-169 reaction of life to pain perceptics, I-154 reduces in ratio to overts, X-154 relationship to havingness, III-18, 37 run engrams with emphasis on effort instead of perceptics, I-170 when exterior, II-I I “26” perceptics, I-145 perfection in art; see art performer purpose is basically communication, IX498 persistence, absence of admiration alone permits ~, I-311, 375, 383 and as-isness, II-226 a thing persists only if it is misowned, II-220 changing masses with anything less than life or memory or communication or postulate brings us into a condition of persistence of a condition, II-235 on given course;seeScienceofSurvival persistent F/N; see floating needle, persistent person, control of, III-267 the personality, is separable from body and mind at will, II-428; see also exteriorization personal, counseling for ministers, III-200 difficulties, social ills of man are a composite of his personal difficulties, IV45 efficiency; see PE ethics, VIII-100; see also ethics integrity, IV-203; see also integrity relationships and auditor’s rights, X-225 personality, aberrative; see aberrative personality and individualism, an inherent factor, I-30 antisocial; see antisocial personality basic, III-160 getting in communication with basic personality through affinity, I-60 is capable of all attributes of Clear, III-284 OT is an educated basic personality, III-284 thetan has a basic personality, III-257 confusion of ~ with the reasoning faculty, I-55 difference between personality and IQ, III-200 schizophrenic is split personality; one in another’s valence, III-I I 454 personality (cont.) social; see social personality test; see OCA/APA test for IQ and personality, II-392 weak vs. strong, I-36 “personal relations”, advertising auditing as, II-261 personnel, Enhancement, Department of, VIII-65 it takes about 2 admin personnel to keep a tech personnel going, VI-402 pools for auditor trainees, VIII-12 selection of, I-9 persuasion and communication, differences between, III-82 petition; see Introduction to Scientology Ethics peyote, description of, VI-244; see also drugs phenobarbital, I-104; see also drugs philosophy, defn., the love, study or pursuit of wisdom, or of knowledge of things and their causes, whether theoretical or practical, VI-1 can onlybe a route to knowledge, VI-1 religious philosophy, what it implies, VI-195 Scientology, how it is undercutting older philos ophy, III-345 silence in, VIII-327 that failed, psychiatry, IV-77 phobias and fixed ideas, process for, [1956], II 454 phrases, action, command value of; see SOS phrases, action, relation to mest action, I-191 physical, physically, body is a physical object, it is not the being himself, VIII-129 difficulties, pc with physical difficulties needs Dianetics, VI-339, 349 disability, in Dianetics run the feeling not the physical disability, VI-352 gains, preclear may have, “without finding out about it”, VII-74 healing, don’t force auditing into, VI-313 ill; see ill inertia, VIII-129 treatment of body, nutrition is in field of, VIII 205 physical universe; see mest universe physics, law of interaction, IV-I 86 Physiological and Behavior Scale; see Scn 0-8 physiological communication lag, II-130 physiology and behavior; see SOS picture; see facsimile Piltdown man; see History of Man pinch test, E-Meter, I-225 pink paper, Progress Program is on, X-88 pink sheet, defn., VII-287 planets, PTS RD step, VIII-142, 343 play, mechanism of, II-421 pleasure, and pain, relation to survival, I-151 incidents, run in this fashion, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 pleasure (cont.) Post Purpose Clearing (cont.) moments, I-50; see also SOS done after M1 in general and M2 on duties and defn., mental image pictures containing pleastexts of post, VII-385 ure sensations, VI-342 hatting, essential part of, is , VII-34 7 you can’t audit out, IX-168 is done after M4 in general and M2 on duties and plus-point list, VII-135 texts of post, IX429 plus-points, the big, X-98 reason for post clearing, II-519 plus randomity; see randomity, plus section of Dept 13, Div V, Qual Div, VII-342 PN; see pain postulate(s), postulated, postulating, I-174, 183; points, VI-67; see also AP&A defn., arbitrary assignment of credit value to a defn., to consider, to say a thing and have it be part of study materials, VII-141, 287; IX-312 true, II-424 fixedness of points and their opposition produce defn., causative thinkingness, II-435 phenomena of flows, V-16 defn., to cause a thinkingness or consideration, point system, defn., system of assigning and counting II-435 up points for studies and drills that give prodefn., self-impulsion or creation of thought, Il gress of student and measure his speed of 439 study, VII-141, 287 ability of thetan to make postulates is senior to policy, counter-policy and counter-tech, IX-89 his concerns over space, energy and objects, policy, how to get on ~ with tech organization, II-51 VII-367; see also OEC Volumes all conditions are postulated conditions, II-240 polio and arthritis cases, experiment on curing, Il-33 1 and orders, the idea they will always be obeyed, political, II-464 philosophies placed against Tone Scale, VI-317 “can’t have” postulates, II-416 Scientologist has no specialized political or reClear’s postulates read as a surge, VI-220 ligious convictions beyond those dictated by considerations and postulates, III-139 wisdom and his own early training, II-67 failure and postulates, II-447, 462 Scientology is not political, II-268 first postulate, II-279, 282, 297, 316 slavery, on what it is built, IV-28 Opening Procedure by Duplication First Postu politics, natural laws about, I-127 late, II-277, 285 position(s), fourth postulate, II-282, 297 and conditions and states run as concepts, I-276 goal has anatomy of postulate-counter-postulate, compulsive position precedes compulsive thinking, IV416 II-13 goal must have a counter-postulate to stay fixed, in space, ability to maintain, is power, III-232; see IV413 also Scn 8-80 goal of processing is to bring individual into such positive-gain process(es), I-329, 352 thorough communication with the physical defn., positive gain of certainty, I-357 universe that he can regain the power and positive-gain techniques, I-393 ability of his own postulates, II-67 possession, basis on which derived, II-47 go from simplicities to complexities, III-345 possessions absorb and enforce time, I-296 injured, one cannot be injured until he has postupossessions, troublesome, how to handle, II-448 lated that thetans can be injured, III-518 post (s), knowledge, thirst for, would be the thirst for failed posts and duties trace back to misunderstood other thetan’s postulates, II-438 words, VII-381; IX423 lie at root of cause and effect, I-211 flubs, do not buy case reasons as Whys, IX-I 17 live communication, postulates, will always create not wanting, cause of and handling, VII-381; IXchange, II-258 423 made by awareness of awareness unit is a higher person leaving, apparent and real phenomena of, manifestation than any energy-space mani II-459 festation, II-215 poor post stats, how to handle, VII-33 mest clear can ~, can still key in engrams, III-446 Post Purpose Clearing; see Post Purpose Clearing of change is “ought to be—should be”, III-88 trouble remedied by Word Clearing Method 6, opposition goal, a postulate-counter-postulate VIII-153; IX462 situation of long duration, IV419 post-hypnotic suggestion, mechanism of, II-1 pc cannot change his own ~ easily, what it means, postoperative auditing, VI-422 II-41 Post Purpose Clearing, VII-342; VIII-363; see also pc’s postulates [R3N, R3R], V-349 purpose clearing positive postulating is Tone 40, III-240, 386 auditor qualifications for ~, VII-342 postulate-counter-postulate is problem, V-185 C/S Form 1R, VII-394 prime, I-208 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 postulate(s), postulated, postulating (cont.) problem is caused by a balanced postulate-counterpostulate, IV413, 414 problem is postulate-counter-postulate, VI-109 problem is two or more ~ in opposition, IV-354 Q and A is simply postulate aberration, VIII-230 regret is entirely the study of reversed ~, II-463 running, I-203 Scientology, everything in it has been directly and actively ~ by person at some point in past, III-345 second postulate: know, II-282, 297, 316 second postulate, when you start to introduce order into anything disorder shows up as the second postulate and blows off, III-507 somatics, aberrations, circuits and problems are postulate-counter-postulate situations, IV414 succumb, III-315 suppression, person faced with, is facing a counterpostulate, VI-109 third postulate, II-282, 297 Tone Scale, I-184 why a thetan makes his ~ fail to stick, III-465 winning or losing, anatomy of, is anatomy of postulate and reverse-postulate, II-462 Postulate Processing, I-183 by Straight Wire, I-186 procedure, I-185 repeater technique in, I-203 postulatingness, VIII-118 potential survival, measurement of, I-9 I potential trouble source(‘s) (PTS), VIII-I9, 89, 91, 95, 98, 141, 209, 330, 338; see also PTS Rundown; roller-coaster; Search and Discovery defn., someone connected to a person or group opposed to Scientology, VIII-91 defn., person connected to a suppressive person, VIII-95; IX-136 all sick persons are PTS, IX-136, 137 alternatewordingsfor”PTS”, VIlI-97;IX-221 case worsening is caused only by a PTS situation, VI-114 characteristics of PTS persons, VIII-95; IX-136 condition is actually a problem and a mystery and a withdrawal, VIII-98; IX-137 C/S must put a yellow tab marked PTS on a PTS pc folder, VIII-92 degraded being is so PTS he works for suppressives only, VI-193 false PTS could be continuous overts or continuous missed withholds, VIII-236 handling, VI-77, 91, 109, 113, 165; VIII-209, 330, 338; see also PTS Rundown handling steps, VIII-91, 209, 210, 330, 338 illness and PTS; see illness Interviews, VIII-98; X-222 past PTS Interviews, VIII-342 questions, VIII-98 to discover PTS condition are done on meter with all reads marked, VIII-98; IX-137 456 potential trouble source(‘s) (PTS) (cont.) is a person or thing, IX-184 is from suppression of some sort, is roller-coaster, IX-166 is known by “roller-coastering”, VI-75, 162 must be handled in Ethics and given a PTS Run down, VIII-76 must be sent to Ethics, VI-77 only PTS = illness, VI-I 65 overts on SP person make him blind and non-self determined, VIII-129 pc is always a PTS if he roller-coasters and only finding right suppressive will clean it up, VI-91 pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS, VII-452; VIII-95, 330 pc will make trouble for good people, IX-I 37 person does not respond to PTS handling easily, check continuous missed withholds and/or continuous overts, VIII-236 phenomena, VIII-330, 338 psychotic, relation of PTS person to, VIII-209 robots and PTS, VIII-129 robot toward SP person or group or thing, VIII 129 roller-coaster, cause of, is PTS, VIII-19, 92, 330, 338 situation is the rcason for illness and loss of gains, X-2 17 situation, only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller-coaster comes from having known the person before this life, VIII-330, 339 SP-PTS tech, X-217 staff, X-194 suppressive person, apparent SP only reminds pc of actual one and so is restimulated into being a PTS, VI-114 suppressive persons are themselves PTS to them selves, VIII-95; IX-136 there must have been out-ethics conduct toward suppressive personality he is connected with for person to have become PTS in first place, VIII-101 to someone or something, VIII-97 to SP people, groups, things or locations, VIII-98; IX-137 Type One, defn., SP on case is right in present time, actively suppressing person, VI-113 handling, VI-I 13 Type Two, VI-166 defn., apparent suppressive person in present time is only a restimulator for the actual suppressive, VI-113 handling, VI-114; see also Searchand Discovery Type Three, defn., is beyond facilities of of orgs not equip ped with hospitals as these are entirely psychotic, VI-113 handling, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 potential trouble source(‘s) (PTS) (cont.) “unburdening”, VIII-211 when someone is suppressed he becomes a ~, VII-452; VIII-330, 338 when you do get person or group or thing or location PTS person will F/N VGI and begin to get well, VIII-98; IX-137 who finds the “good hats” suppressive, IX-I 37 why people become PTS, VI-216 withholding himself from a suppressive person or group or thing, VIII-129 potential value equation, I-77, 179 potential value of an individual, examples, I-78 power; see also Power Processes; Scn 8-80 defn., is contained in the ability to maintain a position in space, III-232 depends upon ability to hold a location, VII-264; IX-314 deteriorates with punishment drive, I-140 hiding a thing produces power, I-212 how management loses power, I-141 of an organization, I-139 of the individual, defn., is his ability to initiate the rest)lution of problems and execute the solutions, I-77 of the individual and man is the power of the analytical mind, I-37 thetan reduces his own power, IV-I9 whenitcanbesustained, I-140 power of choice, III-81 additional element needed in games, II-424 is senior to responsibility, IV-24 over data, III-21 thetan’s, how it has been overthrown, VII-257 Power Plus Release—Grade VA Release, VI-98 Power Processes; see also power auditor waits for specific EP, VIII-272 can be done quickie simply by not hanging on for EP and only going to F/N, VIII-93 confidential, from Pr Pr on up the data is, VI-105 done twice, X-97, 145 do not run on anyone who has run CC materials, VI-203 Grade V Release—Power Processes, VI-95 in SH HGC, okay to audit requirements, VII234 is available at Saint Hill Orgs, VIII-23 low TA cases and Power Processes, VI-121 on high TA cases [1965], VI-100 repair, X-24-25 requires flawless auditing and C/Sing, VII-229; VIII-292, 386 what they do, VI-56, 62 will not need repair after pc has gone Clear, VII143 Power Release—Grade V Release, VI-96, 98 Power Release or Second Stage Release, VI-56 “PR”, defn., putting up a lot of false reports to serve as a smoke screen for idleness or bad actions, VIII-78 457 practical, VII-447; IX-355; see also training defn., drills which permit student to associate and coordinate theory with actual items and ob jects to which the theory applies; practical is application of what one knows to what one is being taught to understand, handle or control, VII-140, 286; IX-311 practical training goes through the simple motions, theory covers why one goes through the motions, V482 practice, auditing practice, successful way to start, II-261 building a practice, I-345; see also dissemination private practice, size of, II-355; see also franchise practitioners working alone, banish that idea, IV-112 PRD; see Primary Rundown pre-auditing steps, I-421 precision, defn., the maximal accuracy required for the problem’s solution, I-73 absolute, I-73, 74 preclear(s)(‘s); see also case defn., a precise thing, part animal, part pictures and part God, III-161, 181 defn., spiritual being now on the road to becom ing Clear, hencepreclear, VI-321 ability gain is pc’s recognition that pc can now do things he could not do before, III-428 ability to as-is or erase in a session is directly proportional to number of good indicators present in session, VII-258; IX-83 ability to confront force, VII-79 ability to duplicate, process to rehabilital_, IV-52 ability to follow auditing command, IV-I 34 ability to get mock-up indicates distance from present time, I-326 ability to have, II-444 ability to not-know, II-445 ability to play a game, II-446 able to confront to the degree that he or she feels safe, VI-359 absence of barriers is the trouble with a pc when a pc is having trouble, II-499 agreeing with, I-305 ailing from what pc is ailing from, not from what auditor selects, V464 all pc actions have an exact auditor response, V-59 and auditor as group; see also SOS antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (such as LIC) and handle, VII-46, 359 ARCbreaksandpreclear;seealsoARCbreaks ARC breaks, high percentage of, occur because of failure to understand pc, VII-25 1, 428 “ARC breaky pc”, handling of, VI-22 ARC broken by TRs 0 to 4 will not read properly on a correction list, VII-465 ARC broken pc should be asked “What withhold have I missed on you?” or “What have I failed to find out about you?” or “What should I have known about you?” [IP], VIII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) ARC of the preclear, II-314 cannot confront doing Solo Grades, reason will be assessment, HGC, IV-108 found to be drugs, VII-466 assessment is discovering what has overwhelmed can say whatever else they please, but must pc, III-465 answer auditing question or no auditing assessment of, using be, do, have and space, time, occurs, V490, 501 energy, I-296 case improving, pc becomes more independent of assessment sheet [form]; see Preclear Assessment meter, V416 Sheet Case Supervisor actions regarding pc; see case assignment, X-226 supervising assigns body to his case or case to his body, challenged by an “auditor” who isbreakingAudi VI-312 tor’s Code, gets solid reaction in reactive bank, assuming aches of another wishes to be that other; reason why, VI-291 he is short on beingness, III-258, 272 charge piled up on pc, pc ceases to be capable of as teammate, not opposite player, II-366 clear thought and will reject even right items, attaining end phenomena before all processes run, V400 what to do, VII-48, 361-62 chilled pc almost always has a high TA until he attempting to leave session equals M/W/H, V-59 gets warm, VII-424, 438 attention, don’t put it out of session, IX-67 chronically tired pc who is not eating won’t get attention fixated, manifestations of, VIII-262 TA for there’s no as-is of locks, V434 attention must be on his own case in session, not cognitions are valuable, II-489 on meter or his hands, VIII-27 cognitions, how pc gets, VII-76 attention not on his bank, doesn’t as-is or cognite, communication is first discoverable ability of a pc, VII-230 III-5 attention on chronic somatic, how to handle, complaining routinely, means need of Repair Pro II-375; VIII-126 gram, VII-62 audited a bit below or at his level of awareness complains that auditing has no effect on him or gets TA action, case gain and has cognitions, who makes very slow gains, what to run, III VI-33 468, 497 auditing above pc’s level gives no gain, VII-85 completed pc, admin handling, IV-219 auditor actions regarding pc; see auditor completions, VII-371; VIII-214 auditor being audited should be content to be a pc confronting ability being driven down by auditor for the term of the session, II-162 unconfrontability [R2-10, R2-12], V-225 auditor’s reality vs. pc’s reality, IV-129 confront, less a pc can confront two things, more backlog of pcs, what is required to handle, VII-5 he fixes on one, IV-62 backtrack, pcs who won’t go, reasons for, IX-251 considers himself mesty or massy so second termi bank, auditor plus pc is greater than pc’s bank, nal is required to discharge energy, IX-63 VII-230, 366; VIII-86 critical, always a symptom of overts, V464 bank becomes solid to degree that pc does not critical =W/H =pullW/H, VII-46, 359 take responsibility for his overts and withcritical of organizations or people of Scientology holds, III-552 equals missed withhold, V-59 basic confusion of a preclear, II-143 critical, only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold “beating the meter”, IV421 or misunderstood word, VI-91 beginningintensive, IX-58 critical, upset, ARC breaky pc, handling, VIII being made to go on past a win acts as invalida179; IX-282 tion, VIII-194 current environment of, I-18 being mass means no TA action, V49 cycling action of pc into the past, III-70 beingnesses in pc, general form of Help which data of pc is used to parallel what mind does, discovers, IV-110 VII-84 blaming the pc, don’t, VII-277 dating, pc’s contrary data unspoken and untaken blows, reasons for, IV-217; VIII-193, 194 can give you a completely wrong date, V-293 body, control of, by pc, III-I 84, 240 demanding next grade, VII-83 boiling off equals missed withhold, V-59 demanding redress of wrongs equals M/W/Hs, V-59 can change ideas, then run Rising Scale Processing, desire or complaint, no reason or excuse not to III-144 actually handle these with auditing, VII-4 cannot attest a grade ability at any point has to Dianetic pc, defn, one who is being processed have a Repair Program and Return Program, toward objective of a well and happy human VII-70 being, VI-326; see also Dianetics, preclear cannot change his own postulates easily, cause of, did it all himself and must gradually come to II-41 realize that with total subjective reality, IV-38 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) difference amongst, III-160, 180 “different” pcs, there are no, VI-449 dirty needle, three causes for pc having, VI-375 dissatisfied pc caused by missed withholds, V-20 divide into three general classes, III-390 doesn’t change, means his reality is not being reached, VII-85 doesn’t dare be effect, III-160, 180 doesn’t F/N at Examiner, how to handle, VII-217 doesn’t get gains, check for physical injury or illness, VI-315, 316 doesn’t know what’s wrong with him, II-257 doesn’t want auditing can come from bad L&N list or out Int or out ruds, VII-280, 281 doesn’t want auditing, handling of, VIII-412 “dog pcs”, VII-206; VIII-147; X-97, 223, 225 defn., pcs not running well, VII-205 are problems in repair, VIII-149 can be handled, X-146 cause of, VII-376; VIII-149 errors behind “dog pcs”, VIII-148 HGC, whole HGC getting “dog pcs”, VIII-147 locating the bugs, X-177 many are just unsolved cases, X-171 the Why behind, X-224 doing well, X-65 do not hold their gains are PTS, VIII-330, 338 don’t try to change his ideas, I-305 doodling in clay, cause and resolutions of, V496, 497 dope off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on sleep, or rehab F/N, VII-46, 359 dopey or “boil off”, cause and remedy of, VIIIi 17 dramatizations of, I-20 dramatizes = R6EW unflat, VII-70 dramatizing pc may not be a tough pc, V-36 E-Meter falls on things pc is interested in and will talk about, IV-175 E-Metering the pc, I-230 E-Meter, most often pc does not know what it is that reactsas only unknowns react, IX-283 enemies of, III-268 engrams, pc who cannot run, reasons for, VIII276; IX-251 environment influences pc’s ability to confront, VI-359 ethics, pc who gets into Ethics trouble should have folder reviewed, VI-251 exhausted pc equals missed withhold, V-59 exteriorization, pc misemotion about, how to handle, II-373; VIII-124; see also Interiorization Rundown exteriorizes in auditing later his TA goes high, then you do an Int RD, VII-400, 460 exteriorizes in session, TA lligh at Examiner, rehab exteriorization point, VII-19 exteriorizes, it is EP for that process or action, VII-225, 457 459 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) exteriorizes on good win, how to end session, VIII-397 exterior pc handling body, VII-79 exterior pc who can’t be audited, how to handle, VI-293; see also Interiorization Rundown exterior, you cease to audit or he will go back in; audit again when he goes back in [19681, VI-276 failing to make progress equals M/W/H, V-59 falsifiesTA, VII-438 fast running pc on a light chain can occasionally blow an engram by inspection, VI-400 feeling of detachment, I-267 feels accused if he is run above his level, V441 feels a security when all his sessions are predict able as to pattern, IV-53 feels dopey OF “boil off” has either run too long on flow in one direction, in which case reverse flow, or he has reduced havingness down to a point where he feels tired or sleepy, II-182 feels weird running Concept Help, then run Alter nate Confront, IV-122 figure-figures his answers, III-516; see also case, figure-figure first book pcs, I-303 floating needle occurs just before pc is aware of it; don’t prevent pc from cogniting, VI-362 flubbed pcs, handling, VIII-320 foggy at session end equals missed withhold, V-59 folder; see folder fundamental difficulty is that something has so thoroughly overwhelmed pc that he is it; other-determinism has become person, III-465 gain is directly proportional to TA action, V-367 gain on a smooth gradient scale and do not sud denly become something, III-155, 175 gains measured in terms of charge discharged, V-325 get pc trained into what auditing cycle is and get question or command that was asked or given answered, V490 gets ill after auditing but sessions look alright, how to handle, VI-430 “getting an F/N at will” is not in session, VII 438 getting off another person’s offenses, report al leged offenses to Ethics for investigation, VI-50 getting pc handled, III-454 getting pc to run past lives, VII-14 glib pcs, II-208 goal of, II-121; VIII-110 go groggy, lose interest and refuse to list only when session withholds are missed, V-66 going upscale to boredom, continue the process, IV-175 Grade Chart is basic program of pc, VIII-313 grade he can’t seem to make is not the grade, VII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) hard to audit, in propitiation, does obsessive is always willing to reveal, VIII-180; IX-283 agreement, has hypnotic eyelid flutter, seems is as alive as things are real, II-205 unnatural about talking or not talking, how to is as well as he can originate a communication, get into session, III-315 III-370; VIII-183 has a field, somatics, malformity or aberration, is generally right when he says he’s overwhelmed how to clean up, IV-7 or upset; he’s almost always wrong when he has somatics, Dianetic level unflat, VII-70 says what overwhelmed him or what BPC was has something to hide, wants auditor to find rudiout when simply saying it does not correct the ments in, V-82 case or produce F/N VGIs, VII-83 has to be able to handle Scientology technolgoy is not the product of the past, he is the product of to handle his own bank, VI-I9 himself, II-144 have service facsimiles so they can be victims, is the thetabeing, I-403 III-519 is usually close to a no-game-condition, II-367 havingness is proportional to pc’s ability to conit is pc who mostly keys his bank back in, V-354 front in session, V-225 itsa line is pc’s line to the auditor, IX-68 heavily uses the viewpoint of another when the itsa maker line is pc’s line to his bank, IX-68 otherhas evaluated forhim, I-362 itsa on and on with no gain, cause of, VI-26; hidden game, pc is compulsively playing, III-196 VII-252, 253; IX-77 hidden standard is not just a physical or mental justifying himself and trying to uphold status is difficulty but one by which pc measures his not in comm with auditor, VII-241; IX-66 case gains, IX-159 less pc cognites the more charge is accumulated, how auditing becomes a problem to pc, III-195 V401 ill or misemotional before session beginning, hanliability, there is no real liability to a pc in this dling of, V-101 universe except one: becoming total subject of ill pc; see also ill mest, III-174 “I’ll repeat the auditing command” has been used life knocking ruds out faster than they can be to invalidate pc, III-441 audited in, how to handle, VII-I91 improve pc, not valence, IV-368 line, pc aware of, before terminal, III-140 in bad condition is more likely to have succumb looking inward still, never jolt or interrupt, VII goals than survive goals, IV-58 21, 22 indicators, bad vs. good, IX-83 lower grades raise pc’s cause level, V434 indicators, scale of, IX-32 low on havingness, II-303 in extreme pain, what he can be audited on, lying, pc’s sanity and continued happiness abso III-235 lutely depend upon his ability to create new influencing agencies for pc are time track and facts, VIII-114 present time, V-275 made facsimile to restrain himself from ever doing in good condition can be anything at will, II-53 it again, IV-38 in grief or apathy, cause and remedy of [R2, R3], makes no gain, is the pc who will not as-is, who V-251 will not confront, V-36 in psychotic break, C/S would have to locate last makes others guilty = Level IV unflat, VII-70 severe wrong indication, indicate fact to pc, mannerism changes in pc, VII-85, 86 and get it corrected as first action, VIII-241, massy, pc considers himself mesty or massy so 256, 353 second terminal is required to discharge in recent shock of having died won’t go backtrack, energy, VII-238 VIII-388 massy, sometimes even ill, cause of, VIII-287, insane pc, handling of, VI-411 381 in session, getting pc; see session, in may be sane analytically and still react violently at insufficiently cause in their daily lives cannot as-is times in session, IV-88 bank, V433 may have physical gains “without finding out intention, easy to overwhelm, III-I 83 about it”, VII-74 interest and TA action tell programming is right, mental image pictures; see mental image pictures V-325 misacknowledgement of pc, III-308 interested in own case, III-405; IV43, 66; see also missed withhold pc, why they are hardest to han session, in dle, VI-22 in trouble, X-106-07, 110 more hysterical pc is about getting advanced in trouble and not in trouble, VIII-287, 382 processes or case gain, less strenuous process in trouble and TA high, what your first suspicions administered must be, V-516 shouldbe, VII-457; X-116 must attain full ability on each level of Grade invented answers by pc, handling of, IV-I 10 Chart before going on, VII-56 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) must be audited according to their condition and on Scientology Grades gets ill, revert to Dianetics, at own level, I-302, 303 VI-341 must be kept at cause as much as possible, III-174 operating on machinery, III-I 82 must be permitted to find out what is wrong, originates by throwing down cans, that’s still an III-3 ] 2 origin, VII-246; IX-7 1 must be well to start on Scientology auditing, originations;seealsooriginations;TRs, TR4 VI-325 out lists, all of more violent or bad reactions on must never be audited while ARC broken, VI-16, part of pc come from, VIII-97 76, 91 out of session; see session, out of nattering pc has overts, VII-13 out of valence pc, how to handle, VII-330 nattery, don’t run ARC break, run M/W/H, VIoverts, pc who dives into past lives when asked 265 for, IX-269 nattery pc has withholds, VII-58 overwhelm, cause of, VII-64 needle doesn’t react to auditor, pc may be ARC overwhelmed, consequences of, V400 broken, VI-73, 76 participation in session; see session, in needs but become aware of actual cause of aberrapast identities, pc is stuck not just in engrams but tion to have it vanish, VI-58 in past identities, V-50 never audited will respond to rehab of “something past lives; see past lives overdone”, VI-145 physically ill; see ill never has done anything in thislife that aberrated points pc may have to handle before auditing, him, VI-I99 VI-283 new pc(s), VI-217, 321; see also case supervision, position on the Tone Scale established by com Dianetic C/S 1;Dianetics Today munication lag, II-128 auditing, VIII-291, 373 postulates, V-349; see also postulates Grade VI run on new pcs means failure, VIPower will not need repair after pc has gone Clear, 100 VII-143 handling, VII-47 present time problem; see present time problem R-factor to new pcs, V490 priorly audited, how to handle, [1961], IV-216 starting to audit, V491 problems tend to snap in on pc, cause of, IV-61 no interest = no interest in first place or out ruds process, above the pc’s level, II-218 = check for interest or put in ruds, VII-46, 360 processing can resolve all of his difficulties with no-somatic pc is either high as an angel or being out going and finding other persons or con run too high, VII-86 sulting other universes, II-437 not an opponent in a game, II-100 processing is as beneficial as it is real and factual no TA (or case gain) = problem = locate problem, to the pc, II-207 VII-359 process, real and unreal to pc, difference between, not changing or improving, how to handle, VI-430 III-I 82 not desirous of being audited equals M/W/H, V-59 procurement of, VII-184 not getting gains, causes of, VI-76, 315, 324, 429, program goofed, repair auditor and goofed pc and 435; see also cases, resistive continue program, VII-276 not getting results means either he or auditor is protest against a question, how it is demonstrated, doing something else, VI-91 V439; VIII-370 not in trouble, don’t do Full Flow, X-106, 110 protest against a question, how it shows up, IX not looking at auditor, don’t take auditing ac268 tions, V-336 protests that denote a breakdown of the help not making it in auditing should be checked for a button, IV-85 drug or alcohol history, VII-320 PTS, pc is always a potential trouble source if he not running the commands, II-77 roller-coasters and only finding the right sup OCA/APA and pc; see OCA/APA pressive will clean it up, VI-91; see also poten often gives a PT problem when asked for goals, tial trouble source IV-210 purposes and postulates, effect of, VI-67 often is unable to confront actual engram at once, Quickie Grade pc, handling of, VII-98, 131 VI-341 reaction to auditor’s certainty, I-357 on antibiotics should be given Dianetic auditing, reality and no change, X-35 VI-422 reality factor, VII-74 on drugs must come off them before auditing, reality level of pcis dependent on how muchhe is VI-322 not-ising his environment, II-205; III-312 only thing wrong with pc is his lack of confidence in red tabbed must be repaired within 24 hours, handling himself without hurting others, IV-67 VIII-303 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) refuses to answer or refuses auditing, what to run, says it’s A and it doesn’t blow, it must be some IV-175 thing else, VI-92 refuses to recover, using his state as a game, II-446 Search and Discovery, a wrong item on an S&D refusing auditing or not wishing to go on, VI-369, can make pc ill, VI-208 442 secrets of, II-162 refusing to go into any past lives will get into self-auditing, how to detect and handle, VII-I91 grinding, why, VI-361 self-auditing pc, cure for, VIII-242, 256, 353 refusingto talk to auditor equalsMlW/H, V-59 self-auditing pc due to lack of auditor control, regularly lose gains, are PTS, IX-136 V-74 rehabilitationof, intermsofcontrol, II-518 self-determinism of, proportional to amount of released at Zero will of course soon begin to have self-direction he is capable of executing, II-17 problems; he goes to next grade, not to Review session, pc in session means pc is interested in own for an assist, VI-252 case and willing to talk to auditor, IX-84 release, pc who has attained a stage of, may not be session went wrong, ask pc what auditor did, run further on processes of that stage or below VII-48, 363 or he will go back into his reactive mind, VI-86 should be processed; education isn’t auditor’s repair of a Dianetic pc, VII-74 task, I-304 repair, use light handling on pcs who need lots of sick pcs should not be run on PTS RD as standard repair, VII-93 practice, VIII-331, 339 response on meter, analytical vs. reactive, IV-331 significance, pc search for significance, VII-77; responsibility, no reason to expect any great pc X-29 responsibility for his own overts below Level six things that can be wrong with a pc, VI-93 IV, V-438 slow gain, poor result, is a physically ill pc, VI-316 responsibility, raising pc’s, VIII-263 static, what keeps a pc from conceiving a, III-120 returning self-determinism to the pc, II-237 steering a pc, VII-259 Review, when to order pc to, VI-256 still has somatics, no further items on assessment rings on pc’s hands must be removed as they cause list read, cause of and handling, VII-11 a false rock slam, VII-342, 424; VIII-364 stuck in a past life or has recurring facsimiles of rock slams indicate an area of psychosis which will past lives during processing, handling of, using ruin pc’s life if allowed to go unhandled, Then and Now Solids, III-266 handling, VIII-345 stuck in a past session, clean up the W/Hs, V-2 1 roller-coaster pcs (regularly lose gains) are PTS, “stuck” in time can make medicine ineffective, IX-136 VI-371 roller-coasters after Dianetic auditing, handling of, stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books, VI-410 how to handle, VIII-389 roller-coasters despite an F/N at session end must subjective reality on gain will not compare to TA be handled by Tech or Qual within 24 hours, action, if charge by-passed, until BPC located, VII-174 V-368 rough pc, V-36 suddenly relapses onto drugs, symptoms of, VII rudiments, establish them more often with touchy 192 pcs, IV48 suffers only from that which has not yet been ruds must be flown when pc has not had a session handled, VI-416 for some time, VII-357 suppressed pcs and PTS tech, VIII-95; IX-136 ruds won’t fly = some other error = assess GF and suppresses or invalidates something, read transfers handle, VII-360 to suppress or invalidate, VII-12 running a temperature, VII-335 suppressive person, pc will worsen after auditing if running badly, he’s in an overwhelm, VII-64 connected to, VI-76 running on and on and on caused by premature or talking obsessively reduces havingness, II-443 late-or-never acks, VII-253 telling others auditor is no good equals M/W/H, running well, don’t throw into repair, VII-48, 278, V-59 362 telling there are several incidents, take earliest, run the pc always at cause, IV44 VI-401 R6, why pcs can’t run at once, V493 telling what is wrong, VII-82 sad = ARC break = locate and handle, itsa earlier tends to dive for thought imbedded in force, itsa, VII-46, 359 VII-79 sad effect, pc will go into, if you don’t find ARC terminals and preclears; see terminals breakbutinsteadcontinuetheprocess, VI-16 test if auditing is working, did it increase pc’s sanity and continued happiness depend upon abiliARC, II-246 ty to create new facts, II-I 78 that quits; see Book of Case Remedies CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) that which changes the pc in space can evaluate for him, II-13 thinkingness, how to bring under pc’s control, III-255 “thought has no effect on his or her bank”, cause of, V-36 thrown out of session by having responsibility hung on him, V414 time, attitudes of the pc about, II-1 time, pc’s regard for or attitude about time can make it difficult to run R3R or R3N, V-330 time track does not obey a preclear (early in auditing), V-274 tired = no sleep or failed purpose = check which it is and handle, VII-46, 359 tone arm conscious body-moving pc, how to cure, V-373 too wild to audit, VII-65; X-20 training, lack of, means more trouble for pc in making his gains stably, VII-60 “transferred”toDofP, howtohandle, IV-216 trouble, formula of attack on area where pc is having trouble, IV-25 trying to prove himself right and auditor wrong, gets no-change sessions, V-323 two conditions under which pc violently protests ARC breaks, III-303 Type A and Type B pcs, handling of, V-434 types of preclears and what to run, III-390 unchanging, what to do, IV-219 unconsciousness, “dopiness” or agitation on the part of the pc, cause of, II-449 unconscious pc, how to audit, VII-323 under tension of poor TRs has a hard time and does not F/N sometimes, inviting overrun, VII-197 unflat on Dianetics will have out lower grades, VII-59 unwanted pc condition or aberration, how to handle, IV-44 unwilling to be audited, what to run, III-326, 468, 497 upset, look into two-way comm processes in folder and treat them as L~N processes where pc has answered with items, VIII-270 upset pc, assessment method to use, VII-51 valence and preclear; see valence volunteers some answer to unreading question, how to handle, VII-317 what auditor believes has little to do with pc’s reality, VI-345 what can he do, III-183 what is right and wrong with pc, scale of, in order of importance, IV-121 what is wrong with pc is not known to pc; if pc knows all about it, it isn’t wrong with him, IV-331 “What question shouldn’t I ask you?”, if pc evades this, how to handle, IV-180 463 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) when he’s made it is sent to attest by C/S, X-153 when pc is talking and no TA, you already have an ARC break or are about to get one, V-336 when pcs don’t recover very fast, they don’t want to, how to handle, IV-58 where pc is on Tone Scale, how to establish, II-518 who always has problems, IV-63 who answers with “anything” or “everything”, II-258 who answers with systematized generality, II-256 who believes that every cause brings about a des truction, IV-35 who demonstrates concern of an aberrated magni tude, I-24 who dives into past lives when asked for overts, V-440; VIII-371; IX-269 who does not cognite, cause of, V-36 who does not get physical reaction as result of processing II-19 who does not go down somatic chain but who skips from one somatic to another could also get into grinding, VI-360 who does not go past lives in Dianetics doesn’t recover, VII-452; VIII-330, 339 who does not participate in process of being processed, II-20 who does not resolve on Standard Dianetics alone, how to handle, VI-395 who do not hold their gains are PTS, VII-452 who has trouble needs training, VII-99 who is difficult to process is not in contact with his own universe, II-52 who isn’t cogniting regularly, reason why and han dling of, III-181 who knows what is wrong, X-32 who only gets death pictures or bad pictures is somewhere late on cycle of action or late on an inversion cycle, IV-35 who resent F/N indications, cause of, VII-78 who won’t go backtrack, reasons for, VIII-276, 388 why pugnacious and threatening toward world, II-8 willingness to receive directions, II-17 willing to be helped by auditor, IV-66 will win if run so as to obtain good TA action, V-327 will worsen after auditing if connected to an SP, VI-76 withdrawn or misemotional in life after Prep checking, cause and remedy of, V-67 withhold depends utterly on pc’s idea of what is an overt, V-40 withholds and preclear; see also withholds withholds, pc giving another’s, VIII-176; IX 279 withholds, pc with withholds will be critical, natter or blow and is out of comm, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 preclear(s)(‘s) (cont.) withholdy on IP, insert “Have I missed an Integrity Processing question on you?”, VIII-177 “withholdy” vs. “ARC breaky”, VI-22 with ruds out blows nothing, V-18 won’t run when auditor’s comm cycle is out, and pc is an Ethics type case, VI-49 Preclear Application Form for any major auditing action, VII-14, 16 Preclear Assessment Sheet [Form] (White Form), X-4, 168 begin Dianetics with, X-168 purpose of, IV-392; X-168 use of, VII-339, 340 why you do one, VI-313 pre-clearing intensive [1962], V-166 predict(ing), prediction(s), II-477 defn., knowing the future, II-440 confidence is ability to predict, V-93 overts and prediction, VI-404 relation to imagination and function of human mind, l-323 predictability is strongly connected with ability to have or own, IV-54 predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of illness, VIII-210 pregnant, Dianetic auditing on pregnant woman, VII-2 Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give birth to children who have impaired hearing, VIII-404 woman and auditing, I-118 Pre-Havingness Scale (Prehav Scale), IV-197; see also Scn 0-8 defn., any scale giving degrees of doingness or not doingness, V-173 amended and revised, IV-282, 335, 375 assessment, IV-197, 207, 225, 273, 282, 324 defn., any method of discovering a level on scale for a given pc, V-173 flatten a level before reassessing, IV-327 for Prehav level on SOP Goals, how to, IV-268 how to assess Prehav Scale, IV-332 how to do “Roll Your Own” Prehav, V-173, 174 mistakes in, IV-327 not by elimination, IV-273 null all Prehav levels that react on assessment on the first terminal, IV-269 rock slams, handling, IV-283 TA behavior on, IV-238 you get a wrong assessment if pc has suppressed, invalidated or protested a button, V-173 change belongs at “inverted control” on ~, IV320 command for communication on ~, IV-211 command sheet—Pre-Havingness Scale, IV-199 flat, cases may slump between sessions until Prehav Scale is flat, IV-209 464 Pre-Havingness Scale (Prehav Scale) (cont.) “flat” when the TA moves only 1/4 to 1/8 of a division up or down in 20 minutes of auditing, IV-283 general runs on ~, IV-3 17 without terminal, IV-326 level(s), IV-418 defn., anydoingnessornotdoingnessonscale; any word in scale itself, V-173 not a picture of analyticalthought;it isin orderit is in because it is a picture of reactive thought, IV-331 one-time Prehav rule, IV-273 Primary Scale, IV-282, 285 amended, IV-336 PTPs of long duration, run on ~, IV-271, 326 read, defn., any reaction of needle different from its regular action for pc, occurring during or slightly after a level has been called, V-173 Secondary Scale, IV-286 contains nearly all simple verbs in Englishlan guage, properly placed for level and re peated on otherlevels, IV-282 use of, IV-198, 282 in SOP Goals Intensive, IV-206 when first terminal is flat, IV-216 3GA—listing by Prehav, V-163, 164 Pre-Have 3D Scale, Auxiliary, IV-434 Pre-Intensive Interview and Pre-Goals Assessment Check by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT1, IV-228, 254 Prelogics, I-433; see also A&L; Scn 0-8 premature acknowledgements; see also acknowledge ments effects of, VI-26, 138; VII-252, 253 result of, IX-77, 78 prenatal(s), birth or prenatal engrams, do not run, unless they comeupnaturally, VI-163 birth, prenatals and conception are a bounce from a death, III-411 engram, first-book case is stuck in a, 1-301 engrams; see also DTOT; DMSMH incidents;seeHisto)yofMan public acceptance of the idea, 1411 scanning in ~ area can be dangerous, 1-108 pre-OT(s); see also Operating Thetan between R6 and OT III, it is possible to repair, so long as you are not trying to handle his whole case but only repairing grade he missed, VII 466 brief dirtyneedle on~means “no”, VI-220 C/S plus pre-OT is greater than bank, VIII-86 do not C/S their own folders, VIII-86; X-214-15 having a Solo and auditing folder, C/S must look at both before C/Sing, VII-95 must not self-audit, VIII-85 often have plain withholds with no overt con nected, VI-280 require fast auditors, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 prepared list(s); see also list defn., is one which is issued in an HCO B and is used to correct cases, VIII-213 and C/S data, X-188 are unlimited so long as the items are varied, VI-280 assessed Method 3 can be ended off on a big win, VII-317 assessment list, you don’t begin it until you get an F/N, IX-224 assessment means the locating on a prepared list, one item, VI-266 assessment of prepared lists, VII-51, 280; X-230; see also assessment auditor eyesight and prepared lists, X-240 auditor failure to get a list to respond or note it then defeats C/S completely, VIII-234 auditor must clear each and every word on ~, VIII-94 auditor outnesses causing a null , VIII-213 auditors who can’t assess lists, results of, VIII-426 clear up “failed cases”, VIII-426 combined action of locating and handling using prepared lists, VII-406; X-189 correction list(s), VII-465; X-209, 230 defn., list designed to find by-passed charge and repair a faulty auditing action or life situation, VII-51 defn., list of prepared questions on a mimeoed sheet which is used by auditor for repair of a particular situation, action, or rundown, IX-10, 45 and red tags, X-227 assessment method, VII-465; X-230 Auditor Correction List, VIII-60 Course Supervisor Correction List, VIII-52 Cramming action when correction list said to be blank, VI1464 Cramming can assess correction lists, VIII-66 drill for, X-231-32 GF, overlist, how to handle, VII-273 numbers of, X-210 Okay to Audit correction lists, X-227 pc is flubbed or red tagged, auditor takes pc back in at once and repairs any error with correction list for that action, VIII-320 primary tool of a C/S is prepared correction lists, VII-387, 465 PTS RD Correction List, VIII-89; X-216 relation to worksheet admin, IX-45 Study Correction List, VIII-16 TRs and correction lists, VII-464, 465 TRs and metering, X-230 two ways to use, VI-210 use of, VII-51, 464; X-209, 230-32 word cleared correction list noted on a Yellow Sheet, IX-10 Word Clearing Correction List, VIII-304 Word Clearing or auditing, commonest error in, is failure to use correction lists, VIII-67 465 prepared list(s) (cont.) C/Sing prepared lists for new auditors, VII-410 C/S’s main tool for discovery and correction, VIII-234 errorinusingpreparedlists, VII-51 failed sessions, most common reason for, is in ability of auditor to get reads on lists, VIII-233 failure to use, X-209 F/Mng, defn., on calling it whole list item by item is to F/N, VIII-213; X-240 give C/S new data, X-189 is an unlimited action, VI-280 it takes correct metering and impingement to make a list read, VIII-234; X-245 method of use, X-209-10, 230-31 missing items on, leaves BPC on pc, VIII-426 misunderstood words and prepared lists, X-240 mock-up processing from prepared lists, I-323 no-case-gain, slow-case-gain, sickie and “failed cases”, handled by basic lists, VIII-426 not reading but not F/Ning, VIII-213; X-240 out TRs and prepared lists, X-240, 244 programmingfrom, VII-280, 405;X-149, 151 remedy for an auditor who can’t get read on lists, VIII-233, 234 sequenceofhandlingreadson, VII-280, 281 take each read to an F/N, or E/S to F/N, VII-196 two-way comming reading items, VII-411 use of prepared lists, VII-5 1, 65 use of suppress and invalidate buttons and mis understood word tech on prepared list, VIII 213; X-240 word clearing lists for prepared lists, VIII-366 Prepcheck(ing), V-28, 39, 40, 62, 88, 89 administration of Prepchecking, V-29 always test an item for read before Prepchecking or running recall or engrams, VII-50 auditor fault in ~ is going too shallow, V-62 buttons, orderof, V-133, 363, 446, 447 CCHs run alternated with ~ [1962], V-51, 127 developed to handle auditor’s difficulty in “vary ing the question” in pulling withholds, V-28 earlier similar, V-29, 39 goals and Prepchecking, V-201 Goals Prepcheck Form—Routine 3GA, V-106 if no TA action shift to CCHs [1962], V-43 limitations of use of ~ and 3D Criss Cross, V-52 listing is not Prepchecking, V-159 Listing Prepcheck, HCO WW R-3GA Form 1, V-109 magic phrase of Prepchecking, V-29 mechanics of Prepchecking, V-28 middle ruds, V-83, 99 missed withhold cleaning, do not use ; system, V-61 rnissed withhold, don’t ask for while ~, V-63 never prepcheck an item that doesn’t read, VII-49 never prepcheck while doing Dianetics, this mushes up engrams, VII-228 ; VIII-291, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Prepcheck(ing) (cont.) pc withdrawn or misemotional in life after ~, cause and remedy of, V-67 procedure [1962], V-88 purpose of, is to set up a pc’s rudiments so they will stay in during further clearing of bank, V-31 Q and A is a serious thing in Prepchecking, V-40 question, target of, is a chain of withholds, V-28 repair, V-67 Repetitive Prepchecking, V-98, 361 on Problems Intensive, V-116 replaces ~ by the Withhold System, V-98 repetitive rudiments, don’t use on end ruds of ~ or R3 session, V-96 rudiments in Prepchecking, V-42, 63 rudiments, you can get nice gains by ~ all rudiments, V-70 rule of, always work specific incidents, V-41 Sec Checking combined with ~ [1962], V-62 session, when getting rudiments in avoid any O/W questions, one exception, V-42 two-way comm is lighter than l’repcheck, VII-93; X-43 What question(s), asked to expose and clean a chain of overts, V-89 ask for M/W/Hs only after a What question is null, V-63 asking the What question, V-31 ask What question after getting single specific overt to expose and clean a chain of overts, V-39, 89 formulation of the What question, V-89 testingWhat questions, V-90 when Prepcheck uncovers and handles ARC break to EP, it is EP of that Prepcheck, VII-35 Withhold System used in Prepchecking, V-28 working with no TA is a profitless chain, V-40 Zero question(s), V-34, 60 list of Prepchecking Zero questions, V-83 Zeros and Zero A questions, how to derive, V-30 Prepclearing, preparatory to clearing, use of, V-24 present life valences, past track valences are preferable to run over ~, III-284 present, past and future; see NSOL present, present time (PT); see also time; PXL defn., response to continuous rhythm of physical universe, resulting in a hereness in nowness, V-276 anatomy of, II-81 and past, II-409 and past time, relationship, II-224 anyone can be brought more into present time with objective processes, VIII-393 anyone forced into dangerous environment tends to either go fully into PT or retreat from PT, VI-293 assists for PT location by Comm Process, III-547 children in and out of, I-325 466 present, present time (PT) (cont.) Comm Process, avoid pinning the process in ~, III-53 1 confronting present time, III-96 cyclic aspect of recall type processes, phenomena of pcbouncing into PT, IV-51 disconnection from present time, III-97 drug may be taken to drive a person out of an unbearable PT, VI-292 getting a person into, II-80 getting pc into, I-426 identifying past with present, II-224 is only referral point that exists; in its absence all becomes “bank”, IV-155 Locational Processing to bring pc up to ~, III-239 mental image pictures are only de-solidified pres ent times, III-34 mind is a mechanism for overcoming the lack of incidents, lack of experience in ~, III-I 51 neurotic, barely able to keep up with the present, II-I Opening Procedure of 8-C is putting pc into con tact with what is present time, VIII-108 pc stuck on track, even if appears to be in present time, I-16 people go out of present time because they can’t have the mest of present time, IV-155 reality, avoidance of, is avoidance of present time, II-I Recall Processes take pc out of PT and put him back in, III-536 relationship to insane and drug taker, VI-292 rhythm is source of present time, V-276 Straight Wire and present time, II-227 thetan’s continuous presence in ~, possible ex planation of, V-276 Then and Now Solids consists exactly of making pc capable not only of contacting and handling ~, but also any segment of the past, III-34 time, by a sequence of de-solidifying present time one evidently achieves time, III-34 time is a process of knowing in the present and not-knowing in the future or the past, II-440 under threat thetan goes out of PT, VI-291 very sane confront the present entirely, II-1 Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery, SOP 8 Step V [process], I-392; VIII 121 run psychotic cases on, VIII-121 present time problem(s) (PTP), III-168, 315, 488; IV-43, 61, 377; VI-434; X-57; see also Present Time Problem Processes; problem; rudiments defn., is one which has its elements in the material universe in PT, which is going on now, and which would demand pc’s attention to such an extent that he would feel he had better be doing something about it rather than be audited, III defn., (problem itself, not just its terminals, must exist in PT) something worrying pc so much CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 present time problem(s) (PTP) (cont.) defn. (cont.) that he will have a difficult time keeping his attention on auditing, III-243, 296 defn., one that exists in PT, in a real universe; any set of circumstances that so engages attention of pc that he feels he should be doing something about it instead of being audited, III-488 defn., basically the inability to confront the dual terminal nature of this universe, IV-61 defn., a special problem that exists in the physical universe now on which pc has his attention fixed, IV-62 defn., problem that exists now in physical universe, IV-210 ARC breaks, PTPs and withholds all keep a session from occurring, VIII-178; IX-181 ARC breaks, withholds and PT problems can stop a case, IV-207, 210 as something “worrying” the pc, II-447 auditing over a W/H and PTP = no case gain, VII-123 commands for, VI-259 don’t mistake a PTP or withhold for an ARC break, VI-77 failure to handle the ~, cause of stalled cases, II-449 flat when pc doesn’t have to do anything about it, III-407 goals and PT problem, IV-210 handling, [1957] III-162, 192, [1958] 303, 405, [1959] 525;IV-63, 194 handling by Problem of Comparable Magnitude, III-8 how to handle present time problems [1964], V-468 how to run PTP [1958], III-315 if it doesn’t free on Help it is under-pinned by a similar earlier problem, III-268 is a highly vital point of pc participation, III-158, 177 is exactly and only what pc thinks or says it is, V-463 is not flat if pc still trying to do something about it, II-447 is pain in some member of the body, what to run, III-168 is the only thing which can keep a case from gaining, III-161, 181 left in restim, or not located at all, effect on OCA/APA, handlingof, III-276, 285, 334 long duration PTPs, IV-271 prevent good gain and send pc into back track, VI-91 run on Prehav, IV-326 makes it hard for pc to confront session, III-311 must be flat before session is continued, II-447 no gains occur in presence of, V-468, 470 OCA/APA, PTP can hold a graph unchanging and only an ARC break can lower one, VI-16 467 present time problem(s) (PTP) (cont.) out of session, caused by W/Hs and PTPs, IV-62 overts, ARC breaks and PTPs, V-468; see also BCR overts as a solution to a PTP, how to handle, VI-23 pc being audited over PTP won’t be making any gains, VI-76, 429 pc generally doesn’t know he has one which is nagging him, III-158, 177 pc often gives a PTP when asked for goals, IV-210 pc’s case is a composite of ~, II-295 pc who is having lots of PTPs has his attention very fixed on something, IV-61 pc with ~ needs more games, II-446 person in the PTP is often the current clue to the case, IV-61 personnel involved in a ~ must exist right now in the physical universe, III-406 person with PTP will get no graph change, V-185 preventsprogress, IV-217 Processes; see Present Time Problem Processes psychosomatics may come under head of ~, III 243 run only PTP that reads, III-315 run O/W on constant restimulator of PTPs, IV-39, 61 sick body is a PTP and inhibits attaining spiritual freedom by Scientology, VI-347 stalls cases, III-382 sticks the graph, makes it register no change, IV 61 substituting for the present time problem, II-303 there are many people who cannot tackle a ~ with a process, III-159 thetan, big PTPs a thetan has are his body, VI-339 thetan will dream up ARC breaks to exteriorize his attention from a ~, III-304 things to audit present time problem with, III-168 threat to havingness is present time problem, III 195 to tell pc what his PTP is and then audit what auditor said it was will inevitably ARC break pc, V-463 two-way communication and present time prob lem; see PXL what is a PTP, IV-61 when a GPM item exists in PT it constitutes a ~, V-185 whycasedoesn’tchangeinpresenceof, III-195 Present Time Problem Processes, III-196; IV-61;see also present time problem “Describe the problem to me” “How does it seem now?”, IV-42 Tone 40 Locational Processing, to run when pc’s communication is too poor to run PTPs with Problems of Comparable/lncomparable Magni tude, III-254 use “From where could you communicate to a (general form of terminal)?”, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Present Time Problem Processes (cont.) pressure(s) (cont.) use Selected Persons O/W Straight Wire [1959], somatic is, in Dianetics, considered to be a III-402 symptom in a lock, secondary or engram, using “worse than” [process], III-158, 177 simply part of content, VI-342 “What part of that problem could you be repretense, defn, false reason or excuse; a mere show sponsible for?”, III-296, 315 without reality, VIII-102 presession(s), IV-74 prevention of engram, I-114 additions, IV-134 Preventive Dianetics, I-47 assist dissemination, IV-72, 73 defn., I-113; see also DMSMH auditing presession, IV-141 basis of: prevention of acquisition and restimula commands for Presessions II-X, Havingness and tion of engram, I-121 Confront, IV-142 formula of, I-113 handle: help factor, control factor, pc communiPreventive Scientology, defn, individual is inhibited cation factor, interest factor, IV-72 or restrained from assuming states lower than help is first button, IV-86 he has already suffered from, II-441 is run without a Model Session, IV-180 Primary Correction Rundown (PCRD), VIII-65, 133, of the 1st Saint Hill ACC, IV-142 157; IX-320, 326; see also Primary Rundown pre-presession stage that’s a confessional, IV-89 checklist, VIII-134; IX-320 Presession Communication, IV-135 end phenomena of a ~, VIII-I 59; IX-328 Presession Control, IV-134, 135 handling, VIII-157 Presession Help: two-way Help on auditor-pc, IVpre-PCRD steps, VIII-158; IX-327 134 purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through Presession Interest: live or die, IV-134 the PRD, VIII-137, 157; IX-326 Presession One (Help, Control, Communication, when the PCRD is given, VII1-133 Interest), IV-175 Primary Rundown (PRD), VIII-135; IX-322, 323; see Presession Two, IV-139 also Primary Correction Rundown based on theory that one is taking sixth dyactions in HGC are case handling and Word Clear namic off seventh dynamic, IV-141 ing Method 1, VIII-76 steps of, IV-139 auditor flubs, X-233 Presession 37, IV-I 80 consists of Word Clearing and study tech; it makes method of getting off withholds, IV-180 a student superliterate, VIII-135; IX-323 use of, IV-204 every definition of a word must be looked up, “What question shouldn’t I ask you?”, IV-154, IX-479 194 handling of Study Tapes, VIII-75; IX-322 thirty-six new presessions, IV-156 is given in Tech Division, IX-323 type session, havingness can be run on any, IV-90 keynote of Primary Rundown is honesty, VIII what to do for person after Presession Processes, 135; IX-323 IV-79 non-PRDs, VIII-163 press, VI-392 product, VIII-77, 135 and government attack, II-312 steps, VIII-136; IX-324 entheta and attacks in, IV-148 students who struggle with, are given Primary Cor good press on Scientology, II-311 rection Rundown, IX-326 handling, let case histories do the talking, II-309 super-IIteracy is end product of PRD, VIII-155; how to handle, II-442 IX-464 interviews, discuss the project not Scientology, Tech DivPrimary Rundown, VIII-76, 135 II-353 use of Word Clearing Method 4, VIII-77 prints bad news, II-170 Word Clearing Method 8 is an action used in the Scientologists should never let themselves be interPrimary Rundown, VIII-155; IX-464 viewed by the press, II-155 Primary Scale; see Pre-Havingness Scale, Primary stories, written before the interview, II-169 Scale pressor beam, I-290 prime datum, no such thing; there must be two data pressure(s), ~ since datum is of no use unless it can be bank solidity is a form of ~, V-175; VI-192 evaluted by datum of similar magnitude, III high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can 422 come from by-passed flows, VII-212; VIII-286, primitive culture, example of educating a ~, VIII 380 170 Locational Communication relieves face pressures primitives, help = betrayal, IV-86 and terror stomachs, III-466 primitives, insanity rises when veneered by white pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when customs, IV-82 their TA is high, VII-169 principles, basic reason—basic principles, I-148 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 prior assessment, one has to assess what was wrong before or prior to the cure, VI-377 prior confusion, IV-401, 409; VIII-237; see also confusion all problems are preceded by ~, IV-409 finding, IV-415 hidden standards are result of ~, IV-409 sec checking area of prior confusion, IV-406, 414 Security Checking includes ability to locate area of prior confusion, IV-390 stuck points on time track stick because of ~, IV-414 to self-determined change, V-116 use of in Problems Intensive, IV-414 prior reads, defn., reads which occur prior to completion of major thought, V-264 compartmenting the question, exploring ~, V-77 prison and army systems of punishment, III-235 privacy, invasion of, III-496 problem(s); see also present time problem; Problem Processes defn, consists of two or more purposes opposed, II-424, 446 defn., conflict arising from two opposing intentions, III-488 defn., intention vs. intention or “two or more opposing and conflicting views on same subject”, IV-61 defn, an intention-counter-intention that worries pc, IV-210 defn., two or more postulates in opposition to each other, IV-354 defn., postulate-counter-postulate, IV-413; V-185; VI-109 all problems are preceded by a prior confusion, IV-409 anatomy of, is intention vs. intention, II-446 anatomy of, is purpose-counter-purpose, II-424 and chronic somatics, II-322 and games, similarities, II-446 as counter-created barriers to the pc, II-418 auditing, how it becomes a problem to pc, III-195 auditor worried about his pc is working over a problem, VII-362 basic anatomy of, III-I 13 basic problem is postulate-counter-postulate, III303 case not advancing has problems, VII-58, 101 confronting problem without doing something about it, IV-61 consists of two opposed stable data and therefore two confusions, IV-354 dating the problem in Problems Intensive, what it does, IV-415 five methods of handling, I-34 fixated attention shows up as a problem but is usually a hidden standard, VIII-262 force opposing force with resultant mass, IV-426 goal has anatomy of problem, IV-416 469 problem(s) (cont.) Grade II or above has a problem, that means Grade I is out, VII-101 handling and running, III-164 handling of, unless the pc can get idea of problem, the technique is unworkable, III-165 havingness and problems, II-304 havingness is the clue to problems, III-117 hidden standard is always an old problem of long duration, VI-109 hidden standard is special problem pc thinks must be resolved before auditing can be seen to have worked, VIII-262 hidden standards by which all auditing progress is judged, IV-354 how to take apart, IX-310 invention of, why not aberrative, III-196 is a game, III-196 is not a condition or a terminal; it is a “how” or “whether”; it is a doingness, not a person, III-315 is two-terminaled, III-303 Locational Processing to handle, III-122 margin of error allowable for a problem, I-73 mind is important to degree it can observe, pose, resolve and execute problems, I-27 mis-definitionof, III-303 most stuck point on track is a problem, IV-414 necessary to the playing of a game, II-446 no TA (or case gain ) = problem = locate problem, VII-46, 359 of barriers, ortheirlack, howresolved, II-15 of parent, I-325 of sedation, I-104 old solution causing new problems, IV-62 one cannot have a problem without overts and withholds against people involved in it, for one cannot be so individuated as to not influence others unless one has O/Ws on those others, IV-414 OT VI with ~ is really just an unflat Grade I, VII-59 overt, ARC break, ~, relation between, IX-275 past;seeAdvanced Procedure&Axioms pc in looking over problems falls into realizing what his actual desires are, IV-57 pc released at Zero will of course soon begin to have problems; he goes to next grade, not to Review for an assist, VI-252 pcwho alwayshas problems, IV-63 peculiar to psychotics, I-58 penalty of solving problems, III-462 person begins to suffer from problems when he does not have enough of them, II-424 psychosomatic illness, relation to insufficiency of problems, II-226 PTS condition is actually a problem and a mystery and a withdrawal, VIII-98 remedy of problems of havingness is accomplished by creating an abundance of all things, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 problem(s) (cont.) resolution of all problems is a study in rightness and wrongness, I-69 resolution, relation to ability to predict a future state of beingness, I-323 scale of succumb problems, III-3 15 shows up as an out rud in GF 40 and is simply put in as a rud not as a grade, VII-101 solutions are ordinarily an alter-is of problems, IV-54 solutions, belief that solutions collapse problems on thetan, cause of, III-462 somatics, aberrations, circuits and problems are postulate-counter-postulate situations, IV-414 suppressive, if you find a suppressive on a case you will also find a chronic problem, VI-109 tend to snap in on the pc, IV-61 thetan has no problems of his own, II-434 thetan thinks he needs them to keep his attention exteriorized from rock chain, III-304 unhappiness is due to lack of problems, II-424 unsolved, defn, is an effort which has not been overcome and thereby causes randomity of effort encysted in time, I-168 when is it flat, III-10 why people won’t solve their problems, III-462 why problems hang and float in time, IV-414 winner, problems of, II-398 Problem Process(es), IV-61, 354; see also problem always run the process of Problems on the subject of terminals, never on conditions, II-354 auditing Problems cures alter-isness in a case, IV354 Invent a Problem, III-383 “Invent a problem that person (weak universe) could be to you”, II-373; VIII-125 “Invent a specific problem (terminal) could be to you”, used to remedy havingness of problems, II-323 Problems and Solutions, II-218, 250; IV-54 Problems of Comparable/Incomparable Magnitude, III-196 incomparable magnitude as alternate to comparable magnitude, III-165 Locational Processing and Problems of Comparable or Incomparable Magnitude, which to run, III-325 Tone 40 Locational Processing run when pc’s communication is too poor to run Problems of Comparable/Incomparable Magnitude, III-254 Problems of Comparable Magnitude, II-447; III10, 114, 122, 303, 316 handling and running, III-164, 229 how to run, II-295 procedure, III-165 reason it works, III-167 running the creation which is countering the survival of the pc, II-414 R2—20, Problems and Solutions, II-218, 250 470 Problem Process(es) (cont.) Sec Check and Problem, ratio between in terms of time [RIA], IV-355 “Tell me your problem.” “How does it seem to you now?”, IV-61 “Tell me your problem.” “What part of that prob lem could you confront?”, IV-62 “Tell me your problem.” “What part of that prob lem have youbeen responsible for?”, IV-62 “What is the problem?” “What solutions have you had for that problem?”, VI-111 “What motion have you been responsible for?”, IV-62 “What part of that problem could you be respon sible for?”, III-315 “What problem about a leg could you confront?”, IV-54 “What problem could you confront?”, IV-61 “What problem have you been (or might you have been) responsible for?”, IV-62 “What two things can you confront?”, IV-62 Problems Intensives, IV-401, 414 assessment, example, IV-410 for staff clearing, IV-392 goals presented in ~ should not be given vast importance or suppressed, V-201 pattern for a new Problems Intensive, V-116 Recall a Terminal and ~, alternated with R-2H, V-406 Repetitive Prepchecking on, V-116 turning points are simply self-determined changes in pc’s life, IV-401 use of the prior confusion, IV-414 what Problems Intensive does for pc, V-146 ProblemsRelease—GradeIRelease, VI-95, 96, 98 process(es), III-229; see also specific processes by name defn., a Scientology exercise, II-405 defn., consist of utilizing the principle of the gradient scale to the end of placing pc in better control of himself, his mind, people and uni verse around him, II-443 above the pc’s level, II-218 all fail if pc is out of session, IV-175 allowed [1961], IV-325, 385 all unlimited and highly workable processes are games conditions, II-557 and ARC, I-103 approaches, I-150 are as good as they are simple, II-52 are not drills, VI-40 are run as long as they produce tone arm change, IV-218 as distinct from procedures~ II-443 as domination, I-153 auditing a process is a simple A to B action, VII-289 auditing discipline, Auditor’s Code, TRs are needed to make processes work, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 process(es) (cont.) process(es) (cont.) auditor has to be skilled on one at least and extra processes, use The Book of Case Remedies know all about it before he can do two, V-432 and those Creation of Human Ability processes auditors asking odd non-process questions while not used in standard rundowns, VII-432 “doing aprocess” andgiving odd orders is very failing to use all ~ for level is a High Crime, bad, VIII-160 VII-80 auditors must read materials and check out before far better to teach and process a person than only they do the process, VII-378 to process him, II-406 basic chart of process types [1957], III-131 flattening, III-398; see also end phenomena basic processes, VI-278 and unflattening, phenomena of, II-328 best processes are those which fastest convert unbefore you change, V-76 knowing games conditions to knowing games flows, it is type of process rather than the type of conditions, III-9 pc which regulates the flows, VI-307 bullbait that uses actual processes or implants free needle, if process is overrun free needle van should be stamped out hard, VII-192 ishes with just one extra command, VI-144 can be short-cut as well as programs, folly of, freeze, III-240 VII-90 goal of, I-432 can go F/N in a session break and intention of gradual scale of processes [1959], III-397 auditor to continue sends TA high, VI-277 has not been the correct one or has not been run can undo Black Dianetics, I-280 correctly or has not been run long enough if cause and effect, I-211 there has not been an increase in pc’s ability to certainties, I-350 grant life to others and to his environment, cognition and flattening of a process, VII-242; II-255 IXb7 how long to run process, IV-42, 218 cognition (awareness of awareness) is the goal of in the first book designed for wide-open case, any process, II-255 I-301 commands, one doesn’t necessarily give every auis flat when question no longer influences com diting command the process has in its runmunication factors of pc, II-235 down, V-501 is slanted toward reconditioning ability of in cycle, VII-261 dividual to handle his own memory package, is selecting a process to be run on pc, running I-210 TA action into it (if necessary) and running jumping, X-14 TA action out of it, V-410 keynote of any process is the skill of its applica cyclic process, defn., repetitive process which does tion, II-52 cause pc to cycle on time track, VI-101 lag, developed are too powerful to admit of goofs and defn, length of time it requires for pc to departures and unusual solutions, VI-28 obtain a result from a process, II-129 developed to facilitate application, IV-64 defn., length of time it takes to reduce all Dianetic auditing below Power has four definite communication lag from a type of question reactions in pc which show process is ended, or action in auditing, II-130 VII-20 and learning lag, III-18 discharged process no longer gives TA, VII-77 level processes must be audited in sequence in the doesn’t work until auditor has a comm line to pc, level itself, VI-27 VII-241; IX-66 levels—necessity for training, IV-261 done in three ways: energy flows, concepts, levels of auditors and processes [1957], III-84 mock-ups, I-311 limited processes, VI-278 do not work without skillfully practiced TRs, and unworkable processes are no-games condi V-263 tions, II-504, 557 don’t only deliver “the latest” ~, V-324 any process which makes pc create, IV-35 don’t run an out of ARC process, VII-268 lower level processes are run at sensitivity 16, don’t run a process that makes pc feel accused, VI-110 V-441 major processes are done to improve case, VII-57 don’t underrun or overrun, VI-100 master process, defn., one which ran out all other efforts, I-169 processes and processing, V-67 ending a process, [1960] IV-42, 164, [1961] 221, misprogrammed lower level processes, X-17 454 never restart a process the moment it is ended, cyclical and non-cyclical, VI-45, 101 IV-44 Model Session, V-86, 87, 399 non-cyclical process, defn, repetitive process end phenomena of processes, VII-78; seealso end which does not cause pc to cycle on time phenomena track, VI-101 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 process(es) (cont.) numerous therapeutic processes can be easily derived fromaxioms, I-242 objective vs. subjective, II-448 “old” processes are not cancelled by new ones, VII-100 on gradient scale from unconscious pc to theta clear, list [1959], III-436 only assist in processing the pc, III-161, 181 outline of the processes [1953] developed and investigated, I-431 pan-determined vs. single viewpoint, II-418 pc attaining end phenomena before all processes run, what to do, VII-48, 361 purpose of Straight Wire on processing sessions, I-50 real and unreal to pc, difference between, III-182 reason for new, II-79 remedy is an auditing process designed to handle a non-routine situation, V-517 repairing unflat processes, V-67 rewording a process given in the levels can be catastrophic, VI-27 routine is a standard process, designed for best steady gain of pc at that level, V-517 running too many, II-449 running with no apparent gain, reason for, III-195 run on the alternate questions system, II-417 run the process as long as it produces change, II-236 safe processes, IV-406 sequence of, [1960], IV-90 short-cut, X-40 should not be extracted, X-151 six basic process types, III-479 standard process, errors that make it not seem to work, VI-76 star-rated checkouts of processes are required before application, VI-156 start of process, [1960] IV-42, 163, [1961] 221, 454 Model Session, V-86, 399; VI-45 stopping a process, IV-218; see also end phenomena survival, all processes have aligned on “survive”, III-320 terminals, in the absence or unreality of a terminal the significance in a process will not function, III-235 that reduce havingness, II-490 that turns on a bizarre or unwanted condition will always turn it off, IV-218 that turns something on turns it off, V-126 Think processes are unlimited, VI-282 two-way communication, part of every process, II-138 unflat, repair has priority, X-16 unreality of processes, too high for a pc, III-96 unstable gain means too many processes or processes not flattened, handling of, III-285 472 process(es) (cont.) use of for each Grade, X-13 use the processes which improve the pc’s case, II-97 what process to run on the pc, II-246 what they are, III-16 1, 18 1 when to begin processing after sedation, I-105 where they are on the ARC Tone Scale, II-131, 138 which turns on a somaticmust be continued until it no longer turns on somatics, III-159, 179 will not function in presence of bad TRs, VII-348 processing; see auditing Processing Check, Johannesburg, IV-325 Processing Check, Know to Mystery, V-1 Processing Security Check, IV-356 Process July, III-200 Process I—X, VI-25 procurement, letters, X-85 auditors who have no pcs write procurement letters, VII-184 newpc procurement, X-85 produce, one has to produce to have, VIII-80 produce, person who doesn’t produce becomes men tally or physically ill, VIII-80 product(s), defn., always something someone can have, VIII-44 hat on product before doing anything else, VIII 38 orders and products, VIII-37 org’s main product, VIII-337 overt products, VIII-128 people not knowing their products require con stant orders, VIII-37 purpose and Why and WC error correction, X-220 Product Clearing, correction, VIII-96 Full Product Clearing Long Form, VIII-44 “quickie” Product Clearing, VIII-39 steps of, VIII-39 TA and Product Clearing, VIII-49 production is the basis of morale, VIII-38, 80 production, morale and exchange factor, VIII-80, 129 production, three actions to increase, IX-472 Product Officers, VIII-40 professional, auditing, relation to free group auditing, I-347 auditor, III-102 in arts is one who obtains communication with art form at minimum sacrifice of technical qual ity, VI-84 professional Scientologist is one who expertly uses Scientology on any area or level of society, IV-1 profile; see OCA/APA CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 program, programming, VII-56, 58 defn, consecutive techniques or actions a case should have to get adequate tone arm action and achieve anew plateauofability, V-386 defn, any series of actions designed by C/S to bring about definite results in pc, VII-47, 360; IX-27; X-6, 10 defn., sequence of actions session by session to be undertaken on case by C/S in his directions to auditor or auditors auditing case, VII-56; IX-27; X-10 defn, overall planning for person of courses, auditing and study he should follow for next extended time period, VII-141, 287; IX-312 Advance Program; see Advance Program and misprogramming, X-99 and the C/S Series, X-250 and the Grade Chart, X-250 A to B action, VI1-289 auditors, let them complete programs on pcs even though going to Cramming, VII-380 backwards programming, VII-387; X-182-83 cases [1963], V-325, 331 chronic somatic, program for, X-57 Classification and Gradation Chart and all its processes and steps is basic program of any case, VII-56, 57 complete when EP of program is attained, VII-261 correct way to program, VII-57 crash programming training of auditors, X-70 cross programming, VII-261; X-137-38 current, on inside of folder, X-145 cycle, VII-261 is selecting an action to be performed, performing that action and completing it, V-410 data, programming without data is risky, VII-209 Dianetic programming, VII-340; see also Dianetics and drugs, X-158 correct, X-169 dispersal, VII-57, 58; X-11 EP, X-147 errors, VII-61, 206, 209, 387; X-16, 17, 97 evil purposes and R/S items are marked on lefthand edge of topmost program in red with date and worksheet page number, IX-28 Expanded Dianetic programming, IX-25 1; see also Expanded Dianetics F/N what you ask or program, VIII-222 from prepared lists, X-149-50 from White Form, X-169 for flubless auditing, X-176-81 give priority to recent auditing errors or recent life catastrophes, VII-65 goofed, repair auditor and goofed pc and continue program, VII-276 Grade and Program violations, VII-47, 361 Grade Chart is basic program of pc, VIII-313 hopeful, X-99 incorrect ~ can add up to overwhelm, VII-62 intelligently, X-190 473 program, programming (cont.) interjectedbypc, X-137 interjected programs, VII-261 Introspection Rundown, program to fit the pc, VIII-260 length of programs, VII-87, 186; X-87 long, saves C/S time, X-37 major errors in, lay case open to goofed sessions, X-16 major Why of falling hours, incomplete programs and other confusions, VIII-149 misprogramming and programming, VII-209 necessityofworkingonacaseby, VII-59;X-13 of cases, X-10 of fat folder cases cover lists, X-65 pc interest and TA action tell you ~ is right, V-325 Preclear Assessment Form, program from, VII-340 prepared lists, programming from, VI1-280, 405 principal six errors of, X-99 Progress Program; see Progress Program quality, how to raise, VII-209; X-99 quickie, X-219 Repair Program; see Repair Program Return Program; see Advance Program sequence of, X-151 Set-up Program; see Repair Program Sheet, defn., sheet which outlines sequence of actions, session by session, to be run on pc to bring about a definite result, IX-10 short-cut, VII-90; X-40 “stale dated program” means it is too old to be valid, VII-356 standard 121~ hour intensive, X-139 three types, IX-27; X-11 TRs are a major program, VII-261; X-137 Iypes of programs, VII-57 visual idea, X-138 violations, X-7 what it consists of, IX-27 progress board, IX-356 Progress Program, VII-98, 186; X-44, 48, 87, 88, 145, 151; see also Repair Program defn., to eradicate case mishandlingby current life or auditing errors; written on red sheet, IX-27 has reached its EP when pc is running well again, VII-278 may reach EP before written up program is com pleted, VII-261 Project Clear check sheet [1957], III-143 Project Clear processes, how to run, III-144 Project 80—itsa line and tone arm, V-351 prompters, V-512 propaganda, Russian, III-45 propitiate (Secondary Scale level), IV-298 Pro-survival/Contra-survival Processing, I-192 pro-sunival object and contra-survival object, differ ence between, I-192 pro-survival valences, never run, III-284 protect (Secondary Scale level), IV-3 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 protect and defend, don’t, III-147 protein, high protein diet and auditing, I-42 protein, sugar vs., VIII-207 protest(s)(ed), auditing pc under protest will cause TA to stay up and no F/N, VII-208 decided and protest buttons used to get pc easier session, V-447 denote a breakdown of the help button, IV-85 Dianetic item already run may give protest read, VI-357 pc’s protest against a question is demonstrated, V-439; VII-24, 370 in a conflict between pc and meter, take pc’s data, because protest and assert and mistake will also read on meter, V-335 is basically responsible for making a mental image picture, V-301 is frequent reason for high TA, how to handle, VII-281; X-150 mechanism of protest causes the effect to approach more closely, II-438 overrunning and protest, IX-315 pc’s protest against a question, how it shows up, VIII-24, 370; IX-268 protest of doing it too often pushes TA up, VI-280 reads come from just plain annoyance with having to go on, VIII-10; IX-447 reads in Word Clearing, IX-447 TA soaring = O/R or protest, find which and handle, VII-46, 359 provisional certificates, I-52 expire after one year if not validated, VIII-162 pseudo-group, I-137 psyche, defn., Greekwordmeaning”spirit”, II-405 psychiatry, psychiatric, psychiatrists, II-296, 465, 475; III-169; VII-113, 450; see also psychoanalysis; psychotherapy “all mental trouble is physical”, VI-313 psychoanalysis costs, VII-113 apathy only goal of psychiatrist, II-475 as betrayed help, IV-86 a swindle, III-47 attackfrom, II-267 auditors suffer from association with psychologists and psychiatrists, II-389 basic assumption: shock cures aberration, IV-103 basic assumption that enough punishment will restore sanity is disproven, IV-104 “cures” are implantings with compulsive ideas, VII-112 descended into insane barbarism, X-14 developed through the Nineteenth Century in Russia, III-477 dramatization, IV-103 history, handling of, VII-34 is fading, X-75 philosophy that failed, IV-77 psychiatric range; see Science of Survival 474 psychiatry, psychiatric, psychiatrists (cont.) “psycho” analysis, hypnotism, “psychiatry” and other implant type therapies often key in and jam track, VII-449 psychology and psychiatry are political subjects aimed at control, VI-404 psychology and psychiatry, primitive though pre in tending being advanced, VIII-202 psychosis, neurosis and psychiatrists, III-] 69 report on two cases that have received psychiatric and Euro-Russian therapy from the govern how ment, III-234 sees in every ability an insanity, III-170 thinks destroy is the same as help, III-252 whyit failed, IV-88 psychoanalysis, II-465, 475; III-537;see also psy chiatry; psychotherapy and Straight Wire, II-232 background of, II-533 condemning facts of, III-138 developed by Freud in 1894 in Vienna, Austria, III-477 how to reform, II-233 how to run out, I-206 language of, II-534 patients, V-5 17 says all insanity derives from love, III-170 Scientology not in the business of ~, II-212 psychology, I-36, 181; II-390, 405 defn., body of practice devoted to creation of any effect onlivingforms, III-499 and government, VI-404 “conditioning” and psychology, VI-39 1 developed by Wundt in 1879 in Leipzig, Germany, III-477 influence of psychoanalysis, ~, and psychiatry, II-481 is in actual use a dramatization of Axiom 10, wholly reactive, III-499 is not accepted by Roman Catholic Church be and cause it considers man to be an animal with no soul, III-514 needing it infers you are crazy, II-390 perversion of the term, VII-383; IX-427 Scientology, don’t classify with psychology or medicine, II-264 study of the spirit which denied the spirit, II-405 Wundtian psychology, III-46 psychometric graphs, II-337; see also tests psychometry; see tests psychopaths, II-61 “psychopolitics”, brainwashing manual, II-309, 312, 328 psychos; see psychotics psychosis, I-55; VI-131; VII-155; see also psychotics and misunderstood words are the only reasons for post failure, VII-381; IX-423 and neurosis, break between established by, I-245 and neurosis, difference between, III-169 and neurosis, dividing line between, 1 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 psychosis (cont.) description of, X-72-73 equals succumb = rock slams, IX-149 new definition of, IV-136 rock slams indicate an area of psychosis which will ruin pc’s life if allowed to go unhandled, VIII-345 psychosomatic(s);seealso illness;somatic defn., pains stemmingfrommind, VI-341 child’s psychosomatic difficulties, I-322 chronic, is an effort to succumb, IV-57 Clay Table Healing used to get rid of physical discomfort of ~ origin, V-457 clear up, III-302 colds, tiredness and ~, process to cure, III-246 difficulties handled by Withhold, III-118 difficulties, obvious ~ difficulties or sexual parts, audit last, III-93 illness(es), I-10; see also illness; somatics; DMSMH become chronic, I-190 cause of, VI-340 chronic psychosomatic illness is usually counterfeit of illness suffered by ally, 1-19 Dianetic auditor can handle the bulk of, VI-326, 349 how it is caused, II-431 percentage, I-421 processes that handle, II-448 relation to insufficiency of problems, II-226 unhappiness, inability to heal, and psychosomatic illness (whichinclude some 70%of the illnesses of man), are best healed by immediate address of human spirit, II-153 may come under head of PT problem, III-243 not province of medical doctor, II-36 psychotherapy; see also psychiatry; psychoanalysis concern and description of, I-320 goals of, to eradicate unsocial or aberrated behavior in an individual, II-237 never worked, why, III-201 psychotic(s), I-239; VI-131; see also psychosis defn., person who does not have enough attention in present time to be able to act rationally, I-57 defn., the case which cannot observe but thinks obsessively, I-433 defn., complete subject of one or more unknown causes to which he is unwilling effect and any effort on his part to be cause is interfered with bythingstowhichheistheeffect, III-169 defn., that person who cannot receive orders of any kind, who sits unmoving or goes berserk at the thought of doing anything told him by another determinism, IV-136 absolute minimum is 21% of population, VI-133 are PTS if only to themselves, VIII-209 attitude of the professional to ~, I-56 attitude to pain, II-2 behavior, VII-157, 158 475 psychotic(s) (cont.) being, X-74 Book One addressed the psychotic, I-301 break, I-55, 57, 61 handling a person near a psychotic break, I-62 isolation of person in, VIII-260, 263 pc in, C/S would have to locate last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to pc and get it corrected as first action, VIII 241, 256, 353 what it is, VIII-239, 249, 346 wrong indication can cause, VIII-239, 249, 346 cases, SOP 8 Step VII, 1-392 characteristics of a psychotic, VI-133 classification of: computational, dramatizing, missing-parts, I-57 concerned with the past, II-1 C/Sing and auditing psychos, VIII-264 family relationships, I-59 four types of treatment which will not help, I-60 handling the psychotic, I-55 help and psychotics, VI-133 how they run in processing, I-61 irrational treatment of, I-56 is incomprehensible, II-138 is motivated by intent to harm, VII-157 Kraepelin’s psychotic classification, I-473 motivation of, X-74 Opening Procedure 8-C, for use on ~, II-76, 81 people, I-100 persons unwilling to be audited, what to run, III-468, 497 problems peculiar to, I-58 processing of, I-56 processing techniques, I-61 proper handling of, V-516 PTS Type Three is beyond facilities of orgs not equipped with hospitals as these are entirely psychotic, VI-113 relation of PTS person to psychotic, VIII-209 run psychotic cases on Present Time Differentia tion, VIII-121 run psychos on CCH 1, 2, 3, 4, III-502 Search and Discovery handles victims of ~, VI-134 state, defn., avoidance of future and present time and a shift into the past, II-2 difference between psychotic state and sane state is ability to make things solid, III 188 students, I-5 1 wide-open case, actually a psychotic who du plicates continuously and psychotically, II 19 psychotropic drugs, how they work, VI-3 PT; see present time PTP; see present time problem PTS; see potential trouble source CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 PTS Rundown, VII-452, 453, 454; VIII-19, 89, 91, public(s) (cont.) 95, 98, 141, 209, 330, 338; see also potential who seek to liken Scientology to something else, trouble source how to handle, VI-152 administrative tech of PTS Rundown, VIII-95; word-of-mouth, the ideal scene, II-155 IX-136 public lecture tapes, VII-435, 436; IX-365, 437 commands of PTS Rundown, VII-454; VIII-332, public schools, Child Processing for use in, I-328 340 pulling beam, I-290 Correction List, VIII-89; X-231 punishment, C/Sing a PTS Rundown, VIII-91 blackmail and punishment are keynotes of all dark end phenomena, VII-453; VIII-331, 340 operations, IV-28 end phenomena is attained when person is well criminal codes and violent punishment are not and stable, VIII-92 needed to regulate social personalities, VI-182 Ethics go hand in hand with PTS RDs so 3 May doesn’t cure anything, IV-103 PL comes before or after it, IX-160 doesn’t make man work, he works as long as he flows of PTS Rundown, VIII-332, 340 can help, IV-148 Flow 0 commands on the PTS RD, IX-257 drive, power deteriorates with, I-140 L&N for places and planetsshould be restricted to earlier assumption to punishment is that some planets only on VA pcs and an L4BR used at thing can be done to another being, IV-104 first sign of trouble, VIII-142 is just another worsening of overt sequence and makes a person not PTS, X-216 degrades punisher, IV-13 pointsofbreakdownofthe~, VIII-331, 339 is supposed to bring about inaction, V-439; IX product is a pc no longer PTS, X-218 269 PTS must be handled in Ethics and given a ~, man is basically good and is damaged by punish VIII-76 ment, IV-104 reasons a PTS RD does not work, VIII-19 mechanisms of, IV-13 references, VIII-340 not an answer, III-558 repair of ~, VIII-19, 340, 343 people guilty of overts demand, IV-13 sick pcs should not be run on ~ as standard prison and army systemsof, III-235 practice, VII-453;VIII-331, 339 psychiatric basic assumption that enough punish steps, VIII-141, 331, 340 ment will restore sanity is disproven, IV-104 that does not work has not been done correctly, why it doesn’t cure criminality, VIII-371; IX-269 VIII-19 why it doesn’t work, V-322, 439 two-way comm question converted to L&N, VIIIpurpose(s), 142 artists, purpose S&D is very magical on, VI-219 valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS auditors or C/Ses who begin to goof, how to RDs, VII-453; VIII-331, 339 handle by two-way comm or earlier ~, VI-306 whentorun, VII-453;VIII-339 difference between one thetan’s forward thrust who does PTS Rundown, VIII-330, 338 and another’s is purpose, validity of, VI-198 whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a failed purpose or pc stuck in something = dopey, person not PTS any longer, VIII-91 tired, IX-213 Why of robotism can be added to ~, VIII-130 pc’s own purposes, VI-67 yellow card is clipped to outside of folder by C/S pc tired = no sleep or failed purpose, check which until pc finishes PTS RD, IX-54 it is and handle, VI146, 359 public(s), purpose clearing, VII-342, 385; see also Post Purpose acceptance level of an audience, II-154 Clearing addressing groups, II-159 instant, VIII-363 arguments concerning the mind, DMSMH handles person’s job or situation in life, VII-385; IX-429 them, IV-81 asking questions, best answer: read DMSMH, IV 79 Q effect of releasing materials to wrong public, II-86 if they don’t hear same thing being said at least Q and A, V-74, 410; VIII-223, 230 three times, they believe it is impermanent, defn, auditor changes the process just because pc V-432 changed or wandered, III-519 incredulity is an accidental protection, V-332 defn., auditor doing whatever pc says, IV-374, reality, II-265 375 uninformed and informed on subject of Scientoldefn, asking a question about a pc’s answer, V-74 ogy, DMSMH contains a bridge between them, defn., means that the exact answer to a question is IV-79 the question, a factual principle; came to mean whole track stuff, don’t hand out to public, II-265 that auditor did what the pc did, V-74 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Q and A (cont.) defn, a failure to complete a cycle of action on a preclear, V-410 defn., is incorrect two-way comm action of wandering off question by feeding pc what pc said as question; Answer is taken as next auditor’s Question, VII-40, 82 defn, one did not get an answer to his question; not getting compliance with an order but accepting something else, VIII-230 defn., Q and A is simply postulate aberration, VIII-230 administrator Q and A, VIII-223 and F/Ns, X-243 ARC broken pc, never discipline or ~ with, V-286 auditor Q and A, VIII-222, 223 auditor Q and A-ing is giving session control over to the pc, V-74 body Q and A, VIII-231 cure for, is objective processes, VIII-232 cause and Q and A, VIII-225 causes ARC breaks by by-passing charge, V-283, 285, 419 change in pc causes auditor to stop or change process, IV-218 C/Sing a win, X-33 C/S Q and A, VII-75, 82, 83, 406; VIII-222, 223; X-27, 32-34 C/S Q and A and programs, X-243 cure of Q and A, VIII-223, 224, 225, 232 dangerous Q and A is that action of auditor which corresponds to pc’s avoidance of a hot subject or item, V-37 effect and Q and A, VIII-231 examplesof, III-371;IV-373;V-74, 292 illness and Q and A, VIII-232 interrupting or changing an auditing comm cycle before it is complete, V-410 is a kind of illness; chronic overwhelm; handling of, VIII-224, 225 is a serious thing in Prepchecking, V-40 next grade please, X-33 origin of term comes from ‘~changing when pc changes”, V-410 pc who stops or alters course of action of auditor is out of session, II-524 reason for Q and A, VIII-224, 230 stateofpersonwhoQsandAs, VIII-231 to abruptly C/S everything pc has just said is Q and A; but worse, it can lead to evaluation, VII-406 TR 4 exists so that pc’s origins are accepted and not Qed and Aed with or invalidated, VIII289, 383 types: double questioning, changing because pc changes, and following pc’s instructions, V-74 with Exam statement of pc, VII-82 with F/Ns, the results of, X-243 with significance, X-34 477 Q and A (cont.) with thoughts already in full view and you’ll never really ease up bank, VII-84 Qs (Prelogics); see Prelogics; Axioms & Logics; Scn 0-8 Quadruple Dianetics, VII-188, 210, 212, 226, 324, 459; X-91, 102, 108, 122; see also Dianetics, Full Flow; Flow 0 already flat Zero Flows are not uncommon, VII 228; VIII-385; X-124 and Dianeticremedies, X-93 and Int RD, X-102 and OTs, X-104 and upper level auditors, X-93 auditor checkout of, X-92 auditor errors in running Quad Dianetics, VIII 383; X-122 auditor requirements for ~, VIII-375, 383, 386; X-92, 122 cancelled, VIII-279; X-76 checklist, VII-189; X-92 Clears and OTs, Quad Dianetics on, VIII-379; X-104 C/Sing Quad Dianetics, VIII-374, 376; X-91 dangers of, VII-226; X-122-26 do not audit four flow items until earlier Dianetic items brought into four flows, VII-210; X-102 errors, VII-226; X-122 Ex Dn, IX-256 flows, X-103 flows and high TA, VIII-381; X-109 getting in all flows, X-102, 103, 109 narrative items or multiple somatic items, when to triple or quad, VIII-378; X-103 pcs, new and old, rules about Tripie and Quad, VIII-373 promotion of, X-104 quadrupling earlier Dianetic items, VIII-377; X-102 rehab or run, X-110 reinstated, VIII-373 repair, X-103-04 resultsof, X-93, 110 safe course is to use Quad only on new never audited before pcs; those begun on Triples, use then only Triple Flows, VII-228; X-125 Triple and Quad reruns, VII-212; X-108 unrun F0 is checked for read before running, VIII-373, 374 use of Quadruple Dianetics, VII-188, 210; VIII 374, 377; X-91-93, 102-04 who to run on Quad, VIII-373 Qual, defn., Qualifications Division (Division V of an org) where student is examined, crammed and awarded completions and certificates and where his qualifications are made a permanent record, VII-141, 287; IX-312 Admin, product of, VIII-188; IX-109 basis of Qual actions [1965], VI-73, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Qual (cont.) chits when SP or PTS is found not sent to Ethics, VI-77 consultant service for pcs and students, VII-176 C/S has to straighten out Qual cramming, VIII233 C/S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer, VIII-164 Cramming and auditor flubs, X-244 does not take orders on what to do to correct, VIII-188; IX-109 function is correction, VIII-188; IX-109 has to have a library, VII-207 highest crime in Tech and Qual is to fail to insist on star-rated checkouts, VI-156 internes are a section in Qual, VII-332 keynote of Qual is correction, VI-211 library, IX-363; X-98 meter use in Qual, IX-121 pcs, Qual does not correct pcs, Tech does, VIII320 Post Purpose Clearing, section of Dept 13, Div V, Qual Div, VII-342 senior datum, VI-211 Tech and Qual actions, VIII-320 Tech and Qual terminals and lines, C/S must coordinate, VII-375 technical actions [1965], VI-73 Tech vs. Qual, VI-167 tools to handle a bogged or failed student, IX-452 Word Clearer, use of, IX-410, 411 quality, stats depend on volume and quality of service, IX-7 Qual Sec, Cramming Officer and Interne Supervisor are close technical links with C/S, VII-377 Sec is responsible for overall tech quality, how he achieves this, VII-183 quarrel, lovers’, I-102 queries, technicalqueries, VIII-42, 424 questions, books answer people’s questions, IV-78 public asking, best answer: read DMSMH, IV-79 reading, X-79-80 TR3, duplication of questions, II-236, 444; see also TRs unreading, X-3 quickie, VIII-93; X-38, 49, 62 defn., brush-off “lick and a promise”, VIII-39 defn., not doing all steps and actions that could be done to make aperfect whole, VIII-93 defn., omitting actions for whatever reason that would satisfy all demands or requirements and doing something less than could be achieved, VIII-93 defn., something done or made in a hurry; a hurriedly planned and executed program (as of studies), VIII-93 cultural inclination to “quickie”, VII-87 defined, X-218-19 Drug Rundown, X-229 Quickie Grades, VII-56, 99, 130; X-10, 26, 49, 62; see also grades defn., one F/N for each of three flows or 3 F/Ns per grade, VII-432 crashed whole Scientology network, VII-88; X-38 denied gain to tens of thousands of cases, VI-4 F/N abuse and “quickies”, VII-78 pc who had Quickie Grades, handling of, VII-98, 131 technical bug behind Quickie Grades, VII-144, 145; X-67, 68 R 478 rabbit, a pre-OT can, X-215 rabbiting druggie, X-211 radiation, II-378, 379, 380; see also atomic bomb;All AboutRadiation aberrative character of, III-52 atomic radiation reverses the genetic line, III-108 creativeness hit by, III-52 danger of, III-45 Dianazene for radiation prevention, VI-123 effects of, III-108 hysteria and radiation, III-44 in war; see All About Radiation problems of fallout; see All About Radiation reaction to radiation is wholly mental, III-46 real threat of; see A 11A bout Radiation resolution of, III-52 surviving radiation, III-48 treatment of radiation disease; see AAR randomity, II-535, 536, 538 defn., the misalignment, through internal or exQual ternal efforts by other forms of life or the material universe, of efforts of organism, I-167 defn., comparable motion, II-536 defn., from viewpoint of individual, something which has in it too much motion or unex pectedness for his tolerance, II-539 also contains the aspect of unexpectedness, II 536 and automaticity, II-533 contains the idea of conditioning, II-536 desire for, II-485 elective, I-209 minus, II-535, 537, 538 defn., from viewpoint of individual, that thing which has too little motion in it for his tolerance, II-539 is the opposite of confusion, II-538 optimum, II-537; see also games game is an optimum randomity, II-540 plus, II-536, 537, 538 random action, toleration of, II-542 stored in full in engrams, I-284 when anyone sets up anything automatically, that thing becomes his randomity at some future date, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 rapport, defn., relationship, especially, one of mutual trust or affinity, VIII-298; IX-500 audience in rapport participates, VIII-298 rational, rationality, I-55, 75 defn., computational accuracy of the individual modified by aberration, education and viewpoint, I-69 defn., ability to recognize and meet the magnitude of effort (counter-effort) being applied to individual, I-168 differentiation is, I-239 optimum, what it depends upon, I-69 rationalization, mechanism of, I-211 RD; see rundown reach, havingness is concept of being able to reach, VIII181 high tone arm shows loss of ability to start or reach, IV-38 “reach”, basic center of insanity, I-358, 361 withhold makes one feel he cannot, IX-284 reach and withdraw, I-384, 426; X-20 auditingas, VII-239 communication is simply a familiarization process based on, IX-64 Formula H: the effort to reach and withdraw, I-447 from mest, II-22 in auditing, IX-64 increasing ability to ~ increases intelligence and unfixes attention, III-428 repairs and touching things, VII-65 key theta actions, I-395, 399, 407 mechanism, III-201 E-Meter, TR 20, V-264 way analytical mind perceives, I-384 reach-withhold phenomena, III-432 reaction time, Dianetics and Scientology greatly speed up, VI-420 reactive, action, essence of, II-359 all needle response is reactive, IV-332 engrams, reactive self-restraint is the purpose of all, IV-69 help is almost always betrayal in reactive zones and areas, IV-88 response, analytical vs. reactive, IV-331 Prehav Scale is a picture of reactive thought, IV331 responsibility is very aberrated in its reactive definitions, IV-87 validate the analytical and neglect the reactive, I-163 reactive mind(s), I-7; III-269; VI-87, 142; see also analyticalmind;mind;somaticmind;DMSMH; SOS; FOT; Scn ~8 defn., stimulus-response mechanism, ruggedly built, and operable in trying circumstances, II-430 479 reactive mind(s) (cont.) all forces in bank contain significance, VII-77 analytical mind becoming aware of a point in reactive mind makes it vanish, VI-57 analytical mind’s power over, I-33 assessment is done by auditor between pc’s bank andmeter, VI-388 attention, when too much attention is given an other terminal, bank reacts to prevent that attention, IV-406 auditor has more control over pc’s reactive mind than pc since pc is influenced by reactive mind responses and auditor is not so influenced, IV-332 auditor is in absolute control of bank; it always does what you tell it to do, V-413 auditor plus pc is greater than bank, auditor plus bank is greater than pc, pc minus auditor is less thanbank, VI-359 auditor plus pc is greater than pc’s bank, VII-230 auditors need subjective reality on bank, IV-374, 376 bank-agreement, VI-6 bank beefing up, defn., sensation of increasing solidity of masses in the mind, V-175 bank belongs to thetan, not to body, V-255 bank is a demon for exactness; mind is not a confusion, V-404 bank means mental image picture collection of pc; it comes from computer technology where all data is in a “bank”, VI-359 bank merely expresses a recording of past atten in tion fixations, III-428 bank of pc becomes solid to degree that he does not take responsibility for his overts and with on holds, III-552 banks don’t read, only thetans impinged upon by bank read; therefore TR I must be addressed to thetan, VII-10 bank, types of, II-548 basis of a reactive mind is creativeness done below the level of consciousness, IV-116 basis of, is actual GPMs, V-493 beefing up the bank, cause of, IV-35 before tackling a bank, you have to have a session, IV-66 betterment of analytical mind and control of reac pc tive mind, I-346 bottom point of, III-518 can hold a fixed command in place, causing a derangement in somatic mind, allowing illness to exist, II-431 case, bad off, can’t handle the bank, III-160, 180 charge blows off bank to degree that it’s con fronted and this is represented by itsa line, IX-68 clearing in Dianetics vs. in Scientology, III-270 clearing is a qualitative return of confidence in self not quantitative handling of bank, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 reactive mind(s) (cont.) reactive mind(s) (cont.) Clear, relationship to reactive mind, VI-19, 56, 61, pressure, bank solidity is a form of, VI-192 86, 141 primary characteristic of, is response to a situation comes from obsessive creating, III-320 without analytical inspection, III-269 common denominators of bank are out of ARC principal difference between analytical and reac and stop, VII-269 tive minds, I-381 composed of timelessness, unknownness, survival, reaction to psychosis, I-55 V-78 records of mind are permanent; see NSOL concludes and acts entirely on experience, I-380 reduction of, I-315 described, VI-62 Release is pulled out of , VI-61, 86, 141 description of, its effect and capabilities, II-430 responds instantly, IV-331 discipline vs. reactive mind, VI-102 Responsibility Processes and Help reduce bank’s dramatize is to act under influence of past inciheaviness, IV-116 dents as dictated by those incidents in bank, R6 bank, VI-38, 62 VIII-336 the reactive mind, VI-61 earlier in the bank the “power” of the thetan’s Solo auditing: C/S plus pre-OT is greater than mock-ups is greater, V-256 bank, VIII-86 E-Meter reacts only on the reactive mind, IV-331 source of its energy, I-382 E-Meter reacts on , never on analytical mind, spirit or mind can predispose illness or injury, V-78 VI-312 evaluation is reactive mind’s conception of viewStep Seven, Clear Procedure: Establish pc’s con point, I-384 trol over his “bank”, III-191 exchange maintains inflow and outflow that gives straightens out by as-ising its content, VII-230 a person space around him and keeps the bank sudden disappearances stay hung in the bank, III off of him, VIII-79 137 Goals Problem Mass, core of reactive bank, IV-443 target of the auditor is pc’s reactive mind, IV-428 GPM, black masses of the reactive mind, V-175 there are valences, circuits and machinery in ~, as group, common denominator of a group is the well as reliable items and goals, V-275 reactive bank, VI-6 there is no time in the reactive mind, IV-332 havingnesstakesedgeoffabank, IV-116 thetans without banks have different responses, Help on terminals reduces a heavy or thick bank, VI-6 IV-116 things that can pull one back into ~, VI-61, 86 “id”, “ego”, no such things in the mind, VI-340 toughened up by creating, how to handle, IV-I 16 if you start running thoughts about thoughts two reactive minds, I-3 15 you’ll pull thoughts out of engrams and restim use a gradient approach to bank, IV-65 the devil out of the bank, IX-187 where it comes from, II-499 is full of generalitieswhichexplainsthe hard ARC whole answer to mind is mental pictures and breaks of Level VI, VI-18 masses created by thetan, VI-160 liability of the reactive mind, VI-20 reactivity, make-break point of, III-359 man is basically good, but reactive mind tends to read(s)(ing), VII-177; see also E-Meter; specific reads force him into evil actions, VIII-370; IX-268 by name mechanics of the reactive bank, V-493 defn., small falls or falls or long falls or long fall mental image pictures are all there is in pc’s blowdown, VII-49 “mind”, VI-340 ARC broken pc may not read, VI-73 mind, three main divisions—analytical, reactive Assessment for Longest Read, VI-357 and somatic mind, II-429 auditor does not tell pc anything about meter or mythsofthemind;seeNSOL its reads ever, except to indicate F/N, VII of group, I-87 259 Operating Thetan, relationship to ~, VI-62 auditor eyesight and reads, VII-178 partners, I-120 auditors who can’t get reads, how to handle, VII pc has as much bank as he has denied cause, IV-19 273 pc has to be able to handle Scientology technolauditor with out TRs and no impingement gets no ogy to handle his own bank, VI-19 reads, V-82 pc plus auditor is greater than bank, VIII-86 bigger on higher levels, V-396 person out of valence does not easily as-is his can occur due to charged words in a question with bank, VI-426 no charge on question itself, IV-323 picking thoughts out of forces in bank brings a clear read, false, IV-26 no-change, VII-85 compartmenting the question, IV-322 present time is only referral point that exists; in Dianetic lists, note reads as pc mentions items, its absence all becomes “bank”, IV-155 VI-377, 389 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 read(s)(ing) (cont.) Dianetics, run what reads not what auditor thinks, VI-358 dirty read; see dirty read everything reading, V-402, 403 false reads, checking for, VI-249, 250 gotten on clearing commands, X-142 instant reads; see instant reads; EMD (EM Drill 19) item; see item items, how they first are null and later read, VI-358 item which does not read when assessed is beyond pc’s level of awareness, VI-357 latent reads; see latent reads listing, note down reads as you list, VI-256 listing question, always test listing question for read before letting pc list, VII-45, 49 metering reading items, VII-177 meter reading; see E-Meter most stopped read, VII-270 never clean a clean needle and never miss a ~, V-105 non-reading item or question, what it means, VII45, 49, 178, 357 no read, suspected by C/S, X-80 on Level VI, difference between, V-403 pc suppresses or invalidates something, read transfers to suppress or invalidate, VII-12 pre-OTs, reads on, VI-220 prepared list either reads or F/Ns, VIII-213 prior reads; see prior reads protest read, VI-357; see also protest protest reads come from just plain annoyance with having to go on, VIII-10 questions must read to be listed, VII-45, 357 questions to handle missed meter reads, V-73 remedy for an auditor who can’t get reads on lists, VIII-233 requirements for making a list read, VIII-234 rocket reads; see rocket reads rudiments, if it reads and pc gives one, don’t check the read again, VI-434 Search and Discovery, do not list an S&D button if question for list does not read, VI-218 seen during pc origination or clearing question, failing to mark on list or W/S, is gross auditing error, VII-178 shows pc has reality on item, VII-75 somatic, don’t run if it hasn’t read, VI-357 steering pc by needle reads, V-60, 63, 78 stop; see stop symptoms of reads, VI-357 taken when pc first says it or when question is cleared, VII-177 tell pc what he wants to know about [1961], IV-218 the most stopped read, X-128 things that don’t read won’t run, VII-50, 208 tick;seealso tick “tick” or “stop” is not a read, VII-49 481 read(s)(ing) (cont.) two-way comm subject chosen must be tested for read, VII-104, 105 wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0 on an E-Meter, VIII-24 reading aloud is Word Clearing Method 7, VIII-154 reading time, learning rate governs ~, III-22 reality, real; see also affinity; ARC; communication; SOS; Scn 8-8008 defn., is dependent on an agreement between in dividuals that an object or an idea exists, I-99 defn., is agreement; too much agreement under duress brings about the banishment of one’s entire consciousness, I-350 defn., is the consideration of particles, I-351 defn, depends upon coincidence or non coincidence of flow and is marked mainly by the direction of flow; it is essentially agree ment, I-381 defn, depends upon the number of viewpoints which are in agreement upon the pattern of the particle, I-466 defn, similarity or dissimilarity of ideas about something, II-247 defn, the way things appear, II-408, 413 defn., fundamentally agreement; what we agree to be real is real, II-413 defn, mass or agreement, VI-261 defn, solid objects, the real things of life, VII-291 affinity, reality and communication, relationship of ~ I-98, 350 and affinity exist to further communication, I-381 and affinity outranked by communication, 1-334 and existence, II-208 auditors need subjective reality on bank, IV-374, 376 auditor’s reality vs. pc’s reality, IV-129 auditors unable to produce good results, cause and handling of related to auditors’ reality, III-292 avoidance of, isavoidance of present time, II-I case who runs with no reality, IV-4 charge shows that pc has possible ~ on area, VII-50 child’s reality, I-48 communication and reality; see also Scn 0-8 composed of degree of duplication possible, II 136 Confrontingness Scale of Reality, III-447 is a parallel to Responsibility Scale, III-446 is the scale of disintegrating reality, III-404 consists of, I-100 disagreement makes it weaker, I-101 do not run things that are not real to pc, reason why, IV-17 engram running inhibited by inadequate R-factor, III-404 enhanced by, I-245 establish reality of terminal before you try to clear it with significance, III-235, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 reality, real (cont.) factor, VI1-74 never order one that takes pc into future or past, VII-273; X-142 Security Check, IV-242, 276 to new pcs, V-490 use of in starting session, IV-453 hellos and okays are run on terminal to improve reality on it, III-243 insanity is caused by denial of reality, I-102 level of preclear, II-205 is dependent on how much he is not-ising his environment, II-205 location in time and space promotes a feeling of, I-245 OCA/APA drop in appreciative—lowered reality level, III-334 pc did it all himself and must gradually come to realize that with total subjective reality, IV-38 pc doesn’t change, means his reality is not being reached, VII-85 pc is as alive as things are real, II-205 pc, reality level of, III-312 person will let things be as real as he is willing to let them exist, II-208 pictures, pc’s reality on, III-390 processing requires obtaining a better reality on environment, III-514 proportional to amount of charge off, VI-281 proportional to amount of charge removed, VII450 read, shows pc has reality on item, VII-75 reality-spotting by E-Meter; see Scn ~8 scale of pc reality on terminals, IV-131 sense of, I-15 suppressed or perverted destroys a group, I-139 what auditor believes has little to do with pc’s reality, VI-345 Reality Scale, III-136, 139, 140, 401 CCH 1and ~, III-240 engram running and ~, III-405 Havingness Scale, part of ~, III-141 lines and terminals, III-139 old and new ~, III-461; VI-201 reason(s), reasoning, defn., orderly handling of mest by theta, I-173 always follow the fact, II-47 basic reason—basic principles, I-148 confusion of personality with ~ faculty, I-55 controlled reason, I-153 reasoning with aberration and irrationality, I-59 self-determinism and reason, I-149, 150 survival depends upon ability to, I-149, 156 theta is complete reason, I-173 recall(s)(ing), II-221, 467; VI-279; see also Recall Processes defn, present time remembering something that happened in past; it is not re-experiencing it, re-living it or re-running it, VI-271 482 recall(s)(ing) (cont.) defn, you are in present time, thinking of, remembering, putting your attention on some thing that happened in the past, all done from present time, VI-271 and perception, influence of valences on, I-15 Cause Elementary Straight Wire turns on recall in the pc, IV-52 cyclic aspect of recall type processes, phenomena of pc bouncing into PT, IV-5 1 education is the process of placing data in recalls of another, III-28 is therapeutic, III-29 knowledge isn’t recalling, III-30 processing memory recalls, I-193 relation to ability, I-9 “think of” command rather than “recall”, III-485 “think” undercuts “recall”, III-435 use recall before running engrams, IV-65 Recall Processes, III-536; see also recall and Confrontingness, II-526 are unlimited, only limitation being the subject, VI-278 Comm Recall Process, III-536 communication process, basic, “Recall a time you communicated”, III-463 don’t accept only “yes” as an answer, V-95 Know Mystery Recall Processes, III-536 on children, III-554 “Recallamomentofloss”, III-120, 325 “Recall a secret”, III-93 “recall a time” vs. “recall something”, III-415 “Recall being critical” “Recall withholding criti cism”, III-532 stop with pc back in PT, III-536 three flows of, VI-279 receipt-point, VIII-185;seealso communication receive, he who would ~ must be willing to give, II-440 recognition, communication = energy or ~, VI-261 recover, when pcs don’t recover very fast, they don’t want to, IV-58 recovery of past skills, IV-125 recruiting staff auditors, VIII-12 red-herring, defn, go chasing after facsimiles, II-291 red sheet, Repair Program is on, X-14, 44 red tab; see red tag red tag, red tagged, red tagging, and use of correction lists, X-227 auditor is expected to handle, X-237 daily action, X-238 Exam, defn., IX-32 flubbed sessions, VII-138 handling, VIII-320 line, X-237-38 Pc Examiner makes a daily list of all red tags, X-238 pc is flubbed or red tagged, auditortakes pcback in at once and repairs any error with correc tion list for that action, VIII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 red tag, red tagged, red tagging (cont.) pc ~ must be repaired within 24 hours, VIII-303 pc report must lead at once to cramming of auditor, D of P, C/S and Tech Sec, IX-105 penalty for not handling, X-227, 239 second, X-227 when a folder is red tagged, X-237 who takes it off, X-238 Word Clearing errors are red tabbed, VIII-303, 304; X-247 Word Clearing red tags, IX-482 reduction of refunds—C/Ses and overload, X-252-53 Re-experience and Experience Process, III-488 refund, overloaded C/Ses can be reason for huge refund ratio in org’s GI-CGI, VIII-318 refusing to audit pcs, X-1 reason why, X-225 Regimen is workhorse combination of processes that boosts case to Clear after it has been started, IV-179 Regimens and Formulas were never for co-audits, IV-176 Regimen 1, IV-117, 128 is a stop-gap bridge between old style formal auditing and a complete grasp of pre-sessioning and Model Sessions, IV-128 steps of Regimen 1, IV-128 Regimen 2, IV-137 steps of Regimen 2, IV-137 Regimen 3, IV-179 Regimen 3/II and 3/V, IV-142 proRegimen 6 O/W commands, 3 versions of, IV-160 Regimen 8, IV-179 never change the Help terminal, IV-174 Registrar, auditing ARC breaks on, III-360 sells auditing not “Repair Pgm”, X-26 that promises instant miracles is cutting Tech Sec’s throat and GI as well, VII-6 vital training data, III-250 why he should not be too harsh in forbidding admittance to training, II-343 Registrar’s Advice Form, VII-7 regret, defn., I-418 defn., entirely the study of the reversed postulate, II-463 blame and regret, I-213 run regret, blame and sympathy and preclear will give central computation, I-204 rehab(s), rehabbed, rehabbing, rehabilitation, all recovery must be by key-out, not erasure; key-outs are done by finding key-ins; it is de-stimulation, not re-stimulation, VI-57 chains, VII-227; VIII-289, 384; X-118-19, 123 chainsleftunflat, X-113-14 correction action on wins is rehab, not repair, X-33 Dianetic auditor is not concerned with “rehabilitation” of overrun, VI-373 483 rehab(s), rehabbed, rehabbing, rehabilitation (cont.) don’t continue past a floating needle, VI-66 don’t use rehabs to over-correct, VI-241 drug chains are ~ and run out by Dianetics, VII 192 drug “releases”, rehab by counting, VI-253, 258 E-Meter dating on rehab, VI-66 erasures, you can’t rehab erasures with “How manytimes?”, VII-227;VIII-290, 384 floating needle, “high TA F/Ns” during ~, VI-251 flows, when doing additional, one must also check or rehab flows run to F/N, VIII-287, 381, 382 grades, VI-203 lower grades rehabbing, VI-143 when to rehab grades, VI-241 incorrect rehab procedure, VI-117 keys out mass, VII-18 liability of rehab, VI-58; VII-212; VIII-286, 380 life can be an overrun and pc never audited will respond to ~ of “something overdone”, VI 145 never use a new process to cure an overrun, VI 148 of abilities, Il-555; III-79 of communication, III-93 of willingness to do, IV-25 on grade done twice, X-112 past major action, X-105, 108 procedure, VI-57, 63, 66 errors, VI-66, 99, 107 rehab by rehab procedure, don’t use another cess, VI-144 Release rehabilitation, VI-63 Former Release, VI-57, 66, 99 Return Program, rehab of processes on, VII-74 run or rehab, VII-214 Scientology cycle of key-out, overrun, rehab, VII 18 Scientology rehab vs. Dianetic erasure, VI-397, 418 SelfAnalysis, rehabon, VI-188 theory of, VI-58 tone arm, high, handling by ~ overruns, VI-25 1 when not to rehab, VI-241 Rehabilitation Process, key, III-379 reject, R2—63, Accept-Reject [process], II-182 relationships, table of; see Scn 0-8 relations, interpersonal, I-189 relativity, Einstein’s theory of, IV-102 Release(s)(‘s), IV-3 18; see also DMSMH defn., average a third of graph higher than first test, above 115 IQ [1957], III-156, 176 defn., V-338 defn., a person who has been able to back out of his bank; the bank is still there but the person isn’t sunk into it with all its somatics and depressions, VI-19 auditing past a state of release, what happens, VI-76 auditing, there are no release points prior to, VI-1 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Release(s)(‘s) (cont.) auditor’s comm cycle, roughness of, can prevent release from occurring, VI-66 can have their problems handled, their withholds pulled, their ARC breaks repaired and any release at any stage can be audited on exact processes of Release Rehabilitation, VI-86 declare for Release, VI-75 degree and relative permanence of being pulled out of reactive mind determines state of ~, VI-86 drug “releases” are deadly, why, VI-258 effected by removing from case all grief engrams, I-25 erasure vs. release of engrams, VI-262 exterior is secondary in importance to the fact of being a Release, VI-62 floating needle, you wreck a Release by running past, VI-66 Former Release check, VI-73 goofs, VI-66 not getting all releases, VIb7 grades of release, VI-96, 98, 141 below Zero, VI-175 cease to call release by stages and call them by grades, VI-95 Clear is on other side of reactive bank and above all grades of release, VI-56 is a person whose case “won’t get any worse”; he begins to gain by living rather than lose, III444 is pulled out of his reactive mind, VI-61, 86, 141 is stable as long as he or she is not pushed into R6 bank, VI-38 keyed-out Clear vs. Release, VI-19, 20 pc does not remain in status quo (unchanging state) while a Release, VI-70 period of release, pc gives pre-Scientology times, how to handle, VI-108 person does not have more Scientology data just because he or she is a Release, VI-39 postulating going down scale or an attack on something can collapse a state of release, VI-67 rehabilitation of; see rehabilitation stages, VI-56, 70, 71, 86 First Stage Release, VI-56, 61, 62, 70, 71, 86 Second Stage Release, VI-56, 61, 62, 70, 71, 87 Third Stage Release, VI-56, 61, 62, 70, 71, 87 Fourth Stage Release, VI-70, 71, 87 Fifth Stage Release, VI-71, 87 state, key out a major lock you may today get a release state, VI-107 suppressive persons go for new Releases, VI-39, 68 training, Release’s increased abilities regarding, VI-39 type of process run to attain, VI-95 “Release” Check Sheet by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT7, IV-233 releasing, F/N does not last very long in, VI-275 484 reliable item; see item, reliable religion, religious, II-212 beliefs, old religious beliefs that man is basically evil, IV-12 confession, historical precedence of, IX-262 Dianetics and, I-38 discussions, do not engage in, II-158 is the oldest heritage that man has, II-215 ministers of other churches, how to handle, II 158, 475 physical sciences and religion, II-211 where they meet, II-6 religion of a Scientologist is freedom for all things spiritual on all dynamics, III-55, 281 religious philosophy and religious practice, VI-195 role of religion, VIII-192 Scientologist has no specialized political or reli gious conv.ictions beyond those dictated by wisdom and his own early training, II-67-68 Scientology is a religion, why, VI-195; VIII-107; see also Scientology used as bad control, II-212 why Scientology does not conflict with other re ligions, VI-195 religionist, don’t tell him his beliefs are all wrong, II-475 remedy(ing), remedies, V-506; VI-150; see alsoBCR defn., something you do to get pc into condition for routine auditing, V-485 defn., auditing process which is designed to handle non-routine situation, V-5 17 defn., correction of any aberrated condition, VIII-115 chronic somatics, technique to remedy, I-392 for auditor who says his pcs are “dogs”, X-223 forcase problems, III-468 for C/S who agrees with auditor about “dog pcs”, X-223-24 for org, X-174-75 for somatic and illness, if turned on by Expanded Gita, I-388 for the dangerous auditor, V-34 Interiorization Rundown is a remedy, VIII-280, 281; X-77-78 lighter for the worse off case, X-18 occlusion or accomplishing exteriorization in low step cases, I-386 scarcity, remedy of, 1493 Remedy A, V-506; VI-150, 206; see also BCR case remedies, VI-282 done only by listing, VI-206 guiding secondary style in normal application, VI 151 handles immediate subject under discussion or study, V-507 locates misunderstoods person has in Scientology, VI-206 patter, VI-151 revision of Remedy A, VI-2 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Remedy B, VI-150, 199, 206; see also BCR can remedy glee, VI-257 done by listing, VI-I99, 206 don’t ask for misunderstood words in found subject, VI-I99 guiding secondary style in normal application, VI151 is a limited process, VI-278 more than one of List 3B can be done if all steps are done for each one, VI-207 must not be run to limit the pc to this life, VI-199 patter, VI-I 52 revision of Remedy B, VI-206 seeks out and handles a former subject, conceived to be similar to immediate subject or condition, in order to clear up misunderstandings in immediate subject or condition, V-507 Remedy DDDA 4UOA for chronic high TA, VII-19 Remedy of Communication Scarcity, II-325 Remedy of Havingness; see Havingness Processes, Remedy of Havingness remedy of restimulation, III-11 remember(ing), defn., process of knowing the past, II-440 and forget, II-298, 316 and forgetting, greatest automaticity in which anyone was engaged, II-221 and returning, I-50, 107 assists to; see SA; CDN handling case that couldn’t, II-220 handling of cases who flinch at remembering anything at all, VII-65 unconscious people can, I-115 Remembering and Forgetting [process], II-68 repair(s), repairing, VII-324; X-221; see also Repair Program defn., patching up past auditing or recent life errors, VII-46, 360 action, product purpose and Why and Word Clearing error correction, X-220 actions, VII-65 an auditor, X-232 and case gain, X-232 and Full Flow Dianetics, X-101 and high TA, X-116 and “no interest” items, X-229, 236 and pre-OTs, X-211 a repair, X-4243 auditing repair, VII-5 1 blind repair, VII-143 case, V-67 C/S, ingenuity is required of C/S only in area of repair, VII-64 definition and data on, X-6 delays in, X-16 Dianetic, of flubsby L3, X-169 Dianetic pc repair, VI-429; see also list, L3RD for pcrunningbadly, X-4 general repair is harmful when big bug exists, VII-218 485 repair(s), repairing (cont.) general, you can get nice gains by prepchecking all rudiments, V-70 is undertaken to eradicate errors made in auditing or environment which impede use of major processes, VII-57 liability of goofed repair, VII-92 “Look at me. Who am I?” is used in repair session when pc goes too wild to audit, VII-65 major action, don’t use to repair case, VII-47, 64, 360 many cases have to begin processing with ~, VII 65 mimicry is actually too high for repair, VII-65 of ARC restores havingness, III-177 of Int, X-77 of “no interest” items, VIII-169 overruns that can require repair, VI-176 pc red tabbed must be ~ within 24 hours, VIII 303 pc running well, never repair, VII-48, 278, 362 pcs who need lots of repair, use light handling, VII-93 pc who isn’t running well is one you repair, VII 278 prepared listsin repairs, VII-65 program goofed, repair auditor and goofed pc and continue program, VII-276 programming errors and delay in repair can cause pc illness, VII-61 repairing the pc instead of the auditor, VIII-412 repair while doing an Advance Program, IX-27 Tech Div action, VII-74 touching things and “Reach and Withdraw” in repairs, VII-65 TRs are a fine unlimited repair action, VII-65 use Method 3 assessment, VII-51 Repair of Havingness; see Havingness Processes, Re pair of Havingness Repair Program, X-62, 145; see also Progress Pro gram; repair defn., eradicates case mishandling by current life or auditing errors, VII-57 defn., takes case from where it has falsely gotten to on Class Chart and gets off overwhelm with light processes, VII-69 accepting a Repair Program, X-2 and their priority, X-16 dangerous to accept Repair (Progress) Program, if it is old, VII-356 dated session by session, X-14 difference between ~ and Return Programs, VII~9 end phenomena, VII-62, 276, 278 EP of, X-17, 232 errors, VII-73 exact BPC of last session is always first action, VII~3 Examiner Reports which routinely have sour notes in them indicate need of Repair Pro gram, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Repair Program (cont.) resistive students; see students, resistive example, X-24-25 Resistive V; see case, Resistive V first on auditing, then on life, VII-70 responsible, responsibility, III-321, 555; V-438; see gets off overwhelm, X-21 also irresponsibility; Responsibility Processes; keep new auditors off, VII-93 SOS; AP&A listing, don’t list pc on Repair Program, use twodefn., total responsibility would be willing to way comm, VII-93 admit the authorship of any created thing any must be very light, VII-61 where whether yours or another’s, III-98 on a red sheet, VII-60, 94 defn., admit causing, able to withhold, IV-14 overwhelm would indicate need of ~ and Return, defn., concept of being able to care for, to reach VII-101 or to be, V-8 pc routinely complaining means need of ~, VII-62 anatomy of ~ is able to admit causation, able to programming, BPC, X-18 withhold from, IV-18, 19 repairing a Repair, VII-92 ARC break is assignment of ~ for a sudden drop Return and Repair Programs, use of, VII-69, 70 in affinity, reality or communication, III-364 sample, VII-62, 72 as-ising requires taking responsibility, III-555 the case, X-17 auditor must take full ~ for the session, IV-43 using lists and errors in current life, X-13 automaticity and responsibility, III-167 when done, X-250 case gain depends on taking responsibility, III-555 repeater technique, I-17 common denominator of the Goals Problem Mass in Postulate Processing, 1-203 is “no responsibility”, V-8 we no longer use, VI-336 Confrontingness Scale of Reality is a parallel to repeating commands, theory of, III-355 Responsibility Scale, III-446 repeating not only does not show pc auditor heard create is bad only when one does not take ~ for but makes him feel auditor is a circuit, IX-75 the creation, IV-35 repeating what pc says is evaluation, V-161, 414 determinism and degrees of ~, V-8 repetition, rhythm is rhythm because of ~, VIII-298 difficulty stems from no responsibility, V-9 Repetitive Prepchecking; see Prepchecking, Repetitive drop in responsibility from former OCA/APA is repetitive rudiment; see rudiment, repetitive auditor evaluation, III-334 Repetitive Straight Wire, I-241; II-222 E-Meter tone arm, level of responsibility causes it defn., help preclear to recall a decision again and to fluctuate, IV-18 again, or try to get earlier one on same subject, failure to take responsibility, symptom of preclear I-186 who is low on Tone Scale, I-210 how it is done, I-164 for every ache and pain there is a memory for report(s), which person will not take ~, I-210 after session Examiner’s, X-46 Formula 19 improves ~ and brings up awareness all auditing reports of whatever type of action are of withholds and improves case, IV-205 simply filed chronologically in current HGC fourthdynamic responsibility, II-292 folder, IX-14 full responsibility is attained by, I-213 Auditor’s Report Form; see Auditor’s Report havingness is the lowest rung of responsibility, Form IV-36 false, VII-229, 362; VIII-129 high and low tone arms, responsibility is key to miscellaneous reports, IX-52 them, not overts, IV-17 out admin—liability, X-4647 increased responsibility will unflatten Zeros, V-90 staff auditor reports, IV-219 is very aberrated in its reactive definitions, IV-87 Summary Report Form, IX-35 key to all cases, IV-18 represent list; see listing, represent list must go hand in hand with making an Operating research advances, IV-31 Thetan, III-555 research, management vs., I-335 needle drops only on those terminals that pc still research project, IV-55 feels some responsibility for, IV-38 resentment, antagonism and anger are most fixative new overts are realized when ~ increases, IV-326 emotions, 1-267 no great pc responsibility for his own overts below resistance is the one step necessary to entrapment, Level IV, V-438 II-147 of individual for his creation, V-147 resistance, passive, how to handle, IV-60 of manager, II-423 resistance, tone arm actually measures ~, VI1-28, 169 of the individual for the group, 1-210 resisted change is basis of all mass in physical universe one is as ~ as one can communicate, 1-351 and every stuck point on track, IV-256 overt act and withhold are evidently expressions resist, first fatal step of thetan is to ~, 1416 of abandoning ~ already extant, IV-37 resistive case; see case, resistive CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 responsible, responsibility (cont.) Responsibility Process(es)(ing) (cont.) overt acts on E-Meter, it takes a certain level of how to run O/W and Responsibility, IV-37 responsibility to show up, IV-I 8 is Confront and is very senior to Confront as a overts, telling about, isn’t enough; it is necessary process, IV-35 to take responsibility for them, III-551 is not workable when pc is in a valence, IV-116 O/W is an effort to regain status of independent reduce the bank’s heaviness, IV-116 being without taking responsibility for any of run Responsibility on matter, energy, space, time, intervening steps, IV-186 motion and thought, IV-50 past lives and responsibility, III-555 run Responsibility on wide-open case, I-305 pc is thrown out of session by having responsirun Responsibility Process after O/W, IV-37 bility hung on him, V-414 stuck picture, handling by dating, Responsibility pc’s bank becomes solid to the degree that he does and O/W, IV-I 6 not take ~ for his overts and withholds, IIItheory of Responsibility Processing, IV-24 552 “What about a victim could you be responsible person must be willing to be causative, II-438 for?”, IV-16, 17, 49 person who does an overt act to another life form “What have you done to a (terminal)?” “What has already abandoned responsibility for that have you withheld from a (terminal)?”, IV-25, other life form, IV-37 36 power of choice is senior to responsibility, IV-24 “What part of your life have you been responsible raising pc’s responsibility, VIII-263 for?”, PE Co-Audit Process, IV-70 realization that one has really done something is a Responsibility Rundown, VIII-277 return of responsibility and this gain is best Responsibility Scale;seeScientology 0-8 obtained only by indirect approach, V-438 restimulate(s), restimulated, restimulation, II-505 refusal to take responsibility for actions, VIII-127 ability to confront the future without ~, III-488 relationship of ~ and Cause/Withhold, IV-19 and Bl, I-421 relationship to use and tolerance of force, I-293 any later grade run with more flows than used in R/S Handling, also called the Responsibility RD, earlier actions can throw earlier unflat flows IX-252 into restim, VII-212 Security Checking increases responsibility, V-9 auditor causes restimulation and then pc needs to Selected Person Straightwire on overts will bring answer question to get rid of restimulation, up responsibility of case to point where he can VII-244; IX-69 be trusted to run engrams, III-453 auditing selectively restimulates, locates charge service facsimile, facsimile part is actually a selfand discharges it, V-290, 335, 347, 416 installed disability that “explains” how he is cycle of drug restimulation of pictures, VI-444 not responsible for not being able to cope; so difference between restimulation being drama he is not wrong for not coping, VIII-258 tized and an origination, III-371 shifting tone arms tell you increased or decreased engram, action of, and restimulation, II-172 responsibility, IV-42 engram chains go into restimulation on overrun in step, Expanded Dianetics, VIII-260 life, VII-18 thetan accumulates mental mass, pictures, ridges, engrams, in ~ only because they represent energy circuits, etc., to degree that he misassigns ~, which the pc or the body pulls in, II-42 IV-18 game condition, violation of, brings about ~, II when ~ declines, overt acts can occur, IV-19 505 withholds and responsibility level, IX-272 intelligence gain is loss of restimulation of stupidi Responsibility Process(es)(ing), IV-14; see also rety by reason of attempts to confront or experi sponsibility ence problems of life, III-428 can be run on a no-mass terminal or significance, mechanism of permanent ~ consists of opposing IV-87 forces of comparable magnitude which cause a Cause/Withhold, Responsibility, how to run, balance which does not respond to current IV-17, 19 time and remains “timeless”, V-276, 416 chronic somatic, running Responsibility on, IV-17 multiple illness means pc is physically uncomfort clearing pc’s field with Responsibility, IV-16, 49 able or ill from several engrams of different commands of Responsibility, III-190 types all restimulated, VI-342 Confront can be run as a prelude to any and all never leave a chain of engrams in ~, I-20 Responsibility, IV-50 occasioned by some part of the early recording generalize terminal if overt is very bad, IV-48 being approximated in the environment in the goal of, IV-25 present, I-285 Havingness, Confront, O/W, Responsibility, IV-35 of student, how it is overcome, III-344 Havingness is a must on any Responsibility over-restimulation, V-371, 413 Process in presence of ARC breaks, IV-36 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 restimulate(s), restimulated, restimulation (cont.) overrun results in high TA because it throws engram chain into restimulation, VII-18, 122 remedy of restimulation, III-11 roller-coaster of processing results is never because of restimulation caused by training, VI-94 sickness is the result of engram chains in ~, VI435 sources of restimulation, V-372 starvation for energy is keynote of case which maintains facsimiles in ~, II-38; VIII-105 teaching of basic data restimulates confusions, VI-365 tone arm, high, E-Meter reaction to increased mass, VI-356 tone arm in Dianetics is high only for one reason, one or more engram chains are in ~, VI-418 under-restimulation, V-371 when prior charge is ~ but not located so that it can be blown, we get ARC breaks, V-290, 416 restimulator in the environment, people will not look at, I-456 restimulator, location as a, I-449 restimulator, run O/W on constant restimulator of PTPs, IV-39 insane should get rest and then exercise before auditing, IV-88 rest point on the track, II-528 restraining, pc is ill because he is restraining himself from doing wrong, IV-69 restraint, reactive self-restraint is the purpose of all engrams, IV-69 result(s), defn., case achieves a reality on change of case, somatic, behavior or appearance, for the better, III-428 do not cripple auditing by leading pcs to expect instant results every time, VII-6 honestC/Singgiveshonestresult, X-41 is result and time is just an entered arbitrary, VII-88 organize to improve, IX-6 orgs didn’t attain result on the pc, X-38 reorganize to get results, when only 65~o F/Ning sessions occur, X-173 retaliation, overt act is the manifestation of, II-8 retractor;seeHistoryofMan retrain(ing), X-233 auditors, X-69 auditors from missions, X-235 flunk and, VII-128; X-60 is an inevitable part of C/S’s job, VII-152 problem of, III-78 retread and retrain, VIII-164 what it must include, VII-128 retread, X-233 it is illegal to give retread course away, VII-I 65 retrain and retread, VIII-164 488 returning; see also DMSMH defn, to go back and re-experience an incident, VI-271 and remembering, I-50, 107 developing knack of ~ in pc, I-15 laws of; see DTOT; DMSMH to moment when ARC break occurred, I-103 Return Program; see Advance Program reveal, pc is always willing to reveal, VIII-180 Revelation Process Xl, V-34 RevelationProcessX2, commandsof, V-38 reverie, Dianetic, purpose and definition, I-15 reverie, straight memory and, I-24 reverse postulates, how to audit, II-463 review(s)(ing), action, VI-129 actions are done in Tech as patch-up in Tech, VII-183 auditor, importance of, VI-399 Case Supervisor plays adept Scientology ~ against Dianetic auditing, VI-410 folder reviewing, VI-268; X-4546 never have a backlog of Reviews, VI-74 reviewing reviews, VII-362; X-8 “Review to handle”, VI-74 Scientology Review, V-332 Scientology Review for a “Green Form”, VIrest, 395 standard procedure: don’t audit the case, audit the procedure, VI-73 when high TA after Singles send pc to Review before Triples, VII-I when to send pcs to Review, VI-167, 256 Review Auditing Form; see Green Form revolts kill an awful lot of natives, IV-60 revolutionaries, Scientologists are not ~, we are humanitarians, IV-I 14 rewards and penalties; see ISE R-factor; see reality factor rhythm, VIII-298 defn, any kind of movement characterized by regular recurrence of strong and weak ele ments, VIII-298; IX-500 in art forms, IX-501 is source of present time, V-276 RI; see item, reliable ridge(s), and flows, X-129 and masses come about from conflict of flows opposing or being pulled back as in withholds, VII-270 handling as an entity, II-23 often explode, II-31 thetan accumulates mental mass, pictures, ridges, circuits, etc., to degree that he misassigns re sponsibility, IV-18 Ridge Running, I-290; II-23 ridicule, defn., the action of having something taken out away from one and held there where one cannot reach it, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 right, rightness(es), V-323 defn., forwarding a purpose not destructive to majority of dynamics, VI-197 absolute, I-70 and wrongness, resolution of all problems is a study in, I-69 and wrongness rules of a game, II-272 asserted rightness, V-322, 327 auditing, degree of rightness you have present must exceed wrongness you are going to pick up, IX-83 auditing is a contest of maintaining rightnesses so that we can delete wrongnesses, IX-83 auditing is action by which wrongnesses can be deleted from case to degree that rightnesses are present in session, VII-258 auditing, we are only trying to find wrongnesses in order to increase rightnesses, IX-83 how to get another less compulsive on their “rightness”, V-23 insistence on ~ is a last refuge of beingness, VIII257; IX-249 no absolute rights or absolute wrongs, V-32 1 recognition of rightness of the being, VII-257; IX-82 rehabilitating the ability to be right, V-322 rights, defn, franchises of citizenship according to existingcodes, II-514 honest people have rights, too, IV-27 individual, not originated to protect criminals, IV-27 of auditor with relation to C/S, VII-48, 363 rigid or sticky needle, I-270 rings on pc’s hands cause a false rock slam, VII-342, 424; VIII-364 riot(s), IV-60 defn, simply a psychosomatic momentary injury or traumatic condition on 3rd dynamic, III261; VII-416 rise, use of in 37R on low TAs, X-141 rising needle(s), are disregarded, IV-274 has no meaning for purposes of assessment, IV273, 333 in session, cause of, III-504 means pc can’t confront it, IV-333 SOP Goals assessment, ignore all rises of needle, IV-266 steadily rising needle, I-270 tells you the pc is being irresponsible, IV-42 Rising Scale Processing, X-40 basic version, III-243 CCH 15, Rising Scale Processing, III-72 commands and how to run, III-8 how to run, II-463 is in realityan OT process, III-243 run when the pc can change ideas, III-144 there are 18 pairs, each pair should be run to F/N, cog, VGIs, VII-90 489 Rising Scale Processing (cont.) will sometimes restore fertilityor change eyesight, VII-90 road to truth is begun with honesty, VIII-I 50 robotism, VIII-127-30 key to presence of continuous M/W/Hs and/or overts, VIII-236 rock, III-299; V-129; see also rock slam defn, that which a person has used to reach people or things with and is determined in value by its creativeness or destructiveness; it is simply the reach and withdraw mechanism which makes a ridge and this causes the stuck of the needle, III-299 defn, basic, earliest shift of identity, III-411 basic locating question, III-300 chain, to key out and take out of restimulation, III-489 cycle of the rock (object): person (I) failed to communicate himself; (2) started using some thing to communicate with; (3) put the last item on automatic and it created for him; (4) it failed, III-299 Helpbracketontherock, III-320 is an object, not a signirlcance, III-299 is the thing pc uses to reach people; it is confront ingness on a via, III-320 just below the rock lies pc’s goal, V-213 opposition rock and rock, two basic items of GPM, V-182 Step 6, caution: it is almost fatal to run Step 6 if the rock is not out, III-322 thetan thinks he needs problems to keep his atten tion exteriorized from the rock chain, III-304 whole track rock, III-295 rocket read(s); see also rock slam always goes to the right with a fast spurt which rapidly decays, V-212 how to make RRs appear on implant RIs, V-394 how to restore ability of pc to RR or R/S, V-250 implant GPMs read with a long clean enthusiastic RR, actual GPM chugs, V-402 is superior in value to an R/S; R/S is superior in value to a DR; DR is superior in value to a fall, V-212 is the read of goal or rock itself, V-213 rock slam and rocket read, relationship, V-249 traveling rocket read [R2, R3], V-257 what makes RRsandR/Sesvanish [R2-10, R2-12], V-249 rock slam(s)(ing); see also rock; rocket read; rock slammer defn, called a rock slam as found on many pcs in effort to locate rock, V-129 defn, convulsion of the mind and can reflect as a convulsion of the body, V-142 defn, response of E-Meter to conflict between terminals and opposition terminals, V-176 defn, repetitive slashing of needle of any width, V-2 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 rock slam(s)(ing) (cont.) defn., read of rock vs. opposition rock and every pair above them on the cycle of GPM; it marks path to rock, V-213 defn, crazy irregular slashing motion of needle; it can be as narrow as one inch or more than a full dial in width, but it’s crazy; it slams back and forth; it is actually quite startling to see one; it is very different from other meter phenomena, VIII-344 are strongest indicator [SOP Goals], IV-271 audit by tone arm (except in rock slam), assess by needle [SOP Goals], IV-3 18 case progress marked by rock slams, V-212 channel is pathway through pairs of items that compose a cycle of GPM and lead to rock and goal, V-176, 213 depend on reality level of pc, V-176 dirty needles and R/Ses, V-129 Dynamic Assessmentby Rock Slam [3GA] , V-131, 135, 137, 138 equals psychosis equals succumb, IX-149 everyone alive rock slams on something, V-178, 212 handling, also called the Responsibility RD, VIII277; IX-252 indicate an area of psychosis which will ruin pc’s life if allowed to go unhandled, VIII-345 instant rock slam, defn, that rock slam which begins at end of major thought of any item, V-176 Integrity Processing, R/S means crimes that must be pulled, IX-287 is the strongest reaction there is, IV-284 item, never represent it, always oppose it, V-172, 216, 221, 237 items are marked on left-hand edge of topmost program in red with date and worksheet page number, IX-28 item that R/Ses was part of GPM and hasanother iteminoppositiontoit, V-212 List One R/S, V-210, 216, 220 marks path of interest of pc; R/S = interest= cognitions, V-213 matching [R2-12], V-236 minute rock slam, V-119 most difficult needle response to find or attain or preserve, V-176 “never R/Sing” pcs, V-212 only package wide ones in R2-12A, V-240 Opening Procedure by Rock Slam [R2-12], V-185 pcistryingtodie(evilpurpose), IX-150 pcs who R/S are given Ex Dn, VIII-76, 345 persons who on Scientology or associated items are security risks, V-185 person who ~ on Scientology or auditors can’t audit well, why, V-161 Prehav level rock slams, handling, IV-283 real R/S also has a crazy meter, VIII-344 reliable item and R/Ses; see item, reliable 490 rock slam(s)(ing) (cont.) restoring the RR and R/S, V-249, 250 rings on pc’s hands give false rock slam, VII-342, 424; VIII-364 rocket reads and R/Ses, relationship, V-212, 249 scale of, V-212 Security Check by rock slam, V-140 sign of overt, V-129 slash of an R/S is all of the same velocity and doesn’t decay, it just ceases, V-212 vanished, cause of, V-234, 249 what rock slams mean, IV-272 where a pc R/Ses he will have evil purposes and be on a succumb as a result, VIII-345 why a person who rock slams on Scientology or auditors can’t audit well, VII-25 1; IX-76 wide ~ is a quarter of a dial R/S to a full dial R/S, V-140 rock slammer(s), V-161; VIII-344; see also rock slam defn, preclear who rock slams on a present time GPM item in his or her immediate environ ment, V-186 defn, one who produces a rock slam during the nulling of Scientology List on that list; persons who produce rock slam reactions on other lists are not rock slammers, V-203 are considered security risks for staff purposes, VIII-344 checklist to assist identification of ~, VIII-344 is a slow gain or non-gain case, V-187 is different from someone with a rock slam, VIII 345 persons who rock slam on Scientology or associ ated items are security risks, V-185 skills required to accomplish a 3GAXX for ~, V-189 slow student is always a rock slammer, V-185 we’re probably all ~ somewhere on List One, V-218 roll book, defn, master record of course giving student’s name, local and permanent address and date of enrollment and departure or completion, VII-141, 287;IX-312 roller-coaster, X-72; see also potential trouble source defn, case that betters then worsens, VI-109 defn, Coney Island fast up and down quarter-mile of aerial railway, VI-162 defn, a slump after a gain, VII-452; VIII-330, 338 after Dianetic auditing, handling of, VI-410 and drugs, X-156 can be caused by bad lnt RD or Int repair, out lists, by-passed charge of other descriptions, VII-453; VIII-339 cause of roller-coaster is PTS, VII-452; VIII-91, 92, 330, 338 causes of and handling, VI-109, 113 Ethics handles whole phenomena of case worsen ing (roller-coaster) after processing, VI-113 insane, as cases in normal processing they ~ con tinually, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 roller-coaster (cont.) of processing results is never because of restimulationcausedbytraining, VI-94 only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause roller-coaster comes from having known person before this life, VII-452; VIII330, 339 pc is always a potential trouble source if he rollercoasters and only finding the right suppressive will clean it up, VI-91 pcs who roller-coaster (regularly lose gains) are PTS, VIII-95;IX-136 pc who has roller-coastered despite F/N at session end must be handled by Tech or Qual within 24 hours, VII-I 74 person who roller-coasters is always PTS, VIII-19 PTS = roller-coaster, VI-75, 162 “Roll Your Own” Prehav, V-173, 174 Ron; see Hubbard, L. Ron room, rudiment on, IV-377 rote, auditor auditing by rote will make mistakes, I-129 rote style auditing; see auditing, rote style rough auditing, remedy for, is muzzled auditing, III397 Route 1, reactive mind prevented pcs from doing Route 1drills, VI-I9 Route 1, Rl—5, II-182 Route 1: 5, 6, 7 (for exteriorized pc), II-253; see also COHA Route 2; see also COHA R2—17, II-173; see also Opening Procedure by Duplication Dirty 30 is Procedure 30, which encompassed what is now R2—17 and two other steps, II-172 R2—18, II-188 R2—20, Problems and Solutions, II-218, 250 R2—29: “Start Iying”, VIII-114 R2—40, II-141 R2—63, Accept-Reject, II-182 R2—69, Mimicry, II-140 routine(s), defn, a standard process designed for best steady gain of pc at that level, V-517 designation of routines, V-262 is for normal case advance, V-485 Routine 0-A, V-518 (Expanded), steps of, V-520 Routine 0-B, 0-0, V-518 Routine 0-C, V-519 Routine 1[1961], IV-325, 348, 369 CCHs and Routine 1, IV-334 Routine 1A, [1961] IV-354, 369;V-67 steps, IV-354 value of Routine IA, IV-355 Routine 2, [1961] IV-326; V-68, 218, 219; see also Routine 2 and/or Routine 3 [avoid R2-12, R3 type processes, V-406] opposition lists, right and wrong oppose, V-230 491 Routine 2 (cont.) steps, IV-326 Routine 2 and/or Routine 3; see also Routine 2; Routine 3 [avoid R2-12, R3 type processes, V-406] ARC break; see ARC break, R2 and R3 ARC breaks Clear test, V-259 don’t force the pc, V-255 Drill One, V-254 item from another GPM, V-258 listing difficulties, cause and remedy of, V-255, 256 listing rules, V-241, 242 mid rud rule, V-25 1 minimize goal oppose lists, V-258 Model Session, V-243 pc in grief or apathy, cause and remedy of, V-251 rule: completing R2 or R3 package will not turn on the RR or R/S, V-249 sadeffect, V-251, 252 TA position for the list must be motionless, V-241 traveling rocket read, V-257 upsets, how to prevent, V-254 wrong wording of item or goal, V-257 Routine 2-G, designation of R2-GPH, R2-Gl, R2~2, R2-G3, R2-G4, R2-G5, V-262 [avoid R2-12 type processes, V-406] Routine 2H, ARC Breaks by Assessment, V-297 lecture graphs, V-343, 344 Routine 2-10, V-247, 249, 262; see also Routine 2-12 [avoidR2-12typeprocesses, V-406] defn., R2-12 short form for beginners, V-208 cease to use Routine 2-10, 2-12 and 2-12A in HGC and Academy and on staff clearing, with two exceptions, V-247 target of, is fast result in pc and greater reality for auditor, V-213 Routine 2-12, V-186; see also Rolltine 2-10; Routine 2-12A [avoid R2-12 type processes, V-406] assessments, V-208 what assessment is prevented by, V-203 auditor responsibility, V-219 avoid R2-12, R-3 and R4 type processes [1964], V-406 basic auditing skills needed to audit with V-193 case errors, points of greatest importance, V-217 case remedy, V-226 cease to use Routine 2-10, 2-12 and 2-12A in HGC and Academy and on staff clearing, with two exceptions, V-247 coaching notes, V-194 dangerof, V-263 definitions of important terms, V-203 duration of process, V-219 eye pouches used as an indicator, V-235 failure to save records, V-220 fast step resume, V-190 fatal error, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Routine 2-12 (cont.) Routine 3, [1961] IV-326, 369; see also Routine 2 list(s)(ing), V-188 and/or Routine 3 [avoid R2-12, R3 type appearances, V-207 processes, V-406] incomplete lists, V-22 1 case repair, V-69 item can appear anywhere on a source list so difficulties and liabilities in a ~ process, V-64 long as 2 items do not R/S or RR, V-239 Model Session, V-278, 381 never force pc to list, V-255 Routine 3A, [1961] IV-412 [avoid R3 type pro never null lists taken from wrong sources, just cesses, V-406] abandon, V-232 repair of, V-69 overlisting, danger sign of, is pc invalidating or steps, IV-412 questioning items as he or she says them, Routine 3D, IV-416 [avoid R3 type proceses, V-406] V-204 assessments, tips on, IV-427 that won’t complete, V-223 cautions, IV-420 writing the list, V-204 commands, IV-426, 438, 441 wrong way oppose, tests for, V-222 commands for whole track O/W, IV-458 List One, the Scientology List, V-191, 195, 202, command sheet, IV-437, 447, 457 215; see also EMD goals assessment, IV-417 failing to find R/Ses on List One, V-220 levels, tips on running, IV-429, 443 never represent a rock slam item, V-221 lock valences are appended to a real GPM 3D “never R/Sing” pcs, V-212 item, V-7 Opening Procedure by Rock Slam—an HPA/HCA meter behavior on Routine 3D commands, IV-426 skill, V-185 opposition assessment, IV-417 practical drills, V-193 prerequisites, IV-445 removes unwanted valences that commit overts repair of, V-69 rather than endlessly sec checking pc, V-190 reruns, IV-444 rocket reads vs. R/Ses, V-212 rules of thumb, IV-430, 462 target of, is packages in present time which bend terminal and oppterm, steps of running levels on, GPM out of shape and give pc PTPs and hidden IV-443 standards, V-213 terminal, produces a painful somatic, V-5 Tiger Drill for nulling by mid ruds, V-196 vocabulary, IV-419 vanished R/S or RR, V-249 Routine 3DXX (3D Criss Cross), V-4, 34 [avoid R3 when to abandon R2-12 and begin R3M, V-250 type processes, V-406] Zero list questions or R2-12, V-211 assessment, V-10, 11, 17, 19 Routine2-12A, V-240, 247;seealsoRoutine2-10;Roucautions regarding Routine 3G and ~, V-57 tine 2-12 [avoid R2-12 type processes, V-406] CCHs, Prepchecking and ~ combination, V-43, allownoselflistingofgoals, V-238 51, 52 ARC break always equals wrong Routine 2, hancomplete list in 3DXX, V-17 dling of, V-237 differentiation step in 3DXX, V-11, 18 case repair, V-237 blows the lock valences, V-18 ceased to be used, V-247 finding terminal and oppterm, V-5 danger of, V-263 items, V-25 dope-off, V-237 line, four item packages, V-234 defn., a list of found 3D items each in opposi listing, auditor has no business with significances tion to the last item on that line, V-12 of items, V-235 each line is an independent zig-zag of opposi listing, run all TA action out of listing; list at least tion items, V-10 50 items beyond point TA became motionless, ways to start a 3DXX line, V-17 V-233 listing on 3DXX, V-17 list is wrong way to, indicators, V-234, 236 dirty needle in listing = an earlier item is never steer items, V-238 wrong, V-57 nulling, V-235 is always derived from pc, V-10 reliable items, you never audit an RI in any way pc who gets dopey or drowsy, handling of, V-10 but listing for another RI, V-237 repairing the process, V-69, 70 right item signs, V-236 steps, V-4, 55 rock slam handling, V-235, 236, 240 Routine 3G, V-53 [avoid R3 type processes, V-406] source list is what you choose to get your first list Routine 3GA, V-92 [avoid R3 type processes, V-406] from or List One, V-239 Dynamic Assessment by Rock Slam, V-131, 135, tone arm is used, V-233 138, 142 vanished R/S or RR, V-249 experimental, V-64 wrong item signs, V-236 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Routine 3GA (cont.) goals list, V-118 length of, V-92 pc must be warned not to read list back to himself, V-118 Goals Prepcheck Form, V-106 HCO WW Form G3—Fast Goals Check, V-115, 165 HCO WW R-3GA Form 1—Listing Prepcheck, V-109 line wording, V-130, 134 listing, V-159 bum goal results in a pc’s getting sick and dizzy, V-92 by Prehav, V-163, 164 by Tiger buttons—114 new lines for listing, V-147, 148 dominant rules of Routine 3GA listing, V-159 “to be” goals line listing, V-139 wording, V-114 nulling by mid ruds, V-119, 122 scale of answering comm lags, V-159 steps, V-64 Routine 3GAXX, [avoid R3 type processes, V-406] assessment steps of 3GAXX, V-180, 203 dirty needles and incomplete lists, V-180, 181 overlisting, danger sign of, V-204 skills required to accomplish a for rock slammers, V-189 straightening up 3GAXX cases, V-179 target of, is items on which goals lists can be compiled and unburdening, V-213 Tiger Drill for nulling by mid ruds, V-196 Zero A steps and purpose of processes, V-210 Routine 3H, VI-239 Routine 3N, V-330 [avoid R3 type processes, V-406] Routine 3-R; see R3R Routine 3, Service Facsimile Clear (R3SC), V-353 rundown on, V-356 slow assessment, V-379 Routine 3-21, V-170, 182 [avoid R3 type processes, V-406] by-passed item defined, V-182 target of is Clear, theta clear and Operating Thetan, V-213 Routine 4, avoid R4 type processes, V-406 Routine 4MTA has been cancelled, V-376 routing form, IX-58 defn, form that lists the org terminals pc has to check through in order to arrive in HGC and in auditing chair, IX-11 RR; see rocket read R/S; see rock slam rudiment(s) (ruds), Il-289, 323, 327; III-487; IV-41, 163, 220, 423; VI-280; IX-277; see also ARC break; missed withhold; Model Session; overt; present time problem; withhold defn., setting case up for session action; includes ARC breaks, PTPs, W/Hs, GF or O/R listing or any prepared list, VII-46, 360 493 rudiment(s) (ruds) (cont.) and GF, X-3 and high TA, X-4 and long C/Ses, X-87 and sessions far apart, X-3 ARC breaks, PTPs and withholds all keep a session fromoccurring, VIII-178 are not something it is nice to do; they must be done, IV-56 are used to get pc in session, IV-274 auditing over out ruds, X-2-3, 149, 150 auditor and ARC break rudiment, IV-43 auditor clearance, IV-41, 194 beginning rudiments, [1961] IV-451, 453 and end rudiments, IV-215 ModelSession, V-85, 398, 428;VI-44 withhold question change, V-72 CCH0 is firstly establishing the ~ of session, III-238 changein, [1961], IV-391 check(ing), V-81, 82 needle characteristics in ~ checks, V-84 check sheet, V-81 cleaning a ~ that has already registered null gives pc a M/W/H of nothingness, V-102, 362 clean rudiments, IV-271 clearing and rudiments [1961], IV-410 commands [1961], IV-377 commands for ARC break, PTP, missed withhold, VI-259 commands7important to clear, VI-265 C/S Series 37R and ruds, VII-296 definition and data, X-6 D of P checks pc out on rudiments, IV-215 don’t let pc use ~ to avoid body of session, V-76 don’t run a case by, IV-274 don’t run ruds if TA high, VI-277 double question is primary source of ARC breaks and out rudiments, V-74 E-Meter sensitivity is vital to get ~ in, V-91 end of session rudiment for withholds, V-27 end phenomena, VIII-272 end rudiments, IV-43, 164, 222, 451, 455 end rudiments [Model Session], V-86, 399, 429; VI-45 end words of rudiments questions, checking pc on, V-102, 362 establish rudiments by control of pc, II-454 establish them more often with touchy pcs, IV-48 exist to run enough to get pc into session, not to audit the case by rudiments, IV-363 fast checking, never say, “That still reads”, V-97, 361 flying ruds, VI-433 added to Temperature Assist, VII-364 don’t fly when pc comes into session with an F/N, VI-280 F/N everything found on ruds and lists, VII-197 getting one’s own in, X-8 goals and rudiments, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 rudiment(s) (ruds) (cont.) rudiment(s) (ruds) (cont.) goals in the rudiments, IV-56 out lists handled before ruds, VII-273 going out and handling, X-5-6 out ruds, VI-429 Green Form is done when ruds won’t fly, VII-45, “audited over out ruds” reads on GF40, 46, 357, 360 handle first, VII-35 handle after Int and lists, X-149, 151 auditing pc on something else whose ruds are handling of rudiments, [1961] IV-194; [1962] out is a major auditing error, VII-356 V-75 C/S omits “Fly a rud” or “Fly ruds” does not handling rudiment is just getting pc going, VI-97 justify auditor auditing pc over out ruds, Havingness, “Look around here and find someVII-357 thing you can have” always works on any pc if don’t audit with, X-2-3, 149, 150 rudiments are done thoroughly, IV-154 don’t cram over out ruds, VIII-334 Havingness Process (or TR 10) can help on out E-Meter can go gradiently dull in presence of ruds, IV-450 out rudiments, V-96, 361 Havingness rud, V-101 every out rud you get a read on is run E/S to how to get the rudiments in, V-361 F/N, VII-196 if a rud reads you always follow it earlier until it example of out ruds preventing clearing, IV F/Ns, VI-433 410 if it reads and pc gives one, don’t check the read how to spot, IX-119 again, VI-434 in Dianetics, VI-429 inability to fly ruds, VII-45, 357; X-3 Int RD trouble is worse than list trouble is instant read anticipated on rudiments, V-113 worse than out ruds, VII-396 instant rudiment read, defn., V-264; see also EMD life knocking ruds out faster than they can be (EM Drill 18) audited in, VII-191 in2-way comm, X-54-55 list of pc indicators and which rud is out, Level One [1955], II-289 VII-4546, 359-60 Levels III to VI Model Session , V-420, 448 nothing else will straighten up and you mustn’t life knocking out, X-94 order auditors to audit with out ruds, VII life ruds, VI-435 281 list of rudiments bulletins, IV-450 out ruds hide goals and terminals, IV-374, 423 metering rudiments [1961], IV-363 pc himself can generate out ruds by Iying; it middle rudiments, V-99, 173 shows up as out ruds, withholds, VI-430 big mid ruds, V-446 pc is often ill because his ruds in life are out, goal will go null if big mid ruds are out, VII-364 V-83 pc no interest = no interest in first place or out use of big mid ruds, V-248 ruds = check for interest or put in ruds, Model Session, V-86, 244, 279, 382, 399, 421, VII-46, 360 449; VI-45 pc with out ruds makes no real gain, it is wise prepchecking the middle rudiments, V-83, 99 to put ruds in “in life”, VI-435 use of, V-97 problem shows up as an out rud in GF 40 and will mush an engram, V-296 is simply put in as a rud not as a grade, missed withholds, asking for, does not upset VII-101 dictum of using no O/W Processes in ~, V-60 two-way comm session, ruds going out must be missed withholds rudiment, V-101 put in by auditor, VII-105 miss on one ~ and the next, even if really hot, can overt-withhold on auditor is far too accusative and seem to be null by reason of ARC break, invalidates pc, IV-194 V-105 parts of modern rudiments, IV-56 modernized [1961], IV-450 pc has not had a session for some time, ruds must mutual out ruds, be flown, VII-357 defn., two or more people who mutually have pc who has something to hide wants auditor to ruds out on wider group or other dynamics find rudiments in, V-82 and do not get them in, VIII-259 pc with ruds out blows nothing, V-18 can stall cases, VIII-259 Prepchecking, rudiments in, V-42, 63 C/S checks for mutual out ruds, VIII-259 Prepchecking ~, you can get nice gains by, handling of mutual out ruds, VIII-259; X-246 V-70 routine check for, X-246 put in after Int and list repair, X-185 never ask a question about an answer in cleaning questions if not done in the same day tend to be any rudiment, V-75 unlimited, VI-280 of auditing, II-275, 283 random rudiment [Model Session], V-244 out during 37R, X-133 repetitive rudiment cycle, V-96, 361 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 rudiment(s) (ruds) (cont.) repetitive rudiments and Repetitive Prepchecking, V-361 repetitive rudiments, don’t use on end ruds of Prepcheck or R3 session, V-96 room rudiment dropped from Model Session in beginning ~, remains in end ~, V-101 R2 and R3 Model Session, rudiments, mid ruds, random rudiment, V-244 R3 Model Session, rudiments in, V-278, 381 sensitivity 16, rudiments are run at, VI-110 session without proper rudiments is a session without control, IV-56 should be established rapidly without too much talking, II-414 steer by repeated meter reaction, V-63 suppress and false, X-3 TA action ignored when a rudiment is used as a rudiment, V-76 TA action, lots of, on auditor rud, use CCHs, V-44 tone arm high, don’t fly ruds, VII-45, 197, 358 TR 1, if it is poor, you’ll miss rudiment’s outness and there goes your session, V-96, 361 use suppress and false, VI-281, 433; VII-45, 357 why rudiments are detested by some pcs, V-284 withholds and rudiments, IV-204 won’t register when pc is not in session, V-96 you don’t fly ruds over an out list, IX-157 Rudiments Check by D of P [SOP Goals], HCO WW Form CT4, IV-231 rule, auditor, F/N before next C/S action, X-136 blow up and 37R, low TAs, X-141 broad, and C/Sing, X-189 continued session, X-214 firm, C/S only with all folders to hand, X-45 general, return to where case was running well, X-113 Ivory Tower rule, X-170 mandatory, Cramming Officer in all HGCs, X-199 rumors break up an organization, I-313 rumors, not acceptable as evidence, II-160 rundown, one C/Ses or audits a ~ as itself, not as a botch of several actions run into it, VII-289 rundowns, don’t let major ~ be done twice, VII-359 rundowns, integrity of, VIII-264 run what is offered, don’t force the pc, VI-341 Russian mental research, III-537 Russian propaganda, III-45 R (number); see Routine (number), except R3R and R6 [below] R3R, R3Ring, V-294; see also Dianetics; engrams; incident ARC breaks, handling of in R3R, V-293 assessment [1963], V-300, 302 basic problem in starting a case, V-299 causes for failure, V-294 chain once assessed must be fully run, V-299 commands, VII-211; VIII-378 background data of, VIII-243 495 R3R, R3Ring (cont.) commands (cont.) must be precisely given and all commands 1-9 A-D are used; it is never shorted “because the pc did it”, VII-189 on second run on an incident, VI-354 used on Quad Dianetics, X-103 used on Triple Dianetics, X-101 don’t mix with earlier data on engram running, V-294 don’t use mid ruds or ask for M/W/Hs, V-296 drug items and Ev. Purps that have read are run R3R without asking for interest, VIII-161; IX 138 earlier beginning, VI-401 earlier incidents, VI-360 if a lock F/Ns you can get earlier incidents on same chain until pc actually runs engram or chain of engrams, VI-354 if a mental image picture goes more solid on second pass through, an earlier similar inci dent must be found, VI-344 second tirne through, if TA rises, there is an earlier incident, VI-373 erasure; see erasure evil purposes, common error on R3Ring, VIII-296 evil purposes, R3R all Ev. Purps culled from fol der is done as first action in Ex Dn, VIII-277; IX-252 exactly followed gives uniform results, VI-366 floating needle on R3R, VII-20 flub, VII-189 flubbed, X-76 flubs, VIII-285, 375 imaginary incidents can be run R3R, VIII-388 inadequacy of a completely rote system, VIII-244 incidents can force pc’s TA below 2, but when erased TA comes back up to F/N, VI-398, 419 “interest”, can’t run on R3R, as positive don’t run, IX-168 interest is only absorbed attention and a desire to talk about it, V-301 it does not matter if pc stays within this lifetime or goes whole track so long as assessed chain is followed and a basic eventually discovered for it, V-299 items R3R’d, marking of, IX-51 items: somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes, VII-9 L&N item, IX-50 List L-3, V-308 listofwordsinR3Rprocedure, lX-129 L3RD; see list, L3RD narrative items can give you trouble in R3R, VII-9 narrative R3R, use on accidents, illness, mental treatment, operations, VII-339 narrative secondaries, R3R, use on deaths of rela tives, family insanity, VII0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 R3R, R3Ring (cont.) operations, medical or dental treatment, deliver ies, should be audited out as soon as possible by R3R, VI-348, 422 overrun, why it gives high TA, VII-18 pc originates “It’s erased” and TA remains high, do ABCD once more or rehab last chain, VII208, 218-19 pc’s postulates, V-349 pc’s regard for or attitude about time can make it difficult for auditor to run R3R or R3N, V-330 pc telling there are several incidents, take earliest, VI-401 Preliminary Step [1963], V-299 all rules of listing as developed in R2-12 apply to R3R Preliminary Step, V-300 procedure; see also Dianetics Today run the incidents given by pc or he doesn’t get well, VI-346 run what reads, VI-350 significance and story content have no bearing on rightness or wrongness of chain selected, V-302 solid, example of pc saying “it was getting more solid” to escape each incident, VI-430 steps, V-294 TA action exists on the correct chain, V-299, 300 TA and R3R, VI-397 two certain subjects the “interest?” question is omitted from, IX-138 visible factors in R3R are: pc’s interest, TA action, ability of pc to run incidents, V-301 which cases can run, V-33 1 R6;seealso R6EW ARC breaks, V-418 auditormusts, V-392 don’t use Clay Table Clearing after R6 begun, V-493 list of good indicators on R6, V-390 pre-OT between R6 and OT III, it is possible to repair grade he missed, VII-466 to OT III you have a closed band for other major actions, VII-467 why pcs can’t run at once, V-493 R6 bank; see reactive mind R6EW; see also R6 falsely gotten to, X-22 Grade VI Release, VI-95 next step for a Grade VA Release in auditing is R6EW, VI-38 OT III No-Interference Area, VIII-20 pc dramatizes = R6EW unflat, VII-70 when pc has taken locks off reactive mind itself, using R6EW, he attains Fourth Stage Release, VI-87 S 496 sacrifices, II-361, 374 sad, auditor who goes sad is auditing pcs over his own ARC break, VII-362 effect, V-25 1, 252 cause of sad effect, VI-16 LlC handles ARC broken, sad, hopeless or nattery pcs, VII-203 preclear sad = ARC break = locate and handle, itsa earlier itsa, VII-46, 359 safeguarding Scientology materials, VI-105 safeguarding technology, VI-10 safe technique is that technique which always deals in things of which the preclear is certain, I-388 Saint Hill HGC staff auditor is not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller, VI-34 Saint Hill Manor, III-522 data about, IV-29 Saint Hill Special Briefing Course (SHSBC), V-32, 156 checksheet should consist only of chronological materials, studied in chronological order, VIII 201 sales failure, source of, III-534 S and Ds (S&Ds); see Search and Discovery Sanderson RD (Expanded Dianetics), Wants Handled RD was originally called , IX-142 sane, sanity, II-109, 224 defn, degree of rationality of an individual, I-69 defn, true sanity is that condition wherein one is sufficiently intelligent to solve his problems without physical violence or destroying other beings and yet survive happily and prosper ously, VI-405 ability to tell right from wrong is legal definition of sanity, VI-404 and certainty, parallel between, I-377 and insanity, I-68 basically honesty and truth, VIII-3 1 case level and ~, relationship to training, V-327 communication lag, direct index of sanity, I-466 concerned with the future, II-1 degree of sanity in government, II-272 degrees of, I-69 doubt about own sanity, answer to, VI-135 hattedness is basic of 3rd dynamic sanity, VIII-38 help is the make-break point between sanity and insanity, IV-85 honesty is road to sanity, VIII-79 individual, what he is concerned with, I-239 is basically honesty and truth, X-208 is certainty, providing only that that certainty does not fall beyond the conviction of another when he views it, I-376 measurement of, II-1 needs creation-destruction balance, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 sane, sanity (cont.) not necessary to process every person on Earth to bring sanity to Earth, IV-45 pc may be sane analytically and still react violently at times in session, IV-88 pc’s sanity and continued happiness depend upon ability to create new facts, II-178; VIII-114 person, passive and active, VI-197 psychiatric basic assumption that enough punishment will restore sanity is disproven, IV-104 relationship to density, I-230 relationship to differentiation and identification, I-244 road to sanity, VI-405 state, difference between a psychotic state and sane state is ability to make things solid, III188 the right to sanity, I-283 the road to sanity, I-377 true sign of sanity, VI-154 very sane confront the present entirely, II-1 scale; see also specific scales by name genetic entity scale, I-302 gradient scale of cases, I-435 gradient scale of certainties, I-356 Havingness Scale, II-498 of increasing confidence, IV-8 of pc reality on terminals, IV-131 of wins [1947], IV-65 Postulate Tone Scale, I-184 scale of action, I-378 scaleofawareness, I-378 Tone Scale, earliest, is in Book One, I-464 use of gradient scale, II-181 Scale of Awareness, description of, II-191 Scale of Reality, III-401 scanning, defn., I-l 07 a chain of locks, I-109 A-R-C, I-186 in prenatal area can be dangerous, I-108 is between remembering and returning, I-107 lock; see lock scanning mechanism of, I-107 reason why dropped as a process before publication of DMSMH, I-107 speeds, I-108 technique of, I-108, 204 through all auditing preclear has received, I-111 through each day, I-112 vocal, first and slowest rate of, I-108 scarce, incidents which are most scarce tend to stick hardest, III-151 scarcity, scarcities, II-501 and abundance, III-148, 150 Expanded Gita resolves, I-439 Level Five, Remedy of Communication Scarcity, II-291 remedying, I-493 Scenery, Exteriorization by, [process], I-396 497 scheduling, defn, hours of a course or designation of certain times for auditing, VII-141, 287; IX 312 schema, German, II-350 schizophrenic, defn, split personality; one in another’s valence, III-11 how to handle, III-11 science(s), a look at the sciences, III-423 and religion, where they meet, II-6 assumption points of, IV-102 essentials of, I-268 goes mad when it is “creating in order to de stroy”, IV-127 how to study a science; see also NSOL physical sciences and religion, II-211 Scientology, not a speculative science, II-342 vocabularies of, II-533 scientific method, steps described, II-477 scientific treatment of the insane, IV-82 scientific truth, defn, something which is workably and invariably right for the body of knowledge in which it lies, I-71 scientists, non-understanding of, II-137 scientists once stood for truth and tried to serve humanity; now they serve economics and po litical creeds, IV-146 Scientologist(s)(‘s); see also Scientology defn, specialist in spiritual and human affairs, II-152 defn, one who controls persons, environments and situations, III-55, 281 and medical doctors, conflicts between, how to handle, II-156 and public, knowledge bridge must be in, VIII-202 “are harder to audit than new pcs”, answer is auditor speed, VI-420 are not revolutionaries, we are humanitarians, IV 114 are the free people, III-145 as a “counselor”, IV-114 be part of society and improve it, IV-107, 114 can get the job done, III-332 characteristics of, III-281 Code of a Scientologist, [1954] II-115, 116; [1957] III-1; see also Scn 0-8 “doctors” on third and fourth dynamics, IV-113 Elementary Scientologist [1956], II-509 empire of wisdom, Scientologist’s empire, II-68 everybody is a Scientologist, some just haven’t cognited yet, III-501 expected to be able to resolve problems in many specialized fields of which auditing is the first field he addresses so as to be conversant with and capable in the phenomena of life, II-67 expected to support his own government, II-292 handle first and second dynamics only to achieve better function on third and fourth, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Scientologist(s)(‘s) (cont.) Scientology(‘s) (cont.) has no specialized political or religious convictions area that thinks Dianetics and Scientology don’t beyond those dictated by wisdom and his own work, reasons for, VI-323 early training, II-67-68 as it should be presented to basic course people, have more training than psychologists, II-160 II-404 in his training, must approximate route of actual assumption points of ~ and other subjects, IV-102 research and discovery, III-328 attackers of Scientology had criminal records, II is first cousin to Buddhist, distant relative to 167 Taoist, feudal enemy to enslaving priest and auditing is more delicate than Dianetic auditing, bitter foe of German, Viennese and Russian VII-21 defamers of man, III-55 auditing, pc must be well to start on, VI-325 never be half-minded about being Scientologists, auditor, ability to do Dianetic auditing is true VI-8 fundamental background of Scientology au one who is not a victim, III-494, 517 ditor, VI-325 operates within the boundaries of Auditor’s Code axioms and principles of Scientology are consider and Code of a Scientologist, III-281 ations agreed upon and from which stem this professional ~ is one who expertly uses Scienuniverse and livingness, III-344 tology on any area or level of society, IV-106 Axioms of; see also Axioms; PXL; Scn 0-8 religion of Scientologist is freedom for all things Axiom 58, III-393; see also Axioms & Logics spiritual on all dynamics, III-55 background, general; see PXL role in life, Special Zone Plan, IV-111 basic assumption: a being without aberration will role of, II-67 be good, ethical, artistic and powerful; this has should never let themselves be interviewed by the become a basic truth, IV-104 press, II-155 basic lessons of: spirit is source of all; you are a should utilize existing public facilities, II-168 spirit, III-270 what we expect of a Scientologist, IV-106 believes that no government should be interfered Scientology(‘s); see also Scientologist with, II-292 defn, knowing about knowing or science of Buddhism, relation to Scientology, VI-195 knowledge, I-268 chief uses are in fields of education, organization, defn., the science of knowing how to know, I-316, mental disability and religion, III-281 376 clearing in ~ consists of discovering source of defn, is the science of knowing how to know reactive mind itself and making it vanish, III answers, II-67 270 defn., means knowledge; scio means knowing in Clear Procedure; see Clear Procedure the fullest sense of the word; studying how to communication lines of, II-92 know in the fullest sense of the word, II-214 confusions about , clear up earlier subject, VI defn., branch of psychology which treats of 152 human ability, II-390, 405 considers only those things which man or man as a defn., taken from scio (knowing in the fullest spirit can make, II-409 meaning of the word) and ology (to study), courses, basic philosophy behind, II-339 II-405 Creed of the Church; see Scn 0-8 defn, knowing in the fullest sense of the word, current state of the subject and materials, VIII III-281 201 defn, an organized body of scientific research deals with thetan, being who isthe individual and knowledge concerning life, life sources and the who handles and lives in body, VI-341 mind and includes practices that improve the debates on Scientology, discourage, II-159 intelligence, state and conduct of persons, demands no belief or faith and thus is not in III-491 conflict with faith, III-514 abbreviations and symbols of, VI-79 described at public level in DMSMH, IV-79, 81 addressed to the working man, II-453 description of, II-152; see also PXL; Scn 0-8 against Scientology, defn, attention off ~ and developmentofScientology, VIII-201, 202 protesting ~ behavior or connections, V-347 DianeticsandScientology, VI-160, 349, 351 aims and purpose of, I-317, 357 difference between, I-316, 405; II-118; III aims of Scientology, VI-88 270; VI-325, 338; VIII-107 an account of what you were doing before you Dianetics is the branch of Scientology which deals forgot what you were doing, II-440 with mental anatomy, III-470 and civil government, II-168 discovered not invented, II-406, 434 anyone using it must state that he is using Sciendisseminate ~ without telling what it is, III-476 tology, II-159 disseminating ~, how a confusion results, II 154 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Scientology(‘s) (cont.) Scientology(‘s) (cont.) does not fit into any other frame of reference, but is a work on the subject of the mind, not on the other things fit into its frame of reference, subject of the Supreme Being, II-409 III-345 is basic religion, II-237 does not invade the 8th dynamic, II-432 is for the people and of the people, II-269 don’t classify with psychology or medicine, II-264 is making the individual capable of living a better early attacks on, III-172 life in his own estimation and with his fellows employed by an auditor (one who listens and and playing of abetter game, II-440 computes) as a set of drills (exercises, prois not just processing, that’s only one use of fun cesses) upon the individual, and small or large damentals, VIII-202 groups, II-405 is not political, II-268 empowering a thetan to overcome his own probis rehabilitation of the game, II-366 lems, III-283 is the data necessary to live, III-236 everything in ~ has been directly and actively keeping Scientology working, VI-4 postulated by person at some point in past, language of, howto learn, Il-534 III-345 lectures by Ron needed to give student flavor and examples of ~ applied to third dynamic, IV-114 idea of Scientology, IV-329 exists to further andbetter government of people, List One, V-191, 195, 202, 215, 220; see also and believes in principles of democracy, Magna EMD Carta, Constitution of the United States, and lists vs. Dianetic lists, VI-390 Bill of Rights, II-168-69 living and Scientology; see also PXL first principle of: it is possible to know about the man who invented Scientology, III-470 mind, II-407 materials, use of, II-86-88 focal point is upon Scientology not its organizamedical doctors and Scientology, VIII-203, 204 tions or auditors or personalities, II-132 mind, Scientology is only full study in field of gives us the common denominators of objects, mind developed in Twentieth Century, III-477 energies, spaces, universes, livingness and mission of Scientology is to raise knowingess of thought itself, II-437 the spiiit to a degree that it again knows what gnostic faith in that it knows it knows, II-152 it is and what it is doing, II-153 goals, III-55, 283 mustn’t be confidential, III-147 goal [1952]: to recover full identity and knowingnomenclature of, how formulated, II-535 ness of being and causality of the immortal, not only accepts but can prove that man does imperishable self, forevermore, I-301 have a soul, III-514 good press on Scientology, II-311 only pointing out things the individual has already grade, never run Scientology grade to make pc agreed with or himself caused, II-438 well or cure something, VI-350 only reason anyone has ever left ~ is because grades are a route to spiritual freedom and greatly people failed to find out about them, IX-282 increased ability, VI-328 organizational goals [1959], III-548 greater freedom for the individual is goal of Scienorganizations; see organizations tology, II-215 ownership of, II-199 how it is used, II-405 para-Scientology; see para-Scientology how to study, II-407 phenomena of, discovered and held in common by impact of Scientology against the society, II-305 all men and all life forms, II-434 importance of delivering Dianetics and ~, II-481 philosophy of a new age, III-153 improves the intelligence, ability, behavior, skill points out what can be seen or changed from a and appearance of people, II-405 person’s own viewpoint to bring about a indebted to psychoanalysis and Freud, II-465 change in his own condition, II-438 in other languages, VII-443 power of ~ is that it, by stressing single, simple integrity is hallmark of Dianetics and ~, VII-362 truths, eliminates oceans of mere data, III-346 intended as an assistance to life at large, to enable practiced in daily life, II-406 life to make a better civilization and a better practitioners are validated by official organiza game, II-434 tions, II-406 is a description born out of 25 years of investigaPreventive Scientology, II-441 tion of how life and universes are put together, product of, VI-160, 322, 326, 338, 351, 392 II-53 professional attitude of, V-59 is a practical religion for all denominations, and proper attitude to Scientology, VI-9 doesn’t require faith in anybody until they publicwho seek to liken Scientology to something have experienced something to have faith else, how to handle, VI-1 52 about, II-266 “Quickie Grades” crashed whole ~ network, is a religion, why this is so, II-118, 209 VII-88 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Scientology(‘s) (cont.) S-C-S; see Start—Change—Stop raw public tape and film presentations are a must Search and Discovery (S&D), VI-113, 127, 128, 136, to keep flavor and meaning of ~, IX-366, 438 164, 165, 171, 206, 210, 213, 216, 218; see reactive mind and Scientology; see reactive mind also BCR mind defn., search and discovery of suppression; it relation to healing, VIII-203 locates suppressives on case, VI-207 religion, II-210 are listed by the laws of listing and nulling, VI-266 religion, all-denominational rather than non-deartists, purpose S&D is very magical on, VI-219 nominational, II-158 bad S&D makes a person sick, VI-165 religious, Scientology is a religious philosophy and commands, VI-164 practice, VI-195 correcting S&Ds, VI-263 religious traditions of, II-152 disconnection letters, S&D and, VI-166 research was financed at first by Ron’s writings errors, VI-127, 136; VIII-211 and expeditions, III-172 F/N, “S&Ds to F/N”, VI-218, 250 results verify its basic assumption, IV-104 handles victims of psychotics, VI-134 road to truth; he who would follow it must take item, true steps, VIII-203 general item, how to handle, VI-208 science of human ability and intelligence, III-477 missed item, VI-165 sell Scientology by action, IV-115 “myself” as item, VI-128 situation in South Africa [1960], IV-161 turns out to be a group, how to handle, VI spiritual freedom is product of Scientology, VI114, 164 325, 326, 338 wrong item on an S&D can make pc ill, VI-208 student, subject of Scientology is as good or bad key S&D question: “Who or what has unmocked in direct ratio to his knowledge of it, III-420 you?”, VI-210 study Scientology with purpose of arriving at your list error can make a person sort of PTS with a own conclusions as to whether or not the wrong item, [X-169 tenets you have assimilated are correct and listingquestions, VI-207 workable, III~26 must read, VI-218 Theory 67, IV-149, 166 listing rules, VI-129 “the science of certainty”, I-340, 374 List L4 used to assess an ARC break on ~ the way out, III-134 VI-171 the work was free, III-173 List L4A, VI-213 third dynamic for Scientology, IV-2 meter just falls flat when you’ve got a complete thought is the subject matter of ~, I-268 list; needle goes clean, VI-129 tradition of; see also BCR; PXL new S&Ds (3 S&Ds), PTS RD step, VIII-342 training; see training past S&Ds, PTS RD step, VIII-340 true story of; see NSOL Purpose S&Ds, VI-218 undercutting anyolder philosophy, III-345 service facsimile, locating, and Search and Dis use of, VI-135, 339, 341, 351; VIII-202 covery, difference between, VI-115 using ~ to handle situations in life is a whole SP, when discovered, give an S&D to his associ subject in itself and it isn’t auditing, V-491 ates, VI-144 validation of, II-102 three S&Ds, procedure for, VI-436 vocabulary of, II-342, 535 trouble in, VI-128 Wedding Ceremony, II-425 types: Type S, Type U, Type W, VI-216, 219 what to disseminate, II-153 more or less limited to one of each type, what we want out of Scientology, III-134 VI-278 why Scientology allies itsell with religion, II-73, seasickness, example of handling, VI-202 209 secondary, secondaries, VI-232, 279; see also why Scientology does not conflict with other engrams; grief engrams; locks; SOS religions, VI-195 defn., separation of dynamics seven and six, caus why Scientology is a religion, VIII-107 ing grief due to loss, I-161 with Scientology, defn., interested in subject and defn., those parts of time track which contain getting it used, V-347 misemotion based on earlier engramic experi workability of Scientology, V-425 ence, V-74 Scientology: Clear Procedure—Issue One; see Clear defn., mental image pictures containing misemo Procedure tion (grief, anger, apathy, etc.); they contain scouting, handling the time track, V-288 no pain; they are moments of shock and stress scouting, how to run, III-297 and depend for their force on underlying screens, II-38 engrams, VI-61, 86, 141 black, how to resolve, I-437 00 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 secondary, secondaries (cont.) defn., mental image picture of a moment of severe and shocking loss or threat of loss which contains misemotion such as anger, fear, grief, apathy or “deathfulness”, VI-340 bury engrams, VI-163 called a secondary because it itself depends upon an earlier engram with similar data but real pain, VI-340 derives all its power from an underlying engram, VI-163 original use meant “a moment of loss”, VI-163 overt-motivator sequence of, VI-232 running ~ gives spectacular results, VI-l 59 universes, II-493 Secondary Scale; see Pre-Havingness Scale, Secondary Scale secondary styles; see auditing, secondary styles second dynamic; see dynamic, 2nd second postulate; see postulate, second Second Stage Release, VI-56, 70, 71, 87 secrecy computation, I-475 secret(s), only disturbing element in secrets is guilt which accompanies them, III-201; see also missed withhold prevent case advance, II-276 “Recall a secret” [process], III-93 Straight Wire on Secrets, Knowingness, II-251 two-way communication recalling pc’s ~, II-250 Security Check(s)(ing), IV-30, 355, 445; see also Confessional; Integrity Processing; EME against a chronic somatic, IV-389 always flatten original question, IV-449 based on “withhold”, “make guilty” and “prevent”, V-1 by rock slam, V-140 CCHs and, IV-348 Children’s Security Check, ages 6-12, IV-378 compose Sec Check, IV-415 confused area, IV-415 somatics, possible to eradicate by sec checking area of confusion, IV-409 don’t act accusatively, IV-98 “don’t know” version, IV-425 for staff, main points to be included [1960], IV-23 generalitieswon’tdo, IV-424 help check as a security check, IV-98 HGC Auditor’s Sec Check, IV-356 HGC Pre-Processing Security Check, IV-403 how to do, IV-97 if a question doesn’t promptly clear on needle then it is part of a chain, V-62 increases responsibility, V-9 Johannesburg (Joburg) Security Check, IV-242, 275, 317 as preparation for assessment, IV-270 main danger of, IV-402 never leave a question unflat, V-1 501 Security Check(s)(ing) (cont.) “not know” version of Security Checking, IV-372 only valid Security Check, IV-275 Prepcheckingand~[1962], V-62 preventing a missed Sec Check question, IV-425 prevention of ~ being left unflat, IV-402 prior confusion and ~, IV-390, 406, 409, 415 Processing Security Check, IV-356 ratio of time run between Problem and Sec Check [RlA], IV-355 R-factor, IV-242, 276 run also Havingness, V-6 R3D, Sec Checks during, IV-422 Scientology Students’ Security Check, IV-349 Student Practice Security Check, used by Acad emy students learning E-Meter use, IV-400 Twenty-Ten; see Twenty-Ten unilat, remedy for, V-67 use of E-Meter in Security Check, IV-97 varying Sec Check questions, IV-449 when a person is flunked on a Sec Check, IV-275 Whole Track Sec Check, IV-337 withhold pulling and Sec Check, increase E-Meter sensitivity for, IV-273 Security Form 2 (Joburg Security Check Sheet), IV 242 Security Form 3 (the only valid Security Check), IV-275 Security Form 4 (Sec Check Whole Track), IV-337 Security Form 5 (Scientology Students’ Security Check), IV-349 Security Form 5A (for all HPA/HCA and above stu dents before acceptance on courses), IV-407 Security Form 6 (HGC Auditor’s Sec Check), IV-356 SecurityForm7A(forstaffapplicants), IV-381 Security Form 7B (for persons now employed), IV 383 Security Form 8 (Children’s Security Check), IV-378 Security Form 8 (for pcs beginning intensives), IV 403 security, how to obtain org security, II-387 security risk, don’t let a bad security risk near a staff position, IV-89 security risks, rock slammers are ~, V-185 sedation, don’t process a person who is under, I-104 sedation, problemof, I-104 sedation, temporary effect of, I-105 sedatives and hypnotics, observed action of, I-105; see also DMSMH seeing, fear of seeing is fear of mass, III-209; see also eyes see, thetan’s ability to, III-209 Selected Person Overts, commands of and how to run, III-434 Selected Person Overt-Withhold, commands of and how to run, III-406 Selected Person Overt-Withhold used on present time problem, III-402 Selected Persons Overt Acts, commands of and how to run, III CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Selected Persons Overts Straightwire, III-397 self-determinism, self-determined (cont.) will bring up the responsibility of case to point goal of, I-293 where he can be trusted to run engrams, IIIgoes down as a person goes down the Tone Scale, 453 II-287 Selected Persons Overt Straightwire, how to select inflow and restrained inflow can be ~ actions, person, commands and how to run, III-427 V-14 Selected Persons Overts Withhold, when cases crack interruption of, I-155 well on, what to run, III-473 is mid-range on Tone Scale, III-465 Selected Persons Overt-Withhold on auditor as a seis self-confidence, I-184 lected person, III-430 of pc proportional to amount of self-direction he Selected Persons Overt-Withhold Straightwire, comiscapableofexecuting, II-17 mandsofandhowtorun, III-417 of pc reduced markedly by evaluating for pc, as a training process, III-485 II-475 Selected Persons Scout, III-484 processing; see AP&A selection of marriage partners, I-121 proportionate to ability to reason, I-150 selection of personnel, I-9 proportionate to handling of mest, II-287 selection, theory of natural, I-l 52 related to ability to impose space between Self Analysis, II-144 terminals, II-14 advantages of Mock-up Processing, I-349 returning self-determinism to the pc, II-237 List Mock-ups [process], I-329 “Son, your self-determinism depends upon your lists rehab, VI-188 ability to tolerate the actions of others or to next-to-thelast list, I-386, 388, 396, 425; II-220 direct them at will. It depends upon your StepVI, SOP8, I-424, 426 ability to have charity towards your fellow Self Analysis in Scientology, ARC Straight Wire using men. It depends upon your ability when in a next-tolast list of, VIII-121 position of trust to demonstrate mercy. It de Self Analysis in Scientology, use of in group propends upon your ability to make a postulate cessing children, I-319, 327 stick on that body. When you tell it to walk, it self, attacking, I-190 walks”, II-214 self-audit; see auditing, self validated, I-170 “self-coaching” is flunked, VI-234 self-listing, cause of, VIII-96 self-confidence is self-determinism, I-184 selling, basic scale and ethics of, III-533, 534 self-determination, defn., the location of matter and selling Scientology, II-264 energy in time and space, and the creation, book distribution and~, II-320 change and destruction of time and space, I-295 semantic re-orientation, I-47 self-determinism, self-determined, I-36; see also Scn Senior C/S, lines of, VII-182 8-80 seniors, C/S (for tech) and D of P (for auditors and defn., I-214 bodies), X-84 defn., full reponsibility for self, no responsibility seniors in tech, X-178 for other side of game, V-8 sensation(s) (sen.), aberrated, is end product of failures to help, IVdefn, all other uncomfortable perceptions than 191 pain stemming from reactive mind are called ability to own and control and fulfill various sensation; these are basically “pressure”, “mo efforts of theta, I-189 tion”, “dizziness”, “sexual sensation”, and analysis of; see AP&A “emotion and misemotion”, V-175; VII-192 and reason, I-149 Dianetic breakthrough came in assessing only basis, ability to withhold or give out a datum on, somatics, ~, emotions, attitudes, VII-9 III-118 opposition terminal produces dizziness or “winds beings basically prosper only when they are selfof space” sensation, V-5 determined, VIII-130 sense of reality, I-15 circumscribed by environment of individual and Senses, Orientation of, List; see SA forces he faces, I-38 sensitivity, E-Meter; see E-Meter sensitivity Effort Processing, ~ Effort Processing, I-167 separate (Secondary Scale level), IV-297 entrance into ~ requires that thetan conceive idea Separateness [process], II-275, 283, 448 ofother beings, III-465 separateness, games condition evolves from ~, IV established in direct ratio to increased ability to 54 handle mest, I-193 separating universes, II-193 explained, I-153 seriousness, I-211 fixed attention results in unawareness of other andinsanity, directconnectionbetween, I-212 things than object of f1xation and lessening of ~ the more mass the more ~, II-179 to a point of other-determinism, VIII-262 service and handling are the same thing, VII-4 5 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 service facsimile(s), VI-173; see also AP&A session (cont.) defn., simply a persistence of non-admired things auditing itself is a sort of time track, earliest which resolve when admired, I-311 session blows later sessions, VII-210; VIII-274 defn., a series of facsimiles which you call a facauditing results are best achieved in a session and a simile, which can be applied to the control of session depends upon a self-determined agree others, III-231 ment to be audited, V-491 defn., Advanced Procedure and Axioms definition auditor and pc when they are cleared for session, accurate; add this: ~ is that computation genonly then begin on case, III-301 erated by pc (not bank) to make self right and auditor clearance, IV-41 others wrong, to dominate or escape dominaauditor does not grade his own, IX-29 tion, and enhance own survival and injure that auditor fully responsible for session, IV-43 of others, V-353, 354 auditor is responsible for session, VII-235, 250, defn., picture containing an explanation of self 428 condition and also a fixed method of making auditor is responsible for session environment, others wrong, VIII-258; IX-250 VIII-409 action of, VI-5 auditor is totally responsible for session, V-161, by Dynamics, Ex Dn RD, VIII-257; IX-249 425, 426 computation generated by the being not the bank, auditor remains at cause in all sessions without VI-173 forbidding pc to be at cause, III-161 facsimile part is actually a self-installed disability Auditor’s Report, Crime to give any session or that “explains” how he is not responsible for assist without making one, VI-364 not being able to cope; so he is not wrong for before stopping session auditor must reduce every not coping, VIII-258; IX-250 engram contacted or basic engram on chain, finding and running, V-354 I-l9 Grade IV Release—Service Facsimiles, VI-95 before tackling a bank you have to have a ~, handling, VIII-258; IX-250 IV-66 is a solution, III-167 blows, cause of, II-246 is generated by pc, not the bank, V-354 body of session [Model Session], V-280, 382, keynote of clearing a ~ is interest; if pc isn’t 421, 449 interested in it, assessment is wrong, V-356 break, process can go F/N in, VI-277 methods to find, VI-189 by LRH, Effort Processing and lock scanning on pc giving a doingness, how to handle, VI-173 wearing glasses, I-196 relationship to victim, III-519 by-passed charge, X-18, 19 Search and Discovery and locating service facsimCCH 0 is a collection of mechanical aids to assist ile, differencebetween, VI-115 pc’s participation in session and auditor in student’s or auditor’s service facsimile may conARC, III-158, 178 test instruction, how to handle, V-358 challenging people out of session as “having with theory, IX-249 holds” is illegal, VII-167 why it’s calied that, IX-249 child must be given a very formal session, III-553 session; see also Model Session child, unwilling, use short sessions, III-526 defn., auditor and preclear (patient) are together cleaning up an old session will give you all the out-of-doors or in quiet place where they will latent gain in that session, V-21 not be disturbed or where they are not being confront, ability to confront pc and session and subjected to interrupting influences, II-441 parts of session permits one to accurately go defn., auditor and preclear locate, step by step, from A to B, VII-289 any mental blocks to increased ability and continued session rule, X-214 freedom, VI-322 control, don’t discard it by asking pc what to do, against session, defn., attention off own case and V-76 talking at auditor in protest of auditor, PT C/S for several sessions, X-214 auditing, environment or Scientology, data, important data in a session, VI-91 V-34647 Dianetic sessions, X-87 antibiotics, person on antibiotics is given vitamins difference between formal session and assist, III before session, VIII-405 260 ARC break caused by running pc over his head, economical, X-87 IV-44 end body of session [Model Session], V-280, 383, ARC breaks, PTPs and withholds all keep a session 421, 449 from occurring, VIII-178 ending a session, IV-43, 164, 223, 456 ARC breaks, running O/Wto handle, IV-43 ending session is totally up to auditor, VII-44, ARC break that comes up in session must be 356 handled, VIII-409 Ending the Session, Training 9(c), III-340; X-2 5 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 session (cont.) session (cont.) end of session [Model Session], V-86, 245, 280, in session (cont.) 383, 399, 422, 450; VI-46 pc participation in session (cont.) environment, IV-41 is necessary for processing to work, how it exteriorization and ending session, VIII-397 is achieved, III-319 failed sessions, most common reason for, is inabiliis necessary in order to place pc somewhat ty of auditor to get reads on lists, VIII-233 at cause point in actual fact of auditing, failure, causes of, VI-274, 417, 449 III-158, 178 failure, handling, VI-449 pc in session will always tell withholds, false TA must be handled before ~, VIII-411, 414 V-23 far apart barely keep up with life; ruds must be pc who is not participating in session is not flown, VII-357 at cause, III-161, 181 first sessions, IV-214 pcs “getting an F/N at will” are not in session, flubbed session is visible at Examiner, VII-138 VII-438 Folder Summary for each session, VII-276 picking up M/W/Hs keeps pcs in session, V-58 General Check-up on a Session by D of P [SOP protested and decided used to get pc easier in Goals], HCO WW Form CT3, IV-230 session, V-447 General Overt/Withhold before session, V-101 put pc more in session with goals, III-314 general requirements of sessions, IV-129 putting pc’s attention on E-Meter violates in getting the pc sessionable, V-491 session definition, IX-84 goals, IV-41 rudiments are used to get pc in session, IV-274 goals, reason for session goals, IV-56 is a cycle of action, IV-56 goofed ~ must be repaired within 24 hours, VIIlisting out of session, VIII-96 138 logged, X-81 goofed session, repair of, VII-61 LRH model tape sessions, VIII-33 go wrong, ask for missed withholds, V-61 mechanics of session, great deal of value of audit grading, VII-127 , 180, 181; X-59, 82 ing lies in, IV-56 by C/S, X-59-60 Model Session; see Model Session flunk, when given, VII-128 more economical if long, VII-186 form, X-81 must-nots, V-463 no mention, defn., VII-127; X-59 never permit the preclear to end the session on his very well done, defn, VII-127, 181; X-59, 82 own independent decision, II-98 well done, defn., VII-127, 181; X-59, 82 never walk off from a pc during a session, II-99 “well done by exam”, defn., VII-181; X-59, 82 opening and closing of, III-487 how to establish, III-238 org having only 65% of its sessions F/N VGIs at illness “running out” after session, VI-371 Examiner, what to do, VII-366 ill pc needs smooth and short sessions, VI-421 out of session, in session, degrees of being out of session, IV-175 defn., pc is interested in and talking to auditor failure of most sessions is pc going out of about his case, III-538 session, II-524 defn., pc interested in own case and willing to pc is thrown out of session by having respon talk to auditor, IV-43, 62, 173, 175, 450; sibility hung on him, V-414 VII-230, 259; IX-84 pc out of session, VIII-410 defn., wiliing and able to talk to the auditor; pc out of session when he starts to control interested in own case, V-18 session, II-524 difficult to keep pc in session, handling of, pc who stops or alters course of action of V-58 auditor is out of session, II-524 exception to case interest, pc going upscale pc with dirty needle is a long way out of goes through boredom, IV-175 session a lot of the time, V-93 getting and keeping pc in session, II-16, 217, processes all fail if pc is out of session, IV-175 443 reasons for out of session, IV-62 getting pc in session, III-157, 301 when the pc goes more anaten than he is when how to get and keep pc in session, IV-43, 175 not being audited, he is in the grip of a real if pc is in session E-Meter will read, V-96 or affected code break and is out of keeping pc in session is done with good ARC, session, II-322 III-243 out of sessionness, III-304 key to fast, high results is “pc in session”, patterns, well followed, tend to run out earlier IV-175 sessions, IV-53 pc participation in session, III-157, 176 pc attempting to leave session equals M/W/H, how to gain, III-161, 181 V-59 5 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 session (cont.) pc feels a security when all his sessions are predictable as to pattern, IV-53 pc permitted to be responsible for session will ARC break, IV-373 pc’s attention, don’t put it out of session, IX-67 pc’s attention must be on his own case in session, not on meter or his hands, VIII-27 perfect session, VII-230 preliminaries [Model Session], V-243, 278, 381, 398, 420, 428, 448; VI-44 priorities, VII-61 priorities—Repair Programs and their priority, X-16 Q and A, session without Q and A is a smooth session, V-74 PTP is any worry that keeps pc out of session, III-243 PTP makes it hard for pc to confront session, III-311 red tagging flubbed sessions, VII-138 rough, angry ARC breaky session, auditor has failed to pick up missed withholds, V-58 rudiments at beginning of session [1961], IV-451 rudiments, don’t let pc use rudiments to avoid body of session, V-76 rudiments exist to run enough to get pc into session, IV-363 runningbadly, X-4 second session, IV-215 scheduling and programs, X-3 short sessioning has its uses: small children, sick people, psychos, VII-187 smooth out session [Model Session], V-280, 383, 422, 449 standardized sessions, IV-53 starting session, [1955] II-275, 283; [1958] III301, 314; [1960] IV-73, 163, [1961] 220, 453 and ending session, characteristic, purpose, stable datum, III-479 bad off case and case in very good condition alike require special handling, III-159, 179 CCH 0; see CCH 0 how to start a session [1960], IV-41 points which should be in before starting session, IV-67 Training 9(b), III-340 start of session [Model Session], V-85, 243, 278, 381, 398, 420, 428, 448; VI-44 starts of sessions, types of, don’t mix them, VII274; X-143 TA amount per session, V-367 tape recording sessions, points to look for, V-378 tone arm high at session start, VII-45; see also tone arm, high that tries to go beyond a big dial-wide drifting floating F/N only distracts pc from his win, VII-144 that went wrong, X-9 505 session (cont.) TR 0 exists so auditor is not ducking session but can sit there relaxed, doing his job, VIII-289, 383 unrepaired for more than 24 hours occasionally find pc physically ill, VII-139 violent session ARC break, X-184 went wrong, ask pc what auditor did, VII-48, 363 what session depends on, IV-66 when does it begin, III-259 without proper rudiments session is without con trol, IV-56 with session, defn, interested in in own case and willing to talk to auditor, V-346; see also session, in if pc is with meter will read; if pc is partially against ~ meter will read poorly, V-361 sessionable, getting the pc sessionable, II-17 set-up(s), VII-51, 277, 467 defn, getting an F/N showing and VGIs before starting any major action, VII-47, 360; X-6 always set up case fully for next major action, VII-277 auditing set-up actions, VII-14 checklist, ExDn, IX-254 Expanded Dianetics, IX-251 forauditing, VI-283 for next major action, X-146 when Repair Program is concluded case is con sidered to be set up, X-21 Set-up Program; see Repair Program seven flows, X-131 seven resistive cases; see case, resistive seventh dynamic; see dynamic, 7th severity, defn, increase in that discipline believed necessary by people to guarantee their se curity, II-514 sex(es), sexual, II-484; seealso dynamic, 2nd defn, low order massive level of creation, II-469 ability, lack of, II-108 admiration and evolution of, I-383 anxieties of sex: there must be additional bodies for next life, II-433 battle of, men vs. women, I-151 behavior; see also Science of Survival concentration on sex, II-469 effect of insufficient admiration from sexual partners, I-385 emotional or ecstatic impact from, II-469 Freud’s libido theory, IV-103 harmonic of aesthetics and pain, I-418 incident is a bounce from a death, III-411 is symbolism of mock-ups, what to run, I-361 only one of numerous creative impulses, II-433 overweighted in importance in old psychotherapy, II-433 parts, audit sexual parts or psychosomatic dif ficulties last, III-93 reading of sexual significances into each and every action, II0 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 sex(es), sexual (cont.) sudden loss of sexual partner, I-437 suppression of by a group, I-160 sexual sensation, defn, any feeling, pleasant or unpleasant, commonly experienced during sexual restimulationoraction, V-175; VI-192 sF—small fall (a quarter to half an inch), VI-357 sheep-psychology mechanism, I-36 Sheet, Pc Assessment; see Preclear Assessment Sheet shifting environment during auditing, I-48 shifting, valence, I-486 shock cures aberration: psychiatry’s basic assumption, IV-103 shock, effect of, on muscles, IX-503 shock, electric, III-15 IIIshock, engrams contain, more important than pain and unconsciousness, the moment of shock, which is that period of realization by body and thetan that an overwhelming has occurred, II398 shock, insane by reason of emotional shock, handling of, VI-319 shock, operational shock, cause of, V-464 shock treatment, what it does, V-408 shock treatment worsens and confirms mental derangement, I-432 short-cutting processes and programs, X-40 shorthanding session actions on worksheets, IX-42 Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S, VIII-228, 282, 308, 356, 398; X-165; see also tone arm short programs are for the birds, VII-87 short sessioning as a technique, III-368 short sessioning has its uses: small children, sick people, psychos, VII-187 short sessioning works very well with a child, III-553 Short Spotting, version of TR10, III-160, 180 Short 8, I-346, 348, 395 Step E, Duplication, I-425 Short 8A, I-346, 348 defn, is a rote process for the resolution of the Resistive V, I-410 and occluded cases, I-410 SHSBC; see Saint Hill Special Briefing Course “Shut your eyes and look at my fingers”, assist, VI1418 Siberian Bill, unlawful confinement of mental patients, II-385 sick; see ill sick animal, rehabilitation of, I-389 “sight” translator is one equally good in two languages who can hear one language and speak translation into other language without hesitation, VII-441 significance(s), II-448 all forces in bank contain significances, VII-77 Attention Subjective Repetitive, never run on significance, VIII-263 clay table, mass parts are done by clay, significance or thought parts by label, VII163 506 significance(s) (cont.) Consideration in the form of Significances [pro cess], II-68 C/Sing towards significance produces non-advanc ing cases, VII-77 establish reality of terminal before you try to clear it with significance, III-235 force vs. significance, VII-77, 85 in clay table work; see clay table no change when only significance addressed, X-35 no significance process moves a low graph case, IV-139 of mechanics of the mental image picture, III-32 on a nervous-dispersed case there is no real gain in running ~ until hellos and okays are run, 235 one of three methods to move time track, V-287, 288 pc search for significance, VII-77 recovered or realized by the pc only shows up as cognitions, VII-77 Responsibility can be run on a no-mass terminal or significance, IV-87 rock is an object, not a significance, III-299 terminals to which Comm Processesare addressed must be real terminals never ~ only, III-503 the search of the pc is for significance, X-29 thetan can postulate or say or reason anything; thus there is an infinity of significances, VII-77 total significance to existence is the significance that the being puts there, II-470 you can only list and run intentions connected with terminal or mass or somaticnever signifi cance, VIII-277 you must combine significances with terminals, not with significance, IX-187 silent subject, how to find out a person’s name on, IV-59 simplicities, postulates go from simplicities to com plexities, III-345 simplicities, reaching back for earlier, is the direction of truth, I-148 simplicity, III-4 situation, figure-figure mechanism about a ~, III-404 situation, how to control a situation, III-261 situations, how a person handles terminals and III-404 six basic processes, II-118; see also Dn 55! Six Levels of Processing (SLP), II-282 ad interim SLP, II-358 Issue 5, auditing commands1955, II-275, 289 Issue 7, II-321, 322 SLP 5, 6 & 7, differences between, II-322 SLP 8, II-553 Six Steps for Self-Auditing (SSSA), I-427, 468 Change in Step 6 (Opposite Poles), I-463 Six Steps to Better Beingness, I-424 sixth dynamic; see dynamic, 6th skill(s), and talking the TA down, X CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 skill(s) (cont.) and training of auditors, I-365 auditing skill, improvement of, between R6 and OT III, X-212 recovery of past skills, IV-125 skipped gradient, defn., taking on a higher degree or amount before a lesser degree of it has been handled, VII-265; see also gradient skunked, defn, list with R/Ses on it in listing that failed to produce a reliable item, V-203 slant, “/” symbol to show a goal reads, IV-266 slave(s), masters, IV-148 scientists as slaves, IV-146 society, principle of, I-283 state, IV-27 decline into, IV-24 slavery of thought, IV-147 slavery, political, on what it is built, IV-28 sleep, students who go to sleep during study, handling of, VII-67 slow assessment [R3SC], V-379 slow assessment, example of, V-373 slow-gain, no-gain case, V-185; see also case slowness, VIII-128 robotness or slowness are keys to presence of continuous missed withholds or overts, VIII236 small hands and can size, VII-107 snapping or closing terminals, phenomenon of, II-189 social aberration is only a composite of individual aberrations, IV-45 “social conduct”, “suppressor” is often considered ~, V-37 social ills of man are a composite of his personal difficulties, IV-45 socialism, communism, fascism are bad management, I-143 social mores, overts depend on ~, V-40 social personality, VI-180; see also antisocial personality; IntrQduction to Scientology Ethics antisocial personality vs. social personality, VI183 basic motivation of the social personality, VI-l 82 criminal codes and violent punishment are not needed to regulate, VI-182 primary characteristics of, VI-181 society, societies, actual barrier in society is failure to practice truth, VIII-203 actual worth compared to apparent worth; see Science of Survival barbarian, III-251 basic building block of, is individual, VI-392 individual is building unit of a great ~, IV-45 Scientologists should be part of society and improve it, IV-107, 114 solid(s), chronic somatics and solids, III-87 are contained in valences, V-9 507 solid(s) (cont.) engrams which go solid when you try to run them are too late on chain, VI-227 erasure or going solid, VI-344, 354, 397, 400, 418, 453 facsimiles and solids, II-546 radiation is invalidation of solids, III-52 Solids [process], II-516; III-11 how to run, II-550 Objective Solids, commands, III-8 Subjective Solids, CCH13, III-70, 256 Solo auditing; see auditing, Solo Solo folders, only separate category of folders, IX-14 solution(s), are ordinarily an alter-is of problerns, IV-54 Clear, you cannot stay Clear unless you solve things by the equation of the optimum solu tion, III-237 Consequences of Solutions [process], III-11 failure to make solutions (or postulates) stick else where makes thetan believe that solutions col lapse problems on him, III-462 Problem and Solution Processes, II-218, 250; IV 54 to automaticity of form, III-210 to danger and motion, reactively, is a stop point, II-529 to solutions, III-462 why these hang up problems, IV-62 somatic(s), VI-352; see also illness; psychosomatic defn, general word for uncomfortable physical perceptions coming from reactive mind, V-175 defn, “pain” or “sensation” with no difference made between them, VI-192 defn, this is general word for uncomfortable physical perceptions coming from reactive mind, VI-192 defn, essentially body sensation, illness or pain or discomfort; “soma” means body, VI-341 defn, pain or ache sensation and also misemotion or even unconsciousness, VI-352 aberrations, circuits, somatics and problems are postulate-counter-postulate situations, IV-414 after exteriorization, VII-42 auditor doesn’t get pc’s somatics, VII-238; IX~3 bulk of somatics which turn on are demonstration of loss of havingness, II-334 case has somatics = Dianetic level unflat, VII-70, 99 CCHs, take a ~ or twitch or any pc reaction as an origin by pc and call pc’s attention to it, V-49 chains go quickly to basic and are important chains, VI-394 chronic somatic(s), II-375; X-28, 57; see also DMSMH; NOTL; SOS defn, any “illness” generated by an engram or engrams, I-24 almost all, have their root in force, VII-76 and solids, III CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 somatic(s) (cont.) chronic somatic(s) (cont.) can be alleviated, II-323 chronic aches and pains, to handle, there is C/S 54, VII-388 Dianetic handling of, VII-139; X-64 Dianetics and Class VI actions can and do handle, VII-15 failure to release, I-25 find out who pc is making guilty by having them, IV-7 grief charges, relation to, I-25 handling of, I-359; III-87 handling with “Invent a problem” Process, II332 how to program a pc who has a chronic somatic, VII-123 howto release a chronic somatic, I-24 is aneffort to succumb, IV-57 of wearing glasses, running regret, blame, sympathy, etc. on, I-196 pc attention on chronic SQmatic, how to handle, VIII-126 problems and, II-322 remedy, VIII-121 resolution of, I-393, 394, 397 runningRcsponsibilityon, IV-17 sec checking against a chronic somatic, IV-389 specific for a chronic somatic, III-319 sympathy predominates as emotional aspect of engrams carrying chronic somatic, I-25 technique to remedy, I-392 don’t run if it hasn’t read, VI-357 erase the picture, not only the somatic, VI-3; VII-356, 376 grinding can result from not following ~, VI-360 handling somatics by sec checking area of confusion, IV-409 Health Form, get somatics (not incidents) that can be assessed and run, VI-381 illness is a composite somatic, VI-415 in injured area, persistent or recurring, answer to, VII-110 lingering somatic, how to handle, VI-279 mental image picture is source of, VI-339 multiple, when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, VIII-275, 378 narrative vs. somatic, VI-344, 352, 376, 394; VII9 no-somatic pc is either high as an angel or being run too high, VII-86 OTs and somatics, VI-339, 395 passing through in session are a definite clue to force change, VII-86 pc has a field, somatics, malformity or aberration, how to clean them up, IV-7 pc still has somatics, no further items on assessment list read, cause of and handling, VII-l1 process which turns on a ~ must be continued until it no longer turns on ~, III-159, 179, 192 508 somatic(s) (cont.) running ~ permits you to get to a basic, VII-9 run somatics not medical terms, VI-389 shut-off is caused by drugs and alcohol, VI-377, 386 somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes, R3R items, VII-9 student, why he may experience somatics and confusions, III-344 worry or somatic, use of SOP 8A to resolve, I-358 3D terminal produces a painful somatic, V-5 somatic mind, I-30; see also analytical mind; mind; reactive mind defn, heavier type of mind than reactive mind; contains no thinkingness, only actingness; im pulses placed against body by thetan through various mental machinery arrive at voluntary, and involuntary, and glandular levels, which have set methods of analysis for any given situation and so respond directlyto commands given, II-431 reactive mind can hold a fixed command in place, causing a derangement in somatic mind, allow ing illness to exist, II-431 thetan can independently affect the ~, II-431 somatic strip and file clerk, I-16; see also DMSMH something out of nothing, body’s effort to make, I-482 sonic; see also Science of Survival recall, cases which have and cases which do not have, I-79 turn on, I-17 visio turns on before, III-324 SOP for theta clearing; see Standard Operating Proce dure for theta clearing SOP Goals, IV-224; see also goals assessing for SOP Goals improved, IV-270 assessment, IV-215 by elimination, steps, IV-265 for goals and terminals, IV-239, 326 for Prehav level, IV-268 for terminal by elimination, IV-240, 267 goals assessment problems sorted out, IV-236 ignore all rises of needle, IV-266 incorrect assessment on SOP Goals means an infinity of auditing without clearing, IV 265 Joburg Sec Check as preparation for ~, IV-270 mistakes, IV-273 must be perfect, IV-270, 271 right way to do ~, IV-265 sensitivity level during assessment, IV-273 two types of terminals to assess, IV-270 be—do—have coordinated, IV-206 cases not on SOP Goals, IV-218 CCHs, when to run before SOP Goals, IV-255 Change Process, when to run before ~, IV-253, 255 clearingbySOPGoals, IV-217 data on Goals SOP, IV-2 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 SOP Goals (cont.) errors, IV-246 goals list, how to assess, IV-236, 239 goals list, how to make, IV-266 goofs, IV-234 how to prove the terminal, IV-268 intensives, IV-206, 224, 241 Prehav Scale used in SOP Goals Intensive, IV206 mistakes, IV-318 modified, IV-227, 241 pc’s priorly run on SOP Goals, handling of, IV216 preparatory steps of SOP Goals, IV-317 primary sources of wasted time on ~, IV-246 procedure, use of, IV-212 releasing and preparing a case for ~, IV-317 repairing a case, IV-238 session, example, IV-208, 226 terminals list, how to make, IV-267 tone arm behavior on Prehav levels, IV-238 TRs, Model Session, meter, Change Processes, must be known to run SOP Goals, IV-264 works too fast to allow bad technical application, IV-261 SOP 8, I-349, 353, 357, 386, 387, 390, 490; see also Scn 8-8008; COHA Appendix No.1, Step I, I-392, Step11, 393 Appendix No. 2—Certainty Processing, I-393 a safe technique, I-340 SOP 8A, Short 8, Short 8A, I-346 Step I, I-390, 392 Step II, I-390, 393 Step III-Spacation, I-390, 424, 426 Step IV-Expanded Gita, I-390 Step V—Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery, I-392 Step VI, 1416 A-R-C Straight Wire, I-392 Self Analysis, 1424, 426 Step VII, Contact, 1424, 426 Step VII on occluded case, 1433 Step VII, psychotic cases, I-392 what it is, I-396 SOP 8A, I-340, 346, 349, 416 a summary of, I-353, 359 handles Step IV and V cases, pc uncertain of own mock-ups or occluded case, I-357 to resolve somatic or worry, I-358 what it attacks, I-362 SOP 8-C, II-43, 51; see also COHA Auditor’sCodebreaksinrunning, II-13 axioms of, II-13; see also Scn 0-8 formulas and steps, II-13 glossary; see COHA SOP 8 modified for clinical, laboratory and individual human applications, II-10 special notes on SOP 8-C, II-16 Step I: Location, II-13, 43 Step II: Bodies, II-13 509 SOP 8-C (cont.) Step III: Space, II-13 Step IV: Havingness, II-14 Step V: Terminals, II-14 Step VI: Symbolization, II-15 Step VII: Barriers, II-15 Step VIII: Duplication, II-15 theta clear, produced by SOP 8-C, II-12 use of, II-12 SOP 8 D, II-45; see also Creation of Human Ability soul; see also thetan exteriorization, departure of the soul, II-430 man is his own immortal soul, II-7 man’s search for his soul, II-6 sound in communication, III-138 sound, Trio on, III-324 soup cans, use ~ as E-Meter electrodes, IV-460 source beingness, thetan tends to move from ~ to effect beingness, IV-131 source of life: the Greek letter theta [ff] is used in Scientology to indicate the source of life and life itself; the individual, person, actual iden tity is this living unit, II-153 source-point or cause, and effect, examples, II-437 South Africa, insanity rate of, IV-82 South African native, impossible to train, III-108 South Africa, Scientology’s situation in, [1960], IV 161 SP; see suppressive person Spacation [process] , I-329 Step III, SOP 8, I-390, 424, 426 space, defn., viewpoint of dimension, I-375, 382, 465; II-11, 13 ability of thetan to make postulates is senior to his concerns over space, energy and objects, II-51 action requires time and space, I-293 affinity = space and willingness to occupy the same space of, VI-261 amount a person has is inverse to communication lag, 1465 anchor points are points which are anchored in space different to the physical universe space around a body, II-432 and God, 1440 becomes beingness, in life experience, II-13 beingness, communication, space, I-326 synonyms in action, I-352 body exists in its own space, II-432 caused by looking out from a point, II-435 center centralness of all thinking is change of position in, 1443 could be said to be Be, I-295 Change of Space [process] , II-42 communication can create spaces, II-467, 492 communication has the power of eradicating space and masses, II-467 considerations of time are mechanically tracked by alteration of position of particles in ~, II CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 space (cont.) spiritual being, timeless and deathless, proof that in Creative Processing, changing things in space, I-454 dividual is, VII-27, 168, 420 energy derives from imposition of space between spiritual being, you are a spiritual being not a body or terminals and a reduction and expansion of an animal, as you will discover in processing, that space, II-13 VI-322 exchange maintains inflow and outflow that gives spiritual freedom is end product of Scientology, VI a person space around him and keeps bank off 325 of him, VIII-79 spiritual manifestations, religious philosophy implies exists by reason of anchor points, II-14 study of spiritual manifestations; research on explosion changes position all over space, 1444 nature of spirit and study on relationship of exteriorization is phenomenon of being in a posispirit to body; exercises devoted to rehabilita tion of space dependent on only one’s considtion of abilities in a spirit, VI-195 eration, able to view from that space, bodies spiritual state of person predisposes injury and illness, and the room, as it is, III-149 VIII-189 facsimiles have no weight or wavelength, space or Splitting Universes [process] , II-250 time [1952] , I-225 spot, Find a Spot, commands and how to run, III-8 fixation in, 1453 Spotting, III-189 ills are basically lack of own space, 1426 Connectedness, most basic of spotting processes, impact seeks to fix a person in, 1444 III-189 is first barrier of knowingness, II-11 depends for its workability on the dislike of a lack of space, resolution of, I-394 thetan of being located, III-163 masses, spaces, conditions depend on misownerShort Spotting, version of TR10, III-160, 180 ship for their persistence, II-236 steps, III-163, 192 only actuality of space is the agreed upon conworkabilityof, III-193 sideration that one perceives through someSpottingSpots[process], II-68, 117, 119, 188 thing and this we call space, II-435 above 3.6, II-252 primary overwhelming is to take space, II-397 adding creativeness to spotting, II-304 self-determinism related to ability to impose space goal is to bring pc to point where he can spot between terminals, II-14 locations in space which do not have color, space-be, energy-do, time-have triangle, II-16 mass or shape, but which are simply locations, space, time and energy, and spot that same location repeatedly with have their parallels in start, stop and change, out variation, II-188 I-293 how to run Spotting Spots, II-188 in experience become be, have and do, the Level Six, Remedy of Havingness and Spotting component parts of experience itself, I-295 Spots, II-278, 285, 291, 326 interacting triangle, I-293 Spotting Spots in Space [process] and Remedy of symbol is an idea fixed in energy and mobile in Havingness [process]; see also PXL space, II-15 spotting tone drill, VII-149 that which changes the pc in space can evaluate squirrel(s); see also technology, out for him, II-13 anatomy of, II-305 theta creates space and time and objects to locate are Case Levels 7 or 6 dramatizing alter-is on in them, II-13 Scientology instead of their track, V-327 thetan, awareness of awareness unit, builds space how to handle, II-200 to cut down knowingness, VIII-112 publications, II-199 Special Zone Plan, IV-1 I1, 114 scream when we’re winning, III-253; see also sup spectators, audience in rapport is different than audipressive person ence of spectators, VIII-298 their existence is parasitic, II-460 speeches, public speeches, what to discuss, II-159 squirreling, speech, freedom of, does not mean freedom to harm defn, is careless, incomplete, messed up auditing by lies, IV-27 procedure, VII-5 speed, going off into weird practices or altering Scien auditing speed, VI-417 tology, why it exists, VI-8, 10 liability and honest results, VII-87, 90, 91; SSBS, Silver Spring Business Service, II-362 X-40-41 SSSA [Six Steps of Self-Auditing] , 1427, 468; II-3 stress of all training is speed and accuracy, VI“stability”, I-356, 357 417 stable data, HCO Bs and tapes are the ~, X-148 tolerance for, II-541 stable datum and confusion, III-60; IV-62 spiral, dwindling, of mest universe, 1444 staff, spirit, defn., called in Scientology the thetan, II-428; auditor; see auditor, staff see also thetan cause of badly bogged staff, IX-116 0 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 staff (cont.) start—continue—complete, cycle of action redefined is the public of a Staff C/S, X-194 as ~, V-410 members or executives who show signs of obsesstart, high tone arm shows loss of ability to start or sive transfer of staff, handling of, VII-439 reach, IV-38 position, don~t let a bad security risk near a staff starting the case, I-15 position, IV-89 stat(s), procedure for putting auditors on staff [1956], after SP is removed, if stats are still down, look II-519 for another SP, VI-144 should know what’s going on in the org, II-315 auditor’s stat, VII-129, 147, 150; X-226 stage four needle, VI-77 C/S’s stat, VIII-1 50 all machine, no pc, VI-201 depend on volume and quality of service, VII-367; sweep, stick, sweep, stick, VII-145 IX-7 stage manners, VIII-293; IX-498 Dir of Tech Services’ stat, VIII-150 drills, IX-499 D of P’s stat, VIII-150; X-226 “stale dated program” or a “stale dated C/S” means it drops after tape congresses, explanation, VII-436 is too old to be valid, VII-356; X-2 org wins and stats, VII-367 stalled cases and mutual out ruds, X-248 poor post stats, how to handle, VII-33 Standard Dianetics; see Dianetics results and statistics count: an organizational prin Standard Operating Procedure; see also SOP 8; ciple, II-359 NOTL; Scn 8-8008 student’s stat down, check for misunderstood for theta clearing, Steps I-VII, I-289 word, VII-302; IX-399 SOP 5: amended, I-311 success stories, real stat of an org, VII-88 Standard Procedure, I-50; see also NOTL State of Case Scale; see Scn 0-8 Steps One, Two, Three, I-15 states and positions and conditions run as concepts, standard tech; see technology, standard I-276 standard techniques and experimental auditing, IIIstatic, 282 defn., has no mass, no motion, no wavelength, no starrate checkout, defn., very exact checkout which location in space or in time; it has the ability verifies full and minute knowledge of student to postulate and to perceive, II-435 of portion of study materials and tests his full conceiving a static, why it is painful, III-280, 324 understanding of data and ability to apply it, loss prevents pc from conceiving a static; he asso VII-140; IX-312 ciates a static with loss, III-324 star-rated checkouts of processes are required before non-viewable but is experienceable, II-535 application, VI-156 story of a static, III-4 “star-rated” means100% letter perfect in knowing what keeps a pc from conceiving a static, III-120 and understanding, demonstrating and being Static Preparation, command of, III-111 able to repeat back material with no comm lag, static thinking, areas of, I-183 VI-157 statistic; see stat Start—Change—Stop, II-444, 517, 553; III-205, 296, stealing and DEI Scale, III-257 297, 317; IV-48; see also change; control; stop; steer(ing), CMSCS how to ~ pc by repeated meter reaction, V-63, 78 commands and how to run, III-6, 185, 296 never steer items [R2-12], V-238 end result of this process is exteriorization, II-521 steering a pc, VII-259; VIII-180; IX-84 how to run, II-521, 522 steering in withhold pulling, use of, IX-283 inability to, II-433 Step E, Short 8—Duplication, 1424 is the anatomy of control, II-521 Steps I-111, .Standard Procedure [1950] , I-15 oldest version, III-294 Steps l-VII, Standard Operating Procedure for theta on a person, CCH 3(c), commands and how to clearing, I-289 run, III-317 Steps l-VII, Standard Operating Procedure 8, I-390 on objects, II-522 Step1, Step 2, Step 3, levels of case, 1490 phenomena while running, III-187 Step III, auditing commands, 1472 processes may not be drills, VI-40 Step IV and V cases, SOP 8A devoted to, I-357 “stand still” step, IV-202 Step IV case, I-386 steps, III-162, 192 Step IV, Expanded Gita, I-333 stop is most important part of, II-523 Step V and IV cases, SOP 8A devoted to, I-357 unflat, remedy for, V-68 Step V case, I-386 what it does, III-187 defn., anyone capable of using energy flows, I-311 when to run, II-517 Step 6, III-295, 298, 341 Start—Change—Stop, SCS Control Process, Thinking caution: it is almost fatal to run Step 6 if the rock version, III-454 is not out, III-—322 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Step 6 (cont.) STP, a drug, description of, VI-244 change in Step 6 (Opposite Poles) of Six Steps of straight line memory, I-15, 19, 63 Self Auditing, 1463 straight memory case scouting and reverie, I-24; see Creative Processing, III-191; see also Creative Proalso Science of Survival cessing Straight Wire (Straightwire), Il-142; III-441, 480; see Help and ~ do not work on low level cases, also recall III-322 defn, stringing a straight wire of memory between how to run Clear Procedure Step 6, III-322 the actual genus of a condition and present made the whole bank toughen up, if Help was time, II-142, 226 unflat, IV-116 a manual of operation, II-216 processes, experiences with, III-539 and pictures, II-228 running Step 6 in a valence is courting disaster as and present time, II-227 pc is in a picture that increases in mass and ARC Break Straightwire; see ARC Break Straight gives him somatics, IV-109 wire Step 6 Mock-ups and Help CCH Ob clear a pc, ARC Straight Wire; see ARC Straight Wire III-243 can pick up occluded data, I-144 totally clear up a field before running ~, III-207 Cause ARC Straight Wire, IV-48, 51 was abandoned, IV-92, 109 Cause Elementary Straight Wire turns on recall in sticky or rigid needle, I-270 the pc, IV-52 stimulants, Benzedrine and coffee, I-8 characteristic, purpose, stable datum of ~, III-480 stimulus response mechanism, Pavlov and, VI—404 commands, III-8 stimulus-response mechanism, reactive mind is a ~, Duplication Straight Wire, “What would you ruggedly built, and operable in trying circumpermit to have happen again?”, IV-52 stances, II-429, 430 Dynamic Straight Wire; see Dynamic Straight Wire stomach and bowel complaints, handling of, VIIIeasiest process to teach, II-238 407, 408 Elementary Straightwire; see Elementary Straightstomach, guilty of the overt act of eating, III-14 wire stomach, terror stomach, III-15 history of Straight Wire, II-219 defn., simply a confusion in a high degree of how to run modern Straight Wire [1955], II-216, restimulation in the vicinity of the vagus nerve, 234 III-14 keys out engrams, II-227 Locational Communication, relieves face pressures new HGC process—a new Straight Wire, III-363 and terror stomachs, II1466 Not-1s Straight Wire; see Not-1s Straight Wire specific for, III-14 on secrets, knowingness, Il-251 stop; see also Start—Change—Stop Overt-Withhold Straight Wire; see Overt-Withhold chronically high TAs mean person can still stop Straight Wire things and is trying to do so, VII-76 Postulate Processing by, I-186 common denominators of bank are out of ARC processing sessions, purpose of, I-50 and stop, VII-269 psychoanalysis and Straight Wire, II-232 Creative Processes, motions, stops and percepRepetitive Straight Wire; see Repetitive Straight tions, II-528 Wire effort to, X-127 run straightwire processes muzzled, III-441 effort to stop or effort to stop him makes a thetan Selected Persons Overts Straightwire; see Selected believe something can be overrun, VII-268 Persons Overts Straightwire individual close to being destroyed is bent mainly Selected Persons Overt Withhold Straightwire; see upon stopping things, I1433 Selected Persons Overt Withhold Straightwire insanity, “stop everything” is entrance point of theory of Straight Wire, II-222 insanity, VII-268 Validation Straight Wire, Il-220 low tone arm (below the clear reading) shows loss Viewpoint Straight Wire, II-55 of ability to stop or withhold, IV-38 who it can be used on, II-217 point on the track, II-529 Straight Wire Release, VI-175 remedy of havingness in the light of stops, II-496 Straight Wire Triple, VI-294 solution to danger and motion, reactively, is a Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give stop point, II-529 birth to children who have impaired hearing, why a person will not stop, II-433 VII1404 why emphasis on, III-9 stress(es), Stop-C-S [process], II-517, 554 E-Meter used to detect, VII-68 “stop” is not a read, VII-49 is basic cause in physical illness, VIII-206 Stop Processes, II-517 is located by E-Meter, I-227 Stop Supreme, commands of, III-186 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 stress(es) (cont. nutrition and biochemistry may not work at all until stress is relieved by processing, VIII-206 person under stress is actually under a suppression on one or more dynamics, VIII-209 structure and bacteria, 1431 structure, mind monitors, VIII-205 stuck, in a loss, II-462 in an incident, II-462 in a win, II-462 only when he intended to lose and won, II-462 in time, II-528 in universes, reason for, II-367 on the track, I-15, 441 even if appears to be in PT, I-16 pc is stuck in any reversal between intention or expectance, II-462 pc “stuck” in time can make medicine ineffective, VI-371 picture, I-302 how to handle, IV-9, 16, 48 reasons for, VI-227 point, don’t run, II-529 handling, VIII-238 how to get out of, II-529 most stuck point on track is a problem, IV-414 resisted change is basis of every stuck point on track, IV-256 where pc is stuck on whole track, II-195 stuck needle, defn. , I-229 can be freed by processing or by getting off withholds [in Sec Checking], IV-276 run Concentrate—Shift Attention Process, IV-218 student(s)(‘s); seealso study; training answer the student’squestions, III-50 apply, student who can’t, reason for, IX-314 ask questions about “What is meant”, reason for, IX-451 assists, VI-75 auditing assignments, V-431 auditing skill of any student remains only as good as he can do his TRs, VII-348 blows, cause of, VII-162, 198 blows, reasons for, VIII-193 “bright” students, V-488 can produce results with standard auditing, II-339 case of, III-309 certification, I-372 coaching, handling justifications of student, VI234 completions, VII-369 Confessionalsonstudents, VIII-173 consultation, defn., personal handling of student problems or progress by a qualified consultant, VII-141, 287; IX-312 Course Supervisor actions regarding student; see also Course Supervisor 513 )student(s)(‘s) (cont.) Course Supervisor checking students for misunder stoods on E-Meter, IX-397 course tapes are never played to a group of stu dents, VII-435 cycle of decline of student, VI-273 difficult, I-366; see also Remedy A; Remedy B difficulties with tape recorded materials, how to handle, VII-67 drift off of courses because they lack somebody to talk to, VII-175 drugs fog up a student and prevent gains, VIII 137; IX-325; see also drugs drugs, students who are or have been on drugs need a Drug Rundown before tackling Word Clearing Method1, IX-325 E-Meter check, action of checking reaction of student to subject matter, words or other things, isolating blocks to study, interpersonal relations or life, VII-286; IX-311 enrolling, if you pause you’ll lose them, II-391 errors of students, VI-169 fast flow student, VIII-162, 163 passes courses by attestation, VIII-162 file system, VII-447 F/Ning students, VII-412 glib students, VII-264; IX-314, 345 can confront the words and ideas; he cannot confront the physical universe or people around him and so cannot apply, VIII-99 can’t demonstrate, V-488 handling, VIII-99; IX-345 in trouble, Remedy A & B, V-506, 507 grasp of materials, VII-236 handling of students or even executives who will not even go to study, VIII-158 HCO WW Security Form 5A, for all HPA/HCA and above students before acceptance on courses, IV-407 honesty of a student, VIII-172, 174 how students are handled, III-344 idle student, VIII-158; IX-327 in Academy are auditors, they are not pcs, III-250 intensives and co-auditing processes [1957], III 75 interrupted too often when F/Ning may also blow, on a “w/h of nothingness”, VIII-193 in training, troubles with, I-51 in trouble, handling of, VII-175 IQ of student, effect of processing on, II-340 is a customer, II-392 learns rapidly, has a high ability to confront that subject, VII-264 more esoteric and difficult subject is made, less student will be able to handle subject, III 114 must look up every definition of the word being cleared, IX-479 new students asking technical questions, how to handle, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 student(s)(‘s) (cont.) only fails by not confronting, duplicating, absorbing and using the materials before him exactly like it says, VII-237 paying students, VIII-15 point system is system of assigning and counting up points for studies and drills that give progress of student and measure his speed of study, IX-312 Practice Security Check used by Academy students learning E-Meter use, IV-400 Primary Rundown, students who struggle with, are given Primary Correction Rundown, IX326 product flow, steps to speed, IX-402 psychotic, I-51 Qual Consultant service for students, VII-176 Qual tools to handle a bogged or failed ~, IX-452 queries, handling of student queries by Course Supervisor, VIII-29, 42, 302, 424; IX-451 questions about “What is meant”, reason for, VIII-29, 42, 302, 424 quick student who somehow never applies what he learns, V-480 real Why of failed students, VIII-41 reasons why student would be refused training or completion, III-51 recovering students and pcs, VIII-193 resistive students, VIII-158; IX-327 restimulation of, how it is overcome, III-344 Scientology Students’ Security Check, IV-349 service facsimile may contest instruction, how to handle, V-58 sleeping during study, handling of, VII-67 slow, VII-162, 175, 301, 448; IX-89 slow or blows, reason for, V-431, 451 slow student as well as slow gainer, is always a rockslammer, V-185 slow student, totally, how to handle, IX-398 stat down, check for misunderstood word, VII302; IX-399 stats, trend of stats, use of, IX-88 study mainly the research line, VI-242 symptoms of students who are withholding, VIII173 theory checkouts must consult student’s understanding, V-480 there is no student we enroll who cannot be properly trained, VI-8 university students, suicide and nervous breakdown, III-29 what the student should know, II-67 who can’t apply, reason for, VII-264 who learns rapidly has a high ability to confront that subject, IX-314 who make nothing out of everything, II-345 who succeed, VIII-172 who will not even go to study, handling of, IX-327 why he may experience somatics and confusions, III-344 514 student(s)(‘s)(cont.) words a student misunderstands and looks up can yet remain troublesome, cause of, VI-14 8-C on students, III-90 Student Hat, IX-91 Student Hat and Study Tapes, VIII-76, 77 Student Integrity List, IX-305 Student Rehabilitation List, VIII-359 Student Rescue Intensive, VI-451 study(ing); seealsostudent barriers to study, VII-293; IX-393 by-passed definition, VII-293 studyingwithoutmass, VII-293 too steep a study gradient, VII-293 blows charge, VI-281 complexity and confronting, IX-309 Correction List, VIII-16; IX-329; X-231 cramming and study, IX-312 cramming a person is a waste of time if he never learned to study, VIII-65 definitions, VII-140, 286; IX-311 Dianetic Study Intensive, VI-452 engrams and secondaries gather around subject of study, VI-451 gradient of confronting study, VII-265; IX-315 gradient, too steep, IX-393 how to study Scientology, II-407 mass, study without, symptoms of, IX-393 materials, course can be wrecked by lack of study materials, VI-406 part-time study on next level while auditing is a failure, VIII-15 point system, IX-312 poor study record, how to handle, VII-33 procedure for resolving study difficulty on a tape, with Method 2 Word Clearing, IX-372 rundowns, require C/S okay, VII-192; X-95 Scientology auditing and study are the road to ability and freedom, VI-322 Scientology study is therapeutic, II-406 slowness, VI-437 starrate checkout, defn., IX-312 stats, trend of stats, use of, IX-88 students or even executives who will not even go to study, handling of, VIII-158; IX-327 tech, course supervision, it is out tech to fail to knowandusestudytech, VIII-41 Course Supervisor is a specialist in, VIII-43 cramming, it is obviously senseless to cram someone whose study tech is out, VIII 66 High Crimes, VIII-42 Primary Rundown and, VIII-135 Supervisor has to know study tech, not neces sarily subject taught, VIII-41, 42 three different sets of physiological and mental reactions that come from 3 different aspects of study, IX-393 Study Correction List, VIII-16; IX-329; X CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 Study Tapes, only piece of technology you use on a summary, folder summary of each session, X-145 course, VII-302 Summary Report, VI-47, 112, 247, 364; IX-37 Study Tapes, Primary Rundown handling of, VIII-75, Form, IX-35 76; IX-322 defn., written by auditor after session on fill-in Study Tapes, use of, IX-399 type standard form, it is an exact record of stupidity is the effect of misunderstood words, VIIwhat happened and what was observed dur 383; IX-427 ing session, IX-10 stupidity, wrong definitions cause ~, V-489 summary, session summary and pre-OTs, X-215 sub-brain, I-360 Sunday service, as a dissemination method, II-352 subjective, defn., proceeding from or taking place in super, defn., superiority in size, quality, number or an individual’s mind, VIII-393 degree, VIII-314; IX-483 Subjective Confrontingness, commands and how to superficial actions and fast quick results, X-37 run, III-319 super-literacy, super-literate, VIII-314; IX-464, 465, Subjective Havingness [process], II-545; see also 483 havingness end product of Primary Rundown, VIII-135, 155 CCH12, Limited ~, III-70 Primary Rundown consists of Word Clearing and commands, III-8 study tech; it makes a student super-literate, how to run, III-400 IX-323, 464 subjective process(es), II-280; VIII-393 what it is, IX-483 defn., inside the mind only, II-448 when one is super-literate, one reads not words defn., pc is processed between himself and his butunderstandings, andsoonecanact, lX-485 mind, II-449 Supervisor; see Case Supervisor; Course Supervisor characteristic, purpose, stable datum of, III-479 suppress and invalidate, objective vs. subjective processes, II-448; VIII-393 buttons, VII-11, 50 Subjective Solids, CCH13, III-70 list isn’t null; it is suppressed or invalidated, VII commands of CCH13, III-256 11 substitute (Secondary Scale level), IV-308 pc suppresses or invalidates something, read trans Sub-Zeros, VI-190, 294 fers to suppress or invalidate, VII-12 success, conditions of; see also POW ruds, use suppress and false to fly, VII-45, 357 success depends upon being willing to be cause equaluse of on prepared lists, VIII-213 ly in ratio to being willing to be an effect, suppress and not-ised used to get item to read, V-447 II-440 suppress button, use of in rudiments, VI-281, 433; successful things expand, disseminate and invade, IIX-3 466 suppressed, suppression; see also suppressive person success level of a person is his communication level, can keep a goal or invalidation, suggestion, mis III92 take, assertion or M/W/H on goal from reading, Success, meter check at, VIII-31; X-208 V-119 success story, defn., statement of benefit or gains or dynamics suppressed in two ways, I-159 wins made by student or pc or pre-OT to inpresenceof, onemakesmistakes, VI-219 Success Officer, VII-141, 288; IX-313 is overcome when you run havingness on a pc, real stat of an org, VII-88; X-38 V-37 succumb, mistakes or accidents or injuries occur in presence and survive are simply a consideration, II-299 of, VIII-237 chronic psychosomatic is aneffort to ~, IV-57 of dynamics by other dynamics, examples of, goals, pc in bad condition is more likely to have I-160 succumb than survive goals, IV-58 of some sort, PTS is from, IX-166 postulates, III-315 pcs and PTS tech, VIII-95; IX-136 problems, scale of, III-315 people who are PTS became that way because of where a pc R/Ses he will have evil purposes and be by persons or objects, VI-216 on a succumb as a result, VIII-345 person faced with, is facing a counter-postulate, sugar, result of heavy intake of, VIII-207 VI-109 sugar vs. protein, VIII-207 person under stress is actually under a suppression “suggested” is evaluation, what it does, V-l19 on one or more dynamics, VIII-209 suicide and nervous breakdown, university students, PTS, when someone is suppressed he becomes III-29 PTS, VIII-330, 338 suicide, cause of, V-252, 517 PTS who finds the “good hats” suppressive, VIII suicide or illness in the field of study or education, 98 cause of, VII-293 when someone is suppressed he becomes a poten sulfa drugs, VIII-406 tial trouble source, VII-452 Summaries, Folder Error; see Folder Error Summaries CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 suppressive person(s), X-72; see also aberrative personality; antisocial personality; suppressed actions of SPs, VI-39, 68, 136, 137 actual SP vs. apparent SP, VI-114 apparent SP only reminds pc of actual one and so is restimulated into being a PTS; actual SP actually suppresses another, VI-114 are SPs because they deny hav and enforce unwanted hav, VIII-141 are themselves PTS to themselves, VIII-95; IX-136 characteristics classified as those of SP are in fact those of insane person, VII-155 cleared, situation of, VIII-260 degraded being is not a suppressive, VI-193 dominates an area, only Ethics actions can handle, VI-146 gets no case gain, VI-76, 103 give S&D to associates when SP is discovered, VI-144 go for new Releases when the Release is still finding his or her “feet”, VI-68 handling of SPs, VI-77 has to be out of valence to be SP, VII-330 standards, suppressives and, VI-109 how a suppressive becomes one, VI-128 indicator of the presence of, VI-146 insane is a being who has been overwhelmed by an actual SP until too many persons are apparent SPs, VI-115 is always a person, a being or a group of beings, VI-114 no case gain in the past = SP, VI-75; see also case, resistive often located in childhood, VI-137 pc will worsen after auditing if connected to a suppressive person, VI-76 person totally overwhelmed by a suppressive assumes valence of suppressive, VI-128 PTSisapersonconnectedto~, lX-136 PTS Type One, SP on case is right in present time, actively suppressing person, VI-113 PTS Type Two, apparent suppressive person in present time is only a restimulator for actual suppressive, VI-113 Release becomes a particular target for ~, VI-39 Search and Discovery locates suppressives on case, VI-207; see also Search and Discovery unmocking (an effort to reduce or make disappear) is primary effort of suppressives, VI208 wants other person to reach less, VI-137 was one that wove a dangerous environment around pc, VI-136 suppressors, defn., impulse to forbid revelation in another, V-37 Supreme Being, Scientology is a work on the subject of the mind, not on the subject of the ~, II-409 supreme test of a C/S or auditor, VII-289, 290; X-154 516 supreme test of a thetan is his ability to make things go right, VI-197 surprise, defn., rapidity of change of state, un predicted, IV-54 survival, survive, III-320; see also dynamics; DTOT; DMSM~; SOS accomplished by continuance of motion at given optimum rate, I-167 all processes have aligned on “survive”, III-320 and succumb are simply a consideration, II-299 basic axiom of Dianetics, I-6 basic dynamic principle of existence, I-167 basic principle of existence; only true for the body, II-209 basic purpose of theta, I-188 central dynamic of individual is urge toward, I-157 confront and ~ are of same order of thing, III-539 considered as single and sole purpose subdivides intoatleastfourdynamics, ll-107 continue is the reverse action to overrun; continue equals survival, VII-269 could be represented best by “continuous con hidden fronting” at a process level, III-539 “create” is dynamic principle of existence in Scientology as “survive” was in Dianetics, III539; see also Fundamentals of Thought creation brings about an effort to continuously create which becomes “survive”, IV-126 dependent upon reason, I-149 depends upon ability to reason, I-156 destroy in order to ~ is not a duplication, IV-126 dynamic principle which motivates most bio logical life, IV-126 Factors List; seeSelfAnalysis function of the mind is to pose and resolve prob lems relating to survival, II-295 goals, I-135 help is an identification of mutual interest in survival, IV-123 intelligence is the ability to pose and resolve prob lems relating to survival, II-224 is subdivided into eight parts, I-157 is the apparency of creating, IV-126 is translated for processing as Continuous Con front, IV-127 of group, mechanics of, I-87 of spirit, II-209 of things, who causes it, III-137 only an apparency and only one facet of existence, II-412 pleasure and pain, I-151 potential, measurement of, I-91 primary law of Book One, dominant part of create—survive—destroy, IV-126 principle of existence is survive, II-106 rightness is stuff of which ~ is made, V-322 scale of, III-209 (Secondary Scale level), IV-300 survival mechanisms and withholds, IX CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 survival, survive (cont.) Tone Scale is “scale of potential survival”, I-243 tone scale of survival vectors, I-168 “sweetness and light”, II-464 defn, person who cannot conceive of ever having done anything bad to anybody or anything, III-519 “theetie weetie case”, IV-325 symbol(s), I-239; II-483 defn., an idea fixed in energy and mobile in space, II-15 Clay Table Clearing is a process of clearing words andsymbols, V-474 words are symbols for mest action, I-190 symbolisms, mind handles problems in terms of loose symbolisms, I-76 Symbolization, SOP 8-C Step VI, II-15 Symbological Processing, I-267 general purpose of, I-241 goal of, I-239 key to the unconscious, I-239 procedure of, I-241 questions of the ~ counselor, I-240 symbology of language, I-190 sympathetic nervous system pains, VII-110 sympathize, do not ~ with the preclear, II-98 sympathy, I-205 and wearing of glasses, I-203 is responsible for many “epidemics”, I-213 key-in of, I-203 mechanisms of, 1415 preceded by an overt, I-203 predominates as emotional aspect of engrams carrying chronic somatics, I-25 symptoms, asking pc to describe them may worsen them, II-448 symptoms, illness has several symptoms, run each as a chain, VI-337 symptoms of insanity are from the same cause, X-73 synonym, don’t substitute a word for word being word cleared, VI-14 synthetic valence; see valence, synthetic syphilis, effects of and cure, VIII-406 S2 Process, “From where could you communicate to a victim?”, III-478, 497, 508, 519 end phenomena, III-493 flat when pc can confront calmly a victim, III-497 or S22 to remedy victim valence, III-504 S22 Process, “Think of a place from which you could communicate to a victim”, III-478 T talking obsessively reduces havingness, II-449, 467 talk, pc with overts and withholds is afraid to talk or talks to cover up, IV-62 talk, willing to talk about difficulties, IV-442 Taoist, Scientologist is distant relative to ~, III-55 tape(s), basic tape rundown, IX-377 briefing tapes, designed for a special and informed audience, VII-436 course checksheets, IX-381, 382 course notebooks, VII-447 course study tapes, VII-435 course translation to tape, VII-441; IX-349, 379 file, IX-362 four classes of, IX-364, 436 how to use, VII-434; IX-364, 436 LRH Model Auditing Tapes, VIII-33 misunderstood words on, handling of, IX-440 model performance tapes, VII-437 notes, IX-362 player and earphones used must be high fidelity, VII-435 players used must be equipped with a foot pedal start-stop control, VII-441 public lecture tapes, VII-435 raw public tape and film presentations are a must to keep flavor and meaning of Dianetics and Scientology, VII-436; IX-366, 438 sent airmail should be wrapped in tinfoil, II-306 stat drops after tape congresses, explanation, VII 436 student difficulties with tape recorded materials, how to handle, VII-67 Study Tapes, VIII-75, 76, 77; IX-322, 399 tape lectures are necessary to get the meaning and ethic of Scientology, V-229 tape recording sessions, points to look for, V-378 teaching a tape course, VII-446; IX-354 to whom tapes are sold and played, IV-10, 149 types oftapes, VII-434 Word Clearing Method 2 on, IX-372 Word Clearing Method 3 on, IX-370 Word Clearing Method 4 of, VIII-166, 305; IX 466 tape player(s), description and care, IX-357, 368 diagram, IX-358 used must be equipped with foot pedal start-stop control, IX-349 target, antisocial personality habitually selects wrong target, VI-178 tax collection activities, a disease to national economy, III-495 tax, ills of income tax, what they are cured by, III-496 tax, income tax reform, III-495 teacher altitude, I-131 teachers, “teaching” vs. using study tech, VIII-42 teaching, good rules for, [1951], I-131; see also Course Supervisor TA; see tone arm Tactile Havingness is a CCH type of process, V-43 tagging cases, VII-406 Take Ten Minutes of Nothing [process] , 1425 “talent” and “native ability”, related to ability to confront, VII-264; IX-314 CUMULATIVE INDEX—1950/1975 teaching problem and handling of, I-367 team action, auditing is ~, VI-402, 412, 450; VII365; X-172 teammate, defn, someone who assists in the overwhelming of the enemy, II-397 tech; see technology Tech Div (Technical Division), actions, VII-74, 183 and Qual Div terminals and lines, C/S must coordinate, VII-375 corrects its own flubbed pcs; it does not send them to Qual, VIII-320 highest crime in, VI-156 vs. Qual Div, VI-167 Tech Establishment Officer is concerned with establishing, VII-377 technical degrades, VII-80 technical, it takes about 2 admin personnel to keep a tech personnel going, VI-402 technical OKs, IX-100 technical point, sending pc to attest, X-153 technical quality, staff morale, the unit, broad dissemination depend basically upon , V-324 technician, keynote of skilled technician is that he is a product of practice, VI-90 technique(s), defn, process or some action that is done by auditor and pc under auditor’s direction, V-385 defn, a patterned action, invariable and unchanging, composed of certain steps or actions calculated to bring about tone arm action and thus better or free a thetan, V-386 defn, what button has to be pressed; what has to be as-ised and how you go about it, IX-63 basic auditing is called basic auditing because it goes prior to the technique, VII-239 basic auditing is necessary for ~ to work, V-385 communication cycle must exist before technique canexist, VII-239; IX-164 computation of workability of, 1456 dirty needle, its cause lies in basic auditing not in technique errors, V-384, 414 evaluation of, 1431 is what has to be as-ised, and how you go about it, VII-238 negative-gain techniques, I-393 new~donotmakeoldonesunusable, l-303 positive-gain techniques, I-393 recommended, [1953], 1432 repeater, I-17 safe technique is that technique which always deals in things of which preclear is certain, I-388 safe technique, SOP 8, I-341 unlimited, I-358 defn, techniques which are susceptible of being audited without time limit, I-329 when you want results you had better use standard techniques, III-282 workable, I-331 518 Technique 80, I-229 basic on chain, relation to, I-300 cannot find first engram, use ~, I-305 motivator and overt, DED and DEDEX, is ~, I-301 reduction of arthritis, I-273 Technique 88, I-267; see also HOM a step by step breakdown of, I-267 Scientology, auditing formula from, I-278 “Technique100” or “Associative Processing”, I-269 technology (tech), defn, application of precise scientific drills and processes of Scientology, VI-89 defn, methods of application of an art or science as opposed to mere knowledge of science or art itself, VI-89 action regarding repair, X-26 applied, ten points to get the correct technology applied, VI-4 aspects of out-ethics, VIII-101 auditing session is 50% technology and 50% appli cation, V-58 basics are not cancelled by later developments, VII-100 counter-tech and counter-policy, IX-89 C/Sing, don’t wander off known tech points in, VII-279 decay of tech begins with hidden data lines that are not true, VII-279 degrades, X-241 degrades and down stats, X-241 degrades, handling, X-241-42 degrades, policy covering, X-241-42 done in proper administrative framework, works, VII-368; IX-8 ethics must be in to get tech in, VIII-172 ethics, tech, admin sequence, VIII-78, 172 exactness, X-152 getting in tech, VI-93 group will dream up bad ~ to destroy good ~, VI-5 hat of finder of lost tech worn by Ron, VIII-202 hierarchy of org, VII-377 interpretation of, is an Ethics matter, VI-209 out tech, VI-89, 93, 242; VII-115 defn, Scientology is not being applied or is not being correctly applied, VI-89 course supervision, it is out tech to fail to know and use study tech, VIII-41 C/S overloaded is a potential cause of, VIII 318 description of, VI-209 Exam non-F/N indicates flagrant out tech in programming and C/Sing and auditing, VII-217 flagrant out tech and non-F/Ns, X-112 how to get it in, VI-89 source of, is onlylazinessand dishonesty, VIII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 technology (tech) (cont.) temperature (cont.) out tech (cont.) illness, when accompanied by temperature, anti to solve an earlier out tech situation one does biotics is usually the first thought, VIII-403 not “give the next level”, VI-310 it is difficult to audit someone who is running a pc has to be able to handle Scientology technolotemperature, VI-422 gy to handle his own bank, VI-19 persistent, can be brought down by running pc on primary failure of new technology, VII-378 Objective “Hold it still”, how to run, VII-335 Qual Sec is responsible for overall tech quality, Temperature Assists, VIII-238; see also assists; tem how he achieves this, VII-183 perature queries, cause of, and handling, V1II-424 flying ruds added to ~, VII-364 quickie tech is a symptom of out-ethics, VIII-94 Version A, VII-335 recovery, VI-143 Version B, VII-336 Registrar must not give ~ advice to pc, VII-7 tenets of an organization, I-143 results, to improve, you must improve administra- Ten Minutes of Nothing [process], 1424, 425 tion, VII-365; IX-5 tensor beam, II-497 safeguarding technology, VI-10; see also ISE terminal(s) (term.), terminaling, IV417 savvy, VI-139; VII-254; 1X-79 defn., live mass or something that is capable of Scientology technology is its actual application to causing, receiving or relaying communication, oneself, a preclear or situations one encounters III-114 in life, VI-89 defn, it would be any fixed mass utilized in a standard tech, VI-268 communication system, III-164 alone resolves all cases, VI-242 defn, an item or identity pc has actually been and invalidation, VII-23 sometime in past (or present); it is “the pc’s auditors are not gauged by results, but by own valence” at that time, V-175 flawless application of standard tech, VIabandoned terminal, symptom of, is a steadily 273 rising needle, III-504 consists of exact grade processes and case always run process of problems on subject of repair, VI-242 terminals, never on conditions, II-323, 332, how a Class VIII gets in, VIII-391 354 is invariable in results and the only variables anchor point is any particle or mass or terminal, are C/S and auditor, V1449 II-14 is not a process or a series of processes; it is assess for ~ by elimination [SOP Goals], IV-267, following the rules of processing, VII-23 271 only reason it doesn’t work is that it hasn’t beware running adjectival commands such as been applied, VI-268 “frigid woman”, IV-17, 50 produces 100~o results, VI-273 body is a mass, a solid terminal, III-240 purpose of, III-25 by profession [Help], IV-124 study; see study tech central valence or terminal is built in to demand technical person must keep up with advances in total attention from pc, IV406 technology, VII-378 choosing terminals, pc is not to choose what ter two areas of cramming: tech and admin, IX-96 minal to run, III-434, 438 verbal tech explanations, result of, VIII-424 clear just like a pc clears on a meter, III-504 verbal tech, how it comes about, VII-303 combined terminal, verbal tech is deadly, result of, IX-400 defn, an item or identity pc has both been and will be as good as Cramming Officer can cram, opposed produces therefore both pain and VII-184 sensation when it is “late on the track”, Word Clearer actions illustrated, IX411 V-176 Tech Page, VII-181; X-84 item turns on both pain and sensation, it is a Tech Sec, main concern is production, VII-377 combination terminal, V-177 Tech Services, most PT terminals and oppterms look more defn, activity which enrolls, routes, schedules, like coterms than clean terminalsor opposi distributes mail of and assists housing of stution terminals when first contacted, V-230 dents, VII-140; IX-312 condition and ~, difference between, II-516; III actions of, VII-18 1 ; X-82-84 164 teenagers, why they revolt, III-212 Creative Processing, mocking up ~, II-277 teeth or gums get sore, push in lots of Vitamin C, do not run a massless terminal such as “sex” or VIII-407 “help”, IV-50 telex, use of, III-508 do not run things that are not real to pc, reason temperature; see also Temperature Assists why, IV-I 7 bringing down, with antibiotics, VIII-403, 404, 405 don’t close terminals when lecturing, II-159 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 terminal(s) (term.), terminaling (cont.) don’t run terminals totally unreal to pc, III-433, 438 Double; see Double Terminaling dual terminal nature of this universe, IV-61 energy, derived from mass by fixing two terminals in proximity in space, II-14 energy derives from imposition of space between terminals and a reduction and expansion of that space, II-13 establish the reality of a terminal before you try to clear it with significance, III-235 findingterminalsonHASCo-Audit, III-513 finishing off a difficult terminal [Help], IV-I10 flatten the terminals, IV-109, 209 generalized vs. proper names, III-503 generalize terminal if overt is very bad, for Responsibility Process, IV48 general terminal, most of pc’s case will be found connected with some, IV49 general terminals run better than specific, why, IV-109,119 get first terminal that dropped on pc, convert it to general form, run terminal with Communication Process [1959] , III-513 goal and modifier must be contained in one basic terminal, otherwise postulates would not be out of reach of pc [R3A], IV413 goal has anatomy of problem and is terminalcounter-terminal, IV416 goals and terminals, Dof P must check all new terminals [SOP Goals], IV-216 goals and terminals, out rudiments hide ~, IV423 goals and terminals searches require a repeat over and over of goal or terminal on list in order to get them to go null [SOP Goals], IV-273 goal(s)terminal, lV418 defn., that valence into which pc has interiorized and which carries goal, modifier and aberration which pc attributes to self, IV419 assessing goals terminal with Primary Prehav Scale, IV-283 for pc’sgoal + modifier [R3D], IV418 when is a goals terminal flat [SOP Goals3, IV-209 GPM is full of pairs of terms and oppterms, V-179 hellos and okays are run on terminal to improve reality on it, III-243 Help does not flatten very easily on a late specific terminal, IV-119 Help on ~ reduces a heavy or thick bank, IV-116 Help terminal, Regimen 8, never change Help terminal, IV-174 Help terminals, IV-124,125,128 identities in GPM producing pain, V-175 improperly assessed, how to detect during auditing, IV-132 lines and terminals, III-140 Reality Scale of, III-139 520 terminal(s)(term.), terminaling (cont.) list [SOP Goals], always recheck tcrminals list, IV-271 assessing terminal list by elimination, IV-240 causative list of terminals, IV-271 effect list of terminals, IV-271 how to do a terminals list on SOP Goals assess ment, IV-267 Matched; seeMatchedTerminaling most PT terminals and oppterms look more like coterms than clean terminals or opposition ter minals when first contacted, V-230 must be real ~o pc and must show charge on E-Meter, III-550 needle drops only on those terminals that pc still feels some responsibility for, IV-38 one of most effective light ~ is a body part, III-519 opposition terminal (oppterm), IV417 defn, person, group or object that has con sistently opposed pc’s goal, making it a terminal-counter-terminal situation of long duration, IV419 defn, an item or identity pc has actually opposed (fought, been an enemy of) some time in past (or present), V-176 GPM is full of pairs of terms and oppterms, V-179 modifier is part of oppterm so its use is dropped, V-57 most PT terminals and oppterms look more like coterms than clean terminals or opposi tion terminals when first contacted, V-230 produces dizziness or “winds of space” sensa tion, V-5 rock slam is response of E-Meter to conflict between terminals and opposition termi nals, V-176 R2-12A package must have two terminals and two oppterms, opposing and cross oppos ing, V-235 steps of running levels on 3D terminal and oppterm, IV443 terminals and oppterms, difference between, V-5,12,175,176,177, 230, 231 ways of asking for terminal and opposition terminal, V-177 Overt/Withhold Process on general and specific terminal, IV-37 Overt/Withhold Process on terminal representing dynamic, IV-26 pc considers himself mesty or massy so second terminal is required to discharge energy, VII 238; X-63 phenomenon of snapping or closing ~, II-159,189 Prehav Scale, when first terminal is flat, IV-216 problem is not a condition or a terminal; it is a “how” or “whether”; it is a doingness, not a person, III-315 problem is two-terminaled, III-3 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 terminal(s)(term.), terminaling (cont.) test(s)(ing) (cont.) PT problem itself, not just its terminals, must idea of, II-480 exist in PT, III-296 if auditing is working: “Did it increase pc’s reality of terminals, II1433 ARC?”, II-246 Recall a Terminal and Problems Intensive, alterJohnson Temperament Analysis Profile,140 nated with R-2H, V406 Level Two: this is what changes the Scientometric Responsibility can be run on a no-mass terminal tests [1956], II-324 or significance, IV-87 line is a check on C/S and auditing quality, VIII run always causative ~, never effect ~, IV-I 32 31 run intentions only on terminals (Expanded misunderstoodson tests, IX420 Dianetics), IX-153,158 OCA, X-207; see also OCA/APA R2-12Apackage, V-235 profile patterns, valences are source of, IV-102, scale of pc reality on terminals, IV-131 104 self-determinism related to ability to impose space psychoanalysis, failure to validate by testing, IIbetween terminals, II-14 479 sensible terminal, in Dynamic Straight Wire never psychometry must be tempered by common run one, III-438 sense, I-51 situations and ~, how a person handles, III-404 psychometry, purpose of, I-39 SOP Goals assessments for goals and ~, IV-326 results from HGC and Academy [1956] , II-417 SOP Goals, how to prove the terminal, IV-268 scores, low aptitude, IQ and leadership, handling SOP 8-C Step V, II-14 of, VII-34 stable data on selecting terminals, IV-I 65 section, PE, what it does, IV-182 start case on first terminal ever run, IV-108 that declares only antisocial personalities without switching around terminals without flattening realso being able to identify social personality sults in rising needles, III-513 would be itself a suppressive test, VI-180 terminals to which Communication Processes are were originally devised in the total belief that man addressed must be real terminals never significould not be changed, III-199 cances only, III-503 why ~’happy” trait moves, II-337 thetan’s reality on a terminal depends upon degree why question sheets for tests must not be word of outflow thetan can tolerate from that class cleared, VIII-30, 32 of terminals, IV-131 word clearing any words on any test at any time is turns on pain in pc’s body, it is a ~, V-12,177 a High Crime, IX420 two types of ~ to assess [SOP Goals], IV-270 “theetie weetie case” (sweetness and light), IV-325 using the body as a communication terminal, II- theft of objects is really an effort to steal a self, 276 III-257, 271 ways of asking for ~ and oppterm, V-177, 230 Then and Now Solids, CCH14, III-33, 71, 265 you must combine significances with terminals, commands, III-8 not with significance, IX-187 makes pc capable of contacting and handling 3DXX, finding terminal and oppterm, V-5 present time and any segment of the past, 3 terminal universe, VI-288, 307 III-34 terminology, need to know, II-533 procedure, III-265, 266 terminology of Scientology, how formulated, II-535 purpose of, III-265 terra incognita: the mind, I-6 theory; see also training Terrible Trio; see Trio defn., data part of course where data as in books, terrorist is insane, IV-83 tapesandmanualsisgiven, VII-140, 286;1X-311 terror stomach; see stomach, terror and practice, difference between, VI-89 test(s)(ing), checkouts must consult student’s understanding, accurate test of case change, I-351 V480 and D of P, X-205-06 checkout system, V488 Army Alpha,140 is only as good as it can be proven or as it works, as a screen, I-51 VI-134 California Test for Mental Maturity,140 no good unless it works, II-408 foreignlanguagepersonsusetranslatedtests, lX420 practical goes through the simple motions, theory for exteriorization, II-50 covers why one goes through the motions, for IQ and personality, II-392 V482 for sanity: what is communication lag of indivitheory coaching, defn., getting student to define dual, I-310 all words, give all rules, demonstrate things in for types of cases, I-82 bulletin with his hands or bits of things, and give an idea of how charged up case may be, also may include doing Clay Table Definitions VI-281 of Scientology terms, V489 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Theory 67, V-149 defn., IV-166 target of Theory 67 is mest, IV-166 therapeutic factor, the only ~ possessed by man is his own spirit,1486 therapy, good, defn, would wake people up, make them more alert, make them more able, happier, more competent, II-478 therapy, most significant therapy is changing the mind, II-447 theta; seealso thetabeing; thetan actions, key, reach and withdraw,1407 and mest, group is composed of, I-87 as pure reason and mest as entire unreason, gradient scale between, I-173 basic laws of; see also Science of Survival basic purpose of thetaissurvival, I-188 bop; see theta bop capability of, I-293 clear; see also Clear, theta cleared theta clear, single attribute of, I-296 Connectedness is basic process on association of theta with mest, III-163 conquest of mest by, I-88,173,188 creates space and time and objects to locate in them, II-13; see also Prelogics explosion, similarities to theta,1467 free theta, defn., I-418 goal, pretended, destroys the group, I-141 line, history of; see History of Man lines explode when tampered with, I-139 of group: its ideas, ideals, rationale and ethic, I-175 purity of, I-91 symbol for thought as an “energy”, I-268 tendency to own or be owned, I-189 traps; see History of Man vs. mest, I-154,174 theta being(s); see also theta; thetan; HOM and mest bodies,1404 capabilitiesof; seeHistoryofMan preclear is,1403 principal target of auditor is,1403 qualities of,1404 theta body, defn., thetan very often carries with him a theta body, which he mocked up on past track and which is a number of facsimiles of old bodies he has misowned and is carrying along with him as control mechanisms which he uses to control body he is using, III-228 bop; see also EME; BIEM defn, I-229 needle reaction, III-225 theta clear; see Clear, theta theta exteriors, problem of pc who can’t get out again, I-356 theta-mest theory, I-356; II-47; see also SOS; Scn 8-8008 and auditing, I-360 522 thetan(s)(‘s), III-530; see also awareness of aware ness unit; being; individual; man; person; soul; theta; theta being defn, I-379 defn, energy-space production unit, II-10 defn, a knowingness, total in a cleared state, who yet can create space and time and objects to locate in them, II-11 defn, a thetan himself, the awareness of aware ness unit, is understanding, II-137 defn, from the Greek letter theta [0], used in Scientology to indicate the source of life and life itself; the individual, person, actual identi ty, is this living unit, II-153 defn, spirit, called in Scientology the thetan, II428 defn, spirit; has no mass, no wavelength, no energy, and no time or location in space ex cept by consideration or postulate; spirit is not a thing, it is the creator of things, II-428 defn, awareness of awareness unit which has all potentialities but no mass, no wavelength and no location, III-480 aberration is that he thinks he is not the ~, I-267 abilities of, III-169 ability to see, III-209 accumulates mental mass, pictures, ridges, circuits, etc., to degree that he misassigns responsi bility, IV-18 afraid of being nothing, I-406 all things are initiated by the thetan, II-434 analytical mind consists of visual pictures, either of the past or of physical universe, monitored by and presided over by knowingness of thetan, II-429 and mest, I-342 answer to being threatened or struck is to create, III-320 anxiety to be effect, II-438 ARC breaks, thetan will dream up ARC breaks to exteriorize his attention from a present time problem, III-304 as he considers, so he is, II-434 atomic radiation wavelength can reach strata of a thetan, II-379 attention gets stuck, only thing wrong with thetan, II-317 Axiom10 becomes confused by thetan with cycle of action, III-539 banks, without banks thetans have different retheta sponses, VI-6 bank, there~s nothing wrong really with a thetan but his reactive bank, VI-18 basic game of a thetan, II-503, 556 basic personality, thetanhasa, III-257 basic qualities of knowingness and understanding, II-143 behaving like mest, II-137 big PTPs a thetan has are his body, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 thetan(s)(‘s) (cont. body, improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by thetan, II-97 body is identifying form or non-identifiable form to facilitate the control, communication and havingness for thetan in existence in mest universe, III-480 body vs. thetan, V-255 can affect the somatic mind independently, II-431 can do anything forever, VII-268 can escape an unbearable Pr by dropping into past, even without drugs, VI-292 cannot die; his only out is to try to stop something as he himself cannot stop living, VIII257; IX-249 can only become disabled by becoming too little pan-determined, II-434 can only be trapped when he considers that he is, II-437 can postulate or say or reason anything; thus there is an infinity of significances, VII-77 can suffer from being out-created (created against too thoroughly), II-434 capabilitiesandpotentialsof, ll-153 capable of rnaking space, energy, mass and time, II-432 child is a thetan in usually rather bad condition, III-34 communication, I-352 condition of thetan, can be in one of four conditions: first, entirely separate from a body or bodies, or even this universe; second, near a body and knowingly controlling the body; third, in the body (the skull); fourth, an inverted condition compulsively away from the body and can not approach it, II-429 considering himself mest, liability of, VII-238; IX-63 continuous presence in PI, possible explanation of, V-276 copying or picturing incidents and then getting stuck in later portion of them, VIII-286, 380 could be called a “mystery sandwich” in that he tends to stick in on mysteries, VIII-237 create, fundamental urge of a thetan, IV-126 creates mest to have a game, VIII-112 cuts down knowingness to have a game, II-176; VIII-112 defined in Axiom1, III-223 degradation begins when the thetan is interiorized into unwanted mass, II-38; VIII-105 difference between one thetan’s forward thrust and another’s is purpose, validity of, VI-198 does not care to remember the life which he has just lived, II-432 doesn’t look through his eyeballs, III-36 drugs produce a threat to body; thetan reacts by mocking up, VI-291 is incident hungry, VII-212; VIII-286, 381 523 )thetan(s)(‘s) (cont.) dug himself in, lost sight of why, and is holding himself in a state of stupidity, aberration and even insanity, IV-38 earlier in bank the “power” of thetan’s mock-ups is greater, V-256 easiest thing he does is change his mind, II-448 efforts to be right continue to stop him in a reverse flow, VIII-257; IX-249 effort to stop or effort to stop him makes a thetan believe something can be overrun, VII-268 E-Meter reads degree of mental mass surrounding thetan in a body, IV-18 energy reducing processes at length “starve” thetan for energy, VIII-105 engrams are being automatically created by ~, V-301 entirety of his activity consists of considering or postulating, II-429 establishes various systems of control to operate body, II-429 even when pressed or suppressed to the absolute limit of near extinction will still try, even when “cooperating” to some way be right, IX-249 exterior is described fully in the second chapter of DMSMH, II-120 exteriorization is stable when thetan is used to mest, IV-166 fight of thetan is to remain unsolid, mobile or immobile at will, and capable of decision, V-277, 417 find counter-forces objectionable, VII-76 first fatal step of thetan is to resist,1416 force-shy thetan, how one becomes a, VII-86 forgettingness of spiritual being, III-224 gets in trouble by being only one viewpoint, II181; VIII-116 ghosts and spirits, don’t invalidate, III-226 has no mass, no wavelength, no actual position in space other than his own declaration of it, II-137 has no problems of his own, II-434 has to be at earliest end of incidents to erase them, VII-212; VIII-286, 381 havingness must be up to run “thetan”, IV-195 himself without body is capable of performing all functions he assigns to body, III-480 human spirit, evidence of, III-223 illness, while a thetan can produce illness, it is the body that is ill, VI-338 immortal and cannot actually experience death and counterfeits it byforgetting, II-433 inability to duplicate on any dynamic is the pri mary degeneration of the thetan, II-15 individual himself is a spirit controlling a body via a mind, II-432 in good shape can be cause, III-159,179 in the physical universe, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 thetan(s)(‘s) (cont.) is not the astral body, II-428 is source of all creation, III-270 is subject to deterioration, II-429 keeping things from going away cultivates ability of thetan to remain where he is, III-232 keynote of thetan is order, III-262; VII-417 life in body, thetan puts it there, VIII-126 living in body makes a being vulnerable, VII-79 located in a space is less than theta itself but a thetan located is much greater than homo sapiens, II-145 man, divisible into three parts: thetan, mind, body, II-428; III-129, 223 man is a human spirit which is enwrapped, more or less, in a mind, which is in a body, III-223 mass, loss of, VIII-105 massy thetans, VII-212; VIII-286, 380 mest, incomprehensible to a thetan, II-137 misowning the mind in which he is trapped, Ill530 most difficult thing he does is handle the environment, II-448 natively capable of logical thought, VII-77 native state of, II-504 insisted on all the way down scale, II-279 no-games conditions list is a summary of, II557 Operating Thetan; see Operating Thetan out-created, thetan can be brought to believe that he is trapped, II-434 own mock-ups, I-461 pain depressants, effect on thetan, VI-443 paradoxes of, II-11 parts of man: thetan, mind, body, II-428; III-129, 223 person could feel pain only as himself (thetan plus body), V-176 positiononToneScale, IV-131 power of choice, how it has been overthrown, VII-257; IX-82 present time, under threat thetan goes out of PT, VI-291 pretending to be injured, III-518 primary obsession, II-223 psyche is a Greek word meaning “spirit”, II405 puts life in the body, II-362, 374 reality on a terminal depends upon degree of outflow a thetan can tolerate from that class of terminals, IV-131 receives impressions of physical universe and past activities, II-429 reduces his own power, IV-19 relation to energy, VIII-105 residence of, II-429 right, thetan even when pressed or suppressed to absolute limit of near extinction will still try, even when “cooperating”, to some way be right, VIII-257 524 thetan(s)(‘s) (cont.) Scientology considers only those things which man or man as a spirit can make, II-409 Scientology deals with thetan, being who is the individual and who handles and lives in body, VI-341 Scientology, mission of, is to raise knowingness of spirit to degree that it knows what it is and what it is doing, II-l 53 Scientology, organized from the viewpoint of the spirit and contains a precise and usable defini tion of the spirit, and charts and studies and is capable of changing the behavior of the spirit, II-152 self-determinism, entrance into, requires that thetan conceive idea of other beings, III-465 senior to mind and body, II-432 separable from body without the phenomena of death, and can handle and control a body from well outside it, II-432 some thetans are bigger than others, none are truly equal, VI-194 SOP 8-C: the rehabilitation of the human spirit, II-10 spiritual being, timeless and deathless, proof that individual is, VII-27,168, 420 spiritual freedom and ability, thetan wants, VI339 Spotting depends for its workability on the dislike of a thetan of being located, III-163 staying in the game and keeping it going, II-434 supreme test of a thetan is his ability to make things go right, VI-197 survival of spirit, II-209 takes a valence that he believes will help others or the universe, IV-109 tends to become that on which he has produced non-beneficial effects, IV-131 tends to move from source beingness to effect beingness, IV-131 things which can deteriorate thetan, V-277 things wrong with thetan are lower harmonics of characteristics of a thetan, III-257, 271 thinks he needs problems to keep his attention exteriorized from rock chain, III-304 thirst for knowledge would be the thirst for other thetans’ postulates, II-438 time track and thetan; see time track to a thetan, anything is betterthannothing, II-14 to be “sane”, thetan must learn how he’s been caring for body, I-301 to make postulates is senior to his concerns over space, energy and objects, II-51 totality of aberration is basically considerations a thetan is making, II-437 trapped in another thetan, seen in valences, III-530 tries to be right and f1ghts being wrong, V-322 tries to help something or somebody and fails and last stage of his effort is to mock upa picture of the thing and try to help it, IV-1 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 thetan(s)(‘s) (cont) third postulate, II-282, 297 trying to prove he is not simple, III-4 Third Rail, a special form of Factual Havingness, unhappiness, inability to heal, and psychosomatic III-486 illness are best healed by immediate address of Third Stage Release, VI-56, 61, 70, 71, 87 human spirit, II-153 thirty-seven R; see 37R unmocking, when threatened with, a thetan thirty-six new presessions, IV-156; see also pre mocks up obsessively, VI-291 sessions uses pictures to assist memory, II-230 thought(s); see also think; AP&A; FOT usual position and only interest, I-267 defn., is concerned with the estimate of effort, valences, thetan valences are preferable over body I-214 valences, III-284 defn., manifestation of evolving a low-level cer viewpoint scarcity of thetan, remedy of, VIII-116 tainty of observation from a number of past what he is trying to do, I-461 observations,1433 when you add something to the being he gets analytical, I-380 worse, VII-257 and electrical impulses, connection between, I-221 who sleepstoo muchand doestoo little, IV-24 cognitions show that thought is releasing from why thetan makes his postulate fail to stick, Illforce, VII-77 465 critical thought is a symptom of overt, not the willingness of thetan to duplicate, how rehabilitaovert itself, V469 ted, Il-15 direct observation infinitely superior to,1433 will not let himself go free unless he can operate discharges dependency on language, IV-54 without danger to others, IV-19 E-Meter registers shifts in, I-225 things done twice, VII-359 emotion, thought or effort (the various categories think(ing), thinkingness, II-483; see also thought of doingness), I-296 ability to, defn., capability of the mind to perevolution of, II-300 ceive, pose and resolve specifc and general exteriorto head and bank, II-325 problems, I-77 Formula 20 is an effort to run Control on thought areas of static thinking, I-183 level, IV-213 as-is unwanted thinkingness, III-479 if you start running thoughts about thoughts body control comes before control of ~, III-479 you’ll pull thoughts out of engrams and restim change of position in space is center centralness of the devil out of the bank, IX-187 all thinking, I-443 major thought; see major thought compulsive position precedes compulsive thinking, Mest Processing underlies thought and all symbols II-13 and communication representing thought, consists of, I-128 I-193 consists of comparing particular datum with minor thought; see minor thought physical universe as it is known and observed, overt, I-244 III-424 pc tends to dive for ~ imbedded in force, VII-79 control of thinkingness, III-119 pc whose “thcught has no effect on his or her pc’s ~, how to bring under his control, III-255 bank”, cause of, V-36 purpose of, II-21 picking thoughts out of forces in bank brings a (Secondary Scale level), IV-314 no-change, VII-85 thinking at command is a sort of CCH on thinkpower of thought, II-208 ingness, IV-121 process of, defn., I-461 thinkingness processes reduce havingness, II-489 Q and A with thoughts already in full view and “think of’ command rather than “recall”, III-485 you’ll never really ease up bank, VII-84 think processes are unlimited, VI-282 run Responsibility on matter, energy, space, time, “think” undercuts “recall”, III-435 motion and thought, IV-50 “Think about matter”, pretty steep for most cases slavery of thought, IV-147 and would not be real to many, IV-54 subject matter of Scientology, I-268 Think a Thought [process], II-193 the most senior thing there is, II-215 Think a Thought, TR12, III-71 thetan is natively capable of logical thought, VII “Think a thought” “Receive a thought” [process], 77 II-206, 250 Thought Processes, III-8 Thinking Placed Thought [process,1956], II-455 Thoughts in Walls, commands and how to run, III-8 “Think of something you could withhold.” “What threat, under threat thetan goes out of PT, VI-291 couldyou admit causing?” [process], IV-7 three classes of universes—physical universe, other third dynamic; see dynamic, 3rd fellow’s universe, one’s own universe, II-436 third party action in child education,148 three S&Ds; see Search and Discovery third party law, VI-288 three universes, I-356, 375, 376 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 three universe-types, I-349 three-valued logic, I-69 “throw it away” and “hold it in”, III-232 tick(s), defn., small jerk of needle, VI-357 is always noted, X-79 not asking right question gives you ~, V-396 “stop” or a “tick” is not a read, VII-49 Tiger Drill(ing), V-122,150 defn, series of buttons which are capable of preventing a right goal or level from reading or making a wrong level read, combined in an appropriate exercise, V-173 Big Tiger Drill, V-196 buttons, V-148 mid ruds (Tiger Drill), V-129 tight shoes can cause high TA, VII-424 time, I-443; V-330; see also present time; PXL defn., simply a consideration mechanically tracked by alteration of position of particles in space, II-143 defn, rate of persistence of space and particles is what we measure with clocks and the motion of heavenly bodies, II-435 defn., process of knowing in the present and notknowing in the future or the past, II-440 aberrationand, II-224 action requires space and time, I-293 attitudes of the pc about time, II-1 auditing time, it takes as long as it takes, VII-91 basis of aberration, VII-87 by a sequence of de-solidifying present time, one evidently achieves time, III-34 command is uttered newly and in its own area of time, III-355 considerations take rank over mechanics of space, energy and time, II-67 consists of, I-380 creation of time and creation of memory were concurrent incidents, II-222 essence of time is apparently possession, I-295 facsimiles have no weight, wavelength, space or time, I-225 factor; see also NOTL ofthe viewpoint, I-442 failure to handle time in incidents, V-273 handling time on pc’s time track, V-287, 288 how to master the subject of time, II-313 is actual but is also an apparency, V-330; see also PXL; Dn 55! is the basic on loss, I-416 mechanics of time, V-330 mind f1les first by, I-231 “omitted time” is a basic insanity, VII-90 Orientation List; see Self Analysis OT ability in handling time, III-98 possessions absorb andenforce time, I-296 present; see also present time; SOS present and past, II-409 526 time (cont.) result is result and time is just an entered arbitrary, VII-88 sense, compared to case level, V-330 sense, deterioration of; see Scn 0-8 shift, III-98 single source of aberration is time, V-287 space and, I-465 space-be, energy-do, time-have triangle, II-16 stuck in time, II-528 the one arbitrary, I-245 there is no time in reactive mind, IV-332 theta creates space and time and objects to locate in them, II-13 theta orients objects in space and time, II-13 tone arm and time, V-325, 329, 330 track; see time track understanding and time = ARC, VI-261 Waterloo Station handles time, II-324 what it is, I-375 Zero questions time limiter, V-99 “timeless”, cause of, V-276 timelessness or no change in an engram, II-143 timelessness, unknownness, survival, reactive mind is composed of, V-78 Time Process, II-555 time track, V-273, 287, 292, 299; see also whole track defn., time span of individual from beingness to present time on which lies sequence of events of his total existence, IV-51 defn., a very accurate record of pc’s past, very accurately timed, very obedient to auditor, at least 350,000,000,000,000 years long, probably much longer, with a scene about every1/25 of a second, V-274 defn, endless record, complete with 52 percep tions, of pc’s entire past, V-274 defn., consecutive record of mental image pictures which accumulates through pc’s life or lives, VI-342 argument with pc during dating can group track, V-293 auditor must know basic laws and mechanics of time track in order to run engrams, V-273, 288 can become a hodge-podge of violence withheld which pulls in then violence others caused, III 432 charge and the time track, V-289, 416 charge prevents pc from confronting time track and submerges time track from view, V-290, 416 creation of the time track, V-275, 276, 291 earlier on time track pc had stronger postulates, V-349 engram running by chains and the time track bulletins, V-273, 287, 292, 299 exceeds a trillion, trillion, trillion years, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 time track (cont.) tone arm(s) (cont.) faults, there are no faults in recording of time action (cont.) track; there are only snarls caused by groupers, blowdown of tone arm is meter reaction of and unavailability and lack of perception of having found correct by-passed charge, time track, V-275 V-346 free track, that part of time track that is free of body motion and TA; see body motion pain and misadventure, V-274 case must not be run without TA action or grouping of time track, causes of, V-293, 329 with minimal TA action, V-331, 413 influencing agencies for pc are ~ and PT, V-275 cause of, V-370 mechanism of, V-277 CCHs produced TA action while higher level most stuck point on track is a problem, IV414 processes did not, V43 move a ~ by any one of these three methods: charge and TA action, V-290 significance, location, time, V-287, 288 without TA motion no charge is being re move only the track; don’t mix it and also move leased, V-329, 413 pc, V-288 continue the process so long as you have tone obeys auditor; time track does not obey a preclear arm motion, V40, 75 (early in auditing), V-274 correct track significances run but without TA of drug takers and insane is not being made up action will not change but can deteriorate a wholly of present time events; it is a composite case, V-335 of past track, imagination and present events, discharged process no longer gives TA, VII-77 VI-291 energy contained in confusions blowing off origin of the time track, V-276 case causes TA motion, V-375 pc cycling on, II-217 falsified by overcompensation of tone arm, rest and stop points on, II-528, 529 VI-7 some parts are permanently in a state of creation, how it is measured, V-367 majority becoming created when thetan’s how often one reads and notes TA action, attention is directed to them, V-276 V443, 444 sticks on ~ stick because of prior confusion, IVhow to get, V-324, 369, 374, 377, 397 414 indicates case progress, IV-144, 207, 225 stuck on, I-15,16, 441; see also NOTL inhibitors of, three principal tracksinwhichthe auditorisinterchronically tired pc who is not eating, ested, I-232 V434 track dating; see EMD (EM Drill 25) less active the TA the more over-restimula unavailability, cause of, V-275 tion is present (though restimulation tired, chronically tired pc who is not eating won’t get can also be absent), V-371, 413 TA for there’s no as-is of locks, V434 slows down as soon as pc goes into more tired, dopey = stuck in something or failed purpose, charge than he can itsa easily, V-374 IX-213 small if any when pc has a PTP, V468 tiredness, colds and psychosomatics, process to cure, TA action has to have been prevented; it III-246 doesn’t just not occur, V-370 tiredness routinely responds to Dianetic processing, whatsit reduces TA action, V-334, 370, VI-348 378 tired pc = no sleep or failed purpose = check which it when pc is talking and you’re getting no is and handle, VII-46, 359 TA you already have an ARC break or tolerance for speed, II-541 are about to get one, V-336 Tolerance of Motion and Stillness [process], II-554 is best index of case levels, V-330 toleration of random action, II-542 itsa and whatsit, relation to TA, V-334, 370, tone; see also Tone Scale 378 chronic tone and social tone, VII-149 keys to TA action, (a) havingness, (b) overts, emotional, X-72 IV-144 improvement of, X-205 list to assess for TA motion, V-372 is established by ARC, III-104 pc audited a bit below or at his level of aware is most directly observed by communication, IIIness gets tone arm action, case gain and has 104 cognitions (new concepts of life), VI-33 lowered, X-221 pc interest and TA action tell you program tone arm(s), IV-144; V-233; see also EME; BIEM ming is right, V-325 action, IV-134 pc’s gain is directly proportional to TA action, and cognitions are indicators that level is still V-325, 327, 367, 368 charged, VII-78 quantity of, as indicator of what to run, V44, 48 amount per session and intensive, V~4, 367 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 tone arm(s) (cont.) action (cont.) quantity of (cont.) auditor skiU measured by amount of TA he can get, V-327, 373, 413 greater on higher levels, V-397, 504 lots of TA = bright pc, small TA = dull pc, V-373 reacts on things that will give TA, V-369 R3R and TA action, V-299, 300 shows that force is coming off case; amount is index of gain, VII-77 superior to what is run, V-336 that which moves the tone arm down will give tone arm action, that which moves only the needle seldom gives good TA, V-369 time concept of pc and TA action, V-325, 330 what produces TA action and what doesn’t, V-375 when a rudiment is used as a rudiment, ignore TA action, V-76 always audit a process until tone arm is lower on it than when process was started, IV42 assessment and TA, VI-388 audit by tone arm (except in rock slam), assess by needle, IV-284, 318 auditing a pc under protest will cause the TA to stay up and no F/N, VII-208 auditor calling pc’s attention to, handling of, VIII-410, 414 audit with TA in normal range or repair it so it is in normal range, VII-197 below 2 at time of F/N, then you haven’t erased any chain, VI-419 beware sticking a tone arm, IV-272 blowdowns; see also blowdowns; EMD (EM Drill 10) auditor must not speak or move during, VI-69 body motion and TA, V-241, 373, 397, 443; see also body motion conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc’s TA, VIII-227, 416 deadliest faults on cases are running same action twice; this drives TAs up through the roof, VII-276 depends on normally moist hands, VIII-226, 415 Dianetic auditing, on second time through, if TA rises, there is an earlier incident, VI-373 “drift down” and “drift up”, V48 drug users get blown out of their heads and bog, TA up, VII-l 60 end phenomena, if you go past EP the F/N will pack up (cease) and TA will rise, VII-20 end phenomena of TA Handling Rundown, VII270 erase, when basic erases, TA will fall or rise to area between 2 and 3 and needle will F/N, VI373 528 tone arm(s) (cont.) erasing—solid, one does not need to ask this when TA rises as obviously it (incident) is going more solid, VI-453 false TA, VII-421, 438; VIII-24, 26, 34, 226, 414 auditing pc over false TA, handling of, VIII 409 auditor not getting false TA handled before session, handling of, VIII-411 auditor overrunning due to false TA, handling of, VIII-411 causes of false TA, VII-55,117 checklist, VIII-34, 417; X-230 consequences of false TA, VII-421 dry and wet hands make false TA, VIII-226, 415 E-Meter discharged gives false TA, VI1422 E-Meter improperly trimmed gives false TA, VII-421 E-Meter trim knob thrown off gives false TA, VIII-24 F/N wide persistent with TA too high or low means false TA, VIII-227, 416 footplates generally give a wrong TA position, VIII-414 hand cream and false TA, VIII-226, 414 handling of, VIII-411, 414 HCO Bs, Examiner and Success must know of False TA HCO Bs, why, X-208 high TA caused by dry hands, remedy of, VIII-226, 415 low TA, dry condition of hands or feet pro duces, VIII-226, 415 must be handled before session, VIII-414 one-hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N and gives false TA, VI-275 pcs who falsify TA, VII-438 Solo cans can give false TA, VII-422 vanishing cream, why one doesn’t use, VIII 414 floating needle is valid only between 2.0 and 3.0 TA position on a meter, VII-l17, 421 floating needle, overrun, and TA will go up, VI 275, 277 floating TA, VII-424 flying up in a break, cause of, VI-277 footplates generally give wrong TA position and obscure F/Ns and reads, VIII-414 “fragile TA”, V-329 Full Flow Dianetics, if pc’s TA begins to average higher, overrun is occurring, VII-227 goes up after 37R, X-l 33 goes up means an overrun in life or on a process or grade of release, VI-147 going up, up, up means picture isn’t erasing but is getting more solid, VI-397, 418 high TA, VII-18, 27, 76,168,179,194, 213, 267, 268, 282, 337; see also tone arm, high TA and low TA ARC breaks and high TA, VII-274; X CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 tone arm(s) (cont.) high TA (cont.) arthritic hands give high TA, VII-423 assessment, VI-397, 418; VII-179,194, 337 assessment rules, VII-282 assessment (L IX) to detect reasons for, VIII-1 at Exam after F/N at session end, reasons for and handling, VII-122 at session start, VII-45, [Dn] 208, 358 handling for Dianetic auditor, Scientology auditor, VII-45, 208 being high, there are exact reasons for, VIII-25 by-passed flows can cause high TA, VII-212 can come down by pc destimulating, VII-122 can come from by-passed flows, VIII-286, 380 cases have been run on something that didn’t erase, VII-28,169 cause of, VII-76,122, 212, 270, 281, 424 chronic high TA, X-28 defn., one which is found high two sessions running (consecutive); “high” means around 4.0 or above; but 3.8 can also be called “high” if it occurs at session beginning too often, VII-19 means person can still stop things and is tryingtodoso, VII-76 Remedy DDDA 400A for chronic high TA, VII-19 cold cans give high TA, VII-438 cold pc sometimes has falsely high TA, VII424, 438 commonest sources of, VIII-24 C/S 53, VIII-228, 282, 308, 356, 398 if C/S 53 done and TA still high, VIII-1 Dianetics, high TA at session start, how to handle, VII-45, 208 don’t fly ruds, VII-45, 358 drug chain makes high TA if in existence or unflat, VII-189 dry hands give high TA, VII-423 equals mental energy mass, VI-397, 418 exteriorization and high TA, VII-19, 27, 36, 168, 208, 212, 400, 460; X4,106,109-10 floating needle by-passed, why it gives high TA, VII-18 floating needle, “high TA F/Ns” during rehab, VI-251 flows and, X-105,108,129-30 flows opposing, making a mass or ridge, cause high TA, VII-270 handlingbyrehabbingoverruns, VI-251 handling, Class VIII Course recommendations to list “What has been overrun” are cancelled, VII-269 handling high TA after running single item, V1441 handling of, VII-18,19, 45, 208, 213, 268, 337; VIII-25, 287, 381 how to get down, VI-277 illness and high TA, VII-124; X-58 529 tone arm(s) (cont.) high TA (cont.) in Dianetics, is one or more engram chains in restimulation, VI-356, 418 in Scientology high TA is always an overrun, VI-356, 397, 418 interiorization is out, get a soaring TA, VII 281 Interiorization RD, unrun, unrepaired, causes high TA, VII-224, 457 late at night pc’s TA may be very high, VII 424 list errors and W/Hs can cause high TA, VII 281 mental irnage pictures, why they make TA go high, VI-356 never touch ARC breaks on, IX-224 overrun and high TA, VII-18, 22, 212, 227 pc goes exterior in auditing, later his TA goes high, then you do an Int RD, VIII-280 pc goes exterior in session, TA high at Examiner, rehab exteriorization point, VII 19; see also Interiorization Rundown pc in trouble and TA high, what your first suspicions should be, VII-457 pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high, VII-28,169 pc slacking grip on cam gives a high TA, VII 423 “protest” is a frequent reason for high TA, how to handle, VII-281 Quad Flows and high TA, VIII-381 right way to handle, X-213 ruds, don’t run if TA is high, VI-277 same action or Grade done twice, X-145 Short Hi TA Assessment C/S, VII-337 shows loss of ability to start or reach, IV-38 source of high TA, VIII-24, 286, 380; X-105, 108 talking the TA down, VIII-25 tight shoes can cause, VII-424 Triple Flows and high TA, VIII-287 unflat engram chains and high TA, VII-18, 76, 122,123; X-28, 56 usual reasons for, X-56 what to run, III-297 when high TA after Singles send pc to Review before Triples, VII-1 Word Clearing and, X-247 Word Clearing Method1, 2 or 4, don’t use on person whose TA is high at session start, IX482 3.5, above 3.5, VI-388, 441 4.0 is high, VI-277, 356, 397 high TA(s) and low TA(s); see also tone arm, high; tone arm, low auditor qualifications for 37R, VII-271 breakthrough, VII-268; X-127 cases have low objective havingness, IV-144 do not widely F/N, VIII-227, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 tone arm(s) (cont.) high TA(s) and low TA(s) (cont.) handling, VII-33, 271 high or low, X-117 high or low on Q and A, X-33 Hi-Lo TA Assessment, VII-194; VIII-1 C/S 53, VIII-228, 282, 308, 356, 398 rules, VII-282; X-131 Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S, X-165 L1C and Method 3 are not used on high or very low TAs to get them down or up, VII-318 L IX Hi-Lo TA List revised, VIII-1 never try to fly ruds or do LlB on a high or low TA, VII-197 pc in an area in time when pc was being very irresponsible, IV-18 responsibility is key to them not overts, IV-17 Word Clearing, high or low TA at start of W/C session, how to handle, VIII-304 W/Cing red tab with high or low TA, VIII-303 listing to a still tone arm, what it takes, V-241 low TA(s), VII-55, 76, 268, 270, 272, 282, 283; VIII-26; X-28, 29,141; see also tone arm, high TA and low TA defn., below 2, VI-388, 397, 419 answer to low TA because of wet hands is foot plates, VIII-27 assessing, VII-272, 283; X-129,132 assessment, X-141 bad TRs can cause low TA as auditor is overwhelming the pc, VI-388, 419 can blow up to 2.0 + and F/N, VII-272 carry on till it comes up, IX-152 cases (who go below 2.0) will not react to any processing but Power Processing [1965], VI-121 case, thorough job must be done on, X-131 cause of low TA, VI-397 commonest sources of, VIII-24, 27 don’t get pc to wipe hands every minute, VIII27 Exam, low TA at, VII-124 false, overly wet condition of hands or feet produces, VIII-226, 415 flows and, X-129 handling, VII-55, 270, 272, 282, 283 handling rundown [37R], how to assess and list, VII-272 incidents can force pc’s TA below 2, but when erased TA comes back up to F/N, VI-398, 419 invalidation of pc can cause, VII-124, 423 means pc is overwhelmed and has retreated, VI-397, 419 moist hands give low TA, VII-422 overwhelmed being, low TA is symptom of, VII-55, 76,124, 230, 270 overwhelming flow and out TRs can cause, X-129 530 tone arm(s) (cont.) low TA(s) (cont.) pc in apathy, overwhelmed or run on flat or unreading item, X-58 pcs with low TAs are more or less in apathy, VII-124 processes to make low TAs rise [1960], IV-16 quits, X-143 same action will bring it up again, X-143 shows loss of ability to stop or withhold, IV 38 TA sinks below 2.0, and auditor’s TRs are good, same action will usually bring it up to 2.0 and F/N, VII-274 TRs, poor, cause low TA, VII-55, 270, 423 Word Clearing and, X-247 mass registers on E-Meter as TA above 3, VI-356, 388, 397 mass, when meter needle is not floating TA is registering mental mass, VI-397, 418 measures resistance and mass, VII-28,169 mishandling, I-228 motion; see tone arm action moves because mass is changing, V48 moving signals auditor not to act; TA not moving signals auditor to act, V-373, 413 must be in normal range to start Word Clearing on meter, IX482 neYer C/S to take TA down with ARC break rud or LlC, VII-281 normal TA and loose needle, feeling of freedom and expansion on a subject is expressed in, VII-78 no TA (or case gain) = problem = locate problem, VII-46, 359 overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA, VIII 290, 385 overrun, wrong ownership can cause TA to act up in a peculiar way that looks like an overrun, VI-280 position, VI-373 failure to pass a re-Clear Check by TA position is meaningless, why, I-204 pc must not be able to see TA position, VI-271 Prehav levels, TA behavior on, IV-238, 283 processes are run as long as they produce tone arm change, IV-218 Product Clearing and TA, VII-149 Project 80—the itsa line and tone arm, V-351 protest of doing it too often pushes TA up, VI-280 reading; see Ell~D (EM Drill 7) responsibility, level of, causes TA to fluctuate, IV-18 restimulate an engram, E-Meter current flow has more trouble getting through pc and TA rises, VI-356 rough auditing easily drives the TA down, VII-55 shifting tone arms tell you increased or decreased responsibility, and dropping needles tell you charge, IV CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 tone arm(s) (cont.) soaring TA = O/R or protest = find which and handle; such an O/R is usually by rehab, VII46, 359 stuck TA, cause of, V-350, 419 TA change requires two locations—location of pc and location of mass, V49 talking down, in order to do a Hi-Lo List, IX-224 talking the TA down, VIII-25 talking the TA down modified, X-213 TA, rather than needle, is foremost in analyzing case, IV-18 time and the tone arm, V-329 what the tone arm tells you, IV-144 Word Clearing, never clear words over a soaring TA, IX-206 Word Clearing, TA must be in normal range to start Word Clearing on meter, VIII-303, 304 37R TA handling rundown, VII-269 tone arm counters, use of, V443 tone of voice, acknowledgement, III-383 Tone Scale; see also tone; DTOT; DMSMH; NOTL; SOS; Scn 8-80; Scn 0-8 ARC, basis of the Scientology Tone Scale, II-413 arthritis occurs at three places on, I-272 as people descend the Tone Scale, II-413 cause and effect and the Tone Scale, I-436 characteristics of top and bottom of, I-381 downward and upward spirals on, I-381 earliest Tone ~cale is in Book One, I-464 Emotional, part of Know to Mystery Scale, II-173 Emotional Tone Scale, VI-200 Emotional Tone Scale expanded, III-459 ethics, relation to morals and height on ~, I-294 expanded, VII-404 gives a prediction of human behavior, II-413; see also Science of Surl~ival havingness changes pc position on Tone Scale, II-337 how a 1.1 and 1.5 handle others, II-287 how to spot people on, VII-148,149 is divided into three parts: highest is pan-determinism, mid-range is self-determinism, low range is other-determinism, III-465 mood of game, II-367 of governments or companies or groups, I-137 of motion, I-167 of survival vectors, I-168 pc comes up to degradation, up to apathy, V-286, 419 pc’s position on Tone Scale established by com munication lag, II-128 person broadens up the Tone Scale, III-140 persons below 2.0 regard the organisms in vicinity as mest, I-189 plotting pc on, II-128 political philosophies placed against, VI-317 position on Tone Scale is determined by willingness and ability to duplicate, IV-155 Postulate Tone Scale, I-184 531 Tone Scale (cont.) processes, where they are on the ARC Tone Scale, II-131,138 relation of energy to, I-92 responsibility, failure to take, symptom of pre clear who is low on Tone Scale, I-210 scale of emotional tones, I-243 “scale of potential survival”, I-243 scale of “relative success in estimating efforts”, I-243 self-determinism goes down as a person goes down the Tone Scale, II-287 thetan tends to maintain a position on Tone Scale where inflows are comfortable, IV-131 Tone 40, defn., giving a command and just knowing that it will be executed despite any contrary appear ances, III-240 defn, positive postulating, III-240 defn., positive postulate with no counter-thought, III-386 auditing, defn, is control by direct Tone 40 com mand, III-242 auditing, defn., positive, knowing, predictable control toward the pc’s willingness to be at cause concerning his body and his attention, III-480 Book Mimicry and Hand Space Mimicry are not Tone 40, III-400 CCH starts with Tone 40, but the training conti nuity of CCH does not, III-394 control by Tone 40 is taught in Upper Indoc, III-242 don’t Tone 40 ack items or goals pc gives you, V-56 formal auditing and Tone 40 auditing, two differ ent types of auditing, III-242 group auditing is done from Tone 40.0, III-24 nothing to do with voice, III-385 originations, in all processes not Tone 40 pc’s originations are handled, III-370 process, how to run, III-254, 255 unconscious, psycho, non-communicative, electric shock case pc, Tone 40 is for, III-242 Tone 40 Book and Bottle is not Opening Procedure by Duplication, III-395 Tone 40 “Hold it still”, CCH10, III-69 Tone 40 “Keep it from going away”, CCH 9, III-69 Tone 40 Locational Processing, purpose, procedure and commands of CCH 5, III-254 Tone 40 “Make it a little more solid”, CCH11, III-69 Tone 40 on an Object; see TR 8 Tone 40 on a Person; see TR 9 Tone 40 8-C; see CCH 2 Tone 40 8-C processes, CCH 7, 8 & 9, III-255 tools of a C/S, X-183 tools of auditing, X-182 too steep a study gradient, VII-293 toothache, VII-111 toothache, “Hello and Okay” Process on, III CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Touch Assist, VI-318; VII-323; VIII-191; IX-502; X-160; see also assists and reach and withdraw, X-20 Contact Assists and ~ are not only legal, they are mandatory when any injury occurs, VII-167 Contact Assists and interrupting a general course of auditing, often to no F/N, VII-191 don’t confine handling of injuries to, VIII-190 EP—pain gone, cog, F/N, VII-323 errors, IX-502 exception to Repair Pgm, X-7 fragment of whole array of “touch”, VII-65 if right hand is injured you include also left hand, VII-110 importance of balance, IX-502 is short sessioned and always balanced, IX-503 you don’t want rapport, IX-505 you must go to extremities, IX-503 touching things and “Reach and Withdraw” in repairs, VII-65 track; see time track track map, I-232; see also History of Man tractor beam, II-497 training, II-67; VII-99; see also Academy; checkouts; coach; course; Course Supervisor; drills; education; hatting; practical; student; study; theory; TRs ability and gain are achieved by, VI-322 Academy of Scientology, purpose of, III-25 Academy, student must be concentrated upon factual precise processes and be able to perform these processes regardless of his understanding, II-344 auditors are goofing, what it means regarding training, VII-301; IX-398 auditor training, IV445 better to indoctrinate student into auditing attitude for seven weeks and teach him to remedy havingness for the final week than let him through with poor auditing attitude, II-343 case level and sanity, relationship to ~, V-316, 327 clay table work in training, VII-162 clay table work in training and processing, V451 coachless training—use of a doll, V-103 course creates a beingness, not imparts data, III464 courses, ladder of courses, III-288 C/S is training officer of auditing, X-176 C/S responsibility for training, VII-152,161, 375; X-69-71 demonstratingin training, VI-205 difference between education and Scientology, III-22 Doctors of Scientology, III-102 don’t cut affinity lines to data, II-163 don’t demand things student has not yet reached, V479 don’t give experimental data, II-163 drills; see TRs 532 training (cont) duplication and training, VIII-110 education mustn’t skip gradients, VIII-171 essential to give people tools to live better, II-369 exact application, importance of, II-342 failures in, will cause trouble for orgs and Scien tology, VI-8 far better to teach and process a person than only to process him, II-406 fast flow training, VIII-162 former training not wasted, V-316 gains vs. auditing gains, II-369 gives bigger IQ rises than group processing, II-391 gradient scale in training, III-345 handle the individual student, not the class as a whole, VI-8 HGC processes and training, V-324 how it can de-aberrate, IX-310 instruction and examination: raising standard of, V-478 instruction attitude, proper, VI-8 instruction, consideration, mechanics and theory behind; see PXL instruction is done on a gradient scale, V-479 instruction protocol, I-51 instructor directs student auditor’s attention toward Scientology body of data in order to get effective auditing done, V-357 lack of, means more trouble for pc in making his gains stably, VII-60 level of skill at Saint Hill, V-51 levels, VI-97 materials, scarcity of, slows down ~, VI-406 medical doctors in orgs, VI-309 necessity of, II-169; III-77,128; IV-133, 261 not only for professional auditors, VII-391 only reason we have to train anyone is that we are training them to unlearn, II-344 order oftraining processes, III-394 organizations should be selling more training than processing, VII-368 part-time study on next level while auditing is a failure, VIII-15 pc who has trouble needs training, VII-99; X49 plan [1958], III-330 practical goes through the simple motions, theory covers why one goes through the motions, V482 prerequisites for, I-51 professional auditors, central org function, II-384 program and end product of, I-52 Registrar, why he should not be too harsh in forbiddingadmittance to training, II-343 Release’s increased abilities regarding ~, VI-39 retraining, what it must include, VII-128 roller-coaster of processing results is never because of restimulation caused by training, VI-94 schedule [1960], IV 69 Scientology training gives more fundamentals than exist in all other subjects combined, VIII-2 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 training (cont.) sending auditors to upper orgs for training, VIII13 skill and training of a Class VIII auditor, VIII-391 skill of auditors and training, I-365 skills, III-76 speed and accuracy is stress of all training, VI-417 stable datum in training: when in doubt handle student with much stricter positive placement and direction, III-90 stable datum of all training: “A student is graduated when his training level is such that he could be entrusted with an HGC preclear”, III-40 staff auditors, training of, [1961], IV-389; VIII12 stages, VII-152; X-69 stress basic auditing skill, V-326 student auditor training [1964], V431 student is slow or blows, reason for lies in failure to understand words used in his training, VII162 student should be able to connect the Axioms of Scientology with the processes and activities of Scientology, II-420 student’s or auditor’s service fac may contest instruction, how to handle, V-358 studying Scientology is therapeutic, II-406 teach student nothing further than he has been taught until sure that he has excellent data workability and use reality on what he has been taught at that point, II-69 things to be stressed in training, IV-246 tough training, importance of, VI-8 trained Scientologist, greatest adventurer of all, II-244 train individuals, not a class, IV-329 troubles with students in training, I-51 TRs, why they must be learned early in training, VII-348 use checksheets, IV-329 value of training; see also Dianetics Today vs. auditing gains, II-369 why it fails, V-359 why Scientology training is non-aberrative, III344 wrong definitions cause stupidity or circuits, followed by overts and motivators, V489 X unit, V-214 8-C = good course, IV-71 training drills or routines; see TRs training pattern, II-430; see also reactive mind training processes, HPA-HCA, [1956], II-545; see also HCA; HPA training routines; see TRs tranquilizer, CaI-Mag replaces any, VIII-355 tranquilizers (psychotropic drugs), how they work, VI-314, 443 533 transference, defn., in psychoanalysis used to denote the trans ference of the patient into the valence of the practitioner, II-468 destructive to personality of patient, II-468 transfer of staff, handling of executives or staff mem bers who show signs of obsessive , VII-354, 439 transfer, O/W by transfer, IV-186 “transferred”, pc to D of P, how to handle, IV-216 transferring, I-415 transfer, tendency to, how to handle, VIII-50 transgressions against mores of a group, IX-270, 291 transgressions against the mores of one’s race, group, family cause unhappiness, IV-387 transgressions, clearing of one’s, IV46 translated, checksheet and course rules are also translated and printed in local language, IX-350 materials, IX-351, 361 materials an org needs, minimum, VII-443 tapes, minimum list of, IX-352 translation, II-404, 405 translations of Scientology books, III-471 translator, “sight” translator is one equally good in two languages who can hear one language and speak translation into other language without hesitation, VII-441; IX-349 translators, word clearing translators, IX480 trap(s), trapped; seealsoDianetics ‘55! always preceded by one’s own choice of entrance, II-437 are part of games, II-485 how barriers can trap a man, II-423 how to free a thetan from, II-439 how you are kept in one, III-202 individual only gets into traps he intends to get into, II-437 only reason a person can get trapped is that he can’t have traps, II-496 thetan can only be trapped when he considers that he is, II-437 thetan, if out-created, can be brought to believe that he is trapped, II-434 thetan is misowning the mind in which he is trapped, III-530 traumatic barriers, VI-423 Treason, out-ethics people go rapidly into, VIII-101 Treble Assessment, AEI, VIII-277; IX-252, 256 intentions in, VIII-277 triangle of certainties, I-349 triangle of certainty of awareness, I-378 trim, E-Meter; see E-Meter trim Trio, II-545, 551; III-401; see also Control Trio brings about a very high rise in tone, II-444 can be self-audited, II-397 can pull up any case, II-396 CCH 8, Trio, III-68 commands, “can’t have” substituted for “have” for very unable pc, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Trio (cont.) commands of, III-323, 401 condition to running Trio, III-323 Control Trio; see ControlTrio flat point, II-396 Havingness Process, how to run, II-444 how to run, III-117, 323 objective variety Havingness, III-190 old-time Trio, commands of, III-190 on sound, III-324 purpose of, to bring pc to a condition where he can have whatever he sees, II-444 ratio of flattening commands, II-396 “Recall a moment of loss” and Trio, chief exteriorization processes, III-325 run outside can produce a collapse of case, II-414 Terrible Trio, II-396, 545 commands and how to run, III-7 commands of Terrible Trio, II-396 undercut in Trio, III-119 what it does, III-324 Trio on Valences, commands and how to run, III-7 Triple Dianetics, VI-438, 440, 441; VII-43, 54, 210; X-7, 89,100; see also Dianetics, Full Flow always run Dianetic Triples, X-74 C/Sing, X-89 “earlier” commands, VII-43 errorsin, VII-1 Flow 2 and 3 commands, VI-440 importance of, VII-157 item must be made plural on Flow 3 when one is running Triples, VI-442 multiple somatic items, X-101 narrative items, X-101 necessity of, VI-439 okay to audit Dianetics Triples, requirements, VII233 OTs and, X-101 repair, X-101 running Triples after running Single flow, VII-1 safe actions, X-120 Triple Grades, VI-307, 308; VII-54; see also grades advantage of, VI-309 Expanded vs. Triple Grades, VII-432 lower grades, VI-305 Quad and Triple reruns, VII-212 Scientology Triples, VII-54 “tripper”, defn., somebody who has taken drugs, VI-258 Trouble Area Assessment, VIII-83 Trouble Area Short Form, VIII-84 troubled/worried, PTS RD step, VIII-342 trouble, formula of attack on area where pc is having trouble, IV-25 troublesome possessions, how to handle, II-448 TRs, VII-348; X-118,122-23; see also auditing comm cycle defn., training regimen or routine, often referred to as training drill, TRs are a precise training action putting student through laid out prac- 534 TRs (cont.) defn. (cont.) tical steps gradient by gradient to teach stu dent to apply with certainty what he has learned, VII-288 defn., training drills, VII-341 defn, training drills for auditing, IX433 admin personnel need, as much as tech personnel, IX-118 Anti-Q and A TR, VIII-221 are a program, VII-261 are important, why, V-266 are just learned with no other consideration, V461 auditing skill of any student remains only as good as he can do his TRs, VII-253, 348 auditor must be drilled on acknowledgement, on putting a question, on an exact communica tion bridge, and on handling the pc’s origin, II-418 auditors failing to handle E-Meters, chief reason is TR failures, mainly confront, IV-261 auditor who can’t do his TRs can’t audit, VI 138; IX-78 bad TRs can cause low TA, VI-388, 398, 419 bad TRs cause dirty needles, VI-375 cancellation of permissive TRs, VII-8 changes in training drills, [1957] III-91, [1958] 353 cognitions and TRs, VII-230 correction lists and TRs, VII-464, 465; X-209-10 correct TRs and application are HCO B17 April 1961, VII-8 Course, and auditing—mixing major actions, X-136 how to handle student study of bulletin, VII 300; IX-397 produces changes up and down and up that are not possible to also audit around, VII-262 public courses on TRs are not “softened”, VII-348 rules regarding TR Course, VII-260 special, for people on drugs, VII—319, 328 study definitions for the TR Course, VII-286 what is learned on a TR Course, VII-390; IX433 cramming order, every cramming order includes TRs, VIII-164 C/S trouble comes from factors of, VIII-292, 386 Dianetic TRs are TR101,102,103 and104, VI-414 done solo in absence of good coaches, except TRs 04, V-103 don’t mix with auditing actions, VII-260, 261 drugs and, X-20,157 drugs, TRs help people get off, VII-65, 319, 328 errors are as fundamental errors as you can get on an auditor, IX0 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 TRs (cont.) TRs (cont.) explained, II-443 TR 0, Confronting Preclear (cont.) failed sessions due to out TRs, X-244 confronting, first step on the road to Clear, remedy for, X-244 III-101 flubs in TRs are basis of all confusion in subconfronting isn’t just looking; don’t try to sequent efforts to audit, IV-249 confront with your eyeballs only, III-101 going over and over TR 04, VIII-186 exists so an auditor is not ducking session but gradients in TRs, VIII-186 can sit there relaxed, doing his job, VII honest TRs, VIII-33 226; VIII-289, 383 how to flunk Upper Indoc TRs, III-385 how it is run, III-115 in Cramming, IX-102 OT TR Zero and TR 0 are a routine action for invalid TR is one which gives a wrong impression auditors, VIII-164 of auditing, V-80 OT TR 0, Operating Thetan Confronting, VII LRH Model Auditing Tapes are models of cor348 rect use of, VIII-33 TR1, Dear Alice, III-61; IV-247, 250; [1963] major program, X-137,138 V-268; VII-350 meter reading TRs, V-264 defn., to say something to somebody with the modernized [1961], IV-249 full confidence that they will receive it, must be good to run SOP Goals, IV-264 III-336 must contain correct data of auditing, V-79 and Tone 40 on an Object, III-335 Mutter TR, VI-104; VIII-395 Case Supervisor gets auditor’s TR1corrected, purpose, commands, position and training VIII-233 stress of, VI-104; VIII-395 how to do TR One, III-337 No-Interference Area and, X-2II-12 if poor you’ll miss the rudiment’s outness, OT TR 0; see TRs, TR 0 V-96, 361 out TRs and no impingement gets no reads, must be done so pc can hear and understand V-82 the auditor (without blowing pc’s head off overwhelming TRs is commonest reason for low either), VII-226; VIII-289, 383 TAs, VIII-27 overwhelming, causes low TA, VII-270 pc audited under tension of poor TRs has a hard reactive mind, banks don’t read, only thetans time and does not F/N sometimes, inviting impinged upon by bank; therefore TR1 overrun, VII-197 must be addressed to thetan, VII-10 procedure of auditor must be good before the weak TR1, end words of rudiments readingby techniques used by the auditor work unithemselves occurs mainly in presence of formly well, II-397 weak TR1, V-102, 362 processes do not work without skillfully pracTR2, Acknowledgement, II-205; III-61, 350; IV ticed TRs, V-263 247, 250; [1963] V-269; VII-351; see also processes will not function in presence of bad acknowledgement TRs, VII-348 how TR Two is done, III-350 reason for TRs, VII-226, 348; VIII-289, 383 is a very necessary study; an auditor must repair action, TRs are a fine unlimited, VII-65 always acknowledge what the pc has said, result of poor TRs, VIII-33 II-235 rough TRs make no case gain, VII-230 more on Training Drill Two, III-308 Solo and Advanced Courses and TRs, VII-341, must be done so that pc gets acknowledged, 466 VII-226; VIII-289, 383 there is no substitute for perfect TRs, VI-91 note on TR 2 and TR 4, VIII-395 tone arm, low, poor TRs cause, VII-55, 270, 423 not so much how to acknowledge but when, TR training, IX-102 III-543 TR0, Confronting Preclear, III-61,100,116; IVTR3, Duplicative Question, II-236, 444; III-62; 247, 249; V-266; VII-349; see also conIV-248, 251; [1963] V-269; VII-351 front basically exists so that auditor will continue to “auditors mustn’t do TR 0 in Cramming as it give pc commands and not squirrel off or stirs up their cases” is a complete lie, pack up with total silence, VII-226; VIII VIII-194 289, 383 auditors who can’t do TR 0 aren’t enough example of, II-218 there to read a meter, IV-264 how TR Three can unjam the track, III-356 blinkless TR 0, there is no such thing, VIII-369 theory of TR Three, III-355 Bullbait, ConfrontingBullbaited, VII-349 TR4, Preclear Originations, III-62, 370; IV-248, bullbait that uses actual processes or implants 252; [1963] V-271; VII-352; see also should be stamped out hard, VII-192 originations CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 TRs (cont.) TR 4, Preclear Originations (cont.) be sure it is excellent in that you understand (really, no fake) what pc is saying and acknowledge it (really, so pc gets it) and returnpctosession, V-362 exists so that pc’s origins are accepted and not Qed and Aed with or invalidated, VII-226; VIII-289, 383 handling of pc origination, VII-246 how to do, III-371, 372; VIII-l83,184 note on TR 2 and TR 4, VIII-395 three steps in handling an origin, VIII-l 83 TR 5, Hand Mimicry, III-63; IV-248 “Seat that body in that chair”, III-l11 Sit in that Chair, III-91 “You make that body sit in that chair” “Thank you”, III-243 TR 5N, III-468 Auditor Clearance, IV-194 comrnands of, III-497 is ARC break handling, III-353 to replace TR 5 as Comm Course drill, III-353 TR 6, Plain 8-C, III-63, 91 TR 6, 8-C (Body Control), VI-l11, 228 TRs 6-9 are scrapped [1962], V-79 TR 7, Hi-School Indoc, III-63; VI-l11, 228 how to run, III-384 TR8, Tone40OnanObject, III-64; VI-229 how to do, III-385 TR One and Tone 40 on an Object, III-335 TR 9, Tone 40 on a Person, III-64, 386; VI-l11, 230 TR 9(b), Starting the Session, III-340 TR 9(c), Ending the Session, III-340 TR10, Locational Processing, III-67,160,180, 190; see also Locational Processing make the pc use his eyes to view the objects, III-159,179 on auditing room, IV-194 or Havingness Process can help on out ruds, IV450 ShortSpotting, versionofTRTen, III-160,180 “You notice that object”, III-159,179 TR11, ARC Straight Wire, III-69, 316; see also ARC Straight Wire TR12, Think a Thought, III-71 TR13, Fishing a Cognition, III-73 Upper Indoc TRs, VI-40,111, 228 how to flunk, III-385 true group; see also group defn., I-87,136 how ARC breaks affect, I-137 true, what is true for you, IV-203 trust—distrust, I-213 trust eamed by great results, X-l 70 truth, II-436 absolute, I-71; VII-285 actual barrier in society is failure to practice truth, VIII-203 truth (cont.) and declares, X-l 53 auditing, part of auditing is recognition of fact thattruthispresent, VII-258; IX-83 datumandtruth, VIII-114 getting well or able depends on establishing~, VII-449 good indicators in auditors are made with ~, VII 398 group can’t evolve truth, VI-5 handling of; see also Science of Survival is built by those who have the breadth and bal ance to see also where they’re wrong, V-322 it takes truth to live with a swiftly changing world, III-l 53 Know thyself . . . and the truth shall set you free, VI-l most fundamental truths are first ten Axioms of Scientology, II-436 part of auditing is recognition of fact that truth is present, VII-258; IX-83 relation to uniform workability, I-71 road to truth is begun with honesty, VIII-150 sanity is basically honesty and truth, VIII-31 scientific, defn., I-71 scientific idea of regarding as a truth only that which could be demonstrated with a result was never really applied to the mind, VI-391 Scientology is road to truth and he who would follow it must take true steps, VIII-203 seekers after, II-6 vs. apparency, II-407 truths, importance of various truths, III-33 turning points are simply self-determined changes in pc’s life, IV401 TV, III-150 Twenty-Ten, application to Goals Problem Mass, V-7 Twenty-Ten, for every twenty minutes of Security Checking run ten minutes of Havingness, V-6 twin, defn., study partner with whom one is paired, VII-140, 286; IX-311 twin checkout, defn., when two students are paired they check each other out; this is different than Supervisor checkout, VII-140; IX-311 two-terminal universe, mest universe is a, I-337 two-valued logic, I-69 two-way communication; see communication, two-way Two-way Concept Help commands, IV-121 Two-way Concept Help on general terminal, IV-l17 Two-Way Help bracket; see Help Processing, brackets Type A and Type B pcs, V434 U 536 ugliness; see Scn 8-80 UK case; see case, UK “Ultimate” Processes I-6, IV-195 unauthorized processes, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 unburdening, defn., VI-343 casebringsupconfront, VII-110 clue to erasure is unburdening down to first time and erasing first time, VI-400 uncertainties, control is effected by introducing ~ and hidden influences, I-389 uncertainty is the product of two certainties, I-379 unconscious(ness), I-441; II-l91; see also anaten; coma; DMSMH anaesthetic or ~, complete silence is mandatory, II-430 and yawns, I-17 boil-off, manifestation of, I-321 caused by a flow which has flowed too long in one direction, II-450 common to all engrams, I-17 “dopiness”, ~ or agitation on part of the pc, indicator of loss of havingness, II-449 flow run too long in one direction gives anaten, unconsciousness, IV-121 from pain or shock, anything said while unconscious is recorded, I-6 how to audit unconscious pc, VII-323 pain, misemotion, , insanity, allresultfromcausing things others could not experience easily, III-432 participation by unconscious person, III-159,178 people can remember what is said during unconsciousness, example, I-l15 person, what to run, III-183, 468, 497; VII-422 reactive mind, never stops operating even in deep states of unconsciousness, II-430 reason for removal in basic area, I-25 Symbological Processing, a key to, I-239 Tone 40 is for unconscious, psycho, non-communicative, electric shock case pc, III-242 unconscious pc, audited off a meter, X-160 undercutting cases, III-404 underrun, cause of overrun and ~, VIII-273 undershooting, defn., leave a cycle incomplete and go off to something else, VII-130; X-62 understand(ing)(s), V-508; see also ARC defn., to have a clear and true idea or conception, or full and exact knowledge, of something; in general it may be said that understand refers to result of a mental process or processes (a clear and exact idea or notion, or full knowledge); understand implies power to receive and register a clear and true impression, VIII-317; IX486 affinity, reality and communication together make up understanding, VII-232, 291 ARC breaks, high percentage of ARC breaks occur because of failure to understand pc, VII-251 auditor fails to understand what pc said or meant, correct response for, V-161, 414 auditor response when he doesn’t understand pc, VII-250, 428 537 understand(ing)(s) (cont.) cleared word is a word which has been cleared to point of full conceptual understanding, VIII 317 communication and ~, VIII-185 life exists in presence of ~, in presence, then, of affinity, reality and communication, VII-291 super-literate, when one is super-literate one reads not words but understandings, and so one can act, VIII-316 understanding and time = ARC, VI-261 underweight or debility, defn., inadequate or lacking foods, substances or gases which are needed for activity, maintenance or repair of body, VIII-402 undesirable conditions persist until admired, I-311 un-doable commands, III-467 unethicalauditoractions, III-392 unflat, unflattening; see also end phenomena; flat chain left, X-69 on Dianetics, X-13,14 process flattening and unflattening, II-328 process has priority, X-16 R6EW, X-22 unflat engram chains and high TA, VII-18, 76, 122,123; X-28, 56 unfixing attention, III-428 unhappiness, due to lack of problems, II-424 happiness and ~, difference between, I-454 inability to heal, unhappiness and psychosomatic illness are best healed by immediate address of human spirit, II-153 is inability to confront that which is, III-431 relation to reduced energy (havingness), II-38; VIII-105 United States economic system, a Marxist tax principle, III-496 Universal Processes, III-524, 531 universe(s), I-350; see also mest universe; Universe Process; valences defn, considered the playing fields of life, II-436 a “contract” or agreement, II-436 basic unit of any ~ in terms of energy is two, I-382 basic unit of this universe is two not one, IV-62 cycle of, I-293 fundamentals of a universe, defn., honorable bar gain with fellow beings to hold Axioms in common, II-436 how to make different kinds, II-436 in order to perceive it one must agree that it exists, II-436 man is his own, I-294 O/W is not the senior law of ~, IV-l 87 own universe, II-499 physical; see mest universe pc is interiorized into, II-196, 206 pc who is difficult to process is not in contact with his own universe, II CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 universe(s) (cont.) unusual solutions (cont.) principles and axioms of Scientology are condefn. (cont.) siderations agreed upon and from which stem case because data on which it is based (obser this universe and livingness, III-344 vation or report) is incomplete or inaccurate, problem with, II-41 V-509 process for separation from all universes the auditorasking for, whatit means, VI-49 thetan is anxious about, III-524 don’t use, VI-144 Scientology is a description born out of 25 years unwillingness to do, IV-24 of investigation of how life and universes are unwilling to be audited, psychotic persons, what to put together, II-53-54 run, III-468, 497 secondary, II-493 Upper Indoc; see indoctrination, Upper separating, II-193, 250 Upper Indoc TRs; see TRs, Upper Indoc stuck in a universe, reason for, II-367 upset(s), three, I-349, 356, 375, 376 if person is upset, somebody failed to find out and the eight dynamics, I-380 what that person was sure they would find valences and ~, the same thing, essentially, II-436 out, IX-282 victimized by another’s universe only when in Dianetic upsets, handlingof, VII-228 protest against, II-436 extreme upsets are almost always list errors, VII Waterloo Station can make universe vanish, II-324 392 weak, II-336 identification is basis of all mental ~, IV-119 3 terminal universe, VI-288, 307 missed withholds and upsets, VIII-178 Universe Process(es)(ing), II-44, 45; III-529, 530; see pc, handling of, VIII-179 also universe source of all upset is M/W/H, V-27,105 key command in, II-41 when a loss of havingness is experienced, a pc will or Beingness Processing, apathy on, cause of and agitate or go anaten and tend to be upset in remedy, II-44 general, III-187 Universe Comm Process, III-524, 531 upstats, when you reward a downstat you not only Universe O/W, III-529, 530 deprive upstats, you also cave the downstat in, unknown, DEI Scale, III-533 VIII-80 “unknown”, engram running using, [1961], IV-372 unknown incident pins chains, V41 unknownness, reactive mind is composed of timeV lessness, unknownness, survival, V-78 “unknown” used on pictures, IV-374 vacuum(s), II-504, 547 unlimited processes, six, I-424 defn., isn’t a hole; it’s a collapsed bank, II-473 unlimited technique; see technique(s), unlimited defn., super-cold mass or an electric shock, II-473 unmocked, key S&D question: “Who or what has defn., super-cold object which, if brought in con unmocked you?”, VI-210 tact with bank, drinks bank, II-504; III-11 unmocking (an effort to reduce or make disappear) is defn., super-cold object that attracts electronically primary effort of suppressives, VI-208 into it the whole track, II-530 Unmocking [process], I-329 and havingness, problems of, II-473 unnecessary repair when pc is running well, VII-48, formula for handling vacuums, II-473 362 valence(s), II-507; III-454; see also universes; Valence unpredicted change lessens havingness, IV-54 Processes; DMSMH; SOS unpredicted change of state, rapidity of, would be a defn, by valence we mean personality, denotes defnition of surprise, also of death and forgetthe borrowing of the personality of another, fulness, IV-54 II-224 unproductive, basicWhyforbeing, VIII-130 defn., extra personalities, cells, apparent beingunreading questions and items, VII-45, 49, 357; X-3; nesses, II-436 seealso items; read defn, one’s own universe overwhelmed by the unreality, defn, action of realizing things are there universe of others, II-436 and then saying they aren’t there (not-ising defn., mental package of ideas and considerations them), II-208 really belonging to another person and ununresolved pains, VII-110 knowingly borrowed by pc, III-276 unrun flows; see flows, unrun defn, mocked up other-beingnesses a person unstable gain, cause and handling of, III-285, 292 thinks he is, IV-104 unusual solutions, defn, form and identity of pc or another, the defn, a phrase describing actions taken by auditor beingness, VI-343 or case or auditing supervisor when he has all valences are circuits are valences, V-6; not spotted the GAE; it seldom resolves any VIII-181; IX-284 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 valence(s) (cont.) valence(s) (cont.) and universes, the same thing, essentially, II-436 lock valences, V-17,18 answer to valences, II-526 are appended to a real GPM 3-D item, V-7 are all “can’t-haves” so when valence is off, low tone arm is valence of a mindless object and havingness of pc comes up, IV-110 last resort of pc to withhold, IV-16 are the sum of overwhelmings of the pc, III-274 LX lists serve to isolate reasons being is charged as-is, person out of valence does not easily as-is his up to such an extent that he is out of valence, bank, VI-426 VI-426 assumption of valence on the death of ally, II-9 major error in [Dianetic] theory of, I-300 attention valence, defn., valence one has assumed no responsibility for game, for either side of game because it got attention from another valence, or for a former self, V-8 II-471, 507 OCA/APA profile is a picture of a valence, III-274 best solution to valences is Beingness Processing, of another individual, going into, II-9 III-257, 271 of famous figures, VI-345 body valence (human identity), II-471 out of own, I-16 central valence or terminal is built in to demand out of valence, VII-330; X-162 total attention from pc, IV406 how to handle, III-11 chronic somatics and behavior patterns are conOCA/APA drop after auditing, pc was out of tained in valences, V-9 valence, VII-330 commands and demon circuits, removing, I-18 OCA/APA with any point on left side of graph conversation in engrams, relation to ~, I-17 in low or undesirable range means pc is out direct valence, defn., the pc has transferred identiof valence, VII-462 ty with someone who has directly confronted pc who is trying to get off withholds someone him, II-507 else had is making a sort of out-of-valence E-Meters don’t register well on, III-284 effort to avoid giving his own withholds, exchanged valence (direct assumption of another VII-13 valence), II-471 reads on GF 40, handle last, VII-35 five types of valences, II-471 SP has to be out of valence to be SP, VII-330 folder, if folder gets too fat you can assume case is overts, why they recoil, IV-105 out of valence, VI-426 own valence (identity), II-471 freeing of ~ remedies pain and aberration, IV-105 past track valences are preferable to run over goals terminal is that valence into which pc has present life valences, III-284 interiorized and which carries goal, modifier people from whom one felt one could not with and aberration which pc attributes to self, IVhold anything are most aberrative valences on 419 case, III-202 GPM is made up of past selves or “valences”, V-8, personalities obsessively held or dramatized, II 185 468 help as valence problem, IV-109 person in any valence is victimized by his own Help basically sheds valences, IV-110 creation, IV-116 how it replaces “I”, I-169 person takes many valences, II-225 how to separate valences, II-505 person takes the strong valence, II-225 how to split a valence, II-472; III-11 person who can have a valence isn’t subject to it, identification and valences stem from help, IVIII-275 119 person who is in treason on1st dynamic is always if pc were in no valence but was himself comoutofvalence, VI-426 pletely, he would have perfect test response person whose ethics have been out over a long and would be wholly Clear, IV-102 period goes “out of valence”, VIII-101 improve the pc, not the valence, IV-368 perverts, suppressives and critical, snide, ruthless, influence on recall and perception, I-l 5 arrogant or contemptuous personalities are in presence of valences pc cannot change his mind always out of valence, VI-426 easily when he misowns the consideration, IIIprofile on our tests is picture of a ~, IV-102, 275 104 in which the preclear has settled, locating, I-19 pro-survival valences, never run, III-284 is the way pc used to prevent experience of an Responsibility is not workable when pc is in a environment he never as-ised, IV-368 valence, IV-116 key to clearing, IV-368 running Step 6 in a valence is courting disaster as least desirable valences persist, V-8 pc is in a picture that increases in mass and list; see SelfAnalysis gives him somatics, IV-109 lists, LX1, LX2, LX3, VII-330 result of acquisition of additional valences, II 468 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 valence(s) (cont.) Routine 2-12 removes unwanted valences that commit overts rather than endlessly sec check ing pc, V-190 secret of all overt-withhold mechanisms is , IV102 shifter, LXl LX2 LX3 canbe done Triple, X-52 shifters, I-19 shifting, I-486 defn., enforcement of viewpoint, I-369 shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS RDs, VII-453 ; VIII-331, 339 “split” personality is one in another’s ~, III-11 splitting is most reliably done by running Help in brackets on the valence, III-285, 292 synthetic valence, defn., valences which have never actually confronted the pc in the flesh, II-507 how to run out, II-508 keynote of, II-508 valence described to pc and assumed, II-471 thetan takes valence he believes will help others or the universe, IV-109 thetan trapped in another thetan, seen in ~, III530 thetan ~ are preferable over body ~, III-284 transference, in psychoanalysis used to denote the transference of the patient into the valence of the practitioner, II-468 valence closure, basic mechanism of, III-202 victim valence, run Communication Process S2 or S22 to remedy, III-504 victim valence, you can’t ever get a ~ to win, III-517 why a being with valences commits overts, IV-105 why people become a valence, IV-109 winning valence, I-415; II-398 a synthetic valence, II-415 “withhold” on a valence, III-325 withholds, each ~ has its own social mores, V40 Valence Processes, [1956] II-454; see also valence ClearingbyValenoes, III-273, 274 LRH session, III-276 “Think of something you could withhold from (valence)”, III-201, 325 Trio on Valences, commands and how to run, III-7 Valence Differentiation, III-545 valence splitter, “Think of entering a mind” “Think of not entering a mind”, alternated, III-545 Wasting Valence, commands for, III-284 “Wearing Heads”, I-427 validated auditor, III-84 validation of Scientology, II-102 Validation Processing, I-163 Validation Straight Wire, II-220 value or importance is denoted by scarcity or abundance of things, III-148 540 vanishing cream, unsuitable as solution to dry hands, VIII-414 Vedic hymns, II-72 Vedic hymn, “The Hymn to the Dawn Child”, IV 126 venereal disease, I-119; III-147; VIII-406 verbal, advice or tech is deadly and will turn any Acad emy sour, IX400 C/S instruction, auditor accepting, is a High Crime, VII-94 direction from LRH, put it in writing, III-111 giving and accepting verbal C/S instruction is a High Crime, VI-245 or written correction that is not in an HCO B or tape, auditor must never take, VII-363 tech explanations, result of, VIII-424 tech, how it comes about, VII-303 very well dones, session grading, defn., VII-127,181; X-59, 82 C/S, never give a “very well done” on wins only, give them on tech exactness, VII-284 VGIs; see indicators via, II-142 a picture is memory on a via, III-375 confronting on a via (using a relay point), VII-265 rock is confrontingness on a via, III-320 victim(s), III-494, 557 defn., unwilling and unknowing effect of life, matter, energy, space and time, III-518 ARC, low, whole answer to it is contained in victim, III-516 auditortreatingpcasavictim, III-516 basic postulate of injury or death (or harmful communication) is best summed up by “victim”, III-518 button and organization, III-517 cases not to run on Victim Process, III-519 central button of overt act-motivator sequence, III-516 Christianity is based on the victim, III-494 death is just one of varied forms of game of victim, III-518 flatten Responsibility on, IV-17 flat, when is Victim flat, III-520 game of, IV-94 game of, where it began, III-518 in any overt act-motivator sequence, there is a villain and a victim, III-518 item, how to audit, III-516 money and victim are buttons we want flat on everybody in Scientology, III-508 person doesn’t get sick or injured unless he’s cast himself in role of victim by reason of the game and his overt acts, III-520 Process S2; see S2 Process Process S22; see S22 Process relationship to service facsimile, III-519 Scientologists, people who aren’t ~, III-494, CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 victim(s) (cont.) vocabularies of science, II-533 to restrain others one sets an example as a victim, vocabulary of Scientology, II-342 III-518 volume and quality of service, stats depend on, VII valence; see valence, victim 367 “What about a victim could you be responsible volume, quality and viability, C/S is trying to obtain, for?” [process], IV-16, 49 VII-375 why “victim” works as a process, III-518 V unit Class 0, first phase, V-227 viewpoint(s), I-356 defn., is only a point of awareness from which one can perceive, I-362 W abilities of, I-375 attention is concern of two, I-382 wait (Secondary Scale level), IV-300 can never perish, I-375 wait, DEI Scale, III-533 evaluation is the shifting of viewpoint or the waiver, X-33 effort to do so, I-441 “walking out” type of process, II-344; see also f1rst action of beingness is to assume a ~, I-375 Waterloo Station is not a method of thinking about something from Wants Handled Rundown, VIII-277; IX-252 a certain attitude, I-362 was originally called Sanderson RD, IX-142 pc most heavily uses viewpoint of another when want to know (Secondary Scale level), IV-305 the other has evaluated for him, I-362 war, III-113, 423; IV45 primary requisite of the viewpoint, I-441 an idea versus war, II-245 reactive mind’s conception of ~ is evaluation, cause of, VI-288 I-384 warfare, law of: troops to be effective, 50~ for space is a viewpoint of dimension, II-11,13 attack, 50~ for defense, II-440 thetan gets in trouble by being only one, II-181 waste, wasting, time factor of the viewpoint, I-442 anchor points, I-333 valence shifting is enforcement of ~, I-369 cycle of, I-416 Viewpoint Processing, I-431, 433, 437 people usually have to waste before they can have, how to run, I-440 III-275 resolves dependencies, I-439 (Secondary Scale level), IV-302 Viewpoint Straight Wire, II-55; see also PXL Third Rail, to remedy obsessive waste, III-486 violence, III-343 what you can’t have, III-141 cure of insanity is light handling, no violence, Waste Help [process] violates rule of terminals—run IV-83 terminals, not conditions, III-285, 292 leads to barbarianism, III-343 Wasting Valence, commands for, III-284 track can become a hodge-podge of violence withWaterloo Station [process], II-275, 324 held which pulls in then ~ others caused, IIIcan make universe vanish, II-324 432 difficulties with, due to pc inabilUy to remedy unfixing attention by violence throws a case havingness, II-336, 373; VIII-125 downscale, III-428 end goal of, is disappearance of entire universe, virus, effect of most antibiotics on virus is zero, II-445 VIII-403 First Postulate Union Station, II-284 visio; see also DMSMH; SOS for a pc in very good condition, II-445 absence of, is assignment of a tremendous amount handles time, II-324 of cause to another individual, I-206 how to run, II-324, 445 analytical mind is itself capable of, I-426 W/C; see Word Clearing lack of visio, an inability to see pictures, solved by “weakest universe” processing, II-323 getting date and duration, VI-158, 386 “Wearing Heads”, a valence process, I-427, 463 of body, thetan’s only interest, I-267 Wedding Ceremony, Scientology, II-425 process to turn on, III-324 welfare states, why they get lots of criminals, turns on before sonic, III-324 VIII-79 vision, wide, VII-178; seealso eyes; glasses well and sane beings, sent on to Scientology, then vital information, VIII-327, 336 become brilliant and very able beings, VI-392 auditor not writing down vital information on welldoneauditinghour, X-81 worksheets, handling of, VIII-412 well done by exam, session grading, defrL, VII-181; dramatization of withholds on ~ lines, VIII-336 X-82 Vital Information Rundown, VIII-328, 337 welldone, sessiongrading, def~, VII-127,181; X-59, Expanded Dianetics OCA right-hand side han61, 82 dling, VitalInfoRDbelongson, VIII-328 well, getting well or able depends on establishing vitamins; see nutrition truth, VII-449 CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 “went in” and “go in” must read in order to run Int Rundown, VII-400 western society, economic strangulation of individual, IV-24 western world is a barbarism, III-251 W/F (White Form); see Preclear Assessment Sheet W/H; see withhold “What about a victim could you be responsible for?” [process], IV-16, 49 “What creation could you confront?” “What creation would you rather not confront?” [process], IV-116 “What force would it be all right to use?” [process], III-545 “What has been overrun”, Class VIII Course recommendations to list, are cancelled, VII-269 “What have you done to a (terminal)?” “What have you withheld from a (terminal)?”, Responsibility Process, IV-25, 36 “What have you done to me?” “What have I done to you?” [process] is of limited value, IV-92 “What help have you given?” “What help have you not given?” [process], IV-93 what is a course, VII-198 what is a course—High Crime, VIII-41 what is greatness, VI-154 “What is the problem?” “What solutions have you had for that problem?” [process], VI-111 “What part of that (body part) can you be responsible for?” [process], III-243 “What part of your life (past) could you be responsible for?” [process], III-552 “What problem could help be to you?” [process], IV-87 What question(s), Prepchecking; see Prepchecking, What question what’s-it and itsa, relation to TA, V-334, 370, 378 what’s-it line is auditor’s line to the pc, VII-243; IX-68 “What solution could you make stick?” [process], III-462 what the C/S is doing, X-28 “what turns it on will turn it off’’, II-100 “What unkind thought have you had about (terminal)?” [process], IV-180 “What wouldn’t you mind ____communicating with?” “What wouldn’t ____ mind you com municating with?” [process], II-240 “What would you like to confront?”, Affinity Pro cess, III-463, 536, 539 white and black, phenomenon of, I-445 White Dianetics, I-282 White Form; see Preclear Assessment Sheet whole track, V41; see also time track defn., the moment to moment record of a person’s existence in this universe in picture and impression form, VI-61, 87,142 and exteriorization phenomena, entirety of, covered between1952 and1954, II-459 auditing the whole track, II-195 542 whole track (cont.) bits and pieces of ~ remain after locks, second aries and engrams are reduced; these bits in hibit the being from recovering knowledge, VI-61 control on, III-454 goal + modifier is whole track desire of pc plus threat to self or others if that desire is not accomplished, IV419 mental “healing” on whole track, how to handle, IV-195 occlusion, cause and remedy of, V-9 O/W, 3D commands Whole Track O/W, IV458 pictures, drugs can tum on violently, VII-320, 328 recall; see also Mission Into Time rock, III-295 run down any famous or enduring identities of pc. on whole track, IV-17, 49 R3R, pc going whole track, V-299 stuff, don’t hand out to public, II-265 where preclear is stuck on the ~, II-195 Whole Track Release—Grade VI Release, VI-96, 98 Why(s), administrative Whys, below, there is usually an Ethics situation, VIII-100 Cramming finds the real Why, X-199 evaluation, long times to do, handling of, VIII-145 examples of finding Why on a person and han dling, IX-123 found, correction of, suspect listing errors, VIII 96 how to find a Why on a person and handle, IX-122 invalidation and correcting the wrong Why, IX-91 metered Why finding, IX-124 self listing for, VIII-96 Why finding worksheets must go into pc folder, VIII-96, 303; IX482 “Whys have been found” but person is not doing well; this is case of wrong items, VIII-157; IX-326 widening of F/N, X-67-68 wide-open case; see case, wide-open wide vision in session, X-80 wife; see husband and wife willingness to do, importance of, III-80 willingness to do, rehabilitation of, IV-25 willingness to learn, III-79 willing to talk about difficulties, IV442 win(s), II-462, 463 auditing wins are not always fast, total and ap preciated volubly, VII-5 auditor wins that a C/S wants are exact tech application, VII-284 big win (F/N diaI-wide, cog, VGIs) gives you per sistent F/N, VII-144 blows occur when coach gives too few ~, III-116 C/Sing a win is Q and A, VII-83; X-27 C/S wants, X-152 C/S wins, VII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 win(s) (cont.) how to end session when pc exteriorizes on a good win, VIII-397, 410 letting pc have his win, VII-144; X-67 org wins and stats, VII-367; X-174 pc being made to go on past a win acts as invalidation, VIII-194 pc win, don’t use as item, VII-75, 82; X-27 to clear a pc give him or her a series of wins he or she realizes are wins, IV-65 what it consists of, VI-408 1947 scale of, IV-65 winds of space, defn, pc is getting his or her face pushed in, V-65 defn, feeling of being blown upon, especially from in front of the face, V-175; VI-192 winner, problems of, II-398 winning valence; see valence, winning wisdom is meant for anyone who wishes to reach for it, VI-1 wisdom, Scientologist’s empire, empire of ~, II-68 withdrawal symptoms of drugs, how to handle, VII425; VIII-354; see also drugs withdraw and reach; see reach and withdraw withdrawn, pc looking withdrawn after Prepchecking, cause and remedy of, V-67 withdraw (Secondary Scale level), IV-308 withheld communication, single and sole reason for the accumulation of ridges and barriers, II-415 withheld flow, basic aberration is ~, V-16 withhold(s)(ing), IV-377; see also missed withhold; overt/withhold; rudiment; Withhold Process defn., a games condition on communication, III201 defn, an undisclosed contra-survival act, V-58 defn., something pc did that was an overt act, which pc is withholding and thus keeping secret, VII-13 defn., IX-261, 270 ability to withhold, III-202 advances IQ, III-201 furthers willingness to do, IV-25 IQ is the ability to withhold or give out a datum on a self-determined basis, III-118 added to rudiments, IV-204 ARCbreaks, presenttimeproblemsandwithholds all keep a session from occurring, IX-281 as a case progresses it becomes conscious of more withholds, IV-204 auditing over a W/H and PTP = no case gain, VII-123 auditors’ critical remarks about pc means withholds, VII-345, 362 auditor who won’t hear what pc is saying have made him have a withhold and it responds as a missed withhold, VI-22 beginning rudiments withhold question, V~0, 72 big withhold case, IV-178 can cause high TA, VII-281 543 withhold(s)(ing) (cont.) cases don’t move when heavy withholds or PTPs are present, IV-5, 207, 210, 217 case with withholds will not clear, IX-270 cause-withhold version of Responsibility, IV-17, 19 chain behaves exactly like any chain, V-28 challenging people out of session as “having with holds” is illegal, VII-167 cleaning a clean develops a “withhold of nothing”, V-335, 415 coming after confusion of overt, hang up on track and tend to stop pc in time, V-14 communication, III-93 compulsive outflow and obsessive withhold are alike aberrated, V-14 continuous missed withhold, VIII-235 critical, only reasons a pc is critical are a withhold or misunderstood word, VI-91 depends utterly on pc’s idea of what is an overt, V-40 dirty needle indicates that a pc has withholds or is ARC broken, VI-375 dirty needle is caused by M/W/Hs, not ~, V-59 don’t have to clean up all withholds if missed withholds kept cleaned up, V-61 dramatization of withholds, VIII-336 effects of, III-413 end of session rudiment for ~, V-27 entirely the cause of continued evil, IV-12 evil purpose, individual with, has to ~ himself because he may do destructive things, VIII-127 false reads on ~ and asking for some ~ more than once will ARC break pc, VIII-409 flows, running too long on one flow is conducive towithholds developing, V-66 Formula19 improves responsibility and brings up awareness of withholds and improves case, IV 205 general withholds and other people’s withholds, handling, VIII-176; IX-279 get “dones” not thoughts or natter, IV424 halftruthsanduntruths, IV-391 havingness is cut down by, IX-284 Havingness must be run to get the benefit of having pulled most withholds, V-6; VIII-181; IX-284 how to clear withholds and missed withholds, V-23 how to get withholds off irresponsible pc, IV424 importance of, III-551 inadvertent withhold wherein pc thinks he is with holding because auditor didn’t hear or ac knowledge, VI-90 in session, refusing to give ~, is a no report, VI-23 in trying to locate withhold it is not a motivator done to pc but something pc has done, VI-91 “irresponsible pc”, how to get ~ off, VIII-176 keep session from occurring, VIII CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 withhold(s)(ing) (cont.) knowledge to the average person is only this: a knowledge of his or her withholds, V-26; IX281 laudatory withholds, V-1 level below withholding that an auditor should be alert to in some pcs, for these “have no withholds” and “have done nothing”, V440; VIII379; IX-269 lists of withholds required of a staff member without proper sessioning are now illegal, VII-167 low TA (below clear reading) shows loss of ability to stop or withhold, IV-38 low tone arm is the valence of a mindless object and last resort of pc to withhold, IV-16 makes one feel he or she cannot reach, V-6; IX284 missed and partial, V-26; VIII-178; IX-281 missed withhold; see missed withhold nattery pc has withholds, VII-58 no reason to withhold own actions or regret them if one’s own actions are easily experienced by others, III-431 of doingness, IV-24 of nothing, V-335, 415 of nothingness, students who are interrupted too often when F/Ning may blow on a “withhold of nothingness”, VIII-193 other people’s withholds, VII-13 out-ethics withholds, people with, cannot see, VIII-101 out of session, caused by W/Hs and PTPs, IV-62 overt is forward motion, withhold coming after it is inward motion, V-14 overts are biggest reason why a person restrains himself and withholds self from action, V439; VIII-370 overts give highest gain in raising cause level because they are biggest reason why person restrains himself and withholds self from action, IX-268 pc critical = W/H = pull W/H, VII-46, 359 pcgivinganother’s~, VIII-176; IX-279 pc himself can generate out ruds by lying; it shows upaswithholds, VI-430 pc in session will always tell withholds, V-23, 63 pc is not sent to Ethics because of withholds gotten off in session, VI-50 pcs go groggy, lose interest and refuse to list only when session withholds are missed, V~6 pc stuck in a past session, clean up the ~, V-21 pc who refuses to answer has an ARC break or withhold, IV-175 pc with withholds will be critical, natter or blow and is out of comm, VI-76 people from whom one felt one could not withhold anything are most aberrative valences on case, III-202 people withhold overt acts because they conceive teUing them would be another overt act, IV-12 544 withhold(s)(ing) (cont.) perception decreases in proportion to number of, VIII-128 premature acknowledgement leads to inadvertent withholds, VI-26; VII-252 pre-OTs often have plain withholds with no overt connected, VI-280 Prepchecking was developed to handle auditor’s difficulty in “varying the question” in pulling withholds, V-28 Presession 37 is a method of getting off ~, IV-180 prior confusion, get the withholds in, IV401 PTP or ~, don’t mistake for an ARC break, VI-77 PTS person is withholding himself, VIII-129 pulled will not cause a question to still react, IX-271 pulling, data on, IX-271, 272 “don’t know” version, IV424; VIII-176; IX 279 increase E-Meter sensitivity, IV-273 motivators, how to handle when pulling ~, IX-285 “murder routine”, IX-143 use of steering, VIII-180 recurring, cause of, V41 rehabilitate pc’s ability to withhold, IV-7,17 responsibility, anatomy of, is able to admit causa tion, able to withhold from IV-14,19 responsibility level and withholds, IX-272 restrained outflow is ~, V-14 reverse of ~ flow is “afraid to find out”, V-33 “ridges” and masses come about from a conflict of flows opposing or being pulled back as in withholds, VII-270 savage justice aberrates because it prevents getting off withholds, VIII-172 scale of, III-230, 233 (Secondary Scale level), IV-296 Security Check based on withhold, make guilty and prevent, V-1 since last session, V42 stuck needle can be freed by processing or by getting off withholds, IV-276 stuck picture, run W/H on terminal in picture, IV48 suppressors and ~are opposite, V-37 survival mechanisms and withholds, IX-271 symptoms of students who are withholding, VIII 173 system; see Withhold System thetan cannot withhold then compulsively causes things that are bad, IV-19 thetan will not restore his own ability until he is certain he can withhold from things, IV-19 vital information, VIII-327, 328 what it does, III-413 when pc doesn’t change despite skillful ARC break handling, locating and indicating, it was a withhold in the first place, VI CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 withhold(s)(ing) (cont.) when to report withholds, VI-50 withholdy pc that ARC breaks a lot, way to handle, VI-22 Withhold Process(es), III-93 psychosomatic difficulties handled by, III-118 running on valences and body parts, III-325 “What could you withhold from a ____?”, IV-17 Withhold System, add “appear, not appear” after “all” in , V41 difficulty, what, when, all, who, V-23, 24 don’t ask it on any late incidents, V~9 Prepchecking uses the Withhold System, V-28 Repetitive Prepchecking replaces Prepchecking by the Withhold System, V-98 woman, pregnant; see pregnant women and men, communicationbetween, I-406 word(s); see also misunderstood; Word Clearing apparent force of ~ and phrases in engrams, VII-76 auditor must clear each and every word of every command or list used, VIII-93, 94 classes, VIII-167; IX468 cleared word is a word which has been cleared to point of full conceptual understanding, VIII317; IX486 clearing lists and R3R, IX-129 clear key words, III-301 clear words to F/N, VIII-303; seealso Word Clearing dating—forbiddenwords, VI-191 each word of command is cleared before clearing command as whole, IX42 glib student can confront words but cannot apply, VIII-99 grammar is a systematic description of the ways in which words are used in a particular language, VIII-167 how to handle mis-definition on vital ~, III-301 meanings are embodied in basic concept or idea symbolized by that word, VIII-316; IX485 misunderstood word; see misunderstood Primary Rundown, student looks up every word, VIII-75 simple words are often misunderstood, IX427 simple words, it takes a big dictionary to define simple words, VII-383 super-literacy and the cleared word, IX483 super-literate, when one is, one reads not words but understandings, and so one can act, VIII316 symbols for mest action, I-190 synonyms, don’t substitute words with, VI-14 test of whether person understands a word, VII384; IX428 undefined or misunderstood produce blows, IX394 Word Clear, a Word Clear is produced by Word Clearing Method1, IX-324 Word Clearers, qualifications of, VII-385, 391 545 Word Clearer training, IX434, 478 Word Clearing, VII-292; IX-392; see also misunder stood; word; WordClearingSeries, IX-387 and F/Mng each word, X-247 basic law in Word Clearing, VII-382; IX-246 briefing tape, word clear on tape afterwards, IX 438 can become lengthy until Method One is com pleted, IX475 case trouble and Word Clearing, VIII-304 chain of words, all must F/N, VIII-303; IX482 correction, VIII-96 Correction List, VII-333; X-231 most common C/S error has been to fail to order Word Clearing Correction List, VII 407 must be used at the first hint of trouble in Word Clearing, IX475 revised, IX455 unthinkable to do Word Clearing without ever using a WC Corr List, VII-465 use of, VII-390; IX433 difficulties with, IX475 done by normal Word Clearing procedures in HGC, VIII-76 each word of each command, X-218 errors, VIII-304; IX479; X-247 are red tabbed, VIII-304 commonest is failure to use correction lists, VIII-67 correction is done by Word Clearing Correc tion List, VIII-96, 304 Festival actions, IX445 F/N, always F/N a word being cleared on meter, VIII-303, 304; IX482 F/N, get an F/N between the words, IX-204, 206 foreign language persons, IX477 Grammar Course before Word Clearing, VIII-143; IX459 grammatical words and small words should be looked up in a simple grammar textbook, VIII-143 in Cramming, IX-104 key repair tool for an org, IX472 library, VII-397; IX435 lines, IX452 lists for prepared lists, VIII-366; IX46 Method1, VII-292; IX-392 defn., full in-session rundown, VII-385 can be done with no folder, VII-315; IX 417 comes first, IX447 don’t use on person whose TA is high at ses sion start, VIII-303; IX482 drug case who cannot be gotten through, how to handle, VIII-137,163 end phenomena, VIII-76,132 end phenomenon of, data on, IX417, 418 EP is a persistent F/N on whole list, VII-315 full in-session rundown, I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Word Clearing (cont.) Method1(cont.) has yet to foul up any other auditing, VII-315; IX417 is not a prerequisite to Word Clearing Method 4, IX450 is unlimited, IX417 procedure, VIII-132 produces a Word Clear, IX-324 students who are or have been on drugs need a Drug Rundown before tackling, IX-325 symptom of a person requiring, IX475 Word Clearing can become lengthy until Method One is completed, IX475 Method 2, VII-292, 373 defn., metered action of clearing up words in specific materials, VII-385; IX429 defn., IX-392 as a study method on tape materials, IX-374, 444 commandsused, VII-393 don’t do before Method1, VIII-10; IX447 don’t use on person whose TA is high at session start, VIII-303; IX482 EP, VIII-10 EP of Method 2 can be many times repeated on different subjects or branches of subjects, VIII-10; IX447 example of clearing up a confusion with Word Clearing Method 2, IX421 in the course room, IX401 is likely to foul up auditing, VII-315; IX417 is not done on someone incomplete on Method 1, IX445 on tapes, IX-372, 442 Post Purpose Clearing is done after M4 in general and M2 on duties and texts of post, IX429 procedure, IX401 protest reads, VIII-10 two uses of, IX442 Method 3, VII-292; IX-392, 448 defn., looking up words seen and not understood by student or reader, VII-385; IX429 on tapes, IX-370, 440 steps of, IX448 use of, VIII-10; IX447 Method 4, VIII-28, 301; IX450 books, Method 4 of, VIII-166, 305; IX-375, 466 break down the materials when doing, VIII166 correct question to use, IX-322 course is slow, Supervisor uses, IX409 don’t use on person whose TA is high at session start, VIII-303; IX482 E-Meter Drill 21 to be drilled for use on, VIII-28, 301; IX450 546 Word Clearing (cont.) Method 4 (cont.) errors in Word Clearing Method 4, VIII-166; IX-376, 467 is used by Course Supervisors to handle stu dent queries, IX451 limitations, VIII-152; IX461 Method 1 is not a prerequisite, VIII-28, 301; IX450 misunderstood word, use M4 when fishing for, VIII-301 Post Purpose Clearing is done after M4 in gen eral and M2 on duties and texts of posts, IX429 Primary Rundown, use of M4 on, VIII-77 procedure, VIII-28, 301; IX450 questions to use, VIII-75, 77, 305 requires no C/S OK for it to be done, VIII-28, 301; IX450 Supervisor’s use of, VIII-29, 302; IX451 tapes, Method 4 of, VIII-166, 305; IX-375, 466 too heavy on pc or doesn’t clean up, suspect implants, VIII-96 use of, IX450 Method 5, Material Clearing, VIII-152; IX461 procedure, IX461 Method 6, Key Word Clearing, VIII-153; IX462 post trouble remedied by, VIII-153 procedure, IX462 Method 7, Educational Word Clearing, Reading Aloud, VIII-154; IX473 as the major undercut Word Clearing process, may require an undercut, by a direct ad dress to alphabet, IX475 children or foreign language persons or semi literates, use Word Clearing Method 7, IX 463 is reading aloud, IX463 procedure, IX463 Method 8, VIII-155; IX464 is an action used in the Primary Rundown, IX464 procedure, IX464 used in the Primary Rundown, VIII-155 Method 9, Corrective Word Clearing, IX473 procedure, IX473 OCAs, word clearing OCAs is forbidden, VIII-30; X-207 OK to do, IX446 OK to Word Clear system, IX454 on auditors, X-178,179-80 pc red tabbed because of Word Clearing must be repaired within 24 hours, IX482 pc word cleared on meter without F/Ning or with or to a high or low TA, whole folder must be red tabbed, IX482 person trying to “blow” (leave) and refusing further ~ almost always has a huge misunderstood on some word not yet located, VII-390; I CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 Word Clearing (cont.) Primary Rundown consists of ~ and study tech, VIII-135 program, VII-385; IX429 protest reads, IX447 red tabs, VIII-303 sequence for three types, VII-385 steps to speed student product flow, IX402 success from Flag D of T, IX412 TA must be in normal range to start Word Clearing on meter, IX482 TA, never clear words over a soaring TA, IX-206 TA trouble at start of ~, handling of, VIII-303, 304 tests, word clearing tests is a High Crime, VIII-32; IX420 translators, word clearing of, IX480 troubles, VII-390; IX433 use of Qual Word Clearer, IX410 word clearing Word Clearers, VII-386; IX430 words in tests forbidden, VIII-30; X-207 worksheet must show truthfully all words F/Ned, VIII-303 worksheets must be placed in folders, VIII-303, 304 worksheets must go into pc’s folder, IX482 Yellow Sheet, sheet detailing each correction list or set of commands which have been word cleared; lists pc’s current Havingness Process and type of cans pc uses, IX-10 word-of-mouth communication, from general public to general public, II-92 word-of-mouth, entheta can threaten, II-93 work, avoidance of, indicator of a decayed state, II-2, 424 child’s work low quality yet IQ high, I-328 confronting work, III-214 craving for, I-333 cycle of action applied to work, IV-126 forcing people to work, IV-24 illiteracy and, VIII-170; IX470 is it necessary; see Problems of Work merchant offearwillnot work, I-476 workability of subject, more important than legal papers or levels of service, II-456 worksheet(s) (W/S), VI-246, 311, 363; VII-215, 433; IX41; see also Auditor Admin Series, IX-1 defn., sheets on which auditor writes a complete running record of session from beginning to end, page after page, as session goes along, IX-10 assists, W/S must be done and pc taken to Examiner afterwards, VII-191 auditor is expected to see meter, pc and W/S all at one time, VII-178 Auditor Report Forms or worksheets are never re-copied, VI-247, 364; VII-215, 359 auditor’s, X-196 Contact Assist, X-247 547 worksheet(s) (cont.) C/S misunderstoods from worksheets, VII-433; IX44 C/S not reading ~ or missing corny errors and not correcting auditor, handling of, VIII-413 illegible worksheets, handling of, VIII-412 must communicate to C/S what actions were taken during session, IX42 never try to C/S an illegible worksheet, VII-96 “non-session” worksheets, X-247 one never writes up worksheet after session from notes, VI-311 PTS Interview worksheets, X-222 session notes [1959], III-406 Touch Assist, X-247 two-way comm worksheets are detailed, VII-40 Why finding worksheets must go into pc folder, VIII-96, 303; X-247 Word Clearing worksheet must show truthfully all words F/Ned, VIII-303 Word Clearing worksheets must go into pc’s folder, VIII-96, 303, 304; IX482; X-247 world conqueror operates with a perverted dynamic, I-35 World Federation of Mental Health, VII-113 world, toward a saner; see Child Dianetics worry is the most easily dramatized O/W, IV-187 worry or somatic, use of SOP 8A to resolve, I-358 worry pc has can be found in a dramatization of the people around his early life in the exact words he uses to describe his worry, I-19 Worry Process, IV-187 Worse Than Process, “Think of something worse than a bad foot”, IV-58 writing, Ron lecturing on, III-80 wrong, wrongness(es), IX-83; see also rightness absolute, I-70 if pc knew what was wrong with him it wouldn’t be wrong, IV-332 in auditing we are only trying to find ~ in order to increase rightnesses, VII-257, 258 in terms of flow is inflow, II-14 only thing wrong with pc is his lack of confidence in handling himself without hurting others, IV-67 pc is ill because he is restraining himself from doing wrong, IV-69 “We don’t treat wrongness. We treat people”, IV 69 whatever pc thinks is wrong he has failed to help, IV-210 what is right and wrong with pc, scale of, in order of importance, IV-121 W/S; see worksheet Wundt, VII-383; IX427 Wundtian psychology, developed by Wundt in1879 in Leipzig, Germany, III-46, 477 Wundtian psychology, slave subject, II-405 W unit Class Ia, second phase, V CUMULATIVE INDEX— 1950/1975 VIII; see Class VIII 8-C = good course, IV-71; see also control 8-C Processes, II-545; III-384 Body Control; see TRs, TR 6 commands for, III-384, 394; VI-111 one of HGC allowed processes [1964], V406 Opening Procedure of 8-C, II-17, 68,119,146, 277, 285; VIII-107,108; see also PXL above1.9, II-251 basic theory of, II-147 benefits from, II-147 for use on psychotics, II-76 part (a) auditing commands, II-76 part (b) auditing commands, II-77 part (c) auditing commands, II-77 psychotic, neurotic or having any psycho somatic difficulty, run on , II-81 three parts to, II-146 part A of 8-C, II-553 Plain 8-C, TR 6, III-63, 91 SOP 8-C; see SOP 8-C Tone 40 8-C; see Tone 40 8-C types of, III-184 why 8-C works, II-280 8-C Solids, commands and how to run, III-6 8-8008, Scientology, Unlimited Techniques, I-329 20th ACC training procedure, III-294 24 hour rule, Examiner’s, VII-138 24 hour rule, Integrity Processing, IX-275 “26” perceptics, I-145 37R, C/S Series 37R, High and Low TA Break through, VII-268, 282, 283, 296 assess 37R slowly, VII-297 best done as part of L9S [L11] , VII-296 blow up rule only applies to 37R, VII-272 doesn’t all have to be done in one session, VII-296 don’ts, VII-297 don’ts regarding, X-134-35 end phenomena of, VII-282, 283 flows, VII-269, 296, 297 Hi-Lo TA Assessment rules, X-131 listing, peculiarities of, VII-296 low TA assessing, X-132 process commands, X-128 ruds, X-133 ruds and 37R, VII-296 special, X-135 steps of 37R, VII-297; X-134 TA handling rundown, VII-269, 272 88; see Technique 88 “/”, slant, symbol to show a goal reads, IV-266 “X’ symbol, use of in goals nulling, IV-266 X X—didn’t read, VI-357 XDn; see Expanded Dianetics x-rays, III-52 “X” symbol, use of in goals nulling, IV-266 X unit Class Ib, third phase, V-228 X unit, training, V-214 Y yawns and unconsciousness, I-17 yellow card is clipped to outside of folder by C/S until pc finishes PTS RD, IX-54 Yellow Sheet, defn, sheet detailing each correction list or set of commands which have been word cleared; lists pc’s current Havingness Process and type of cans pc uses, IX-10, 20 yellow tab, Case Supervisor must put a yellow tab marked PTS on a PTS pc folder, VIII-92; X-217 Y unit Class IIa, fourth phase, V-228 Z zealotism, I-38 Zero Flow; see Flow 0 Zero list questions or R2-12, V-211 Zero question(s), don’t forget “guilty” in Zero questions, V40 Prepcheck(ing) Zero question, V-34, 60 list of Prepchecking Zero questions, V-83 responsibility increased will unflatten ~, V-90 time limiter, V-99 Zero A questions and Zeros, how to derive, V-30 zero rate, defn., material which is only checked out on basis of general understanding, VII-140; IX-312 zone, Special Zone Plan, IV-111,114 Z unit Class IIb, fifth phase, V-229 Numerals 1.1 criticism, effort to reduce size of target of overt, IV-13 2-way comm; see communication, two-way 3D; 3GA; etc.; see Routine 3D; Routine 3GA; etc. 3 May PL comes before or after PTS RDs, IX-160 3 May PL, Danger Rundown, VIII-100 VA pcs, PTS Rundown, L~N for places and planets, how to do, VIII-142; see also Grade VA; Power Plus V level case, trouble with a ~ and solution [1953], I-362 V, resistive, II-19; see also case, resistive 7 resistive cases; see case, resistive 548 ABBREVIATIONS OF LRH TAPE LECTURE EVENTS AC, Ability Congress ACSA, South African Anatomy Congress AHMC, Anatomy of the Human Mind Congress AICL, Advanced Indoctrination Course Lectures ALS, Academy Lecture Series AO, Advanced Organization ARC, Anti-Radiation Congress ASMC, Anatomy of the Spirit of Man Congress ATE, Auditors’ Training Evening AUDC, Auditors’ Conference AX, Axioms BL, Birmingham Lectures CAC, Completed Auditor Conference CC, Clearing Congress CHC, Clean Hands Congress CONF, Conference DAS, Demonstration Auditing Session DCL, First December Conference Lectures ESTO, Establishment Officer Tape FAC, Foundation Auditor’s Course FC, Freedom Congress GC, Games Congress GPSpec, Group Processing Special GR/PROC, Group Processing HCA, Hubbard Certified Auditor’s Course HCAP, Hubbard Certified Auditor’s Course, Phoenix HCL, Hubbard College Lectures HCS, Hubbard Clearing Scientologist Course HDA, Hubbard Dianetic Auditors’ Lectures HDFL, Hubbard Dianetic Foundation Lecture HEV, Human Evaluation Course HPC, Hubbard Professional Course HPCA, Hubbard Professional Course August 1956 HPCF, Hubbard Professional Course February HPC N5, Hubbard Professional Course November 1955 ICDS, International Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists LAM, London Auditors’ Meetings L&A, Logics and Axioms Lectures LCC, London Clearing Congress LCHP, London Congress on Human Problems0 LCNRH, London Congress on Nuclear Radiation and Health LECT, Lecture LGC, London Group Course LOE, London Open Evening Lectures LONLECT, London Lectures LPC, London Professional Course LPLS, London Public Lecture Series LRH/MTS, LRH Model Tape Session LS, Lecture Series MC, Melbourne Congress OAK PLS, Oakland Public Lecture Series OCTSER, October Series OS, Organizational Series PAC, Professional Auditors’ Congress PDC, Philadelphia Doctorate Course PDC Supp, Philadelphia Doctorate Course Supplementary Lectures PHC, First Phoenix Congress PIP, Printed Intensive Procedure Lectures PLS, Public Lecture Series PPS, Public Processing Series R/BRCST, Radio Broadcast SAC, Staff Auditors’ Conference SC, Success Congress SH DEMO, Saint Hill Demonstration SHPA, Special Hubbard Professional Auditor’s Course (London) SHSBC, Saint Hill Special Briefing Course SHSC, Saint Hill Staff Course SH TVD, Saint Hill Television Demonstration SMC, State of Man Congress SO, Sea Organization SO FEBC, Sea Organization Flag Executive Briefing Course SOP, SOP for Theta Clearing and Lecture Series SO XDN, Sea Organization Expanded Dianetics Lectures SPEC LECT, Special Lecture SPRL, London Spring Lectures ST, Study Tapes STP, Standard Procedure Lectures TCC, Theta Clear Congress T80, Technique 80 Lectures T88, Technique 88 Lectures T88 Supp, Technique 88 Supplementary Lectures UC, Unification Congress UPC, Universe Process Congress VMP, Validation and Mest Processing Lectures VP, Validation Processing Lectures WSO, Welcome to the Sea Org WST, Washington Staff Talk 1MACC, First Melbourne Advanced Clinical Course 1SHACC, First Saint Hill Advanced Clinical Course 2ACC, Second American Advanced Clinical Course 3ACC, Third American Advanced Clinical Course 3ICGB, Third International Congress—Great Britain 3SA ACC, Third South African Advanced Clinical Course 4ACC, Fourth American Advanced Clinical Course 4LACC, Fourth London Advanced Clinical Course 5ACC, Fifth American Advanced Clinical Course 5LACC, Fifth London Advanced Clinical Course 6ACC, Sixth American Advanced Clinical Course 6LACC, Sixth London Advanced Clinical Course 7ACC, Seventh American Advanced Clinical Course 8ACC, Eighth American Advanced Clinical Course 9ACC, Ninth American Advanced Clinical Course 10ACC, Tenth American Advanced Clinical Course 15ACC, Fifteenth American Advanced Clinical Course 16ACC, Sixteenth American Advanced Clinical Course 17ACC, Seventeenth American Advanced Clinical Course 18ACC, Eighteenth American Advanced Clinical Course 19ACC, Nineteenth American Advanced Clinical Course 20ACC, Twentieth American Advanced Clinical Course 21ACC, Twenty-first American Advanced Clinical Course 21ACC-S, Twenty-first American Advanced Clinical Course—Supplementary 22ACC, Twenty-second American Advanced Clinical Course 552